Full text of "Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London"

See other formats

Set bide
wir it
’ 1 Vt Qeibeue i
roars te tt) Raye
ya Sa dea

Vi)
nd SAAT

ny
MW ; vide ved ibe jaivent eb uty petal sh
Wiis i! ea d Sat 1 dap ee nha 2 A
1 Hae vie Gh, FLA FM a Wa Taki AD ; sth ha EA ith bi ry
Paar ita \ : H f 4
sib ba DBAS mb aid Ut sibee vs MOR) ; pire ate it
t

be co \
y hi PNY ti
RIG a or

dwt a tah fi

Salawurer bi 4h Hue IN Rn RG A
AUR MET BL etd) Date oe MOR MY a
pide shed stay Nite keh at

Ae hoy stiiayh Mele pee

‘

NDOT it g ti by may Hay t
i ms wend 5
yet Oty Ay) Ve YAM ce fa ma ' atti by a i we sie
‘ SH peed wry 9 4 (A \ verit t; a ry
ths i q ier That Te Bh
Hagan Waa nin ; i HEY Ave H yb oH: Bae AN
te i} va ' ? ¥ ) o rs i itd
Pal ' i hy eit ani ‘ay 1 Ht) hy iM Ne iH a a hea i
" ; ny ve han ty if 4 rer \
a ter atid i anita tasyn) tagnb yn pan ey
meds }tHe 2 fh
SOREN ;
veh Ay aay
#0" al !

Ma
he thy
Liat

re vt

Syn Raunt’
SVE ALE VAL Ap a
MWe 8 ;
eet tay } arate
Nt
ony

‘wie BO
AUS bare sit
huh i

Reese
tis

f
{yy

Mates

on
(

} ’ ic ti Rea
alah BS aaa hat aia’ Rea ha
aie peed: anys rit nowt wate Hes mache

tae a ! Mies Ht ‘ ; - ve Aaa

Vad » oe ‘ ‘ vi fh ; :

dad
er ran)
* at)

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

1902, vol. II.

(MA Y—DECEMBER.)

13'l 442

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE. is
LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,
PATERNOSTER ROW.

I, sy IE

OF THE

COUNCIL

AND OFFICERS

OF THE

L SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1902.

COUNCIL.

(Elected April 29th, 1902.)

Hrs Grace Tur Duxe or Beprorp, K.G., President.

George A. BounEencer, Esq.,
E.R.S., Vice-President.

Tar Hart or CrawrorD, K.T.,
F.R.S.

Wiuuiam EK. bE Winton, Esq.

Hersert Drucs, Esq., F.L.S.

Cuartes Drummonp, Hsq.,
Treasurer.

Str JosepH Fayvrer, Br., F.R.8.,
Vice-President.

Dr. Cuartes H. Garry, LL.D.

Dr. Atpert GintTuErR, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.

Garr. THe Marquis oF HAmit-
ton, M.P.

Pror. GeorGE B. Howes, D.Sc.,
LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Lr.-Cou. L. Howarp IrBy.

Srr Harry Jounston, G.C.M.G.,
KECAB:

Sir Hues Low, G.C.M.G.

P. Coatmers MircHeny, Hsq.,
M.A., D.Sc.

E. Lort Puruiirs, Esq.

HowarpSaunvers, Bsq., F.L.5.,
Vice-President.

Pattie Lurtey Scuater, Esq.,
M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary.

Dr. Davip Suarp, F.R.S.

OLDFIELD THomas, Esq., F.R.S.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, LL.D.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. L. Scuarer, Esq., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary.
Frank K. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary

and Prosector.

Mr. CLARENCE Bartiert, Superintendent of the Gardens.
Mr. Artsur THomson, Head-Keeper and Assistant Super-

intendent.

Mr. F. H. Watrruovuss, Librarian.

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant. _

Mr. W. H. Cots, Chief Clerk.

Mr. Grorce Artaur Dousiepay, Clerk of Publications.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

May 6, 1902.
Page
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Micnaseriopiny AyprilOl OO 20e) a. 40). canes aaa ce cay unn ase 1

The Secretary. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Moth
of the genus Cossws reared in the Society’s Insect-house. 1

1. On the Mammals collected during the Whitaker Expedi-
tion to Tripoli. By Ouprienp Tuomas. (Plate [.)...... 2

. A List of the Fishes, Batrachians, and Reptiles collected
by Mr. J. ffolliott Darling in Mashonaland, with
Descriptions of new Species. By G. A. BouLuNcEr,
ESRS fon (lates Wy ii recs Nee tls ash case occe ieter wae 13

3. On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski
in Central Peru. By Grar Hans von Bervepscu and
SWANS POLAMANIN M0, acceso oboe ns asters sian ssostastise asta siesclaes es 18

4, Note on the Presence of an extra Pair of Molar Teeth in
a Lemur fulvus. By G. Exuior Surra, M.D., Professor
of Anatomy, Egyptian Government Medical School,
WTO Se es asta nrin REALE We sD D EERE Ta UG AUN A ede Was Uc alate 61

5. On some Nudibranchs from Zanzibar. By Sir CHaruus
Eitot, K.C.M.G., Commissioner and Consul-General in
the British Hast- African Protectorate. (Plates V.
a: WAL Leg ieaiss asc Sa BisaR lettGeoa Mee dal ed taf Alb eh IAI aera Eh 62

June 3, 1902.

Mr. W. L. Sclater, F.Z.S. Remarks on the Zoological
Morsemmish ota SouthipAchei ca pen ay nce wen oom een ae 72

Mr. Boulenger. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a strap
made from a skin of the Okapi ...........-.--sseeerere eee ees

Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, F.Z.8. On the remains of the
Okapi received by the Congo Museum in Brussels ......

Mr. Edward J. Bles, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks
upon, some living tadpoles of Xenopus levis .......+..+++--

Mr. Lydekker. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted
head of a Siberian Wapiti ............eceeese esses nsec ree ees

1. The Wild Sheep of the Upper li and Yana Valleys. By
R. Lypexker. (Plates VII. & VIIL.) .............. eee

2. Remarks on certain Differences in the Skulls of Dicyno-
donts, apparently due to Sex. By R. Broom, M.D.,
IBIS. (CuINIWASSI, Gocecancssascnsceee soooaadopeensdoescessbonencoceb:

3. Note on the Gonad Ducts and Nephridia of Earthworms
of the Genus Zudrilus. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A.,
F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and Prosector of the Society......

4, On the Marine Spiders of the Genus Desis, with Descrip-
tion of a new Species. By R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S8. .........

5. On the Pigmy Hippopotamus from the Pleistocene of
Cyprus. By C. I. Forsyra Masor, F.Z.8. (Plates IX.

6. On some new and little-known Butterflies of the Family
Lycenide from the African, Australian, and Oriental
Regions. By Hamitrton H. Druce, F.Z8., FES.
(TPlanvass DIL ds 21015) soonascoodous auesecsdosddocnoucsosmugodedaoes

7. On some Additions to the Australian Spiders of the Sub-
order Mygalomorphe. By H. R. Hoge, M.A., F.ZS.
(Pate Ne saissbajsiw sans stern uedtin dar neiie neato retuninente

June 17, 1902.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie in May 1902

Sete teers eee e es eoepesersessescersessons

Mr. Oscar Neumann. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,
specimens of Mammals obtained during his recent
OWER AES ink INCREAS JNA, 5, cosnocoac3aes94 oJogae90 Sr cooe

Mr. R. I. Pocock, BZS. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,
a nest of a Gregarious Spider (Stegodyphus dumicola),
from South Africa

OC ei Ca ny
wee wee eee eee meee es eseresoeee

Page

107

112

121

142

Vv
Page
Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S. Remarks on the supposed new
species of Elk from Siberia for which the name Alces
bedfordie had been proposed ...... RU eat selobts sisleaiue sings 144

1. Certain Habits of Animals traced in the Arrangement of
their Hair. By Watrer Kipp, M.D., F.ZS. ............ 145

2. On the Carpal Organ in the Female Hapalemur griseus.
By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary
aael JEONG HOE OIE WAS) SKOCIEIY? AsosdoonbsocopososeddogoopcoonKas 158

3. On a new Celomie Organ in an HKarthworm. By Franx
E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., and Sopa1re M. FEepDARB...... 164

4. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Alimentary and
Nervous Systems of the Arachnidan Suborder Pedipalpi.
IByy Like UOh EKO CLs, IVA! Bot sqooccsoosbauemasccoaosocbosovonueos 169

5. On Recent Additions to the Batrachian Fauna of the
Malay Peninsula. By A. L. Buruer, F.Z.8., Superin-
tendent of the Sudan Game Preservation Department,
TECHS WRLOCON DAT Ye ees Nel SM I AU STR as SRR Tea re aL 188

6. On some new Species of Harthworms belonging to the
Genus Polytoreutus, and on the Spermatophores of that
Genus. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S............. 190

7. On the Sponges collected during the *‘ Skeat Expedition ”
to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By Icrurna B. J. ©
Soutas, B.Se. (Lond.), Bathurst Student, Newnham
College, Cambridge. (Plates XIV. & XV.)............... 210

8. On the Fishes collected by Mr. 8. L. Hinde in the Kenya
District, East Africa, with Descriptions of Four new
Species. By G. A. Bouencer, F.R.S. (Plates XVI.
(OGD) Ga sosar oscnenresdgnendsy don nasocu abdnucbe SaeAabrAnsan ic 221

November 4, 1902.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie in June, July, August, and September 1902.
CEE La Cee PN eG aie i ena oe stones aiatie ec\alniae sated 225

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph
OlPayPErSlalae DEX rameter ilies ste deta aauts masts che si delanlasioetestase dae 226

My. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some photo-
graphs of the Rocky Mountain Goat .....................0085 227

Dr. Giinther. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some living
Tadpoles of the North-American Bull-frog ............... 227

Sir Henry H. Howorth, K.C.LE., F.R.S._ Exhibition of,
and remarks upon, the head of a Virginian Deer with
IMalhorMed emMblerseaee sees scae acer eel see eee lear

Mr, R. E. Holding. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the
lower jaw of a Domestic Sheep with abnormal dentition .

The Rev. Francis C. R. Jourdain. Letter from, on the
occurrence of Bechstein’s Bat in England ...............-++

Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.Z.S. An account of his Paleonto-
logical discoveries during a recent visit to the Fayum
District or mWip per Ulevpoiesceeeeeeeeassecer crea ects

1. Observations on some Mimetic Insects and Spiders from
Borneo and Singapore. By R. Suetrorp, M.A.,
C.M.Z.8., Curator of the Sarawak Museum. With
Appendices containing Descriptions of new Species by
R. SHetForpD, Dr. Kart Jorpan, ©. J. GAuANn, the
Rev. H. S. Goruam, and Dr. A. Senna. (Plates XIX.—
CRONE ieee sieieleat eisercioal ;

eee eeceeescenesseressossoseossoeeoes

. On the Classification of the Fishes of the Suborder Plecto-
gnathi; with Notes and Descriptions of new Species
from Specimens in the British Museum Collection. By
C. Tarr Recan, B.A. (Plates XXIV. & XXV.).........

3. On the Transformations of Papilio dardanus Brown and
Philampelus megera; and on two new Species of South-
African Heterocera. By Lt.-Col. J. Maucoztm Fawcerv.
(Eta he PROG ETN Nea aae sehen Sea eet a cio as cea

4, On a Collection of Mammals from Abyssinia, including
some from Lake Tsana, collected by Mr. Edward Degen,
By Ouprietp Tuomas, F.R.S.

Cer eerseereeseossesegeseesececassecn

. Note on Alces bedfordiw. By Hon. Watrer Roruscuitp,
M.P FZS

Je eecccecescscesreeecccossessesscerecsscescossescerecscce

November 18, 1902.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie in October 1902

we resereesceccersccccccsrencocceccoscece

Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S. Exhibition of some photo-
gvaphs of heads of Red Deer, and remarks upon the
acclimatization of this animal in New Zealand

Mr. J. L. Bonhote.
Hybrid Ducks

e@eeseerascseces

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some

OOOO OOO ICO ii HCICnC ICI IC EIT)
oie)elel>iohejalafa>slejevellelateiaialelsielsisielsis!bisialetate

Page

230

284

304

308

317

vil

Mr. Oldfield Thomas. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,
some specimens of the Hast-African Bongo Antelope

(CHOC GARGUS COMPU RAIOS USUILGD)) code dbobo bee Se ceon ere SOR OROeS Ace ‘

Mr. Lydekker. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted
skin of a Peking Deer (Cervus [Pseudaais| hortulorwm) .

Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S. An account of his dis-
coveries among the Pliocene mammalian remains during
ay IRGSMNG, sity wo) ANeranKell SOR NNO AeeeAnasnnderbachbdanoddsaoneUre

My. F. K. Beddard, F.R.S. Report on the birth of an Indian
Hlephant in the Society’s Menagerie .................2..056-

1. Note on the Markhor of Cabul. By R. Lyprexxer.
(RIS Tey XEXE VAI en us tht oaigu cen dan ale ea ras Moen ae cee oer

2. Second Account of the Fishes collected by Dr. W. J.
Ansorge in the Niger Delta. By G. A. BouLencer,
Ins, WolbyAish | (Telenness sO, QV IIE 5 DROID SG) peak kone

3. Last Account of Fishes collected by Mr. R. B. N. Walker,
C.M.Z.S., on the Gold Coast. By Dr. A. GtnrHEr,
Tlebisks WleAiSy (Plein 2-0:0:0 OO. CUI)" necodeconnos

4, On a Specimen of the Okapi lately received at Brussels.
Tey (Ch dl, Whoever MUADOIES INA dS coo oecdcecoccneocucoobecavocae

December 2, 1902.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Mienageriesm November) 0 2p rr seeasvucmaceeela scissors ces

Mr. Sclater. Remarks on the specimen of the Greater Bird
of Paradise in the Society’s Gardens ...................000+-

Mr. F. E. Beddard, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks
upon, the lower jaw of a Wombat showing abnormal

PARONMUNLOLE WEEN gopaggoate or soos cocodce sido dean aaOURSoBOUREanEE aor 5

Dr. Hans Gadow, F.R.S. An account of his recent expedi-
MOM TWO ASO OTE NVLEXMCO) . Aun oonssboccoocde soceconnoDunanacosode

1. On the Variation of the Elk (Alces alces). By Dr. Krnar

Page

324

330

339

390

MG ONINIBER Gai S VERZE SU ake cela nein eyateyae mere tein ncicieleins deciesieiseelsisie DO%

2. Note on a Reindeer Skull from Novaia Zemlia. By

1Btyd OND IDEGCD TR, (i CUE AIR Uae ke OR aE Are ct 3

Vill

. On the Crustacea collected during the “Skeat Expedi-
tion” to the Malay Peninsula. By W. F. LancueEster,
M.A., King’s College, Cambridge—Pait IJ. (Plates
XXXIV. & XXXV.)

eeoceesoeesescoesessosesesosecesosesesoesege

. On a Collection of Dragonflies made by Members of the
‘“‘ Skeat Expedition” in the Malay Peninsula in 1899-
1900; Part Ti) Byp hl Be Warnaw, IBeAn ease. ee cee

. On a new Species of Marine Spider of the Genus Desis
sromyZanzaloary ) Bygky ya OCOCK, miss menrerser aise

. On some new Harvest-Spiders of the Order Opiliones from
the Southern Continents. By R. I. Pococn, F.Z.8.

. On the Australasian Spiders of the Subfamily Sparassine.
By gE RS HOGG, MISA IN ZS ciel os etna woneutts caiman

Page

363

381

389

moon

414

elie EAU Hi he A iis

OF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Page
AnpreEws, C. W., D.Sc., F.Z.8.
An account of his Palzontological discoveries during a
recent visit to the Fayum District of Upper Egypt ...... 228
BEDDARD, FRANK H., M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and
Prosector to the Society.
Note upon the Gonad Ducts and Nephridia of Earth-
WOLMSHOL they Gemus HeGreis e.josscssccossssecssessceee ss. 89

On the Carpal Organ in the Female Hapalemur griseus. 158

On some new Species of EKarthworms belonging to the
Genus Polytoreutus, and on the Spermatophores of that
Gemusny ny wey jseeet tres tlt ctsteastalactote sleiedaietesieisorerneniaere sale aa/¥ Nels 190

Report on the birth of an Indian Elephant in the
SOGHBIA IS: WarObyeey AWE) 7 Ue Meoaormacne: ne dobeueunoooonOntogUceos acods 320

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the lower jaw of a
Wombat showing abnormal growth of teeth ............... 351

Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., &c., and Fepars, SoPHIE
M.

On a new Ceelomic Organ in an Karthworm ............

Burterscu, Grar Hans von, and SronzMANN, JEAN.

On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski
ia Clernitiraall RS dcoocnocosongn soocahabonvoonoesconsagcanachose5con

Burs, Epwarp J., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some living tadpoles
of Xenopus levis

ec cr er ec ores eres so ee ae eeesasoeesesesseseesoseeeeseeD®

Bonuore, J. Lewis, M.A., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Hybrid Ducks.

BouLencer, GEorcE ALBERT, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8.

A List of the Fishes, Batrachians, and Reptiles collected
by Mr. J. ffolliott Darling in Mashonaland, with Descrip-
tions of new Species. (Plates II.-IV.)

eecceroses ee esscocece

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a strap made from a
skin of the Okapi

ee ee ee reece e sees ser es oecsoeossecessesooeeseesreese

On the Fishes collected by Mr. S. L. Hinde in the
Kenya District, Hast Africa, with Descriptions of Four
men syocoes,, (Cedbyres CVIL, ay, DAU bs) sha caopacopssnodoscdcoos

Second Account of the Fishes collected by Dr. W. J.
Ansorge in the Niger Delta. (Plates XX VIII. & XXIX.)

Broom, Rosert, M.D,, B.Sc., C.M.Z.S.

Remarks on certain Differences in the skulls of Dicyno-
GIOMMUS,, Ayo MENRELNI Ny ClUIS THO) ISTE souscascooaadancsoasaononanodecuc cas
Burtier, A. L., F.Z.8., Superintendent of the Sudan Game

Preservation Department, Khartoum.

On Recent Additions to the Batrachian Fauna of the
Malay Peninsula

See eer een ece reser ceeceneranseeeessesosesrsesescsecs

Page

164

318

xy
Druce, Hamitton H., F.Z.8., F.E.S.
On some new and little-known Butterflies of the Family

Lycenide from the African, Australian, and Oriental
TRvesatoms,, (CRlkyie 2200, Gy OXI0L))) ancboccagooscodesos0scs0sous0o000

Exror, Sir Coaries, K.C.M.G., Commissioner and Consul-
General in the British East-African Protectorate.
On some Nudibranchs from Zanzibar. (Plates V. &

Etwes, H. J., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

Remarks on the supposed new species of Elk from
Siberia for which the name Alces bedfordiw had been
JOVRO]OOSBL! Caciah d somo ss ons Mr A hAGpRods oa Ses oacMe NG AD ABH Aesop soacEtnsod

Fawcett, Lt.-Col. J. Matcoim.

On the Transformations of Papilio dardanus Brown
and Philampelus megera; and on two new Species of
South-African Heterocera. (Plate XXVI.) ...............

Fepars, SopHif M., and BeppArp, FRANK H., M.A., F.R.5.,
&e.

On a new Celomic Organ in an Earthworm ............

Gavow, Dr. Hans, F.RB.S., F.Z.8,

An account of his recent expedition to Southern

Gauan, C. J., of the British Museum, Natural History.
Observations on some Mimetic Insects and Spiders
from Borneo and Singapore. See SHELFORD, R.

GoruaAm, Rev. H.8., F.Z.8.
Observations on some Mimetic Insects and Spiders
from Borneo and Singapore. See SHELFORD, R.

GuntHerR, ALBERT, M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some living Tadpoles
Olthne North American I ultra eg nna sa sees: eeeec eee eee:
Last Account of Fishes collected by Mr. R. B. N.
Walker, C.M.Z.8., on the Gold Coast. (Plates XX X.—
XXXTIT.)

Peewee meee see se ere reese see sesessernsereseessssesesresees

Page

144

304

164

ool

xii

Hoge, H. R., M.A., F.Z.8.

On some Additions to the Australian Spiders of the

Suborder Mygalomorphe. (Plate XIII.) .....--.-.-----+-

On the Australasian Spiders of the Subfamily Sparas-

Houpine, R. EH.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the lower jaw of a
Domestic Sheep with abnormal dentition............--++-++--
Howorts, Sir Henry H., K.C.1.E., F.R.S., E.Z.8.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the head of a Vir-
ginian Deer with malformed antlers............+++-++2+02-55+
JORDAN, Dr. KARL.
Observations on some Mimetic Insects and Spiders
from Borneo and Singapore. See SHELFORD, R.
JourDAIN, The Rev. Francis C. R., F.Z.8.

Letter from, on the occurrence of Bechstein’s Bat in
IDfaw*lesoV6l 5h onos ch cessgndesessdocdsba055ea0Hsa509 58009000005 dasc edo

Kipp, Watrer, M.D., F.Z.8.

Certain Habits of Animals traced in the Arrangement
OE Wace Eleibe “Bes ocda eeu ssenceconbosuonsioaaesacddoaoosgueDodlse
Larw.iaw, F. F., B.A., Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator

at Owens College, Manchester.

On a Collection of Dragonflies made by the Members
of the “Skeat Expedition” in the Malay Peninsula in
1899-1900.— Part IT

Beet e reer sees oes se eseeasessoesscesecseseesone

Lancuester, W. F., M.A., King’s College, Cambridge.

On the Crustacea collected during the “Skeat Hx-
pedition” to the Malay Peninsula.—Part II. (Plates
EXOXEXGIIN 1700 DRONE No 2 ira is oo ntale obte chaps lois Sane aCe

Page

228

381

Loxnpere, Dr. Erar, C.M.Z.S. a
On the Variation of the Elk (Alces alces) oo... es. 352
Lyprxxer, R., B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted head of a
Siberian Wapiti ........... Feraeters ua sites oan ees MOHAN UDR MEO 9 79
The Wild Sheep of the Upper Ili and Yana Valleys.
ela cespV AI Se VAI Vy Ane Unie oN) snl bl HOE Sea Kal 80
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted skin of a
Peking Deer (Cervus | Pseudaxis| hortulorum)............... 320
Note on the Markhor of Cabul. (Plate XXVII)...... 323
Note on a Reindeer Skull from Novaia Zemlia ......... 360
Magsor, Dr. C. I. Forsyrn, F.Z.S.
On the remains of the Okapi received by the Congo
Miuseunmbimi Bic sselsi yu usueeluneaa bee sulk ne hath ale ye a 73
On the Pigmy Hippopotamus from the Pleistocene of
Cryporsuissnn (slates WX OXe Vint nt) Ne uu NS 107

On a Specimen of the Okapi lately received at Brussels. 339

Neumann, Oscar.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Mammals
obtained during his recent journeys in North-east Africa. 142

Pococr, R. I., F.Z.S.
On the Marine Spiders of the Genus Desis, with
Descciptioniofiay mew Species a eee ie ee etn 98
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a nest of a Gregarious
Spider (Stegodyphus dumicola), from South Africa......... 144

On some Points in the Anatomy of the Alimentary
and Nervous Systems of the Arachnidan Suborder Pedj-

PAM. ee ea ee NHR CODAUne aC cee UE Aad Cin Anal a aN hy 169
On a new Species of Marine Spider of the Genus Desis
HOWE), ACSOVAT DRAPES re cM Sul IM IA i WH A Ag ae 389

On some new Harvest-Spiders of the Order Opiliones
from the Southern Continents

XIV

Reoan, C. Tare, B.A., of the British Museum, Natural
History.

On the Classification of the Fishes of the Suborder

Plectognathi; with Notes and Descriptions of new Species

from Specimens in the British Museum Collection.
(Plates XXIV. & DOSEN) dakodonsnseocadundogobsodoaqnvo090deen

Roruscuitp, The Hon. Watter, M.P., F.Z.8.

Note on Alces bedfordtc .......10-22- 120 DR aS HEN Ri

Scuater, Pati Lutisy, M.A., D.Sc, Ph.D., F.RBS.,
Secretary to the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
joe QOH sossssoncsbscessoobo0 ssasuscadconaasacsecro>soa¢ssors02s

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Moth of the genus
Cossus reared in the Society’s Insect-house ...... face Uae

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
Wan? IGOR psodebs onngoasshboaboascoon00s denna ssaoadscgasasceosb0r

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
June, July, August, and September 1902. (Plate
MOWIIUL)) econsdosssoabnasoccnasdoadooa000nSoona7090s00sc0ase0nID0cnS0N

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph of a
Persian hbex | os ssheae anc nhcmaceiee tame mtr coe taitee een etree
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some photographs of
thevRockya Mountains Coatheee:westtracteecneree eee eee ee ere

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
LO Xeute) over ats O PARRA S GnHen a ucuodnaoohHhocnn doe Adansacansaeab cosh sagune

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in
November 1902

eeccoe ccc essere oes e es oee ese aes nesses eeeosoeseeeeees

Remarks on the specimen of the Greater Bird of
Paradise living in the Society’s Gardens

eececosoeeseccceccessase

Scuater, Winu1AM Luttry, M.A., F.Z.8., Director of the
South African Museum, Cape Town.

Remarks on the Zoological Museums of South Africa...

Page

284

317

142

227
317
350

351

KV
SENNA, Dr. A.

Observations on some Mimetic Insects and Spiders
from Borneo and Singapore. See SHELFORD, R.

SHELFORD, R., M.A., C.M.Z.S., Curator of the Sarawak
Museum.

Observations on some Mimetic Insects and Spiders
from Borneo and Singapore. With Appendices containing
Descriptions of new Species by R. Surtrorp, Dr. Karu
Jorpan, OC. J. Ganan, the Rev. H. S. GoRHAM, and
Di Pr SENN ALS (Plates XOX, OX IID) se

Smita, G. Exuror, M.D., Professor of Anatomy, Egyptian
Government Medical School, Cairo.
Note on the Presence of an extra Pair of Molar Teeth
10a Bs UOCUORP UY OUKGVIS Speen sa NEM) ULE NIIM i eal sro N
Sonuas, Iczerna B. J., B.Sc. (Lond.), Bathurst Student,
Newnham College, Cambridge.

On the Sponges collected during the “Skeat Expe-

dition” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. (Plates
STN OH OC AGRE a OE sae ere clot AST MPa a Naa tal

STOLZMANN, JEAN, and Brertepscu, Grar Hans von.
On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinow-

ski in Central Peru

ROO CII iC ICICI IN ICICICNCHC HCN Ici

THomAs, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
On the Mammals collected during the Whitaker Expe-
ditionttoy brn o lias GE laterdis)\asetes aman yam uma ete
On a Collection of Mammals from Abyssinia, including
some from Lake Tsana, collected by Mr. Edward Degen.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of
the East-African Bongo Antelope (Boocereus ewryceros
CUILICO) ROR GN sone o aL ASU nea a DE ABER eC ocan etn y Seabee an

230

210

XV1

Page
Woopwarp, Artur Surry, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z8.
An account of his discoveries among the Pliocene
mammalian remains during a recent visit to Teruel,
SJORVEO Spooac onde tanecose sagndobodabade uoDoodAododGHRGaRdesoGaRNDNEs0° 320

Woopwarb, Henry, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.8.
Exhibition of some photographs of heads of Red Deer,

and remarks upon the acclimatization of this animal in

IN Grp Aee Ew OG Ls eae ee is ute Mien Rann OnS Ah ead ene ateranbn dana aon 318

LIST OF PLATES

1902.—Vot. II.

Plate Page
ls PAPAS HOUT RATEO NR Scout A Ce I SAUER a 2
Il. 1. Labeo darlingt. 2. Barbus rhedesianus ........
Ill. 1. Rana darling’. 2, Ichnotropis longipes........ 13
IW) JElopOC OHS COANRCB i356 8M eepog oboe oeuaco o4 oo:
iM Nirvdibranchs trom)Aanzibarss cee ca ere ae 62
VII. Fig. 1. Head of Ovis satrensis Uittledalet. Fig. al
Jelemcl ot Qeus QnoRepTS Laeseoacbueaorocodn cs 6 80
WATS Oorsicanadensts borealis! aera estima eon: |
=| THippopotamus minutus. (From the Pleistocene of
X. Wy EUS) ier tnseleee sketstwoc gies arate eyeraielsiavencvateacnsnseote 107
XI. New or little-known Butterflies of the Family
XII. JOYOUS 86 6 0b. BE oOo DO Ob BO DONO Rado aes 112

XIII. Hyes of Spiders of the Spinnin My >roralevingy JULE og |) MAM

a Sponges from the Malay Peninsula .,............ 210
XVI. 1. Barbus hindi. 2. Barbus perplevicans ........ 99]
XVII. 1. Barbus labiatus. 2. Chiloglanis brevibarbis ....
SQVINTLS IGS UATE MEH Sono abe Soo bono cs Sawe See 225
XIX. Mimetic Bornean Insects and their Models ..... -)
XX. Mimetic Bornean Coleoptera and their Models .... |
XXI. Mimetic Bornean Chalcosid Moths and their Models > 230
XXII. Mimetic Bornean Diptera and their Models ...... |
XXIII. Miillerian mimicry in Groups of Bornean Insects .. J
XXIV. 1. Pseudomonacanthus degent. 2. Tetrodon pleuro-
gramma, 38. Tetrodon borneensis............+ 284
XXYV. 1. Pseudomonacanthus multimaculatus. 2. Pseudo-
monacanthus punctulatus ......e.cereeceee-
DOXGV il South Annicuny Lepidoptera cress asec: 304
NOVI Si Capra falconen) megaceros i. tuiies s+ > ss sie se « 323

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou. IT. 6

XV1ll

Plate Page
XXVIII. 1. Protopterus annectens. 2. Petrocephalus ansorgit.
Sh JHUHINS TGA UHONS 6 soho bnocoob obo ontoonG 394
XXIX. 1. Synodontis melanopterus. 2. Pelmatochromis i
pellegrint. 3. Mastacembelus loennbergi ......
OOK, (CUPS DITO ooo 6 adadcododngodGb0C as oc ses
NOOK (OOS TOMO OSA. vogccccbocasocoade AGa000
XOONM ee Votoglanidcumunalcent anne ertvatmicr slapteriiaeietets a0
2 OQOSING | JECMED DUET, 56 re noon Hoon TOC KGL 66500000050
XXXIV. | Crustaceans from the Malay Peninsul aeprtereictti rss 363

ROXOXOV |

COND or Oo dO

LIST OF TEXT-FIGURES.

1902.—Vot. II.

Page
. Left lateral aspect of the anomalous mandible of Lemur fulvuus. 61
. Digestive organs of Crosslandia viridis .......+0.0.0cereevees 65
. General view of the intestines of Crosslandia viridis .......... 66
Hermaphrodite gland of Crosslandia viridis. .........00eceees 67
SVCD CS SUMO T VOLO ah Walavsiet cxSlssciore\ te! 9 okeders visi soi) ievarovaeleneuate tats 69
. Left side view of skull of Samotherium boisstert Maj., 5 ...... 73
. Left side view of skull of Okapia hebrechtst Maj., S.......... 73
. Left side view of incomplete hornless skull of Paleotragus

POO CONG Calin 2 edulis SEIS Bo ado doe ab Geeks Goose nooo. 74

9. Cranial portion of hornless skull, left side, of Samotherium bois-

SUCH OPAC UN Oo rns csc pete aera Scie NA Neco Pena Mugu Siasee SS Rees ei aa 74

. Cranial portion of skull of Samotheriwm boissiert, 3, right side. 75
. Skull of Giraffa camelopardalis capensis, §. Left side view .. 76
. Skull of Gtraffa reticulata, §. Left side view .............. 76

. Supraorbital portion of left frontal of Samotherium boissiert

(adult 2 orimmature ¢'?), showing a rudimentary horn-core. 77
. Skull of a male of Littledale’s Ili Sheep from Tarbagatai...... 81
. Head of a male Siberian Argali from the Altai .............. 81
. Outline views of skulls of Dicynodon latifrons: (A) male and

GEN ental eM patrbatel eerie | anemia neice Mca ctat sal 87
. Series of three sections through the immature female generative

SKRUN OM MULE Ss oda tec OM NOBUS AO HA eum e se Bhan 90
. Continuation of the series represented in text-fig. 17 .......... 91

. Diagrammatic representation of female reproductive system of

EF PHYO PIS hs ee ascii ee NE a red Rl a Si eet a i LS 93

. A, Nephridial funnel of Branchiobdella; B, developing nephri-
dium of Rhynchelmis; C, funnel and subducal funnel of
AMOUNT MORE Ss BG ON Sees og Goa eR CCIE oe OE Oe 96

5 TOES VSORODO GEN of SLES USUAL AG UANEL Sine Sa auc epee TR Da 102

» LUATROLUGOS COG 6 SES Bid hs AHO OOD ED Oe BOs Cee EO ine ole 123

PAU OLD DCASIN COOMA Uma Ns ce renters he Nie. Meters ey « morse nea ech ee 126

= LALLY VE (HALTED oS o. 8 BBtto. om HOSS ae SI ee 128

Page
95. Dyarcyops andrews: (a) and Blakistonia aurea (b- =) Mavatetelteteten= .. 132
26. Selenotholus foclschet ...ceceececcsrscceercrececs eo cerurney ey ao)
27. Dekana diversicolor 6... ccc vevccc cc nene cece reeset teasecces 1389
28. Dog, showing the opposing hair-streams of the chest.........- 148

29. Dog, showing the whorl (A) on the gluteal region and hair-
streams on the extensor aspect of the iran ite arin tena teers 150

30. Domestic Ox (young): opposing octal and whorls, seen
RON EOE) AgpssooaunoceooIoodonoooan dda dondoon0N00 153

31. Domestic Horse, showing the Thofiesstmneiny feathering, and
MANOVS Goosadnoooudosodabocd HD onodoa0 Boe eat erietels leveroraes tater 157
32. Lower surface of hand of Hapalemur griseus, $.......005+0 159
33. Palmar surface of hand and forearm of Hapalemur griseus, 2 .. 160
34. Palmar surface of hand and forearm of Hapalemur griseus, Q .. 161
35. Transverse section through arm-gland of Hapalemur griseus.... 162
36. Ccelomic pouches of Pheretima posthumt....-.eeeeeeeseceees 165

. Imperfectly developed coelomic pouches of Pheretima posthuma . 166
. Transyerse section through body-wall and underlying ccelomic

pouches of Pheretima posthuma ShagobadoooDenodonOON OOO GH

. Longitudinal section through body-wall and underlying coelomic

pouch of Pheretima posthuma .revesreereverecencvuecens 168

. Nervous system of the Aranez and of the Pedipalpi of the family

ING HCE “apadeconoobognoonine bonaoooobs GTN O NO ies LAO.

. Mouth-parts of the Thelyphonide (Mastigoproctus giganteus) .. 173
. Mouth-parts of the Pedipalpi of the families Thelyphonide,

Phrynide, and of the Pseudoscorpiones (Chernetes) ........ 177

. Mouth-parts of the Scorpiones and of the Aranez of the family
YOUR AON HG Bo SU ERO CRN OO DOOR ROOaKO do oKaoK dau mao .. 180
. Alimentary system of the prosoma of the “Theh yphonid@.....+.0. 183

. Alimentary system of the prosoma of one of the Phrynide .... 186
. Ventral view of anterior segments of Polytoreutus kenyaensis .. 192
. Ventral view of anterior segments of an individual of Polyto-

reutus kenyaensis, with shorter perigenital area............ 192

. Ventral view of anterior segments of Polytoreutus montis-keny@. 192

49, Ventral view of genital segments of Polytoreutus montis-kenye. 195
50. Longitudinal section through genital segments of Polytoreutus
MLONULS-KENY Beis oh anste consis coe hee ee oe Oe 198
51. Longitudinal section through genital segments of Polytoreutus
HGENY ACNSIS vi leralorels worn ee tee a cone oie ee eR RIEL aoe 198
52. Longitudinal section through the spermathecal sac and the
adjacent region of Polytoreutus kenyaensis .......... Bannan Ul
53. Spermatophoral case of Polytoreutus kenyaensis .............. 202
54. Section through apex of spermatophoral case of Polytoreutus
[RUM ETOLSS SOB Sole A eo Nee Lis Feild h favong hataus eas oisustonesteitene gn usaeta venoms Oe
ODM ered aim Me Kyi: ce Aiea Srnec center Suh cma cont ong RNS ee 226
56

. Preecaudal and anterior caudal vertebre, with epipleurals, of

EBAUSTCSIACULEQEUS Sc setalion see eee eer 286

. Right half (inner side) of pectoral arches of (A) Diodon punctu-

latus and (BR) Balistes verrucosts ....cceecsecevnccsssnree 291

XX1
Page

. A. Skull of Tetrodon sceleratus, seen from above. B. Skull of

Tropidichthys papua, seen from above. C..ditto, side view.. 293

59. Skulls of (A) Chonerhinus modestus, (B) Xenopterus bellangeri,
and (C) Xenopterus naritus, seen from above...........+.- 295
GOl Newaly=bormpindianyBlephant, Onsen. can ais olan 6 321
61. Placenta of newly-born Indian Elephant, 2.................. 322
GZa Mouth aimChnysrchenys lagoensts. aero ave. denser eee aisle aes e) 336
63. Upper view of skull of Okapia Kiebrechtst, adult 2............ 342
64. Upper view of skull of Okapia lebrechtsi,. adult $............ 343
65. Side view of incomplete skull of Semotherium boissiert, adult 2. 345
66. Upper view of the posterior portion of the skull of Samotherium
DOU p EXOT NOUS Soa Ak Hinein Sia, otros ORG oman Oe 348
67. Upper view of the skull of Giraffa camelopardalis, adult § .... 349
68. Antlers, of the palmated type, of young Elk from Upland .... 354
69, Antlers of a somewhat older Elk than that shown in text-fig. 68,
TromphinspanonOsteroatlandey i.e eey ee yan ann nee 304
70. Fully-developed antlers, of the palmated type, of adult Elk from
Gestraklan dhe yiyae cs spelerstensy ster sicher sale coesteccteiey sas uaicuntsiopaytarereys 3590
71. Antlers, of the “cervine” type, of young Elk from Ostergétland. 355
72. Antlers of a somewhat older Elk than that shown in text-fig. 71,

AR OTNG CriTeN Os MUA, Vey tatertsiasspoteonctoucleperenAlers sesarel sale Ney sea 350

. Antlers, of “cervine” type, of adult Elk from Krusenbere,

LO Ppoaleeways aca es dt ary RN ALC rey a NCAT A Sic Ry LIA Sea 306

. Antlers, of intermediate type, of young Elk Seen Katrineholm,

Sider FOTOMATE AVG La aA TN Sas eNO SOU I MA 306

, Antlers of somewhat older Elk than that shown in text-fig. 74,

romp PeLSLORP NET Ken suis seis ssa NeeNe aed Walia cM Usp \cieee satin 307

. Antlers of Elk from Vestmanland, Fellingsbro, showing palmated

type in right and cervine type in left antler .............. 357

77. Skull and antlers of male Novaia Zemlian Reindeer (Rangifer

tarandus pearsont), from the type specimen in the possession

Ol Mir pE carson y suercnc ata sinters peecpsrel Mepin NNN w ace sealate Vays sts 362
US MID CSUSHCROSSUCIE EU aien oye tentha) Saraices api bolita: of atoll sles shel are oni a Gods uss 390
79. Phalangiwm (Rhampsinitus) spencert, §, and P. (Rh.) telifrons.. 394
80. Phalangium (Rhampsinitus) leight, SQ ..ccesecccccccveecss 396
81. Phalangium (Guruia) palmatimanus, S ...cccceseeceveceess 397
SY, | AMR OOL HGS TOSMTHDS (Go) Ves eke sooo mechs eeneonu noo ude s oe 406
83. Acumontia majort, 9?, and Trienonyx coriacea, Q .......... 408
84, Sorensenella prehensor, Lomanella raniceps, Trienobunus pecti-

OHO, CNG! TU AOOOEP SUMIEDOS occa ppobooonodsoorHooKKee 410
SD, LOMARY LOUD [RAISANB soapoabcodecocnus pose smu ndoovons 6 418
So, NCOFIERISSS HUGLAAID.” soo ohohoooesceduebs ouog boo bebo bat 425
Wo NGCSLORESSUD WHCTCLGIS, Ds vsoddoosessooobunodoacaaboeaone 497
Sah JsOaenln Wesighous Bintl Lh UITOHOESs | oA bao 6 bobo do Dew ood Eudes on 434
SOMPISO DEO GhierCh tone anlay veneteihe micussie oles scvae te ai vasa aes woes 436
MMPISOPER CMLELS INCI Banger tel ve mista cares tiie keel tciona setae agian esha © 437
MMP LSOMEM CIRONLGIL Oma are ea et) dlcp als oyster stele aici ei/sieicheie lal el evelave, © 9: 3his Ads
De EISOMEUOPOCOCK Urea at-te starsat lcriia ye era ac HBA Reto ReRarE Meats 44]

Page

GEL IRC MIE UFYUE. chonocsngocnoduuscd Nils Ad aie ata ne MASONS 442

ub Shean UNDaos oso bae radu ddoDlWOuNeD Ou oebOE doco Uo0 29950 5 445

95. [sopeda Grdrvossand 2.2 cs. secs sse vc etdercter-ctsvedersacee 447

96; Isopeda pengellya 12... 0c ecco s seus the seeded bonne scateas 448

O7, Tsopedarsaunderst o.2 6. cece es ceed ads des 6 ee t= We ele dele 449

Gey LNRM MAID coatenooanoooUGdU CL ObULOUCbUaUoLoun es Gaul Us 450

DOMPLSO MEAG OOMIOOT. Live ay \evey ale oie © We see orctel te hee aye rete aon 451

OOM iposcala Grooming. avian Michv teen aeed at akre Bie oPaha iterate 456
WON, Lippancigelles GOTO ME, Bobo ocbsade buucsougusduebuo sd eonu aud 457
OD Led ana) OCCUMENEMIIS Na. wraverara bo) 2fe Unie tue ti sie iale tdi) rays sch) ater 46]
NOS} JRA IG UMS’ “noc 6udater ooUM OLE OO ob ees bobocoduosuS 463

104, Eodelena spencert ..... SEG PIOEEY. sux /Sbecon sucha auch nt Sue ora Ope ae wie IER Ua RCE 465

LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS

PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME (1902, vor. I1.).

Page
Aphniolaus (Lepidopt.) ............ It?
Blakistonia (Arachn.) ............ 151
Cantuaria (Arachn.) ............... 1233
Crosslandia (Nudibr.) ............ 64
Dekanay Arachis) \eeceeseeeeeenceeeee 138
IDnvayers (imho) Gososassponogocdes 63
Dyarcyops (Arachn.).............+. 130
Eodelena (Arachn.) ....,.... 422, 464
Heteromigas (Arachn.) ,........... 123

Page
Lomanella (Arachn ) ............+5. 411
Muriculus (Mamm.) ............... 314
Neosparassus (Arachn.). 416, 421, 423
Notoglanidium (Pisc.) ............ 336
Psebena (Coleopt.) ........--.2+-00+ 277
Pseudalmenus (Lepid.) ............ 116
Selenotholus (Arachn.) ............ 134
Sorensenella (Arachn.) ...........- 409
Aatteriay@\udibr)peeeeceesesee eee 62
Zelotai(Coleopt:)) wecwe-csre essen 273

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1902, Vol. II. (May to December).

May 6, 1902.

Prof. G. B. Howrs, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions made
to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1902 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of April were 208 in number. Of these 19 were acquired
by presentation, 45 by purchase, 19 were born in the Gardens,
and 125 were received on deposit. The total number of depar-
tures during the same period, by death and removals, was 139.

Amongst the additions are the first examples that we have
received of the beautiful Grey Teal (Querquedula versicolor) of
the Argentine Republic, obtained by purchase at the Antwerp
sale,

The Secretary called attention to a specimen of Moth of the
genus Cossus, which had been sent home in chrysalis by Mr. W.
L. Selater, F.Z.8., from the Cape (Feb. 27th, 1901), and had
emerged in the Insect-house, as mentioned by Mr. A. Thomson
in his Report (P. Z. S. 1902, vol. i. p. 204). Mr. Sclater had sub-

Proc. Zoou. Soc,—-1902, Vor. I. No. I. 1

2 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ May 6,

mitted this specimen to Mr. R. Trimen, F.R.S., who had favoured
him with the following remarks upon it :— Ns

“On comparison of the specimen with the series in the British
Museum, there can be no doubt at all that it is a veritable Cossus
ligniperda, ov ‘ Goat-Moth.’

“Tt would be interesting to know the history of this example,
for there can be no question that timber-burrowers are carried
about the world more than most insects, and it seems possible
that the larva of this Cossus may have travelled in logs to the
Cape, and been developed there, and so been sent home as a
South-African insect.

“Tt is also not altogether unlikely that the species may have
been introduced into South Africa and have established itself
there, as it feeds on several different trees, and the willow (one
of its food-trees in Europe) is represented by a closely-allied
Salia in South Africa.”

The following papers were read :—

1. Onthe Mammals collected during the Whitaker Expedition
to Tripoli. By Ouprietp THomas.

[Received March 26, 1902. |
(Plate I.')

Mr. J. 1.8. Whitaker, F.Z.S., who has already done so much for
the exploration of the Vertebrate Fauna of Northern Africa, and
to whom our National Museum is indebted for important collections
of Mammals from Sicily, Tunis, and Morocco, has long wished to
send a collecting expedition into the little-known country of
Tripoli. Last year, by the kind intervention of the Foreign
Office, permission was obtained from the Sultan for Mr. Edward
Dodson and a companion, Mr. Drake, to travel through that
country, collecting specimens, and it is the Mammalian results of
this expedition of which the present paper gives an account.

The expedition was carried out entirely at Mr. Whitaker’s
expense, and, as in the case of the previous Moroccan expedition,
he has generously presented the great majority of the Mammals
collected to the National Museum, to which ‘they form a most
valuable addition.

As so often happens in such cases, the material available for
comparison with the Tripoli collection is most imperfect, and
badly needs supplementing by specimens collected in modern
fashion. Indeed, of Barbary Mammals the only modern specimens
are those of Mr. Haton from Biskra, and Mr. Dodson’s own
previous collections from Morocco. Zoologists, therefore, who
spend their winters in the south would do a great service to

! Por explanation of the Plate, see p. 13.

TREADS “Sineratt :

NL Tp FETS’

‘dur soagnine qu

Wig I COB SZ

1902. ] / MAMMALS FROM TRIPOLI. 3
Science and the Museum if they would collect any mammals,
however common, at the places they go to.

Mr. Dodson left the town of Tripoli on April 2nd, 1901,
and travelled southwards by way of Sokna to Murzuk, then
returned to Sokna, and from there travelled north-eastwards to
the Syrt district, where he worked eastwards along the coast
to Ben-Ghazi.

His localities are thus divisible into four groups, as follows :—

I. Inland country north of Sokna. March 1901 and middle
of June to middle of July. Specimens collected at Tarhuna,
Wadi Sofedjin, W.' Nefed; W. Bey; Bonjem; Erdeul; Ain
Hammam; W. Titti; W. Agarib; W. Wagis; Oumsinerma ;
Limhursuk; Gebel Binsertia.

This is a desert region, without marked elevations ; interspersed
with small oases.

II. Soda Mountain district just south of Sokna (28° 55' N.,
16° 15’ K.). Beginning of May and second week of June.
Localities. Tamari-Ferdjan; W. Sultan; Getefa; Linzerat.

The Soda Mountains rise to about 3000 ft. above the general
level of the plain, not high enough therefore to have any noticeable
climatic or faunal peculiarity. There is a map of this distinct in
Rohlf’s ‘ Kufra’ (1881).

III. Level and descending country southwards to Murzuk
(sea-level or below). Localities. Shup; Oum el Abid; Zighen ;
Sebha; Ghodua; Murzuk.

IV. Coast district eastwards from Syrt towards Ben Ghazi.
End of July and beginning of August. W. Aggar; Eleusher;
Bon Cheifa; Sidi Sweya; Sidi Faradje.

From a geographical standpoint, therefore, the region traversed
is of a very good representative character. But, zoologically,
there must be many more species which, on account of the hurried
nature of the march, and the difficulties in collecting in so wild
and semi-hostile a country, must have been missed by Mr. Dodson’s
party. Indeed, under the circumstances it is surprising how
admirable a collection has been made.

As might be expected from the position of Tripoli between
Egypt and Algeria, and the homogeneous nature of all three
regions, the mammals have no marked general aflinity or
peculiarity. Some, such as Acomys, Gerbillus pyramidum,
G. eatoni, and Dipodillus vivax, are Kgyptian in affinity; and
others, notably the Ctenodactylus, are distinctly Algerian ; but
these affinities are evidently only the eastward and westward ex-
tensions, hitherto unknown, of Algerian and Egyptian forms, and
there seems to be no special faunal relationship with either of
the two countries more than the other.

The proportionate number of new forms in the collection is
remarkable, the most notable being the Ctenodactylus and the
fine Hare which I have named in honour of Mr. Whitaker, to whose
enterprise and generosity the expedition is due, and who is to be
congratulated on its very successful outcome.

MV o == WW
|*

4 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [May 6,

1, PIPISTRELLUS DESERTI, Sp. n.

71. g. Mursuk. 30/5/1.

A small buff-coloured desert ally of P. kuhli, with a particularly
small skull.

Size smaller than P. kuhli, but the forearm-length not so
much less than in that form as to be in proportion with the much
smaller skull. General structure, of ears, wings, and dentition,
as in P. kuhli. Ears and tragus pale transparent buffy, little
darker than the general colour. Wings dark brown, the usual
white edging very conspicuous. Interfemoral paler brown, white
posteriorly.

Colour of fur pale buffy, between cream and pinkish buff of
Ridgway, strikingly different from the colour in ordinary kuhli.
The hidden bases of the hairs dull slaty. Belly-hairs blackish
slaty basally, whitish buff terminally.

Skull very small and delicate; the total length, the breadth
across brain-case, and the length of the tooth-series, all con-
spicuously less than in P, kuhli, whether from Europe, Morocco,
Tunis, or Egypt.

Dimensions of the type :—

Forearm 29°5 mm.

Head and body (measured in flesh) 43; tail (do.) 33; ear (do.)
10; third finger, metacarpal 29, first phalanx 10, second phalanx
8:5; lower leg and hind foot (¢.u.) 22.

Skull—greatest length 11:6, median length above 10, median
length below 9; interorbital breadth 4:1; intertemporal breadth
3'1; breadth of brain-case 62; front of canine to back of m’
4:3.

Type. Adult male. Original number 71.

Although with the general characters of P. kuhli, I do not
feel justified in calling this Bat only a subspecies of that animal,
for other North- African bats of this group, while tending towards
P. deserti in colour, show no approach to its conspicuous reduction
in size of skull. Hxamples of P. kuhli from Morocco (Dodson),
Tunis (Anderson), and Egypt (Anderson), all have skulls of the
full normal size.

Two names might have been thought to refer to it. Cretzschmar’s
V. marginatus from Nubia is paler in colour than usual, but
Dr. Anderson’s specimens show that the form from there is of the
usual size.

Pipistrella minuta Loche', on the other hand, is so far smaller
as either to be a totally different form, or, more probably, the
young of some indeterminable species. Its locality is in the
Algerian range of P. kuhli.

2. Hyana Hymna L.
43. Getefa, near Sokna. 5/5/1.

1 xpl, Scient. Alg. p. 78 (1867).

= Pe

——s-

1902.] MAMMALS FROM TRIPOLI.

3. CANIS sp.

Skull: “ Found in ancient water-reservoir at Sidi Abdul Arbi.
Probably a domestic dog.

”

4, VULPES sp.

Skull: “ Found in old reservoir at Sidi Faradje.”
This skull is not distinguishable from that of a female V. egyp-
tiaca from the Lower Nile.

5. GERBILLUS FYRAMIDUM TARABULI, subsp. n.

15.16. 28.31. Ain Hammam. 27/4/1—2/5/1.

35. 36.38.41. Tamari-Ferdjan. 5/5/1.

42. Linzerat. 7/5/1.

47.48. 49.51.52. Oum el Abid. 10/5/1.

56. 57. 58. 59. Ashen: 15/5/1.

67.69. Ghodua. 23/5/1.

64. 65. 73. 74. 75. 76. <div, 19/5/15 Dp he

89. El Koshby. 18/6/1.

JI Wa Sultan) 18/6/12

92.95. Ferdjan. 19-20/6/1.

98.99. 102.103. Ain Hamman. 24/6/1.

105. 106.107.109.114. W. Agarib. 29/6/1-3/7/1.

154. W. Aggar. 25/7/1.

Size, proportions, and skull as in typical @. pyramidum from
Lower Egypt, but the colour of the upper surface uniformly
bright ochraceous buff, not darker or more brownish on the back.
This same bright colour is present even in the young. Post-
auricular white patch conspicuous.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 105 mm.; tail 149; hind foot (s.u.) 30; ear 15.

Skull—greatest length 32-7 ; basilar length 25; greatest breadth
17:2; nasals, length 13; interorbital breadth 6:6; diastema 9 ;
palatal foramina 6; length of upper molar series 4.

Hab. of type. Sebha.

Type. Female. No. 76. Killed June 5, 1901.

The typical G. pyramidum, although "its sides are bright
ochraceous, has the dorsal area, at least posteriorly, darkened and
more or less lined, with brown. In the Tripolitan series the
ochraceous covers the whole upper surface. The Nubian G. py-
gargus, on the other hand, of which the Museum has a fine series
from Shendy, obtained by the Hon. N. C. Rothschild, although
similar to G. p. tarabuli in colour, is markedly smaller, both in
skulJ and foot.

No representative of G. pyramiduwm has as yet been found in
Algeria.

6. GERBILLUS GERBILLUS Oliv.

24.30. Ain Hammam. 28-29/4/1.
63. Atitieh Louileh. 5/1.
(0. Ghodua. 23/5/1.

6 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [| May 6,

77.78. Loumoulieh. 6-7/6/1.

80.81.82. Shup. 8-9/6/1.

101. Ain Hammam. 24/6/1.

154. W. Aggar. 25/7/1.

T can find no satisfactory distinction between these specimens
and topotypes from Lower Egypt.

The Algerian representative of G. gerbillus is Lataste’s
G. hirtipes. A specimen in his collection—No. 1595—one of the
co-types labelled by him, has the molars 1-4 mm. in breadth.
Should he prove to have mixed up any other form among his
vather diverse series, this skull, the length of which (28°5 mm.) was
given in the original description, might be considered as the type.

7. GERBILLUS EATONI, sp. n.

113. W. Agarib. 3/7/1.

147.148.149.151. Elcusher. 24/7/1.

159. W.Aggar. 26/7/1.

A representative of the Egyptian G. andersoni de Wint.

General colour comparatively dark, finely lined with brown, very
different to the brilliant clear tone of G. hirtipes. Feet short
and stout, shorter than in G. hirtipes. Tail with its crest short,
but distinctly blackened, the longest hairs about 4 mm. in length.

Skull with a larger and more rounded, bulbous, brain-case than
in G. andersoni; bulle also rather larger than in that species.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 93 mm.; tail 128; hind foot (s.u.) 25; ear 13.

Skull—ereatest length 29; basilar length 21; zygomatic breadth
16; nasal length 10°6; interorbital breadth 5-7; brain-case
breadth 14; diastema 7°3; palatal foramina 5:1; length of upper
molar series 4°1 ; greatest diameter of bulla 10°8.

Hab. of type. Elcusher.

Type. Male, not old. Original number 149. Killed 24 July,
1901. :

This Gerbille represents the Egyptian G. andersoni de Wint.
and is distinguished from that animal by its larger and more
bulbous brain-case.

Besides their other differences in colour and proportions, the
three forms of Hairy-footed Gerbille obtained by Mr. Dodson
are distinguishable by the breadth of their molars, @. p. tarabuli
having these about 1:7 across the broadest part of m’, G. eatont
1:5 or 1:6, and G. hirtipes 1-4. An old specimen with worn teeth
collected by Mr. O. V. Aplin in Tunis in 1895, and also pre-
sented to the Museum by Mr. Whitaker, seems likewise to be
referable to G. eatont.

I have named this pretty Gerbille in honour of the Rev. A. E
Katon, to whose collections from Algeria our ability to work hone
any North-African Muride is largely due. The old inexactly
Jabelled material is of little use, and Mr. Eaton’s specimens are
the only ones in the Museum from Algeria collected in proper

1902. | MAMMALS FROM TRIPOLI. Ht

style. It is to be hoped that they may be soon further supple-
mented.

8. DIPoDILLUS DODSONI, sp. n.

6.8.9. W. Nefed. 14-15/4/1.

18. 21. 22.23. 25.29. Ain Hammam. 27-29/4/1.

34.37.39. Tamari-Ferdjan. 5/5/1.

46.50.55. Oum el Abid. 11-14/5/1.

68. Grodua. 23/5/1.

79.83.84. Shup. 8-10/6/1.

100. Ain Hammam. 24/6/1.

OOS Ware N carci io ly/if7ile

Essential etamuetets of D. campestris, but larger, more desert-
coloured, and with a longer and more heavily tufted tail.

Size larger than in the true D. campestris of the coast-lands.

Fur longer and looser. General colour above sandy buff,
varying from light ochraceous buff to a dull isabella. Usual
orbital and postauricular white patches present. Under surface
pure white, the line of demarcation less sharply defined than in
the closer-haired D. campestris. Ears of medium size, naked;
clear greyish. Hands and feet white; palms and soles naked ;
six sole-pads present. Tail very long, heavily tufted in its
terminal half, the hairs of the tip attaining about 15 mm. in
length ; its base sandy above, white below, the tuft brown above,
duller white below.

Skull quite like that of D. campestris, but rather larger in all
dimensions.

Measurements of the type :—

Head and body 101 mm.; tail 143; hind foot 28 (range 26-29) ;
ear 15.

Skull—greatest length 31; basilar length 22:2; zygomatic
breadth 16:5; length of nasals 12; interorbital breadth 5-1; dia-
stema 8; palatal foramina 5°D; upper molar series 4:1.

Typical locality. Ain Hammam.

Type. Adult male. Original number 29. Killed 29 April,
Oe

This fine tufted-tailed Gerbille is the representative of D. cam-
pestris south of the Atlas, and was not distinguished by Lataste
from that species. But the true D. campestris of the coast-lands
of Algeria is rather smaller, much browner in colour, and its tail
has far less tuft than D.dodsoni. The type locality was Philippe-
ville, on the coast of Constantine, and examples from the coast as
far westward as Mogador practically agree with those from this
district. On the other hand, on the south side of the mountains,
desert Algerian examples, obtained by Mr. Eaton at Biskra, are
referable to the Tripolitan D. dodsoni.

Of the four species of Loche and Levaillant said with doubt
by Lataste to belong to the campestris group :—

No. 69, Gerbillus deserti, is clearly not this species, being far
too short-tailed. It is perhaps a young G. hirtipes or G. simon.

8 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [May 6,

No. 70, G. gerbii, comes from Beni Sliman, about 40. miles
south of Algiers. Therefore north of the mountains, and within
the area of true G. campestris.

No. 72, Psammomys minutus, is possibly D. dodsoni, but: the
name is unavailable, being based on the totally different Dipus
minutus Geoftr.

No. 80, Mus chameropsis, is clearly a Mus, as its smooth
incisors testify.

9, DrPoDILLUs VIVAX, sp. n.

27. Ain Hammam. 29/4/1.

66 Sebha. 19/5/1.

Closely allied to the Egyptian D. quadiimaculatus Lat. and
amenus de Wint., which it no doubt replaces in Tripolt.

Size as in D. amanus. General colour above bright uniform
ochraceous buff, scarcely lined with brown. Belly and limbs
pure white. Upper whiskers brown, lower white. Usual white
face-marks well defined. Tail about as long as in D. amenus,
pencilled above terminally, the hairs about 10 mm, in length;
pale fawn lined with brown above, the pencil-lines brown, below
paler, or whitish fawn.

Skull very like that of D. amenus, rather smaller than that of
D. quadrimaculatus; differing from both by-its decidedly larger
bulle, and the consequent narrowness of the basioccipital between
them.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 75 mm.; tail damaged (of the second specimen
106); hind foot 21; ear 12.

Skull—greatest length 26°7; basilar length 19°7; zygomatic
breadth 14°5; nasal 9°7; interorbital breadth 4°4; breadth of
brain-case 12°6; diastema! 6-7; palatal foramina 4:2; greatest
diameter of bulle 10:1; length of upper molar series 3:2; width
of m' 1:2.

Typical locality. Sebha.

Type. Male. No. 66. Killed 19 May, 1901.

This Tripolitan representative of the guadrimaculatus-group is
readily distinguishable from its Egyptian allies by its larger bullee
and brighter and more uniform ochraceous buffy colour. No
members of the group have been recorded from Algeria.

10. MERIONES SHAWwI Rozet.

2. Tarhuna. 6/4/1.

4.5.7.1]. W.Nefed. 14-15/4/1.

146.150. Eleusher. 24/7/1.

152-153. 156. 157.158. W. Aggar. 25-26/7/1.

162. Bou Cheifa. 2/8/1.

In spite of the large number of localities at which one or other
of the two species were taken, it is noticeable that at no single
place did Mr. Dodson catch both A. shawi and M, schousboei.
Perhaps they will prove to be mutually exclusive, as they are so

1902. ] MAMMALS FROM TRIPOLI. 9

alike in size and general characters. Indeed it is almost impos-
sible to distinguish them externally from each other, though
M. shawi has on the average a rather duller or more drab tone
than J. schousboei. Nor are the skulls less alike, except for the
characteristic difference in the size of the bulle.

11. MerrronEs scHousBoE! Loche.

Gerbillus schowsboer Loche, Expl. Sci. Alg., Mamm. p. 105 (1867),

20.26.33. Ain Hammam. 28/4-2/5/1.

40. Tamari-Ferdjan. 5/5/1.

53.04. Oum el Abid. 13-14/5/1.

60. Zighen. 15/5/1.

72. Serir, Mursuk. 1/6/1.

88. Koshby. 16/6/1.

93.94.96.97. Ferdjan. -19-21/6/1.

2 Wie -Agaribi. 3/7/ 1. ;

WSs WG, OS Nivereaisy Cy (ye

121-135. 138-142. G. Limhersuk. 14-19/7/1,

143-144. Gebel Binsertia. 20/7/1.

163. Sidi Sweya, 5/8/1.

Although the group is too difficult to be worked out in detail,
the name adopted seems the best to use for the Barbary repre-
sentative of the J/. erythrurus-group. Its reference to that
group is accepted on the authority of Lataste.

12. PSAMMOMYS TRIPOLITANUS, sp. n.

155. W. Aggar. 25/7/1.

160. W.Cheggar. 28/7/1.

161. Bou Cheifa. 1/8/1.

Size fairly large, though smaller than in P. algiricus. Median
facial and dorsal area dark buffy (something between ‘“ wood-
brown” and ‘“ pinkish-buff”). Sides and belly yellow. Cheeks
pale greyish. Upper surface of hands and feet yellowish white.
Tail strong buffy, the crest and pencil black; terminal hairs of
pencil attaining about 14 mm.

Skull smaller and more delicately built than in the other large
species, though markedly larger than in P. roudairei. See
dimensions below. Bulle small and narrow; the part that
appears on the top of the squamosal particularly small.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 157 mm.; tail 135; hind foot 35; ear 14.

Skull—greatest length 41:5; basilar length 34:3; zygomatic
breadth 24; nasals 15:3; interorbital breadth 6:5; least breadth
between ridges on parietals 10°5; breadth between anterior lips
of meatus 24; length of exposed upper area of bulla 5:4; diastema
12-1; greatest diameter of bulla 14:3, lesser diameter, from
anterior lip of meatus, 11:5; length of upper molar series 6°8.

Typical locality. Bou Cheifa, on the coast.

Type. Old male. No. 161. Killed 1 August, 1901.

10 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [May 6,

As hown elsewhere!, the species of Psammomys, apart from
Ps. elegans, which I do not know, and the much smaller Ps. rov-
dairei, fall readily into four distinguishable forms respectively
inhabiting Algeria, Tripoli, Lower Egypt, and Palestine. They
are distinguished mainly by size and the relative development
of their bulle, their external appearance being all very much the
same.

13. PsAMMOMYS ROUDAIREI Lat.

14. 2. Bonjem. 20 April, 1901.
117. 2. W. Wagis. 7 July, 1901.

T have always considered M. Lataste was unnecessarily hasty in
withdrawing his name Psammomys roudairer, for there are clearly
two species—a larger darker, and a smaller paler one—living
together in Algeria and Tripoli; and, although undoubtedly
immature, his two type specimens (of which the British Museum
possesses one) evidently belong to the smaller form. The name
itself would have stood in any case, for, as has already been seen,
the large western Psammomys is different from Ps. obesus, and
has not hitherto had a tenable name applied to it.

The second specimen above recorded is only doubtfully placed
here, as it is immature, and members of this group are almost
impossible of satisfactory determination unless fully adult.

14. Mus MUSCULUS ORIENTALIS Cr.
1. Tarhina. 5 April, 1901.

15. ACOMYS VIATOR, sp. n.
90. 9. Wadi Sultan, near Sokna, 18/6/1.

Size fairly large. Spines of back about 11 mm. long, by barely
half a millimetre broad. General colour above pale slaty grey
anteriorly, changing to dull pale rufous posteriorly. Individually
the dorsal spines are pale grey (near smoke-grey of Ridgway),
with their extreme points dark brown, and with a narrow pale
rufous subterminal band; under surface pure white throughout.
Head and shoulders plain grey, the spines narrower and grey
throughout, without darkened points. Ears rather small, pale
greyish, a white spot below their outer base. Hands and feet
white. Tail of medium length, greyish brown above, white below.

Skull smaller than in A. dimidiatus, the brain-case of medium
size and its ridges not conspicuously heavy or broadened. Palatal
foramina to the pesterior third of m’. Opening of posterior nares
2°3 mm. behind back of m*. Bulle smaller than in A. dimidiatus,
their antero-external—postero-internal breadth 4:2 mm.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 110 mm.; tail 107; hind foot 19°5; ear 19.

Skull—greatest length 29; basilar length 21:5; zygomatic
breadth 14; nasals, length 11; interorbital breadth 4°6; breadth

1 Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) ix. p. 363 (1902).

1902.] MAMMALS FROM TRIPOLI. Wt
\

of brain-ease 12°2; palate, length 13°5; diastema 7:4; palatal

foramina 7; length of upper molar series 4°1.

Habitat and Type as given above.

This species is smaller and greyer than 4. dimidiatus, paler and
more rufous than 4. cahirinws. It represents the most westerly
recorded locality of the genus Acomys in Northern Africa.

Mr. Dodson tells me that these Spiny Mice, comparatively
dark among their pallid neighbours, resemble the small blackish
stones which lie about among the Soda Mountains, but were not
elsewhere met with in the region traversed,

16. JACULUS GERBOA Oliv.
164. $. Sidi Faradje. 6/8/1.
17. JAcuLUs sacuLus L.

62. Attich Loumonileh.
118.120. Oumsinerma. 10-12/7/1.

As usual, Jerboas are far less numerous in the collection than
Gerbilles, and at present material does not exist for an exact
comparison of Algerian, Tripolitan, and Egyptian specimens.

Mr. de Winton has pointed out to me that the names Jaculus
for the genus and Jaculide for the family must stand instead of
Dipus and Dipodide.

18. CrENODACTYLUS VALI, sp. n.

13. Wadi Bey. 19/4/1.

104. W. Titti, east of Sokna, 27/6/1.

External characters very much as in C. gundi. General colour
approximately pinkish buff above, nearly white below, the hairs
dull slaty basally. Face rather paler than body. Ears light
cream-colour, their edges scarcely blackened. Upper surface of
hands and feet and whole of tail pale cream-colour. Tail thin,
shorter than the foot, its terminal hairs about 20 mm. in length.

Skull in general shape as in C. gundi, but with enormous
bull, as in Massoutiera mzabi. Nasals long and narrow, little
broadened in front. Anteorbital projections comparatively
delicate. Interparietal of medium size, less broad than in gundi,
Bulle enormous, but the opening of the meatus is visible outside
them in an upper view; anteriorly above they reach forward
nearly to touch the well-developed postero-external projection of
the zygomatic process of the squamosal; medially their anterior
half extends on the upper surface to within 7 mm. of the middle
line, and their posterior half to within 4°5 mm.; posteriorly they
project far behind the occipital plane, which is only 7 mm. wide
between them. Paroccipital processes comparatively small.
Palatal foramina as in C. gundi. Posterior nares narrow,
angular. Molars small and delicate, shorter antero-posteriorly
than in C. gundi, the last molar less distinctly L-shaped than in
that species, and to that extent marking a slight step towards the
condition in Jassoutiera,

1 ON MAMMALS FROM TRIPOLI. [May 6,

Dimensions of the type :-—

Head and body 187 mm.; tail 20; hind foot 34; ear 14. i

Skull—greatest median length 47:5; basilar length 35:5;
gnathion to most posterior point of bulla 49; zygomatic breadth
31; nasals 18x5°5; interorbital breadth 12-2; imterparietal
8-8x1:1; diastema 11; palatal foramina 8x4; upper molar
series 8-2; greatest oblique diameter of bull below 18:1; greatest
oblique diameter, as seen from above, nearly at right angles to
last 17:2; vertical height of bulle 17; height of lower jaw, from
condyle, 10-5.

Typical locality. Wadi Bey, just northwest of Bonjem.

Type. Old female. No. 13. Killed 19 April, 1901. ;

This animal is the most distinct from its allies of all the species
found by Mr. Dodson, and bearing in mind the fewness of the
members of the Ctenodactyline, the discovery of so well-marked
a new form is a matter on which Mr. Whitaker may well be
congratulated.

19. Lepus WHITAKER, sp.n. (Plate I.)
3. Wadi Sofedjin. 12/4/1.
61. Liminint. 17/5/1.

Ile WAS Nee AYIA

A very handsome pinkish-buff Hare, quite distinct from all its
allies.

Size medium. General colour a rich pinkish buff, richer and
more pinkish than in ZL. ethiopicus, the species to which L.
whitakeri has the greatest external resemblance. On the back
the general colour is more or less lined with black, but on the
forehead it is clear and rich, not greyer as is often the case.
Nape rather deeper in colour, approaching “vinaceous buff” in
the darkest specimen. Eyes with indistinct whitish rings, but
scarcely a trace of the pre- and postorbital white patches present in
L. ethiopicus. Kars long, bufty, the marginal hairs whitish buffy ;
back of tips rather browner, but no distinct terminal patch.
Sides and chest rich pinkish buffy; chin and belly white, not
sharply defined laterally. Limbs buffy, the inner side of the
arms and thighs whitish; long hairs of palms and soles yellow or
reddish. Tail black above, pure white on the sides and below.

“ Trides yellow-ochre.”

Skull not unlike that of LZ. ethiopicus, but rather narrower,
and with less broadly expanded supraorbital wings. Enamel of
incisors forming a simple angular notch, not penetrating deeply
into the tooth, and not filled up with cement. In this last
respect L. whitakeri agrees rather with the very differently
coloured Algerian species than with ZL. ethiopicus and its allies.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 420 mm.; tail 70; hind foot 100; ear (measured
dry) from crown 140, from notch 121.

Skull—greatest length 85; basilar length 67; zygomatic breadth
385; nasals, oblique length 34, greatest breadth 17:5, least

PZ 1902 sol. IPL, MN.

hap.

intern Bras.

del et. bth.

Smi

SIANUS.

i ay
dees,

2 BARBUS RHOD

Gd.

}

LLABEO DARE

com
i
sry fh

IE TL INU

IPS) LOD s78

Mantern Bros .imp.

Z, WC RINOWROLP WS LON C1lis S

P.J.Smut del.et hth.

LRANA DARLINGI.

Lae

‘TONITUVG SNdONOH Sear ea
‘dur soaguzssuyy ss MERLSS WEE ans) ft

A Tet IEA COB Sz al

1902. ] ON FISHES ELC. FROM MASHONALAND. 133

breadth 11:5; interorbital breadth inside wings 17, between tips
of wings 27; inter-temporal breadth 10°7; breadth of brain-case
27; posterior breadth between lips of meatus 35; diastema 24 ;
palate length 29°5; palatal foramina 21x10; length of cheek-
tooth series (alveoli) 14°5; antero-posterior diameter of bulla 13.

Typical locality. Wadi Agarib, just N.W. of Sokna.

Type. Male. No. 111. Killed 2 July, 1901.

This fine Hare, which is named in honour of Mr. Whitaker, to
whose enterprise and generosity the whole of the Tripoli collection
is due, is readily distinguishable from all its allies by its remark-
able colour and the character of its incisors.

This species seems widely distributed in Tripoli, from Wadi
Sofedjin in the north, to Timinint, near Sebha, in the south,

20. GazELLA porcas, L.

12. @.-Erdeul. 18/4/1.

44. 2. Linzerat. 7/5/1.

45. 9. Oumel Abid. 11/5/1.

85.86.87. 2 6 dS. El Koshby. 15/6/T.
119.136.137. 39. Limhursuk. 15-16/7/1.

21. AMMOTRAGUS LERVIA Pall.
HOSS ra ie cain) 20/67:

EXPLANATION OF PLATE Ff.
Lepus whitakeri, p. 12.

2. A List of the Fishes, Batrachians, and Reptiles collected
by Mr. J. ffolliott Darling in Mashonaland, with Descrip-
tions of new Species. By G. A. Bounencer, F.R.S.

[Received April 14th, 1902. ]
(Plates II.-IV.’)

The fauna of Rhodesia is still so imperfectly worked out that
all zoologists will feel grateful to Mr. Darling for the trouble he
has taken in forming collections in the part of the country in
which he has been residing for the past few years, viz. the district
about Salisbury. The series of Fishes, Batrachians, and Reptiles,
the names of which follow, was collected at Mazoé and between
Umtali and Marandellas, and presented by him to the British
Museum. Two Fishes, a Frog, a Tortoise, and a Lizard are new

to science,
FISHES.

1. LABEO DARLING, sp. n. (Plate II. fig. 1.)

Body compressed, its depth nearly equal to the length of the
head and contained 4 times in the total length. Head 13 as longas

1 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 18.

14 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES, BATRACHIANS, [May 6,

broad ; snout rounded, strongly projecting beyond the mouth, with
scars of small horny warts; eye perfectly lateral, in the middle of
the head, its diameter 44 times in the length of the head, 27 in the
width of the interoxbital region, which is flat; width of mouth,
with lips, 3 that of the head; rostral flap and anterior border of
lip not denticulated ; lower lip with a series of papille forming a
denticulation; inner surface of lip with numerous transverse
plice, formed of closely-set obtuse papilla; a minute barbel,
hidden in the folds at the side of the mouth. Dorsal I1 10, with
strongly notched upper border ; the longest ray exceeds the length
of the head; fin equally distant from the nostril and the root of
the caudal. Anal 115, longest ray nearly as long as the head and
reaching the root of the caudal. Pectoral subfalciform, as long
as the head, not reaching the base of the ventral. Ventral nearly
reaching the vent, its first ray falling under the seventh of the
dorsal. Cauda] deeply forked. Caudal peduncle scarcely longer
than deep. Scales 36 Ee 4 series between the lateral line and

the root of the ventral, 16 round the caudal peduncle. Olive-
brown above, whitish beneath; fins dark.

Total length 160 millim.

A single specimen.

Very closely allied to L. cylindricus Peters, from the Zambesi,
but body strongly compressed, eye occupying the middle of the
head, and one scale more in the transverse series above the
lateral line.

29. BARBUS TRIMACULATUS Peters.

3. BARBUS RHODESIANUS, sp. n. (Plate IT. fig. 2.)

Depth of body 33 to 3% times in the total length, length of
head 4 to 43 times. Snout rounded, feebly projecting beyond
the mouth, } the length of the head; diameter of the eye 33 to
4! times in the length of the head, 13 to 13 in the interocular
width ; mouth rather small, its width half that of the head, with
thin lips, with two pairs of subequal barbels measuring about
half the diameter of the eye. Dorsal III 8-9, third ray not at
all enlarged, smooth; the fin, which is equally distant from the
eye and the root of the caudal, has the free edge notched and its
longest ray measures ? to + the length of the head. Anal IT 5;
the longest ray measures # to 2 the length of the head and
nearly reaches the root of the caudal when folded. Pectoral a
little shorter than the head, not reaching the ventral, the first
ray of which falls below the anterior third of the dorsal. Caudal
forked. Caudal peduncle about 13 as long as deep. Scales
30-322, 24 or 3 between the lateral line and the root of the
ventral, 12 round the caudal peduncle. Dark olive-brown above,
silvery below ; fins dark.

Four specimens, measuring from 117 to 280 millim.

Allied to B. marequensis Smith, B. altianalis Blgr., and B.
bowkert Blgr. Differs from all three in the shorter barbels and

1902.] AND REPTILES FROM MASHONALAND. 5)

fewer scales in the lateral line; also from the first’ two by the
weak third simple dorsal ray, and from the third in the smaller
mouth with thinner lips.

4, CLARIAS GARIEPINUS Smith.

BATRACHIANS.,
1. Xenopus Levis Daud.

2. Buro recutaris Reuss.

3. BREVICEPS MossAMBIcus Peters.
4. RANA ADSPERSA Bibr.

5. RANA ANGOLENSIS Bocage.

6. Rana DARLINGI, sp. n. (Plate IIT. fig. 1.)

Vomerine teeth in two slightly oblique, oval groups close
together, just behind the level of the choane, Head moderate,
depressed ; snout as long as the diameter of the orbit, obtusely
acuminate, projecting ; nostril-a little nearer the end of the snout
than the eye; loreal region slightly concave ; interorbital space a
little narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum very distinct,
nearly as large as the eye. Fingers and toes moderate, with
blunt tips; first finger extending a little beyond second ; toes
two-thirds webbed; subarticular tubercles small; a small oval
inner metatarsal tubercle and a very indistinct, round outer one.
The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches between the eye and the tip
of the snout. Skin smooth ; no distinct dorso-lateral fold. Pale
grey above, black on the sides, the limit between the two shades
sharply defined; a white labial streak from the tip of the snout
to the arm; limbs freckled and spotted with dark brown; throat
and breast grey-brown, belly marbled with grey-brown.

‘From snout to vent 53 millim.

Two female specimens.

7. PHRYNOBATRACHUS NATALENSIS Smith,

8. RappraA MARMORATA Rapp.

REPTILES,
1, STERNOTHAZRUS SINUATUS Smith.

2, Homopus DARLINGI, sp.n. (Plate IV.)

Shell depressed, more than twice as long as deep, of subequal
depth throughout, posterior margin feebly serrated ; dorsal shields
not swollen, with deep concentric grooves; a moderate-sized
nuchal; vertebral shields broader than long, as broad as or a
little broader than the costals; anterior plastral lobe truncate
and $ the width of the bridge, posterior shghtly notched and
about. 2 that width; suture between the abdominal shields

16 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON FISHES, BATRACHIANS, —[ May 6,

longest, between femorals shortest; gular shields smaller than
anals; axillary and inguinal shields rather large. Beak scarcely
hooked ; a large frontal and a pair of prefrontal shields. Fore .
limbs with moderately large imbricate scales of very unequal
size, the largest raised and nail-like; no enlarged tubercles on
the back of the thighs ; fore limb with five claws, hind limb with
four. Carapace black, each shield with a yellowish-brown areola ;
plastron black and yellow, with a median yellowish marking with
dentate borders and speckled with olive-grey; head and limbs
dark olive, the horny sheath of the jaws, the claws, and the
larger scales on the fore limbs yellowish.

Length of carapace 93 millim.

A single female specimen.

This very distinct species is most nearly related to 1. signatus
Walb., from which it differs, apart from the coloration, in the
large frontal shield and the absence of a large conical tubercle on
the back of the thigh.

3. LyGoDACTYLUS CAPENSIS Smith.

4, PACHYDACTYLUS AFFINIS Blgr.

Several specimens, from between Umtali and Marandellas,
enable me to supplement the description of this Gecko given in
1896 ' from a single specimen obtained in the Rustenberg district
of the Transvaal.

Naso-rostrals in contact; 8 to 10 upper Jabials; 7 lower
labials. Tail feebly depressed, tapering to a fine point, covered
with equal smooth scales, which are hexagonal and juxtaposed on
the upper surface, roundish and subimbricate on the lower surface,
Pale brown above, with round blackish spots imtermixed with
smaller round white spots; a blackish streak on each side of the
head, passing through the eye; lower parts white.

Total length ...... 90 millim. Fore limb ...... 13 millim.
Te aleliaee he ee Ue 1 - ebwael Ikon) 22544- 17 2
Width of head... 9 ,, | Moni: ote ene LBy a.
Bodiyaeeipnecne es. Soe. ;

5. AGAMA ACULEATA Merr.
6. AGAMA KIRKI Bler.
7. AGAMA ATRICOLLIS Smith.

8. PLATYSAURUS GUTTATUS Smith,

A male specimen, measuring 110 millim. from snout to vent,
tail 170. Differs from the type in having the fronto-nasal
forming a short suture with the rostral, separating the nasals,
and in the absence of a shield between the interparietal and the
oceipital, which are in contact with each other. 18 femoval pores

1 Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896, p. 21.

1902. ] AND REPTILES FROM MASHONALAND. Wi

on each side. Back dark grey, with lighter dots; limbs and
belly black ; tail orange.

9. ICHNOTROPIS LONGIPES, sp.n. (Plate IIT. fig. 2.)

Closely allied to Z. capensis Smith, with which it entirely
agrees in the scaling, but body shorter and limbs longer, the hind
limb, if pressed against the body, reaching between the ear and
the eye. Foot much longer than the head. 36 to 40 scales round
the middle of the body. 9 or 10 femoral pores on each side.
Pale grey-brown above, tinged with orange on the sides of the
back, which is unspotted; a black streak along each side, from
the tip of the snout, through the eye, to the anterior fourth of
the tail; a second black streak along the upper lip, extending to
the shoulder and separated from the upper one by a white streak;
some large black spots on the hind limbs; lower parts white.

Total length ...... 160 millim. | From end of snout

earl heels .tcee siete SP ies yey le ake COMVCTIG eet teeter 7. 49 millim.

Wadthvof head) > 8); Intoree 1bbom0 oubbecue ROP aes

From end of snout Jabuayel WWbMMD) adeecsoos 33) 4h
to fore limb...... Ol late Sut Ml DEI Wa AS pe ee

This new Lizard is represented by three male specimens.

10. GERRHOSAURUS FLAVIGULARIS Wiegm.
11. MaBuiA QUINQUETENIATA Licht.

12. Masura vArtia Peters.

13. Masuta striata Peters.

14. LyGosoMA SUNDEVALLI Smith.

15. AconTIAS MELEAGRIS L.

16. CHAMALEON DILEPIS Leach.

17. TYPHLOPS SCHLEGELI Biance.

18. TypHiors mMucrusO Peters.

19. Guauconta NiGRICANS Schleg.

20. Boopon LinEAtTus D. & B.

21. Psrupaspis CANA L.

92. CHLOROPHIS NATALENSIS Smith.

23. PHILOTHAMNUS SEMIVARIEGATUS Smith.
24. PRosYMNA AMBIGUA Bocage.

25. DASYPELTIS SCABRA L.

96. TRIMERORHINUS TRITHNIATUS Gthr.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou. II. No. I.

18 GRAF HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J. SIOLZMANN ON’ [May 6,

27. PSAMMOPHIS SIBILANS L.

Uniform olive-brown above, down to the ends of the ventral
shields, which are unspotted; lips yellowish, spotted with olive-
brown.

98. DiIsPpHOLIDUS TYPUS Smith.
929. APARALLACTUS CAPENSIS Smith.
30. APARALLACTUS GUENTHERI Blgr.

31. Nata HAIE L.

A perfectly typical young specimen, with 21 scales across the
neck, 19 across the body, 190 ventrals, and 60 caudals. Neck
black, body brown above with indistinct darker spots, yellowish
beneath. A large specimen from Salisbury, presented by
Col. Rhodes some years ago, answers to Peters’s var. annulifera.

32. NAIA NIGRICOLLIS Reinh.
33. CAUSUS RHOMBEATUS L.
34, CAUSUS DEFILIPPII Jan.

35. Brivis ARIETANS L.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate II.

Fig. 1. Labeo darlingi, p. 13, natural size.
2. Barbus rhodesianus, p. 14, reduced 3.

Puate III.
Fig. 1. Rana darlingi, p. 15, natural size.
ees 3 Side-view of head, natural size.
2. Ichnotropis longipes, p. 17, natural size.
2a. 3s = Upper view of head, x 13.
2b. e 5 Side-view of head, x 13.

Qe. ie i Anal region, x 13.

Prate LV.

Homopus darling, p. 15, natural size, upper and lower views.

3. On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski
in Central Peru. By Graf Hans von Brruzpson and
JEAN STOLZMANN.

Parr IT. (continued from P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 388.)
[Received March 26, 1902.]

Nous continuons ici notre rapport sur les résultats des investi-
gations ornithologiques de M.Jean Kalinowski au Pérou (1890-93
dont la premiére partie a été Iue devant la Société en mars 1896.

1902. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 19

Fam. TrocHILipa.

295. DoryFERA LUDOVICLE (Boure. et Muls.).

?D. rectirostris Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 284.

La Garita del Sol: un male adulte, 5 juillet 1891.

Al. 63, eaud. 35, culm. 32 mm.

Loiseau envoyé est tout-a-fait identique aux échantillons de
Bogota, il a seulement le bec un peu plus court que la majorité
des oiseaux colombiens.

-+- 296. PHAETHORNIS GAYI EMILIE (Boure. et Muls.).

Ph, emilie Taez. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 268.

La Gloria : deux males et une femelle d’aott 1890 et de janvier
et février 1891.

Les individus du Pérou central s’accordent bien en général avec
les oiseaux typiques de Bogota, si ce n'est peut-étre quils ont les
ailes un peu plus courtes et le dos plus obscur (moins luisant), la
mandibule inférieure plus distinctement terminée de noiratre.

-{-297. PHA#THORNIS RUFIGASTER LONGIPENNIS, subsp. nov.

Ph. Ph. rufigaster (Vieill.) dicto ex Brasilia simillimus, differt

alis multo longioribus.

@ 9. Al. 437-414, rectr. med. 342-332, submed. 27, extern.
153, culm. 217-202, caud. graduata 19-184 mm.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali or.: Chanchamayo.

Typus in Mus. Branicki.

La Merced: une femelle du 21 aott 1890. Borgofa: une
femelle du 23 mai 1891. ‘Iris noir, bee noir a moitié basale
de la mandibule inférieure jaune de cire, pattes d'un jaune de
cire.”

Quant a leur coloration, les oiseaux de Chanchamayo s’accordent
parfaitement avec les oiseaux du Brésil (Ph. rufigaster). Ls s’en
distinguent néanmoins par les ailes beaucoup plus longues. La
longueur de laile est de 413 4 422 mm., tandis quelle est de 34 a
37 mm. chez une vingtaine @individus du PA. rufigaster du Brésil
mesurés par Berlepsch. Il n’y a pas d'autres différences et les
relations de cette forme du Pérou central sont évidemment avec
le Ph. rufigaster et non avec le Ph. nigricinctus Lawr. de |’ Amazone
supérieur, qui a la mandibule inférieure presque entiérement
blanche, tandis que nos oiseaux présentent la moitié terminale de
la mandibule noiratre comme chez le Ph. rufigaster. Les pointes
des rectrices médianes sont rousses comme chez cette derniére
espéce et non blanches comme chez le Ph. stuarti Hartert de la

Bolivie.

+ 298. EuToxERES CONDAMINEI GRACILIS, subsp. nov.

E£. condaminei Taez. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 259 (Pérou centr.).

E K. condaminei dicto simillimus, differt rostro multo breviore et

graciliore, alis quoque brevioribus, necnon striis fulvescentibus
2%

20 GRAF HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

qulce pectorisque multo latioribus, dorso magis ceneo-viridi et
tectricibus caude inferioribus minus cerulescente lavatis.

3g. Al. 744, caud. 593, culm. 297 mm.
2 0 99 65, 99 ATA, 99 293 99

Hab, in Peruvia centrali: Vitoc.

Typus in Mus. Branicki.

Vitoc, Garita del Sol: un male adulte du 24 mars 1893 et une
femelle du 17 a0at 1891. ‘Iris noir; bee noir, corné, 4 mandibule
inférieure d’un jaune olivatre 4 la base, pattes dun brun
jaunatre.”

Les deux oiseaux recueillis par M. Kalinowski, dont le male
parait tout-a-fait adulte, tandis que l’oiseau marqué femelle est
peut-étre jeune, différent des échantillons de lH. condanwnei de
VEcuador par le bee beaucoup plus court, plus faible et plus
courbé, les ailes également plus courtes. Quant a la coloration,
les oiseaux péruviens différent par les stries fauves de la gorge et
de la poitrine plus larges et plus claires (blanchatres sur la
poitrine), par le dos d’un vert plus jaunatre ou plus doré, les
tectrices souscaudales moins laveés de bleuatre, les rectiices médianes
dun vert plus vif et demi-luisant au leu d’un vert noiratre,
enfin par les rectrices externes d’un cannellé plus pale.

299. Paracona eiaas (Vieill.).

Acobamba : une femelle du 20 septembre 1890; une autre de
Tarma du 7 aout 1893.

300. Lrucrppus CHIONOGASTER (Tsch.).

La Merced: trois males de juillet et septembre 1890. Garita
del Sol: trois femelles de juin, juillet et aout 1891.

301. AGYRTRIA BARTLETTI (Gould).

La Merced: cing males de juillet et aoit 1890, un male et
deux femelles de janvier et février 1891. ‘“ Bec et pattes noirs,
mandibule inférieure d’un carné-rosatre dans sa moitié basale.”

Il n’y a pas de différence entre ces oiseaux et les individus de
VUcayali recueillis par M. G. Garlepp (Mus. Berlepsch),.

302. CHRYSURONIA JOSEPHINE (Bourc. et Muls.).

La Merced, Quimiri: un male adulte.

Al, 553, caud. 35, culm. 174 mm.

Ce male tout-a-fait adulte différe des individus de Huambo et
de Rioja (Pérou du nord) par le bee plus court, le violet de la
téte plus brillant, plus rougeatre et plus prolongé jusqu’a la nuque,
enfin par le manque d’une tache bleue bien marquée sur le menton.
Il n’y a que deux petites plumes bleues-violettes et une petite raie
bleue-violette en forme de moustache sur chaque cété de la gorge.

303. CHLOROSTILBON PRASINUS DAPHNE Gould.
Chi. prasinus Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 414.

1902. | THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. ONL

La Merced: trois males de juillet et aout 1890, Borgona:
aoe du 8 juin 1891. Garita del Sol: un male du 3 septembre

Le typedu Ohl. daphne Gld. venait des Pampas del Sacramento,
région pas trop eloignée de Chanchamayo. Cette forme différe du
Chl. prasinus typique du Brésil par le bee, les ailes et la queue
plus longs, la queue légérement échancrée au lieu d’étre parfaite-
ment arrondie, enfin par les cétés de la gorge moins dorés.

304. THALURANIA JELSKII Tacz.

La Gloria et La Merced: un mile et trois femelles d’aout et
septembre 1890. La Gloria, janvier 1891, et Borgona, mai 1891:
quatre males.

g ad. Al. 614, caud. 45

PQet Ss ,,55-542, ,, 332
jay.

Loiseau typique mesuré par feu Taczanowski, qui se trouve au
Musée de ’Université de Varsovie, doit étre un male encore in-
complétement développé, car les males adultes recueillis par
M. Kalinowski ont les dimensions beaucoup plus grandes et sous
ce rapport surpassent méme les adultes de la Th. nigrofascrata
(Gld.).

La Th. jelskii qui habite aussi la Bolivie, d’ot Berlepsch a regu
un grand nombre d’exemplaires recueillis par M. G. Garlepp, se
distingue principalement des espéces voisines Th. nigrofasciata et
Th. tschudii par la forme de la plaque verte métallique de la gorge
coupée en dessous presque en ligne droite, tandis que chez les deux
autres espéces que nous venons de nommer ce vert se prolonge en
se rétrécissant jusqu’au milieu de la poitrine, ot il prend une
nuance bleu-verdatre chez la Th. tschudi.

4, culm. 193, caud. furca 147 mm.
1 3
2) ” 193, ” ” 11s ”

G ; 3 21 3
=32, ” Zt tOe ” ” 3p—lF,,

305. Conrpris toLatus (Gld.).

Petasophora anais Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 367.

La Merced: quatre jeunes males de juillet et aout 1890. La
Garita: un male adulte et deux femelles des 30 juin, 4 et 23
juillet 1891. Tarma: un male adulte et deux femelles du 15
décembre 1890. Tapo: deux males du 27 décembre 1892.

Ges échantillons ne différent des oiseaux typiques de la Bolivie
que par le bec généralement un peu plus court et peut-etre par
les souscaudales moins variées de blanchatre. Les individus de
Bogota et de ’Ecuador ont le bee et les ailes généralement plus
courts que ceux de la Bolivie. Les oiseaux des environs de Cuzco
coll. O. Garlepp) s’accordent tout-a-fait avec les boliviens. I]
serait difficile de constituer une sous-espéce, car les oiseaux de Pérou
central quant 4 la longueur des ailes s’accordent avec les boliviens,
et ne different que par leur bec généralement plus court.

-. 306. Conrpris cyanorus (Boure. et Muls.).
Petasophora cyanotis Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 369.

22 GRAF HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

Maraynioc, Culumachay: un male en plumage trés-usé du
24 juillet et un autre du 24 aout 1892.

-+- 307. LAMPoRNIS NIGRICOLLIS ( Vieill.).

Lampornis violicauda Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, 1. p. 281.
La Merced: une male adulte du 23 juillet 1890.

S’accorde avec les individus de Paraguay et du Brésil du Musée
Berlepsch.

308. OREOTROCHILUS MELANOGASTER Gld.

Ingapirea: un jeune male de mai 1890. Tarma, Hacienda da
Queta: femelles du 1 septembre et de décembre 1893.

309. PHOLEMA CERVINIGULARIS Salv. 2

“Pheolema equatorialis?” Tacz. P. Z.S. 1882, p. 35.

Pheolema equatorialis Tacz. Orn. du Perou, i. p. 292.

Chanchamayo; La Garita: deux femelles du 14 juillet 1890 et
du 29 juin 1891.

Al. 71, 69; caud. 442, 41; culm. 242, 223; caude furca 77 mm.

Ces femelles s’accordent avec une femelle de Rayurmana, Pérou
du nord (coll. Stolzmann), en possédant une gemme améthyste sur
Ja gorge, qui manque aux femelles de la Ph. rubinoides et de la
Ph. equatorialis.

Nous ne doutons pas que la femelle de Rayurmana appartienne
a la Ph. cervinigularis, car elle présente une ligne de plumes
écailleuses luisantes prolongée du front jusqu’au milieu du vertex.
Les femelles de Chanchamayo et de Garita ne présentent qu'une
petite marque de plumes luisantes au front, non prolongée jusqu’au
piléum. I] faudra done attendre les males adultes du Pérou
central pour voir s'ils different peut-étre dans ce méme caractére
des males de la Ph. cervinigularis Salv. de )Kcuador.

310. LAMPRASTER BRANICKII Tacz.

La Gloria: deux males adultes du 6 aout 1890 et du 18 janvier
1891.

Al. 674, caud. 41, culm. 203, caud. furca 7 mm.

Les oiseaux recueillis par M. Kalinowski, dont l’un orne le
Muséum Branicki, l'autre le Muséum Berlepsch, s’accordent avec
Yoiseau typique de Monterico du Muséum de Varsovie. Ces trois
échantillons sont jusqu’a présent les seuls représentants de cette
belle espéce dans les collections scientifiques.

Malheureusement nous n’avons pas d’individus de ) Aphanto-
chroa gularis Gld. & comparer; mais, pour autant que nous
pouvons juger d’aprés les descriptions et la figure dans l’ouviage
de M. Gould, ces deux espéces paraissent alliées ou peut-étre
congénériques. Comme il parait, le Z. branickii différe de VA.
gularis par le bec plus court et droit au lieu d’étre courbé, par le
noir uniforme des rectrices externes, par la présence des plumes
écailleuses au front, par le roux des rémiges secondaires, enfin par

1902. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 23
la gemme de la gorge d’un rouge de feu au lieu d’un rosé-lilas.
Toutes les deux ont les tectrices souscaudales d’un blane pur.

-+-311. Hetiopoxa LEADBEATERI (Bourc.).

Heliodoxa otero Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, 1. p. 287.

Garita del Sol: un male adulte et deux jeunes males de juin et
d’aott 1891, une femelle du 22 juillet 1891, et un male adulte
du 1 avril 1893. “Iris et bec noirs, pattes brunes.”

312. HELIANTHEA DICHROURA Tacz.

Maraynioc: trois males et deux femelles d’octobre, novembre
et décembre 1891, et deux males ad. de Pariayacu de février et
juin 1893. “Bec noir, pattes d’un carné-brunatre.”

3. Al. 86, caud. 551, culm. 334, caud. furca 64 mm,
2 . 99 79, er) 50, 9 35, 97 64 PP

Espéce bien distincte de la H. osculans Gld., du Pérou du sud.
Des échantillons recueillis par M. O. T. Baron dans le Pérou
du nord oriental s’accordent avec les individus typiques de
Maraynioc.

313. BourcreRia INSECrIvoRA (Tsch.).

Maraynioc: males adultes du 3 novembre 1892; Tuyas yacu:
un olseau sans indication de sexe (femelle?) du 17 aout 1892,
males et femelles de mars et avril 1893.

65 ANG 7, Caiucl, 4s, Gtillamg ail aaah,
S20 oy 74, », 49, 7 335 ”

Un male adulte de Huambo (Pérou nord-est) differe par
la gemme frontale plus grande et plus bleuatre, par la plaque
métallique du piléum plus bleuatre, par le vert de la gorge plus
bleuadtre, par le dos moins noiratre dans sa partie supérieure, d’un
vert plus bleudtre dans la partie inférieure, enfin par la partie
terminale verdatre des rectrices externes plus courte et plus pale.
Loiseau typique de Tschudi venait du chemin de Huari a Chaga-
cancha (14,600 pieds).

+- 314. LAMPROPYGIA COLUMBIANA OBSCURA, subsp. nov.

Bourcieria celigena Tacz. (nec Less.) Orn. du Peérou, 1. p. 390.
L. L. columbiana lliot dicte simillima, sed corpore supra sub-
tusque obscuriore, gule plumis sordidius albis et maculis fuscis
majoribus instructis distinguenda.
3, Al. 79, caud. 531, culm. 314, caud. furca 13 mm.
g sd 99 705, 99 46, bP) 303, 99 ”? 8 9
Hab. in Peruvia centrali: Vitoe (coll. T. Kalinowski). Typus
in Mus. Branicki, no. 2860 a.
Une paire de Garita del Sol, juillet 1891.
Les oiseaux du Pérou central different des oiseaux typiques de
Bogota& par le plumage plus foncé en dessus et en dessous, la téte
et le dos plus noiratres, moins bronzés, |’abdomen plus noiratre,

24 GRAF HANS VY. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

moins roussatre, enfin par le fond de la gorge d’un blane plus
terne et plus grisdtre, 4 taches foncées plus larges. Ils ne ressem-
blent pas a la Z. celigena Less. du Vénézuela que nous croyons
despéce bien distincte.

+} 315, LAFRESNAYEA SAUL RECTIROSTRIS, Subsp. nov.

LL. gayi (part.) Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 283.

L. L. saul (Boure.) dicte ex Ecuador et Venezuela affinis, differt
rostro breviore et rectiore, alis caudaque vero longioribus, nec-
non colore gule pectorisque maris pallidiore, magis auwreo-
viride.

3. Al. 67, caud. 424, culm. 225 mm.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali: Maraynioe (coll. Kalinowski). Typus

in Mus. Branicki.

Maraynioc: male adulte du 16 décembre 1891; et Pariayacu:
jeune male du 4 juillet 1892.

L’oiseau envoyé différe de tous le males du Vénézuela, de
VEcuador et d’un male de Cutervo, Pérou du nord (coll. Stolz-
mann), avec lesquels nous l’avons comparé, par le bec un peu plus
court et presque rectiligne au heu d’étre sensiblement courbeé, par
les ailes et la queue au contraire plus longues. Le vert de la
gorge, de la poitrine et des cétés du corps est plus clair et plus
doré et le noir du milieu de ’abdomen est moins développé; la
queue est un peu plus ¢ctagée.

316. DocIMAsTES ENSIFER (Boiss.).

Docimastes ensiferus Tacz. Orn. du Pévrou, i. p. 375.

Maraynioc: deux males adultes de novembre et décembre 1891,
Pariayacu: deux femelles de juillet 1892 et de juin 1893.

Al. 791, caud. 624, culm. 834, caud. furea 252 mm.

Ces oiseaux différent des oiseaux typiques de Bogota que par le
bee un peu plus long, par le vert de la poitrine généralement
dune nuance plus bleuatre, enfin par le milieu du ventre dune
couleur plus grisatre, moins brunatre. Néanmoins quelques in-
dividus de Bogota paraissent trés proches et il faudrait un plus
grand nombre d’individus pour étre str qwil n’existe pas quelques
petites différences constantes.

317. PTEROPHANES TEMMINCKI (Boiss.).

Maraynioc: trois males de juillet et novembre 1891. Paria-
yacu: une femelle du 2 aoait 1892.

Un male adulte recueilli par M. Jelski 4 Maraynioc le 3 juin
1871 (du Musée Berlepsch) différe des oiseaux de Bogota et de
Ecuador (Quito) par le plumage, en dessus et en dessous, beau-
coup plus sombre ou d’un vert plus noiratre, par les tectrices
souscaudales bleuatres, par le bec, les ailes et la queue plus longs,
la queue plus étagée. Un oiseau de la Bolivie pas tout-a-fait adulte
s'accorde avec les olseaux de la Colombie.

Lo
Or

1902. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU.

318. AGLHACTIS CAUMATONOTA Gould.

Maraynioc: deux males adultes de juillet, du 15 décembre 1891,
et du 18 janvier 1893. Pariayacu: un male du 28 janvier 1893.
“Tris noir, bec et pattes noirs, mandibule inférieure d’un carné-
jaunatre a la base.”

Al. 88-877, caud. 514-492, culm. 163-163, caud. furea 83-
73 mm.

Nos oiseaux s'accordent le mieux avec la description de l’A.
olivaceocauda Lawr. (type de Matara, province d’Ayacucho). Le
type de lA. cawmatonota Gld. est un jeune oiseau dont Vhabitat
était donné simplement comme ‘le Pérou.” Probablement il n’y
a pas lieu d’établir deux formes de cette espéce.

319. BoisscNNEAUA MATHEWSI (Boure.).

Garita del Sol: deux males, une femelle et un jeune d’aoit 1891.
Culumachay: un male du 10 aott 1892.

Il ne nous semble pas y avoir de différence constante entre les
oiseaux du Pérou central, du Pérou du nord (localité typique) et
de Ecuador.

320. ERIOCNEMIS SAPPHTROPYGIA Tacz.

Maraynioc: deux males adultes du 17 décembre 1891. Paria-
yacu: une femelle du 18 septembre 1892. ‘ Bec et pattes noirs.”

Al, 72, caud. 48, culm. 20, caud. furca 15 mm.

Cette espéce est alli¢e a lH. Luciani, mais différe par le manque
complet du bleu au front, par le piléum légérement bronzé, par
les cotés du cou moins dorés, par la queue moins fourchue, etc.

321. SpPATHURA ANN Berl. et Stolzm.

Spathura anne Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 398, descr. orig

S. peruana Tacz. (nec Gould) Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 327.

La Gloria, Chanchamayo, Garita del Sol, Vitoc: deux males
adultes, une femelle adulte et trois jeunes males de février, juin,
juillet et novembre 1891. “Tris noir, bec noir, pattes carnées.”

Depuis la publication dans I’Ibis, Berlepsch a réuni une bonne
série dindividus de la S. anne de la Bolivie et a pu s’assurer que
les points de distinction indiqués dans notre article (J. c.) sont
tout-a-fait fondés et constants. En effet les males adultes de la
S. anne se distinguent au premier coup d’ceil par le manque com-
plet du blane a la base des plumes du cou inférieur et de la
poitrine, le manque du mélange blanc-grisatre au ventre, les
tectrices souscaudales d’un vert uniforme sans bordures blanches-
roussatres, les rectrices externes généralement plus longues, enfin
les spatules plus petites.

322. ADELOMYIA MELANOGENYS (Fras.).

Une paire de la Garita del Sol des 1 et 20 juillet 1891.

6. Al. 542, caud. 372, culm. 14 mm.
Oy: ” 48, 37 313, By) 14 yy)

26 GRAF HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec une male de Huasampilla (coll.
Whitely) du Musée Berlepsch (4. chlorospila Gld.), et different
un peu des oiseaux de Bogota par les parties inférieures et les
points des rectrices externes plus roussatres, moins blanchatres et
par les taches gulaires plus larges et d’un vert plus clair moins
brundtre. Néanmoins quelques individus de Bogota sont telle-
ment proches des oiseaux du Pérou central qu'il serait difficile de
les en distinguer.

323. HELIANGELUS AMETHYSTICOLLIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

Maraynioc: une paire d’oiseaux du 17 décembre 1891, et quatre
paires de juillet, aofit et octobre 1892, et de janvier et juin 1893.
‘“‘ Bec et pattes noirs.”

Les males envoyés différent des males de la Bolivie par le bec
plus court, la bande pectorale d’un roussatre plus pale ou plus
blanchatre et le milieu de abdomen moins roussatre, le croupion
sans éclat cuivreux. Les femelles different aussi des femelles de
la Bolivie par la bande pectorale plus blanchatre et la gorge d’un
roux plus clair (au leu d’un brun obscur), le milieu du ventre
d'un fauve grisadtre au lieu d’un roux clair, ainsi que par le bec plus
court.

Deux males des environs des Cuzco (coll. O. Garlepp) sont tout-
a-fait identiques aux oiseaux boliviens.

324. METALLURA PHGBE JELSKII (Cab.).

Tarma: un male adulte du 15 décembre 1891; un male, deux
femelles et deux oiseaux jeunes de Tambo de Aza, d’octobre et de
novembre 1892, de Tapo de décembre 1892, et de Queta de juillet
1893.

3. Al. 77, caud. 563, culm. 173, caud. furca 8? mm.
2 . ) 663, 99 473, 97 163, 9) 9? 4 3?

Les oiseaux de Tarma appartiennent sans doute a la forme
décrite par le docteur Cabanis sous le nom de MW. jelskii. Les
males adultes se distinguent des individus occidentaux (I. phebe
typique ¢) par le plumage généralement d’un noir mat trés intense,
tandis que les individus de loccident présentent le plumage d’un
noir-brun plus ou moins bronzé avec un reflet violatre qui se
manifeste surtout au-dessus de la téte. Les oiseaux de Huama-
chuco (Pérou du nord-ouest) recueillis par Baron ont le plumage
aussi intense que les échantillons de Tarma, mais ils s’accordent
avec les oiseaux de la province d’Ayacucho par le reflet bronzé
du piléum. Ils sont pour ainsi dire intermédiaires entre la
M. phebe et la M. ph. jelskiz.

325. METALLURA EUPOGON Cab.

Maraynioc: trois males et une femelle adulte de juillet,
novembre et décembre 1891. Pariayacu: une femelle du 7 jan-
vier 1893. “* Bec et pattes noirs.”

dg ad. Al. 65, caud. 421, culm. 13, caud. furea 2 mm.

1902. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 27

326. METALLURA SMARAGDINICOLLIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

Maraynioc: trois paires de novembre et décembre 1891. -
Pariayacu: une paire de novembre 1892 et de janvier 1893.

327. CHALCOSTIGMA STANLEYI (Bourc. et Muls.).

Rhamphomicron stanleyi Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 345.

Maraynioc: un male adulte du 19 décembre 1891. “Iris noir,
bee et pattes noirs.”

Loiseau de Maraynioce différe un peu des oiseaux typiques de
VKEcuador par la pointe améthyste de la parure gulaire moins
développée et un peu plus pale, et par les parties inférieures du
corps plus sombres, d’un brun enfumé légérement lavé de violatre
au lieu d’étre lavé et mélé d’un vert olive. Par cette coloration
des parties inférieures du corps notre oiseau se rapproche un peu
des oiseaux boliviens (Ch. stanleyi vulcani Gld.) qui néanmoins
présentent un mélange violatre plus fort. Un oiseau d’Ocobamba
prés de Cuzco (coll. O. Garlepp) s’accorde tout-a-fait avec les
oiseaux boliviens. Avant de séparer l’oiseau de Maraynioc comme
sous-espéce il faudrait comparer plusieurs échantillons de cette
localite.

328. CHALCOSTIGMA OLIVACEUM (Lawr.).

Rhamphomicron olivaceus Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 347.

Tuhan: un male adulte du 29 octobre 1892. Maraynioc: un
male du 29 octobre 1892.

Al. 89, caud. 633, culm. 12}, caud. furca 123 mm.

Lespéce a été décrite comme provenaut de la Paz en Bolivie,
ou jusqu’a présent elle n’a pas été retrouvée.

329. CHALCOSTIGMA RUFICEPS AUREO-FASTIGATUM Hart.

Chalcostigma ruficeps aureo-fastigatum Hartert, Nov. Zool.
vol. vi. (1899) p. 74 (deser. orig. Loja).

Rhamphomicron ruficeps Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 348.

Maraynioc, Tambo de Aza: un jeune male du 24 octobre 1892.

Ce jeune oiseau appartien probablement a la forme décrite
nouvellement par M. Hartert de l’Ecuador et du Pérou septen-
trional (Cutervo).

330. CYANOLESBIA MOCOA SMARAGDINA (Gld.).

Cynanthus mocoa Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, 1. p. 334.

Vitoc, Garita del Sol: un male adulte du 1 aodt 1891.

Al. 703, caud. rectr. ext. 109, submed. 634, caud. furca 79,
culm. 12 mm.

Loiseau envoyé ne différe des oiseaux boliviens recueillis par
M. G. Garlepp que par le bec sensiblement plus court. Un male
de Huasampilla, Pérou du sud (coll. Whitely), l’a aussi long que
les boliviens et un male adulte de )’Ecuador oriental (C. mocoa
typique) est intermédiaire sous ce rapport. La C. mocoa smarag-
dina de la Bolivie et du Pérou differe de la C. mocoa typique de

28 GRAF HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J. SOLZMANN ON [ May 6,

VKceuador oriental (et de la Colombie oriental ?) par la queue un
peu plus longue, par la parure gulaire bleue plus pale et moins
violatre, enfin par le vert du dos et des cotés du piléum plus pale
et jamais noiratre sous certain jour.

331. PoLyonymus caroui (Bourc.).

Sappho caroli Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, 1. p. 33

Tapo: une femelle adulte du 27 décembre 1892.

Al. 57, rectr. ext. 454, submed. 404, culm. 182? mm.

Cette femelle ressemble & Voiseau décrit par Taczanowski comme
jeune male et différe du male adulte par la gorge blanche ornée
sur chaque plume dune plaque rouge de feu doré, tandis que chez
le male adulte la gorge est d’un rouge grenat uniforme et non
interrompu par des bordures blanches latérales et par les bases
blanches comme c’est les cas chez la femelle. La barbe externe
de la rectrice la plus externe et la pointe de la barbe interne sont
d’un blanc roussatre.

332. PSALIDOPRYMNA JULIZ Hartert.

Psalidoprymna julie Hartert, Nov. Zool. vi. (1899) p. 75
(‘“‘ Northern Peru ”).

Tapo: trois males adultes des 24 et 27 flecemlaye 1892.

Al. 63-614, caud. 127-1112, culm. 133-133, caud. furea 101—
85; mm.

Cette espéce tout-a-fait distincte nommeée par nous provisoire-
ment Lesbia julie (P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 323) a été décrite sous ce nom
par M. Hartert d’apres des exemplaires recueillis par M. O. T.
Baron dans le nord du Pérou.

Les échantillons de Tapo ne different des oiseaux de Cajabamba
(coll. Baron) que par le bec et la queue un peu plus longs.

Il est & remarquer que nous avons eu Vintention de dédier
cette espéce a la comtesse Julie Branicka, épouse du comte
Ladislas Branick1.

333. CALLIPHLOX AMETHYSTINA (Guil.).

La Merced: un male adulte du 19 juillet 1890.

Al. 363, caud. 347, culm. 15, caud. furea 174 mm.

Ce ails unique sinters des miles du Brésil méridional par le
bec et les ailes plus longs et le rouge de la parure gulaire plus
clair et moins violatre. Comme il y a une variation individuelle
considérable chez la C. amethystina, il faudrait une série d’exem-
plaires pour s’assurer de la constance des points différentiels.

334, HeLiorHrix AuRICULATUS (Nordm.).

? Heliothri« auritus Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 363.

La Merced: un male adulte et un jeune male de janvier et
septembre 1891. ‘ Bec et pattes noirs.’

g ad. Al. 64, caud. 433, culm. 164 mm.

Le male adulte (en mue) ne différe des oiseaux du Brésil
méridional que par le vert du menton un peu plus étendu en bas,

1902.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 29

mais pas aussi étendu qu il ne parait en étre le cas chez le
H. phainolema Gould du “ Rio Napo.”

Le jeune male posséde encore la queue longue comme la
femelle, mais il présente la gorge et le haut de la poitrine d’un
blane pur sans taches brunes-verdatres. Les plumes ornementales
bleues-violettes de la région auriculaire commencent déja a se
développer.

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.

335. ACESTRURA MULSANTI (Bourc.).

Garita del Sol: deux males adultes de juin et juillet 1891.

Tl n’ya pas de différence entre ces oiseaux et les individus de la
Colombie. Peut-étre les échantillons du Pérou et de la Bolivie
ont-ils les ailes généralement un peu plus courtes.

-+- 336. Kats GUIMETI MERRITT! (Lawr-.).

Klais guimeti Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 364.

Borgona: cing males d’avril 1891.

Al. 51, caud. 294, culm. 114 mm.

La forme du Pérou s’accorde le mieux avec celle de Amérique
centrale (cf. Tacz. 0. ¢.).

-+. 337. LopHorNis REGULUS (Gould).

Lophornis delattret Tacz. (nec Less.) Orn. du Peérou, i. p. 299.

La Borgofa: un jeune male et un jeune oiseau sans indication
du sexe du 9 juin 1891. ‘Tris noir, bee noir 4 mandibule
inférieure d’un carné-brunatre a la base ; pattes noires.”

Ces oiseaux appartiennent probablement a la forme L. lophotes
Gld., décrite comme provenant du Pérou, mais on ne peut juger
daprés des oiseaux non adultes.

Fam. CYPsELID®.

| 338. CH#TURA ZONARIS (Shaw).

La Merced: cing femelles de juillet et aott 1890. “ Iris brun
foncé.”
Q@. Al. 204, caud. 774, culm. 9, tars. 204 mm.

339. CHATURA SCLATERI Pelz.
La Gloria: une femelle du 13 aott 1890. ‘Iris brun foncé.”

4+- 340. CYPSELOIDES BRUNNEITORQUES (Lafr.).

Chetura rutila Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, 1. p. 229.

La Gloria : trois individus d’aott 1890. “ Iris noir.”

La Merced: une femelle du 2 janvier 1891.

3. Al. 128, caud. 50, culm. 53, tars. 10? mm.

@ @. Al. 1282-122, caud. 50-452, culm. 63-53, tars. 123-
103 mm.

Mr. Hartert (Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 494) dit: “ Female

without the rufous collar”; mais nos trois femelles présentent le

30 GRAF HANS Y. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [ May 6,

collier roux aussi large que le male. Une femelle recueillie le
7 aott s’accorde en tout avec le male, tandis que les autres femelles
différent par le roux de la gorge et de la poitrine a peine indiqué
par quelques bordures d’un roux brun, et par les ailes et la queue
plus courtes.

Le male de La Gloria ne différe des males de Mapoto, Ecuador
oriental, que par le roux plus intense et par le noir de l’abdomen
plus pur. Le type venait de Bogota.

Fam. CAPRIMULGID®.

341. CAPRIMULGUS OCELLATUS Tsch.

Antrostomus ocellatus Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 215.

Garita del Sol: un male adulte du 20 juillet 1891. “Iris noir,
bec noir, pattes d’un brun-carné.”

342. SrENoPsIS LONGIROSTRIS (Bp.).

Stenopsis bifasciata Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 221.

Maraynioc, Pariayacu: un male non complétement adulte du
10 juillet 1892. “ Iris noir.”

Al. 1584, caud. 1184, culm. 153, tars. 163 mm.

S’accorde avec un oiseau de Chicani, Bolivie, recueilli par
M. Garlepp.

La H. ruficervix Scl. de la Colombie n’est probablement q’une
sous-espéce de la H. longirostris. lle n’en différe que par les
dimensions un peu plus petites (surtout la queue plus courte), les
parties supérieures plus variées de roussatre, les points roussatres
du piléum plus distincts et plus intenses, les bandes blanches des
rémiges plus larges, et par d’autres petits détails de la coloration.
Les oiseaux du Pérou méridional classifiés par M. Hartert sous la
H. ruficervix appartiennent certainement a la H. longirostris.

-| 343. NycrmRoMUs ALBICOLLIS (Gm].)
La Merced: deux males de juillet et d’aotit 1890, “Tris brun

foncé.”

344. HypRopsALis TORQUATA (Gmil.).

La Merced: un male adulte du 28 juin 1891. Chontabamba:
un jeune male du 13 septembre 1891. “Iris et bec noirs,
pattes d’un brun grisatre.”

Al. 1663, rectr. ext. 2573, subext. 153, culm. 121, tars. 183 mm.

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne. Le male envoyé ne
différe d’un male adulte de Bahia, Brésil, du Musée Berlepsch,
que par les ailes un peu plus courtes, la queue beaucoup plus
courte, l’abdomen plus blanchatre et la bande rousse nucale moins
vive.

Peut-étre ces différences ne sont-elles qu’individuelles. En
tout cas notre oiseau n’appartient pas a la H. furcifera (Vieill.)
qui présente des couleurs plus pales et des dimensions générale-
ment plus grandes.

1902.]} THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 31

345. HyDRoPsALIS CLIMACOCERCUS T'sch.
Hydropsalis trifurcata, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, 1. p. 224.
La Merced: quatre individus de juillet et aofit 1890, et un

jeune male de 7 janvier 1891. “Iris noir, pattes d’un brun
J )
cendré.”

346. MACROPSALIS KALINOWSKII Berl. et Stolzm.

Macropsalis kalinowskii Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 399,
deser. orig. (Pariayacu).

Hydropsalis segmentata Tacz. (nec Cass.) Orn. du Pérou, i.
p. 223.

Pariayacu prés de Maraynioc: cing males adultes et trois
femelles des 26 octobre, 5 et 6 novembre, 12 décembre 1891, du
16 septembre 1892 et du 26 février 1893. “Iris noir, bec noir,
pattes d’un brun-carné.”

Malheureusement quand nous décrivimes cette forme sous la
dénomination de MW. kalinowski il nous manquait des échantil-
lons de la MV. segmentata Cass. de Bogota pour la comparaison.
Depuis lors Berlepsch a regu deux males de cette derniére espéce
provenant des collections indiennes des environs de Bogota qui
prouvent que la différence entre la WM. kalinowskii et la M. seg-
mentata n’est pas aussi prononcée que nous l’avions supposé.

En effet les deux formes ne différent presque gue dans le dessin
des rectrices externes chez les males adultes. Chez la J. kali-
nowskit les barbes internes de ces rectrices sont pourvues de bandes
irréguliéres blanchatres dans toute leur longueur, occupant la
moitié de la barbe vers la tige. Ces bandes manquent presque
complétement chez la J. segmentata ou ne se manifestent que
dans le tiers apical de ces rectrices chez quelques individus (les
plus jeunes?). I] parait aussi que chez la I. kalinowskii les
barbes externes de ces rectrices sont d’un blane plus pur et jamais
tachetées de roussdtre, ce qui se trouve quelquefois chez l’autre
espéce. En outre chez la premiére ces rectrices sont plus at-
ténuées, 4 barbe interne plus étroite dans le tiers apical. L’abdo-
men parait plus noiratre, moins roussatre que chez la J. segmentata.
La bande subterminale blanchatre des rectrices les plus courtes
(sauf les médianes) qui se manifeste chez la J. kalinowskii, est a
peine indiquée au milieu de la barbe interne des deux paires sub-
externes chez la M/. segmentata. Enfin la premiere est un peu plus
petite, 4 queue un peu plus courte.

Les autres points de différence indiqués par nous ne paraissent
pas étre constants.

347. LUROCALIS RUFIVENTRIS Tacz.

La Gloria: deux femelles des juillet et daoait 1890. “Iris
noir.”

Les femelles s’accordent dans tous Jes détails avec les oiseaux
typiques.

32° GRAF HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

Fam. Picip&.

348. CoLapTEs PuNA Cab.

Ingapirea: cing individus d’avril et juin 1890. Maraynioc:
un male ad. et une femelle jeune de février 1893. “Iris jaune
olivatre.”

Les types du Muséum de Berlin venaient de la vallée de Tauli,
Pérou occidental.

349. HyPoxANTHUS RIVOLI BREVIROSTRIS (Tacz.).

Maraynioc: une femelle du 18 novembre 1891. Un méale et
deux femelles de juillet et aoit 1892 et de mai 1893.

+ 350. CHLORONERPES CHRYSOGASTER, Sp. Nov.

Ohl. Chl. canipileus e¢ Chl. gularis dictis affinis, differt abdomine
sulphureo-aureo-flavo fere immaculato (nec viridescentiflavo,
olivaceo-viridi fasciato), dorso alisque extus magis aurantio-
brunneis minus olivaceis, pectore aurantio-brunneo tincto nec
olivaceo-viridi, uropygio fere sicut im Chi. gularis dicto flave-
scente crebre fasciato, sed magis rubro tincto.

3 do. Al. 128, caud. 833-78, culm. 262-242, tars. 224 mm.
21

2 Oe) 129, 9 833, 9 273, pe] ”?

Hab. in Peruvia centrali: La Gloria et Garita del Sol.

Typus in Mus. Branicki: ¢ ad. La Garita del Sol, 29 v1. 1891.
T. Kalinowski, legit no. 1282.

La Gloria: une femelle adulte du 7 aotit 1890. “Iris brun
rougeatre.” Garita del Sol: deux males adultes de juin et
juillet 1891, et deux autres des mars et d’avril 1893.

Les oiseaux recueillis par M. Kalinowski se distinguent au
premier coup d’cil des oiseaux de la Bolivie (Chl. canipileus
typique), dont Berlepsch possede une bonne série, par l’abdomen
d’un jaune de soufre doré presque sans macules, tandis que
chez le Chl. canipileus 11 est plus verdatre et rayé réguliérement
de bandes d’un vert-olive obscure. I] en est de méme pour
les tectrices souscaudales. Chez la nouvelle espéce le dos et les
ailes en dessus sont d’un brun-olive orangé trés-vif au lieu d’un
olive-verdatre ; la poitrine fortement lavée d’un brun-orangé au
lieu de verdatre, enfin le croupion plus jaundtre a bandes trans-
versales plus distinctes et lavé fortement de rouge de sang.

C'est un fait curieux que les oiseaux boliviens (Chl. canipileus)
ressemblent plutdt aux oiseaux de la Colombie et du Vénézuela
(Chl. rubigimosus) qu’aux péruviens.

351. CHLORONERPES LEUCOL&MUS (Malh.).
Chanchamayo: une femelle d’actt 1890. La Gloria: une
femelle du 20 janvier 1891. ‘Iris brun foncé.”

352. MELANERPES CRUENTATUS (Bodd.).

Zi)

La Gloria: une paire d’aont 1890. “ Iris rouge-orangé.

1902. | THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 33.

353. DENDROBATES FUMIGATUS (Lafr. et D’Orb.).

Garita del Sol: une femelle du 4 aott 1891. Vitoc: un male
du 7 février 1893.

-|-354, DENDROBATES MALHERBEI PECTORALIS, subsp. nov.

D. D. malherbei dicto (ex Hewadoria) afins, digert corpore
supra subtusque obscuriore olivaceo, fasciis in pectore (semper
ut videtur) magis arcuatis, interdum cordiformibus vel
maculitormibus, rostro pro usu longiore, alis vero brevioribus.

Foemine pileo sicut in D. malherbei dicto brunneo-olivaceo.

Mas quoad colores D. nigriceps dicto ex Bolivia maxime
affinis ut ee seh rostro breviore.

193) mm.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali; Maraynioc, altitudo 13,000 pedum.

Typus in Mus. Branicki et Mus. Berlepschi.

Maraynioc, Pariayacu: deux femelles adultes des 6 et 8 aott,
un jeune male du 30 aott 1892, et une jeune femelle du 26
octobre 1891. “ Iris rouge foncé, bec brun-corné, 4 mandibule
inférieure blanchatre, pattes d’un gris plombé.”

Cette forme nouvelle, dont M. Kalinowski n’a malheureusement
envoyé que des femelles et un male trés-jeune, parait inter-
médiaire entre le D. malherbei Scl.’ de VEcuador et le D. nigri-
ceps d’Orb. de la Bolivie. La femelle a le sommet de la téte
dun olive foncé noiratre comme les femelles de l’Ecuador et non
noir Intense comme les femelles de la Bolivie. La couleur du
dessus et du dessous du corps est beaucoup plus claire que chez
les oiseaux de l’Ecuador mais ressemble a celle des oiseaux
boliviens. Néanmoins il y a une différence considérable dans
le dessin de la poitrine: tandis que chez tous les individus de
VKcuador et de la Bolivie examinés par nous les bandes blancha-
tres de la poitrine sont tout-a-fait réguliéres et d’une largeur
uniforme dans toute leur étendue, chez les oiseaux de Maraynioc
elles sont échancrées au milieu vers la base de la plume et
deviennent plus étroites vers les cétés. Une femelle adulte du
28 octobre a méme les bandes réduites 4 des taches cordiformes,
ce qui donne a@ la poitrine une apparence tout-a-fait différente
de celle de abdomen, qui est rayé réguliérement de bandes d’un
blane jaunatre et parait plus clair.

La longueur du bec parait intermédiaire entre celle du
D. malherbei et celle du D. nigriceps. Les ailes sont plus courtes
que chez les autres formes.

355. DENDROBATES VALDIZANI Berl. et Stolzm.
Dendrobates valdizani Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 401 (deser.

orig.).

1 L’espéce écuadorienne confondue par MM. Sclater et Hargitt avec le D. nigriceps
@Orb. de la Bolivie en est tout-A-fait distincte; elle est plus petite, surtout a bec
plus court, et présente une coloration plus claire en dessus et en dessous. Le male

a le rouge du piléum plus clair et la femelle y présente une couleur brun-olive un
peu noiritre au lieu d’un noir intense.

Proc. Zoot Soc.—1892, Vou. I. No. ITI. 3

34 GRAF HANS Y. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

Tluacras, Vitoc: un male unique du 14 décembre 1892. “‘ vis
brun foncé,”

356. DENDROBATES H#MATOSTIGMA (Malh.).

Chloronerpes hilaris Cab. et Heine, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i.
p. 81.

La Gloria, aoat 1890. Trois individus.

La Merced, septembre 1890. “Tris brun foncé.”

Garita del Sol: deux males adultes, un jeune male et une
femelle.

Les oiseaux péruviens ont les ailes et la queue un peu plus
longues et la nuance des raies foncées des parties inférieures plus
brunatres et moins olivatres que les oiseaux de la Bolivie. II paratt
que M. Malherbe a fondé son JM. hematostigma sur les oiseaux
recueillis par Natterer 4 Borba et Marabitanas. Peut-étre qu’on
pourrait séparer les oiseaux péruviens sous la dénomination de
D. hematostigma hilaris (Cab. et Hein.).

357. CAMPEPHILUS MELANOLEUCUS (Gin.).

Borgafia: une femelle du 23 avril 1891. ‘Iris jaune olivatre,
bec blanc brunatre, pattes d’un gris olivatre.”

Les oiseaux du Pérou central (en outre un male adulte recueili a
Callanga prés de Cuzco par M. O. Garlepp) présentent des dimen-
sions plus petites que les individus de Cayenne et de Bogota du
Musée Berlepsch. Ils ont aussi le blanc des tectrices sousalaires
et des barbes internes des rémiges plus lavé de jaunatre.

358. CAMPEPHILUS POLLENS (Bp.).

Maraynioc, Calamachay: un male et deux femelles adultes du
24 juillet 1892.

6. Al. 1763, caud.127, culm. 50, tars. 354 mm.
@ °. 9) 176, 99 WAT, 9? 493, >) 305 99

Ces individus ne different des échantillons de Bogota du Musée
Berlepsch que par les ailes et la queue plus courtes. C'est pro-
bablement un caractére individuel.

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.

+359, CROPHLG@US LINEATUS (L.).

La Merced : un oiseau du 25 aoit 1890, “Iris blanche.”
La Gloria: un male du 18 janvier 1891. “Tris blanc, bee
brun pale, pattes d’un plombé clair.”

360. PicumMNus JELSKII Tacz,

Garita del Sol: deux males adultes, une femelle adulte et un
jeune de juillet et septembre 1891. “Tris brun foncé, bee brun
corné a mandibule supérieure sur les cétés—et la mandibule
inférieure en entier—d’un plombé bleudtre ; pattes d’un plombé
bleuatre.”

1902. | THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 35

361. PrcuMNUS PUNCTIFRONS Tacz.

La Merced: une paire de juillet et septembre 1890. “ Iris
brun foncé.” Deux males et une femelle de mars et avril 1891.

Fam. ALCEDINIDA.

}. 362. CeryLe amazona (Lath.).
La Merced: deux males de janvier et mars 1891. ‘Iris, bee
; J ;
et pattes noirs.”

|. 363. CERYLE AMERICANA (Gm.).

Ceryle americana et C. cabanisi part., Tacz. Orn. du Peérou, 111.
pp. 104, 105.

La Merced: trois individus de juillet et septembre 1890,
‘iris brun foncé,” et deux males adultes de décembre 1890 et

mars 1891.
Fam. Momorip”.

+ 364, PriontrnyNcHus PLATYRHYNCHUS (Leadb.), subsp. nov. ?

Specimina e Peruvia centrali: rectricibus mediis omnino veuillis
preditis nec spatulatis, mento rufo-brunneo gule concolore,
nec coerulescente.

g. Al. 120, caud. 2015, culm. 38, tars. 18 mm.

La Merced: une paire du 1 septembre 1890. “ Tris presque

noir.”

Borgofia : deux males adultes de mai 1891.

L’oiseau typique de Leadbeater est dit étre venu du Brésil,
dou lespéce n’est pas mentionnée par les auteurs contemporains.
Dans la planche de Jardine et Selby, faite d’aprés Voiseau typique,
il est représenté a rectrices médianes spatulées, tandis que les
oiseaux recueillis par Kalinowski, de méme que deux échantillons
de la Bolivie envoyés par M. Garlepp, ont les rectrices médianes
baxrbées dans toute leur longueur et ne présentant pas de spatules.
D’autre part deux oiseaux de Costarica et de Veragua du Musée
Berlepsch ont les rectrices médianes spatulées. Peut-étre est-ce
un cas analogue & celui du Momotus marti et du M. semirufus
(voir Berl. Journ. f. Orn. 1889, p. 308).

Les oiseaux du Pérou central different de ceux de la Bolivie
ayant le menton roux-brun concolore 4 la gorge au leu d’un bleu
verdatre. En cas quwiil faille séparer les oiseaux péruviens du vrai
P. plaiyrhynchus nous proposons de les nommer P. p. pyrrholenas
Berl. et Stolzm.

-+- 365. Momorvus QUATORIALIS CHLOROL&MUS, subsp. nov.

M. M. equatorialis dicto simillimus, sed corpore supra subtusque
pallide cerulescenti-viridi (nec saturate rufescenti-olivaceo-
viridi), collo posteriore vin rufescente lavato, colore cincture
pilei pallidius ceruleo, gula magis cerulescente lavata, necnon
plumis latis pectoralibus nigris magis cerulescente margiinatis

distinguendus.
3”

36 GRAF HANS VY. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

Hab. in Peruvia centrali or. (Ocobamba prope Cuzco, La Gloria,
Garita del Sol).

Typus in Mus. Berlepsch (3. Ocobamba, O. Garlepp legit:
no. 131).

tia aie (janvier 1891). Garita del Sol (juillet et aott 1891):
une paire (oiseaux adultes et un jeune male; deux femelles de
Garita del Sol et de Pariayacu de juillet 1892 et de février 1893.
“Tris rouge, bec noir, pattes brunes.”

+ 366. Momorus Momota IGNoBILIs (Berl.).

Momotus brasiliensis Lath.; Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 108.

2? Momotus bartletti Sharpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 320.

La Merced: trois individus de juillet 1890. ‘ Iris rouge.”

6. Al. 1351, caud. 247, culm. 391, tars. 26 mm.

17 iste Os. ae: 7. = 7 b 2

S’accordent avec les oiseaux de Yurimaguas que Berlepsch a
nommeés brasilensis ignobilis, seulement & bec un peu plus court.

367. UrospaATtHA MARTII (Spix).
lua Merced: une femelle du 1 septembre 1890.

Fam. TrRoGonipé.

368. PHAROMACRUS ANTISIANUS (D’Orb.).

Garita del Sol: un male du 8 avril 1893.

Al. 1914, caud. 1644, culm. 192, tars. 153 mm. “Iris rouge-
cerise, bec jaune sale, pattes d’un gris olivatre.”

S’accordent avec les individus de la Bolivie recueillis par M. G.

Garlepp.

369. PHAROMACRUS AURICEPS (Gould).

Garita del Sol: un male adulte du 4 septembre 1891 et une
femelle du 22 septembre 1892.

370. TRoGon PERSONATUS Gould.

Garita del Sol: une paire du 20 novembre 1891, Maraynioe :

deux males et une femelle d’octobre et novembre 1892 et de
février 1893.

371. TRoGoN COLLARIS Vieill.

La Gloria: un male adulte d’aotit 1890 et trois males adultes de
janvier et février 1891. La Merced: un maleadulte de septembre
1890 et un male adulte de mars 1891. “Tris brun foncé, bec
jaune.”

Les échantillons recueillis par M. Kalinowski s’accordent le
mieux avec un individu de l’Hcuador oriental (Musée Berlepsch)
et ne different que par les lignes noires et blanches des tectrices
sousalaires plus larges, la téte et le cou d’un vert plus jaunatre ou
doré au lieu de bleuatre, les ailes un peu plus courtes, la queue
plus longue. I] parait que les oiseaux de l’occident ont le rouge:

1902. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU, 37

de Vabdomen éearlate au lieu de rosé comme chez les oiseaux de
‘Cayenne.

372. TROGON MERIDIONALIS RAMONIANUS (Dev. et Des Murs),

La Merced: une femelle du 31 mars1891. ‘Iris brun foncé, bee
brun en dessus, la mandibule inférieure et les cdtés de la mandibule

ey Oe

supérieure a la base d’un gris plombé ; pattes brunes.
Fam. GALBULIDA.
373, GALBULA TOMBACEA CYANESCENS (Deville),

Galbula tombacea Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, 11. p. 115.

La Gloria et La Merced: sept individus de juillet a septembre
1890. La Merced: une femelle et un oiseau sans indication de
sexe, Janvier et mars 1891. “Tris brun foncé.”

Long. tot. Enverg. Aile. Queue. Cul Lars:
So. 248,249 242,983 83,82 99,962 55,53 llimm
2. 244 286 80 94 Bi TOR

Ces oiseaux appartiennent a la forme a front d’un vert métallique
et non brundtre. Il] nous parait que la description de M. Deville
dans la Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1849, p. 56, a rapport a cette forme
et non a celle a front brunatre, car on y lit “la téte d’un vert
bleu.” Mais Deville a recueilli des individus des deux formes,
comme l’a constaté M. Sclater (Jac. & Puffb. p. 25). D’autre
part M. Spix a décrit sa Galbula tombacea comme ayant le front
brun (‘“fronte brunnescente ”).

Fam. Bucconips.

374. Bucco striotatus Pelz.

La Merced: un male adulte du 4 septembre 1890. ‘ Iris dun
ochreux pale.”
Al, 82, caud. 685, culm. 264, tars. 18 mm.

+375. MALACOPTILA FULVIGULARIS MELANOPOGON, subsp. nov.

Malacoptila fulvogularis Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 132.

M.M. fulvigularis dicte simillima, differt linea frontali fasci-
culisque rictalibus pure albis nec fulvescenti-albis, pluimis
mentalibus retrorsum curvatis nigrescentibus nec fulvis, colore
gule intensius rufescente, striis pectoralibus albis magus
fulvescente tinctis, necnon tectricibus alarum superioribus
magis conspicue fulvo striatis et apicatis.

3. Al. 943, caud. 89, culm. 253, tars. 17 mm.
2 bs Pr] 953, 29 95, bp) Bla, by) 203 )
Hab. in Peruvia centrali: Garita del Sol et Maraynioc,
Typus in Mus. H. v. Berlepsch: ¢ La Garita (T. Kalinowski,
legit no. 1330).
Garita del Sol: deux males et une femelle de juillet 1891.

38 GRAF HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

“Tris rouge, bec noir, pattes d’un gris olivatre.” Maraynioc
Tendalpata : une femelle du 27 avril 1893.

Comparés aux les oiseaux typiques de la Bolivie, les péruviens
différent par la ligne frontale et les fascicules aux cotés de la gorge
dun blane pur au lieu d’un blanc roussatre, par les poils recourbes
du menton noiratves au lieu d’un roussatre clair, par les stries
pectorales blanches plus distinctement lavées de roussatre, enfin
par les tectrices sousalaires plus variées et stri¢es de roussatre.

376. MoNnASA PERUANA Scl.

La Merced: une paire d’aoit et de septembre 1890. “Tris
brun, bee rouge miniacé.”

La Gloria: une femelle du 6 février 1891.

377, CHELIDOPYERA TENEBROSA (Pall.).

La Merced: trois males de juillet et de septembre 1890, et un
male du 3 avril 1891. “Iris noir.”
S’accordent avec les oiseaux de la Guyane britannique.

Fam. CucuLipaz,

{- 378. PIAYA CAYANA NIGRICRISSA (Scl.).

La Gloria: une paire de juillet et daott 1890. “Iris rouge-
cerise, bec jaune verdatre.”
+ 379. Praya rutixa (IIL).

La Merced: une femelle du 14 janvier 1891. “ Iris rouge,
tout de l’ceil rouge foneé, bec jaune olivatre, pattes brunes.”

Al. 1153, caud. 173, culm. 214, tars. 282 mm.

Loiseau envoyé a les ailes et la queue plus longues que chez
tous les oiseaux de Surinam, Trinidad, Orénoque, Bogota et de
VKeuador examinés par nous. Néanmoins une femelle de l’Oré-
noque nest pas trop différente sous ce rapport.

-+ 380. CrotoPHAGA ANI L.

Lia Merced: deux males du 20 aott 1890, “ iris brun foneé ” ;
et deux males de mars et aviil 1891.

Fam. CAPrvonIDz.

381. CAPITO GLAUCOGULARIS Tsch.

Garita del Sol: trois males et cing femelles de juin, juillet,
aout et octobre 1891, et de mars et avril 1893. “ Ivis rouge, bec
et pattes d’un vert olivatre.”

Fam. RHAMPHASTIDA.

-++ 382. RHAMPHASTOS AMBIGUUS Sw.

Trois males de Borgofia de janvier 1891, et de La Gloria de
février 1891.

1902. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 39

383, ANDIGENA HYyPOGLAUCUS (Gould).

Maraynioc: deux males adultes du 15 novembre 1891, un
male et deux femelles de Pariayacu et de Culumachay d’aofit et
octobre 1892.

384, SELENIDERA LANGSDORFFI (Wagl.).

Borgona: une paire d’avril et mai 1891.

3. “Iris vert olivatre, bec noir, les cétés de la mandibule
supérieure & la base et la plus grande partie de la mandibule
inférieure d’un olive jaunatre sale; les parties nues autour de
Veeil d'un vert bleuadtre; pattes d’un bleu verdatre sale.

@. “Tris vert olivatre, bec noir, les cétés de la mandibule
supérieure a la base et la plus grande partie de la mandibule
intérieure d’un vert bleuadtre sale teintées de jaune; parties nues
autour de Vceil d’un vert bleuatre tirant sur le jaunatre; pattes
dun vert bleuatre.”

385, AULACORHAMPHUS DERBIANUS (Gould),

La Gloria (janvier 1891).

Garita del Sol (aott 1891).

“Tris rouge brunatre; bec noir, rouge 4 la base et 4 l’extrémite ;
a la base méme il y a une ligne blanche; pattes d’un plombé
grisatre teinté de verdatre.”

| Deux paires.

386. AULACORHAMPHUS CHRULEO-CINCTUS (Tsch.).

Garita del Sol: trois males et une femelle de juillet et septembre
1891, et de Garita del Sol du 17 avril 1893. “ Iris jaune blancha-
tre, bee plombé corné plus clair a la base; pattes d’un plombé
olivatre.”

387, AULACORHAMPHUS ATROCULARIS (Sturm).

La Merced.

La Gloria.

“ Tris dun rouge-brique brunatre ; bec noir blanc a la base, d'un
jaune olivatre sur l’aréte dorsale; pattes d’un plombé olivatre.”

Deux femelles de janvier et février 1891.

Fam. Psirracip&.

388. LEProsIrraAcA BRANICKIL Berl. et Stolzm.

Leptositiaca branickii Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 402, pl. xi.
(deser. orig.).

Maraynioc, Culumachay, Pariayacu et Huarmipacha: deux
males adultes, quatre femelles adultes, et un jeune (23 juillet),
recueillis les 6 et 23 juillet 1892, 2 mars, 27 avril, 15 juin et
15 novembre 1893. ‘Iris rouge ou rouge ochracé et rouge sale,
bec dun gris corné sale, pattes brunatres.”

389. Conurus mirratus T'sch.
: La Merced: une paire du 1 septembre 1890. Garita del Sol :

AO GRAF HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

une paire du 24 avril 1893. “Tris jaune, bec blanc jaunatre,
pattes carnées.”

390. Conurus LEUCOPHTHALMUS (Miill.).

Conurus guianensis Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 199.

La Merced: une femelle du 12 avril 1891. “ Iris, ’anneau
extérieur orangé rosatre, Yintérieur mince dun gris bleuatre ;
bec blane jaunatre sale; parties nues autour de l’eil d’un cendré
brunatre ; pattes d’un gris brunatre.”

391. PyrRHURA RUPICOLA (Tsch.).

Conurus rupicola Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 201.

La Gloria: trois individus (aott 1890, un male et trois
femelles de janvier et février 1891.

La Merced: janvier 1891.

Garita del Sol: juin 1891.

“ Tris brun foneé.”

392. BoLBORHYNCHUS ANDICOLA (Finsch).

Maraynioc: trois femelles de décembre 1891. Pariayacu: un
male du 22 juillet 1892. “Tris brun foncé, bec jaune olivatre
sale, pattes d'un jaune sale.”

393. CHRYSOTIS MERCENARIA (Tsch.).

La Gloria. aul Meee :
Trois individus daott 1890. “ Tris rouge.”
La Merced.

La Gloria (janvier). | D sige

Garita del Sol (juillet). { Super ees.
[| 394. Pronus mensrruus (L.).

La Merced: un male du 29 juillet 1890. “Tris brun.”

395. Pionus TumuLtTvosus (Tsch.).

Vitoe (Tendalpata): deux male adultes du 27 avril 1893.
“Tris brun fonceé, bee jaune, la cire grise, les parties nues autour
de Vceil noires enfumeées, pattes d’un gris sale.”

Fam. Srricipa&.

| 396. BuBo VIRGINIANUS MAGELLANICUS (Gm.).

Ingapirea: un male du 9 juin 1890. Tarma: un male du
16 juillet 1893. “ Tris jaune orangé, bec et ongles noirs.”

, 397. Mucascops corsa (Vieill.) }.

Garita del Sol: un male adulte du 6 juillet 1891. “Ivis brun
foncé, bec plombé bleuatre, pattes dun carné pale.”

Al. 2023, caud. 106, culm. 163, tars. 34 mm.

Cet oiseau & dimensions assez grandes présente la phase brune

1 Berlepsch a trouvé que le nom “drasilianus” de Gmelin, basé surtout sur le

- Caburé ” de Maregrave, s'applique réellement au G@laucidium Serox, et non &
Vespéce de Megascops qui jusqu’a présent a porté ce nom. °

1902. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 4

noiratre. Le Megascops qui habite le Pérou oviental et ’ Amazone
supérieur (Yquitos) paratt identique a Voiseau du Paraguay (1.
choliba typique).

-{|398. Putsarrrx MELANONoTA (Tsch.).

La Gloria (janvier). Deux femelles adultes et
La Merced et Borgona (avril 1891). } une jeune femelle.
‘Tris noir, bec jaune olivatre, pattes d’un jaune sale.”

Ces oiseaux s’accordent tout-a-fait avec la description et la figure
données par Tschudi. La description dans ?Ornithologie du Pérou
par Taczanowski (i. p. 184), faite daprés un oiseau du Brésil,
ne se rapporte pas a l’espéce de Tschudi, mais & une forme bien
distincte.

399. GLAUCIDIUM JARDINEI Bp.

Maraynioc, Pariayacu, et Culumachay: deux jeunes males du
8 juillet 1892.

Al. 983-97, caud. 653, culm. 117-113, tars. 192 mm.

Ces oiseaux different des oiseaux de jeune age de |’Ecuador en
ce quils présentent de taches ou macules roussatres sur la téte plus
larges, par les tectrices auriculaires rayées de bandes noiratres,
par les taches roussatres du dos plus grandes et par les cotés de la
poitrine plus distinctement traversés de bandes roussatres.

I] faudrait voir des oiseaux adultes de cette localité pour se
convaincre si les points de différence sont constants ou individuels.

+ 400. SprotyTo cUNICULARIA (Mol.).
Pholeoptynx cunceularia Tacz, Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 144, pt.

Junin (Ingapirca): un male tué le 6 mai 1890. “Tris jaune.”
Il parait quil existe dans les environs de Junin une race
locale de la S. cunteularia plus grande que toutes les autres formes
de Speotyto connues. En cas que la différence dans la taille entre
cette forme et la S. cunicularia typique du Chili serait constante
nous lui réservons la dénomination de S. cunicularia juninensis

Berl. & Stolzm.
3 6. Al. 200-193, caud. 100-93, culm. 22-21, tars. 43-41 mm.
@ by 99 213, 29 110, 29 23, 9 50 99

En tout cas les oiseaux de Lima sont toujows beaucoup plus
petits, 4 couleur généralement plus claire, moins roussitre, et 4
tarse moins emplumé que les individus de Junin.

4- 401. Srrrx FLAMMEA PERLATA (Licht.),

Un male de Garita del Sol du 6 avril 1893. “ Tris noir, bec
blanchatre, pattes d’un corné grisdtre tachetées de brun.”

Fam. CATHARTIDA.

y 402. CATHARTES AURA PERNIGER (Sharpe).
Ingapirea, mai 1890.

42, GRAF HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON May 6
Y 9,

Fam. FALCONIDA.

403. PHALCOBANUS MEGALOPTERUS (Meyen),.

Bafios (avril), San Blas (avril), Ingapirea (mai) et Andores
(mai 1890): quatre individus. “ Iris brun-marron, cire et visage
rouge jaunatres, pattes d’un jaune orangé. Chez le jeune les
pattes sont dun olive bleuatre.”

/404, Inycrer americanus (Bodd.).

Chanchamayo: un male du 5 juin 1891. “ Tris rouge-cerise ;
bee jaune olivdtre; cire et mandibule inférieure a la base d’un
plombé bleudtre; joues et gorge pourprées; pattes d’un orangé
rougeatre.”

405. Crrcus CINEREUS (Vieill.).

Ingapirea: deux paires de mai et juin 1890. “Tris jaune,
pattes jaunes, cire jaune avec une teinte verdatre.”

406. ACCIPITER PILEATUS (Temm.).

La Merced : un oiseau du 10 mars 1891.

+407. Butro PENNSYLVANICUS (Wils.).
Maraynioc: une paire de novembre 1890.

408. Burro ERYTHRONOTUS (King).

Ingapirea: sept individus de mai et juin 1890. Maraynioc:
une femelle du 17 septembre 1892. “Tris brun clair, pattes jaunes,
cire jaune verdatre.”

+409, Burgoia Bracuyura (Vieill.).

La Merced: un jeune male du 26 aoait 1890. “Tris brun-café,

bee noir, cire jaune verdatre; pattes d’un jaune-citron.”
) ) I J

A410, BurgoLa LEUCORRHOA (Quoy et Gaim.).

Tambo de Aza: une femelle du 16 novembre 1893. “Iris
jaune orangé, bec noir, cire jaune verdatre, pattes d’un jaune
sale.”

411, Rupornis NATTERERI (Scl. et Salv.).

La Merced: une paire de juillet et aott 1890. “Iris jaune,
cire jaune orangé; parties nues autour de Vceil jaune orangé ;
pattes jaune pale.”

412. RuporNIS MAGNIROSTRIS (Ginl.).

Borgaha: une femelle du 30 avril 1891.

413, GERANOAETUS MELANOLEUCUS (Vieill.).
Un male adulte de Maraynioc du 30 aott 1892.

1902.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 43

4-414, IcrrntA PLUMBEA (Gm.).

La Merced: un male du 31 aott 1890. “ Iris rouge-cerise,
bee noir, pattes d’un carné rosatre.”
“ 415. REGERHINUS MEGARHYNCHUS Des Murs.

Garita del Sol: une femelle du 15 aott 1891.

, 416. Harpacus Bipentatus (Lath.).
Borgofla : une femelle du 11 juin 1891.

)_ 417. TinnuncuLus SPARVERIUS CINNAMOMINUS (SW.).
Palcamayo: un male de juillet 1890.

) 418. HyporriorcHis FUSCOCHRULESCENS (Vieill.).

Tngapirea: trois individus de juin 1890.55 Pariayacu: une
gap

femelle du 12 janvier 1893. “Iris brun foncé; cire, tour de Vceil
et pattes jaunes.”

Fam. CoLUMBID&.

|. 419. Cotumpa spEctosa (Gm.).

La Merced: trois males du 22 aotit 1890, du février et avril
1891. “Iris brun foncé, bec rouge avec le bout blanc, pattes
couleur framboise sale.”

420. CoLUMBA ALBILINEA Bp.

Columba albilineata Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, 11. p. 322.

Maraynioc : deux males de juillet et aott 1892 et une femelle
du 15 décembre 1891. “Iris: anneau extérieur dun rosé pale,
intérieur mince argenté; bec d’un orangé olivatre 4 pointe brune,
pattes jaunes.”

_}-421, ConumBa ruFINA Temm., et Knip.

La Merced: une paire du 22 aoit 1890. “Tris couleur de
rose, pattes couleur framboise.”

4292. CoLUMBA PLUMBEA BOGOTENSIS Berl. et Lev.

Chlorenas plumbea Vieill., subsp. n. bogotensts Berl. et Lev.
Ornis, 1890, p. 32.

Columba vinacea (partim) Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ul. p. 285.

Columba plumbea id. ibid. p. 234.

La Gloria: trois males adultes d’aott 1890 et du 21 février
1891. “Iris jaune rougeatre, tour de l’@il brun bleuatre avec de
petites taches d’un rouge sale; pattes couleur framboise.”

Un euf a été trouvé par M. Kalinowski 4 Chanchamayo. La
forme de cet ceuf est elliptique, la coque d’un blanc tirant un peu
sur le jaunatre. Lustre nul. Dimensions : 34 x 26°25 mm.

Les échantillons de la Gloria ne différent des oiseaux de la
Colombie (C. p. bogotensis Berl. et Lev.) que par la nuance du
dessus et du dessous du corps plus claire, la gorge et la poitrine
dun rouge vineux plus grisdtre et par la queue plus longue. En

Ad GRAF HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [ May 6,

cas que ces différences seraient constantes on pourrait séparer ces
échantillons comme C’. p. delicata.

423, GYMNOPELIA ANAIS (Less.).

Columba erythrothorax Meyen (1833) nec Temm. (1808-11).

Gymnopelia erythrothorax Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p, 249.

Tarma: une paire du 24 septembre 1890. Hacienda Queta:
un male et deux femelles de décembre 1892 et daout 1893.
“Tris bleu, tour de i’ceil jaune orangé, pattes carnées.”

424, COLUMBIGALLINA TALPACOTI (Temm.).

La Merced : trois males et deux femelles de juillet et septembre
1890, et male et femelle de février et avril 1891. ‘Ivis rouge
rosatre, pattes d’un carné rosatre.”

Nous avons recu un cuf de ce pigeon de Chanchamayo.
Dimensions: 21°25 x 15°75 mm.

4925, MurrioPELIA MELANOPTERA (Mol.).

Tarma, Hacienda da Queta: deux males et une femelle de
décembre 1892 et du 25 juillet 1893.

~| 426. Leprorriia RUFAXILLA (Rich. et Bern.).

La Merced et La Gloria: male et femelle d’aott 1890. <“ Iris
jaune olivatre.”

427, LEPTOPTILA OCHROPTERA Pelz.

La Merced, Chanchamayo: deux males de juillet 1890. “ Tris
jaune rosatre, tour de l’ceil brun bleuatre avec de petites taches
dun rouge sale, pattes Vun rouge framboise.”

Comparés avec un individu du Musée Berlepsch provenant de
la province de Rio Janeiro (L. ochroptera typique), ces oiseaux ne
différent que par le bec un peu plus long, par le brun du dos et
des ailes un peu plus clair, par l’éclat améthyste du cou postérieur
moins vif, le front un peu plus blanchatre, la couleur cannelle du
dessous de aile un peu plus claire. I] serait difficile de les séparer
comme sous-espéce.

+428. GEOoTRYGON MoNnTANA (Linn.).
Un individu pris vivant 4 Tarma au mois d’avril 1893.
429, GEOTRYGON FRENATA (T'sch.).

Deux femelles de La Merced et de La Gloria, Chanchamayo,
aout 1900 et 3 février 1891.

Fam. PENELOPID.

430. PENELOPE BOLIVIANA Reichb.

1 : A A ge : ’
La Gloria : un male du 7 aoit 1890. “Tris brun foncé, sac
gulaire d’un rouge ochreux, pattes d’un rouge sale.”
Chanchamayo: une femelle du 5 mai 1891.

1902. | THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 45

4-431, PENELOPE SCLATERI PLUMOSA, subsp. nov.

Penelope sclateri Ogilvie Grant, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus. xxi.
p- 443 partim (Huasampilla); Tacz. Orn. du Perou, il. p. 269.

P. quoad colorem P. sclateri dict: ex Bolivia maxime affinis, sed

gula superiore et tarsis dimidio basali ut in P. montagnil
dicta plumosis, necnon plumis pectoris ventrisque superioris
magis conspicue argenteo-albo marginatis distinguenda, alis
caudaque quoque brevioribus.

Al. 218, caud. 230, culm. 23, tars. 53 mm.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali or.: Maraynioc.

Typi in Mus. Branicki et Mus. Berlepschi.

Maraynioc, Pariayacu: un male et trois femelles de juillet
1892.

C’est un fait curieux que les oiseaux péruviens du Perou central
(Maraynioe, coll. Kalinowski) et du Pérou du sud (Paucarbambo,
coll. O. Garlepp) ont le haut de la gorge et la moitié basale du
tarvse emplumé comme chez la P. montagnir de la Colombie et du
Venézuela, tandis que dans la coloration général ils ressemblent
plutot & la P. sclateri de la Bolivie. Ils différent aussi des
oiseaux boliviens par les plumes de la poitrine et de abdomen
supérieur plus distinctement bordées de blanchatre sur un fond
plus noirdtre, caractere qwils ont aussi enh commun avec la
P. montagnii. Néanmoins ils présentent des bordures blanchatres
trés prononcées aux plumes du dessus de la téte, du cou postérieur,
du haut du dos et des tectrices susalaires comme chez la P. selateri,
bordures qui manquent chez la P. montagnit. Le bec est noiratre
comme chez la P. sclateri et non jaune rougedtre comme chez la
P. montagnit.

Chez la P. sclateri de la Bolivie il n’y a que des poils noiratres
sur la gorge, qui deviennent plus larges et plus abondants au
menton. C’est pourquoi la gorge parait presque tout-a-fait nue.

Chez la P. montagnii et chez la P. s. plumosa tout le haut de
la gorge (sur une étendue d’& peu prés 45 mm.) est couvert de
plumes (’un gris argenté 4 tiges noires. Chez la derniére le tarse
est emplumé du genou jusqu’d peu prés la moitié de sa longueur,
tandis que chez la P. sclateri ce n’est que le tiers basal qui est
couvert de plumes.

432. ORTALIS GUTTATA ADSPERSA (Tsch.).
Ortalida guttata Tacz. Orn. du Pévou, iii. p. 278 partim.

La Merced: une mile du 13 septembre 1890. “Iris brun fonce,
joues brunes, le menton rouge sale tirant sur le jaune, pattes dun
rouge framboise.”

Garita del Sol: un male adulte du 3 aout 1891.

Comparés avec un male adulte de Samiria, Amazone supérieur
(coll. Hauxwell), du Musée Berlepsch, les échantillons du Pérou
central et de la Bolivie paraissent différents par la téte en dessus
dun brun plus grisitre, moins noiratre, par les plumes du front
bordées Wun blanc grisitre (ce qui n’est pas le cas chez Poiseau

46 GRAF HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

de Samiria) et par les plumes du cou inférieur, de la poitrine et
des cdtés du cou plus distinctement terminées de blanchatre, enfin
par le dos ’un brun plus verdatre.

Par les borduves blanchdtres du front cette forme parait se
rapprocher de V0. caracco Wagl. de la Colombie, espece que nous
ne connaissons pas.

433. CHAMMPETES RUFIVENTRIS (Tsch.).
Garita del Sol: deux males adultes du juin 1891.

434, ABURRIA ABURRI (Less.).

Garita del Sol: un male adulte du 4 aout 1891.

Ils parait que les oiseaux péruviens (¢ ad. de Tambillo et deux
@ adultes de Cuzco, coll. O. Garlepp) ont les dimensions plus
petites qu’un oiseau de |’Ecuadeur oriental. En outre ils pre-
sentent l’éclat métallique plus verdatre au dos et au bas du cou.

Fam. PHASIANIDA.

435. OponrorHoRUS sPEcIosus Tsch.

farita del Sol: deux males adultes du juin et juillet 1891.
“Tris brun de café, bec noir, pattes dun plombé bleuatre.”

Fam. TINAMID#.

436. Tinamus Tao Temm.

Tinamus kleet (Tsch.) Tacz. Orn, du Pérou, iii. p. 293.

La Gloria: un male du 8 aott 1890 et une femelle du 3 février
1891. “Tris brun foncé, mandibule supérieure noire, linférieure
couleur de rose brunatre; pattes d’un plombé bleuatre.”

437, CRYPTURUS OBSOLETUS (Temm.).

La Gloria: deux males du 3 février 1891. La Garita del Sol:
un male du 20 aott 1891. “Iris jaune brunatre, bec noir 4
mandibule inférieure plus pale, pattes olivatres.”

438. CRYPTURUS TATAUPA Temm.

Lia Merced: trois individus de juillet et aoit 1890 et une
femelle du 23 mai 1891. ‘“ Iris chez le male rouge, chez la femelle
rouge sale, bec rouge clair; pattes couleur framboise sale, ongles
jaunes.”

Al. 131-1273, caud. 473-45, culm. 243-232, tars. 33-324 mm.

Ces oiseaux paraissent identiques 4 un individu de Tucuman
(recueilli par Borelli), néanmoins ils ont le dos et les tectrices
susalaires d’un brun plus rougeatre et plus intense, le bec d’un
jaune uniforme sans pointe noiratre et le piléum d’un noirdtre
plus intense. Le type de Temminck venait du Brésil méridional.
Peut-étre les oiseaux de Brésil ont-ils le bec plus court.

1902. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 47

439. NorHoPprRocTA BRANICKI ‘i'acz.

Bafos: un male du 29 avril 1890 comparé avec le type du
Muséum de Varsovie. ‘Iris brun rougeatre.”

Tarma, Hacienda da Queta: un male du 8 juillet 1893.

440, NorHoPpRoctra TACZANOWSKII Scl. et Salv.

Maraynioc, Pariayacu: deux males du 29 novembre 1891 et
du 1 aotit 1892. “Tris rouge-brique pale, bec brun, pattes d’un
jaune pale.”

Fam. PHALACROCORACIDA.

-- 441, PHAnacrocorax vieua (Vieill.).

Ingapirca: une jeune femelle de juin 1890. “ Ivis vert, bee
carné grisatre avec la ligne médiane noiratre, la mandibule in-
férieure & la base jaune.”

La Merced: une femelle du 14 janvier 1891.

Fam. [sprpip2.

| 442. Puscapis rrpawayi (Allen).

Bafios et Ingapirea : trois individus d’avril et mai 1890. “ Iris
rouge, bee brun rougeatre, pattes noires. ris chez le jeune brun.”

3 semiad. Al. 296, caud. 127, culm. 1234, tars. 863 mm.

g juv. OS Nita ig Oe oe Tio
Q juv. OE eto slOA eee, MLA (ants EG Saas

443, THERISTICUS BRANICKII Berl. et Stolzm.

Theristicus branickii Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 404 (descr.
orig.); Salvad. Ibis, 1900, pp. 501-517, pls. ix., x.

Thevisticus caudatus Tacz. (nec Bodd.) Orn. du Pérou, in.
p. 417, part.

Maraynioc, Pariayacu: deux males adultes et une femelle adulte
recueillis le 22 décembre 1891 et le 13 octobre 1892. “ Tris dun
rouge sale, bee brun, d’un plombé verdatre a Vextrémité; les
parties nues d’un brun noiratre; pattes rouges.”

Fam. ARDEIDA.

+. 444, LeucopHoyx CANDIDISsIMA (Gm.).

Ingapirea: une femelle du 9 mai 1890. “ Iris jaune, bec noir
avec la base jusqu’aux yeux jaune orangé; pattes dun olive
jaunatre avec les doigts et le talon @’un jaune olivatre.”

4-445, Heropras EGRETTA (Gm.),.

Ingapirca: un male de juin 1890. “Iris jaune, bec jaune-
orange, pattes noires.”

7. 446. Nvycricorax NYCTICORAX OBSCURUS (Bp.).

tngapirea : trois individus de mai et juin 1890. “Iris rouge,

48 GRAF HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

bec noir avec la mandibule inférieure en dessous jaune verdatre ;
pattes jaunes lavées de verdatre, doigts brunatres.”

La Merced: une paire d’oiseaux jeunes de mars 1891. Jauja:
un oiseau jeune du 19 juillet 1893.

Les ceufs sont d’un vert bleuatre pale. La forme varie beau-
coup méme dans la méme ponte. I] y a des ceufs ovoides, courts
et assez bombés, d’autres sont oblongs et presque élliptiques. 1
y en a un qui a la forme d’une poire allongée.

Les dimensions par pontes :—

ile: Do» BR
50°50 x 37°50 55 x 37-50 57°50 x 38°50
50 x 39°25 56:25 x 36 56°25 x 39 mm.
(carré) (avorton)

447, TIGRISOMA SALMONI Sel. et Salv.

La Merced: un male adulte du 27 mars 1891. “ Iris jaune
olive brundtre; bec noir corné, les sourcils, une mince raie devant
Voeil et parties nues sur la mandibule inférieure d’un jaune
olivAtre. Mandibule inférieure a la base et en dessous d’un bleu
clair; pattes d’un plombé brunatre en avant, d’un gris verdatre
en arriéere.

Fam. RALLip”.

448, RALLUS RYTHIRHYNCHUS Vieill.

Ingapirea: mai et juin 1890.

-+- 449, RALLUS NIGRICANS HUMILIS, subsp. nov.

Rallus nigricans Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 317.

R. R. nigricans dicto simillimus, sed minor, rostro imprimus
multo breviore et graciliore ; pileo anteriore clariore plumbeo,
corpore superiore reliquo occipiteque pallidius olivaceo-brunneis
(nec oleagineo-brunneis), gula albescentiore, necnon tectricibus
subalaribus intensius migris (nec brunneo-nigris) apice albe-
scente marginatis, distinguendus.

@. Al. 126, caud. 57, culm. 433, tars. 403 mm.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali orientali : Chanchamayo.

Typus in Mus. Branicki. 92 La Merced, Chanchamayo (J.

Kalinowski, legit no, 1123).

La Merced: une femelle du 30 janvier 1891. “Tris rouge,

bec vert teinté de jaune a la base, pattes d’un rouge sale pale.”

Comparé a deux oiseaux de Sta. Catharina et un autre

d’ Antioquia, la femelle de La Merced présente des dimensions
beaucoup plus petites, surtout le bec plus court et plus effilé; la
partie antérieure du piléum d’un gris plombé plus pur et plus
bleuatre, les cotés de la téte également d’un plombé plus bleuatre,
la gorge plus blanchatre; les parties supérieures du corps jusqu’a
Yocciput dun brun-olive plus clair ou moins oléagineux; enfin
les tectrices sousalaires d’un noiratre plus intense (moins brunatre)
et bordées a la pointe de blanchatre.

1902. | THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. AD

450, ARAMIDES CAYANEA CHIRICOTE (Vieill.).

Alramides cayannensis (Gml.), Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 318.

Lia Merced : une femelle du 19 juillet 1890. “Tris rouge, bec
dun jaune olivatre pale avec le bout bleu de ciel, tour de Voeil
rouge; pattes Vun rouge sale.”

}- 451. CRECISCUS VIRIDIS SUBRUFESCENS Berl. et Stolzm., subsp.
nov.

[Rallis viridis Mill. 1776. |

| Rallus cayanensis Bodd. 1783. |

Porzana cayennensis Tacz, Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 323.

C’. C. viridis dicto ex Cayenne affinis, differt corpore subtus pallide
JSulvescenti-rufo nec castaneo, gula fere albescente, spileo
pallidiore rufo, necnon corpore superiore clariore griseo-olivaceo
(nec brunnescenti-olivaceo), tectricibus subalaribus pallide
rufescentibus nec rufo-brunneis.

Al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
La Merced. SE Go SM=S6 Sill 172 354 mm.
¥ : 90 Bi === 3 OMe
Huayabamba. Adult. 91 325 19 363

Hab. in Peruvia orientali (septentrionali et centrali).

Typus in Mus. Branicki: ¢. La Merced, Chanchamayo.

La Merced: trois individus d’aott 1890.

les oiseaux de La Merced (Mus. Branicki) et de Huayabamba
(coll. Garlepp—Mus. Berlepsch) se distinguent des échantillons de

Jayenne par les parties inférieures du corps dun roux beaucoup
plus pale, par la gorge presque blanchatre au lieu de roussatre, le
milieu du ventre plus pale (blanchatre chez les oiseaux de ee
Merced), par le roux du piléum plus clair et moins intense, enfin
par les parties supérieures du corps dun olive plus clair, plus
grisatre au lieu de brunatre. Les échantillons des collections
de Bogota (Musée Berlepsch) s’accordent en général avec les
péruviens, mais ils semblent avoir les cétés de la tate dun gris plus
roussatre et les parties supérieures du corps dun brun roussitre
ou dun olive roussatre au lieu d’un olive grisatre.

Les oiseaux de Bahia (Musée Berlepsch) présentent les parties
inférieures du corps et le piléum d’un roux chatain encore plus
intense que les oiseaux de Cayenne. Peut-étre qu’on pourrait les
séparer sous la dénomination de P. viridis pileata (Wied).

D’aprés les remarques du docteur Sharpe (Cat. Birds, xxiii. p. 145)
il parait que Crex facialis Tschudi serait un jeune du ©. viridis
subrufescens, mais il est impossible d’en juger d’aprés la description
de M. Tschudi,

452. CRECISCUS MELANOPHUS (Vieill.).

La Merced: un male du 26 aott 1890. “Iris brun bleuatre,
bee noir avec les cétés et la base verts, un peu jaunatres; pattes
olives.”

Al. 85, caud. 45, culm. 193, tars. 323 mm.

Proc. Zoou., Soc.—1902, Vor. II. No. IV. 4

50 GRAF HANS Y. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

Cet individu se distingue des échantillons de Bahia du Musée
Berlepsch par les ailes et la queue plus longues, par les parties
supérieures du corps d'un brun-olive plus verdatre, par le front
mélé de plumes d’un brun roussitre et par la présence d'une strie
roussitre au-dessus des freins qui est d’un blanc sale chez les
oiseaux de Bahia. L’espace derriére Vccil est également d’un
brun roussitre au lieu d’un brun-olive concolore au dos. Le
croupion est d’un brun noirdtre plus foncé et les rectrices sont
dun noirdire plus intense. Pour vérifier ces differences il faudrait
plusieurs individus du Pérou pour comparer. Peut-étre que
Voiseau péruvien fait le passage du C. melanopheus au C. enops
(Sel. et Salv.) de Ecuador oriental.

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.

453. FuLicA ARDESIACA T'sch.

Ingapirca: trois males de mai 1890. “ vis rouge, bec avec la
scutelle frontale d’un blane un peu plombe ; pattes d’un plombe
pale.”

Les ceufs au nombre de 11 de Junin ressemblent absolument
par la forme et la coloration aux ceufs de la Foulque Europe
(Fulica atra). Is sont seulement plus grands.

Dimensions :—

63°50 x 41; 65 x 38; 60°25 x 39°50; 61x38; 64x38; 61:25x
AQ; 59:25x 39°50; 59°50x40; 60°75x 39°50; 61x41; 62x
40 mm.

454, FuLicA GIGANTEA Hyd. et Soul.

Ingapirea: une femelle du 10 mai 1890. “ Tvis brun clair, bec
brun rougeatre avec le bout méme jaune olivatre, scutelle frontale
au milieu blane olivatre, sur les cotés jaune, pattes d’un brun
rougeatre avec une teinte olivatre.”

T-455, GALLINULA GaLeara (Licht.).

Ingapirca: deux paires de mai et juin 1890. “Iris brun
cendré, bec et scutelle frontale rouges, le quatre terminal du bec
jaune verdatre, anneau sur les tibias d’un rouge cinnabre.”

Fam. HurypyGip2.

-456. HuryPYGA MAJOR MERIDIONALIS, subsp. nov.

E. BK. major dicte ex America centrali maxime affinis, differt
Jfasciis dorsi superioris nigris multo angustioribus et minus
clare definitis, collo superiore dorsoqgue magis conspicue
rufescente radratis vel wroratis, necnon ventre medio purius
albo, minus fulwo tincto.

3d. Al, 237, caud. 161, culm. 61, tars. 533 mm.
te a, oe) ee

Hab. in Peruvia centrali ; La Merced, Chanchamayo.

er)

1902.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 51

Typus in Mus. Branicki: ¢. La Merced le 23 mars 1891,
no. 1195.

La Merced : une paire des 23 et 28mars1891. “¢. Iris rouge
de sang, bee brun en dessus, le bord de la mandibule supérieure
et toute la mandibule inférieure (un orangé ochreux. @. Iris
Wun rouge orangé, mandibule inférieure orangé olivatre; pattes
dun jaune brunatre.”

Les échantillons de Chanchamayo ont la méme taille que les
oiseaux de Bogota et de Costa Rica (#. major Hartl.). Ls
different néanmoins par les bandes noirdtres du dos supérieur
beaucoup plus étroites et par le dos supérieur et la nuque plus
distinctement rayés d’un roux roussdtre, plus clair que chez la
P. major typique. Le milieu du ventre parait plus blanchatre,
moins roussatre.

Enfin chez les oiseaux péruviens il y a une bande d’un roux
chatain sur la premiére rémige qui manque chez l’oiseau de Costa
Rica, tandis qwil y en a deux chez un oiseau de Bogota du
Musée Berlepsch.

Order GRALLA.

457, OREOPHILUS RUFICOLLIS (Wagl.).

Entre Tarma et Oroya: une femelle du 24 septembre 1890.
“Tris noire, pattes rosés.”

458, PYILOSCELIS RESPLENDENS (T'sch.).

Ingapirea: deux paires de mai 1890. Maraynioc: une femelle
du 6 juillet 1892. “Tris rouge-cerise; bec 4 la base rouge
rositre, le reste noir; pattes d’un rouge carné.”

-+ 459, ANGIALITIS COLLARIS (Vieill.).

La Merced: trois individus de juillet et aont 1890, ‘iris
brun foncé”; et une femelle et un oiseau sans indication de sexe
du 31 janvier 1891.

_; 460, ANGIALITIS ALTICOLA, sp. Nov.

Aigialitis occidentalis Sharpe (nec Cab.), Cat. Birds Brit. Mus.

vol. xxiv. (1896) p. 295 (Tarapaca).

HE. AB. falkiandica dicte maxime affinis, sed minor, rostro inr-
primis debiliore et breviore, corpore subtus fere wnicolore albo,
nec fasciis dwabus latis nigris imstructo, pectoris lateribus
solummodo fusco maculatis et fascia infra-pectorali interrupta
e maculis fuscis vel rufescentibus composita preedito, corpore
supra tectricibusque alarum superioribus pallidius griseo-
brunneis, necnon fasciis indistinctis pilei medit nuchieque
capitisque lateribus pallidius rufescentibus distinguenda

2 @. Al. 1234-121, caud. 54-53, culm. 14#, tars. 282-257 nnn.

Hab. m Peruvia alta.

Typus in Mus. Branicki: 2. Ingapirea, J. Kalmowski, legit

no. 518.
4*

52 GRAF HANS Y. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

Ingapirea : deux femelles du 13 mai 1890. ‘ Iris brun fonce,
bee et pattes noirs.”

Cette nouvelle gialitis parait le plus voisine de ’@. falk-
landica (Lath.) d’ Argentine et du Chili, dont elle ne différe que
par les dimensions plus petites surtout le bec plus petit et plus
faible, et par le manque presque complet des deux larges bandes
noires sous la gorge et 4 la poitrine inférieure. Ces bandes ne
sont indiquées que par de petites taches noiratres aux cdtés
extrémes de la poitrine et par une sorte de bande trés peu mar-
quée, composée de petites taches noiratres ou roussatres tres pales
sur la poitrine inférieure. Les parties supérieures du corps et les
tectrices sousalaires sont dun gris-brun plus pale et le roussatre
des bandes au piléum et 4 la nuque et des cotés de la téte est
plus pale. Enfin les tarses et les pieds sont d’un noir profond
au lieu de brunatres.

Berlepsch ayant examiné le type de I’. occidentalis Cab. au
Musée de Berlin, provenant du Chili, a pu se convaincre qu’il
appartient a Vespece plus petite a pieds jaunatr es, a grandes taches
noires sur chaque coté de la poitrine et & bande noire céphalique
trés large, savoir ld, nivosa Cass. ou & une sous-espéce trés peu
distincte qu’on pourrait nommer I’_Z. nivosa occidentalis Cab.

M. Sharpe, dans le Catalogue du Musée Britannique, n’a pas
sépareé les oiseaux chiliens de VA. nivosa Cass.

D’autre part les oiseaux de Tarapacd & pieds noirs qwil décrit

sous la dénomination de l#’. occidentalis Cab. appartiennent pro-
bablement & notre . alticola.

461. Himantopus mexicanus (P. L. 8. Miill.).

Ingapirea : trois oiseaux de mai 1890, “Tris rouge, bec noir,
pattes rouge rosatres.”

462. RECURVIROSTRA ANDINA Philippi et Landb.

Ingapirea: un male du 19 mai 1890. “Tris rouge, bec noir
corneé, pattes dun plombé bleuatre.”

463, ToraANUS MELANOLEUCUS (Gim.).

Ingapirea: quatre femelles de mai 1890. “Tris brun foncé,
pattes d’un jaune sale.”

|}. 464. Toranus rLavipss (Gm.).

Ingapirea : deux femelles de mai. La Merced: de septembre
1890. “ Iris brun foncé, pattes d’un jaune olivatre.”

-| 465. Hunopromas sourrartus (Wils.).
Lia Merced: un male du 21 mars 1891.
_; 466. TRINGoIDES MACULARIUS (Linn.).

La Merced: aott et septembre 1890, et un male du 23 mars
1891. “Iris brun foncé.”

| 467. Hereropyera MACULATA (Vieill.).

Ingapirea: quatre individus de mai 1890, “Iris brun foncé,

1902. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 53

bec a la base brun jaunatre, vers le bout noir, pattes d’un jaune
olivatre.”

468. GALLINAGO PARAGUALE (Vieill.).

La Merced: un male adulte du 21 mars 1891 (juillet 2).
‘“‘ Tris brun foneé, bec olive grisatre dans sa partie basale, noir
dans la partie terminale ; pattes d’un olive verdatre.”

Al. 125, caud. 522, culm. 733, tars. 354 mm.

Cet oiseau ne différe des oiseaux du Paraguay et de Rio Grande
do Sul que par le bec, les tarses et les doigts un peu plus longues
et par le plumage généralement plus blanchatre. Les bordures
des plumes du dos et des scapulaires sont plus blanchatres, les
maculatures du cou inférieur et de la poitrine plus brunatres
moins noirdtres, les souscaudales moins variées de maculatures
noiratres.

469, GALLINAGO ANDINA (Tacz.).

Ingapirea : cing individus de mai et juin 1890. “ is brun
foucé; bec brun foncé dans sa partie terminale, carné brunatre
a la basale; pattes jaunes.”

470, GALLINAGO JAMESONI (Bp.).

Maraynioec, Parrayacu et Maldo: un male adulte et une femelle
adulte du 7 aott 1892 et du 26 novembre 1891. “Iris brun

ON , , L ? AO’ A ”
noiratre et brun foncé, bec brun carné, pattes d’un gris pale.

6. Al. 1582, caud. 52, culm. 903, tars. 385 mm.
g ON ek) 160, ee) 62, 29 wba by) 405 9?
+471, SrecaNopPus TRICOLOR (Vieill.).
Ingapirea: un jeune male en plumage de transition de mai
1890. ‘Iris brun foneé, bec noir, pattes d'un brun jaunatre.”
472. THINOCORUS ORBIGNYANUS Geoffr. et Less.

Bafios: trois individus davril et mai 1890. Hacienda Queta :
un male du 19 juillet 1893. “Tris brun, bec a la base et pattes
dun jaune orangé.”

Fam. LARIDA.

473. LARUS SERRANUS Tsch.
Ingapirca: trois individus de mai 1890, “Iris brun foncé, bee
et pattes d’un brun rougeatre, tour de l’ceil rouge.”

Fam. PH@NICOPTERIDZ.

A474, PHG@NICOPTERUS CHILENSIS Mol.

Ph, ignipalliatus d’Orb. et Geoftr. St. Hil., Tacz. Orn. du Pérou,
i. p. 432.

Ingapirea: six oiseaux de mai et juin 1890. “Iris blane
jaunatre; bec dans la moitié basale blanc rosatre, dans la moitié

54. GRAF HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

terminale noir ; pattes dun olive trés clair, doigts avec la mem-
brane et Varticulation tarso-tibienne Vun rouge rosatre.”

Les cufs sont dun blanc jaunatre. La “forme est presque
elliptique, quoique on voit un certain amincissement vers le petit
bout. La coque est médiocrement rugueuse et dapre au toucher.

La granulation, quoique visible @ l’ceil nu, est comme émoussée ;
en général la coque posséde un certain lustre. Les dimensions
de la seule ponte envoyée par M. Kalinowski de Junin sont

76 x 52°50, 76 x 52 mm.
Fam. ANATIDA.

475, CHLOBPHAGA MELANOPTERA (Hyt.).

Bernicla melanoptera Tacz. Orn. du Pévou, i. p. 467.
Ingapirca: deux paires de mai et juin 1890. “Tris noir, bee
dun rosé un peu bleuatre, pattes rouges.”

476. ANAS CRISTATA Gin.

Maraynioc: un male du 30 juin 1892. “Tris orange, bec
dun bleu brundtre, mandibule inférieure dun ochracé rougeatre.
Pattes @un brun grisatre.

477, Nurrion oxyprerum (Meyen).

Ingapirea.: deux paires de mai et juin 1890. “Tris brun
foneé; bec jaune avec la ligne médiane et le bout de la man-
Bee pee ee Seas: Ms
dibule supérieure noirs; pattes dun plombé brunatre.

478. Darius sprnicaAupa (Vieill.).

Ingapirea: trois individus de mai 1890, ‘“ Tris brun foncé; les
parties supérieures du bec noires, les cotés a la base jaunes, vers
le bout bleu de ciel avec le bord noir; pattes d’un brun grisatre.”

79. QUERQUEDULA PUNA (Tsch.).

Ingapirca : quatre individus de mai 1890 “Tris brun
rougeatre.”

Les ceufs, au nombre de cinq, ont été trouvés par M. Kalinowski
a Junin. Ils sont dune forme ovale, assez allongés. La couleur
est roussatre pale a peu prés de la teinte des variétés foncées des
cufs de la poule domestique. La grandeur est plus ou moins
celle des ceufs du canard sauvage (Anas boschas).

Dimensions : 56°50 x 38 ; 56 x 87°25; 57 x 37:50; 57°75 x 38°50;
57°25 x 38°25 mm.

480 ERISMATURA FERRUGINEA Hyton.

Ingapirca: une femelle du 27 mai 1890. “Tris brun fonee,
bee et pattes un noir brunatre.”

481. MERGANETTA LEUCOGENYS (Tsch.).

Acobamba: une femelle du 11 juillet 1890. Maraynioc: une
femelle du 14 novembre 1892, “Iris brun foncé, bec rouge de
sang avec la partie supérieure noiratre, pattes d’un rouge sale,”

1902. | THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 55

Fam. PoDICEPID.

482. PoDICEPS AMERICANUS Garnot.

P. rollandi Tacz. (nee Quoy et Gaim.) Orn. du Pérou, iii. p. 494.

Ingapirea: six individus de mai et juin 1890. “Iris d’un
rouge vif avec un dessin noir; bec noir; pattes dans leur partie
intérieure olives, extérieurement brunes. Chez le jeune le bec
est d’un brun clair avee la mandibule inférieure brun jaunatre ;
pattes d’un olive brunatre.”

Les oiseaux adultes sont un peu plus grands, a bec un peu plus
long qu'un male adulte de Punta Arenas (Magellan) du Musée
Berlepsch. I] parait aussi que le male de Punta Arenas a le blanc
plus répandu aux rémiges secondaires et aux barbes internes des
primaires.

3. Ingapirca A UG2) cul 235 ee tars. oO mom,
2 2 0 ” ”? 114, ” 20-1 2) ” 373-35 ”
gad. PuntaArenas ,, 112, . Lea ae *,

Deux ceufs de Junin sont fusiformes, c’est-a-dire trés allongés
et également et fortement attenués aux deux bouts. La couleur
est blanche sale, suffusée en grande partie d’un roussatre
pale qui provient d’une matiére colorante étrangere. Dimen-

sions: 49 x 29; 48 x 29°50 mm.

483. PopIcEPS TACZANOWSKII Berl. et Stolzm.

Podiceps taczanowskti Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 109, pl. iv.
(deser. orig.).

Podiceps caliparceeus Tacz. (nec Less. et Garn.) Orn. du Pérou,
ui. p. 493 partim.

Ingapirea (lacus Junin): trois paires de mai 1890, Maraynioc:
un male du 11 juillet 1892. “Iris rouge clair, bec gris clair,
pattes dun olivatre plombé dans leur partie intérieure et d’un
gris brunatre extérieurement.”

Deux ceufs ont été obtenus a Junin par M. Kalinowski. Ils
ont la forme des ceufs des Plongeons en général, seulement ils sont
un peu moins oblongs. La coque est blanche sale colorée ¢a et la
par une matiére étrangére d’un rosatre pale. Dimensions: 47 x 33,
75°47 x 33°50 mm.

Notes relatives & la prenviere partie de cet article.

No. 9. Wyiadestes leucotis (Tsch.), P.Z.S8. 1896, p. 327, serait
Entomodestes lewcotis (Tsch.) (gen. Hntomodestes Steyn. Pr.
U.S. Nat. Mus. v. p. 456 note),

No. 14. Troglodytes frater Sharpe, l.c. p. 328, serait Troglodytes
solstitialis macrourus Berl. et Stolzm., subsp. nov :—

T. « T. solstitialis dicto cauda multo longiore et stria superciliari
pallidiore a VT. frater dicto, cui longitudine caude emulat,
stria superciliaris pallide rufescenti nec albo, gula cum pectore

56 GRAF. HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J.STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

lateribusque colli letius rufescentibus necnon abdomine magis
albo distinguendus.

$ dad. Al. 532-52, caud. 403-394, culm. 133-133, tars. 193—
182 mm.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali.

Typus in Mus. Branicki.

Cette forme nouvelle parait justement intermédiaire entre le
T. solstitialis de la Colombie et le 7. frater Sharpe de la Bolivie.
Hille a la queue aussi longue que le 7’. frater, cest-a-dire beaucoup
plus longue que le 7’. solstitialis. lle différe néanmoins du
T. frater, ayant la strie sourciliére dun roussatre pale, un peu
plus pale que chez le 7’. solstitialis au lieu (étre dun blane pur
comme chez le 7. frater. lle différe des deux formes connues par
le milieu de abdomen d’un blanc ne contrastant pas visiblement
avec la couleur roussatre de la gorge et du haut de la poitrine,
tandis que chez le 7’, solstitialis et le 7. frater le blanc de V’abdomen
est plus ou moins lavé de roussatre. Le 7. frater a génévalement
la gorge d’un roussatre plus pale et les parties supérieures du corps
Vun brun plus foncé, moins roussatre.

No. 54. Arbelorhinw cerulea microrhyncha (Berl.) 1.c. p. 337,
serait Cyanerpes cerulea microrhynchus (Berl.) (gen. Cya-
nerpes Oberh. Auk, 1899, p. 32).

No. 59. Chlorophonia torrejoni Tacz. 1. c. p. 338, serait probable-
ment la méme que Chl. longipennis (Du Bus).

No. 66. Calliste chilensis (Vig.) 1. ce. p. 339, serait Calospiza
chilensis (Vig.) (le genre Calliste est préoceupé par Oalospiza).

No. 67. Calliste schranki (Spix) l.c. p. 339, serait Calospiza
schranki (Spix).

No. 68. Calliste «anthogastra rostrata Berl. et Stolzm. 1. ¢. p. 339,
serait Calospiza xanthogastra rostrata (Berl. et Stolzm.).

No. 69. Calliste punctulata Scl. et Saly. 1. c. p. 340, serait Calo-
spiza punctulata (Scl. et Salyv.).

No. 70. Calliste pulchra (Tsch.) 1.c. p. 340, serait Calospiza pul-
chra (‘Tsch.).

No. 71. Calliste qyroloides (Lafy.) 1. ¢. p. 340, serait Calospiza
gyroloides (Lafr.).

No. 72. Calliste fulvicervix Scl. et Salv. 1.c. p. 340, serait Calo-
spiza fulvicervia (Sel. et Salv.).

No. 73. Calliste argentea (Tsch.) 1. e. p. 340, serait Calospiza

argentea (Tsch.).

No. 74. Calliste boliviana (Bp.) 1. e. p- 340, serait Calospiza
boliviana (Bp.).

No. 75. Calliste nigricincta (Bp.) 1. c p. 341, serait Calospiza
nigricincta (Bp.).

No. 76. Calliste nigriviridis berlepschi (Tacz.) le. p. 341, serait
Calospiza nigriviridis berlepschi (Tacz.).

1902. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 57

No. 77. Calliste cyanicollis (Lafr. et VOrb.) 1. c. p. 341, serait
Calospiza cyanicollis (Lafy. et d’Orb.).

No. 78. Calliste parzudakii (Lafr.) l.c. p. 341, serait Calospiza
parzudakit (Lafr.).

No. 79. Calliste melanotis Scl. l.c. p. 341, serait Calospiza mela-
notis (Scl.).

No. 80. Calliste wanthocephala (Tsch.) 1. c. p. 341, serait Calospiza
xanthocephata ('Tsch.).

No. 133. Pseudochloris lutea (afr. et d’Orb.) 1. ¢. p. 351, serait
Pseudochloris chloris (Tsch.) subsp.

No. 138. Ammodromus peruanus (Bp.) l.c. p. 353, serait Myio-
spiza peruana (Bp.) (gen. Myiospiza Ridgw. Auk, 1898,
p. 224).

No. 156. Ochthaca jelskii spodionota Berl. et Stolzm. 1. ec. p. 356,
serait Ochiheca pulchella Sel. et Salv.

Berlepsch ayant examiné le type de l’O. pulchella Scl. et Salv.
au Musée Britannique a pu constater que c’est un jeune oiseau
qui ne présente qu'une bordure jaune tres étroite au front, qui
néanmoins est présente, mais dont Messrs. Sclater et Salvin n’ont
pas fait mention en décrivant cette espéce.

En attendant Berlepsch a regu quatre oiseaux adultes recueillis
par M. O. Garlepp dans les Yungas occidentales de la Bolivie et
apres les avoir compares avec les échantillons du Pérou central a
trouvé qwils ne different dans aucun détail. Ils faudra done
réunir 1’O. jelskii spodionota au O. pulchella. L’O. jelskii du
Pérou du nord occidental différe dans quelques détails de colora-
tion et pourrait étre distingué comme O. pulchella jelskii (Tacz.).

No, 206. Myiobius fulvigularis Salv. et Godm. |. ¢. p. 366, serait
mieux nommeé J/. erythrurus fulvigularis (Scl. et Salv.).

No. 279. Pyriglena maura picea (Cab.) 1. c. p. 383. La différence
indiquée relativement aux dimensions de la P. maura et de
la 7’. picea n’est pas constante.

CoNCLUSIONS.

M. Kalinowski a done rapporté des environs de Junin, de la
vallée de Chanchamayo et de celle de Vitoc (les deux situées dans
le département de Junin) des individus représentant 483 espéces
oiseaux.

Pour compléter la liste des espéces doiseaux qui se trouvent
dans ces contrées nous ajoutons une spécification des espéces, qui
y ont été trouvées par feu Constantin Jelski et d’autres voyageurs,
mais qui ont échappé aux recherches de M. Kalinowski.

1. Catharus fuscater (Lafr.).—Chilpes (Jelski).
2. Turdus crotoperus Licht.—Amable-Maria (Jelski) (peut-
étre= 7". pheopygus spodiolemus Berl. et Stolzm. 2).

. Dysithamnus ardesiacus Scl. et Salv.

GRAF HANS V. BERLEPSCH AND J. STOLZMANN ON [May 6,

. Turdus lewcops Tacz.—Ropaybamba (Jelski). _ :
. Microcerculus bicolor Des Murs.—Amable-Maria (Jelski).
. Basileuterus tristriatus (Tsch.).— Auquimarca, Ropaybamba

(Jelski).

. Diglossa sittoides (Lafr. et @Orb.).—Auquimarca, Puma-

marca (Jelski).

. Hylophilus ferrugineifrons Scl.—Amable- Maria (Jelski).
. Creurgops verticalis Scl.— Ropaybamba (Jelski).
. Trichothraupis melanops (Vieill.).—Amable-Maria, Ropay-

7. quadricolor (Vieill.). [bamba, Pumamarea (Jelski).

. Nemosia pectoralis Tacz.— Acancocha (Jelski).
. Chlorospingus ignobilis Scl.— Pumamarea (Jelsk1).

berlepschi Tacz.—Ropaybamba (Jelski).

. Microspingus trifasciatus Tacz.—Maraynioc (Jelsix1),
. “ Buarremon” mystacalis Tacz.—Ninarupa (Jelski).
. Ochthodieta signata Tacz. — Auquimarca, Ninabamba

(Jelski).

. Cnipolegus anthracinus Cab.—Huanta, Higos (Jelski).

. Muscisaxicola grisea Tacz.— Maraynioc (Jelski).

. Capsienrpis orbitalis Cab.—Amable-Maria (Jelski).

. Pogonotriccus ophthalmicus Tacz.—Amable-Maria, Ropay-

bamba (Jelsk1).

. Tyranniscus nigricapillus (Lafr.).—Pumamarea (Jelski),

x cinereiceps Scl.—Ropaybamba (Jelski).
Ms viridiflavus (Tsch.).—? Paltaypampa, Amable-
Maria (Jelski).

. Rhynchocyclus fulvipectus Scl.—Ropaybamba (Jelski).

peruvrianus Tacz, ca

: Myiobius villosus Scl.—Amable- Maria (Jelsk1).

Ropaybamba (Jelsk1).

as superciliaris 'Tacz.

. Pachyrhamphus viridis (Vieill.).—Amable-Maria (Jelski).

. Doliorms sclatert Tacz.—Maraynioc (Jelski).

. Upucerthia pallida Tacz.—Junin (coll. Raimondi).

. Cinclodes palliatus (Tsch.).—Vitoc (Tschudi), Ninarupa

(Jelski).

. Leptasthenura andecola Scl. et Salv—Ninarupa (Jelski).
. Synallaxis curtata Scl.—San Bartolomé (Jelski).

. Stptornis virgata (Tacz.).
. Automolus striaticeps Tacz.—Chilpes (Jelski).

Junin (Jelski).

oe ochrolemus (Tsch.).—Amable-Maria (Jelski).

. Philydor montanus (Tsch.).—Maraynioe (Jelski).
. Anabazenops rufosuperciliatus cabanisi Tacz.—Pumamareca

(Jelski).

Amable - Maria
(Jelski).

. Myrmotherula atrogularis Tacz.—Amable-Maria (Jelski).

menetriest VOrb.—Amable-Maria (Jelski).

. Terenura callinota Scl.—Ropaybamba (Jelski).
. Myrmeciza hemimelena Scl—Amable-Maria (Jelski).
. Pithys albitrons peruviana Tacz.—Amable-Maria (Jelski).

1902.]

44,
45.
46.

AT.
48.

AQ,
50.
ole
52.
53.
-|-54.
BD
56.
~-57.
58.

+ 59.
60.
61.
62.

+63.
64.
65.
66.

THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 59

Talauphorus hypostictus (Gld.).—Soriano (Jelski).

Tolema schreibersi (Boure.).—C. Pérou (Jelski).

Agleactis castelnaudi Boure. et Muls.—Junin, Acancocha

(Jelski).
Rhamphomicron microrhynchum (Boiss.). — Auquimarca
(Jelski).
Schistes geoffroyi (Boure. et Muls.).—Paltaypampa, Huanta
(Jelski).

Leucippus pallidus Tacz.—Huanta (Jelski), coll. Raimondi.

Stenopsis “ equicaudata.”—Pumamarea (Jelski).
Hydropsalis tyra Bp. 3 4
Steatornis caripensis peruviana Tacz.—Pumamarea (Jelski).
Cypselus montivagus VOrb.—Huanta, Pumamarea (J elski).
Campephilus hematogaster (Tsch.).—Chilpes (Jelsk1).
Nonnula ruficapilla (Tsch.).—Amable-Maria (Jelski).
Micrastur gilvicollis (Vieill.).—Amable- Maria (Jelski).
Ara militaris (.).—Amable-Maria (Jelski).
Harpyhaliactus coronatus( Vieill.).—Chanchamayo(Tschudi),
Amable- Maria (Jelski).

Falco cassini Sharpe.—Junin (Jelski).

Columba “ vinacea (Temm.).”—Amable- Maria (Jelski).
Zenaida maculata (Vieill.).—Auquimarca (Jelski).
Tinamotis pentlandi Vig.—Ninarupa (Jelski).

Mycteria americana L.—Montaia de Vitoc (Tschudi).

“ Nycticorax gardeni (Gml.).”—Environs de Junin (Jelsk1).
Phegornis mitchelli Gray.—Lac Junin (Jelski).

Attagis gayi Geoftr. et Less.—Ninarupa (J elski).

Ainsi le nombre des espéces connues de cette région est de
483 +66 =549.

Ci-dessous nous donnons la liste des espéces trouvées par feu
Jelski & Monterico. Cette localité est située dans la vallée de
Choymacota (dép. de Ayacucho), c’est-a-dire un peu plus au sud
que la région qui nous oceupe. I] est a supposer que la plapart
de ces espéces se retrouveront dans les districts de Chanchamayo et

11. Myiobius phenicurus Sci. |

12. Empidochanes olivus (Bodd.). |
-}-13. Contopus plebejus Cad. | 30. Mitua mitu (Z.).
_}14. Hadrostomus audax Cab.

15. Lipaugus simplex (Licht.). |

16. Lochmias obscurata (Cab.). |

de Vitoc.
1. Cyphorhinus thoracicus V’sch. | 90. Herpsilochmus rufimarginatus
2. Vireo flavoviridis (Cass.). | (Lemm.).
3. Hylophilus flaviventris Cab. 21. Myrmotherula cinereiventris Sel. et
4. Vireolanius chlorogaster Bp. Sale.

5. Phenicothraupis peruvianus Tacz. | 22. Hypocnemis myiotherina (Spiv).
6. Lanio versicolor (Laf*.). | 23. i theres (Des Murs).
__4. Pitylus grossus (Z.). 24. Campephilus tracheolopyrus Math.

g. Buscarthmus rufigularis Cab. 25. Galbula chalcothorax Sel.
9. Phyllomyias cinereocapilla Cab. 26. Malacoptila fusca (Giml.).
~10, Myiodynastes luteiventris (Less.). 27. Capito auratus (Dwm.).

28. ,, aurantiicollis Sel.
29. Rhamphastos cuvieri Wagl.

31. Pipile cumanensis (Jacq.).
32. Tinamus ruficeps Sel. e¢ Salv.
33. Odontophorus pachyrhynchus Tsch.

17. Sclerurus olivascens Cab. | 34. Conurus lucyani Dev.
18. Automolus subulatus (Spa). | 35. Chrysotis farinosa Bodd.
49. Cymbilanius lineatus (Leach). |

ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU.

| May 6,

Les espéces suivantes paraissent propres a la région
du Chanchamayo.

Turdus pheopygus spodiolemus.

. Entomodestes leucotis.
. Cinnicerthia peruana.

Thryothorus cantator.

. Troglodytes solstitialis macrourus.
. Basileuterus uropygialis poliothrix.
. Hylophilus flaviventris.

. Diglossa pectoralis.

: Chlorochrysa calliparea.

. Inidornis jelski.

3 reinhardti.

. Pecilothraupis lacrymosa.

6 igniventris igni-
crissa.

. Buthraupis cucullata cyanonota.
. Dubusia stictocephala.
. Chlorospingus auricularis.

“3 chrysogaster.
53 cinereocephalus.
3 berlepschi.

. Nemosia pectoralis.
. Pipilopsis tricolor.

a mystacalis.

. Buarremon poliophrys.
', Catamblyrhynchus diadema citrini-

frons.

. Pseudochloris sharpel.

. Spinus ictericus peruanus.
. Xanthoura jolyza.

. Ochthodieta signata.

. Euscarthmus rufigularis.

. Orchilus albiventris.

. Cyanotis rubrigastra alticola.
. Leptopogen rufipectus.

. Capsiempis orbitalis.

. Phyllomyias cinereocapilla.
. Tyranniscus frontalis.

a viridiflavus.

. Chloropipo unicolor.

. Pipra comata.

. Hadrostomus audax.

. Pipreola viridis intermedia.

5 elegans.

. Doliornis sclateri.
. Geositta saxicolina.
. Upucerthia pallida.

serrana.

| Schizceaca palpebralis.

47.
48.
Ad.
50.
ale
52.
. Thripadectes scrutator.
. Philydor montanus.

. Anabazenops

Siptornis humilis.

i. taczanowski.
33 graminicola.
virgata.

* albicapilla.
Sclerurus olivascens.

rufosuperciliatus
cabanisi.

. Miphocolaptes pheopygus.
. Thamnophilus melanurus debilis.

variegaticeps.

. Dy sithamnus dubius.

. Myrmotherula sororia.

. Herpsilochmus motacilloides.

. Myrmeciza spodiogastra.

. Chamieza olivacea.

. Conopophaga castaneiceps brunnei-

nucha.

. Scytalopus femoralis.

$5 acutirostris.

. Eutoxeres condaminei gracilis.
. Phaéthornis rufigaster longipennis.
. Lafresnayea saul rectirostris.

Spathura anne.

. Lampraster branickii.
. Metallura eupogon.

, opaca jelskii.

. Eriocnemis sapphiropygia.

. Oreotrochilus melanogaster.

. Lampropygia columbiana obscura.
. Leucippus pallidus.

. Macropsalis kalinowskii.

. Chloronerpes chrysogaster.

. Dendrobates malherbei pectoralis.

s valdizani.

. Piewnnus jelskii.

fe punctifrons.

. Malacoptila fulvigularis melano-

pogon.

. Capito glaucogularis.

. Leptosittaca branickii.
. Pyrrhura rupicola.

. Nothoprocta branickii.

taczanowskii.

; Rallus nigricans humilis.

Quant aux relations de la faune ornithologique de cette région
comparée avec celles des contrées voisines, nous reservons nos
remarques pour une époque future, quand ces faunes seront
mieux connues quelles ne le sont a présent.

1902. | ON EXTRA MOLAR TEETH IN A LEMUR FULYUS. 61

A. Note on the Presence of an extra Pair of Molar Teeth
in a Lemur fulvus. By G. Extiot Surra, M.D.,
Professor of Anatomy, Egyptian Government Medical

School, Cairo’.
[Received April 3, 1902. |

(Text-figure 1.)

Among a number of Lemw's which Captain Stanley Flower,
Director of the Ghizeh Zoological Gardens, has kindly placed at
my disposal during the past year was a male Lemur fulvus with
four molar teeth in each half of the mandible (text-fig. 1).

Dr. Forsyth Major, whom I consulted on this matter as our
greatest authority on Prosimian anatomy, deems this anomalous
condition worthy of being placed on record.

The individual in which these additional teeth were found had
attained to the full adult proportions, but the cranial sutures
were still distinct.

The teeth of the maxilla were normal in number, size, and shape.
All of the teeth usually found in the mandible of this species
of Lemur were also present in this specimen, and none of them
deviated in any respect from the condition normal to the species.
But there was present behind each third lower molar a tooth of

Text-fig. 1.
m1.

Left lateral aspect of the anomalous mandible of Lemur fulvus. 3, nat. size.

approximately the same form and four-fifths of its dimensions.
The only difference in shape, which a careful comparison of the
third and fourth molars revealed, was due to the diminutive
proportions of the postero-external cusp of the latter.

According to Tomes, some of the extinct species of Lemurs
have “the full mammalian number of four premolars, and so
were . . . less specialized than their recent descendants.” *

The anomalous case now described is, In a sense, compensatory
to the last-quoted, for it possesses four molars and only three
premolars.

The tendency to the persistence of the primitive number of
four molars is seen in its most pronounced form in the Order

1 Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howss, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
2 (. S. Tomes, ‘Dental Anatomy,’ 5th ed., 1898, p. 501.

62 SIR CHARLES ELIOT ON - [May 6,
Marsupialia. Among the Carnivora, Otocyon also retains the four
molars, which Huxley considered the primitive equipment of
grinders in the Canide ‘; and for the Insectivora Oldfield Thomas
has recorded the existence of a fourth upper molar in Centetes *.

The occurrence of a fourth lower molar in a recent Lemur
seemed to suggest the possibility of an archaic four-molared
ancestor of the Primates; but Dr. Forsyth Major informs me
that, in his opinion, in the Kutheria a fourth molar is always

secondary.

5, On some Nudibranchs from Zanzibar. By Sir CHarLEs
Euior, K.C.M.G., Commissioner and Consul-General in
the British East-African Protectorate.

[Received April 1, 1902. |
(Plates V. & VI.’ and Text-figures 2-5.)

During the last year Mi. Crossland has been most kindly
investigating for me the fauna of the eastern and western coasts
of Zanzibar. He has not only collected a large number of Opis-
thobranchs, but also greatly increased the value of his collection
by drawings of the living animals. The present paper contains
some of the results of his labours In the shape of notes on
three apparently new genera of Nudibranchs—Zatteria, Dunga
(Aolididee), and Crosslandia (Scylleidee), and on two interesting
species on which little seems to have been written since the time
of Alderand Hancock— WMelibe fimbriata and Madrella ferruginosa.
The Afolidide are already divided into forty or fifty genera, and
it is with reluctance that I add to their number, believing that it
would more properly be reduced. But as long as the definitions
of the existing genera are so minute and narrow, they cannot be
made to accommodate fresh forms, for which new, though probably
only provisional, genera must be created.

ZATTERIA BROWN, gen. et sp. nov. (Plate VI. figs. 9-13.)

Three specimens were found in seaweed collected on the reefs
round Prison Island, in Zanzibar Harbour, in May 1901. The
largest was 8 cm. long by -2 cm. broad. The body is long and
narrow, and terminates in a peculiarly slender tail, which is nearly
a quarter of the length of the whole animal. The cerata axe
arranged in eight transverse rows (PI. VI. fig. 10), each row contain-
ing eight cerata, four on each side. The first two vows and the last
four are crowded together, but the two series in the middle are
separated one from another and from the anterior and posterior
clumps by considerable intervals. The most distinctive character
of the genus is the shape of the cerata (Pl. VI. fig. 11), which are
not even but swell out into two or three projecting rings, the first

1 P.Z.S. 1880; p. 284. : 2 P. Z.S. 1892, p. 503.
3 Kor explanation of the Plates, see p. 72.

1B AA 5 ey US 28 oN IN EAN.

ale & Danielsson L® Jith.
NUDIBRANCHS FROM ZANZIBAR.

NUDIBRANCHS FROM ZGANZIBAr

1902. | NUDIBRANCHS FROM ZANZIBAR. 63

a little below the tip. Above the mouth are two short, slender,
erect tentacles. Behind them are the rhinophores, which are
considerably longer and more slender than the cerata: they
bear about eight bracket-like semicircles, which alternate with
one another, so that there is not a complete circle round the
rhinophore ; at the base of each rhinophore is a black eye-spot.
The foot is rounded in front and the corners are not produced
in tentacle-like expansions (Pl. VI. fig. 13).

The body is translucent and colourless (the viscera being white)
with a few blotches formed of opaque white dots. The cerata
are also translucent, except at the rings, which are opaque white ;
they bear a few orange spots or streaks. There is a long orange
streak on each rhinophore.

The jaws are small and the masticatory edge is finely denti-
culate. The radula isshort and uniseriate. Each tooth is shaped
like a horse-shoe and bears on its anterior margin one large
denticle with six small ones on each side (PI. VI. fig. 12). No
trace of armature was discoverable in the reproductive organs.

In many characters, in the disposition of the cerata, the
rounded anterior margin of the foot, and the buccal parts,
the animal appears allied to Cratena ; but it differs in two points,
the rudimentary perfoliation of the rhinophores and the rings
round the cerata: The latter peculiarity is, so far as I am aware,
unrecorded among the Afolids, but it almost entirely disappears
in specimens preserved in alcohol, and it is therefore possible that
it may really exist in other genera which have been described
from such specimens.

DuNGA NODULOSA, gen. et sp. nov.

This animal is fairly common on colonies of Sertularia. The
body and tail are both long. The cerata are easily detached and
have then some power of independent movement. They are
carried very erect in the living animal and are set in transverse
rows varying from four to six in number. Behind the last
transverse row is a clump of smaller cerata, also of varying
number. Probably the caducous character of the appendages
has something to do with these variations. Each transverse row
consists of ten cerata, gradually increasing in size from the
outside to the centre, the two middle ones being much larger
than the others. The outer cerata are of the ordinary cylindrical
shape; the middle ones are swollen and ovate, but terminate in a
fine point. At the top of the broad part and at the base of this
point are eight knobs. The rhinophores are very long and simple.
The tentacles are moderately long, and the anterior angles of the
foot are produced into processes of about the same length. The
foot is narrow and without markings. The length varies from 5
to 1:2 cm.

The coloration is very variable and ranges from clear light
yellow to purplish brown, These differences may be partly due
to two different colours of the liver diverticula seen in the

64 SIR CHARLES ELIOT ON [May 6,

transparent cerata. But in all cases the tips of the cerata are
pink and the knobs of a brilliant white, with a white streak
extending upwards and sometimes with white spots below. The
back, cerata, rhinophores, and tentacles are covered with small
spots of the same colour as the body but darker. The rhinophores
have usually, but not always, dark circular bands. The intestines,
which are Clearly visible, are light or dark yellow.

The jaws are of moderate size; the masticatory edge is bluntly
denticulate, but on the lower part only. The radula consists of
a single row of teeth. The central part of each tooth is pro-
longed into a short bluntish point; on either side are three
denticulations. I could discover no armature in the reproductive
system.

The general characters and inflated cerata of this genus resemble
the Tergipedine, and the figures of Capellinia capellinti (by
Trinchese) and those of Tergipes (Capellinia) dorice (by Vayssiére)
represent the cerata of these species as nodulous. But the
Tergipedine have the foot rounded anteriorly, and the arrange-
ment of the cerata in this animal is peculiar; it therefore seems
necessary to create a new genus for it.

CROSSLANDIA VIRIDIS, gen. et sp. nov. (Plate V. figs. 1-8).

In July and September, 1901, were captured at Zanzibar four
specimens of a nudibranch closely allied to Seyllea, though
strikingly different in external appearance. The four specimens
seem to constitute a new genus and possibly two species, though
one may prove to be merely a well-marked variety. The animal
in question may possibly be a Verea, Lesson. I have not access to
the original authorities, but Fischer's ‘Manuel de Conchyliologie,’
p- 536, says: “Le genre Werea, Lesson, 1830, a été placé dans le
voisinage des Seyllaa. Rhinophores courts, coniques, ciliés, visibles
au dessus d’un petit voile frontal: téte courte, tronquée en
avant; corps fournissant de chaque coté deux lobes; branchies
disposées en petites touffes sur les lobes latéraux et sur la queue.”
From this description and from the fact that Bergh, in his ‘System
der Nudibranchiaten Gasteropoden,’ takes no notice of Verea, it
may be presumed that the characters are not sufficiently defined
to constitute a valid genus.

The length of a large specimen is nearly 5 centimetres, and the
general appearance superficially resembles Hlysia and in no way
recalls Scyllea, which, however, I have never seen alive, although
I have examined numerous alcoholic specimens. The body is
fairly long; it is produced into a neck and tail and laterally into
two wing-like lobes, one on each side, which are more or less
distinctly bifid, but in no specimen can be compared to the two
pair of cerata found in Seyllea, and are not constricted at the
base. The animal when crawling generally directs them laterally.
The colour is vivid green, harmonizing exactly with the young
leaves of Zostera on which the animal was found. At the side of
the body below the lobes is a row of irregular projecting sandy

1902. ] NUDIBRANCHS FROM ZANZIBAR. 65

markings. Round the edges of the lobes, the angles of the body,
the ridge of the tail, the cups of the rhinophores, and the frontal
veil runs a brown line. The surface of the body is covered with
microscopic brown specks, which here and there are aggregated
into spots just visible to the naked eye. There are also a few
other spots.

There are no anterior tentacles, but a small frontal velum.
The rhinophores are perfoliate and set in little open cups on the
top of fairly long pillars, which are usually held nearly horizontally
and have not any process behind as in Seylle@a (see Pl. V. fig. 5).
The back and inside of the wings are covered with colourless,
transparent contractile branchie similar to those of Scyllea
(text-fig. 3, p. 66). On the tail is a slight ridge, not amounting
to a crest. The foot is very narrow.

Text-fig. 2.

st. pl.

SS.

Digestive organs of Crosslandia viridis.

e., cesophagus. | gl., gland. | st.pl., stomach-plates.

The body-cavity is spacious anteriorly until the commence-
ment of the liver. After this point it is quite narrow, owing to
the thickness of the soft transparent body-wall. The jaws (PI. V.
figs. 7, 8) are large and hinged dorsally. The masticatory edge
is smooth and flexible, of a deep brown colour and bent outwards,
the muscles being attached at the bend and covering the large
stiff cheeks. The radula (PL. V. figs. 4, 6) is short; each row con-
sists of a median tooth and about 30 laterals on each side. The
median tooth has a fairly large spine in the centre of the anterior
margin and about 5 denticulations on each side, of which the
pair nearest the centre are considerably larger than the others.
The lateral teeth are also denticulate, but vary somewhat in form,
and the corresponding teeth in the different rows do not always

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vox. II. No. V. 5

66 SIR CHARLES ELIOT ON [ May 6,

Text-fig. 3.

General view of the intestines of Crosslandia viridis.—The b
by a cut made Somewhat to the right and
a., auricle,

ody has been opened
dividing the heart in two.

51, G2, $3, three hermaphro- k., kidney.
6., buccal mags, dite glands, Z., liver.
6r., branchial tuft. gl., gland on cesophagus. v., ventricle,
¢-.s., central nervous system, z., intestine,

One branchial tuft enlarged is shown Separately.

1902. ] NUDIBRANCHS FROM ZANZIBAR. 67

agree in shape. Those nearest the rhachis are generally denti-
culate on both sides: the ordinary teeth are denticulate only on
the external side: those towards the end of the row are again
denticulate on both sides but of a peculiar form; the outermost
are degraded. On the cesophagus lies a large gland of apparently
salivary functions. The cesophagus, which is narrow, broadens at
this gland, and the digestive tract continues of much the same
length until near its termination. On slitting it open (text-fig. 2,
p. 65) the traces of a stomach are found, and an internal con-
striction is caused by the presence of a ring of large horny teeth.
Just beyond this point is a large typhlosole with an irregularly
laminated interior surface. The anus is lateral, beneath the
right wing. The liver is in two compact masses, anterior and
posterior; they send forth very slender light green diverticula,
which until carefully examined have rather the appearance of
veins, to the base of the wings and rhinophores,

Hermaphrodite gland of Crosslandia viridis.

amp. © gl., ampulla of hermaphrodite gland. m.gl., mucous gland.
§gl., one of the three portions of the sp., spermatotheca.
hermaphrodite gland. v.d., vas deferens.

The ganglia in the central nervous system are distinct, the

pedal being ventral to the cesophagus.
5

68 SIR CHARLES ELIOT ON [May 6,

The pericardium (text-fig. 3, p. 66) is embedded in the body-
wall: its pulsations are visible externally.

The kidney (text-fig. 3) is spread over the liver, and also on its
ventral surface, as a number of distinct branching tubes, which
continue in front of the liver, lying loosely in the body-cavity.

The hermaphrodite gland (text-fig. 4, p. 67) consists of three
granular, spherical bodies, somewhat on the right side of the
liver, one at each end and one in the middle, but not fused with
it or embedded in it. The ampulla is large. There is only one
spermatotheca. Prostates are absent, and the penis is small and
unarmed.

It will thus be seen that in its internal structure this animal
closely resembles Scyllea. The only important difference is that
the hepatic diverticula are very small and extend only to the
bases of the wings, whereas in Scylle@a (? in all species) they are
said to penetrate to the ends of the cerata and into the branchial
tufts. J have wondered whether the creature could be a young
Scyllea in which the bifid lobes would subsequently divide into
two pairs of cerata, but the size, which is as large as that of most
Scyllece, renders this i impr obable. Taken in conjunction with the
character of the liver, the external differences (the wings instead
of two pairs of conte the absence of a caudal crest ail of flaps
behind the rhinophores) seem sufficiently great to warrant the
creation of a new genus, which [I have named Crosslandia after
Mr. Crossland, who dredged the first specimen.

One of the specimens (PI. V. fig. 3) showed marked peculiarities,
and is certainly a well-defined variety if not of a distinct species.
The body was stouter and the outline more wrinkled and indented.
The colour was that of Fuews, with a few pointed sandy projections
and coralline purple spots. If it proves to be a distinct species I
would eall it C. fusca.

ME Ibe FimBRiATA Ald. & Hane. Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. 111. pp. 137—
139 (1864).

A large number of specimens of this remarkable animal were
captured on both the east and west sides of Zanzibar in 1901.
Alder and Hancock’s figure and description give a good idea of
its external appearance; but the coloration is very variable,
ranging from clear bright yellow to ashy grey. Sometimes the
colour is uniform, but more often the surface of the body and of
the papillee is marked with irregularly disposed spots and blotches,
which may be black, white, gr ey, or sandy. These mar kings
harmonize with the ordinar . environment of the creature, and
cause it to closely resemble a piece of seaweed besprinkled ‘with
sand and partially encrusted with sponges and other animal
growths. In full-grown and perfect specimens, which are six
inches long or more, the number of papille seems to be six or
seven on each side of the body ; but they are very easily detached,
and few individuals have the two series complete.

Talso found Alder and Hancock’s description of the internal

1902. | NUDIBRANCHS FROM ZANZIBAR. 69

anatomy to be correct, particularly as regards the absence of jaws.
They say: “ In Jelibe the buccal organ is provided with neither
tongue, jaws, nor collar.” Bergh, in his monograph on the genus
(in Malac. Untersuch. in Semper’s Reisen, Th. 11. Bd. i. p. 363),
thinks this statement will probably prove incorrect as other species
of Melibe ave provided with jaws, and he gives as a generic
character: “ Bulbus pharyngeus cum mandibulis aliquantulum ut
in Phylliroidis: margo masticatorius mandibule fortiter dentatus.”

Text-fig. 5.

Biade ais , Ay,
heL 6 Gu ELEGY YG /
Yi EZ LY yp ‘GS
AG O77 0
WZ lds YY Wi
be fash a TLE Sie f
AUR i, i Wo WYYETON iy
i Oy Wy Li

=v,
az
Melibe fimbriata.
- d., anus. pyl.st., pyloric portion of stomach.
div., diverticulum. st., thin-walled stomach.
f.@., folds of esophagus. st.pl., belt of stomach-plates.
h., hood. v., ventricle of heart.

US lip:

Mr. Crossland and I have, however, dissected several specimens
of Melibe fimbriata, and in all failed to detect any trace of jaws.
Our drawing (text-fig. 5) will perhaps explain clearly the structure
of the digestive tract. In the centre and bottom of the hood is
a protruding, circular, fleshy lip. This leads straight into the

70 SIR CHARLES ELIOT ON [May 6,

esophagus, which is provided with a series of folds, but no hard
armature of any kind. The stomach is set with a belt of horny
plates of two sizes and usually alternating regularly, the small
being next to the large. The pyloric portion of the stomach
below this belt is provided with muscular ridges, and passes
almost imperceptibly into the intestine. At the point where it
begins to be constricted is a pouch-like diverticulum with a
laminated interior.

With the exception of the absence of jaws, the other characters
of this animal clearly connect it with J/elibe, not Tethys. The
foot is very narrow, the body rather high and compressed; the
cerata are covered with knots; the buccal opening passes straight
into the cesophagus; the stomach is armed with plates; the liver
is long and follicular and does not extend far into the cerata; the
hermaphrodite gland is composed of many separate lobes at the
side and under the liver. In Zethys, on the contrary, the foot is
broad and the body flat; the cerata are smooth ; there is a division
of the alimentary canal before the esophagus which may be called
a buccal cavity; the liver is a compact mass sending diverticula
to the ends of the cerata; the hermaphrodite gland forms a thick
covering over the liver. Further, Zethys is described as possessing
true branchiz set at the base of the cerata. The back of dMelibe
fimbriata is covered with branched papillze which bear a superficial
resemblance to gills, but I could not discover that they have any
special connection with the vascular system, and they seem ana-
logous to the ramose appendages of Plocamophorus and some
species of Votarchus.

It would thus appear that MJelibe fimbriata is intermediate
between Zethys and the jaw-bearing species of Jelibe. It does
not, however, seem necessary to create a new genus, but rather to
modify the existing description of the genus and say jaws present
or absent. ‘The shape of the foot, body, and cerata, the presence
of stomach-plates, the absence of branchiz, and the character of
the liver distinguish it sufficiently from Zethys.

In spite of its want of jaws, Melibe fimbriata is a most voracious
animal, and I more than once found in the stomachs which I
examined limbs of crustacea more than an inch long. The way
in which it captures its prey is extremely curious. The circular
oral veil acts as a net with an elastic rim. When seeking for
food it expands the net and sweeps with it the surface over which
it is crawling. The skin of the hood is stretched so tight as to be
quite transparent and the marginal cirri are almost invisible. The
moment a small crustacean or other prey is caught the net closes
up, the cirri almost unite on the under surface, and the skin
ceases to be perfectly transparent. Then the J/elibe tosses the
hood, which has now practically become a closed sac, backwards,
and creates a current of water with the cirri, which forces its
prey towards its mouth. The movements of the animal are rapid
and energetic, whether it crawls or swims.: It can also float on
the surface foot uppermost.

1902. ] NUDIBRANCHS FROM ZANZIBAR. “1

MADRELLA FERRUGINOSA. (Plate VI. figs. 14-16.)

Madrella ferruginea Ald. & Hane. Trans. Zool. Soe. in. pp. 141-2
(1864).

No fresh details have, I believe, been published respecting this
genus since Alder and Hancock’s description. I have seen two
specimens at Zanzibar, one about half an inch long and the other
nearly double the size. The colour of the body is a deep coppery
red. Round the edge of the mantle, including the anterior
margin, are transparent copper-coloured cerata, into each of which
passes a very short diverticulum of the liver. The black or deep
purple ramifications of the liver are visible through the dorsal
integuments. There are many more cerata in the large than in
the smaller specimen, and it is therefore possible that they increase
with age. The middle of the dorsal area is bare, except that 1t
carries several irregularly distributed tubercles or papille. In the
large specimen they pass between the rhimophores and form a sort
of rudimentary crest, but in the smaller specimen, though they
occur on the back, they do not pass between the rhinophores.
The large specimen had a white blotch between the rhinophores,
the smaller none. The form of the rhinophores is somewhat
unusual. They are not perfoliate, but there is a circle of papille
round the top of the club, somewhat as in 7’ritonia. There are
no anterior tentacles, but the head is very broad and crescent-
shaped, with produced ends. ‘The front of the foot 1s wide and
square, but the corners are not prominent. The mouth is ventral.
Both the mantle-edge and the foot are wide, but between them is
a deep groove. In crawling the foot projects beyond the mantle.
The mantle overhangs the head and forms a wide frontal veil.
The genital orifices are in the anterior part of the right-hand side,
the anus in the posterior part, distinctly lateral and not dorsal.

The internal anatomy, so far as I could examine it, agreed with
the description of Alder and Hancock. I was unable to see any
salivary glands. The jaws are very large, enclosing the buccal
mass, but not denticulate. The radula (Pl. VI. fig. 16) is triseriate
and long. The median tooth has a strong blunt spine in the
centre and about 7 denticulations on each side. The laterals have
a large spine on the outer margin and 8 or 9 denticulations on the
inner side. These denticulations seem therefore somewhat less
numerous than those described by A. & H. The ganglia in the
central nervous system are very distinct. MJadrella appears to be
sluggish in its movements. In confinement it discharged some
fluid, which imparted a ferruginous colour to the water round it.
This discharge did not appear to proceed from any particular
organ, but from the whole surface of the body.

The genus forms an interesting connecting link between the
Janide and other Adolide, The arrangement of the liver and
cerata connect it decisively with the former, but in its lateral anus
and triseriate radula it approaches the general characters of the
group and departs from the exceptional peculiarities of the Janide,

72 N A STRAP MADE OF OKAPI SKIN. [June 3,

which have a dorsal anus and a multiseriate radula. As a family
the Janide are characterized by the presence of hepatic diverticula
and of cerata in the anterior portion of the dorsal surface, in
front of the rhinophores. Another character peculiar to the
family, but not universal in it, is the crest between the rhino-
phores. There are four well-marked genera :—WMadrella, with
lateral anus, triseriate radula, papillous rhinophores, a rudimen-
tary crest, and jaws without teeth. The other three genera have
the additional peculiarities of a dorsal anus and a multiseriate
radula, Proctonotus has simple rhinophores, no crest, and jaws
without denticles. Janolus has perfoliate mandibles and very
large jaws without denticles ; the foot is also exceptionally broad.
Janus has perfoliate rhinophores, a toothed mandible, and a crest.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prate V.
Figs. 1, 2. Crosslandia viridis, p. 64.
3 Kp 5 var. (?) fusca.
4 53 » outer teeth of two consecutive rows of the radula.
5 . » thinophore cup, one side removed.
6. a Ks central and inner teeth of radula.
Uf 3 > jaws, from in front.
8 3 » jaws, from the side.
PratE VI.
Fig. 9. Zatteria brown, p. 62. '
10. 55 Bs diagrammatic view showing position of cerata.
inl 5 5 one of the cerata.
12. * 3 tooth of radula.
13. 9 » view of head from below.
14,15. Madrella ferruginosa, p. 71, dorsal and ventral view.
16. 2 op one Low of radula—a, median; 4, 4, lateral
teeth.

June 3, 1902.
Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

Mr. W. L. Sclater, F.Z.S., made some remarks on the present
condition and future prospects of the Zoological Museums of South
Africa, most of which he had recently visited. These were
altogether eight in number, four of which were in the Cape
Colony—namely, the South African Museum at Cape Town, the
Albany Museum at Grahamstown, the King-William’s-Town
Museum, and the Port Elizabeth Museum. In Natal there were
Museums at Durban and Pietermaritzburg, in the Transvaal the
Museum at Pretoria, and in the Orange River Colony the National
Museum at Bloemfontein.

Mr. Boulenger exhibited a strap made of Okapi skin, which
had been received, along with other ethnographical curiosities, at
the Abbey of Maredsous, in Belgium, in December 1899, thus
some time previous to the arrival in this country of the piece of
skin on which “ Hquus johnstoni” (P. Z.8. 1901, vol. i. p. 50) had
been founded. This object had been obtained by M. E. Vincart,
a leutenant in the service of the Congo State, in the Mangbettu

1902. | DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE OKAPT. 73

country (lat. 3° N., long. 28° E.), where, according to his state-
ment, chiefs alone have the privilege of wearing straps or belts
made of the skin of what he had regarded as a rare Antelope.

Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, F.Z.8., informed the meeting that the
remains of Okapi received by the Congo Museum in Brussels’,
which he had lately had an opportunity of examining, consisted

Text-fig. 6,

Left side view of skull of Samotherium boissieri Maj. from Samos.
4 2 )
2 hat. size.

Text-fig. 7.

Left side view of skull of Okapia liebrechtsi Maj., 3. 5 hat. size. rom Mundalah,
on the road from Mawambi to Beni (N.E. frontier of the Independent Congo
State). Congo State Museum at Tervueren, nr. Brussels.

of the skin of a female and the almost complete skeleton of an

adult male. A reduced photographie view of the skin and a

1 See ‘La Belgique Coloniale,’ May 4th & 25th, 1902.

74 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE OKAPI. [June 3,

sketch of the natural size of the male skull were exhibited, and
the following remarks were made :—

The new materials supply the eagerly looked for information as
to the adult condition of the Okapi and the cranial differences
between the two sexes. It will be remembered that even the
larger of the two skulls received in London, which was believed
to belong to the mounted skin, is that of a youngish individual,
retaining most of the deciduous teeth, and that the sex of neither
of the two skulls was established.

It will be further remembered that, although Siv Harry
Johnston from the beginning very appropriately compared the
Okapi with the Helladotheriwm, which is an early type of the
Giraffide, and even assigned it to that genus, the predominating
note of almost all the scientific, as well as the more or less popular,
writings on the Okapi has been so far to regard it as a kind of
degraded or degenerate Givaffe—a multiple armament of the skull
being regarded as a primitive condition in Ruminants generally
and in Giraftide in particular.

Text-fig. 8.

Left side view of incomplete hornless skull of Paleéotragus rouenii Gaud., adult ?.
From Samos. Stuttgart Museum. 4-4 nat. size.—This specimen is referred
to in Geol. Mag. (4) vill. p. 354 (1901).—The inflated condition of the orbital
roof is not so well shown as in the specimen text-fig. 9, owing to the different
position in which the original photograph was taken.

Text-fig. 9.

Cranial portion of hornless skull, left side, of Samotherium boissieri, adult 9. From
Samos. Collection of Monsieur William Barbey, Valleyres (Switzerland).
About 4 nat. size.

1902. ] DR. C. I, FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE OKAPI, 15

At the bottom of this prevailing idea, which is disproved by all
the teachings of paleontology, seems to be the very widespread
belief, nurtured by popular works and by museum show-specimens,
that all past faunas are made up of ‘extinct monsters” ; whereas
In reality in past times it is only a comparatively few highly
specialized and decadent forms —ends of a series and not beginnings
—that present such peculiarities:as to justify that name. |

Text-fig. 10.

—
SS

TASS

Sos

Cranial portion of skull of Samotherium boissieri, 3, vight side (reversed iu the fig.).
From Samos. Barbey Collection, no. 17. About 4 nat. size.

The, geologically speaking, most ancient undoubted Giraftide
have been found in the uppermost Miocene of Pikermi, Samos,
and Maragha; amongst them there is a group, assigned to two
genera, Paleotragus and Samotheriwm, which possesses all the
requisite characters of ancestors of the recent Giragia. The
females were hornless (text-figs. 8 & 9). In both sexes there is
no trace of swelling at the root of the nasals, and the air-cavities
generally are much less developed than in Giragfa, being chiefly
limited to the roof of the orbits. The horns, where present (text-
figs. 6 & 10), are restricted to the frontals, as in the new-born
male of the northern Giraffe. The neck was comparatively short ;

76 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE OKAPT. [June 3,

the limbs of moderate length, the anterior being scarcely longer
than the posterior.

Text-fig. 11.

Skull of Giraffa camelopardalis capensis, 8. Left side view.
After de Winton (P. Z.S. 1897, p. 281, fig. 4).

Text-fig. 12.

Skull of Giraffa reticulata, 8. Weft side view. After de Winton
(P. Z.S. 1897, p. 280, fig. 2). :

1902. | DR. C. I, FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE OKAPI. 17

The new materials in the Congo Museum show that the adult
Okapi is endowed with two frontal horns. In the female they are
small, conical, inserted almost vertically, and completely covered by
theskin, In the male they are larger, directed obliquely backwards
and somewhat triangular; that the tips of the horns were not
covered by skin seems certain, inasmuch as they have a polished
appearance. There is no third median horn as in the skull of the
northern Giraffe (text-fig. 12, p. 76); the osseous protuberance
corresponding to this horn is in the Okapi (text-fig. 7, p. 73) less
developed than in the Cape Giraffe (Girafja camelopardalis capensis)
(text-fig. 11).

We may say, in a general way, that the skull of the Okapi
differs from the Giraffe skull in the lesser development of all the
osseous protuberances and sinuses. In this respect the Okapi is
intermediate between the Giraffe and Samotheriwm, as charac-
terized above. Even in the adult Samotherium (text-fig. 13) the
sinuses are much less developed than in a young Okapi still
retaining most of the deciduous teeth.

Text-fig. 13.

p.0
Supraorbital portion of left frontal of Samotheriwm boissieri (adult P or immature
3°), showing a rudimentary horn-core. Nat. size. Samos. Barbey Col-
lection, no. 712.—The specimen is referred to in Geol. Mag. (4) vill. p. 243
(1901), where it is erroneously assigned to the right side.
h=rudimentary horn-core; 0.s=upper margin of left orbit ;
p.o=orbital process of frontal.

The Okapi is besides intermediate between these Miocene forms
and the recent Giraffe in the position occupied by the frontal
horns. In the Samotheriwm the horns, as mentioned, are situated
above the orbits; they are situated slightly farther backwards in
the Okapi, but stop at the coronal suture ; whereas in Girafia they
encroach considerably on the parietals,

78 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE OKAPI. [June 3,

The four or five stages in the evolution of the Giraffine skull
are therefore, beginning from the most generalized :—

1. Hornless—presumably female—Palwotragus (Samotheriwm)
(text-figs. 8 & 9, p. 74).

la. Horned skulls of Palwotragus (Samotherium) (text-figs. 6,

p. 73, & 10, p. 75); all presumably males.

2. Okapia (text-fig. 7, p. 73).

3. Giraffa camelopardalis capensis (text-fig. 11, p. 76).

4. Giraffa reticulata (text-fig. 12, p. 76).

As to the dimensions and proportions of the limbs and neck,
the skeleton shows, still more conclusively than the skin, that the
Okapi scarcely differed in this respect from the ordinary type of
Ruminants.

In the Giraffe, as is well known, both fore and hind limbs are
much elongated, the former longer than the latter. By adding
together the longitudinal dimensions of the three principal bones
in each of the limbs, viz., humerus, radius, and metacarpal in the
anterior, and those of the femur, tibia, and metatarsal in the
posterior, we arrive at the following proportions of the two :—

Ant. Post.
Cape Giraffe (Gaudry) ......:........ 2010:1835 =1000: 912°9
Abyssinian Giraffe (Brit. Mus.) ... 2256: 2079°5=1000: 921°8
Senegal Giraffe (Gaudry) ............ 1770: 1690 =1000: 954:8
Olean ois eae a earocen aera 948: 974 =1000: 1027
A species of Palwotragus (Samo-
LOOT MRED ERE <0 2. CORB be 958 1295:13804 =1000: 1007

In the Antelopes and Ruminants generally the hind limb is
almost always longer than the fore limb; in some Antelopes,
however, both have almost equal length, but the radius is always
shorter than the tibia (Gaudry). Taking, therefore, the length of
the radius as 100, we find the following proportions between the
length of the radius and the tibia :—

R. dy

Tar Ot agus OY ain were yee tee Repos. oer eee 100: 120
Flop potnagusiequniviis epee ee eae eee eee 100: 118°8

BOS iced OR beck a e EY e 100: 117
OKGPUG Sa ctiousced ts cocaine 3e eRe Oe RCE PEERS 100K 99a0

g vs

Three species of Samotherium (Paleotragus) ... 1004: 97

2 SH

Helladotherium duvernoyi from Pikermi ......... 100: 86

Senegal ‘Giratle ss evo ore es een nair eee ene eee 100: 83

Albyssimian:Ginalite yi yace tse peor soca eee eee concer LOOK

Cape Giraflie 7... <2: 0. chen lo eee nen rere re LOE 5

The fore and hind limbs are therefore of about equal length in
the Okapi, and the same may be said of the Samotherium group.
In the Giraffe the fore limb is longer, and in Ruminants
generally it is shorter, than the hind limb.

The longitudinal dimensions of the cervical vertebre show the

1902.] ON THE HEAD OF A WAPITI FROM N. SIBERIA. 79

neck of the Okapi to have had normal proportions ; in the mounted
skin in the British Museum the neck appears to me to be a little
too much stretched.

In conclusion, and in harmony with what I formerly have said
here and elsewhere, the Okapi, far from being a degenerate Giraffe,
is, IM my opinion, a member of the Giraftidee which in various
respects has retained the characters of ordinary Ruminants.
It is a stage towards the Giraffe, slightly less primitive than
Samotherium, and occupying, on the whole, a perfectly intermediate
position between the latter and the true recent Giraffes, which
are an extreme.

Mr. Edward J. Bles, F.Z.S., exhibited young tadpoles of
Xenopus levis Daud., the Cape Clawed Frog, under the microscope,
to demonstrate the remarkable transparency of the head and the
method of ingesting food, hitherto unknown in the Amphibia,
The results obtained by Mr, F. HE. Beddard (P. Z.8. 1894, p. 101)
were confirmed. The presence of pectoral lymph-hearts from a
very early stage and the absence of blood-vessels in the tail-fin of
the young tadpole were briefly referred to.

Mr. Lydekker exhibited the mounted head of a male Siberian
Wapiti, Cervus canadensis asiaticus (Severtzoff), shot by Mr. J.
Talbot Clifton in North Siberia. This Wapiti appeared to be
entitled to subspecifie distinction from the Thian-Shan Wapiti,
C. c. songaricus, since the dark markings on the muzzle were
different, and there also seemed to be certain differences in the
antlers, which in the specimen exhibited had a relatively smali
spread, although they were very massive. In this connection
Mr. Lydekker alluded to the head of a Wapiti from Chenkend
(¢=Chimkent), Turkestan, lately presented by the President to the
British Museum. This specimen (No. 2.3.19.1) ditfered from both
the Canadian and the Thian-Shan Wapitis by the whole margin of
the upper lip being light-coloured, instead of only the front portion
and a patch beside the nostrils, and also by the circumstance that
the dark patch on each side of the lower lip did not extend down-
wards to join a larger patch on the chin, which in this specimen was
uniformly light-coloured. Similar features occurred in the Deer
from Turkestan to which the name Cervus bactrianus had been
applied by Mr. Lydekker in 1900. And although that Deer had
been regarded as allied to the Shou, Mr. Lydekker now believed
its antlers were abnormal, and that it was really a Wapiti. This
being so, the British Museum specimen probably belonged to the
same form, which might be known as the Turkestan Wapiti,
C. canadensis bactrianus. It was added that as the “ moustache-
markings ” were constant in the different forms of Roe, they
probably were likewise so in the Wapiti group. They were more
convenient to describe than the antlers, although these also
appeared to differ in the various Asiatic races of Wapiti.

80 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON WILD SHEEP FROM [June 3,

The following papers were read :—

1. The Wild Sheep of the Upper Ili and Yana Valleys.
By R. LypeKkknr.

{Received April 5, 1902. }
(Plates VII. & VIII.' and Text-figures 14 & 15.)

Among several other valuable specimens from the same locality,
Mr. St. George Littledale has recently presented to the British
Museum the head of a male Wild Sheep of the Argali group
(Pl. VIL. fig. 17), as well as the entire skin of a second individual
of the same species, killed in one of the tributaries of the Ili
Valley on the northern flank of the eastern Thian-Shan, some
distance to the south-east of Kuldja or Ih. Both specimens are
in the winter-coat; and the head is now mounted and exhibited
in the lower mammal gallery.

As soon as the head was placed in its present position it became
apparent that it could not be identified with any of the forms
of Wild Sheep exhibited in the gallery, and as it is necessary
that it should be named, I lay before the Society the present notes.
It may be premised that, being unable to identify this sheep
with any named form, I have given it a new subspecific name.
This name must, howev er, be regarded as In some degree pro-
visional, since this sheep may turn out to be inseparable from
one of those named, but somewhat imsufficiently described, by
Severtzoff. To settle this pomt requires a journey to Moscow,
which I am not at present prepared to undertake. It may be
added that if the Ili sheep were identified with one of those
named by Severtzoff, 1t would probably involve changing the
name Ovis sairensis, applied by myself a few years ago to a wild
sheep from the Saiar Mountains.

Before proceeding further it may be well to mention that
Mr. Littledale has in his own possession the skull of the ram
the skin of which he has presented to the Museum. This skull, as
shown by the condition of its cheek-teeth, is that of a fully adult
individual. The horns are practically similar to those of the
Museum specimen, indicating that the latter is also fully adult,
as indeed might be inferred “Hom its large size. A skull (text-
fig. 14), from Tarbagatai in the Alta1, presented by My. Littledale
in 1896 to the Museum (No. 96.2.6. 9), agrees in the characters of
the horns with the last-mentioned specimen, and evidently belongs
to the same or a closely allied form.

Comparing the Il specimen with the heads of adult rams of
Ovis ammon and O. poli in the collection of the Museum (of the
former of which a figure is given [text-fig. 15, p. 81] in order to
facilitate the compar ison), it will be seen fa die markedly from
both in two respects. In the first place, instead of the entire

1 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 85.

I Z3)o IDOD Srell. i. Pl Wil.

i
9
J. Smit del.et kth, Mintern Bros .imp.
Ha. Ip sal AD) OLN OWLS) SVN REINS Sy IME eer DY aULeh a
Bigs Isla be (Ole (Ona Sy Sy MiiemiNtS iS e

"SII GSIOSE SIG INEGI) SS IL/AO

* diva: soce Ute FUL, “Yat Ye" Te8p qturGg C

EPA Ig
Supa

WHA Ta UT OA” COSI SZ al

1902. ] THE UPPER ILI AND YANA VALLEYS. 8]

head being of a “ whity-brown” or dirty white colour, its upper
portion is greyish brown, while the lower half is pure white. In
the second place, the horns rise from the skull at a much greater

Text-fig. 14.

Skull of male of Littledale’s Ti Sheep from Tarbagatai.

Text-fig 15.

Head of a male Siberian Argali from the Altai.
(Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 787.)

elevation, so as to be widely separated from the ears (which are
rather small) instead of being overlapped by them.
Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vor. II. No. VI, 6

82 MR, R. LYDEKKER ON WILD SHEEP FROM [June 3,

The horns themselves are of a more massive and less elongated
type than those of O. poli, and also markedly distinct from those
of the variety O. p. karelini, of the western Thian-Shan, in which
the front outer angle is, at least frequently, bevelled off. On the
other hand, they are less massive and considerably more open
than those of 0. amon, and therefore very much more so than
in the Tibetan O. a. hodgsoni. In O. ammon the surface next the

~face tends to look upwards, whereas in the present form its
tendency is to look downwards. A more easily recognized
difference is that in O. ammon the horns are greatly “ nipped in”
just below the eyes, in consequence of which the transverse
diameter across the eyes is very much less than it is higher up.
In the present form, on the contrary, the horns are actually wider
across at the level of the eyes than they are at the line of the
crown of the head.

Such a “nipping in” is not apparent in O. ammon hodgsoni, in
which the surface next the face is nearly vertical; and much the
same is the case with the Sheep from the Saiar (or Jair) Moun-
tains I have named O. sairensis'. In fact the Sheep under
consideration appears to bear somewhat the same relationship to
O. sairensis, so far as the curve of the horns is concerned, as is
presented by O. ammon to O. a. hodgsoni, although the extreme
openness and basal elevation of the spiral are unique. There are
other differences (especially as regards the wrinkles) of the horns
of the I Argali from those of the Siberian O. ammon, sufficiently
apparent when the specimens are seen side by side, but almost
impossible to describe.

With O. sairensis (Pl. VII. fig. 2) the head of the Ili Wild
Sheep agrees very closely in general coloration, both forms having
the forehead dark and the muzzle white ; the white being, however,
somewhat purer in the latter. The same type of face-coloration
was presented at the time of its death by an Argali from the
Altai or Thian-Shan, recently living in the Society’s Menagerie,
and figured when quite young (at which time the face was wholly
dark) by the Secretary* as O. ammon. As I have elsewhere
remarked *, that specimen differed from the typical ammon by the
presence of a large white ruff on the chest; such a white ruff
being also present in the winter coat of the Ili Sheep. As the
Society’s Argali was nearly full-grown at the time of its death, it
appears to me very unlikely that it would ever have developed a
uniformly whity-brown face (especially as O. sairensis has the
face parti-coloured in youth as well as in the adult); and I am
therefore inclined to think that it belonged to some form of the
last-named species.

The [i Sheep is a considerably larger animal than the typical
O. swirensis, but (if colour be any clue to affinity) seems to come
nearer to that species than to any of the named forms which can

‘Wild Oxen, Sheep, and Goats,’ p. 185 (1898).
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, pl. viii.
“Great and Small Game of Europe, &c.,’ p. 124 (1901).

wh =

1902. ] THE UPPER ILI AND YANA VALLEYS. 83

be identified with certainty. I accordingly propose to regard it as
a local race of that species, with the title of O. sairensis littledalei.
The white muzzle and dark forehead serve to distinguish O. sairensis
from both O. poli and O. ammon; and the typical Saiar race of the
former species may be differentiated from the Ili race by its
inferior size and the much closer spiral formed by the horns. I
have elsewhere suggested that O. sairensis should be known in
English as Littledale’s Sheep ; and the two races of the species
may be severally distinguished as Littledale’s Saiar Sheep and
Littledale’s Ili Sheep.

The description of a new subspecies is of but little interest
unless some deduction can be drawn with regard to the habits or
distribution of the group to which it belongs. In this case
something of this nature can, I think, be suggested. A glance at
the map of Central Asia will show that the Saiar and [i Sheep
occur approximately on the same great line of watershed; and
that to the south-west O. poli karelini, of the western Thian-Shan,
comes in on the same line, and thus continues the chain to the
Pamirs, the home of the typical O. poli. Now all these four types
of Sheep have horns with a longer spiral than that of O. ammon
and its races, and their habitat appears to form a kind of wedge
driven into that of the latter group. It is further noteworthy
that among the Argalis the length and openness of the horn-spiral
decrease from west to east, as exemplified by the occurrence of
O. poli on the western and O. ammon hodgsoni on the eastern
frontiers of the group. Nor is this all, for in the three species
O. poli, O. ammon, and O. sairensis, the further east or the further
south they go it is noticeable that the less open becomes the spiral
of the horns. This is apparent when we compare O. poli with
O. p. karelini, O. ammon with O. a. jubata and O. a. hodgsoni,
and O. sairensis with O. s. littledalei. What may be the reason
for this feature, I am unable to conjecture.

Admitting that the three species of Argali just mentioned are
very closely allied, the question may be legitimately asked, why
they and their subspecies are not all classed as phases of a single
species, as is done in the case of the Wild Goats of the same
region. To this it may be replied, that if such a course were
adopted it would be necessary to employ quadrinomialism, in order
to express adequately the mutual relationships of the forms here
regarded as local races of the three species mentioned.

I may add that I have been told by more than one sportsman
that all the Central Asian Argalis pass more or less completely
into one another. Without denying the possibility that such
may be the case, it is certain that no such transition is exhibited
by the series of specimens in the British Museum.

I will now proceed to deal with a Wild Sheep recently brought
by Mr. J. Talbot Clifton from Northern Siberia, at a point
distant about 40 miles from the mouth of the Yana River.

84 MR. R, LYDEKKER ON WILD SHEEP FROM [June 3,

The exact locality is the north-west end of the Verkhoyansk
Mountains, forming the watershed between the valleys of the
Yana and the Lena. The specimen which I exhibit this
evening (Plate VIII.) is, I am glad to say, to be presented to
the British Museum by Mr. Clifton. It is, I believe, the first
example of its kind ever brought to England. There are, indeed,
two heads of a white Bighorn Sheep in the possession of
Mr. Rothschild (which, by the kindness of their owner, I am
likewise enabled to exhibit this evening) said to be of Asiatic
origin. These heads were brought by traders through Kamchatka,
and in ‘ Wild Oxen, Sheep, and Goats’’ I assigned one of them
to the Kamchatkan form of Bighorn. Subsequently, however,
I obtained evidences that the Kamchatkan Bighorn does not
turn white in winter, and accordingly pointed out* that the
identification was in all probability incorrect. J cannot identify
either of these heads with the specimen under consideration.

The Wild Sheep of Northern Siberia appears to have been first
described by Severtzoff® in 1873, under the name of Ovis borealis.
His description, which is very brief and by no means satisfactory,
is in Russian, but a translation in German was given by the late
Prof. Peters' in 1876. The description is as "follows :—“ The
specimens of this sheep, which were given by Mr. Schmidt to the
Museum of the Academy of Sciences at Moscow, were obtained
from the mountains and highlands of the Pjasina [ Piasina | and
Chatanga districts of Northern Siberia. They seem to me to
indicate a form intermediate between O. nivicola and O, argali,
but nearer to the former, from which they are doubtfully
specifically distinct, and with which they may be identical.
From O. argali they differ by their smaller horns, inferior size,
and whitish belly.”

It was subsequently stated that the locality of the type speci-
mens is the mountains separating the valleys of the Nyjnaya and
Tunguska from those of the Pjasina and Chatanga. The Tun-
guska, it may be well to mention, is a tributary of the Yenesei,
but the Pjasina discharges into the Arctic Ocean somewhat east
of the Yenesei in about long. 185° east.

The travellers Dr. A. Bunge and Baron E. Toll?’ identify with
Severtzoff’s O. borealis, which is considered inseparable from O.
canadensis, a sheep found in the Verkhoyansk Mountains, and
thence down the valley of the Lena to its mouth.

This sheep is undoubtedly the same as the one obtained by
Mr. Talbot Clifton ; and if the former be rightly identified with
O. borealis (as is probably the case), the latter must likewise
belong to that form.

The first point to mention is that Mr. Clifton’s specimen shows
no signs of affinity with the Argalis, but is in every respect a true
Page 224.

‘Great and Small Game of Europe, &c.,’ p. 23.
Trans. Soc. Moscow, vol. viii. art. 2, p. 153 (1873).

Monatsber. Ak. Berlin, 1876, p. 180.
See Beitrage Kennt. Russ. Reichs, ser. 3, vol. iii. p. 102 (1887).

Oo P © he

1902. ] THE UPPER ILI AND YANA VALLEYS. 85

Bighorn, perfectly distinct from the Kamchatkan representative
of that group.

Compared with the Kamchatkan Bighorn, the Wild Sheep of
the Yana is essentially the same type of animal; although its
general coloration is decidedly lighter, there is a much greater
proportion of white, and the dorsal streak and tail are much
darker.

The Kamchatkan Bighorn may be roughly described as a nearly
uniform grey-fawn animal, with a comparatively small white
rump-patch, a certain amount of white on the muzzle, postero-
internal sides of limbs, and under-parts, and a brown tail, which
is remarakably short and broad. In the male of the Yana Sheep
the white rump-patch is much larger, although it does not include
the short and bushy tail, or extend on the buttocks above its line
of origin. The face, 50) is white, with the exception of a wood-
brown transverse band midway between the nostrils and the eyes,
which expands out to include each cheek. The whole nape is
also white mingled with grey. An indistinct dark line runs down
the back and becomes more distinct as it approaches the tail,
which is blackish brown. There is also a larger proportion of
white on the legs and under-parts. An important difference from
O. nivicola is to be found in the markedly larger ears, which are
very thickly haired.

A female head, brought by Mr. Clifton, is wholly greyish white,
passing into pure white on the forehead and muzzle.

The skull presents all the features distinctive of that of the
Kamchatkan Bighorn.

There can, I think, be no question but that the Yana Sheep is
nothing more than a local race of the Kamchatkan Bighorn, And,
although these two animals differ more from all the American
Bighorns than do the latter from one another, | am of opinion
that it is advisable to regard the whole group as local phases of
a single variable type. “If this view be accepted, the scientific
name of the Siberian Bighorn will be Ovis canadensis borealis.
So far as I know, no English name has been suggested for
this sheep, which, I thea may be colloquially designated
Clifton’s Bighorn.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Pruate VII.

Fig. 1. Head of Littledale’s Ti Sheep (Ovis sairensis littledalei), from the type
specimen in the British Museum.
2. Head of Littledale’s Saiar Sheep (Ovis saiensis), from the type specimen in
the British Museum.
Both figures one-fourth nat. size.

Pruate VIII.

Clifton’s Bighorn (Ovis canadensis borealis), from the ram brought by Mr. J.
Talbot Clifton from the Yana Valley.

86 DR. R. BROOM ON THE SKULLS OF DICYNODONTS. [June 3,

2. Remarks on certain Differences in the Skulls of Dicyno-
donts, apparently due to Sex. By R. Broom, M.D.,

B.Sec., G.MLZ.S.
[Received April 11, 1902. ]

(Text-figure 16.)

In classifying the Dicynodont skulls from the Karroo deposits
of 8. Africa, one is at once met by the difficulty that scarcely two
of them seem to agree in all respects. Even in a series of skulls
from onestratumand one locality, and where the presumption is that
a number at least must belong to the same species, the differences
are such that one might readily incline to make each skull the
type of a distinct species. Owen, in his ‘ Catalogue of 8. African
Reptiles, describes 36 specimens of Dicynodont skulls, and these,
he believes, represent 32 different species. Lydekker, in his
British Museum Catalogue, recognizes among Owen’s specimens
only 18 good species and 4 which are doubtful.

Though the difficulty in classifying Dicynodont skulls is to some
extent due to the different ways in which specimens are crushed
and to the imperfection of the specimens, it is mainly owing to
our ignorance of the changes which may be produced by age and
to the differences due to sex. Small Dicynodont skulls are found
not more than 3 inches in length with well-developed tusks and
well-ossified bones, which in their general characters resemble
some of the largest skulls that have been discovered. Until a
much greater number of specimens has been found, it will be
impossible to decide definitely whether many of the small skulls
ave those of small species or of the young of the larger kinds.
With regard to the differences due to sex, I have come across a
few skulls which seem to give us some help.

In Port Elizabeth there is a Dicynodont skull in the collection
of the Eastern Province Naturalists’ Society, which differs very
markedly from any previously described; and this I have de-
scribed! as the type of a new species, D. latifrons. In the Gill
College, Somerset Hast, is a large skull which I believe belongs to
the same species, but which differs very strikingly from the Port
Elizabeth specimen in the structure of the maxillaries and tusks.
Both the skulls are from Burghersdorp, and agree in the follow-
ing features :—The nasal region is very greatly developed and has
a prominent median ridge; the frontal region is flat and exceed-
ingly broad, causing the orbits to look directly outwards ; the
parietal crest rises sharply up from the frontal plane, making an
angle of about 120° with it. In the Port Elizabeth specimen the
tusk is feeble and is directed forwards almost in a lme with the
malar arch. Along the lower margin of the maxillary there
passes backwards from near the root of the tusk a well-marked

1 R. Broom, “On two new Species of Dicynodonts,’ Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. vol. i.
pt. 3, 1899, p. 452.

1902. ] DR. R. BROOM ON THE SKULLS OF DICYNODONTs, 87

bony ridge, which is directed outwards and slightly downwards.
In the Gill College specimen the tusk is very powerfully developed
and is directed mainly downwards, and in connection with the
great development of the tusk the maxillary is a very massive

Text-fig. 16.

Outline views of skulls of Dicynodon latifrons : (A) male and (B) female.

bone. Instead of the bony ridge seen in the Port Elizabeth speci-
men, we have here, in a similar situation, a great thickening of bone
forming a tuberosity more than twice the width ot the ridge in
the other specimen.

88 DR. R. BROOM ON THE SKULLS OF DicyNoponts. [June 3,

As the two specimens are’ from the same locality and agree
closely in most of their characteristic features, it seems reasonable
to conclude that the differences in the maxillary development are
due to sex; the male having the powerful tusk directed downwards,
and the female the small tusk which is directed more forwards.

The accompanying drawings (text-figs. 16 A & 16 B, p. 87)
delineate side views of the two specimens, partly restored. In
the male the lower jaw has been restored from the jaw of
D. leoniceps.

That the differences are due to sex receives confirmation from
the skulls of other forms.

The type of Owen’s Dicynodon tigriceps is a skull with a very
powerful downwardly directed tusk. Near Pearston I have
discovered a skull which, though imperfect, agrees closely with
D. tigriceps in its posterior region, but the tusk is so inconspicuous
that at first one would think the skull belonged to a species of
Udenodon. Asin the female D. latifrons, the tusk is directed as
much forwards as downwards, and has a diameter of only half
that of the tusk of the male (Owen’s type), though the skull is
even a little larger in the female specimen.

In Udenodon-skulls we find similar differences in the maxillary
development—skulls with powerful downwardly-directed canini-
form ridges, and skulls with feeble, flattened, forwardly directed
maxillary processes. Owen’s type of Udenodon baini is a good
example of what I believe to be a male skull. The little skull
which J have recently figured as the type of U. gracilis’ is
probably a fairly typical female skull. I have in my possession a
skull which I believe to be that of U. baini, but which has a feeble
maxillary very much resembling that in the type of U. gracilis.
If it is not the female of U. baini, it must be of a new species ; and
as the differences in maxillary development are closely comparable
to those seen in the two types of Dicynodon-skulls, one feels
justified in concluding that the specimens with the feeble maxillee
are females.

Besides the differences in maxillary development, it is probable
that when more perfect specimens are found a number of additional
correlated characters will be discovered. The arches, so far as
preserved, are undoubtedly more feeble in the female Dicynodon
latifrons, and it is probable that the squamosal will be found to
be less greatly developed than in the male. It is also highly

probable that the lower jaw in the female is less massive than in
the male.

1 R. Broom, “ On the Structure and Affinities of Udenodon,’ Proc. Zool. Soe.
1901, vol. 11. p. 162.

1902.] ON THE FEMALE ORGANS OF EUDRILUS. 89

3. A Note upon the Gonad Ducts and N Nephridia of Earth-
worms of the Genus Mudrilis. By. FRANK E. Bapparp,
M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary an! Prosector of the
Society.

[Received April 14, 1902. |

(Text-figures 17-20.)

(1) Oviduct.

Although a considerable number of memoirs have been published
which deal entirely or in part with the female reproductive
organs of Hudrilus, I am able in the present communication
to add some new facts to what has been already ascertained.
The original describer of the genus and of the organs in question
was Perri ler, Whose account and figures are partly. correct, though
he mistook for the ovar y the homologue of the receptaculum
ovorum, or egg-sac as it 1s simpler to call this cavity which lodges
the developing ova’. Later the structure of these organs was
more correctly described by myself, the continuity of the sac
containing ripe and developing ova with the undoubted oviduct
being demonstrated; by Perrier the sac had been figured as
attached to the wall of the spermathecal sac just at the point
where the oviduct, termed by him ‘un tube. . entortillé,” and
not identified as the oviduct, opens*. This was confirmed later
by Dr. Horst, who added some details*. Neither Dr. Horst nor
I saw the real ovaries in any of the specimens which we examined.
Shortly after I found in the xiiith segment of some examples of
the genus from British Guiana, a pair of cellular bodies lying in
the usual position that is occupied by ovaries, and wrapped in a
small sac which I found to open into the duct of the spermathecal
sac’. Dr. Horst’s investigations finally settled the matter, and
pro oved conclusively that the cellular bodies im the xiith segment
of Hudrilus ave ovaries’. | thought, however, that this genus
possessed two pairs of ovaries, those of the xiiith segment, ae a
pair in the xivth which have become involved in the ege-sac.
This view is also taken by Eisen, who has made the latest con-
tribution to the subject, and whose figure of the female reproductive
system in this annelid is the best with which I am acquainted °.

I believe that we are now, owing to these various memoirs, in
possession of accurate information concerning the organs in
question in the sexually mature Hudrilus. But there is not at
present any certainty as to the correspondence of the several
parts of the complicated apparatus with corresponding regions in
the equally complicated female organs of the other Hudrilide.

1 Nouv. Arch. du Muséum, viii, (1872) p. 71.
Zool. Anzeig. 1886, no. 294; Proc. Roy. Soc. Edin. xiii. (1885-86) p. 672.
Notes from the Ley den Museum, Ix. p. 247.
Zool. Anzeig. 1888, no. 293; P. A 1887, p. 372.

Mém. Soc. Zool. France, iii. (1890) p. 223.
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ii. (8) 1900, p. 135.

me Ob

90 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 3,

Indeed, the genus Hudrilus at present seems to be rather
exceptional in the structure of these organs. No one, so far as I
am aware, has traced out the development of the various ducts
and pouches of the generative organs, by which alone a clear idea
of the homologies of those parts can be acquired. It is this part
of the subject to which I desire to draw attention in the present
communication. I have studied three series of longitudinal

Text-fig. 17.

Series of three sections through the immature female generative system of Hudrilus,
highly magnified. The sections follow in order from above downwards.

S, septum dividing segments xiii./xiv.: F, oviduct ; A, receptaculum ovorum ;
S.P, spermathecal sac.

In section 1 the oviduct and spermathecal sac open into the ccelom.

sections through the generative region of immature and quite
small examples of a species of the genus Hudrilus, which, on
account of their immaturity, I have been unable to identify. So

1902. ] FEMALE ORGANS OF EUDRILUS. 9]

far as the anatomical characters allow me to guess, the species
does not seem to be at all different from Hudrilus eugenic.

Both Drs. Horst and Hisen, as well as myself, have stated, or at
least assumed, that the spermathecal sac of Hudriluws opens on to
the exterior by the laterally placed and paired orifices upon
segment xiv., and that the oviducts open each one of them into
the spermathecal sac some little way in front of the external pore
of the latter. This idea is illustrated in a graphic form by Eisen,
who colours the spermathecal sac blue and the oviduct pink ; he
also speaks of the oviduct as opening into the spermathecal sac.
This idea, which has been thus generally accepted, is nevertheless
totally wrong’. In the youngest example of this worm which I

Text-fig. 18.

Continuation of the series represented in text-fig. 17. Lettering as betore.

In section 1 the branch from the receptaculum (A) has nearly joined the
oviduct (F); im section 2 they are completely fused.

have had the opportunity of studying, the septum dividing
segments xiii./xiv. was thickened considerably in the region which
is occupied by the female efferent system. There were no pores
upon the exterior of segment xiv. in the place where those
exceedingly conspicuous orifices ave to be seen in the mature worm.
Buta careful scrutiny of the sections (text-figs. 17 & 18) in order,

1 Tt may be pointed out, however, that Dr. Horst letters the combined duct which
leads from the oviduct and spermathecal sac to the exterior $e OWasre which, in the
explanation of the lettering, is stated to signify oviduct. See loc. cit. Mém. Soc.
Zool. France, pl. vii. fig. 14.

92 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 3,

shows that a tube of feeble dimensions and with a thick muscular
coating nearly reaches the exterior at a point not far off the lateral
setee of that segment. This tube actually perforates the body-wall
for a certain (short) distance, and is undoubtedly the tube which
afterwards opens at the same spot, and has been regarded as the
narrower, distal, part of the spermathecal sac. Traced in the oppo-
site direction, this tube approaches the thickened septum which
separates segments xiv./xiii. It enters into the thickness of that
septum and traverses it obliquely and dorsally in direction. At
or about the middle of the septum the tube gives off a branch, or
is joined by another tube, which also passes obliquely through the
septum and in a short straight course. The direction is, however,
back again towards the lumen of segment xiv. This second tube
ends in a smallish rounded body, whose interior is divided up by
trabeculee, and which is plainly the receptaculum ovorum or egg-
sac. It seems to be clear, therefore, that the two tubes together
constitute the oviduct of the mature worm which, as is well
known, opens into the egg-sac. But in this case, we should have
the anomaly of the oviduct bemg connected ith the egg-sac
alone, as indeed Eisen states to be the case in the sexually
angie worm. ‘The anomaly, however, does not exist. The two
tubes that we have been just considering open almost nnmediately,
after their junction the one with the other, mto the cavity of the
xilith segment in common with a sac whuen extends dorsally, as
well as venti ally, for a short distance. It might be said, indeed,
that the mouth of the two tubes is rather into the sae, which
then, in its turn, opens into the ccelom of segment xui. At the
point of opening, the columnar epithelium lining the tube becomes
more pronounced, and this region may be looked upon as the funnel
of the oviduct. In fact, we have i in the immature worm an oviduct
which opens into the sin segment on the one hand, and on to
the exterior on the other, a branch being given off to the egg-sac
on the way from the internal to the external orifice. The genus
Hudrilus, therefore, is not exceptional among Hudrilide ; the
oviduct, as in at least many genera’, communicates with the
exterior by a pore on the xivth segment quite independently of
the spermathecal sac ; at the other end it divides into two tubes,
one of which opens by a funnel into the egg-sac, the other by
another funnel-into a part of the system of sacs involving the
ovary. This statement of course refers to the adult worm, in
which the spermathecal sac is closed from the body-cavity. The
spermathecal sac therefore of this genus is, as in other Eudrilide,
a part of the egg-conducting apparatus, here simpler than else-
where. The spermathecal sac has no orifice of its own to the
exterior: 1t merely opens indirectly through the medium of
the oviduct, just as do the sacs involving the ovaries in the genus
Stuhlmannia”. But in the last-mentioned genus there is, in
addition, an entirely independent orifice of the system of egg-

1 See Beddard, P. Z.S. 1901, vol. i. p. 354.
2 Beddard, loc. cit.

1902. ] FEMALE ORGANS OF EUDRILUS. 93

conducting sacs on to the exterior by a median unpaired pore.
Of this there is no trace in Hudrilus, which therefore, so far, is
more closely allied to Vemertodrilus than to any other form whose
anatomy has been adequately studied. But in Vemertodrilus the
large sac, which is clearly equivalent to the spermathecal sac of
Eudrilus and other genera, is permanently open into the cavity of
seement xiii. This represents an immature condition such as is
transitory in Hudrilus.

Text-fig. 19.

XI XIV

Diagrammatic representation of female reproductive system of Hudrilus.

D, gland appended to spermathecal sac; Od., oviduct; Ov., ovary;
Ro., receptaculum ovorum ; Sp., spermathecal sac.

The accompanying diagram (text-fig. 19) will therefore re-
present more accurately than the hitherto published figures the
distinctions between the different regions of the egg-conducting
apparatus in Hudrilus. There are two other points with which
I wish to deal before leaving the female efferent apparatus. In
the first place, I have found in these immature worms no trace of
the “oviducal gland” attached to and opening into the sperma-
theca in adult examples of the worm. The second matter has to
do with the ovaries and the sacs in which they are enwrapped.
It is noteworthy that in these young worms the ovary was many
times larger than the testes; and that, while the latter showed no
developing sperm in their neighbourhood or in the sperm-sacs,
the cells of the ovary contained some very large and nearly fully

\
94 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 3,

developed ova. It appears to me that this dichogamy, resulting
in the earlier maturation of the female gonad, has a relation with
the complicated condition of the efferent apparatus. I have on
former occasions dwelt upon the difticulty of the transit of the
eggs into the egg-sac of the xivth sagment, and used that
difficulty as an argument in favour of regarding the egg-sac as
really representing a second ovary which has become involved by
the sac. This view I abandon so far as concerns Hudrilus; for
in the young stages, when the egg-sac is empty of eggs, there is
no trace of any ovary in the segment which contains it. In the
adult worm, the tract of oviduct which hes between the egg-sac
and the junction of the oviduct with the branch that opens into
the egg-conducting apparatus is long and much convoluted.
This is well shown in EHisen’s figure referred to.

In the immature worm the transit would be comparatively
short and not hampered, moreover, by any ciliary action. This
consideration, coupled with the early development of the female
sexual cells, appears to me to have some significance. The ovaries
in the most immature worm which I have examined were enclosed
in a sac arising from the septum lying between the xiith and
xilith segments. This sac was apparently completely closed. In
slightly more mature stages the sac of one side was. prolonged
into the short tube which I, Dr. Horst, and Dr. Eisen have
described in the adult worm. I ascertained that this egg-tube
opened into the spermathecal sac; but, in addition to this, the
tube gave off a branch. which crossed the body-cavity above
the ventral blood-vessel, and opened into the spermathecal sac of
the opposite side of the body. The ovary of that side was
enclosed in the usual sac, which was not prolonged into an egg-
tube. This state of affairs, whether normal in the species, or
only occasionally to be met with, recalls the more usual character-
istic of the Eudrilide. In other genera, for example in Helio-
drilus’, the same communication between the ovary and both
Spermathecal sacs occurs by a slender tube crossing over the
nervous system and ventral blood-vessel.

(2) Sperm-ducts.

The anatomy of the male efferent organs in the adult Zudrilus
has been also fully described by the authors quoted above. But
here, again, nothing up to the present time is known of the
condition of the various parts of this system in the immature
worm. I find that the spermiducal glands are in the form of a
single tube, with no division of the lumen such as exists in the
glandular tube of the sexually mature individual. It seems,
therefore, that the double spermiducal gland of the adult is not
formed by the fusion of two distinct tubes, but that the division
is secondary. There is naturally no terminal sac into which this

Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxxii, (n. s.) pl. xiv. fig. 41,

1902.] FEMALE ORGANS OF EUDRILUS. 95

opens, nor any trace of the penis or of the cushion-like pad on to
which opens the duct of the “ U-shaped tube.” The latter, which
is distinctly composed of two tubes, opens after the two tubes
have united into the terminal section of the spermiducal gland
just before the opening of the latter on to the exterior. ‘

I may finally observe, with regard to the spermidueal glands,
that the duct of the nephridium opens in common with the duct
of that. gland, as is also the case with Heliodrilus *.

(3) Nephridia of Genital Segments.

I do not think that it has been pointed out that the nephridia
of Hudrilus ave imperfect in the xith, xiith and xivth segments.
The nephridia of those segments have no funnel opening into the
segment in front. It is of course proverbially difficult to prove a
negative. But, in this case, the funnels when present are so
extremely conspicuous, that it is not easy to understand how they
can have been missed if really present in the segments where I
believe them to be deficient. Moreover, the funnel when present
is sufficiently large to appear in four, or even five consecutive
sections. In no instance—and I have carefully examined both
sides of the body of three examples—was there the faintest trace
of anything that could be put down to even the degenerate rudi-
ment of a funnel. The persistence or non-persistence of nephridial
funnels in those segments which contain the funnels of the gonad-
ducts has not been much enquired into; so far, at least, as
concerns the terrestrial Oligocheta. In the majority of the
aquatic forms the entire nephridium of the segments concerned
vanishes on the appearance of the gonad-ducts. I published some
years since* several reasons for believing that in Octochetus
multiporus the funnels of the nephridia belonging to the genital
segments were actually converted into the gonad-duct funnels.
On theoretical grounds only my contention has been questioned
by Mr. Goodrich*. In his opinion, and to this view Prof.
Lankester has given in his adhesion *, there can be no connection
between the funnels of the two kinds of tubes, inasmuch as the
gonad-funnels are morphologically different from the nephridial
funnels, being the internal apertures of the ‘ ccelomo-ducts.”
That ccelomo-ducts quite distinct from nephridia exist in the
Oligocheta I fully believe; but I am not convinced that they
are the oviducts and sperm-ducts. As real ecelomo-ducts I reckon
the pores upon the xilith segment in Vemertodrilus, the “ sperma-
thecal sac” and its external orifice in Lybiodrilus, and a variety of
similar structures which are in effect ducts leading from the ccelom
to the exterior. Nor can there be any possible confusion between
such structures and nephridia. It may be readily admitted that

1 Loe. cit. pl. xix. fig. 40.

2 Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxxiii. (n. s.) p. 495.

3 Op. cit. xxxvil. (n.s.) p. 491. |

4 A Treatise on Zoology : edited by E. Ray Lankester, part ii. p. 13.

96 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 3,
the absence of nephridial funnels and the presence of gonad-duct

funnels, in segments xX., Xi., xiil., does not of itself prove that the
former have been converted into the latter. But the facts are

Text-fig. 20.

A, nephridial funnel ot Branchiobdella (after Moore).
F, funnel-cell ; P, peritoneal cell.

B, developing nephridium of Rhynchelmis (after Vejdovsky).
F, funnel; P, vesicular region of nephridial cells.

C, funnel and subducal funnel of Al/olobophora (after R. E. Bergh).
F, nephridial funnel; P, peritoneum; O, sperm-duct funnel.

not at variance with such an assumption. Bergh and Lehmann
have both pointed out that the nephridial funnels of Zwmbricus
(sensw lato) persist for a longer or shorter time in the segments

1902. | FEMALE ORGANS OF EUDRILUS, 97

into which the funnels of the gonad-ducts open. This fact appears
at first sight to be fatal to my hypothesis. I am not, however,
convinced that it is necessarily so. In Dr. Bergh’s figure?
illustrating the first origin of the funnel (text-fig. 20, C, p. 96),
it will be noticed that this sperm-duct funnel originates as a
thickening of the peritoneal covering of the nephridialfunnel. Here
it may be urged that the peritoneal covering of the nephridium
is not the funnel itself, but a layer simply enwrapping it, and not
related to it any more than is the peritoneal covering of the kidney
in a vertebrate to be looked upon as a part of the kidney itself. It
may be pointed out, however, that what is called “ peritoneum ”
in these Annelids is apparently not quite to be compared to the
cellular lining of the ccelom in a vertebrate in every case. For
example, in Lhynchelmis Vejdovsky has shown ®* (text-fig. 20, B,
p- 96) that the vesicular cells involving the nephridium are deri-
vatives of the actual nephridium itself, and not of any peritoneal
covering. The nephridium, in fact, is not covered by a layer
independent of itself. An even more striking fact is afforded
by the condition of the nephridial funnel in the Discodrilid
Branchiobdella. In a species of this genus, Mr. J. P. Moore?
has figured (text-fig. 20, A, p. 96) an absolute continuity between
the cells of the small funnel of that worm and a long thin
cell enveloping the funnel outside and thus presenting the
appearance of a peritoneal layer. Mr. Moore has remarked not
only upon the “direct continuity” of these cells, but also upon
the resemblance of the nucleus of this “peritoneal” cell to those
of the funnel-cells which “is very striking.” It appears to me
that these various considerations show that it is at least premature
to regard the gonad-funnels of the Oligocheta as essentially
different from the nephridial funnels. None of the facts which [
have called attention to here are at variance with the older view
of the intimate connection between nephridia and genital ducts
in the Oligocheeta *.

Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xliv. pl. xxi. fig. 19.
Entwickelungsgeschichtliche Untersuchungen, 1888-92, pl. xxvi. figs. 11, 12, 13.
Journ. Morph. xiii. pl. xxi. fig. 10.

4 The connection between the gonad-funnels and the nephridial funnels may be
indeed not without analogy to the connection between certain cartilages in the
vertebrate skeleton with subsequent ossifications. The line between membrane-bone
and cartilage-bone is not always plain and easy to draw, and there are cases where a
bone originally formed in cartilage comes to be later a product in part or entirely
of membrane independent of the cartilage. A condition of apparently total in-
dependence is thus produced, which masks the real connection. This is possibly the
case with the bones investing the palato-pterygoid arch in the higher vertebrates.
And other instances might be quoted from this and other organs and systems.

1
2

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vor. I. No. VII. ‘

98 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [June 3,

4, On the Marine Spiders of the Genus Desis, with
Description of a new Species. By R. I. Pococx, F.Z.8.

[Received May 22, 1902.]
(Text-figure 21.)

In this paper an attempt has been made to collect what is
known of the habits of the marine or, more strictly speaking,
littoral Spiders belonging to the genus Desis. It has been im-
possible to give a full account of the specific characters of all the
known forms, since only four out of the seven described species
are actually known to me. For the remainder I have been de-
pendent upon the figures and descriptions published by other
authors,

I have already pointed out (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 143,
1895) the identity between the so-called genera Desis, Dandridgia,
and obsonia, and Simon has subsequently and independently
confirmed the synonymy of Desis and Robsonia (Hist. Nat. Araign.
il. p. 228, 1898). The genus Paradesis was instituted for the
reception of the two 8. African species of the same group, which
differed from the species recorded up to that time from the Indo-
and Austro-Malayan and New Zealand seas in the wider spacing
of the eyes and the weak spine-armature of the legs—characters
which, taken in conjunction with the geographical distribution
of the two sets of species, appeared a sufficient basis for the
establishment of the genus Paradesis.

A few months ago, however, the British Museum received from
Miss Kenyon a specimen of a marine spider which was discovered
on the coast of Victoria, in Australia. Curiously enough, this
spider in the spacing of its eyes approximates to the South African
species; and in the spine-armature of its posterior legs is also
more nearly allied to the latter than to the known New Zealand
and Austro-Malayan forms.

Since, therefore, no reasons based upon geographical grounds can
now be alleged in support of the genus, I propose to drop Para-
desis as a synonym of Desis, on the supposition that additional
intermediate forms between the two types will in all probability
be discovered in the Australian seas, and also because, so far as
the spine-armature of the legs is concerned, the two South African
species appear to differ from each other more than one of them
does from the new Australian species.

Genus Desis Walck.

Desis Walckenaer, Ins. Apt. i. p. 610 (1837).

Dandridgia White, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, p. 5.

Robsonia O. P. Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 686.

Paradesis Pocock, Bull. Liverpool Mus. i. p. 75 (1898).

Tn case it may be found possible and desirable in the future to
resuscitate any or all of the above-given generic names, it is

1902. ] SPIDERS OF THE GENUS DESIS. 99

advisable to point out what are the type-species to which these
names must remain affixed :—

The type of the genus Desis is the species represented by the
specimens (% in the Paris Museum) described by Walck-
enaer as Desis dysderoides.

The type of the genus Dandridgia is the species represented by
the specimen in the British Museum described by White
as Dandridgia dysderoides.

The type of the genus Robsonia is the species represented by
the specimen in the Rev. O. P. Cambridge’s collection
described as Robsonia marina.

The type of the genus Paradesis is the species represented by
the specimen in the British Museum described as Paradesis
tubicola.

1. Dests marrenst L. Koch.

Desis martenst L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austral. p. 347, pl. xxix.
figs. 2-29 (1872); T.G. Workman, Malaysian Spiders, no. 11, p. 74
(1896).

Loe. Singapore ; Pulo in the Java Sea.

The British Museum has specimens of this species from Singa-
pore (Major Archer, Lieut. Kelsall, and P. F’. Bedford).

Lieut. Kelsall’s specimens, which were forwarded by Mr. H. N.
Ridley in 1890, were accompanied by the following information :—
““Fyom the holes bored in the coral rock by a species of Litho-
phaga. From Buran Durat Reef near Blacku Mati Island.
Nearest land 3 mile distant. Reef uncovered at half-tide.”

The announcement of the discovery by Dr. von Martens that this
spider is truly marine elicited the following expression of opinion
from Dr. C. L. Koch, to whom the specimens were submitted for
description :—‘‘[The spider] was collected by [Dr. von Martens|

on coral-reefs at Singapore... . . The species is remarkable im
that it has established itself in these reefs, which are only tem-
porarily uncovered by the sea..... That the species discovered

by Dr. E. von Martens and Dr. Johswick can really, like our
indigenous Argyroneta aquatica Cl., live under water, is to me
doubtful in the highest degree, for it is wanting in the outward
visible signs of the breathing apparatus which corresponds to such
submarine mode of life, and which has been anatomically de-
monstrated in Argyroneta aquatica’. It also speaks against it,
that yet another species of spider, an Atéws, was found on the
same coral-reefs, and we may assume with all certainty that this
is a true terrestrial form. I opine that these spiders, perhaps m
former times, were floated in an accidental manner from the land
to these reefs and now live in the holes of the coral-bank, within
which they withdraw at the time of flood, and which they close

1 This is scarcely true, for, as I have pointed out (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi.
p. 143), Desis martensi has the tracheal slit large and well in advance of the
spinners, though not so far forwards as in A. aquatica.

100 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [June 3,

against the entrance of the water with a thick web..... When
once both sexes had been transferred to the coral-reefs, the species.
would increase and form a colony there.”

Dr. Koch subsequently received the following further informa-
tion from Dr. von Martens :—‘“ During my residence at Singapore
in October 1861, I repeatedly visited a coral-bank in the neighbour-
hood of New Harbour, of which large tracts were exposed above
water during the ebb, at the time of new and full moon. My
attention was chiefly directed to Crustacea and Mollusca; I tore
off pieces of coral and broke them up to get at the creatures
hidden within. To my astonishment, I several times observed
spiders hurriedly escaping. The idea occurred to me at first that
we ourselves had brought them from the shore in our clothing.
.... This suspicion was rendered unlikely by the frequent repe-
tition of the event, and was conclusively disproved, as Dr. Johswick
found a web of undoubtedly one of these spiders in an old dead
mussel-shell between the coral, stretched sheet-like in the cavity
of the shell” (C. L. Koch, Die Avach. Austral. pp. 349-350).
Dr. Koch had previously discussed the discovery of the marine
habits of this Spider.

My. T. G. Workman (Malaysian Spiders, pt. 10, p. 74, 1896)
writes of this species :—‘‘ This spider was discovered by me on the
Blacku Mati coral-reef off the New Harbour, Singapore, the
place where it was first discovered by Dr. Martens in 1861. I
found it was perfectly helpless when placed in a bottle of water,
showing in every way that it was not in its natural element. It
lives in holes made by a species of Lithodomus, and spins a
matted web across the hole and so keeping an air-chamber for
itself during flood-tide. It is found in considerable numbers, but
as it runs with great rapidity, is very hard to catch.”

2. DeEsts MAXILLOSA (Fabr.).

Aranea mawillosa Fabricius, Ent. Syst. i. p. 411 (1793), teste
Schiddte.

Desis dysderoides Walckenaer, Ins. Apt.i. pp. 610 & 682, pl. iv.
fig. 151 (1837), also u. p. 483 (1837); L. Koch, Die Arachn.
Austral. p. 347 (1872).

Desis mawillosa Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. 1. p. 225, figs. 215—
217 (1898).

Loc. New Guinea (Quoy & Gaimard); Vanikoro (sec. Simon) ;
Santa Cruz’ Island in the Melanesian Archipelago to the north
of the New Hebrides (/abricius).

Habits unrecorded. No specimen in British Museum. The
characters of this species given below are taken from Simon’s
figures.

1 Fabricius gives St. Crux Island (Dr. Pflug) as the locality of this species. This
is presumably the Santa Cruz Island in the Melanesian Archipelago. It must be
borne in mind, however, that there is an island of St. Croix close to Port Elizabeth

in South Africa, which is also the home of Desis. Is it not possible therefore that:
mexillosa Faby. was based upon a South African species ?

1902. ] SPIDERS OF THE GENUS DESIS. 101

3. Drsis voraAx L. Koch.

Desis vorax L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austral. p. 345, pl. xxix.
figs. 1-1 f (1872).

Loc. Upolu, in the Samoa Archipelago.

Habits unrecorded. No specimen in British Museum. The
characters given below are taken from L. Koch’s figures.

4, Dersts MARtINUS (Hector).

Dandvridgia dysderoides White, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, p. 5 (nec
Desis dysdercides Walck.).

Argyroneta marina Hector, Tr. N. Zealand Inst. x. p. 300 «ke.
(1877) (in note to paper by C. H. Robson).

Desis robsont Powell, Tr. N. Zealand Inst. x1. pp. 263-268,
pl. xii. (1879).

Robsonia marina O. P. Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 686.

Desis marinus Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvi. p. 143
(1895).

Loc. New Zealand (Cape Campbell) and KE. Australia (Port
Jackson) ; also New Caledonia (sec. Simon).

The only specimen the British Museum possesses of this species
is the type of Dandridgia dysderoides from New Zealand (Hrebus
«& Terror). I have, however, examined a specimen of appa-
rently the same species belonging to Mr. H. R. Hogg, F.ZS.,
which was taken between tide-marks in Port Jackson. It is
probably this species, rather than the one described below as
D. kenyone, that Mr. Whitelegge refers to in the following terms:
“There is a very common species of spider found under stones
about low-water mark. It appears to be covered with a short
pubescence which prevents the salt water from wetting the body.”
Watson’s Bay and Taylor Bay in Port Jackson. (See Journ. R.
Soe. N.S. Wales, xxiii. p. 233.)

The original account of this species given by Mr. Robson runs
as follows :—

ora tem TI found a veritable spider [at Cape Campbell] quite at
home under the water, and having a nest in an old Lithodomus-
hole, of which the rocks are full. All the spiders of this kind
which we have found have had nests in these holes, and always
under water at all times of the tide. Over the mouth of the hole
the spider spins a close web, which when finished looks like a
thin film of isinglass and is water-proof ; and behind the film is
the nest and egg-sac, which last is of various shapes and contains
a large number of eggs. When the spider is disturbed, it goes
to the bottom of the pool, and if a small stick or straw is extended
to it it at once gets ready for a fight, advancing its long and
powerful mandibles for that purpose. When a small fish is placed
in a bottle of water with one of these spiders, the latter will
attack it at once, driving its long sharp falces into the fish near
the head and killing it instantly. Each spider seems to live in

102 MR. R, I. POCOCK ON THE | June 3,

a solitary state, and it is, I believe, an exceedingly pugnacious
little animal... .”

Mr. Robson subsequently supplied Dr. Powell with the following
additional observations :—“ The nests of this spider do not, in my
opinion, occur below low water ; but it is difficult to state positively.
The mouth of the Lithodomus-hole in which the nest is made is
often, if not always, under low water ina tidal pool, and the nest is
only to be got at by breaking up the rock with a heavy hammer.
The spider Shem going to the bottom of the pool, on being dis-
turbed, does not ine. down an ai-bubble so far as I could see,
and is able to live a considerable time without air or only the
small amount to be found in sea-water. I have kept them alive
for several days in a bottle quite full [of water]. The cocoons of
eggs are found at the end of the hole and always quite dry. I
have not seen these spiders at any place but Cape Campbell, and
then not far above low-water mark, there being many feet of
water over the rocks in which they live at high tide.”

DEsIS KENYON#, sp. n. (Text-fig. 21.)

Colour normal; carapace and mandible yellowish red; legs and
abdomen olive- yellow, sternum more uniformly testaceous ihe
the carapace, the scopula on the protarsi of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th legs
showing as dusky patches.

Text-fig. 21.

O Otc inne 0

Desis kenyone.
A, lower side of the left mandible, to show the arrangement of the teeth.
B, eyes viewed from aboye, the anterior edge of the carapace uppermost.
C, vulva.

Carapace low, a little longer than tibia of 1st leg and also longer
than the patella and tibia of 4th.

1902. ] SPIDERS OF THE GENUS DESIS. 103

Hyes (text-fig. 21, B) of posterior line slightly recurved, widely
separated, the laterals a little further from the medians than the
medians are from each other; medians considerably smaller than
laterals, about four diameters apart and about five diameters from
the laterals; laterals on each side subequal, about a diameter
apart; anterior median eyes barely a diameter apart, at least three
diameters from the anterior laterals; ocular quadrangle about
one-third wider behind than in front, the anterior median eyes a
little nearer to each other than either is to the corresponding
lateral; distance between anterior and posterior median about
one-third of the distance between anterior median and anterior
lateral, and one-fourth of that between posterior median and
posterior lateral.

Mandibles (text-fig. 21, A) normal in size and direction; fang-
groove armed behind with two teeth, the distal much the largest,
the proximal separated from it by a space which is equal to about
four times its own length; anterior border of fang-groove armed
with 6-7 teeth, the distal near the base of the fang opposite the
interval between the two teeth of the posterior row, the remaining
5 or 6 remote from it, evenly spaced, the distal of the series rising
well behind the proximal tooth of the posterior row.

Legs: 1st pair unspined, 2nd leg with three inferior protarsal
spines, one apical and two submedian ; tibia of 3rd and 4th with
a pair of inferior apical spines ; protarsi with two or three spines
at the base of the scopula and three at the apex, one median and
one on each side ; tarsi also with a few spiniform bristles intermixed
with the normal bristles.

Vulva (text-fig. 21, C) as in the other species, consisting of a
horny plate impressed with a heart-shaped pit which is wider
than long, marked posteriorly by a low median crest and bordered
by an upstanding edge which is posteriorly produced into an
angular process with rounded apex, and armed on each side with
a slender pointed process directed downwards and backwards.

Measurements in mm.—Total length 11, carapace 5; Ist leg 18,
2nd leg 13, 3rd leg 10°5, 4th leg 13.

Loc. Australia: San Remo, Westernport Bay in Victoria (J/iss
Kenyon).

Perhaps belonging to this species were the specimens recorded
from Port Jackson by Mr. Whitelegge, J. R. Soc. N.S.W. xvi.
pp. 162-323 (cf. supra, p. 101).

Concerning the habits of this spider, Miss Kenyon, to whom
I have great pleasure in dedicating the species, writes :—‘‘ During
a recent stay at San Remo, while turning over stones at low-
water in search of Mollusca, I noticed what seemed to be the
sea-worn shell of a Crepidula. Upon detaching the shell from
the partially submerged rock to which it adhered, I found under-
neath it the spider with its legs drawn backwards and its head
concealed under a sheet of web which exactly resembled the
septum of the valve of a Crepidula, although the shell itself was
that of an Anomia. ‘The spider was conspicuous from the intense

104 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [June 3,

blue of its abdomen and the vivid red of its cephalothorax. The
shell was apparently fixed to the ground by means of a silken
attachment, since the shell had to be removed by the insertion of
the point of a penknife.”

6. DESIS FORMIDABILIS O. P. Cambridge.

Robsonia formidabilis O. P. Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1890,
p- 625, pl. lui. fig. 5.

Paradesis formidabilis Pocock, Bull. Liverpool Mus. i. p. 77
(1898).

S. Africa.

Habits unrecorded. No specimen in British Museum.

Unfortunately the arrangement of the teeth on the mandible
in this species is neither figured nor described. The alleged
absence of spines from the legs compels the conclusion that this
species is distinct from the following D. twbicola. In the sub-
joined table of species, having no other characters to lay hold of,
I have had no choice but to use this absence of spmes in con-
trasting the two forms—an arrangement which unfortunately
suggests that the relationship between the two South African
species is less than that between one of the latter and the
Australian species D. kenyone. On d& priort grounds this is
hardly likely to be the case.

7. Duss TUBICOLA (Pocock),

Paradesis tubicola Pocock, Bull. Liverpool Mus. 1. pp. 76-77,
figs. 1-3 (1898).

Loc. 8. Afvica ; Wynberg in Cape Colony (WV. Abraham).

Mr. Nendick Abraham’s account of the habits of this spider is
reprinted from the ‘ Bulletin of the Liverpool Museum.’ After
describing his first discovery of the animal in the tube-masses of
Tubicola, the writer proceeds :—‘ This formation [the Z’wbicola-
masses] is invariably covered by the sea at high tide, and much
of it even at low tide.... Sometimes I have found five or six
spiders in one piece of material weighing five or six pounds.
Now, what is curious is that these spiders cannot swim or dive,
and when placed on the surface of the water appear to be quite
helpless, or nearly so.... I eventually succeeded in securing
several nearly perfect examples [of their dwellings]. I then saw
that the spider does not, as a rule, make its home in the empty
tubes of the worms, but..... in the spaces left between the
tubes.” The dwelling consists of a delicate silken chamber with
the opening seaward. “It is so frail and delicate that the least
rough handling” destroys it. ‘‘ Yet in this frail home of silk,
hidden away in some little space in the mass of tubes built by
marine worms, these spiders live and thrive,..... the waves
breaking over them all day long..... I have watched the tubes
when the tide was low in the hope of seeing a spider crawling or
running about, but J have never yet seen one. They live out of

1902. ] SPIDERS OF THE GENUS DESIS. 105

sight deep down amongst the worm-tubes. How they catch their
food, what their food is, and how they keep the sea from
drowning them, are questions I have not yet demonstrated,
though I have tried again and again to keep them in my marine
aquaria. Shortly after introducing one, I have often found it
floating helplessly on the water, apparently half dead, and I have
had it lifted out of the water and placed on the rockwork, when it
soon became active and ran about very quickly, when it appeared
to be just like an ordinary spider.”

The characters of the species of the genus Desis may be
tabulated as follows :—

a. Eyes of posterior line subequally spaced; tibia and protarsus
of posterior legs strongly spmed.
a, Eyes of posterior line closer together, the medians about
two diameters from each other and from the laterals,
a”, The two teeth on the posterior border of the fang-groove
close together, the distal much larger and closer to the
proximal than to the base of the fang ene to
Simon) ........ . mazillosa.
b2. The two teeth on the posteric ior border of the fang- “or oove
wide apart, the distal not larger than the proximal and
equidistant from it and from the base of the fang
(according to Koch) .... . vorax.
1. Eyes of posterior line farther apart, ‘the medians about
three diameters from each other and from the laterals.
a®, Teeth on posterior border of fang-groove relatively close
together, separated only by a space a little exceeding
the length of the proximal, the two relatively subequal ;
teeth of anterior row starting nearer base of fang......... martensi.
63, Teeth of posterior border of fang-groove far apart,
separated by a space equalling about three times the
length of the proximal, the distal tooth much the larger
of the two; teeth of anterior row starting farther from
alse totetat Sap Mate iA Me MURAL Rv Sn ae tae uence ce Se marina.

b. Eyes of anterior and posterior lines very unequally spaced,
the distance between the medians and the laterals far
greater than that between the medians; posterior legs weakly
spined or unspined.
a+. Posterior legs without spines (according to Cambridge) ... jformidabilis.
b+. Posterior legs with tibial and protarsal spines.
a. Distal tooth on anterior margin of fang-groove remote
from the base of the fang and close to the rest of the
series ; protarsus of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th legs spined only
at apex; no median crest on floor of cavity of vulva, and
the lateral processes shorter and ae proleeuins inwards more
at right angles .. Here . tubicola.
. Distal tooth on anterior margin “of fang- -groove 1 nearer
to base of fang and remote from the rest of the series ;
protarsus of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th legs with a pair of
spines on the proximal side of the scopula as well as at
apex; vulva with median crest on floor of cavity, and
lateral processes projecting obliauely backwards ......... kenyone.

The discovery that a close specific relationship obtains between
the South African and South Australian species is of the highest
interest from a geographical standpoint, as favouring the
hypothesis of a direct land connection, accompanied by temperate
conditions, between these two continents. All the evidence that

106 ON THE SPIDERS OF THE GENUS DESIS. [June 3,

we possess as to the habits of these sea-spiders shows that they
live between tide-marks on the shore; and that although gifted
with considerable activity on land, they are quite unable to swim
and are indeed practically helpless in the water. Hence their
presence in 8. Africa and S. Australia may be used as testimony
to the former extension between these countries, either of a
coast-line with shallow water, or at least of a submerged bank,
partially exposed at low tide.

It may of course be urged by those who oppose the theory of
the former existence of an Antarctic tract connecting the southern
continents, that the species of this group of Spiders have reached
the coasts of Cape Colony, New Zealand, and Australia by
migration in a south-easterly and south-westerly direction from
the coasts that border the Indian Ocean on the north. This hypo-
thesis, however, affords no explanation of the fact that no spiders
of this genus have been recorded from any spot along the miles
of coast-line that intervene between, say, Durban and Singapore.
Nevertheless I was myself disposed to adopt the hypothesis of a
southward migration to account for the presence of these animals
on the coasts of the continents which separate the Indian from
the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, until the example of D.
kenyonee came to hand, to testify to the very close affinity between
the 8. African and Australian types. If the hypothesis of
migration from the north be the sole explanation of the distri-
bution of the genus Desis, we should expect to find the annectant
form between the two types of structure exemplified by, say, D.
Sormidabilis from 8. Africa and D. marina from New Zealand, not
in the south, but in the north. As a matter of fact it has turned
up in the south, and the most northerly known species, namely
D. martensi from Singapore, is no nearer to the South African
type than is the species that occurs in New Zealand. In my opinion,
therefore, the theory of a transoceanic land-connection supplies the
most satisfactory explanation of the affinity between the Australian
and South African species. Clearly, however, this theory does
not necessarily exclude the other entirely. The group may have
come down from the north in the first place, and subsequently
crossed, either from 8. Africa to Australia, or the other way
about ; but until further light is thrown on the subject by the
discovery of species along the western and northern shores of
the Indian Ocean, I venture to think the available evidence
bearing on the question favours the view that the group originated
in the Austro-Malayan Islands and spread westwards from South
Australia to 8. Africa, along a coast-line connecting the two
continents with one another.

PZ S202 eyo ee

A.T. Hollick del. et hth. Mintern Bros .amp.
HIPPOPOTAMUS MINUTUS.

(From the Pleistocene of Gprus).

PZ S902) vole line ae

Mintern. Bros.imp.

PJ.Smit delet lith.

HIPPOPOTAMUS MINUTUS.

(From the Pleistocene of Gprus).

1902.] ON A FOSSIL HIPPOPOTAMUS FROM CYPRUS. 107

d. On the Pigmy Hippopotamus from the Pleistocene of
Cyprus. By C. I. Forsyrn Masor, F.Z.S.
[Received May 13, 1902.]

(Plates IX. & X.")

The present paper deals with some selected specimens from a
collection of bones of a pigmy Hippopotamus taken from caves
and ossiferous breccias in Cyprus. It gives me great pleasure to
announce that this exceedingly interesting first indication of a
Pleistocene Mammalian fauna on the island is entirely due to the
untiring energy of a young English lady, Miss Dorothy M. A. Bate,
who started last year for Cyprus with the express purpose of
discovering and exploring ossiferous caves.

Miss Bate is not a novice in cave-hunting. About two years
ago, when residing in the Wye valley, she heard of bones having
been found in a cave which had been more or less dug up by miners
in search of iron-ore. The Natural History Museum owes to her
an interesting collection of Pleistocene small mammals from this
cave, of which she has published an account in the ‘ Geological
Magazine’ °.

Although Cyprus has been now for over twenty years under
British administration, no attempt had been made to investigate
the extinct Mammalian fauna of this, the third largest of the
Mediterranean islands. But, from what I shall have to say
hereafter, it would appear that some scanty remains of a pigmy
Hippopotamus of this very same species have been for over one
hundred years in certain French museums, and were believed to
have come from some locality in the south of France, whereas there
are strong grounds for the presumption that they were also in
reality from Cyprus.

The first samples addressed to me by Miss Bate several months
ago consisted in some much-worn teeth about the size of a pig’s
molars, which showed no indication of the trefoil pattern so
characteristic of the Hippopotamus molars. A second small
parcel contained a few less-worn teeth, together with a tooth’s
germ, from which it became at once evident that we had to do
with a mammal of the Hippopotamus tribe, about half the size of
a middle-sized H. amphibius, and the molars of which exhibited a
modification of the common Hippopotamus pattern, approximating
them to a less specialized type of Artiodactyle teeth. The well-
known pattern of four trefoils is produced in the Hippopotamus
molars by crests emanating in a longitudinal direction from the
anterior and posterior side of each of the four principal cusps or
pyramids, thus obstructing in part the transverse valley between
them. In the molars from Cyprus the crests and the grooves
separating the former from the cusps are much less developed,

1 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 112.
2 Geol. Mag. (4) vill. pp. 101-106 (1901).

108 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A [June 3,

with the result that on the worn crown-surfaces triangular and
oval-shaped patterns replace the trefoils of the ordinary type
(Pl. IX. fig. 1; Pl. X. figs. 2, 3, 4, 6). Another consequence of the
lesser development of the longitudinal crests in the fossil teeth is
the greater depth and width of the transverse valley and the
space between tooth and tooth; thus allowing the cusps of the
molars in the opposite jaw to insert themselves in the interstices,
so that during mastication the jaws are forced to move in a lateral
direction. In Hippopotamus proper the crowns are very soon
flattened by the longitudinal movement of the jaws. This different
mode of wear tends to increase the different appearance of the
two kinds of molars; moderately worn teeth of the Cyprus fossil
are almost lophodont.

The lower canines are not grooved as usually in Hippopotamus,
but almost smooth, showimg only a minute longitudinal striation
(Pl. IX. figs. 4,5, 7, 8); the same may be said of the incisors
(Pl. IX. fig. 4). From what I have been able to ascertain, there
were four lower incisors, at least in the specimens examined.

Some incomplete skulls are among the remains. In one of them
(Pl. X. fig. 5) the lacrymal region is preserved, showing that,
unlike what is to be found in H. liberiensis and H. sivalensis, the
lacrymalis broadly interposed between the frontal and the maxillary,
and an intercalar bone is present at the antero-internal angle of the
lacrymal, as is frequently the case in the subfossil Madagascar
Hippopotami, and not rarely also in the young of H. amphibius'.

It was natural to compare the fossil from Cyprus in the first
place with the Pleistocene small-sized Hippopotami found in other
Mediterranean islands. In Malta caves two species have been
found; the larger of the two, Hippopotamus pentlandi, which is
very abundant in Sicilian caves as well, is not much smaller than
H. amphibius. The second one, which goes under the name of
H, minuius, is a much smaller species, but still about one-fifth
larger than the Cyprus form. Both the Maltese species show
agreement with H. amphibius in the trefoil pattern of the molars,
and therefore differ from the Cyprus species.

In the Lower Pliocene lignites of Casino (Tuscany) scanty
remains of a Hippopotamus occur *, which agrees with the Cyprus
form in the more generalized character of the molars * and in the
smoothness of the lower canine’s enamel coating. A molar
presenting almost the same size was shown to me by Dr. Andrews;
it was obtained from Wadi Natrun in Egypt; the Hippopotamus
as well as the associated mammalian remains show that Wadi
Natrun is about the same age as the lignites of Casino, viz. Lower
Pliocene. A description of these remains will shortly be given by

1 See on these topics my observations in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1896, pp. 976-978 ; as well
as in the ‘ Geological Magazine,’ (4) ix. pp. 194-197 (1902).

2 PD. Pantanelli, “Sugh strati Miocenici del Casino (Siena),” Mem. R. Accad. Lincei,
(3) vol. ui. p. 12, pl. iv. figs. 1-7 (1879).

3 H. G. Stehlin, ‘ Ueber d. Geschichte des Suiden-Gebisses,’ Abhandl. Schweiz.
Paleont. Ges. vol. xxvul. pp. 434, 435 (1900).

1902. | FOSSIL HIPPOPOTAMUS FROM CYPRUS. 109

Dr. Andrews. The Italian and Egyptian Hippopotamus is of
superior size to the Cypriotic, and the Casino fossil has been shown
to be hexoprotodont.

Perfect agreement in shape as well as in size with the Cyprus
creature is presented by Cuvier’s “petit H ippopotame fossile ”
(ZZ. minutus Blainv.), as results from the all but forgotten de-
scription of it in the ‘Ossements Fossiles’! and from Blainville’s
plate vi.” The first mention occurs in the “ Programme” of the
‘Ossements Fossiles’ *, and runs as follows -——“ Une espéce Vhippo-
potame, qui ressemble en miniature 4 Phippopotame vivant, mais
qui ne surpasse pas la grandeur du cochon. J’en ai découvert les
os dans un grés siliceux dont jignore le pays.” Cuvier had come
upon this fossil in the basements of the Paris Museum, without
any label to record its origin; some identical remains, likewise of
unknown origin, he afterwards received from a private collection
in Bordeaux, and from the Cabinet d’Histoire naturelle of a
Monsieur Decken in Brussels*.

To-day, after almost a hundred years, it would be difficult to
improve upon Cuvier’s description of the few remains, some of
which he himself had developed from a lump of ossiferous breccia,
in which the bones were cemented by a Scanty matrix, a ‘“orés a
base calcaire,” as stated in the ‘Ossements Fossiles,’ Blainville,
who attempted to improve upon and to criticize Cuvier’s de.
scription, utterly failed, as he generally did in his invidious
attempts to criticize his great predecessor’s work.

The only point in which the more copious material before me
seems to differ from Cuvier’s description is in the interpretation
he gives of the difference between the fossil teeth and those of
Hf, amphibius, and which he assigns solely to the different mode
of wear. As stated before, they are different from the very
beginning; cause and effect must not be confused; an oblique
wear is resorted to in the fossil teeth because their different
conformation calls for it.

As to the locality of the fossils described by Cuvier, it was
stated, many years after their first description, that, according to
old catalogues of M. Journu-Aubert’s private collection in Bor
deaux, they had been found (“recueillis”) somewhere between
Dax and Tartas (Département des Landes) and came into the
possession of one Président de Borda, from whom they passed into
the private collection of a Monsieur Graves. After the latter's
death they became the property of M. Journu-Aubert, who gave
one of the blocks to Cuvier °,

It has never been possible to identify this locality near Dax.
In 1869 P. Gervais states® that he has failed to gather any new

1 Ossements Fossiles, 2nd ed. i. pp. 322-331 (1821).

2 Ostéographie, Genre Hippopotamus, pl. vi.

3 Journal de Physique, de Chimie et d’Histoire Naturelle, tome lii. p. 263 (Ger-
minal An 9, i.e. March & April, 1801).

4 Oss. Foss. 4th ed. 1. pp. 490, 491 (1834),

5 Tom. cit. pp. 490, 491 (1834).

§ Zool. et Pal. Gén., prem. sér. p. 250 (1867-69),

110 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A [June 3,

information about the locality of Cuvier’s “ petit. Hippopotame
fossile.” From a statement made by Gaudry several years later,
it appears that the writer entertained some doubts as to the
alleged locality of the H. minutus: “‘M. Tournoiier, qui a si
bien exploré le Sud-Ouest de la France, m’a dit qu’il ne connaissait
entre Dax et Tartas, au-dessous des sables des Landes, que la
mollasse caleaire coquillire 4 Ostrea crassissima, dite Mollasse
marine de 0 Armagnac (Miocéne moyen ou supérieur). On devrait
done supposer que les débris d’une espéce d’Hippopotame, c’est-a-
dire dun animal de riviére, ont été déposés dans la mer. I]
parait (ailleurs que les Hippopotames vont quelquefois a la
mer.” *

In fact, this “* Mollasse marine de Armagnac” is Tortonian ?.
Now it is quite madmissible that the same mammalian species
should occur in the Tortonian of France and in the Pleistocene of
Cyprus. I am not aware that similar remains have since been
found in France, nor in any other European locality. There-
fore, considering the uncertainty prevailing as to the origin of
these remains in French and Brussels Museums, whereas Cuvier’s
description of the matrix agrees with that adhering to many of
Miss Bate’s specimens, and especially considering the identity
of the species, [ do not hesitate to suggest that Cuvier’s “ petit
Hippopotame fossile” may have been brought over from Cyprus.

The ossiferous breccia at Chrysostomo, near Kythraea (Hagia
Marina) in the district of Nicosia, where Miss Bate obtained the
bulk of her collection, was well known in former times. The
Dutch painter and traveller, Corneille le Brun (de Bruyn), was
made aware of its existence by the then French Consul at Larnaca,
and he travelled to Kythrza ‘‘ expressément afin d’aller voir un
certain lieu situé dans la montagne, ot l’on voit les os des hommes
et des bétes qui se sont incorporez 4 la roche, qui s’entretiennent
et qui se sont pétrifiez.”* From what he further on says, it
appears that at that time (end of the seventeenth century) the
Greek inhabitants worshipped the place, which they believed to
contain the bones of some of their Saints. Le Brun detached
some of the bones from the breccia; “le principal fut un os qui
ressemble 4 celui du bras d’un homme, que les anatomistes appel-
lent radius.” This he took with him to Europe and figured it in
his work (No. 193) in two pieces. From the figure it is very
evident that the supposed human radius is the femur of the
Hippopotamus represented from the posterior side, the larger
fragment being the proximal, the smaller the distal portion.

There is a recent form also which claims relationship with the
pigmy fossil Hippopotamus. Gervais, almost the only writer of
more modern times, who in connection with the study of fossil

1 Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, (8) iv. p. 504, footnote 1 (1876).

2 De Lapparent, ‘ Traité de Géologie,’ 4me éd. p. 1525 et seqq. (1900).

3 Corneille le Brun, ‘ Voyage au Levant, c’est-4-dire dans les principaux endroits de
YAsie Mineure dans les isles de Chio, de Rhodes, de Chypre, ete.’ Traduit du
Flamand. Delft, 1700, p. 375.

1902. | FOSSIL HIPPOPOTAMUS FROM CYPRUS. 111

_ Hippopotami has taken the trouble to look at Cuvier’s descrip-
tion’, says that the shape of the lower incisors and canines of
Cuvier’s “petit Hippopotame fossile” and of the Cheropsis
liberiensis from West Africa, which is of the same size, seem to
leave no doubt that there is generic identity between both; he
therefore proposes to call the fossil Chwropsis minutus ?.

The molars of the Liberian form had previously been described
by Gratiolet, who states that the trefoil pattern is in this species
replaced either by crescents, or by triangles with slightly emar-
ginated sides*. On comparison of the molars from Cyprus with
those of the specimen of Z. liberiensis in the Natural History
Museum, I find that the trefoil pattern is more effaced in the
former than in the latter. The almost unworn molar from Wadi
Natrun agrees in this respect with the molars of H, libertensis.

The shape of the molars therefore shows in H. minutus the
most generalized condition of all the known forms; whereas the
conformation of its skull, from the material at present available,
appears to be more specialized than in H. liberiensis and H.
sivalensis.

On the whole, so far as actually known, Hippopotamus minutus
is an early type of the Hippopotamus tribe. Its diminutive size
may be partly—as in H. liberiensis—a primitive feature, partly a
consequence of its restricted habitat.

Like other Mediterranean islands*, Cyprus seems therefore to
have preserved among its Pleistocene fauna little-modified sur-
vivors of Tertiary Mammalia.

From his investigation of the recent Molluscan fauna, Kobelt
was led to consider Cyprus as an old island (“eine seit langer Zeit
abgetrennte Insel”), showing traces of a former connection with
the three neighbouring provinces (7. e. Asia Minor, Syria, and the
region of the Archipelago), without, however, having received any
new immigrants since the end of the Tertiary ’.

In this order of ideas it is noteworthy that a Wild Sheep
discovered on an island of the Urmi Lake (N.W. Persia) by
Mr. Robert Giinther has been shown by Dr. A. Giinther to be
nearly related to the Ovis ophion still lingering on the highest
summits of Cyprus °*.

1 Falconer, Leith Adams, and others do not appear to have done so; else they
would not have confused the small Hippopotamus from Malta with H. minutus.

2 Zool. et Pal. Gén., prem. sér. p. 250 (1867-69).

3 LL. P. Gratiolet, ‘Recherches sur Anatomie de Hippopotame,’ pp. 227-233
1867).
4 uy my latest contribution to this subject in the Proc. of this Society, Dec. 17,
1901, pp. 625-628, “On Enhydrictis galictoides, from the Pleistocene Ossiferous
Breccia of Sardinia.”

5 W. Kobelt, ‘Studien zur Zoogeographie. II. Die Fauna der meridionalen Sub-
Region,’ pp. 337-339 (1898).

6 A. Giinther, “The Wild Sheep of the Urmi Islands,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology,
yol. xxvil. pp. 374-876, pl]. 22 (1899).

112 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEW AND LIfTLE-KNOWN [June 3,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prater IX.

Teeth of Hippopotamus minutus Blainv., from the Pleistocene of Cyprus. The
originals of figs. 1-5 are from the Cave of Haghios Jannos, Cape Pyla (south coast) ;
the canine figured, figs. 7 & 8, is from the ossiferous breccia of Chrysostomo, near
Kythrza (district of Nicosia).—AIl figures of the natural size, except fig. 6.

Fig. 1. Fragment of the right mandibular ramus of very young specimen, showing
the two posterior deciduous molars (d1, d2) scarcely worn, and behind
them the anterior portion of the first true molar (m1), which has not yet
completely protruded.

2. Anterior portion of the left mandibular ramus of another very young in-
dividual, upper view—exhibiting the canine (c); the much-worn outer
deciduous incisor (id 3), without any trace of enamel coating left; and the
inner permanent incisor (i1), which has not yet completely protruded.

3. Anterior portion of the right mandibular ramus of an individual slightly
older than the preceding. Upper view. The canine (c), broken at the level
of the alveolus, exhibits an almost horizontal section. The outer permanent
incisor (13) has not yet cut the gum; the inner incisor (il) is more
advanced.

4. Same specimen as fig. 2; lower view.

5. The same; outer view.

6. Much enlarged view from a portion of the outer enamel coating of the lower
canine (fig. 5) near its base; to show the enamel sculpturing.

Figs. 7 & 8. Middle-sized lower canine, probably 9; right side. Fig. 7, inner; fig. 8,
outer view.—The dimensions in millimetres are :—

Length, following the posterior curvature ...... 132
Vid thy otsinmnerisid eit ersese nineteen. ke le Me Gro
Sls ROULCEISICC renee 12

The largest canine of the collection presents the following ‘dimensions as above :—
195—24—18.
PuatTE X,

Portions of skull and molar teeth of Hippopotamus minutus Blainv., from the
Pleistocene of Cyprus. Figs. 1-4 & 6, nat. size; fig. 5, $ nat. size—All the figures
have been reversed on the Plate.

Fig. 1. Lacrymal region of an incomplete skull; right side. /i.=frontal, ».=nasal,
la.=lacrymal, ima.=maxillary, ma.=malar. Cave Dikomo Mandra, near
Nicosia.

2. Right upper true molars of skull, fiz. 1; outer view.

Figs. 3 & 4. First and second lower true molars; right side. Fig. 3, outer view ;
fic. 4, upper view. Chrysostomo.

Fig. 5. Upper view of incomplete skull, from the Cave of Haghios Jannos, Cape Pyla.

Fig. 6. The same as fig. 2; lower view.

6. On some new and little-known Butterflies of the F amily
Lycende from the African, Australian, and Oriental

Regions. By Hamiron H. Druce, F.Z.S., F.E.S.
: [Received May 14, 1902.]

(Plates XT. & XII.’)

The following notes and descriptions are suggested by the study
of some specimens of Lycenide in our own collection, and of some
in the Hope Museum at Oxford.

The types of the Australian species described by Herr Semper,
and which are now in our possession, have been carefully com-

1 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 121.

1S) N02 <vell lit 2 Sai

W.Purkiss del.et lth.
NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN BUTTERFLIES
OF THE FAMILY LYCA\NIDZ.

Mintern Bros imp.

ae }
Wis ’ 2
;
‘
i
‘
>
,
os
1
s
+)
; f
- 4 m
. : #
2 y
: fs
: A
f
et eo:
+ te '
we
5 u 5 :
\ [
ee Ry ea) | i
leh bir

I Ze) MOD sreiliil i Sc.

W.Puorkiss del.et lith.

Mantern Bros imp.

NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN BUTTERELIAS

Ow Wish

BE FPAMILY LYCANII

DAS.

1902. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDA. Hits

pared, and as they appear to be quite unknown to Australian
Lepidopterists, I hope these notes will be found useful.

Tam also able to exhibit specimens of several fine species of
African Jolai which have hitherto been known from descriptions
only.

Hypocurysors REX Bd., var. BRUNNEA, nov.

The female of this form differs considerably from that sex of
typical H. rex by the white area on the fore wing above being
much reduced in size and scarcely extending into the middle of
the cell. The male does not differ from H. rex ¢.

Hab. Ferguson Is. (A. S. Meek; Mus. Druce).

I believe that H. epicletus Felder, which at one time (Trans.
Ent. Soc. 1891) I thought could be separated from H. rea, must
be sunk as a synonym of that species, as we possess several speci-
mens from Aru, collected by Captain Cayley Webster, which are
identical with specimens from New Guinea.

We have lately received a female of H. rovena mihi from
Cooktown, in which the blue suffusion extends all round the
white patch on the fore wing above.

TALICADA NYSEUS Guér., var. KHASIA.

This form, which appears to only inhabit the Jaintia and
Khasia Hills, is distinguished from the Southern and Western
Indian forms by the much larger black spots on the hind wing
below, and by the black outer marginal border (containing the
row of white lunules) on the fore wing being much narrower,
consequently the white area between it and the inner black band
is much more extensive. There is almost invariably an elongated
black spot on the costa over the middle of the cell. This black
spot never occurs in any Southern or Western specimens. The
red on the hind wing above is more in the nature of a band in
the form khasia than in typical nysews. Mr. Moore has figured
the Southern form, whilst de Nicéville gives an excellent figure
of the Northern insect (Butt. Ind. 11. pl. xxvi. fig. 179). Guérin’s
figure of his type from Pondicherry shows more white between
the black bands on the fore wing below than in any specimens I
have come across from 8. or W. India, but we possess one from
Ganjam agreeing exactly. J have examined a considerable
number of specimens, but although the two forms vary slightly
inter se they can be at once distinguished.

Staudinger’s figure, which is said to represent an African
specimen, is much like those from 8. India. It is, however,
without a tail, and has been named 7’. ecaudata by Dr. Butler
(Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 7, vol. v. p.61, 1900). The orange patch
appears to me to be of much the same tint as in Indian specimens.

NACADUBA ATROMARGINATA, sp.n. (Plate XT. figs. 1, 2.)

3g. Allied to WW. angusta Druce, from which it, differs on the
upperside by the outer margins of both wings being distinctly
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou. Il. No. VIII. 8

114 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN [June 3,

black-bordered, and by the anal region of the hind wing being
strongly suffused with black.

On the underside, the ground-colour is darker and yellower
and the bands are more distinct. The two submarginal rows of
black spots on each wing are larger and blacker.

2. Upperside uniform dark brown, with the markings of the
underside showing through, slightly whitish in the centre of the
dise of the fore wing, and with two or three dull black spots at
the anal angle of the hind wing, outwardly margined by a fine
white line. When held at an angle, the disc of the fore wing
appears slightly suffused with bright blue scales from the base.
Underside as in male.

Abdomen brown above; yellowish below. Legs and antennz
spotted with white.

Expanse, ¢ 13; Q 1,5 inch.

Hab. 8. Celebes (Doherty); Tombugu, E. Celebes (Kuhn) (Mus.
Druce).

This appears to be the insect figured ay Herr Semper (Reise
Philipp. Inseln, p. 177, pl. xxxiii. figs. 1, 2) as WV. azwreus Rober,
but a reference to Herr Rober’s figure noms an insect with a
linear black margin only.

UNA PURPUREA, sp.n. (Plate XI. fig. 3.)

3g. Upperside dull blackish purple, with the outer margins of
both wings narrowly and indistinctly black, broadest towards
anal angle of hind wings. Underside: fore wing dull greyish
brown, yellowish along the costal area; a whitish | blotch beyond
and closing the end o the cell, followed by another about half-
way between it and the outer mar ein.

Hind wing: basal half pale straw- colour, without ae
outer half russet-brown, with a submarginal row of 4or5 dull
indistinct blackish spots between the nervules, the largest being
between the lower medians—these spots being surmounted by
dull straw-colour spaces.

The margins of both wings are very narrowly yellowish between
the nervules, and the fringes are dark brown.

Head, thorax, and abdomen blackish above, yellowish below.
Antenne spotted with white.

Expanse | inch.

Hab. “itu 1., Loyalty Is. (Jfus. Druce).

This species, which is tailless, appears to agree exactly in
venation with Una usta Distant, and like that insect has rather
long antennz and the long hair-like scales about the anal angle
of hind wing—this last character, however, is not so marked : as
in U. usta. The eyes are hairy as in that species. Prosotas? is
probably a closely-allied genus, but the antenne are much shorter.

JAMIDES PHASELI Mathew’.
This insect is placed by Mr. Miskin (Ann, Queensl. Museum,

! Prosotas H. H. Druce, P. Z.S. 1891, p. 366.
= Lampides phaseli Mathew, ‘Trans, Ent. Soe. 1889, p. 311.

1902. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNID®. 115

no. 1, 1891) in Lycenesthes, with a mark denoting that he did
not know the species.
= nA : ayes Q é 2 S

I have seen Mr. Mathew S type, which is in Mr. Godman’s

collection, and find that it belongs to the group of which ./. bochus
{EMI's gee The WeRarD ae sae : ;

Cr. is the best known representative, but is a much duller insect.
We have exactly similar specimens from Rockhampton.

WAIGEUM CERAMICUM, Sp.n. (Plate XI. fig. 6.)

Q. Allied to W. subcerulewm Grose-Smith & Kirby ', from
which 1 differs on the upper and under side by the white areas
of both wings being much more extensive, and cons |
the brown Sshaeess being ce fd ie ee ee a

s . acc i 1e blue
seales shown in the figure of the upperside of I. subceruleum,
the lower half of the cell of the fore wing is thickly so dusted.

On the underside of the fore wing the costal and outer mar-
ginal blue lines are alone present, the blue submarginal band and
the streak in the cell are wanting. The submarginal band is
partially replaced by whitish. On the hind wing the ultramedian
blue band is replaced by a narrow line, and the yellowish-brown
marginal border is scarcely discernible.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. Ceram (Wallace; Hope Coll. Mus. Oxon.).

The type specimen, which is the only one I have seen, is also
labelled ‘Coll. Wallace, Hewitson 1874,” and was probably
acquired from Hewitson by Professor Westwood as a duplicate.

PHILIRIs INNOTATUS Miskin.

Pseudodipsas innotatus Miskin, Ent. Mo. Mag. p. 165 (1874).

Mr. Miskin, in his Catalogue of the Butterflies of Australia
(Annals Queensl. Museum, no. 1, 1891), sinks this name as a
synonym of P. dias Felder. I cannot, however, agree with him.
We have a large series of P. ilias from Amboyna captured by
Doherty, which do not vary, and which I have compared with
Felder’s type. P. imnotatus has the apex of the fore wing and
the outer margins of both wings more broadly black-margined.
The shape of the fore wings 1s also quite different: in P. innotatus
the inner margin is much shorter and the outer margin (which
in P. ilias is convex) is much straighter, consequently the apex of
the wing is very much more pointed.

We have a good series of P. innotatus from various parts of
N. Australia, and I find that these characters are always present.

Mr. de Nicéville has lately (J. A.S. B. vol. xlviii. pt. ii. n. 2,
p- 265, 1898) stated that Pheliris Rober should be sunk under
Pseudodipsas Feld., but with this conclusion I do not agree.
Certainly the venation appears to be almost identical with that
genus, as indeed it does with Hypochrysops; but the shape of the
wings in the male is quite different, the hind wing being much
more elongate towards the anal angle with its outer margin
nearly straight. The antennze also are much longer and more
gradually and more extensively clavate.

1 W. subecrulewm Grose-Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. vol. ii.; Oriental Ly-
canide, p. 35, pl. vil. figs, 4, 5 (1896). oe

116 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN [June 3,

P. digglesi Hew. appears to agree in these characters with the
type of Pseudodipsas, viz. P. cone Feld. Two other species are
included by Mr. Miskin (loc. cit. p. 67) in Pseudodipsas, but I
have not seen these. Mr. de Nicéville (doc. cit.) appears to have
confused P. ilias with P. intensa Butl. My. Miskin also states
that he knows Utica onycha Hew. from the description and
figures only. Probably he knows it well under another name, as
it is quite a common species and we have many examples from
various parts of Australia and New Guinea, which I have com-
pared with the type in the British Museum. Hewitson’s figure,
which represents a female, is too highly coloured. Theclinesthes
eremicola Pagenst. Zoologica, xxvii. p. 123, pl. ii. fig. 9 (1900),
appears to be identical with Hewitson’s Utica onycha and must
be sunk as a synonym.

ARRHENOTHRIX PENICILLIGERA de Nicéville.

There appear to be two forms of this species from the Khasia
Hills. The larger and typical’ form has the black apical
border more extensive and the blue coloration darker in shade
than the smaller form, which has the blue area on the fore wing
extending partially up the outer margin from the angle. Large
series of each form have been received, and these differences may
possibly be seasonal.

TAJURIA THYIA de Nicév.!, var. PALLESCENS, nov.

3. Upperside with the blue area much paler, more lavender,
and more extensive than in typical thyia; in the fore wing
extending upwards to the 2nd median nervule, and in the hind
wing much closer to the costal margin. The underside is also
paler, with the short marks at the ends of the cells clearly
defined, and the black spots at the lobe and between the lower
median nervules minute and very faintly surrounded with pale
yellow.

Hab, Jaintia Hills (Jus. Druce).

This form, which may be seasonal, has been received in con-
siderable numbers by Colonel Swinhoe, to whose generosity we
are indebted for possessing it. We have typical 7. thyia also
from the Jaintia Hills.

PSEUDALMENUS, gen, DOV.

Alhed to Jalmenus, from which it differs by the costal margin
being depressed about the middle, not arched as in that genus,
and by the subcostal nervule reaching the margin below the apex
of the wing (in Jalmenus it reaches the margin above the apex).
Tne cell is shorter and broader, and in the hind wing the median
nervure is longer with its branches more nearly equal in length,
this being caused by the upper nervule being bent upwards more

1 Tajuria thyia de Nicév. J.B. N. H. Soc. 1892, p. 336, pl. H. fig. 11, g.

1902. } BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHNIDA. 117

than in Jalmenus. Palpi more robust and hairy and the terminal
joint shorter. Eyes smooth.

Type, Thecla myrsilus Doubl. & Hew.

EPAMERA SAPPIRUS, sp. n. (Plate XII. fig. 1.)

3. Upperside closely allied to 4. bellina, but slightly darker
blue, and the lower half of the lobe rather more distinctly white.
The anal black quadrate spot is large and distinct.

On the underside this species is more nearly allied to #. mermis
mihi, and like it has near dark bands crossing the wings beyond
the middle, but not so distinctly black as in that species. The
line at the end of the cell in fore wing is almost obsolete. The
veddish-orange anal patch is more extensive and reaches upwards
to the black line and outwardly to the red spot between the lower
median nervules.

Along the centre of this red patch runs a broad line of metallic
scales, from the anal margin, zigzag to the red spot and downwards
towards the lobe. The apex of the fore wing is slightly brownish,
The tuft of hair on inner margin of fore wing below is black.

Frons white; body black above, buff-colour below. Legs white,
with black spots. Antenne black, with small white spots.

Expanse 11—12 inch.

Hab. Sierra Leone; Addah (Jus. Druce).

We-have long possessed a specimen of this insect which I
thought was a variety of #. bellina, but the receipt of more
specimens has convinced me it is distinct. #. bellina has no dark
lines below.

I take this opportunity of exhibiting figures of several beautiful
species of this group which have hitherto been known only from
descriptions; they are as follows :—

E. mermis mihi (Pl. X11. fig. 2), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)
XVil. p. 285 (1896).

Argiolaus silas, var. lalos mihi (Pl. XII. figs. 3, A), tom. cit.
p- 286 (1896).

A. lukabas mihi (Pl. XII. fig. 5), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(6) v. p. 30 (1890).

A. paneperata mihi (Pl. XII. fig. 7), tom. eit. p. 30 (1890).

A, menas mihi (Pl. XII. figs. 8, 9), tom. cit. p. 29 (1890).

A. julius Staud. (Pl. XII. fig. 6), Ivis, iv. p. 146 (1891).

APHNIOLAUS, gen. Nov.

Allied to Epamera, and like that genus possessing four sub-
costal nervules to the primaries in both sexes. Differing, however,
by the inner margin of fore wing in ¢ being nearly straight, and
by the total absence of secondary sexual characters.

Type, Wyrina pallene Walleng.

This genus, which contains only one species, appears to connect
the group of genera allied to Jolaus with Aphneus. ;

Professor C. Aurivillius, in his ‘ Rhopalocera Aithiopieca,’
includes several structurally distinct groups under the genus

118 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON NEW AND LITTLE-KNowN [June 3,

Tolaus, and at the same time erects a new genus for J. mermeros
Mabille.

I have lately been able to examine a specimen (¢) of Solaus
triment Walleng., and find that it agrees in venation with
Epamera sidus Trimen, and should be placed in the same genus.

HorAGA AMETHYSTUS, sp. n. (Plate XI. figs. 4, 5.)

3. Upperside dull dark bluish purple, with a minute white
spot at end of cell and sharply-defined dark brown margins.

Fore wing: costal very narrowly, outer margin rather broadly
dark brown, broadest at apex. Hind wing: costal, outer, and
anal margins dark-brown bordered, of about equal width to outer
margin of fore wing. A white anteciliary line near the anal
extending about halfway up the wing.

Underside rather pale greenish brown, mclined to a more orange
shade towards anal regions of hind wing. Fore wing crossed
just about the middle by a rather distinct white band, outwardly
bordered by a dark brown line, commencing just below the costa
and reaching nearly to the inner margin, which is paler.

Hind wing with a rather narrow, but distinct, pale metallic
blue band, inwardly bordered by a dark brown line, crossing the
wing about the middle from the costal maa ‘gin to the lower median
nervule, where it becomes broken into a number of short streaks
and crescent-shaped markings, which are spread over the anal
region and inwardly to the inner margin. A rather large black
spot on the margin between the lower median nervules, crowned
by a metallic blue crescent, and above this spot another minute
black speck almost covered with metallic blue. A black spot on
the lobe which is small. The marginal space below the sub-
median nervure is dusted with black and grey scales. An
anteciliary black line followed by a narrow white line.

Cilia of fore wing brown; of hind wing brown, tipped with
white towards anal angle.

Abdomen brown above, sordid white below; palpi white with
black tips ; legs white with black spots.

2. Upperside violaceous blue, with a distinet white spot at
the end of the cell, and broad dull brown margins; on the hind
wing the blue area scarcely extends beyond the ‘cell.

Underside as in male, but ground- colour paler.

Expanse, ¢ 1 inch, 9 1+ inch.

Hab. British N. Borneo (W. B. Pryer).

(Type, ¢ Mus. Druce; @ in coll. Hope, Mus. Oxon.)

We have long possessed the male of this apparently very distinct
species; it was formerly in Hery Sempev’s collection, and Professor
Poulton has sent me the female for examination.

Herr Friihstofter (Berlin. ent. Zeit. 1897, 1898) has described
several new species of this genus and given lists of those already
known, but I can find nothing amongst them that will agree with
the one here described.

1902. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCENIDE. 119

We have in our possession the types of the various species of
Lycenide described by Herr Geo. Semper in the ‘Journal des
Museum Godeffroy,’ xiv. pp. 154-168 (1878). Many of these are
very little known, and I propose to review them here and to sive
figures of some which are of interest. I take them in the onlen
in which they were published, viz. :—

Danis macleayi, p. 155.
Lampides dubiosa, p. 159.
Holochila marginata, p. 161.
helenita, p. 162.
a hyacinthina, p. 162.
anita, p. 163.
Lalmenus démeli, p. 167.
The types of two others described, viz. :
Lycena sylwicola, p. 159,
Lycenesthes godeffroyi, p. 165
are in the Godeffroy Museum. I do not know them.

THYSONOTIS MACLEAYI.

Danis macleayi Semper, Mus. Godeftr., Lep. xiv. p. 155.

Kasily distinguished from 7”. taygetus Feld. by the paler blue in
the male, and by the chequered cilia in both sexes.

NAcADUBA DUBIOSA Semper.

Lampides dubiosa Semper, Mus. Godeftr., Lep. xiv. p. 159 (1878).

The type of this species consists of the four wings only, the other
parts of the insect having been lost. These wings are, however,
quite perfect enough to enable it to be determined. It is at once
distinguished from WV. berenice Herr.-Schiff. by the ultramedian
band on the fore wing below being more continuous, 7. e. the
lower half not being placed further inwards than the upper half.

Tt has no tail as in WV. berenice.

CANDALIDES MARGARITA Semper.

Holochila margarita Semp. Mus. Godeftr., Lep. xiv. p. 161 (1878).

This species is very close to C. absimilis Feld. ; indeed, the only
difference I can detect is the shade of blue on the upperside,
which is considerably greyer. This of course may only be seasonal.

CANDALIDES HELENITA Semper. (Plate XI. figs. 7, 8.)

Holochila helenita Semp. Mus. Godeftr., Lep. xiv. p. 162 (1878).

I exhibit figures of the type ¢ and Q of this species, and an
examination of them will show that the 9 is rather more strongly
marked below than the ¢, but that the markings are traceable
in the latter sex. H. (=C.) androdus Miskin, P. L.8. N.S.W.
ser. 2, v. p. 41 (1890), appears to be very closely allied, if indeed
it is distinct. My. Miskin does not, however, mention the darker
and differently placed scales which appear to be on the median
nervules of the fore wing of the type ¢.

120 ON BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY LYCHENIDEZ. [June 3,

CANDALIDES ERINUS Fabr.

Papilio erinus Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 525 (1775).

Holochila hyacinthina Semp. Mus. Godeffr., Lep. xiv. p. 163
(1878).

The types show that Herr Semper has redescribed the large
form, having identified the form named subpallidus by Dr. Lucas
as C. erinus Fabr., as specimens formerly in his possession prove.

CANDALIDES ANITA Semper.

Holochila anita Semp. Mus. Godeffr., Lep. xiv. p. 163 (1878).

Lycena merens Rosen. Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 5, xvi. p. 377
(1885).

Herr Semper’s type is in a very bad state of preservation, but
a careful examination has proved that it is identical with the type
of Z. merens in the British Museum. Mr. Miskin, in Ann.
Queensland Museum, no. 1, p. 65 (1891), places this and the
preceding species referred to under H. erinus, but I find it
impossible to agree with him. They are differently coloured and
marked, and have different shaped wings.

TALMENUS DAMELI. (Plate XI. figs. 10, 12.)

Talmenus démeli Semp. Mus. Godeftr., Lep. xiv. p. 166 (1878).

Talmenus illidget Lucas, P. R. 8. Soc. Qd. p. 156, figs. 1, 2 (1889).

I quite agree with Mr. O. B. Lower that the insect described by
Dr. T. P. Lucas is identical with Herr Semper’s species. The type
specimens, which are in fine condition, are exhibited. J. démeli
is at once distinguished from J. ictenws Hew. by the black linear
bands below being replaced by broader buff-coloured bands of a
slightly darker shade than the ground-colour. I also exhibit
(Pl. XI. fig. 11) a specimen of J. eichorni Staud. Exot. Schmett.
p- 275 (1888), received from the late Dr. Staudinger under that
name from Cooktown. It appears to be quite distinct. J. itonus
Miskin, P. L. 8. N.S.W. ser. 2, v. p. 41 (1890), seems from the
description to be identical with this species.

In a footnote! will be found described a species of Jalmenus
which I believe to be quite distinct.

1 TALMENUS CLEMENTI. (Plate XI. fig. 9.)

g@. Allied to I. inows Hew. Much smaller. Upperside pale greyish brown,
with the blue suffusion less extensive, more brassy, and not reaching into the cell of
the fore wing. The anal margin of hind wing is nearly straight and not dentate
as in I. inous. The black spot on the margin between the nervules is small,
circular and distinct, and surrounded by very pale yellow. Underside paler than
in EL. inous, and the bands composed of sordid white, ringed, chain-like markings
arranged much as in that species, but less distinct.

Q. As g but paler, and brassy blue suffusion even less extensive in fore wing
above.

Expanse, ¢ 1-17> inch, 2 13 inch.

Hab. W. Australia, Touranna Plains, between Yule River and Sherlock River,
Jan. to May (H. Clement, Ph.D.).

Four specimens, three of which, including the types, are in the Hope Museum,
Oxford, and one in our own, kindly presented by Professor Poulton, F.R.S.

This is the smallest species of the genus described.

PAS. IO oll Le CUM

por ONT

ue
\QO- op)

H.R.Hog¢ del. F.P. C. Lith. 12 West,Newman imp.

Eyes of Spiders of the sub-order Mygalomorpha.

1902. ] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 121

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prate XI.

Fig. 1. Nacaduba atromarginata, g, p. 113.
” oy) 2 > D- 114.
. Una purpurea, b, p. 114.
Horaga amethystus, 6, p- 118.
: el 0k pate!
Waigewm ceramicum, 2, p. 115.
Candalides helenita, 3, p. 119.
03 3 2, p. 119.
. Ialmenus clementi, 3, p. 120.
ddémeli, 3, p. 120.
11. 3 eichorni, p. 120.
ddmeli, 2, p. 120.

S82 GY SO EMIS CIO =

=
2

=
bo

Prats XII.

. Epamera sappirus, 3, p. 117.

=f mermis, 6, p. 117.

. Argiolaus silas, var. lalos, §, p. 117.
? ” ” 2 > D- 117.
a lukabas, 6, p. 117.
4 julius, 3, p. 117.

‘ paneperata, 3, p. 117.
menas, 6, p- 117.

” oy) 2 > D- 117.

=
3

$2 DN GU go BO pa

7. On some Additions to the Australian Spiders of the
Suborder Mygalomorphe. By H. R. Hoag, M.A., F.Z.8.

[Received May 6, 1902. |
(Plate XIII.’ & Text-figures 22-27.)

A numerous collection of Spiders belonging to the South Austra-
lian Museum, Adelaide, very kindly sent me by Professor Stirling,
F.R.S., has enabled me to make some important additions to those
I enumerated in a paper read to the Society last year (see P. Z. 8.
1901, vol. ii. p. 218).

Of the subfamily Actinopodine there are no specimens. Its
Australian genus Hriodon Latr. has been located at Perth in the
West, and in Victoria and New South Wales to the East ; so it
might naturally be expected to exist in South Australia, but has
not so far been recorded thence’.

The Ctenizine, on the other hand, are well represented, and I
have to contribute to that subfamily two new genera, Blakistonia
and Dyarcyops, of one species each, and to the Rev. O. P. Cam-
bridge’s genus Aganippe two new species. As the latter seem
to form with Hucyrtops Pocock (antice Aganippe) latior Cambr.
(Pl. XIII. fig. 5) and Aganippe subtristis Cambr. (Pl. XIII. fig. 6)

1 For explanation of the Plate, see p. 142.

* I may here mention on the authority of the Rev. O. P. Cambridge that his
species, Hriodon formidabile, has really only fowr spimnerets, as I suggested in the
paper above cited, and not sia, as originally stated (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. x.
1868, p. 266).

122 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. [June 3,

an almost continuous series, | have reunited Mr. Pocock’s genus
with its parent.

From Tasmania we have two females of the subfamily M/igine,
which has hitherto comprised in its group Migew only two genera :
Migas L. Koch, from New Zealand, and Moggridgea Sim., from
South Africa. From both of the above these specimens differ
essentially, and I have therefore constituted for them a new genus
Heteronigas.

Of Barycheline there are no fresh specimens.

Of Avicularine one male and six females confirm our previous
knowledge of Selenocosmia stirlingi Hogg, and I note below a few
additional particulars. The male from Cockburn and two females
from Broken Hill extend the known southern limit of this species
to lat. 32°8. From Palmerston, in the Northern Territory, is a very
fine specimen, having much in common with the above, but with
a recurved instead of procurved thoracic forea. This has always
been looked upon as a point of great persistence and of undoubted
generic importance. I have therefore constituted for it a new
genus, Selenotholus. A broken specimen included with these is
marked Australia only. It belongs to the group Hurypelmatee,
known only from 8. America, and as the origin is not authenticated
it is more probable that it has been imported from there than
really found indigenous in Australia.

The Diplurine are represented by specimens from numerous
new localities, notably by examples of my genus Chenistonia,
among which is a well-marked new species. A single male shows
in an interesting manner the peculiar median tibial spur which
has been the unique distinguishing characteristic of this genus; but
it differs from it in having a strongly procurved thoracic fovea
and posterior sternal sigilla away from the margin, with other
differences looked on as generic characters, and I have accordingly
thus distinguished it as the type species of a genus Dekana.

Five females from the Adelaide Hills, though lighter in colour,
are, without the male, specifically undistinguishable from my
Victorian species, Chenistonia maculata, from Macedon.

From Tasmania is a new species in the genus Aname L. Koch.

The Rev. O. P. Cambridge very kindly placed at my disposal
a specimen (female), received by him from Sydney, of the
group Atracee in the above subfamily. This, though somewhat
paler than his description, is with little doubt L. Koch’s
Hadronyche cerberea, also from Sydney, but the type specimen of
the species not being available it is not certainly known.

The comparison enables me to assure myself that the male I
had previously recorded from Macedon, Victoria, and thought
might be the unknown male of this species, is certainly not
the same. I therefore record the latter now as a new species,
Hadronyche meridiana. 'The description appears in the above-
mentioned paper (loc. cit. p. 274).

Out of 40 specimens sent me in this suborder, comprising
examples of nine genera and eleven species, mostly from new

1902.! MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 123

localities in South Australa, but one Tasmanian, no less than five
genera and nine species are new, thus emphasizing the fact of how
little the members of it move about in the course of very long
periods of time.

To a New Zealand genus of the family Ctenizidee I gave the
name (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, vol. 1. p. 236) Maortana, which I
have since found to be preoccupied for a genus of Mollusca
(Trans. N.Z. Inst. xxiii. p. 95). I therefore substitute for it
the name Cantwaria, reminiscent of the Province from which the
specimens named were sent to me.

I do not repeat the references for genera and species given in
the paper quoted, as I look on this as supplementary to it.

Subfamily Mirain m@.
Group MicEa.
HETEROMIGAS, gen. nov.

Heteromigas differs from Migas L. Koch in having a straight
or slightly procurved thoracic fovea, instead of strongly recurved.
The eye-space is broad instead of compact, covering about one-half
the width of the frontal area. The clypeus is as wide as the
whole eye-space, instead of the front median eyes only. The
second and third joints of the superior spinnerets are compressed
into the first joint, their presence being hardly more than indi-
cated,

Type species, H. dovei.

Heteromigas dovei.
a, profile (nat. size) ; 6, eyes.

HErEROMIGAS DOVEI, sp. nov. (Text-fig. 22.)

Cephalothorax, mandibles, lip, and maxille rather light yellow-
brown, the eye-space black at each end and between the front
middle eyes; sternum, cox, legs, and palpi somewhat brighter
yellow, with dark grey or brown hairs, spines, and bristles ;
abdomen dark grey, without recognizable pattern.

The cephalothorax is rather longer than broad, narrowed
posteriorly, but broad in front. The cephalic part is rounded

124 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. [June 3;

and rises abruptly from in front of the thoracic fovea almost as
prominently as in Lriodon, the mandibles being continued in the
same manner, but, as in all the Wigine, falling nearly perpen-
dicularly after a short, more or less kneed, horizontal length.
The fangs are long and very powerfully formed, with a transverse
section almost square by reason of four strengthening longitudinal
ridges. There is no rastellum. On the inner edge of the falx-
sheath are three large teeth, on the outer four, and five or six
small, intermediate, near the base of the fang. The eye-space,
three times as wide as long, extends half the width of the front
of the cephalic part. The front median eyes are 14 diam. apart,
and two of their diameters from the nearest point of the laterals,
which are oval and two diameters of the median in gyreatest
length. The whole row is slightly procurved.

The posterior row is recurved, shorter than the front row, and
the laterals only slightly more in longer diameter than the front
median. The rear median, in long diameter the same as these,
are half that distance from the rear side and their diameter from
the front middle. The clypeus is wide, the front median being
removed from the margin bya distance equal to the whole breadth
of the eye-space. The thoracic fovea is deep, wide, and nearly
straight, but with a distinct tendency to procurvature.

The macillee ave broad and near ly square, the lower outer
corner being somewhat rounded. There are spines along the
inner side margin but not along the lower side. The lip is as
long as broad, slightly rounded in front, and in one piece with
the sternum, though separated by a depression containing the
anterior sigilla; it has no spines.

The sternum, smooth and strong, is piriform, narrowed, and
slightly hollowed in front. The posterior sigilla are large and
situated near the central line, the remainder marginal.

The abdomen is oval, 14 times as long as broad. The superior
spinnerets are short and stout, the first joint making the whole
of their length, and the second and third joints indicated by only
slightly raised circular rims successively inside one another. The
inferior spinnerets are cylindrical, truncate at top, about 14
diameters apart. The palpi are longer than in the IMigine
generally, more nearly approaching those of the Ctenizide. “The
femoral joints are much curved round the mandibles and as long
as the patella cum tibia. The distal segment is broad at base, but
tapering, and furnished with two rows of short, stout, curved spines
as on the tarsus and metatarsus of the front two pairs of legs.

The legs are short and stout, the metatarsus and tarsus of the
front two pairs being somewhat flattened and having two rows of
stout, curved, spines along their inner and outer margins. The
superior tarsal claws have two pectinations on the inner, and
one long one near the base, on the outer margin. The inferior
claw is smooth.

Two females from Table Cape, North Ceast of Tasmania. Col-
lected by Mr. Dove.

1902.]

MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 125

Measurements in millimetres.

& tarsus.

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... 6 5)
Abdomen ......... Us 5
Mandibles......... 3 total length. 13 horizontally.
Trochanter Patella Metatarsus
: Coxa. & femur. & tibia.

JOG ES te tind aeila Wise 4 4

DED, 4 4

Bis Be Bt

Aa? 5 5
Barlyoras yo isan ee i 34 33

2 2 18
S13
Sh = an
ee ln
2 10!

Subfamily CTENIZINA.

and New Zealand genera :—

Abdomen corrugated, two strongly marked
muscle-spots on upper side of abdomen. ‘The
eyes of the front row situated at the four
corners of a trapezium markedly longer than

Abdomen smooth or hairy, but with no corruga-
tions. Trapezium formed by the four eyes of
the front row, in all cases broader than long ...

Front row of eyes procurved ; but a line touching
the upper points of the laterals lies not more
than 4 their diameter below that touching the
lower edge of the median pair .....................

Front row of eyes so much procurved that a line
joining the upper points of the laterals hes at
least their diameter below one touching the
lower edges of the median ..................:00.00---

The line joining the centres of the rear row of
eyes straight or recurved: ...............ceseeecee eee

The line joming.the centres procurved ............

Posterior sternal sigilla moderate in size and
TERAMREADIE 5.5090 98940000008 006 c00 Sao soo 09 oR OoeBEBNOH

Posterior sternal sigilla large and removed from
the margin ROMER Men Seu oO aa roe Gtepalvateaz tne ate

The line joining the lowest points of laterals of
rear row of eyes passing below the centres of
the median pair of the front row ..................

The line joining the lowest points of laterals of
rear row of eyes passing above the upper points
Ofatheyirontpmediansi mere ceeenecs- ache reccicesserea:

The whole eye-space much broader than long
(13-23 times) ; the front two pairs of legs scopu-
Natedkongbansi omy ues creases eer eerste

The whole eye-space more nearly square, the
breadth not exceeding 14-1} times the length ;
the metatarsi of front two pairs of legs
Scopulated mee eeereree ee eenc a sesescesseeetsetacctes)

The following synopsis will serve to distinguish the Australian

Idiosoma. (Pl. XIIL. fig. 8.)

)

a“.

4.
Dyarcyops, gen. Nov.

Arbanitis. (Pl. XIII. fig. 11.)

Cantuaria.

Anidiops. (P1. XIII. fig. 9.)

Aganippe (including
Eucyrtops Poc.)

Blakistonia, gen. nov.

I append for comparison a series of diagrams of the eyes of

members of this subfamily, showing the manner in which they

vary.

I have carefully measured the various specimens from

which they are taken and drawn all to the same scale (xal0):

126 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. [June 3,

Genus AGANIPPE Cambr.
Synopsis of Species.

1. The laterals of the front row of eyes one diameter only
apart in male, at least

peobodssonmondabpseosonnadcncoocds ahi SHIAUEDDE, SDs WOW
The laterals of the front row of eyes not less than about

two diameters apart PS MEL ReneS Uiw es sce O eG aan Seer
2. The whole eye-space about 2} times as broad as long... A. ation Cambr.
The whole eye-space clearly less than twice as broad as
3. Lateral eyes of the front row about two of their diameters
HISENHE cou odadeabognaactepedabapaceacqodsec bc cagduobma onpnobade dadeo> A, pulleinei, sp. nov.
Lateral eyes of the front row more nearly four diameters
ADA Use tee dn sevassn sess ssakae ekeete a eGo EEE eee De SUD SECC LOC ann ae

Text-fig. 23.

Aganippe smeatoni.

a, male palp; 4, anterior end of tibia i. of male from inner side ;
e, profile (nat. size).

Genus AGANIPPE Cambr.
AGANIPPE SMEATONI, sp. nov. (Plate XIII. fig. 7 & text-fig. 23.)

Cephalothorax and mandibles rich yellow-brown; lip, maxille,
sternum, and coxe somewhat brighter, with rather pale yellow
hair, short and fine, and short stout dark brown bristles. Legs
yellow-brown, lighter than cephalothorax. Abdomen yellow above
with darker brown median area, underneath dark yellow-grey ;
in some specimens the upper median area is almost black.

The cephalothorax is longer than broad, narrowed to nearly
one-half both anteriorly and posteriorly, rounded at sides. The
cephalic part rises gradually from a deep fovea and side de-
pressions to the eye-space, behind which is a transverse depres-
sion. The cephalic fovea is straight or slightly procurved and
lies at the bottom of an elliptical depression. A fringe of stout
short procurved spiniform sete runs round the margin of the
thoracic area, and there are two broad depressions on each side
from the end of the fovea to the margin.

1902. | MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 127

The front median eyes are half their diameter apart, the
laterals of the same diameter, three-fourths of a diameter away,
lie in front of them near the margin of the clypeus, one diameter
only apart. The clypeus is about half their diameter in breadth.
The rear row is straight, the oval laterals of the same diameter
as the front, total length of the row being twice that of the front
lateral pair, or six long diameters. The rear medians are very
round, half the diameter of the other eyes, four diameters apart,
14 from the laterals and the same from the front median.

The mandibles are short and protrude horizontally not more
than one-fourth of the length of the cephalothorax. The Jip is
broader than long, straight in front, and without spines. There
are a few spines on the inner side of the mawille, near the base ;
they are rather thickly covered with hair, straight in front, and
only pointed in the middle of the basal end.

The sternum is ovate, rather wide posteriorly, covered with
upright bristles on round bases. The posterior sigilla are as far
from the median line as they are fxem the margin. The stigma
of the male palp is rather long and twisted like a ram’s horn ;
between the large bulb from which it springs and the metatarsal
jomt is a smaller bulb. On the tibial joint is a double apophysis
thickly covered on the outside with short tapering three-sided
spines.

The legs are rather long and thin. The whole of the meta-
tarsi are bespined; on the tarsi of all legs, except the first pair,
are stout spiniform sete. The front two pair of tarsi are scopu-
lated, but in one specimen, which shows no other difference, theve
is no scopula on tarsus i. A double apophysis at the anterior end
of tibia i. has a stout spine and two horny knobs on the outer
half, and three knobs, but no spine, on the inner. The superior
tarsal claws have from 4 to 9 teeth, the inferior being bare. The
abdomen is oval and is thickly covered on the upper side with
stout spines on rounded bases. The superior mamille are short
and stout, the first joint longer than the other two together, the
last being quite short.

There are four males sent by Mr. T. D. Smeaton, of Blakiston, but
without locality indicated, and I have named the species after him.

The measurements in millimetres are as follows :—

Long. eae
4 front.
Cephalothorax ... 8 | 7
Abdomen ......... 9 if
Mandibles ......... 4 2 horizontally
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
Ie Siar ere Igy ps 10 9 8 =e al
; Derg 1 81 a) Toga
3, 8 i 92 = 981
4 4 102 10 12 = 364
1Bal chia a eeerraes 3 54 5s 2 = 16

128 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. [June 3,

Text-fig. 24.

Aganippe pulleinei.

a, male palp; b, apophyses on tibial joint of palp from side;
c, anterior end of tibia i. of male from imside.

AGANIPPE PULLEINEI, sp. nov. (Plate XIII. figs. 3, 4, & text-
fig. 24.)

Cephalothorax, mandibles, lip, maxille, and sternum bright
yellow, the eye-space mostly black; the coxee and femora of the
legs are orange, the patelle and tibize darker; the metatarsus and
tarsus yellow. On the mandibles are rather long brown hairs,
but elsewhere the hairs are all changed to bristles, and on the
legs amd sternum into spines. The abdomen is yellow, with
brown spinous sete: on the upper part.

The cephalothorax is longer than broad, narrowing in front to
less than half its total width. The cephalic part, moderately
raised and rather narrow, is bounded by a rather deep side de-
pression. The fovea is straight or slightly procurved; a row of
stout sete extends round the margin. The mandibles are short
but rather more protrudent than the last described, the fangs long
and curved. There are seven rather small teeth on each of the
edges of the falx-sheath and five quite small in an intermediate
row.

The lip is at least twice as broad as long, slightly hollowed in
front and without spines. The mawille are rounded at base and
straight in front, without prominences. A few spines on the
inner lower corner.

The sternum is piriform, half as broad in front as between 2nd
and 3rd legs, clothed with short upright spinous bristles on bases.
Posterior sigilla away from margin.

1902. ] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 129

The palpi are twice the length of the cephalothorax, the tibial
joint of the male being considerably swollen in the middle, and
with two apophyses, one above the other, on the side. The stioma
is 14 times as long as the bulb, and is twisted, but not so mal
as in A. smeatoni.

The front middle eyes are 1} diameters apart. In the male these
are as large as the long diameter of the laterals, but in the female
only 3ths, The front laterals are two of their diameters apart ;
they are in the male the long diameter away from the median,
in the female 14. The rear row is recurved, both laterals and
median oval, the latter in the female being as large as the front
median, from which they are distant the diameter of the side eyes.
They are somewhat nearer than this to those of the rear side, which
are as long as the front side eyes. The trapezium formed by the
rear median and front laterals is very slightly narrowed in front.

The legs, rather thin and tapering, are somewhat thickly
covered with bristly spines. The apophyses at the anterior end
of tibia 1 of the male are hardly to be distinguished from those
of A, smeatoni. The pectinations on the superior tarsal claws
vary from 7 in front to 3 on the outer rear claw.

The abdomen is oval, the upper side being furnished with
spiniform setze, both upper and under side are covered with short
fine hair.

The superior spinnerets are short and stout, the first joimt
longest, the third quite short. The inferior are one diameter
apart.

The female is coloured the same as the male, and is probably
not fully grown; except in the smaller size of the front middle
eyes she does not differ from the males, and comes from the
same locality, so that I take them to correspond. Three males
and the female come from Blakiston, and one male from the coast
at Hallett’s Cove. I have named them after the sender of the
latter, Mr. W. Pulleine, jun.

Measurements vw millimetres,

Male. Female.
Long. Broad. Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... 10 fe 3 84 if 2 SCORE
| oe e \7
Abdomen ..... ae Wi 9 105 84
ae > 5
Mandibles ......... \ 4 horizontally. 4 horizontally.
Male.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
Wester Th, 5 idl lat Hal = 38
2} 44 il il eee = 38
By 4. 10 OF 13 = 364
4, AM it 2: 122 We = 463
EPO ee test me, 2 7 64 2 = A)
Proc. Zoot. Soc. DPENTO Talis, SNOMMIEXG: 9

130 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. [June 3,

Female.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
flees 06s Loe 6 6 He es NGO
SG 6 i ek) jo,
3. 3 63 53 5s = 203
Ay Bk gi gi (os
Paleieee ote 31 52 4d Bee, yalGe

DYARCYOPS, hoy. gen.

Dyarcyops differs from Arhanitis L. Koch, to which it is allied,
in having both rows of eyes procurved, the front median eyes.
more than their diameter apart, the cephalic part of the cephalo-
thorax comparatively high, the thoracic fovea straight, deep, and
long; it has only a few pectinations on the superior tarsal claws ;
and, from the greater procurvature of the front row, the whole
eye-space is longer in comparison with its breadth than in the
above-named genus.

Type species, D. andrews.

DYARCYOPS ANDREWSI, noy. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 10 & text-
fig. 25 a.)

Cephalothorax dark reddish brown, with fine yellowish-brown
hair; mandibles darker still, with brown hair or bristles. Sternum,
lip, maxille, and coxe rich yellowish brown, with long brown
hair, rather imclined to yellow on the maxille and red on the
fringes. Legs and palpi yellow-brown, abdomen dark grey reticu-
lated spots on yellow-brown ground.

The thoracic part of the cephalothorax is rather flat, the
cephalic part rising somewhat abruptly from in front of the fovea,
which is broad, deep, and transversely straight.

The whole cephalothorax, somewhat broad in front, is one-third
longer than broad, and longer than the patella and tibia of any of
the legs. The mandibles are large and extend below the base of
the cephalothorax. The abdomen is ovate, rather straight in
front: the superior spinnerets short and stout, the first joint
longer than the other two together, the third quite short and
almost hemispherical; the inferior one diameter apart.

The front row of eyes is strongly procurved, the laterals 1
diameters of the medians, having their highest part below the
lower margin of the latter pair, which are one and a third of their
diameter apart. The rear side eyes are slightly smaller than the
front, and separated from the latter by two of their own diameters.
The centres of the rear medians are ona level with the upper part
of the laterals, making the whole row clearly procurved. The
total eye-space is well raised up and 14 times as broad as long.

The mandibles are stout and long, well arched, and their lowest
point reaches to below the level of the sternum. The fangs are
long and powerful. The rastellum consists of two rows of stout

1902. ] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. Wil

teeth, reaching halfway across the front and some distance up
the inner edge of the falx. The teeth on the falx-sheath consist
of five large and three smaller on the inner edge and five at the
lower end of the outer edge.

The maaille are broad, straight in front, with only a small
protuberance on the inner corner. The lower end is rounded and
curved in round the lip, that portion being rather thickly studded
with spines. The lip is sunk below the mavxille; it is about as
long as broad, straight in front, and without spines.

The sternum is broadest opposite the third pair of coxe, where
the fourth pair of sigilla show prominently a little away from the
margin, the others being marginal.

The abdomen, rather deeply pitted, is covered with fine hair
and a few bristles on roots on the upper side; it is longer than
broad, somewhat ovate truncate in front and rounded at rear.
The superior spinnerets are short and stout, the first joint longer
than the other two together, the third being almost hemispherical ;
the inferior pair are about their diameter apart.

The legs are rather short and stout, the fourth pair scarcely
longer than the first. The metatarsi and tarsi of front two pairs
are thickly scopulated, but none on either joint of third and
fourth pair. The superior tarsal claws are long, stout, and
strongly curved, having one longish pectination near the base on
the outer claw and two on the inner. The third claw is smooth,
and there is one pectination at the base of the female palp-claw.

Four females (two not quite adult), taken by Mr. F. W.
Andrews at Mount Compass, South Australia.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... 12 5 HD ASSO
AN OCONEE Gogcnbene il 7
Mandibles......... Os 4 horizontally.

Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

IDCs ya Rad eee 1 5 11 10 8 = 34.
2 4h 9 9 a —
3 34 8 6 a = 242
4 43 10 11 9 = 344

Ballpen, seers. 5 9 (fe 5 = 264

BLAKISTONIA, nov. gen.

I have somewhat doubtfully constituted a new genus for two
females from the same neighbourhood as the two new species of
Aganippe, which I call, after the locality, Blakistonia.

It differs from Aganippe in the much squarer eye-area; the
rear side eyesare larger than any of the others. The lip is as long
as broad, furnished with short, stout, unusually tapering spinules ;

132 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. {June 3,

the third joint of the spinnerets only slightly shorter than the
second ; stouter legs, the metatarsi of the front two pairs scopu-
lated, all tarsi bespined, and different type of apophyses on tibia i.
of male.

Type species, B. aurea.

Text-fig. 25.

‘ (i
“ae “
hang
/
eS

Dyarcyops andrewsi (a) and Blakistonia aurea (b-e).

a, 6, profiles (nat. size) ; c, male palp from inner side; d, male palp from
outer side; e, tibia i. of male from under side.

BLAKISTONIA AUREA, sp. nov. (Plate XIII. figs. 1, 2, & text-
fig, 25 b-e.)

Female. Cephalothorax dingy yellowish brown, mandibles brown,
vastellum nearly black, lip and maxille yellowish brown ; sternum
pale yellow, with deeper orange spots ; legs yellowish brown, with
dark grey hair on patella, tibia, tarsus, and metatarsus ; abdomen
bright golden yellow, with pale yellow hair on both upper and
under side.

The cephalothorax is longer than broad by nearly one-fourth,
and only one-fourth narrower in front and rear than in the
widest part. The cephalic part is well raised up from the slightly
procurved thoracic fovea, bounded by side depressions and highest
behind the eye-space. The mandibles are prominent, more than
one-third the length of the cephalothorax horizontally. Teeth as
in male.

The eye-space is unusually depressed, in fact barely raised up
at all. The front median eyes are their diameter apart; the
laterals, which are 14 diameters of same, are two of their own
diameters apart, two diameters of the median away from the
latter, and situated on the margin of the clypeus, thus forming an

1902.] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS, 138;

entirely separate row. The centres of the rear row are in a straight
line, all four eyes oval and longitudinally parallel. The long
diameter of the median equals that of the front middle eyes, and
the rear laterals, twice the length of these, are one-third of their
length away from the medians, which are not quite three of their
own long diameters apart.

The lip is as long as broad, very convex, rounded at the base,
and straight in front. It is furnished with rather thick ordinary
bristles and stout spines on the upper half, tapering from base to
point. The mamille are rather wide, rounded at the lower outer
corner and curving round the lip. They are straight in front.
On the inner lower corner they have an area with spines, much
like those on the lip, but longer.

The sternum is piriform, narrowest in front ; the posterior
sigilla are moderate in size, about their diameter from margin,
the remainder close to it.

The legs are rather short and stout. The metatarsus and
tarsus of front two pairs somewhat flat, thickly scopulated, and
particularly short, with stout spines on the under side of both
joints. The superior tarsal claws have from one to three long
basal pectinations only and are much curved. The third claw is
small and bare.

The abdomen is oval, with fine down-lying hair and long fine
bristles on the upper part. The superior spinnerets are short and
stout. The first joint about equal to the other two, the third
hemispherical at the anterior end. The inferior spinnerets are
very small and about their diameter apart.

Male. Colouring like the female. The long dark spinous
bristles on the upper part of abdomen give the latter a darker
colour than in the female (supposed). The under side also is
covered with thicker and longer brown hair.

The front median eyes are of the same diameter as the front
laterals, the former 2 and the latter 1} diameters apart. The
rear row is straight, the laterals being in long diameter larger
than those of the front row. ‘The whole eye-space, though of the
same proportionate length and breadth, is only two-thirds the
size of that of the (supposed) females, but the eyes appear closer
together owing to their larger comparative size. A long median
row of long spinous bristles runs from near the thoracic fovea to
the margin of the clypeus.

The lip and mawille are unbespined. The sternum is pear-
shaped; the posterior sigilla away from margin, small and
apparently slightly convex. The teeth on the inner edge of the
falx-sheath are small and six in number. On the outer edge and
intermediately are 14 or 15 spread indiscriminately, some very
small. The legs ave long and rather thin, The superior tarsal
claws have five or six pectinations. The tarsi of the front two
pairs only are scopulated and the anterior end of the metatarsus.
Near the anterior end of tibia 1 are two horny apophyses long1-
tudinally, one below the other on the inner side. There are
spines on all metatarsi and on tarsi 3 and 4, but not on 1 and 2.

134 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. [June 3,

On the outer side of the tibial joint of the palpi is one apophysis —
near the anterior end, its upper side covered with small triangular
spinules and a considerable area behind it. The cap of the meta-
tarsal joint is also similarly covered with spinules. The stigma is
nearly twice the length of the bulb, pointed at the end and twisted
into a thin laminated sheet about the middle.

One male from Lower North Road, Adelaide.

Four females from Blakiston and the Mt. Lofty ranges.

Measurements in millimetres (female).

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... ph | : mudront.
Albdommenteeee occ 16 11
Mandibles......... 4 horizontally.

Superior spinnerets 2, 1, ? = 44.

Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

WWOSSi Jsmmieene 1. 43 8 (es ee
Da En eer 2 ol
3 4 a 64 5 = 224
4, 43 8 10 8 = 304
Pallipigaentt spec is 4} 6 Ai — ane
Measurements in millimetres (male).
Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... 7 { j al EDU.
JNoglonmem gocccocar 7 4
Mandibles......... 3 2 horizontally.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
Legs sese----- ls BS 8 9 8 = 28}
ea oe) A 8 (‘5 = 26
aoe wo 6 63 if = 23
Aaa 8 10 10 = 31
(Pallipy se otscacr sees 3 5 5 aad Vi — eb L5)
Spinnerets ...... eee
Inferior do. very small, about 4, and close together.

Subfamily AVICULARIN4.

Group SELENOCOSMIEA.
SELENOTHOLUS, nov. gen.

Differs from Selenocosmia in having the thoracic fovea recurved.
Rear and front legs of equal stoutness.
Type species, Selenotholus foelschet.

1902. | MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 135

SELENOTHOLUS FOELSCHEI, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 26.)

Female. The cephalothorax is reddish, covered with short
yellow to yellow-brown hair. Mandibles darker, with thick, but
smooth downlying yellow-brown hair, darkest in front; fangs
black-brown, but the outer side by palp bright red. Lip and
maxille red-brown with reddish hair. Sternum and coxe deep
brown: rest of legs and palpi same as mandibles; the patella of
third and fourth pairs somewhat darker. The abdomen, both
upper and uuder sides, is a rich golden brown covered with smooth
glossy hair.

Text-fig. 26.

Selenotholus foelschei.

a, profile (nat. size); 5, eyes.

The cephalothorax is one-eighth part longer than broad, sloping
moderately upwards from the clearly-recurved thoracic fovea lying
between the second and third pair of legs to the eye-space, which
is more than 22 times as broad as long and situated on a tubercle,
34 mm. xX 2, reaching to the margin of the carapace.

The front row of eyes is slightly procurved, the median pair
14 diameters apart and 1} of their diameter from the laterals ;
they are of a bright orange colour, standing on transparent black
rims, which I have not allowed for in their size. The front laterals
are 12 times the diameter of the median, and, together with the
rear row, are of a pale yellow. The rear row is straight ; the
laterals, half the diameter of the front laterals, are as far from
them as the latter from the front median. The rear median,
slightly smaller than the laterals in long diameter, are their
breadth away from the latter and twice their length from the
front median and ten times their own breadth, or five diameters
of the front middle, apart.

The mandibles ave thickly covered with close-lying hair, the
fangs long and powerful, the inner margin of falx-sheath furnished
with about 12 large teeth, and the intermediate area with about
50 smaller, reaching almost to base of fang, The stridulating-

136 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. [June 3,

organ on the outer side of the falx is spread over a more or less
oblong area, and consists of series of sharp spines placed in very
regular rows. The corresponding portion on the base of the palpi
is a long oval area of spines, shorter and broader but generally
similar.

The mamille are broad, rounded at the base, curved round the
lip, and moulded at the inner upper corner into a well-defined
prominence ; club-shaped spines are numerous across the base, and
a few stretching up the lower part of the inner side. The labiwm
is broader than long, hollowed in front, and has a thick cushion of
spines extending from the inner edge to halfway down the front.

The sternwm is as broad as long, truncate in front ; the posterior
sigilla, large and oval, are situated nearer to the median line than
to the margin. It is only slightly convex and thickly covered
with matted hai. The legs are rather equally stout, there being
no difference between the first and fourth pairs. The scopulze on
all the tarsi are integral, on the metatarsi of the front two pairs
they reach to the base, nearly so on the third pair, and halfway
up on the fourth. There are no spines on any of the legs, but
double baie streaks on patella and tibia 1., i1., and i 111., Single on iv.

The abdomen is ovate, truncate, and narrowest anteriorly.
The hairing is specially br ight and silky in texture, of the same
colour all over, above and below. ‘The spinnerets are half the
length of the cephalothorax, tapering from base to anterior end, the
first joint longer than the third and both longer than the second.

The recurvature of the cephalic fovea is a generic character that
cannot be ignored. It resembles Selenocosmia stirlingi in general
appearance, but is otherwise readily distinguishable by the
straightness of the rear row of eyes, the larger number of inter-
mediate teeth in the falx-sheath, the lip more thickly bespined,
and the last jot of the spinnerets shorter than the first.

One female from Palmerston. I have named the species after
the sender, Mr. P. Foelsche.

Measurements in nullimetres.

Long. Broad.
f 14 in front.

Cephalothorax ... 20 | 172 im middle.
Abdomen ......... 294 183
Mandibles......... 12 total length.

pa Waits Sac ces 73 horizontally.
IB aT S ais senses sel 8
>] OIUINOWSTR EES ooo eaae Lo ey By = WO)
Ihmesrarone Ckoy “Syaane 23, 2 diameters apart.

Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.

Wee ee sa. Il, 10 18 18 16 = 62
D. 9 16 16 16 = ih
3}. 7 15 15 16 = 3}
4. 8 WA Vy 20 = 622

Pala em at eehwat sears: 9 134 134 a 434

1902. | MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. IB

Subfamily DipLURIN”.

Genus CHENISTONIA Hoge.

CHENISTONIA TEPPERI, nov. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 13.)

Cephalothorax dull red-brown (yellower brown in apparently
rather younger specimens). Mandibles dark red-brown, with pale
yellow downlying hairs and longer upstanding brown. Lip,
maxille, sternum, and coxe dark red-brown, with upstanding
brown hairs only. ¥

Legs and palpi paler red-brown, with long brown hairs, scopulee
yellowish grey.

Abdomen yellow above and below, with short downlying, almost
golden hairs and a few longer and browner. The cephalothorax is
nearly one-fifth longer than broad, shightly rounded at. sides, a
third part narrower in the front and rear than in the middle, and
rising in a moderate slope from in front of a straight thoracic
fovea two-thirds of the length of the cephalothorax from the
anterior end.

The eye-space is on a somewhat rectangular raised prominence,
which begins at a distance the diameter of the front middle eyes
away from the margin of the clypeus. The front row of eyes is
slightly procurved. The median pair, barely their diameter apart
and only one-third from the nearest point of the laterals, are two-
thirds the diameter of the latter, and stand on black shiny rings.
The rear laterals, as far from the front laterals as the latter from
the front median, are only slightly larger than the front median.
The rear medians nearly touching the laterals are about as long
as the front median, half their diameter from them; the rear row
is distinctly recurved.

The mandibles are stout and rather longer perpendicularly than
they are horizontally, the bristles on the fore part distinctly
hardened, the fangs long and well curved. A row of eight large
teeth on the inner edge of the falx-sheath and five small in the
intermediate space at the lower end. The lp is slightly
broader than long, hollowed in front and without spmes. The
maxille have a rather broad rounded base, are hollowed round
the lip, and straight in front. They are thickly covered with
spines over half the breadth of the basal area.

The sternum is a broad oval, slightly convex, and having the
sigilla all marginal. The legs are moderately long and stout;
the tarsi of all four pairs have a thick scopula, as also the meta-
tarsi of the front two pairs. None of the tarsi but all the
inetatarsi are bespined, and two pairs of short spines on patella il,
All the patelle have a broad longitudinal bare streak. The
superior tarsal claws have about 8 or 10 pectinations in each of
their two rows. The third claw short and bare and nearly
straight.

The abdomen is oval, thickly covered with short furry hair
intermixed with a few long single ones. The inferior spimnerets
are close together. The superior, tapering from the base, are one

158 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. [June 3

third the length of the cephalothorax, the third joint being rather
longer than the first and the second shortest.

Five females from Ardrossan, Kangaroo Island, Burnside, and
Blakiston, I have named after Mr. Tepper, who has collected
them from several of the localities.

Measurements in nillimetres.

Long. Broad.
Mone We,
Cephalothorax ... 12 { ie Hn econ
Aiodormrent en ee. 13 é
Mandibles......... ifs
Piidiety (Shi Ratt 4 horizontally.
Pat. & Metat
Coxe. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
Megsaecen: I 5 10 11 3 = 305
2. 5 10 10 9 = 34
3. 43 9 9 10. =" 323
A, 4} Il hl 12 =) 385
Palioiu Sa ieee cn eh. 5 8 i 5 = 25
Superior spinnerets...... lea at

DEKANA, nov. gen.

Dekana, allied to Chenistonia by the almost unique position of
the tibial palpal spur of the male, differs from the latter in having
the thoracic fovea procurved and the posterior sternal sigilla
rather large and removed from the margin by a distance equal to
that from the median line.

Type species, D. diversicolor.

DEKANA DIVERSICOLOR, noy. sp. (Text-fig. 27.)

Male. Cephalothorax dark red-brown, mandibles black-brown,
short fine downlying hair silvery white, and upstanding longer
brown. Lip, maxille, sternum, and coxe pale chestnut. Legs
and palpi red-brown, lightening towards the extremities, scopule
greyish yellow. Abdomen black above and underneath. Front
abdominal shield, gill-covers, and spinnerets yellow, hairing silver-
grey above, yellow on sides and underneath.

The cephalothorax is 2 millimetres longer than broad, rounded
at sides, broadly truncate in front, somewhat narrower at rear
end, which is concave. The cephalic part is only moderately
raised up, the highest part being about the middle behind the
eyes, which are situated on a well-developed oval prominence
rising abruptly from almost the margin of the clypeus. The
front middle eyes, green, the remainder being yellow, are three-
fourths of their diameter apart and half that distance from the
nearest point of the laterals which are 1} their diameter. These
are set In a plane perpendicular to the cephalic surface, and being
at the lower part of the prominence make the row, which is
straight seen from above, rather strongly procurved from in front.

1902.] MR. WH. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 139

The rear row is recurved, the laterals half their diameter from
those of the front row are the same in length as the front median.
The somewhat square rear median are two-thirds the diameter of
the laterals, nearly close up to the latter and half their diameter
from the front median. The eye-space is 18 x 7, the whole
prominence 18x10. The cephalic fovea is lunate and very clearly
procurved.

Text-fig. 27.

Dekana diversicolor.
a, eyes; 6, tibia and metatarsus i. of male; c, male palp.

The mandibles ave vather long compared with their breadth, and
stand out horizontally half the length of the cephalothorax. There
are nine large teeth on the mner falx-sheath, five quite small in
an intermediate row at the lower end. The lip, straight at the
sides, hollowed in front, is broader than long and has one spine
only visible about the middle.

The maxille convex at the base over half their width are thence
hollowed round the lip and are straight in front. They are some-
what sparsely bespined over the whole basal area. The sternum
is ovate, straight in front, broadest at rear, slightly convex. The
posterior sternal sigilla are long and narrow halfway between the
margin and the median line. The /egs are only moderately stout,
the tarsi being all scopulated and without spines; the metatarsi
are all bespined, those of the front two pairs scopulated, and the

140 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. [June 3,

anterior end of the two rear pairs. The metatarsus of the front
pair, characteristically protuberant on the under side, springs from
a narrow base, and that of the second pair is also distinctly curved.

The tibial spur is rather nearer to the base than to the front
end and quite as well formed as in Chenistonia maculata. The
superior tarsal claws are pectinated in two rows of about nine
teeth in each. The third short and bare.

As in Chenistonia the metatarsal joint of the palpi is somewhat
long, and cut straight across the end. The stigma is curved and
finely pointed, slightly longer than the palpal bulb. The abdomen
is oval, rather long and narrow, the yellow chitinous shield and
gill-coverings being very prominent on the black ground as also
the spinnerets. The inferior pair of spinnerets are well developed,
14 diameters apart at the base. The first jomt of the superior pair
is 14 times the length of the second, the third being unfortunately
destroyed.

One male only from Deka Station, near Blackhall.

Measurements in nuillimetres.
Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 9 ' : in front.
Abdomen; Vee.e-5 8 5
Mandibles......... 63
Con tL Cae neres 43 horizontally.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
Legs. fe... 1 41 8 9 8 = 293
2 4 8 ( 8 — 274
3 34 64 63 8 = 243
4, 34 9 9 10 = 313
Pal ra Ace ose eeereeeatieeas: 4 a iG a 205
Superior spinnerets...... 13, 1, —.

Genus ANAME L. Koch.

ANAME TASMANICA, nov. sp. (Plate XIII. fig. 12.)

Female. Cephalothorax, mandibles, lip, maxille, sternum, legs,
and palpi a rather dingy yellow-brown, in most parts sparsely
clothed with long upstanding dark brown hairs. The abdomen is
a dingy greyish yellow, with short fine downlying yellow hairs
interspersed on upper side, with long thin upstanding bristles on
round roots. Spinnerets and gill-covers yellow; front median
eyes deep orange, with black centres on black rims, other eyes
pale yellow.

The cephalothorax is two millimetres longer than broad, slightly
raised from in front of the thoracic fovea, which is procurved,
about equally narrowed at front and rear.

The eyes are on a well-raised tubercle, the breadth of the front
median eyes from the margin of the clypeus. The front row is
straight, or from in front slightly procurved, the median pair
three-fourths of their diameter apart. The laterals one-half that

1902. ] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS. 14]

distance away are one-third larger. The rear row is recurved.
The laterals, touching the front laterals, are the same diameter as
the front median, the oval rear median, two-thirds same diameter,
almost touch the side, and are half the diameter of the front
median away from them. The eye-space is 15 x 7, the tubercle
15 x 11 =>.

The mandibles are horizontally slightly less than half the length
of the cephalothorax. They have seven large teeth on inner
margin of the falx-sheath and no intermediate. The lip is
convex, somewhat broader than long, hollowed in front and with-
out spines.

The mawxille are straight in front, broadly rounded at base and
profusely bespined over the whole basal area. The sternum is
broadly oval, truncate in front, the posterior sigilla removed from
the margin.

The legs are moderately stout, the tarsi of the front two pairs
being scopulated and the metatarsi of the same partially so as
well. On the third pair of tarsi 1s a faint indication of a scopula
below the bristles. None of the tarsi are bespined, but all meta-
tarsi and patelle. The superior tarsal claws are pectinated in
two rows with about seven to nine teeth in each. The superior
claw is bare and very small. There are spines in a scopula on the
metatarsal joint of the female palpi. The abdomen is oval, with
thin downlying hairs and fine bristles on the upper surface.

The superior spimnerets are half the length of the cephalo-
thorax, tapering, the first and third joints each about twice the
length of the second. The inferior are 13 diameters apart.

This species is easily distinguishable from 4. pallida L. Koch,
of which the front median eyes are also near together, by having
no median or side stripes on the abdomen, and from my 4A. grisea
by its much larger size, smaller rear eyes, and more compact
eye-space, besides the falx-teeth, tarsal claws, and patellar spines.

One female from Table Cape, north coast of Tasmania, collected
by Mr. Dove.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.
{ 5 in front.

Cephalothorax ... 10 [8
Abdomen ......... 12 8
Mandibles......... 64
Say Sea 4+ horizontally.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
WHC O BN uscaee 1, 5 ) 9 SUP Ss
De 43 8 8 8 — 284
By 4. it 7 9 = Pui
AL 43 9 9 10 = 323
SPalliol es pees saee sta arene ss 5 6 6 4 <= 21

142 MR. OSCAR NEUMANN ON MAMMALS [June 17,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Eyes (x 10) of Blakistonia aurea, 8, p. 133.
oy) ” jo) > Dp. 132.
Aganippe pulleinei, §, p. 128.

3” bb} 33

O 9 3)

3 5s Hh latior, p. 126.

op subtristis, p. 126.
a ~ ns smeatoni, p. 126.
Idiosoma sigillatum, p. 125.
Anidiops manstridgei, p. 125.
WO. “59 53 Dyarcyops andrewsi, p. 130.
Ike bp sf Arbanitis gilliesii, p. 125.
WA gp a Aname tasmanica, p. 140.
TBE 3 Chenistonia tepperi, p. 137.

SO DTT OVS go bo

June 17, 1902.

Prof. G. B. Howss, D.S8c., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1902 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of May 1902 were 141 in number. Of these 26 were
acquired by presentation and 64 by purchase, 6 were born in the
Gardens, 44 were received on deposit, and 1 in exchange. The
total number of departures during the same period, by death
and removals, was 131.

Amongst the additions attention may be specially directed to :—

1. A fine example of the scarce and little-known Southern
Anaconda (Hunectes notews Cope) from Paraguay, deposited by
the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.8., May 2nd, new to the
Collection.

2. A female Hartebeest from Angola, acquired by purchase
May 13th, apparently not different from the species of the Cape
Colony, Bubalis caama.

3. Six Ruddy Flamingos (Phanicopterus ruber) from Cuba,
purchased May 29th.

4, Three American Bisons (Bison americanus) from the Woburn
Herd, presented by the President of the Society, and received
May 3lst.

Mr. Oscar Neumann exhibited some specimens of Monkeys
(Cercopithecus) and Hyraxes (Procavia), belonging to species
discovered during his recent journey through North-east Africa and
during his earlier journey through German and British Hast
Africa. Among the Hyraxes exhibited were examples of Procavia
erlangert, the black-headed Hyrax from Harar and the sources of
the Wabbi, Procavia matschieti from the south coast of Lake
Victoria, and Procavia (Heterohyrax) thomasi from Kafta and

1902. ] FROM NORTH-EAST AFRICA. 143

Gunirra, this being a true Heterohyrax, but living in the trees
like a Dendrohyrax.

Mr, Neumann remarked that he could not quite agree with
Mr. Thomas in uniting all the large-toothed Hyraxes of Abyssinia
(except P. scioana) under the name Procavia abyssinica Hempr.
& Ehr. This latter was a form with a variable black spot on
the back, living in Bogosland and in the coast-vregion of
Krythrea. Hyrax alpini Gray and Hyraa irroratus var. luteo-
guster Gray seemed to be synonyms of this species, both coming
from Northern Abyssinia.

There was also a form with a small but distinct yellow spot on
the back, which should bear the name Procavia ferruginea (Gray).
The type of this species had been obtained by Jesse in Northern
Abyssinia, and four specimens of it, collected by Blanford in
Adigrat, were in the British Museum.

The form of large-toothed Hyrax, which Mr. Neumann had
previously thought to be Procavia alpini Gray (Mitteil. Ges.
naturf. Fr. 1901, p. 241), therefore, needed a new name, and he
proposed to call it Procavia meneliki. It was similar to Procavia
mackindert Thos., from Kenia, but smaller, apparently lighter,
and with a very large yellow spot on the back. The head was
lighter, and the outsides of the hind legs were far lighter than
in P. mackindert. From P. jacksoni Thos., from Mau, which it
resembled in size, 1t was also distinguishable by its lighter colour
and much lighter underfur. There were likewise differences in the
skull, which would be mentioned in another place. It was met
with in Abuje and Badattino, Province of Gindeberat, south of
the Blue Nile.

Another species of Hyrax new to science was Procavia (Dendro-
hyrax) ruwenzorii, similar to Dendrohyrax stuhlmanni Matsch.,
and to Dendrohyrax crawshayt Thos.; but differing from the
former in the pale grey instead of black underfur, and from
the latter in the absence of any reddish in the general coloration.
It differed from both of them in the long and thick fur, which
was the softest and thickest of all the Hyraxes as yet known, and
in the exceptional amount of long and woolly hairs standing out
beyond the other fur.

The only specimen of this new species, collected by Sir Harry
Johnston, in September 1899, on Mount Ruwenzori at an altitude
of 11,000-11,5000 feet, was now in the British Museum (B. M.
1.8.9.43). It had been mentioned in Mr. Thomas’s paper on the
Johnston collection (P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 178) under the name
Procavia crawshayt.

The Monkeys exhibited by Mr. Neumann were Cercopithecus
hilgerti, from the sources of the Wabbi; Cercopithecus matschier, a
very red form, from Kaffa; and Cercopithecus djamdjamensis,
a mountain-form with very thick fur and a short tail, which
lived at an altitude of from 10,000 to 12,000 feet in the bamboo-
forests of Djamdjam, east of Lake Abaja. All these three species
belonged to the Chlorocebus group.

144 ON AN ELK FROM SIBERIA. [June 17,

Mr. Neumann also described a new species of the group of
(. albogularis to which, at the suggestion of Mr. A. H. Neumann,
the collector of the first specimen, he was glad to give the name
Cercopithecus kolbi, in honour of Dr. George Kolb, the lamented
German zoologist and explorer of the regions north-east of
Mt. Kenia, who had been killed by a rhinoceros in 1899.

The following was the description of C. kolbi :—

¢g. Similar in most respects to the dark mountain-form of
CZalbogularis, but with a pure white throat, which extends as a
white half-collar round the neck, and leaves only a narrow space,
about two inches wide, connecting the dark colour of the head
with that of the back. The ears are thickly haired and pure
white. The arms and hands are glossy black, the hind legs dark
grey, the feet glossy black; the tail at the base is of the colour of
the back, gradually passing into shining black towards the tip.

2. Smaller, all the colours paler, head darker, the back more
olive-brown, with less red; arms, hands, and hind feet paler
black.

Five specimens of this species were in the British Museum.

The type (No. 0.1.31) had been obtained by C. 8. Betton on
the Kedong Escarpment, Sept. 21, 1899. Two other males had
been procured by A. H. Neumann at 8000-9000 feet, on the east
side of Mt. Kenia, and by Lord Delamere in Roromo, British
East Africa. Two females had been obtained by Mackinder in
the Nairobi forest on July 14, 1899. This species seemed to be
vestricted to Mt. Kenia and to the neighbouring mountain-chains.

Cercopithecus albotorquatus of Thomas, with which this Monkey
had been confounded, was distinguished by its shorter fur—being
probably’a lowland form,—by the absence of the striking white
colour of the ears, by its red anal region and base of the tail, by
its reddish hind legs, and by the very sharp definition of the
dark and white areas on the neck.

My. R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks upon
the nest of a Gregarious Spider (Stegodyphus dumicola), sent
home by Capt. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.8., from Vredefort Road,
Orange River Colony, 8. Africa.

A communication from Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S., F.Z.S., called
attention to the supposed new species of Elk from Siberia, published
in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1902 (vol. i. p. 207) and pro-
posed to be called Alces bedfordiw, no exact locality being given.
Mr. Elwes stated that when he was in the Altai Mountains, three
years ago, he had procured from Lake Teletskoi the skull and
horns of an Elk which were so exactly of the character of those
found in European Russia, that he could not distinguish them.
They were well palmated with about twelve pomts on each side.
Mr. Elwes was convinced that though there might be many local

1902.] ON THE HAIR-SLOPE IN MAMMALS. 145

variations in the Elk in various parts of Siberia, it was most
unwise to assume on such slight evidence that non-palmation was
a constant character of even subspecific value.

The following papers were read :—

1. Certain Habits of Animals traced in the Arrangement

of their Hair. By Watrer Kipp, M.D., F.Z.S.
[Received May 15, 1902. }
(Text-figures 28-31.)

The subject now considered is limited by two conditions—
first, that only mammals with somewhat short hair can be
studied; and, secondly, that only two groups of habits are of
sufficient prevalence to bear upon the question.

The bulk of the animals to be dealt with belong to the two
great orders of Ungulates and Carnivores. A few Simiade will be
referred to, but other short-haired animals, such as Marsupials
and Rodents, do not lend themselves to this form of study.

Certain of the habits common to all animals are divided into
Passive and Active. The former include those concerned with
the recumbent and the sitting positions, and the latter mainly
those of locomotion, with a few subordinate ones.

I. Passive. (a) Recumbent Position—The Ungulate, of which
one of the Bovide may be taken as a type, adopts as its normal
attitude in rest only that of lying prone ; and such an animal lies
with head raised, either at or above the level of its trunk, fore-limbs
doubled so that the carpal joint is completely flexed, the hoof of one
side slightly everted, and that of the other, as a rule, under the
abdomen. The posterior portion of the thorax and the abdomen
rest on the ground, but the pectoral region is raised by the fore-
limbs so as not to be in contact with it. The hinder portion of
the body of the Ungulate seldom lies in the median plane, but
inclined to one side or the other, so that the lumbar and lower
dorsal portions of the spine are rotated, and this causes the hind-
limbs to be on one side, the metatarsal bones extended and in
contact with the ground, the “knee” of the animal strongly
flexed and closely applied to the inguinal region.

In the attitude of complete rest, during sleep, the Ungulate
seems to lie in no constant attitude, stretched out on one or other
side.

A typical and predominant attitude adopted by Carnivores in
lying is that the animal, e.g. a fox-terrier, when in a state of
partial rest, lies with its head elevated ; or in complete rest, with
head reposing on the fore-limbs, the ventral surface of the muzzle
in contact with the flexor surface of the radius and ulna. The
fore-limbs, in the case of the Carnivores, are planted in an

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1902, Vox. II. No. X. 10

146 DR. WALTER KIDD ON THE [June 17,

extended position, in marked contrast with the flexed one of the
Ungulates. Thus it happens that the extensor surface of the
Carnivore fore-limb lies on the ground, the corresponding surface
of the Ungulate being in contact with the flexor surface of the
metacarpus. There are occasions when a Carnivore, such as a
domestic cat or dog, doubles up its fore-limb and lies as an
Ungulate does; but this is far from the common habit, and the
limb being relatively short, the surfaces in contact are not large.

This predominant habit of the Carnivores brings to pass a close
contact of the flexor surface of the radius and ulna of each side
with the pectoral region. Passing backwards, we find that the
projecting thorax and upper part of the abdomen are in contact
with the supporting surface, as in the case of the Ungulate. The
hinder portion of the Carnivore shows much the same attitude as
the Ungulate, but it is rather less rotated, and frequently the
hind-limbs lie extended under the abdomen in the long axis of
the trunk.

(6) It is hardly too much to say that an Ungulate never sits,
and that, in the case of the Carnivores, this attitude im rest is
only found with any frequency in the short-bodied forms. In
illustration of this, one may point out that it is hardly to be
conceived that a horse, ox, or deer could sit, and that, to take
examples among domesticated Canide, a dachshund comparatively
seldom sits, and that a fox-terrier or pug spends a large pro-
portion of its time in a sitting posture. Such facts are of course
explicable on purely mechanical principles.

As to the etiology of the difference of attitudes adopted by the
Carnivores and Ungulates, the general shape of the different
types will to a great extent account for it. The Ungulate forms,
generally speaking, have a short body, long legs, very sloping
humerus in standing, and a very strong ligamentum nuche ;
whereas the Carnivore forms have a relatively long body and
short legs, humerus more nearly vertical than that of the
Ungulate, and an unimportant ligamentum nuche.

Of these divergent modifications of forms, I would suggest that
the presence of a powerful and efficient suspensory ligament in
long-necked Ungulates, attached to the neural spines of the
cervical vertebre, and to the heavy large head, which in man
forms bears the additional weight of antlers, is the factor which
mainly determines the Ungulate attitude. This ligament of
course allows the Ungulate to maintain the level or elevated
position of its head without muscular effort—a position which is
greatly more adapted to the general shape of the fore-quarter and
the “set” of the head of Ungulates than that of the Carnivore,
with the under surface of the lower jaw resting on the ground.
The ligamentum nuchze of the Ungulate allows the centre of
eravity of the heavy Ungulate fore-end to be thrown further back
than is possible with the Carnivore. The effect of the Carnivore’s
attitude is to produce a forward slide of the fore-end on the
extensor surface of the radius and ulna, where the subcutaneous

1902. ] HAIR-SLOPE IN MAMMALS, 147

tissue 1s very loose, a slide which obviously is impossible in the
strongly-flexed position of the corresponding joint of the Ungulate.

Among Simiade numerous groups® adopt a corresponding
habitual attitude of the forearm ; and in Man the habit of resting
this surface against supporting objects is very common, pro-
ducing in both cases a similar forward slide.

II. Active Habits —The most noticeable active habits of animals
are those of locomotion. A few other habits, of a more varying
character and less constantly present, will be noted under the
different areas involved by them. The habits of locomotion vary
in all degrees, from the short step and slow walk of a domestic
ass to the amble of a horse, the quick, short trot of an ass, the
full trot, canter, and gallop of a horse or other large Ungulate.
The locomotive habits of the Carnivores are not so noteworthy,
and their greater development of the fore-quarters than of the
hind-quarters is noteworthy, the fore-limb being largely modified
as a weapon of offence in addition to its locomotive function.
The various animals which are now under consideration, with the
exception of the Domestic Horse, exercise their locomotive powers
according to their own needs. The Horse and its congeners, the
Ass and Mule, stand alone in this respect; the Horse most
conspicuously so, for this animal has been produced by man
for locomotion just as much, though by different methods, as a
locomotive engine has been produced—in each case for the
benefit of man himself. The Horse has no other raison @’étre.
In this view, then, the Domestic Horse should be the most profit-
able of all animals for study under this division of the subject,
and it is found to be so.

Hair-Direction.—The foregoing habits of animals, passive and
active, are closely related to and shown by certain directions of
their hairy coverings, and the latter often point out very clearly
both what the animals have done and what they have not done.
The direction of the hair may be loosely compared to a cinemato-
graph representation of the life of the animal possessing it.

A. Passive Habits.—The passive habits of an animal in sitting
and lying are necessarily shown mainly on the ventral surface
of the body. The traces of their habits will be looked for in

1st) the pectoral region, (2nd) the fore-lmb, (3rd) the abdomen,
(4th) the extensor surface of the hind-limbs, (5th) the gluteal
region.

(1) In the Pectoral region among Carnivores there is seen a
marked impression, which corresponds with the pressure of the
flexor surface of the fore-limbas far as this comes in contact with
it in lying; and the result is that an area of hair is directed forwards
against the general stream of the chest (text-fig. 28, p.148). This is
well shown in an ancient sculpture of two Molossian hounds in the
Capitol Museum in Rome. In Ungulates this reversed area of
hair is also common, but numerous exceptions have been shown to
exist’. In the Domestic Horse this pectoral arrangement is more

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1900, p. 686.
10%

148 DR. WALTER KIDD ON THE [June 17,

marked than in any other animal and quite constant; and it is
probable that in this instance the arrangement of hair has a
different mechanical cause, namely, a dynamical one. The
attitude of the horse in rest does not lend itself markedly to the

Text-fig. 28.

Ss
>
\
.

ve\t \ Wve

a}
Re 4
yt
Nes
\ S95
SS
aie

5
Z
¢ va
c7¢
a
wy
/} NA
inp.

Bs
S
2
E
t
le
a

‘N
y ‘
/

/
eae Wee Ve .
Wy DB yee aONT>
wate 1g 4 \ Ue yo A
f

ak CEH?)
,
-

ACCRA

ya hd a
Vf

pore
SNK

Dog, showing the opposing hair-streams on the chest.

production of this arrangement; but the constantly locomotive
life of the horse does afford adequate reason for a reverse
direction of the hair-stream by means of strongly divergent
traction of underlying muscles. It is interesting to compare this

1902. ] HAIR-SLOPE IN MAMMALS. 149

whorl, feathering, and crest of the pectoral region of a Horse with
what is found in the closely-allied Ass and Mule. In the Horse
it is large, symmetrical, never absent, especially marked in high-
stepping horses, salnetlere cart-hor ses, or horses selected because of
their high action in trotting. Its size, indeed, is a measure of the
activity of the pectoral muscles and flexors of the fore-limb. In
the Ass it is either absent (and this is the rule) or, when present,
it is rudimentary ; in the Mule it is more frequently present than
in the Ass but still rudimentary. These degrees of development of
the pectoral whorl, feathering, and crest in Horse, Ass, and Mule
correspond closely with the locomotive habits of the three
animals.

In the six Prejevalsky’s Wild Horses in the Society’s Gardens
it is also absent, as one would expect in a wild animal. In
Zebras and Hquus asinus, though so closely allied in form to
the Horse, but so unlike in their wild and independently locomotive
life, it is absent.

(2) On the Fore-limb the two types of arrangement of hair have
been fully described * elsewhere, and it is only necessary to point
out here their relation to the two main recumbent attitudes, those
of the Carnivore and the Ungulate; the exceptions found among
the latter have been given elsewhere *

(3) Abdomen.—The ventral surface of the thorax and abdomen
show little interference with the normal slope of the animal’s hair
caused by its attitudes in lying. It is perhaps not unnecessary
to point out this fact, because in such a study negative facts may
weigh considerably in support of a positive contention if explana-
tions in accordance with these be forthcoming. When lying on
the ventral surface of its abdomen, an animal rests very little on
the thorax because of the support of the fore-limbs; and in this
position any tendency to slide forwards which may exist serves
but to confirm the normal slope of hair from cephalic to caudal
extremity, and thus the absence of any marks on the ventral
surface, due to the recumbent position, is fully accounted for.

On the lateral aspect of the abdomen there is found in nearly
all Carnivores and Ungulates an area of reversed hair, where the
“knee” of the animal rests in flexion, during lying and sitting,
against the flank. The extent of this area is variable and is
usually marked off by a margin, showing where the general
backward and downward direction of hair on the flank is inter-
rupted by the pressure of the flexed hind-limbs. Im many animals,
there is a general forward slope of the hair on the hypogastric
region till it reaches a point on the abdomen where apparently
the effect of the pressure of the hind-limbs ceases, and at this
point a tuft is often seen, especially in horses. It is shaped very
much like a small stack of cor n, and stands out from the rest of
the surrounding hair. I have seen a definite ridge with two tufts
at the meeting place of the stream of hair from the thorax and

1 ‘Use-Inheritance, A. & C. Black, 1901, pp. 28, 29.
2 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1900, p. 686.

150 DR. WALTER KIDD ON THE [June 17,

abdomen with that which passes forwards from the inguinal
region ; and such hereditary tufts are most difficult to account for,
except on the supposition that the slowly-growing trunk-stream
is opposed and interrupted by the reverse action of the flexed
hind-limbs in the recumbent position, pressing against the flank.
(4) The Gluteal region is the only one where the posture of sitting
is indicated in the arrangement of hair (text-fig. 29). It is obvious

Text-fig. 29.

ayis

4229222) “\y)

ANG

\Y
ths

Hehe
(han

Dog, showing the whorl (A) on the gluteal region and hair-streams on the
extensor aspect of the thigh.

that, except for pressure on the digits of the fore-feet and on the
metatarsal bones, there is no point of contact of the body with
the ground, except the tubera ischii. Here is the very spot in
animals, accustomed much to the sitting posture, where a whorl
lies exactly over the tuber ischii of each side ; and it is a breach of

1 902. ] HAIR-SLOPE IN MAMMALS. 151

the “law of parsimony ” to look for any other cause of this whorl
than the pressure of the weight of the animal’s body on the hair
over this prominent region.

In almost all the Carnivores and Ungulates, the hair on the
gluteal region curves over this rounded surface, taking a course in
the long axis of the limb itself, as in a horse, or very often in the
long axis of the trunk, as may be seen in a short-haired dog.
The sweep of this gluteal stream towards the perineum is inter-
rupted by the whorl mentioned, in a few animals which sit, such
as short-haired dogs and many of the Simiade, though in most of
the latter it is rather a bare area or callosity than a whorl—but
equally significant as to causation. In all such Ungulates as
Bovide, Equide, Cervidee, Ovidee, Capra, Tapiridee, and in Felide,
Urside, and most wild Canide—animals in which the sitting
posture is either impossible, inconvenient, or little adopted—it is
conspicuous by its absence.

(5) The posterior or extensor aspect of the Yemoral region in
many animals shows on its inner half the marks of pressure
against the ground, in a reversed slope of hair which passes
upwards and outwards to meet the downward and inward slope of
the stream coming from the outer half of this limb-segment.

B. Actwe Habits—The effects on the arrangement of hair of
animals produced by active habits are shown mainly in the
formation of whorls at certain critical points, with their associated
featherings terminating in crests or ridges. The greater or less
activity of locomotion is the most important fact about an animal
in this respect ; but three regions of the body present whorls which
are not directly connected with locomotion, and these may be
considered first. They are the Vasal, Frontal, and Spinal regions.

On the Wasal region the slope of hair varies in a remarkable
degree in different animals, and has been considered elsewhere °.
It is therefore only necessary to remark here that a nasal whorl
and commencement of feathering is found very constantly close to
the muzzles of those animals with long, pointed snouts, such as
Canide and Cervide, and that in such as Felide, with broader
snouts, it is found at the level of the orbits. Thus the slope of
hair on the nasal region in the former is from snout to orbit, and
on the latter from orbit to snout. This is obviously not a mere
unaccountable correlation of facts, but a mechanical result of the
shape and pose of the head, which thus confers on the narrow
snout a backward, and the broad snout a forward and downward
trend of hair, owing to constant friction in their respective
directions. That this differing direction of hair is an adaptive
modification produced for the benefit of the animal, cannot be
seriously maintained.

In Tapirs the bilateral nasal whorl is situated in a very
suggestive position, just where the large projecting snout begins
to curve downwards,

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1900, pp. 677-680.

152 DR. WALTER KIDD ON THE [June 17,

Frontal.—The arrangement of hair here need not be stated at
any length; it is sufficient to point out that a whorl is found at
very different levels in varying forms of head, from a position
low down almost on the nasal region, in the Domestic Ass, to a
point near the level of the external ears, as in certain Bovide.
A tolerably constant fact connected with it is that from it
proceeds a feathering, which passes towards the ears and termi-
nates in a crest. In this instance, as in others, the whorl indicates
the commencement, and the crest the cessation of a very persistent
and strong muscular action common to the life of the animal,
effectively leaving an indelible mark on the hairy covering. This
frontal whorl lies just over a group of muscles whose fibres pull
in very divergent directions; and the crest is situated where the
effect of the traction of the former muscles becomes neutralized
by the opposing temporal muscles. The particular animal habit,
indicated by these arrangements of hair, is most probably associ-
ated with the incessant action during numerous hours of the day
spent, on the one hand, by the animal in feeding and cropping
herbage, and on the other in active locomotion. All of these
actions tend to employ powerfully the maxillaris muscle, or levator
labii superioris et ale nasi, which in the former raises the upper
lip, and in the latter dilates the nostril. These actions of the
maxillaris muscle are best observed in the browsing habits of
Oxen and the locomotive habits of the Horse. Again, the
Domestic Horse is useful for study in this matter, for its pre-
ponderating activity of locomotion agrees with the fact that this
frontal whorl is more marked and persistent than in any other
animal.

Tn the Horse this frontal whorl lies at the level of the orbits in
the majority of cases; in the Domestic Ass so low down as to be
on the nasal region as a rule; in the Mule it is situated midway
between the positions of the Horse and Ass.

Tn all Zebras examined it has been found that the frontal whorl
feathering and crest are singularly ill-developed, and even often
absent. This difference in an animal so similar in form toa
horse is peculiar, and probably is connected with the fact that
though Zebras are capable of very active locomotion, they differ
very materially from Horses in the general character of their
lives, not being incessantly occupied in locomotion on behalf of
man as the domestic horse has been since it was domesticated.
Thus in wild Equide one very important action of the maxillaris
muscle is occasional and much less strong than in the horse, and
is also less strong than in the ass and mule.

The Spinal region in the middle line shows in the hair of
certain animals, chiefly Ungulates, very varying results of their
varying habits ; and the simplest instance of these arrangements is
to be seen in the view from above of the back of an Ox, or prefer-
ably a calf (text-fig. 30, p. 153), the young animal showing the points
more clearly. In this view the parietal region of the extended head
may also be examined. In the frontal region is seen the frontal

1902.]

HAIR-SLOPE IN MAMMALS.

153

whorl—this is produced into a feathering which terminates in

a crest just below the level of the horns.

From this crest the

Text-fig. 30.

oT Tee apes WHORL ©.
a) SAS Cap ta

~ at fs,

Prt vy
BODE
cyte 4

>>
re
4

EEL
ee
BE

VS he~ ~~

—---CREST D.

D
2
x ,

225

Cee

?
’
7s
BY Oo Vad
2
ABE
NY

t
SOA @B
ar crepe ellsZs

’
7
Ex

7]
‘
ao
~ Zos.+
ATA SSE SS

Domestic Ox (young) : opposing hair-streams and whorls, seen from above.

hair-stream passes backwards to a whorl below the ears.

the middle or posterior

B, C, whorls; D, E, crests.

At
third of the neck, the backward stream of

154 DR. WALTER KIDD ON THE [June 17,

the neck from this whorl] is met by a forward stream, and a crest
is produced by the two opposing streams. The forward stream
from the trunk is a feathering which starts from a whorl situated
about the middle of the dorsal region. In this view of the
median plane there are seen three whorls, two crests, and at each
of the latter two opposing streams of hair.

It seems hardly possible that these arrangements of hair and
reversed slope in two separate areas can be connected with any
other cause than muscular action, especially that of the pan-
niculus carnosus, whose fibres here lie nearly in the long axis of
the trunk with a slightly downward direction. It corresponds
with the arrangements found on the back of other forms, such as
the Lion, certain Antelopes, Bovidee; and some with longitudinal
and central crests or manes, as in Connochetes and Oreas canna.

Whorls and forward featherings in the spinal region are not
very common, and would appear to be determined by the activity
of the panniculus carnosus employed in defence of the animal
against flies and various insects. This function is also subserved
by the tail, so that an animal possessing an efficient tail, and
presenting, in a spinal whorl and feathering, the evidence of a
very active “ fly-shaker,” as it is popularly called, is well adapted
for existing in areas where flies abound. It is worth noting that
such animals as Cervidee, Ovidee, Capra, Gazelles, with few excep-
tions, present neither efficient tails nor this particular evidence
in the hair of a very active “ fly-shaker,” but that many of the
larger Antelopes, true Oxen, and Giraffes present both efficient
tails and evidence of activity of this superficial muscle in whorls,
featherings, and longitudinal crests or manes. Some of the most
marked instances of spinal whorls and manes have been studied,
and measurements taken from the root of the tail to the tip, and
from the same point to the situation of the spinal whorl. These
measurements of 17 species and 29 specimens are given, by which
it is shown that animals which possess well-developed manes and
spinal whorls and featherings also possess efficient tails, though
the distance between the root and tip of tail, and root of tail and
whorl or end of mane, in some forms, does not correspond closely,
which one would hardly expect.

The species examined and the measurements were as follows .—

From root of tail

JOH EO to spinal whorl

sap ONE or end of mane.

Conmochwtes qnit s..0-. ae eeee ee 32 inches. 29 inches.

Fe LUPUS eee of) a PRO) ep
; ae 30 14

Oryx gazella (2 specimens) ...... 3] i 14 4
poy Gaps (20m ae. Loe ae
», beisa (2 specimens) ......... 5) ie
Hippotraqus niger arvactecutee brea el Od Jonas
4 CHUMIUUBE. davevecncens 2a JOb aie

OP YLNOCOU DR BAR IE delice «sa uaneaent Mla 10h

1902.] HAIR-SLOPE IN MAMMALS. 155

From root of tail

From root to to spinal whorl

up OF Meal or end of mane.
Cobus UNChwOSUS ....---.--++++--+- 15 inches. 18 inches.
59) HOD” wsdedocesbooccossosossbouHe | iceamaene Desen ae
1D i iets DAT ah ir
,, leche (3 specimens)........- Ores ote.
9 99 1 4) 2?
Loe; 1S) Sir kee
» senegamus (3 specimens) .\ 82 ,, Gee,
1
9 ” 1 23 ”
93 LBs say
, vardoni (3 specimens) ... Oe: OP mS
1 >
I oa ” 2 ”
; : = 1
thomast (2 specimens) ... Pes 0 ”
: CSS) 2 TE eae ames
5) UUEDUES “ean bancesnéauense0805 ‘ ;
: ! : : 4
Cervicapra arundinum (3 speci- } 719 xy i
mens) Le LG 55
1 PAN taal DAO << sss
, fulvo-rufola (2 speci- | hi hgh Ae
Mens) "Ou 55 12 __,, (young)
JOOS UDO. dessdsocd cenedexoosdscc6no08te 37 20

In the (1) cervical, (2) pectoral, (3) post-humeral ox axillary,
and (4) inguinal regions, the changes of hair-slope consequent
upon habits of active locomotion are most evident.

(1) In the lateral and ventral aspects of the neck, whorls are
frequently seen in the Horse and seldom in other animals, and
these are less uniform in position and degree of development than
in other regions. In the strongly-developed muscular neck of a
horse, they appear very frequently between the sterno-mastoid
and splenius, or the sterno-mastoid and sterno-hyoid, and in the
middle line of the ventral surface. Felis leo and FP. pardus show
very marked whorl and feathering on the side of the neck,
probably from the strongly acting panniculus carnosus.

(2) The pectoral area is one of the “critical areas” from this
dynamical point of view ; and many animals exhibit here marked
signs of the degree and range of their locomotive activity in more
or less persistent whorls, feathering, and crests, lying over the
situation where the strong and important pectoral and flexor
muscles of the fore-limb diverge. It is unnecessary to mention in
detail the various animals in which these appear more or less
markedly; but the cases of the Horse, Ags, and Mule may be
more particularly considered, as bearing on the position here
maintained, namely, that the range, degree, and constancy of
muscular habit in the life-history of a species is portrayed in the
hairy covering in certain parts of their bodies, where this is
possible.

1 See ‘Use-Inheritance,’ A. & C. Black, 1901, pp. 18, 19.

156 DR. WALTER KIDD ON THE [June 17,

In the Horse a marked whorl, feathering, and crest are never
absent from the pectoral region; a specimen that failed to show
this would be an abnormality, and the arrangement peculiar to
the horse is not only constantly present, but varies in width,
length, and definition, according to the muscular development of
the great masses of pectoral muscle, which are so active in flexion
of the “elbow” of the animal. Indeed, it is roughly possible to
determine by this criterion in individual cases whether this or
that specimen and its immediate ancestors were high-stepping
animals or the reverse.

The difference between the wide and long whorl, feathering,
and crest on the pectoral region of a high-stepping, muscular
English cart-horse, and the narrow, ill-developed arrangement,
resembling that of a mule, on the corresponding part of a small,
ill-bred, shambling hackney, such as are very common in Italy, is
very striking in illustration of this point.

In the Domestic Ass, with its small pectoral development and
short step, the whorl, feathering, and crest are seldom present at
all, and most variable and rudimentary when they are present.

In the Mule, with somewhat stronger muscle and higher action,
and yet in both respects far inferior to the Horse, the whorl,
feathering, and crest are more marked and more often present
than in the Ass.

(3) The post-humeral or aaillary vegion occasionally furnishes
evidence of the locomotive activity of the animal and its ancestors ;
but the whorl, feathering, and crests found here are never constant
in a large number of specimens and even in horses are rare, not
more than 2 per cent. of our domestic horses showing it.

(4) In the inguinal hollow of many animals there are marked
traces of their personal and ancestral activity. In the Horse, the
well-known appearance of a graceful feathering, starting from a
whorl at the inguinal fold of skin and passing up to a marked
ridge at the level of the crest of the ilium, is as constant as the
corresponding phenomenon in the pectoral area (text-fig. 31, p. 157).
Here, again, a horse that did not present this feature would be an
abnormality. It varies, as any other character may, in degree
and fulness of development, and is an evidence of a certain portion
of the anatomy and modern life-history of the species. The com-
parative anatomy of this arrangement has been elsewhere’ more
fully treated, and it is unnecessary now to allude to this, except
in the case of the Horse, Ass, and Mule. In the Horse it is
constant, well-developed, and the length of the feathering is never
less than half the distance between the margin of the inguinal
fold of skin and the crest of the ilium. Inthe Mule it is constant,
but never larger than this minimum development of the horse ;
and in the Ass seldom present, and, when present, it is but a
circular small whorl without any definite feathering or crest, and
is situated at the centre of the ilio-inguinal hollow.

1 P,Z.S. 1900, p. 686.

1902. ] HAIR-SLOPE IN MAMMALS. 157

These degrees of development in three familiar animals are
suggestive as to the well-known differences in their locomotive

activity.
Text-fig. 31.

Sos So

Domestic Horse, showing the hair-streams, feathering, and whorls.

It may be remarked that the Prejevalsky’s Horses in the Society’s
Gardens exhibit small whorls, featherings, and crests, more
like those occasionally found in the Ass than those of a Mule or
Horse, and that no Zebras of the various species examined show
any-traces of this arrangement of hair ; also that Hquus onager, in
the Society’s Gardens, alone shows a large whorl, feathering, and
erest, like those of a Mule, but wider and better developed.

One may now ask, after the review of these evidences as to the
connection of the habits of animals with arrangements of hair,
whether it is not shown that they carry about them clear traces
of their habits, passive and active, which are peculiar to them and
to a long line of ancestors.

In this view, whorls, featherings, and crests may be looked upon
as by-products of muscular activity. If this be allowed, it is
highly instructive to note what muscular activity is capable of
doing, as to modifying the direction of hair, a structure itself not
concerned in muscular action; and it is not less important from
the point of view of inheritance to note that very long-continued

158 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [June 17,

and constant pressure of harness, an influence not connected with
the vital actions of the animal concerned, is incapable of producing
any similar effects. The latter is fully in accord with the extensive
study and negative results of the supposed inherited effects of
mutilations.

Mr. Lydekker has pointed out the interesting opinion of
Darwin, that the habit, displayed by domestic horses, of clearing
away the snow from their pasture in winter by scraping with their
front hoofs, indicates that the original habitat of the species was in
regions where the ground is covered during a portion of the year
with snow, so that this trait of the domestic horse, as we know
it, would be looked upon as vestigial. In reference to many of
the varieties of hair-arrangement here given in detail, it is hardly
a less legitimate inference to hold that they present an epitome of
long-continued and oft-repeated muscular activities in the line of
ancestry involved, though themselves of no importance.

2. On the Carpal Organ in the Female Hapalemur griseus.
By Frank EH. Bepparp, F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and
Prosector of the Society.

[Received June 3, 1902. |
(Text-figures 32-35.)

Some years ago’ I described and figured in the male Hapalemur
griseus a patch of spine-like structures upon the forearm close to
the wrist, which was associated with a gland lying beneath the
integument of ‘about the size and shape of an almond.” I
figured this patch as lying just behind the wrist and separated
from the callous integument of the palmar surface of the hand by
a region covered with the ordinary body-fur. Later”, this same
structure was again recognized by Mr. Bland-Sutton and figured
by him. Still later, 1 found myself able to add some further
details with the help of a second specimen of a male of this
Lemur’. I have not been able until the present time to examine
a female of this species. Until this year, all the examples of this
species acquired by the Society appear to have been males. But
the death of a female example in May of this year enables me to
complete the examination of this novel organ, by studying its
characters in thefemale. I may remark, in the first place, that in
my earliest paper upon Hapalemur I was able to quote from the
late Prof. A. Milne-Edwards and from Dr. Jentink information
to the effect that the patch of spines 1s not present in the female, but
appeared to be represented by a tract of modified skin, Since
then the arm of this species of Lemur has been figured by

1 “On some Points in the Structure of Hapalemur griseus,” P. Z.S. 1884, p. 391.
2 “On the Arm-gland of the Lemurs,” ibid. 1887, p. 369.
3 “ Additional Notes upon Hapalemur griseus,” ibid. 1891, p, 449.

1902. ] CARPAL ORGAN IN HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. 159

M. Milne-Edwards*; but the drawings which I herewith submit
to the Society show rather more plainly certain points to which
I now desire to call attention. At first sight the patch of in-
tegument in the female seems to present several differences of
importance from the corresponding structure in the male animal.
But the differences are not quite so great as might appear,

Text-fig. 32.

a ‘al = MG 3 ~—

SF
aA
\ \\ WH
a

Wilh
hi

iH) |

Lower surface of hand of Hapalemur griseus, 3.

A, callous pad overlying arm-gland ; B, patch of spines; C, tuft of long hair.
(From P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 450.)

particularly if a dried skin only were examined. The callous
patch extends for a distance of about two inches up the arm; on
the wristward side it is continuous with the integument of the
hand. This, it will be remembered, 1s also the case with the male,

1 Histoire naturelle &c. de Madagascar, Mamm. Atlas, pl. 122z. It is not quite
clear whether the male or the female is intended; the illustration is a reproduction
of a photograph and is not very good. In any case there are only two figures, one
of the ventral and the other of the dorsal surface of the hand of the animal, and,
presumably, the same hand. The corresponding text has not yet appeared,

160 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE | [June 17,

though in my original figure I represented the patch of spines as
ceasing some little way in front of the wrist—as was indeed the
case with the specimen examined. The greater or less extent of
the patch may be a question of age.

But in the second specimen examined by myself (text-fig. 32,
p. 159) the patch of spines was quite continuous with the integu-
ment covering the palm of the hand. The patch, moreover, was not
entirely covered with the longish, squarish, spine-like outgrowths ;
a small tract immediately covering the gland was covered with
thickened and horny integument, but of a nature more resembling
that upon the palm of the hand. Inthe female, as the accompany-
ing drawing shows well (text-fig. 33), the tract of skin is of quite
the same shape as that occurring in the male. But it is uniformly
covered with low elevations of a rounded contour which are
precisely like those which cover the palm of the hand, except
upon the “balls” of the fingers, where the integument is marked

Text-fig. 33.

Palmar surface of hand and forearm of Hapalemur griseus, .

H, carpal vibrissee; P, horny patch.

with fine concentric grooves. The patch in fact appears to be
merely an extension backwards of the callous integument of the
palm of the hand. This is exactly the same thing that is met
with in Lemur catia’. So far, therefore, there is a correspondence
in the two sexes of Hapalemur griseus. And in reality the
likeness goes still deeper. The spine-like outgrowths of the male
are in all probability quite comparable to structures which I have
lately described in the hind foot of Galago garnetti*. In this
animal, a microscopical investigation of the spines shows that they
are merely columnar outgrowths of the horny layer of the integu-
ment, and not special structures peculiar to the Lemur. They

1 Bland-Sutton, loc. cit. p. 370, fig. 2,.& p. 371, fig. 3.
2 P, Z.S. 1901, vol. 1. p. 271.

1902. ] CARPAL ORGAN IN HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. 161

are simply intensified callous papille. I see no reason to doubt
their histological similarity in Hapalemur, though T cannot from
my own observations upon the actual specimens state this with
absolute certainty. In this case, therefore, the male Hapalemur
griseus is not characterized by any structure peculiar to its sex,
but merely shows an exaggeration of the characters found in the
female, a constant state of affairs in the secondary sexual
characters of animals. If the elevations upon the carpal organ of
the female were much increased, the characters of the male would
be produced ; and it will be remembered that a portion of the
tract of integument in the male has preserved, at least in one
specimen which I described, the characters of the integument in
the female. The drawing to which I have referred shows also
that the carpal vibrisse are present in the female as well as in the
male. It is but rarely that these hairs are absent in one sex and
present in the other of a given species’.

With regard to the external structure of the arm in this Lemur,
I may finally observe that the naked patch of thickened integument
is not absolutely devoid of ordinary hairs. In transverse sections
a few of these are apparent. Here again we have a less modified
state of affairs in the female than in the male.

In the male Hapalemur griseus I described the naked-eye
characters only of a peculiar gland underlying the tract of modified

Text-fig. 34.

2 Ghee:

“

Palmar surface of hand and forearm of Hapalemur griseus, 2.

The integument is reflected to show gland (G) ; other letters as in text-fig. 33.

skin upon thearm. This gland was of a white colour and very con-
spicuous, lying immediately below the skin. I find that the female
animal has precisely the same kind of gland (text-fig. 34), occupying
the same position. It underlies, in fact, the callous integument.

1 Beddard, “ Observations upon the Carpal Vibrisse in Mammals,” P. Z. 8. 1902,
vol. i. p. 127.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou. II. No. XI. 11

162 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE [June 17,

It is of about three-quarters of an inch in length and less than
half an inch in width, of an oval contour and white colour.
Were it not for its regular shape and the lean condition of the
animal, I should perhaps have put down this gland for a piece of
fat, to which it bears a striking resemblance in general appearance
and also in texture and “feel.” It is very soft and could be
readily scraped away; it was difficult to dissect it away cleanly
from the skin before the whole area had been hardened in spirit.
The reason for this resemblance to fat becomes plain when the
tissue of the gland is examined microscopically, The accompanying
drawing (text-fig. 35) shows a portion of a section through the

Transverse section through arm-gland of Hapalemur griseus. Highly magnified.

C.T, connective tissue; G7, glands.

gland, cut across the long axis. It will be observed that the chief
portion of the gland is not formed of glandular tissue at all: it
consists of a network of adenoid tissue which may very possibly
here and there have held fat-cells in its meshes, It is extremely

1902. ] CARPAL ORGAN IN HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. 163

like the reticular tissue of a lymphatic gland. The laxity of this
tissue accounts for the fatty texture which the gland exhibited
on dissection. Imbedded in this reticular mass are the tubes of
the glands proper. The directions of these, as will be seen from
the drawing referred to, is mainly across the short axis of the
gland. They run, however, in various directions. The tubes
are on the whole of much the same width throughout; but the
calibre varies slightly from place to place. They are lined by a
layer of low columnar epithelium, and outside of this is a layer
of muscular fibres. The glandular tubes in fact conform to
the plan of gland exhibited by the sweat-glands of mammals.
They do not belong to the sebaceous type. The course is not
straight or even approximately so; the glands are coiled in much
the same way which characterizes ‘other “sudoriparous g glands, and
one can occasionally notice the characteristic undulations of these
glands. I could not observe anywhere any evidence of the
branching of the glands, and if it occurs it is at least not common ;
each separate tube appeared to be absolutely free of its neighbours.
Nor could any common duct be observed by which the sum total
of the separate glands opened on tothe exterior. When a section
across the arm-gland was examined by a low-power lens, the
adenoid tissue was seen to be massed into strands lying to a
considerable extent parallel like the leaves of a book ; the direction
of these strands was mainly in the same plane as the two lateral
surfaces of the gland-mass and the two ends of the same. But
the strands are not entirely unconnected with each other. <A
much thinner, laxer, tissue connected them to each other. But
very frequently the thinness of this led to its being missed through
injury or mere insignificance in a given section. It is in the
thick plates only that the gland-tubes are to be seen ; they do not
occur in the much laxer between-tissue. The arm-gland, there-
fore, of this Lemur appears to present a possible stage in the
evolution of a compound gland out of an aggregation of separate
sudoriparous glands. It is very comparable to the milk-gland,
only that that gland (save in the Monotremes) is an aggregation
of sebaceous glands. Tf the laxer connective tissue lying between
the thicker plates were to vanish, and the gland-tubes, being
more closely approximated, acquire a connection with each other,
a compound gland would result. The external appearance of the
gland, as already stated, and as apparent in the drawing exhibited
herewith (text-fig. 34, p. 161), is quite that of a compound ; gland,
and does not at all suggest a merely close approximation of
separate gland-tubes. The prevalence of the framework of the
gland over the gland-tubes is a very striking feature of this
arm-gland.

164 MR. F. E. BEDDARD AND MISS FEDARB ON [June 17,

On a new Celomic Organ in an Earthworm.

By Frank i. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., and 8. M. Frpars.
[Received May 13, 1902. |
(Text-figures 36-39.)

The following observations relate to Pheretima (Pericheta)
posthuma, and were made upon some well-preserved material from
Caleutta which we owe to the kindness of Mr. F. Finn, F.Z.S.,
Deputy-Superintendent of the Indian Museum. In dissecting a
number of these worms, a series of sac-like structures were plainly
observable upon the floor of a certain number of segments in the
middle of the body. The accompanying figure shows the general
appearance of these when magnified by a hand-lens (text-fig. 36),
from which it will be seen that the structures in question have
the form of an hourglass, or a double cone with the bases of the
two cones distant and their apices in contact. Ventrally, these
sacs come near to the ventral nerve-cord; but dorsally they do
not reach the opposite side of the body. They occupy in fact not
more than a fourth or fifth of the total circumference of the body-
wall. They are symmetrically disposed from segment to segment ;
that is to say, they occupy the same position exactly in consecutive
segments. It is easy to see, merely with the use of a lens and a
dissecting- needle, that these structures are cavities formed by
a membrane, which is anteriorly and posteriorly, but not laterally,
attached to the parietes of the body. A needle can be readily
slipped under the sac at each end. They may be said, in fact, to
end laterally by a wide funnel-shaped mouth, the corners of which,
as is shown in the drawing already referred to, are somewhat
drawn out so as to offer a firmer basis of attachment, like the
ropes of a tent. In the middle, the surface of these chambers is
quite convex upwar ds; and at the ‘‘ waist,” where the two cones
join by their apices, there is a considerable narrowing marked by
the passage of a strong blood-vessel. These cavities are, however,
not equally marked in all the specimens of this ear thwor m which
we dissected; they are much more conspicuous in some than in
others. We thought it possible to detect a relation between them
and the glands attached to the septa just above the imtestine—
those small and also apparently ccelomic structures which one of
us has described in several species of this genus of earthworms’.
Where the glands lying above the intestine were well developed,
it appeared to us that the ventral ccelomic chambers were also
particularly conspicuous.

We do not, however, venture to insist upon any special relation-
ship between ‘these two series of or gans. ‘These pouches do not run
continuously through the body of the worm. They begin behind
the spermiducal clands at about segment xxii., and are seen to
increase gradually in size up to as far back as segment xl. For
about twenty segments they are at their prime. After this point
they get smaller and often irregular; but they extend right to

} Beddard, P. Z.S. 1890, p. 61 (“ Glycogenic organs ”).

1902.] A NEW ORGAN IN AN EARTHWORM. 165

the posterior end of the body. There are then about twenty
pairs of these chambers which are fully developed. In the
regions of the body where they are feebly developed, the pouches
present the appearance shown in the accompanying drawing

Text-fig. 36.

Ceelomic pouches of Pheretima posthuma.
N, nerve-cord ; O, orifices of pouches; S, intersegmental septum.

(text-fig. 37). The two halves have come apart—or, perhaps,
rather have not joined—and where a single hourglass-shaped sac
was to be seen are two smaller sacs of roughly conical form,
separated by a considerable space. The fully developed sacs

166 MR. F. E. BEDDARD AND MISS FEDARB ON — [June 17,

measure 3 mm. from mouth to mouth, and their diameter is about
5mm. This is all that we have to say respecting the naked-eye

Text-fig. 37.

Imperfectly developed ccelomic pouches of Pheretima posthuma.
Lettering as in text-fig. 36.

characteristics of these structures, which do not appear to have
been noticed in this genus of earthworms, though we shall point

1902. ] A NEW ORGAN IN AN EARTHWORM. 167

out later that there are somewhat similar cavities in, at any rate,
one other genus of earthworms. The naked-eye features of these
organs was not unsuggestive of “coelomo-ducts”; they are plainly
part of the ccelom still, opening into it by a wide mouth and
narrowing towards an opposite extremity. Naturally, therefore,
the existence of any orifice on to the exterior of the body was
carefully sought for. We have satisfied ourselves, however, that
there is no external pore directly connected with these open sacs.
Otherwise they suggested to us the “brown funnels” or “atrio-
coelomic funnels” of Amphioxus, discovered by Lankester!, which
coexist in that animal with another kind of excretory organ, just
as do the present structures with nephridia of the usual “ peri-
chetous” type. And it may further be remarked, that in the
brown tubes the shape is much the same, though the wide opening
is into the atrial cavity (i.e. the exterior). There is, however, as
already stated, no visible and direct external orifice to these
funnel-shaped tubes. But they enclose abundant nephridia, and
of these we have ascertained external pores. So that after all the
cavity of the ccelomic pouches does communicate with the exterior.
It is conceivable that we have here a state of affairs com-
parable to that seen in certain Polychzta where, according to
Goodrich *, caelomic funnels become secondarily connected with
true nephridia. In Pheretima this connection is obviously vague
and loose; but it may be, so to speak, a preparation for a closer

Text-fig. 38.

Transverse section through body-wall and underlying eccelomic pouches of
g y-\ ying
Pheretina posthuma.

E, epidermis; C.S, coelomic pouch; M, M’, muscular layers of body-wall.
Jy

relationship. The microscopic structure of the walls and contents
of these series of pouches has given no further clue to their
morphological meaning, nor to the part which they play in the
economy of the Annelid. The drawing exhibited (text-fig. 38)
shows a longitudinal section through the couple of pouches of one
side of the body, the “waist” or junction of the two being
naturally in the middle. The walls are simple, composed of an

1 “Contributions to the Knowledge of Amphioxus lanceolatus,’ Quart. Journ.
Mier. Sci. xxix. p. 394.
2 Goodrich: “On the Nephridia of the Polycheta,” ibid. xli. p. 439.

168 ON A NEW ORGAN IN AN EARTHWORM. [June 17,

extension of the peritoneum with lining of cells and a few slender
‘muscular fibres. The wide opening at either end is conspicuous,
and there is no difference of structure at this orifice. The wall
simply leaves off. Transverse sections (text-fig. 39) taken at the
widest part of the sac show that it forms here an absolutely
‘closed sac, a chamber distinct from the general ccelomic cavity.
Corpuscles were floating about, and, as already mentioned,
nephridial tufts are frequent in the interior. Whatever may be

Text-fig. 39.

Longitudinal section through body-wall and underiying ccelomic pouch of
Pheretima posthuma.

n, nephridia ; other letters as in text-fig. 38.

the nature of this series of separate coelomic cavities, there is in
one genus of Oligocheta a set of cavities which may perhaps be
comparable to them. In Lybiodrilus' the area surrounding the
lateral setee is in a similar way shut off from the general ccelomic
cavity. There is not, however, in this case any conspicuous
opening of the cavity so formed into the general cavity of the
segments; the cavities In question are completely separated.
Possibly in both cases we have to do merely with that tendency
to the division of the celom into a number of completely or
incompletely separated chambers which is so general in ccelomate
animals. In any case, the facts described in the present com-
munication appear to be novel, and at least furnish another
example of the commencing subdivision of the ccelom in the
Oligocheeta which culminates in their nearest allies the Leeches.

1 Beddard: “On the Structure of an Earthworm allied to Nemertodrilus, &c.,”
Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxxii. p. 546. _

1902.] ON THE ANATOMY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 169

4. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Alimentary and
Nervous Systems of the Arachnidan Suborder Pedipalpi.

By R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S.
{Received May 30, 1902. |

(Text-figures 40-45.)

1. The Nervous System of the Opisthosoma in the Thelyphonidee.

According to Blanchard’ the opisthosoma of Vhelyphonus is
innervated as follows:—From the postaxial side of the trunk
supplying the sixth appendage of the prosoma springs a herve
which passes backwards parallel to the median cord into the
pregenital somite, giving off a slip to the muscles of that limb.
Towards the, poster ior end of the prosoma, the median nerve-cord,
which is described as single, sends off on ‘each side a nerve which
traverses the pregenital somite and divides mto two branches,
one for the first or genital somite, the other for the second
somite. The nerves supplying the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth
somites spring froma common centre, forming a minute ganglionic
swelling on the median cord in the enter ior portion of the genital
somite. In the seventh somite the median cord forms a relatively
large ganglion, whence five nerves radiate to the five posterior
somites of the opisthosoma.

Blanchard’s observations were based upon a species from
Martinique, now known as Mastigoproctus antillensis. 1 have
had no opportunity of dissecting specimens of this species. I find,
however, a very different state of things in a Burmese species,
Hypoctonus formosus. In the first place, the median cord is not
single, but double. In the second place, it gives off no nerves
between its point of origin at the posterior extremity of the
Subesophageal mass in the: prosoma and its ganglionic enlargement
in the seventh somite of the opisthosoma (text-fig. 40, A, m.N.
p. 170). All the nerves which originally emanated from it to supply
the pregenital somite and the anterior six somites of the opistho-
soma have passed forwards and become united to the ganglionic mass
of the prosoma. They form on each side a compound strand rising
between the median nerve-cord and the nerves of the sixth
appendage (text-fig. 40, A, op.n., p. 170). Running backwards for
a short distance, parallel sta the median cord, and giving off a
slender nerve to the muscles of the sixth appendage, they soon
dip beneath the cord and meet in the middle line in the narrow
channel between the cox of the appendages of the fifth pair.
Posteriorly from this pomt the two cords extend side by side
along the sternal surface of the body, beneath the double median
strand. The nerve to the genital somite rises in the posterior

1 Org. du Régne Anim., Arachn. p. 152, pl. viii. fig. 4.

170

MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [June 17,

end of the prosoma; that for the second somite in the pregenital
somite; that for the third in the genital somite; while those to

Text-fig. 40.

Nervous system of the Aranew and of the Pedipalpi of the fanuly Thelyphonide.

A. Nervous system of one of the Thelyphonide (Mastigoproctus giganteus).

I-VI.

Nerves supplying the six appendages of the prosoma. .0.m., nerves to the
median eyes; 7.0./., nerves to the lateral eyes (according to Blanchard) ;
eb., cerebral or supracesophageal ganglionic mass giving off the nerves to the
eyes and to the appendages of the first pair; s.o., subosophageal nervous
mass giving off the nerves to the five pairs of postoral appendages (II-V]I),
also the two principal cords (op.n.) innervating the anterior six metameres
of the opisthosoma and the paired median nerve (i.2.) which terminates in a
ganglion (g) supplying the muscles of the caudal region; /g', lg”, first and
second lung-sacs; gl.7. right, and gl.l. left “acid”-gland; ts., tergosternal
muscles.

{The median nerve-cord has been pulled aside to the right to show the
subjacent nervous cords. |

B. Nervous system of a Mygalomorphous Spider of the family Aviculariide (modified

from Blanchard’s figure), to show the similarity between the nerves (op.n.)
supplying the opisthosoma and those marked op.n. in the figure of Thely-
phonus.

Lettering as in A.

1902. ] ANATOMY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 171

supply the fourth, fifth, and sixth somites diverge close together
from a point in the third somite, whence the two strands appear
to be closely bound together with connective tissue.

Since the two strands here described are formed by the union
of the six nerves supplying the six anterior somites of the
opisthosoma, it 1s not always easy to decide by dissection the exact
points of divergence, and it is possible that some individual or
specific variation will be found in this respect. In the main,
however, I believe the arrangement described above to be fairly
accurate.

Laurie ' correctly describes the median nerve-cord as double, but
was unable to trace the course and distribution of the fine nerves he
noticed running alongside of it from the posterior end of the
prosomatic mass. Presumably, like Blanchard, he did not observe
that these nerves dip beneath the main cord. In connection with
the acid-glands he describes a convoluted mass of tubules twisting
about on each side of the central or right gland, and succeeded
in tracing two of these tubules, apparently opening into the
left sac. These tubules he interpreted as the purely secretive
part of the gland. May they not have been the fine branches of
the inferior system of nerves torn from their anterior attachments ¢
This view of the matter would account for Laurie’s failure to
trace the course and distribution of the lateral nerves passing
backwards into the opisthosoma from the posterior end of the
prosomatic ganglionic mass.

Tarnani” says nothing of the nervous system of the opisthosoma.
The nervous system of the opisthosoma in Phrynus is of a far
more primitive type than that which I have described above in the
case of the Thelyphonide. The nerves supplying the genital and
the two following somites have passed forwards into the prosoma
to join the ganglionic mass of this region, arising from it on each
side between the nerve for the sixth appendage and the median
cord. The threads innervating the rest of the somites of the
opisthosoma spring laterally from the median cord, although well
in advance of the somites to which they belong. They thus
exhibit a marked tendency towards the state of things that has
been completed in the Thelyphonide—namely, the isolation of
the median cord by the annexation of its lateral threads by the
prosomatic mass.

In the Thelyphonide it seems clear that the innervation of the
flexible posterior end of the opisthosoma is the sole function of
the median cord. If these organs were suppressed, the nerve-cord
would become useless and might cease to be developed. The
whole of the sternal surface of the opisthosoma would then receive
its nervous supply from the cords I have above described, which
would certainly be taken for the primitive median cord, although
they would in reality represent merely its original laterally and
metamerically diverging threads.

1 Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xxv. 1894.
2 Rev. Sci. Nat. St. Pétersb. 1890, no. 5, p. 255.

172 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [June 17,

A specialization of this nature may, I suggest, be the explanation
of the peculiarities of the nervous system ‘of the Aranee.

In ‘ Mygale, according to Blanchard, the opisthosoma is inner-
vated from a median strand which passes backwards from the
prosomatic mass into the pregenital somite, the so-called pedicel,
and divides in the opisthosoma into a right and left cord, widely
separated from each other in the middle line (text-fig. 40, B, Op.1.
p. 170). Hach extends backwards to the spimning- appendages,
breaking up terminally into threads to supply the anal region of the
opisthosoma. Kach, moreover, gives off externally three principal
nerves. The first and second arise far forwards in the opisthosoma
and innervate the genital and the following somite, with their
pulmonary sacs (text- fig. 40, B, lg’, dg”, p. 170); the third rises
in the posterior third of the opisthosoma not far in advance of
the point where the terminal cord breaks up into the threads above
described.

This account I have verified in the case of Hphebopus murinus,
a member of the same family as the ‘ Mygale’ dissected by
Blanchard. The median cord that springs from the posterior end
of the subcesophageal mass is, of course, ‘double, although the two
strands ave very closely applied as they pass through the ‘ waist.’

The exact points in the opisthosoma where the three nerves part
from the principal strands is, in the absence of ganglionic centres,
dificult to ascertain with accuracy, and probably varies in different
types. Nevertheless the arrangement that Blanchard has depicted
is In the main correct. A very similar state of things obtains
in the Arachnomorphe, where the opisthosoma is innervated on
each side by four nerves which diverge from the common cord
that proceeds from the prosoma into the genital somite of the
opisthosoma.

Tf now, as is generally assumed to be the case, the two admedian
nerve-strands represent the primitive median cord, their wide
separation is not the only anomaly they present; for we shall be
confronted with the fact that the Aranez are the only Arachnida
known in which all the somites of the opisthosoma are innervated
by cords which spring from the main trunk within the opisthosoma.
itself. In all other orders, one (as in Limulus) ov more of the
somites 1n question receive their supply from the prosomatic mass
with which their ganglionic centres have coalesced.

I venture to suggest, then, that in the Spiders the nerves of the
opisthosoma represent the inferior system that has been described
in the Thelyphonide, and not the primitive median strand with
lateral branches as has been heretofore supposed.

The Alimentary System of the Prosoma and Structure of the
Mouth-parts in the Pedipalpi and other Arachnida.

The first point to be noticed in the alimentary system of the
Thelyphonide is the modification of the structure of the coxal or
basal segments of the chele (appendages of the second pair).
These segments, which were ancestrally freely articulated to the

1902. ] ANATOMY OF THE PEDIPALPT. 173

fore part of the prosoma behind the mouth, have converged
towards one another, so that laterally they bres the sides of
the camarostome or labrum (text-fig. 41, cam.). Dorsally, the
proximal portion of the inner edge on eereh side forms a hinge-
like joint with the adjacent edge of the dorsal wall of the

Text-fig. 41

ent.

Mouth-parts of the Thelyphonide (Mastigoproctus giganteus).

A. Inner aspect of the base of the right chela, that of the left side being cut away to
show the camarostome in place, &c.: ent., median entosclerite rising from
the membrane above the base of the camarostome and affording support to
the dorsal dilator muscle of the pharynx; c/., proximal plate (clypeus) of
camarostome which is articulated to the ‘adjacent area of the coxa of the
chela; cam., hairy membranous portion of camarostome (labrum); mbh., hairy
membranous area of imner surface of the coxa of the chela; ma.p., maxillary
process of the latter; m., mouth lying beneath the base of the camarostome
at the end of the long suboral trough formed by the fusion of the cox ;
ph., anterior or phar yneeal portion of the stomodeum or foregut for ming the
pre-cerebral sucker of the alimentary canal; ms., muscular Herne filling ‘the
cavity of the coxe of the chelew and of the ‘camarostome ; ¢ ’., portion of the
trochanter or second segment of the chela; g, groove on ie inner (preaxial)
side of the coxa formed by an infolding of the chitin.

B. Dorsal area of the camarostome and of the basal segments of the coxe of the
chelze when the anterior end of the carapace and the chelicerz are removed.
Lettering as in A, with ca.p., process of coxa which projects into the
prosoma and supports the lateral dilator muscle of the pharynx.

174 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [June 17,

camarostome ; and the inner edges of their lower surface form
a similar hinge-like union with each other in the middle line,
this hinge appearing externally from beneath as a longitudinal
groove passing between the two segments. These two hinges
permit only of a restricted range of movement of the coxe ina
vertical plane, whereby the camarostome is compressed between
them.

Originally, no doubt, the two apposed preaxial surfaces of the
coxe, where they met beneath the mouth and camarostome,
persisted as a double partition separating the cavity of the coxa
of the right side from the cavity of the coxa of the left side.
But in existing forms this partition has disappeared, so that the
cavities communicate freely with each other, the muscles of the two
being contiguous in the middle line (text- fic. 41, A, ms., p. 173).

The camarostome (rostrum, labrum) is large, broad in its basal
half, narrowed and depressed at the apex, and wedged in between
the cox of the chele, as described above. Its dorsal wall consists
posteriorly of a chitinous plate, so-called clypeus (text-fig. 41,
A, B, cl., p.173), which is laterally hinged on each side, as already
stated, to the: adjacent edge of the coxa, and is continuous posteriorly
with the membrane that forms the anterior boundary of the
prosoma. This membrane is folded forwards over the proximal
portion of this plate and closely applied to it; and from the middle
of its area arises a stout, hooked entoscler ite, which projects
backwards into the cavity of the prosoma (text- fig. Al, A, B, ent.,
p-173). Owing tothe overfolding of this membraneand the closeness
of its contact with the horny plate (clypeus), the latter appears
upon dissection to jut backwards into the body-cavity, and the
hook-shaped entosclerite appears to be an upgrowth from the middle
of its dorsal surface. Maceration in caustic potash, however,
reveals the true relations of the parts, and shows, further, that the
entosclerite itself is a hollow invagination of the integument and
unconnected with the horny plate.

Beyond its point of union with the cox, the camarostome is a
free, membranous, or weakly chitinized hairy lobe. Distally, it
is compressed and descends between the coxe, overhanging the
mouth and forming a flexible upper lip, hairy in the middle, and
encircled laterally and below with a fringe of close-set, perhaps
sensory hairs, which no doubt act also as a mechanical sieve,
as Bernard says, to strain the solid from the liquid elements of
the food. The cavity of the camarostome, which is irregularly
elliptical in transverse section, is filled for the most part with
muscles which pass from its roof to its floor, the latter being the
dorsal wall of the entrance to the alimentary canal. When
the dorsal integument or roof of the camarostome is cut away and
the muscular tissue removed to display its floor, the latter 1s seen
to be formed like the bowl of a deep and pointed spoon, the short
handle of which is represented by the dorsal wall of the pharyngeal
portion of the foregut with which the floor of the camarostome is
posteriorly continuous,

1902. | ANATOMY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 175

The entrance to the alimentary canal between the camarostome
above and the coxe below isa wide, transversely crescentic slit with
the concavity looking upwards. Its floor and outer sides are formed
by a thickly chitinized, deeply hollowed plate, continuous along
its upper and exterior edge on each side with the adjacent area
of the inner surface of the coxa, of which it is a part; and
posteriorly with the posterior extremity of the side of the cama-
rostome, to which it is attached by membrane. It is finely
grooved transversely, and beset with a thick coating of short
delicate hairs. Posteriorly it is constricted, and in the middle
line passes into the relatively narrow pharyngeal portion of the
alimentary canal (text-figs. 42, C, lam., p. 177, and 44, lam.,p.183).

The roof and inner walls of the crescentic slit are formed by
the sides and lower surface of the camarostome, which lies in the
hollow of the plate described above, the two being united by
membrane only along their posterior edges. Fine hairs clothe
these surfaces of the camarostome, and a thick fringe of hairs
projects beyond the apex from near the distal extremity of this
organ. The under surface of the camarostome is posteriorly
continuous in the middle line with the dorsal wall of the pharynx,
as already stated (text-fig. 41, A, cam., ph., p. 173).

The crescentic slit above described is not closed above, but
opens on each side between the outer surfaces of the camarostome
and the adjacent inner surfaces of the coxe of the chele, which
are continuous with the horny plate forming the outer sides and
floor of the sht. Fluid taken into the slit would be prevented
from escaping upwards through its open extremities by the hairs
clothing the inner side of the coxe (text-figs. 41 & 42, mb., pp. 173,
177) and the outer portion of the upper surface of the camarostome.

It will thus be clear that the so-called mouth of the Thely-
phonidee, ¢. e., the aperture that lies between the tip of the
camarostome above and that of the horny plate below, is a
secondarily acquired aperture produced by the forward extension
and union of the cox of the chelz and the elongation and
depression of the camarostome, The true mouth, 7. e., the entrance
to the stomodeum or foregut, representing the mouth of the
Seorpions and Phrynus, is the relatively narrow aperture by
which the pharynx debouches into the above described slit (text-
fig. 41, A, m., ph., p. 173).

The key to the mode of formation of this arrangement is to be
found in the mouth-parts of the Amblypygi (Phrynus), which so
far, at all events, as the freedom of the coxee of the chelz is con-
cerned, are admittedly less specialized than those of Thelyphonus.
In Phrynus the camarostome is relatively a very small flexible lobe
overhanging the mouth, and furnished dorsally with a small heart-
shaped sclerite representing the chitinous plate of Thelyphonus
(text-fig. 42, A, B, cam., m., p.177). The coxe of the chele have
fused below the mouth and separate it entirely from the forwardly
directed prosternal plate of the prosoma, which is the sternum of the
second postoral somite (text-fig. 42, A, B, st.,p.177). When forcibly

176 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [June 17,

approximated in the middle line, in simulation of the position
those of Thelyphonus have permanently assumed, the cox of
Phrynus form a long channel, or gutter, open above and extending
from their distal extremities backwards to the mouth. The sides
of this channel are beset with longish hairs over the greater part of
their extent (text-fig. 42, A, B, mb., p.177); but proximally on each
side there is a sharply defined, elongate, pubescent area, which
fuses with its fellow of the opposite side immediately below the
mouth, and stretches a considerable distance forwards in advance
of it. Stripped of its pubescence, this area is seen to consist of a
horny thickening of the integument (text-fig. 42, A, B,/am., p. 177).
If the coxe were to fuse in the middle line, the union of these
chitinous areas would form a horny plate similar to that of
Thelyphonus, and the enlargement of the camarostome and the
fusion of its basal sclerite with the coxeze would reproduce the
state of things now found in the last-named genus.

Bernard’s account and figures of the mouth of Thelyphonus 1

‘annot reconcile with the facts just described. In his paper on
the morphology of the Galeodide * (p. 357) he says: “ Thelyphonus
also [i.e. as well as Galeodes| has a beak, but it is enclosed between
the basal joints of the pedipalps, which are fused below it but are
open above it. The chelicerze crush the prey into the channel
thus formed by the cox of the pedipalps, and the juices are
drawn in by the powerful pumping apparatus. They are strained
by transverse rows of fine hairs, which line the aperture.” And
in the preceding page he says: “We find..... the pumping
apparatus contained in a beak im such widely different groups as
Guleodes, Thelyphonus, and Gamasus.”

From this it might be inferred that Thelyphonus las a beak
resembling that of Galeodes, but with its inferior surface fused
to the subjacent area of the trough-like hollow formed by the
fused inner (preaxial) surfaces of the chels (pedipalps). And
the three figures representing transverse sections of the buccal
region bear out this interpretation. The first section, taken
near the extremity of the camarostome, and the second probably
near its middle, clearly show the crescentic slit-like hair-lined
entrance to the alimentary canal which Bernard regards as the
oral aperture. But the two upwardly directed extremities of this
canal are represented as closed above. Moreover, these two
figures show the coxal cavities of the right and left sides separated
from each other by a median vertical partition extending to the
floor of the space in which the ‘rostrum’ rests. I have not found
this partition many adult Thelyphonus. No doubt it was present
in the young and in the parent form of the race. Its persistence
in the adult as the thick horny rod depicted in Bernard’s drawings
would considerably interfere with the movements the coxe perform
to compress the camarostome. The third section, passing appa-
rently through the camarostome a short distance in front of the

1 “Comparative Morphology of the Galeodide,” Trans. Linn. Soe. ser. 2, Zool. vi.
pp. 305-417.

1902. | ANATOMY OF THE PEDIPALPT. IY
Text-fig. 42.

cam,

Qen ese ors

Mouth-parts of the Pedipalpi of the families Thelyphonide, Phrynide,
and of the Pseudoscorpiones (Chernetes).

A. Portion of the inner surface of the right coxa of the chela of one of the Thely-

2 phonide (Hypoctonus formosus) with lettering as in text-fig. 41, and lam.,
one half of the finely grooved and hairy spoon- or bowl-shaped lamina which
embraces the camarostome and forms the floor of the preoral gutter with
which the ventral wall of the pharynx ( ph.) is continuous ; p', point marking
the anterior extremity of the hinge resulting from the fusion of the inner
surfaces of the two coxe; p’’, point marking the anterior extremity of the
hinge between the proximal plate (e/ypeuws) of the camarostome and the coxa
of the chela.

B. Lateral view of the mouth-parts of Titanodamon johnstoni, one of the ambly-
pygous Pedipalpi, showing the inner (preaxial) surface of the coxa of the
chela of the right side, that of the left side being cut away with the cheli-
cer: ent., vertical median entosclerite affording support to the dorsal
dilator muscle (ms.) of the pharynx ( ph.) ; cam., camarostome with its horny
basal sclerite overhanging the mouth (m.); Jam., horny plate on the coxa of
the chela, representing one half of the grooved spoon-shaped suboral sclerite
of the Thelyphonide; mb., hairy membranous tract ; ¢7., portion of second
segment or trochanter of chela; g, coxal groove; th., thickening of the
integument of the coxa to afford support to the anterior ventral apophysis of
the entosternite ; s¢., sternal plate of second postoral somite.

Ay G.. Dorsal view of the coxal segments of the chele of Titanodamon johnston, with

the camarostome and pharynx. Lettering as in B.

D. Ventral view of the mouth-parts of one of the Pseudoscorpiones (Garypus), the
cox of the chelz forcibly separated to show the narrow blade-like hypo-
stomial process or labium (/ab.), which perhaps represents the sternal plate
of the first postoral somite, projecting between the two inferior lobes of the
camarostome (cam.); ma.p., membranous maxillary process of the coxa.

TDmnave. Vovor. Sore 1 COR. Wom, JUL ING, 2GUr, 12

178 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE *[June 17,

true oral aperture, shows the inferior wall of the still wide, but
less strongly crescentic slit to be formed by a thickish transverse
horny plate which is described as the “persistent sternum of the
Ist and 2nd segments” or the “supporting-rod of the labium.”
Reference for comparison is given to a figure showing what
purports to be the same plate projecting forwards between the
coxee when these segments are viewed from below, although the
figure showing the plate in transverse section represents it as
situated high above the lower surface of the cox. This plate is
no doubt the thickened portion of the floor of the crescentie slit,
which is situated just in front of the true oral aperture; but I
cannot establish any connection between it and the prosternum
(sternum of the second postoral somite), or any part of the sternal
exoskeleton.

Again, speaking of the “beak” of Arachnida, Bernard says (op.
cit. p. 391):—“ The possession of this organ in such diverse
Arachnida as Galeodes, Chernes, and Thelyphonus, and the easy
deduction of the mouth-parts of Spiders, Scorpio and Phrynus,
from such an organ, renders it almost certain that a beak was
present in the original Arachnid.”

If the “beaks” of Galeodes, Chernes, and Thelyphonus were
similarly constructed organs, this argument would have weight ;
but, as a matter of fact, each of the orders represented by the
three Arachnids cited possesses a “beak” which is swt generis
and distinct from that of the other two, as well as from that of
all the other orders of the class’.

Far more probable is it, in my opinion, that the “ beaks” of
Thelyphonus, Galeodes, and Chernes are derivatives of mouth-parts
of a much simpler type, consisting primarily of a camarostome or
prostomial labrum overhanging the oral aperture. So, too, from
this type can be deduced the very highly specialized “ beak” of a
fourth kind which is met with in many Spiders, e. g., Yilistata,
Sicarius, &e.

In fact, the types of mouth-parts characteristic of Scorpiones,
Thelyphonus, Phrynus, Galeodes, Pseudoscorpiones, Arane, &c.,
are all traceable to one and the same simple plan of structure,
the modifications that are presented resulting from the formation,
one might almost say the necessity for the formation, of a suboral
trough to take up nutritive fluids. The one feature these mouth-
parts have in common is the labrum or camarostome. In the
Scorpiones the suboral trough is formed by the sterno-coxal
(maxillary) processes of the third and fourth appendages (1st and
ond walking-legs) (text-fig. 43, A, B, III, TV, p. 180). In Phrynus
it results from the basal union beneath the mouth and the potential
approximation throughout their length of the preaxial surface of
the cox of the appendages of the second pair (chelz or palpi).

1 The diagrams representing transverse sections of the mouth-parts in Scorpio

eo Je, G il 3
Obisium, and Galeodes, figured on pl. xxvii. figs. 9a-9e of Bernard’s paper,
show very clearly the resemblances and differences and the true relations of the
organs.

1902.] ANATOMY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 179

From this arrangement may be derived that of Thelyphonus, as
already described (p. 175).

In the Spiders the trough is formed by the median prosternal
plate (the labium or sternum of the first postoral somite) which
projects from beneath and beyond the mouth (text-fig. 43, D, Jab.,
p- 180). The space on each side between this plate and the cama-
rostome is blocked by the coxa of the appendage of the second pair.
Within the order Aranez the simplest type of mouth-parts is found
in the primitive Mesothele and Mygalomorphe, where the cama-
rostome is high and short, and the coxe in question but little
modified. In the Arachnomorphe, on the contrary, the cama-
rostome is longer, depressed, and overlaps the labium, the two
being flanked on each side by a preaxial process from the coxa—
the so-called maxilla (text-fig. 43, C, D, cam., mx.p., p. 180). In
more primitive forms the appendages of the first and second pairs
(mandibles and palpi) are freely movable, and the labium is
separated from the rest of the sternum. But in certain other
forms the labium and basal segments of the palpi are fused to
the sternum, the maxillary processes meet in front of the labium,
and the mandibles are mesially hinged together and susceptible
of but little movement; the five sclerites in question, together
with the camarostome which they completely enclose, constituting
a highly specialized ‘“ proboscis,” equal in complexity to that of
many Acari.

Viewed from above, the mouth-parts of the Pseudoscorpiones
(Garypus) much resemble those of Thelyphonus and the Spiders.
The camarostome is long, porrect and, as in Thelyphonus, fused
dorsally on each side in its basal half to the adjacent preaxial
surface of the coxa of the 2nd appendage (chela), which projects
forwards on each side of it. Distally, it ends in a subcylindrical
fleshy lobe which reaches to the end of the membranous sterno-
coxal (maxillary process) of the coxa (text-fig. 42, D, cam., mx.p.,
p. 177). Inferiorly, however, instead of being uniformly convex,
it 1s deeply grooved longitudinally, the groove giving rise to a
pair of lips, a right and a left. Projecting forwards into the
groove between these two lips is a compressed and pointed pro-
sternal or labial prolongation, which arises at its basal end from
the inferior part of the area between the juxtaposed proximal
ends of the preaxial surfaces of the cox (text-fig. 42, D, lab.,
p. 177). These coxe meet, without fusion, in the middle line
beneath the prosternal process, and form, as in Thelyphonus, a
trough to prevent the escape of fluid; the labium (prosternum),
which, like the lips of the camarostome, is thickly hairy, con-
stituting a kind of tongue-like organ ', above their line of meeting|

In the Podogona or Ricinulei (Cryptostemma) and most (? all)
Acari the suboral trough results from the union of the cox of
the palpi beneath the camarostome.

In the Solifugee (Galeodes) the “beak” is quite peculiar. It
consists of a horizontally porrect tubular proboscis, bearing the

1 See Croneberg, Arch. f. Nat. 1880,
aS

180 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON THE [June 17,

Text-fig. 43.

Ny
¥
\
\
\
S

BY I:
\

Mouth-parts of the Scorpiones and of the Aranezx of the family Lycoside.

A. Dorsal view of the mouth-parts of a Scorpion (Palamneus), with the chelicerze
removed: ent., crescentic entosclerite supporting the lateral dilator muscles
of the pharynx (ph.); cam., camarostome; II, coxa of second appendage or
chela, with mb., hairy membranous tract, and g, estapophysial groove ;
ty., trochanter or second segment of chela; III and IV, sterne-coxal or
maxillary processes of third and fourth appendages (first and second walking-
legs) forming the suboral trough.

B. Lateral view of the mouth-parts of a Scorpion (Palamneus), the. chela, chelicera,
and anterior portion of the prosoma of the left stde removed: car., cut edge
of middle line of carapace; ms., vertical muscle passing from carapace to the
erescentic entosclerite (ent.) ; 1, appendage of first pair, or chelicera ; m., mouth
leading into pharynx or pre-cerebral sucker (ph.): sé¢.', anterior portion of
sternal area of prosoma, which is normally concealed by the coxa and sterno-
coxal process of the appendage of the fourth pair (IV), forming the suboral
trough; s¢é.'’, posterior or exposed part of the sternal area forming the
pentagonal metasternite.

C. Dorsal view of the mouth-parts of a Spider (Lycosa ingens), with chelicerze
removed, showing the camarostome (cam.) flanked on each side by the large
maxillary process (ma.p.) of the coxa of the second appendage or palpus:
cl., basal sclerite (clypews) of camarostome, which is united with the adjacent
area of the coxa as far as the point p; g, entapophysial groove of coxa lying
transversely, not longitudmally as in the Scorpiones, Pedipalpi, and Pseudo-
scorpiones.

D. Lateral view of the same, with the same lettering as in C, with m., mouth leading
into pharynx or pre-cerebral sucker (ph.): /ab., labium or sternal plate of
first postoral somite forming the suboral trough; s¢., anterior portion
of median sternal sclerite.

1902. ] ANATOMY OF THE PEDIPALPT. 181

aperture of the alimentary canal at its apex. Its dorsal wall is
formed by the horny compressed camarostome. Its ventral wall
is an outgrowth of the suboral area of the prosoma, supported
posteriorly by a prosternal sclerite and by the juxtaposed coxze
of the palpi, fused laterally to the camarostome throughout its
length; it thus constitutes a lower lip which effectually prevents
the loss of liquid food, without any share in this office being
taken by any part of the coxee of the adjacent appendages. The
special point in which this “ beak” resembles that of the Acari is
the fact that it forms the sucking-apparatus of the alimentary
canal. Otherwise it is unique in the class Arachnida, its parallel
being found only in the, in some respects, degenerated Palpigradt.

That a “beak” of this kind, which is evidently developed im
correlation with the long, porrect, and non-retractile chelicere,
was the starting point of the diverse modifications met with in the
other orders of Arachnids, seems in the highest degree improbable.
Such an hypothesis demands the suppression of the lower lip of
the “beak,” and its independent replacement functionally by the
particular types of suboral trough already described.

On the other hand, there is no difficulty in regarding all these
various kinds of ‘ beaks” as specialized organs resulting from the
presence of a camarostome or labrum, and the need for a lower
lip or suboral gutter to prevent the loss of nutritive fluids and to
guide them into the alimentary canal.

The muscles of the camarostome in Vhelyphonus, which Bernard
regards as the beginning of ‘‘ the sucking-apparatus,” seem to have
the same function as those of the Scorpion, being, as in that
animal, distinct from the suctorial pharynx, which constitutes
“the sucking-apparatus” par excellence.

In connection, then, with the anterior portion of the alimentary
canal, suckers may be developed in three distinct places—that is
to say, in the camarostome itself, as in the Solifuge, Palpigradi,
and Acari; in the pre-cerebral portion of the foregut, as in the
Scorpiones (text-fig. 43, A, B, ph., p. 180), Opiliones, and Pseudo-
scorpiones; or in its post-cerebral portion, as in the Aranee,
Palpigradi', and Amblypygous Pedipalpi (Phrynus).

In the Aranes and Amblypygi (text-fig. 45, ph., st., p. 186) the
pre-cerebral and post-cerebral suckers coexist, and are especially
powerful in the former order. In the Palpigradi the post-cerebral
sucker is aided in its work by the organ developed in the cama-
rostome. In the Scorpiones and Opiliones the pre-cerebral sucker
alone is found. In the Uropygous Pedipalpi it is also well
developed ; the post-cerebral, on the contrary, is very small as
compared with that of the Amblypygi, but the muscles of the
camarostome probably aid in the office of suction. The same is
true of the Pseudoscorpiones, with the exception that the post-
cerebral sucker is absent. In the Solifugee and Acari the
function of suction is apparently performed solely by the muscles
of the camarostome.

1 Rucker, Amer. Nat. xxxv. 1901.

182 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [June 17,

The pharyngeal portion of the foregut in Thelyphonus which
opens at its anterior end into the slit above described is a wide
membranous tube, strengthened with four chitinous strands, a
right and left upper and a right and left lower. The latter are
directly continuous with the chitinous plate forming the floor of
the suboral trough; the former with the posterior extremity of
the lower surface of the camarostome forming the roof of the
trough. From its dorsal walls muscles pass to the under surface
of the median entosclerite which arises from the membrane above
the base of the camarostome, and from its sides muscles extend to
an injutting process from the coxa of the chela’ (text-fig. 41,
AUB ents, carpe pan lite):

It thus constitutes a powerful, dorso-ventrally compressed,
pharyngeal or pre-cerebral sucking apparatus, homologous to that
of the Scorpions and Spiders (text-fig. 43, D, ph., p. 180). Inthe
Scorpions, however, the organ is compressed from side to side,
and its lateral muscles pass to the crescentic preoral entosclerite,
which represents the median entosclerite above the camarostome
of Thelyphonus* (text-fig. 43, A, B, ent., ph., p. 180).

From this point the foregut narrows and runs backwards
through the brain as a relatively soft, flexible, and weakly
chitinous tube. Between the brain and the anterior bridge of
the entosternite it forms a lanceolate expansion, comparable
to the so-called ‘“ sucking-stomach” of the Spiders, though not,
apparently, supphed with the powerful dilator and contractor
muscles characteristic of this organ in the last-named order.

Behind this expansion the gut passes between the descending
branches of the aorta and expands into the saccular stomach of
the midgut. This is provided with five pairs of principal diverti-
cula, which are often of irregular shape and sometimes asym-
metrically branched, and extend towards the coxe of the postoral
appendages, sometimes dipping into the cavities of those of the
legs (text-fig. 44, 1-5, p. 183). The diverticula of the anterior
pair arise behind the descending portion of the aorta, and passing
forwards on each side of it, unite in the middle line, thus cireum-
scribing a space through which, in addition to the aorta, the
obliquely ascending pair of apophyses from the entosternite runs

1 From Laurie’s description it is not clear which of the two apertures, 7. e. that at
the distal or at the proximal end of the camarostome, he signifies by the word
“mouth.” Probably scarcity of material prevented an accurate dissection of this
region ; otherwise it is difficult to account for the misleading statement that the
foregut (stomodeum) of Thelyphonus has “no appearance of a dilatation into a
sucking stomach such as is found in the Scorpion”; nor for the erroneous assertion
that “ the muscles of the anterior part of this stomodzum” pass to three chitinous
processes running back from the camarostome. T'wo of these three entosclerites are
the injutting angular processes of the coxe of the chel, and the third arises from
the membrane above the camarostome.

2 It is singular that Blanchard (Org. du Régne Anim., Arachnides) overlooked
this enlarged pre-cerebral pharyngeal sucking portion of the alimentary canal in
Thelyphonus. ‘The same oversight characterizes his observation upon this region in
‘Mygale, and, as Huxley pointed out, in Scorpio. In the case of Phrynus,
however, he both figured and described it, homolegizing it with the oesophageal

portion of the canal in Thelyphonus.

1902. | ANATOMY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 183

to their points of attachment to the middle line of the posterior
half of the inner surface of the carapace (text-fig. 44, sa!’).

In front of this space arises a median unpaired diverticulum
which extends forwards between the diverticula of the anterior
pair; and protruding on each side of it may be seena second pair
of muscles which run to the carapace from the branch of the
entosternal apophysis just mentioned (text-fig. 44, m., sa’).

Text-fig. 44.

Ee,
THES 35 Peart

Alimentary system of the prosoma of the Thelyphonide.

Prosoma of one of the Thelyphonide (Hypoctonus formosus), with carapace,
camarostome, and cheliceree removed. II-VI. Basal segments of the five pairs
of postoral appendages; ma.p., maxillary process of coxa of chela; lam.,
spoon-shaped plate which underlies the camarostome; 1-5, lateral cecal
diverticula of midgut; m., anterior median diverticulum of midgut ; tt,
the four lateral apophyses of the entosternite representing the tergo-sternal
muscles; sa’, anterior branch and sa'’, posterior branch of the supernumerary
apophysis; ao.f., foramen through which the aorta descends to the ventral
region of the body and the muscular apophyses (sa'’) ascend to the median
line of the carapace.

The arrangement of the remaining diverticula with regard to
the four pairs of lateral tendinous processes of the entosternite is
typically as follows :—The fifth or last pair passes behind the
fourth or last process, the fourth, third, and second respectively
between the fourth and third, third and second, second and first
apophyses of this plate; the first, as already described, running
straight forwards on the inner or admedian side of the first

184 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [June 17,

apophysis, which rises from the distal extremity of the anterior
bar of the entosternite (text-fig. 44, ¢’-7"", p. 183). The form and
position of these diverticula, however, seem to vary considerably im
accordance with the degree of their distention with food-particles.
hen filled from base to extremity they are of fairly uniform
width throughout. When partially empty their distal portions
take the form of slender subcylindrical tubes differing considerably,
both in appearance and shape, from the charged basal bor tions.
To this difference is to be aseribed Blanchard’s' erroneous
description of the stomach as consisting of four pairs of lateral
cea, enveloped above and below by a large tubular or salivary
gland. In the specimens he dissected, belonging to the species
now known as Mastigoproctus antillensis, the four posterior pairs
of ceca appear to have been partially empty, while the anterior
cca and the central portion of the midgut were distended. I have
found a similar state of things in the examples of J/astigoproctus
giganteus and of Uroproctus assamensis that I have examined,
whereas in all the examples of Hypoctonus formosus, all collected at
the same time, the diverticula were evenly filled thr oughout. Hence
the possibility that the width of the terminal por tions of the diver-
ticula may vary with the species, and may not be attributable to
the cause I have suggested, must be borne in mind. Blanchard
neither figures nor describes the anterior median diverticulum,
present in all the specimens of Thelyphonide I have examined.
Possibly it was not distended in his examples. Apart from this
discrepancy, and from a too sharply defined line of demarcation
between the filled and unfilled portions of the cecal diverticula,
evidently introduced to emphasize the distinctness of the so-called
“tubular” or ‘ salivary” gland, his figures admirably represent
the “stomach” in-this group, even to the spaces through which
the two pairs of muscles pass to the middle line of the carapace.
They also show the two inferior median diverticula which dip
down through the median foramina of the entosternite and
extend along its underside. Being filled with food, these were
described as part of the tubular or salivary gland. Laurie mentions
them as well. This author’s description of the thoracic portion
of the midgut as expanded into wide lateral diverticula, which
extend over the brain in front and the coxal glands at the sides,
each diverticulum being divided into five lobes, is correct so far
as it goes, but too insufficiently detailed to criticise. The figure

1 Blanchard (Org. du Régne Anim., Arachnides) described the “stomach” of
Thelyphonus as consisting of a sac giving off four pairs of cecal diverticula and
enveloped above and below by voluminous glands of two kinds, described in the text
as “utricular ” and “tubular” glands. The former (=coxal eland), embracing the
stomach laterally, are compared to the “salivary” glands, so-called by N ewport
and Miller, of the Scorpions.

How Blanchard and others, for reasons that need no explanation, ascribed an
alimentary function to the coxal gland is now ancient history ; but his mistake in
homologizing the coxal glands of Thelyphonus with the prosomatic midgut diverticula
of Buthus is less intelligible. A further error into which he fell was the inter-
pretation of part of the midgut diverticula in Thelyphonus as a “tubular ”’ digestive
gland.

“

1902. | ~ ANATOMY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 185

that is given of the organ, however, suggests an arrangement of
diverticula quite different from that obtaining in the specimens
dissected by Blanchard, Tarnani, and myself. It represents a wide
diverticulum as arising, on each side, ¢ front of the descending
trunk of the aorta, and extending backwards on each side of the
horizontally lying portion of this vessel to the posterior end of the
prosomatic cavity, giving off the five cecal diverticula along its
course. There is nothing to indicate the formation of the annular
space through which the aorta and the two muscular tendons of
the entosternite pass.

Tarnani says the foregut of Vhelyphonus is like that of the
Spiders. This seems to be an overstatement of the case. In
the Spiders, the dorsal muscle of the pre-cerebral pharyngeal
sucker extends to the median line of the anterior portion of the
carapace, not toa chitinous entosclerite as in Thelyphonus. More-
over, the wall of the cesophageal portion of the foregut is much
more thickly chitinized and more rigid than in Thelyphonus, and
is supplied with a well-developed post-cerebral sucking-apparatus
lying on the upperside of the entosternite and worked by
powerful lateral muscles which attach it to this plate, and by a dorsal
muscle which passes from its chitinous dorsal wall through the
aortic space of the “stomach” to the median entapophysis of the
carapace. ;

In many structural characters the Amblypygi are intermediate
between the Urotricha (Thelyphonidee) and the Spiders. This
is strikingly the case with regard to the foregut. The pharyngeal
portion is narrower and less strongly chitinized than in Thely-
phonus, andthe muscles of the pre-cerebral sucker extend dorsally
to a median entosclerite rising from the membrane above the base
of the camarostome, and laterally to the coxe of the chele. The
latter, however, are not immovably united like those of Thelyphonus,
but move freely in a horizontal plane, and compress the sucker
between their inprojecting ends. The esophageal portion of the
foregut is a sinuous tube with rigid chitinous walls, like that of
the Aranee ; and behind the brain it forms a highly developed
sucking-apparatus, with dorsal muscle extending to the undersurface
of the carapace and lateral muscles passing to the entosternite.
This organ differs from that of the Spiders only in position.
Instead of resting upon the entosternite and being attached
to its upperside by transverse muscles, it lies in front of it i the
“pharyngeal notch,” the lateral muscles extending to the anterior
border of this plate. Thus in position it resembles the less highly
specialized organ of Thelyphonus.

The midgut expansion, with its diverticula, more resembles that
of some Spiders than of the Thelyphonide. As in these groups.
the primary saccular diverticulum extends forwards on each side
of the descending aorta, forming a channel through which this
vessel continues its downward course, and the muscle from the
post-cerebral sucker and the two obliquely directed apophyses
from the entosternite ascend to the median depression on the

186 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [June 17,

carapace. In front of this channel the two diverticula generally
meet and overlap as in some Spiders (e. g. drgyroneta, according
to Plateau), but without fusing or communicating. The diverticula
of the anterior pair, which are so conspicuous in the Thelyphonide,
remain undeveloped. Those that extend into the cox of the
3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th appendages are relatively slender unbranching
tubes, longer and more regular in shape than those of Thelyphonus.
Their relation to the entapophyses of the entosternite differs also
from that which obtains in Thelyphonus and the Spiders, where
the five diverticula typically pass with regularity between the
four apophyses which rise to the sides of the under surface of the
carapace (text-fig. 45, 14).

\ Em

A SK
itn gi alae
Wa “Dy,
\ 2 Peeve
Wille . me:

te Seek
ae
dyn? We

Alimentary system of the prosoma of one of the Phrynide.

Dorsal view of the alimentary system of the prosoma of a Phrynid (Titanodamon
johnstoni, partially diagrammatic). II-VI. Basal segments of the five pairs
of postoral appendages; cam., camarostome; ph., pharynx or pre-cerebral
sucker of the foregut ; 67., subcesophageal portion of central nervous system
traversed by the chitinous cesophagus which expands into the post-cerebral
sucker of the foregut (sé.); 1-4, cecal diverticula of the midgut passing
between the muscular apophyses of the entosternite, as described in the
text ; ao,f., foramen or channel through which the dorsal aorta descends to
the ventral region of the body and a pair of muscular apophyses (not shown
in fig.) ascend to the middle line of the carapace.

In the Amblypygi these four apophyses are represented by six,
the first and second apparently corresponding to the first in
Thelyphonus and the Spiders, the third to the second, the fourth
and fifth to the third, and the sixth to the fourth. The fourth
and last diverticulum in Phrynus, corresponding to the fifth and
last in Thelyphonus and the Spiders, passes, as in those groups,
behind the last apophysis; and the first diverticulum in Phrynus,
corresponding to the second in Thelyphonus and the Spiders, passes

1902.] ANATOMY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 187

on the outer and posterior side of the first apophysis between it
and the second, which results apparently from its fission and is
unrepresented in Vhelyphonus and the Spiders, although, so far
as the diverticula are concerned, it corresponds to the second
apophysis in these groups, inasmuch as it juts up between the
diverticula which extend towards the third and fourth appendages
(first and second pairs of legs), The third apophysis, the
homologue of the second in the other groups, instead of rising
behind the first diverticulum, emerges behind the second with
the anterior branch of the fourth, while the posterior branch of the
fourth (numerically the fifth) similarly appears behind the third
diverticulum in company with the sixth apophysis.

Or if, for the sake of clearness, we assume that there were
originally five diverticula representing the five postoral somites,
and four apophyses belonging to the first four of these somites,
and that the diverticulum passed in front of the apophysis in each
somite, as is the case in the Spiders and Thelyphonide; and
further, if we assume that the two additional apophyses in
Phrynus have been derived by fission from those of the first and
third postoral somites, the differences between Phrynus and the
others with regard to the arrangement of diverticula and apophyses
may be briefly stated as follows:—The apophysis of the second

ostoral somite has moved backwards behind the diverticulum of
the third postoral somite, its place behind its appropriate diver-
ticulum being taken by the outer branch of the first apophysis,
and the extra branch of the third apophysis has similarly shifted
back behind the diverticulum of the fourth postoral somite.

Laurie describes the stomodeeum as “a narrow tube extending
from the mouth to a little behind the brain. In front of the
brain there are attached to it powerful muscles running dorsally
to be inserted in the carapace behind the median eyes. Lateral
muscles are also present in this region, which no doubt has a
suctorial function, though there is no sign of any dilatation
to form a sucking-stomach. Close behind the brain, and just in
front of the junction between the stomodzeum and the mesenteron,
are inserted some more muscles which also pass dorsally to the
carapace. The anterior part of the mesenteron is dilated to form
a sort of stomach as in Thelyphonus. The dilatation seems to
take the form of a single pair of lateral outgrowths, very similar
at this [embryonic] stage to those of the ‘liver. A small median
ventral outgrowth is also present, and reminds one of the median
processes in Thelyphonus.” *

These observations were based upon embryos. The only
discrepancy between this description and that given above of the
adult, is the attachment of the muscles of the pre-cerebral sucker
to the under surface of the carapace. ;

Blanchard’s description, based upon the adult, makes no mention
of the muscle which passes dorsally from the pre-cerebral sucker

1 Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxv. p. 32 (1894).

188 MR. A. L. BUTLER ON THE [June 17,

to the median vertical entosclerite ; nor of the presence of a post-
cerebral sucker in the foregut, worked by lateral muscles attached
to the anterior border of the entosternite and by a dorsal muscle
extending to the underside of the carapace. Nor is the forward
extension of the stomach on each side of this ascending muscle
and the descending aorta to form a channel, through which arise
also the two obliquely directed tendons of the entosternite, men-
tioned. Since these structures are not represented in the figures,
it is permissible to suppose they were overlooked.

5. On Recent Additions to the Batrachian Fauna of the
Malay Peninsula. By A. lL. Buruer, F.Z.S., Super-
intendent of the Sudan Game Preservation Department,

Khartoum.
| Received June 9, 1902.)

The papers by Captain Stanley 8. Flower on the Reptiles and
Batrachians of the Malay nae published in this Society’s
‘Proceedings’ during 1896 and 1899, have been so valuable to
local workers, that it may be useful to bring the list of Batrachians
of the Peninsula up to date by enumerating the species obtained for
the first time from that region since the appearance of Captain
Flower’s second paper.

In that list (P. Z. 8. 1899, pp. 885 et seg.) 45 species of
Batrachians are recorded from the Malay Peninsula, including
Megalophrys montana Kuhl, mentioned somewhat doubtfully in a
note, but since obtained again by the “Skeat Expedition,” and
two species, Rana jerboa Gthr., and Nectes subasper Tschudi,
mentioned in the Addenda.

To bring the list up to date, the following 13 species have now
to be added, carrying the total number up to 58.

Four of these species, Rana livida, Rana dorie, Rhacophorus
bimaculatus, and Leptobrachium pelodytoides, have not been
hitherto recorded from the Peninsula.

Fam. RANID2&.

1. Rana stenata Gthr.

Rana signata Laidlaw, P. Z.8. 1900, p. 886.
Locality. Ganong Inas (‘‘Skeat Expedition ”).
Previously known from Borneo.

Rana urvipa Blyth.

Rana livida Boulenger, Faun. Ind., Rept. p. 462.

Locality. Larut, Perak (lL. Wray). Identified by Mr. Bou-
lenger.

Previously known from Himalayas and Assam to Tenasserim.

1902. ] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 189

3. RANA LATERALIS Bler.

Rana lateralis Laidlaw, P. Z.S. 1900, p. 886.
Locality. Kuala Aving (“ Skeat Expedition ”).
Previously known from Burmah.

4. Rana pori# Bler.

Rana dorie Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) v. 1887, p. 482,
Peel bets S95. 0p. 328, pl, van. fie. 1 > Haun: Ind.,
Rept. p. 447.

Locality. Larut, Perak (lL. Wray). Identified by Mr. Bou-
lenger.

Previously known from Karin Hills, Tenasserim, Mergui.

5, RHACOPHORUS BIMACULATUS Bler.

Rhacophorus bimaculatus Boulenger, Cat. p. 90; Faun. Ind.,
Rept. p. 472; Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xiii. 1893, p. 339.

Locality. Larut Hills, Perak (lL. Wray). Identified by Mr.
Boulenger.

Previously known from HK. Himalayas, Karin Hills, Khasi Hills.

6. IXALUS LARUTENSIS Bler.

Tvalus larutensis Boulenger, A. M. N. H. (7) vi. Aug. 1900,
fo elif.

Locality. Larut Hills, Perak, 4000 to 4500 ft. (A. L. Butler).

Type specimens.

7. IXALUS VERMICULATUS Blegr.

Txalus vermiculatus Boulenger, A. M.N.H. (7) vi. Aug. 1900,
1» Lede

Locality. Larut Hills, Perak, 4000 ft. (A. L. Butler).

Types.

Fam. ENGYSTOMATID4&.

8. MIcROHYLA INORNATA Bler.

Microhyla inornata Laidlaw, P. Z.8. 1900, p. 887.

Locality. Bukit Goah, near Biserat, Jalor (“‘Skeat Expedition”).

Previously known from Sumatra, Borneo, and Siam.

9. MICROHYLA ANNECTENS Bier.

Microhyla annectens Boulenger, A. M.N.H. (7) vi. Aug. 1900,
p. 188.

Locality. Larut Hills, 4000 ft. (A. L. Butler).

Types.

10. MicroHyLa BUTLER! Bley.

Microhyla butleri Boulenger, A.M.N.H. (7) vi. Aug. 1900,
p. 188.

Locality. Larut Hills, Perak, 4000 ft. (A. L. Butler).
Type.

190 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON [June 17,

Fam. BUFONID2.

11. Buro JerBoa Bler.

Bufo jerboa Laidlaw, P. Z.8. 1900, p. 889.
Locality. Gunong Inas (‘‘ Skeat Expedition ”).
Previously known from Borneo.

Fam. PELOBATIDA.

12. LeproBRACHIUM PELODYTOIDES Bler.

Leptobrachium pelodytoides Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2)
xiii. 1893, p. 345, pl. xi. fig. 3.

Locality. Larut Hills, Perak (lL. Wray). Identified by Mr.
Boulenger.

Previously known from Karin Hills.

13. LepropracHium HETEROPUS Bler.

Leptobrachium heteropus Boulenger, A. M. N.H. (7) vi. Aug.
1900, p. 186.

Locality. Larut Hills, Perak, 3500 ft. (A. L. Butler).

Type.

Note.

Rana LaticEps Blgr.—I have examined the frogs from Gunong
Kledang, Perak, which Dr. Hanitsch recorded (Rep. Raffles
Library & Museum, 1898) as 2. laticeps, and I find they are in
reality A. hascheana (Stol.). The claim of R. laticeps to a place
on the Peninsula list depends, therefore, on a single specimen in
the British Museum from Malacca (Mr. Hervey), and on Captain
Flower’s not quite positive identification of a specimen in bad
condition in the Raffles Museum, from the same locality.

6. On some new Species of Harthworms belonging to the
Genus Polytoreutus, and on the Spermatophores of that

Genus. By Frank HE. Bepparp, M.A., F.RS.
| Received June 3, 1902. |

(Text-figures 46-54.)

The specimens which I deal with in the present communication
form a part of the collection of these Annelids at the British
Museum. Dr. Ray Lankester has been so good as to permit me
to study these worms; and to him, as well as to Mr. E. A. Smith
with whom I have corresponded on the matter, my thanks are
due. The majority of the specimens were collected by Mr. 8. L.
Hinde in the Kenya District, at an altitude of 4000-4800
feet ; a number of others, which also prove to be of considerable
interest, were collected by Mr. Stuart Betton, in Lagari, British
East Africa. The genus is limited in its range to Equatorial

1902. ] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS, 191

Kast and Central Africa. There are at present twelve species
known, of which eleven are characterized (from the original
descriptions by himself and by myself) by Dr. Michaelsen in his
“‘Oligocheta” which forms Lieferung X. of ‘Das Tierreich’?
To these I have recently added a twelfth species, also collected by
Mr. Hinde>. JI have now some observations to record upon new
species. The first of these I shall name

(1) PoLyToREUTUS KENYAENSIS, n. sp.

This new species is one of the smaller forms, and agrees in its
dimensions with P. cerulews and P. violaceus. The large series
of specimens which I have examined vary somewhat in dimen-
sions; 100 mm. in length by 5 mm. in breadth were the measure-
ments of an average specimen among the larger ones. The
species is evidently a darkly coloured one; in the spirit the
specimens were purplish brown dorsally. The prostomium is
epicheilous, extending about halfway across the buccal segment.

The clitellum is completely developed round the body and
embraces segments xiv.—xvil. inclusive with a portion of xvii.
and sometimes of xi.

The setz, as is usual in this genus, are at unequal distances,
The two setz of the ventral couple are wider apart than are those
of the lateral couple. The nephridiopores are only plainly visible
upon the clitellar segments; they he close to the anterior margin
of the segment in a line with the ventralmost of the two lateral
setae.

The oviducal pores are obvious upon the xivth segment; they
lie near to the posterior boundary of that segment and a little
ventrally to the nephridiopores.

The most striking external feature of this species is shown in
the accompanying ‘Chasing (text-figs. 46, 47). The male and
female pores (to the description of which I shall return presently)
lie on an area which is enclosed within a raised and lip-like fold
which commences upon the sixteenth segment in front, and is
continued back for a variable number of segments. Anteriorly
upon the xvith segment and close to the front boundary of this
segment, the folds of the right and of the left side nearly or quite
coalesce : they then diverge to enclose the male pore and become
again approximated upon the xvilith segment and behind this
pore. The larger spermathecal pore pushes the folds still further
apart. Two or three segments behind this point the right and
left folds again approach each other, but much more nearly, and
they may even come into contact upon the last segments where
they are developed, leaving merely a groove to indicate their
original distinctness. This groove 1s generally closed posteriorly
by an unpaired swelling of the integument. The whole area has
thus very much the contour of a violin. I examined altogether

1 Berlin, 1900, p. 412. :
2 “On some Earthworms from British East Africa, &c.,” P. Z.S. 1901, i. p. 836.

192 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON [June 17,

75 fully mature examples of this species and found some varia-
tions in the extent of these lateral folds surrounding the genital
area. The prevalent arrangement was that the area ended upon
the xxivth segment; 29 specimens exhibited this character. But
im nearly as many (24) these folds ceased to exist upon the
xxiurd segment. In 18 examples the folds were more extensive,
reaching to the xxvth segment. The extreme in this direction
was shown by one specimen only, where the groove extended as
far as the xxvith segment. On the other hand, in three speci-
mens this genital area stopped short at segment xxil.

Text-fig. 46. Text-fig. 47. Text-fig. 48.

Text-fig. 46.—Ventral view of anterior segments of Polytoreutus kenyaensis.
Text-fig. 47.—Ventral view of anterior segments of an individual of Polytoreutus
kenyaensis, with shorter perigenital area.
Text-fig. 48.—Ventral view of anterior segments of Polytoreutus montis-kenye.
The segments which bear the pores are numbered.

The single and median male pore is upon segment xvii.

The single and median spermathecal pore is wider from side to
side and lies upon the boundary line of segments xvilii./xix.

As to the internal structure, it is mainly the female parts of the
generative system which show ‘differences from other species,

1902. ] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 193

The septa dividing segments v./xi. are thickened. The dorsal
vessel is single, and the last pair of hearts are in segment xi.

The gizzard lies in segment v. The system of calciferous glands
appears to be quite as in other species.

In the xith segment are the dilated chambers which form the
commencement of the single pair of sperm-ducts.

The sperm-saes of Polytoreutus kenyaensis, as 18 the case with
all other species of the genus, are but a single pair and are of very
considerable length. In a worm measuring 9 mm. in length the
sperm-sacs were 15 mm. long. As is the case with many other
species of the genus, the sperm-sacs are divided into two regions:
the anterior half is a thin slender tube, while the posterior half of
each sperm-sac is swollen and deeply constricted where it passes
through the septa. This latter region begins at about the xxivth
seoment and extends to the xxxviith. For three or four segments
the slender sacs which form the anterior part of the sperm-sacs
are also constricted where they traverse the septa. Latterly, the
sperm-sacs show no signs of division into two sacs, they are
completely blended for a tract which extends some little way
forward from the posterior end.

The spermiducal glands are tubular and straight or a little
coiled. I did not notice any marked division into two regions as
in the spermiducal glands of P. gregorianus. There are here
and there slight constrictions along the walls which produce
irregular bulgings of the tube. In one case, and place, this bulging
was so marked that the: permiducal gland ended in a bifid
extremity. The large bursa into which both these glands open is
more or less circular in contour.

The spermathecal apparatus appears to differ from that of any
other species in that it has no diverticula. It commences ante-
riorly not far from septum xiii./xiv. and pursues a straight course
to its point of opening on to the exterior between segments
xvili./xix. It is a narrow tube and flattened against the ventral
body-wall, being overlaid by the nerve-cord; at the posterior end
it is wider for a short space before its external orifice. Anteriorly
the sac ends blindly in a rounded extremity. Into this open the
two oviducts directly, and not through the intermediary of diver-
ticula of the sac as in other species of the genus. The oviducts
are slightly coiled and, as usual, thick-walled and present a very
different appearance from the spermathecal sac into which they
open. Traced in the opposite direction, the oviducts pass to the
exterior through a rounded thick-walled chamber which Dr.
Michaelsen has called the “ Hitrichterblase,” to which is appended
a receptaculum ovorum. The latter is very much larger than the
Hitrichterblase from which the oviduct runs to the external pore.
Several chambers packed with spermatozoa (“Samenkiimmerchen”
of Michaelsen) are appended to the oviduct close to its exit from
the receptaculum, as in many but not all species of Polytoreutus.
I may observe that the oviduct is ciliated throughout, not merely
that portion of it which passes from the receptaculum to the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou, II. No, XIII. 13

194 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [June 17,

exterior. As to the region which opens into the spermathecal sac,
it seems to be an unnecessary periphrasis to call it, as Dr.
Michaelsen does, a ‘‘ Verbindungsschlauch.” It is, to my mind,
unquestionably the oviduct and corresponds exactly to that
portion of the oviduct which in other Kudrilids (e.g. in Stwhl-
mannia’) opens directly into the spermathecal sac. Its cells are
cubical and ciliated, and totally different from the long thin non-
ciliated cells which line the spermathecal sac. Furthermore, there is
no transition between the two kinds of cells that I could discover ;
and finally the oviduct opens by a slightly dilated mouth freely
into the interior of the sac. This is, I take it, the oviducal
funnel. I am inclined from these additional facts to add to the
definition of the Eudrilide that the oviduct is characterized by
the possession of two funnels, one of which opens into the recepta-
culum ovorum and the other into the spermathecal sac. The
Samenkaimmerchen are, as Michaelsen their discoverer has pointed
out, diverticula of the oviduct packed with spermatozoa arranged
in a regular fashion. I am disposed to consider these diverticula
as corresponding to the single diverticulum upon the oviduct
which is to be found in Hyperiodrilus, Heliodrilus, and Alvania.
Spermatozoa have not, however, so far been found to exist in the
latter. I found spermatophores in the spermathece, the descrip-
tion of which I postpone for the present.

(2) PoLyrOREUTUS MONTIS-KENY#, n. Sp.

This species has a considerable similarity to the last, which is
chiefly due to the fact that the genital area is surrounded by a
raised ridge not unlike that distinctive of Polytoreutus kenyaensis.
The two species are nevertheless perfectly distinct. There are
both external and internal differences of structure. Polytoreutus
montis-kenye is, i the first place, a smaller and more slender
species than its nearest ally. It has a length of 68 mm. and a
diameter of 4mm. In its colour (in spirit), form of prostomium,
arrangement of sete, position of nephridiopores, the present species
appears to agree exactly with P. kenyaensis. 'The clitellum is
also much the same; it always occupies segments xiv.—xvil., and
occasionally strays a little way on to segments xi. and xvi.
Externally this species is to be distinguished from P. kenyaensis
by the position of the male pore and by the perigenital area.
The male pore les intersegmentally between xvii./xvii. This
fact could be positively ascertained only upon immature speci-
mens, of which there are a good many. In the fully adult worm,
the orifice in question is borne upon a smooth conical pr ojecting
papilla, more conspicuous in some individuals than in others, but
always obvious. The actual orifice when particularly conspicuous
is circular in outline. This papilla shelves down into the peri-
genital ridges, which in this species do not extend further

1 Beddard, P. Z.8. 1901, vol. 1. p. 354, text-fig. 87, o.d.

1902. ] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 195

forward than the xviith segment. This, as will be seen from a
comparison of the drawings exhibited (cf. text-figs. 46 and 48,
p. 192), is a striking difference between Polytoreutus montis-
kenye and P. kenyaensis. The male orifice itself is not so con-
Spicuous as in P. kenyaensis, and the female pore is much less so ;
it lies between segments xvill./xix.

The outline of the perigenital ridge is not so complete as in the
last species.. Anteriorly it is oval in contour, leaving a consider-
able ventral area of that shape between the two sides. The right
and left folds approach each other gradually, and about the xxiiird
segment are in practical contact, a furrow only being left between
them. The shape of the genital area is thus more like a racquet
than a violin. As I have already explained in the case of
P. kenyaensis, the perigenital ridges of the present species are
subject to some variation in their extent. But the mean about
which the variation plays is a segment further back than in
P. kenyaensis. In 26 individuals the ridges ended either upon
segment xxv. or upon segment xxvi1. Ten of these I refer to the
latter category ; but it isa little difficult to be accurate in drawing
a hard and fixed line, since the groove sometimes ended upon the
middle of the xxvith segment. I found no (mature) individual
in which the genital area was of less extent; but in ove specimen
only it reached to the end of segment xxvil.

Text-fig. 49.

Ventral view of genital segments of Polytoreutus montis-kenye@.

P, white cushion-like thickening.

The only other external character to which I have to call
attention, is the very occasional presence of a white cushion-like
thickening of limited extent in the ventral median line of seg-

ments xx. and xxi. I only observed this character to be well

196 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON [June 17,

developed in one individual which was not fully mature (text-
fig. 49).

The internal anatomy of the genus Polytoreutus appears, so far
as present observations go, to offer but little variation in the
characters of the alimentary canal and the vascular system. I
find that up to the xiith segment the structure of the present
species is quite like that of its nearest ally. The sperm-sacs,
nroreover, are constituted upon exactly the same plan. In two
specimens, one of the present species and one of P. kenyaensis,
which I divided longitudinally and placed side by side for com-
parison, the dilated terminal region of the sperm-sacs reached
back to precisely the same segment, 7.¢. the xxxviiith. There is,
however, naturally some variation in the extent of these sacs.

The spermiducal glands of the present species are relatively
larger than those of Polytoreutus kenyaensis; otherwise their
contours are much the same. They do not, however, open directly
into a bursa propulsoria as in that species. The gland ends, in
fact, in a duct of rather narrower calibre; the ducts appear to
join, and in any case the bursa propulsoria is insignificant in its
dimensions. That this would prove to be the case, is really
indicated by the external characters; the, comparatively speaking,
inconspicuous male pore does not suggest a large muscular ter-
minal sac such as is suggested by and co-exists with the wide and
broad external male pore of P. kenyaensis. The two drawings
exhibited herewith (text-figs. 50, 51, p. 198) show accurately the
relative dimensions of the bursa propulsoria in the two species.
That of Polytoreutus kenydensis is fully twice the size of that of the
present species. These differences are of specific value; they have
nothing to do with relative maturity. In both cases, a number of
segments following the median generative pores have a much
thickened hody-wall. The ventral region of integument thus
increased in thickness corresponds to the genital area dealt with
in describing the external characters of the two species. The
drawing (text-fig. 50, A, p. 198) shows the pre-eminently glandular
nature of this area in P. montis-kenye, where contorted whitish
masses of glandular substance have largely invaded the thickness of
the tegument. It may be finally pointed out that the external
orifice and the lumen of the bursa propulsoria in P. montis-kenye
looks forward; while in P. kenyaensis the direction is at right
angles to the longitudinal axis of the body of the worm. The
most remarkable feature, however, about the male efferent
apparatus of this species is the existence of a small forwardly
directed diverticulum of the spermiducal gland. This diverti-
culum has exactly the same appearance as the main gland, but is
of less calibre: it receives the sperm-duct at its free apex. It joins
the main gland just where the latter passes into its duct. This
structure is not, however, new to the genus. Dr. Michaelsen has
already recorded in Polytoreutus arningi’ a perfectly similar

1 “Neue u. wenig bekannte afrikanische Terricolen,” J.B. Hamb. wiss. Anst. xiv.

1902. ] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 197

structure; but these two species stand apart in this character
from the remaining species of the genus Polytoreutus.

This condition appears to me to throw some light upon the
curious structure of the corresponding glands in Hudrilus. In
that genus, as has been abundantly shown by others as well as by
myself, the spermiducal gland of each side is really formed by the
close lateral fusion of two tubes, the fusion being merely a close
apposition and retention within the same muscular sheath. The
lumina are distinct, and the sperm-duct opens into one only of the
closely jommed tubes. Moreover, one of the tubes is distinctly
longer than the other. My own recent investigations upon the
spermiducal glands in the young Hudrilws seem to show that
the division of the spermiducal gland is a secondary matter, for it
is single and with but one lumen in the immature worm. It
may be, however, that in Polytoreutws an originally double
spermiducal gland derived from some Hudrilus-like form has split
into its two component halves which have acquired independence.
The double character of the male orifices and the female repro-
ductive organs in Hudrilus, point to its being a more primitive
type of Eudrilid than the, in many respects, highly modified
Polytoreutus. In the present species the minute structure of the
two parts of the “prostate” is identical, and the sperm-duct
becomes continuous with the lumen of the diverticulum about
one-third way down.

The female organs closely resemble those of P. henyaensis.
The spermathecal sac is single and median, and has no diverticula
of any kind. At the posterior end it is, however, a little different
from the spermathecal sac of the last species. The difference lies
in the fact that the sac is humped up and bulged out a little way
before the external orifice. Viewed laterally, the spermathecal
sac is there §-shaped posteriorly. There is no question of diver-
ticula. It is simply a dilatation of the sac itself. This region
was packed with coagulated matter, which under the microscope
was seen to consist entirely of coarse granules. I could find no
trace of spermatophores. By the examination of several speci-
mens I have convinced myself that the proximal widening of the
spermathecal pouch of this species is a constant character, and
distinguishes it from its ally P. kenyaensis. The contrast in this
particular between the two species is clear from an inspection of the
drawings exhibited (cf. text-figs. 50, 51, p. 198). Of this particular
individual, I detached and made a series of sections of the anterior
end of the spermathecal sac and of the egg-conducting apparatus.
Though there were apparently no spermatophores in the posterior
portion of the spermathecal sac, they were abundant anteriorly. The
oviduct is furnished, as in the last species, with several diverticula
lodging sperm. I have noted, however, the additional and inter-
esting—if obviously to be expected—fact that free spermatozoa
exist also along the course of the oviduct between the diverticula
just referred to and the spermathecal sac. Their heads seem to
be invariably in contact with the lining epithelium, the cilia of

198 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [June 17,

which possibly attract them. I cannot therefore form an opinion
as to the direction in which they were moving at the time of
death. As in P. kenyaensis, the oviducts open straight into the
median spermathecal sac at the two anterior corners.

Text-fig. 50. Text-fig. 51.

Text-fig. 50.—Longitudinal section through genital segments of Polytoreutus
montis-kenye.
A., ventral glandular area; B.p., bursa propulsoria; Sp., spermiducal
gland; Sp.s., spermathecal sac.

Text-fig. 51—Longitudinal section through genital segments of Polytoreutus
kenyaensis.

S.s., sperm-sac. Other letters as in text-fig. 50.

I have been able to note the histological characters of the
epithelia at the point of contact. The sac is lined generally with
a tall epithelium of granular appearance, the cells of which appear
to break down at their free extremities to produce the granular
matter with which the pouch is largely filled. At the slightly
bulging corners (suggesting by their protuberance rudimentary
diverticula of the median sac), where the oviducts open, the tall
granular epithelium is underlain by a columnar epithelium which

1902. | NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 199

is continuous with that lining the oviduct. At the sides this
epithelium thins out and apparently disappears. Near to the
orifice of the oviduct into the spermathecal sac, the tall granular
cells disappear, so that there is a perfectly open oviducal funnel.
At the actual opening of the funnel, the columnar cells are raised
to form a lip surrounding the lumen. There can be no question
therefore about the termination of the oviduct within the sper-
mathecal sac in a funnel-like expansion. I could not, however,
detect any cilia upon the epithelium.

(3) PoLYTOREUTUS BETTONIANUS, N. sp.

Of this new species two individuals, of which one is fully adult,
were collected at Lagari, British Hast Africa, by Mr. Stuart
Betton. The worms were rather softened, so that the following
account of then structure is not so full as it might otherwise have
been.

The mature individual is incomplete at the posterior extremity ;
it measures 77 mm. by 5 mm. in diameter. The immature speci-
men is 93 mm. long. The colour (in alcohol) is of an uniform
grey. The prostomium is procheilous, fitting into the concave
anterior margin of the peristomial segment. The sete show the
usual arrangement met with in Polytoreutus. The clitellum
occupies segments Xiv.-xvii. entirely and about one-third of
segments xiii. and xviii. The male pore is borne upon a prominent
papilla and is intersegmental, xvil./xvill. The female pore lies
between segments xvill./xix. There are no papille of any kind.

The alimentary tract and vascular system appear to be as in
other species. The sperm-sacs of this species are unusual in their
character. They are more normal speaking generally, but less
normal for this particular genus Polytoreutus. In eight out of the
twelve species already known and in the two species which have
been dealt with in the present communication, the sperm-sacs
commence as thin strands which pass back for a considerable
distance before they acquire the more capacious dimensions
usually associated with the sperm-sacs of earthworms. In Poly-
toreutus bettonianus the sperm-sacs are as wide at their com-
mencement as they are in any part of their course. Coupled with
this increase in diameter is a decrease in length. The sperm-sacs
of the present species reach hardly further back than the point of
opening of the spermiducal glands. The sperm-sacs are plump
and sausage-shaped, of greater calibre than the spermiducal glands;
they are marked by one or two deep constrictions. The two
sperm-sacs are perfectly independent, and are not fused or even
approximated posteriorly.

The spermiducal glands are about 14 mm. long; there is
nothing remarkable in their form. Each gland is furnished with
a narrower duct. A bursa propulsoria is practically absent. The
female apparatus is constituted upon exactly the same plan as
that of the two species just described. There is no bursa copu-
latrix. The spermathecal sac itself is single and median, without

200 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [June 17,

any diverticula. Its calibre is rather greater than is the case
with Polytoreutus kenyaensis and P. montis-kenye. Anteriorly
the two oviducts enter it, and they are readily distinguishable
from the pouch by thei nacreous, indeed almost bronzy glitter,
due, of course, to the thick muscular wall.

It may be convenient to embody the above-given descriptions
in a short diagnosis of each of the new species of Polytoreutus
dealt with in the present communication.

(1) Polytoreutus kenyaensis, n. sp.

Length 100 mm.; diameter 5 mm. Colour (in alcohol) purplish
brown above. Prostomium epicheilous. Clitellum (xiil.) xiv.—
xviii. Male pore xvii.; female pore xvili./xix. Genital area
formed by two curved ridges meeting anteriorly on xvi. and
posteriorly on xxiii.—xxvi, Sperm-sacs narrow and tubular ante-
riorly, wide and sacculated posteriorly, fused at extremity. Bursa
propulsoria very large; spermiducal glands without duct. Sper-
mathecal sac without diverticula; oviduct with sperm-holding
diverticula; no bursa copulatrix.

Hab. Mt. Kenya region, Brit. C. Africa.

(2) Polytoreutus montis-kenyz, n. sp.

Length 68 mm.; diameter 4mm. Colour (in alcohol) purplish
brown above. Prostomium epicheilous. Clitellum (xiii.) xiv.—
xviii. Male pore xvii./xvii.; female pore xviil./xix. Genital
ridges commencing at male pore and ending on one of segments
XXV.-XXvll. Sperm-sacs narrow and tubular anteriorly, wide and
sacculated posteriorly, fused at extremity. Bursa propulsoria
very small; spermiducal glands with short anterior branch
receiving sperm-duct and with slender duct. Spermathecal sac
without diverticula; no bursa copulatrix.

Hab. Mt. Kenya region, Brit. C. Africa.

(3) Polytoreutus bettonianus, n. sp.

Length about 100 mm.; diameter 5mm. Colour (in alcohol)
grey. Prostomium procheilous. Clitellum xiiixviii. Male pore
xvil./xvil.; female pore xvill./xix. Sperm-sacs of uniform, wide
diameter throughout. Spermiducal glands with duct. Bursa pro-
pulsoria very small. Spermathecal sac without diverticula. No
bursa copulatrix.

Hab. Lagari, Brit. E. Africa.

On the Compound Spermatophores of Polytoreutus.

In a communication made to this Society in 1901 ' I dealt with
the spermatophores of Polytoreutus magilensis, P. violaceus, and

1 “On some Earthworms from British Hast Africa, &c.,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901,
vol. i. p. 340.

1902. ] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 201

P. handet, the only species in which, so far as I am aware, any
structures of the kind have been met with or described. It may,
I think, be admitted that in this genus Polytoreutus the spermato-
phores are very much like those of the Tubificide, and that they
occur in two forms distinctive of different species of that genus.
An examination of the species of Polytoreutws which I have named
P. kenyaensis and P. montis-kenye has shown that the same kind
of spermatophores exist, but not in great abundance, in the
spermathecal sac. These spermatophores in P. kenyaensis are of
the type characteristic of P. magilensis, but are smaller and more
slender than in the much larger species P. magilensis. The
spermatophores, when present, were found in the region of the
spermatophore nearest to the external orifice. I never observed

Text-fig. 52.

Op. S..

Longitudinal section through the spermathecal sac and the adjacent region of
Polytoreutus kenyaensis.

T., intestine ; S., spermatophoral case. Other letters as in text-fig. 50.

them to be so localized in position in the other species where
these bodies oceur. J failed to find in the present species, as I
also failed to find in Polytoreutus magilensis, any indication that
the spermatophores are immature forms of the same bodies in the
species P. montis-henye, P. violaceus, and P. hindei, in which two
latter, it will be recollected, the chitinous sheath forming the wall
of the spermatophore is much thicker. These additional facts,
therefore, strengthen my earlier contention that there are two
different forms of spermatophore in this genus. These facts,
however, are not, so far as concerns P. kenyaensis, all that is to
be said with respect to the spermatophoral apparatus in that
species. In a few individuals out of a large number which I

202 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [June 17,

examined, the wide mouth of the spermathecal sac was seen to be
blocked by an irregularly crinkled mass of a brownish-yellow
colour. The appearance presented was of a number of earth-
particles adhering to the orifice in question. This, however,
proved to be not the case ; for it was possible to seize hold of the
irregular mass with the forceps and draw it out of the sperma-
thecal sac. It has then somewhat the form of an acorn (text-
fig. 52) and was of about the size of a grain of millet.

When the spermathecal sac is cut open, the single spermato-
phore-case was seen to entirely fill the cavity of that sac, which is
indeed stretched to contain it. The end of the case protruded a
little way beyond the mouth, and this free end was the irregularly
shaped brownish-yellow mass seen on an external inspection to

Text-fig. 53.

Spermatophoral case of Polytoreutus kenyaensis : (A) removed from spermathecal
sac; (B) its contents (a mass of sperm-ropes) removed entire.

block the mouth of the sac. The part lying within the sac was
smooth in appearance but hard to the touch; it gradually
diminished in calibre to the end lying furthest from the mouth of
the spermathecal sac. The exact measurements of the entire body
were 2mm. It seemed quite clear, even on a naked-eye inspection,
that this body must be a spermatophore (text-fig. 53) (or perhaps
a parasite) lying within the spermathecal sac. A study of its
histological character appears to prove conclusively that this is the
proper interpretation of the case. It is doubtful, however, whether
it is permissible to call this body a spermatophore, seeing that the
thin worm-like bodies which I have already described in this
genus and in the present species seem to merit that name. Wie
may, however, leave the consideration of this matter until after
describing the histological characters of this case imbedded in the
lumen of the spermathecal sac. The hard consistency of this body
caused some little difficulty in procuring entire sections. How-
ever, I have not found it impossible to piece together mentally the

1902. | NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 203

somewhat broken sections which were brought about by the brittle-
ness of the walls. In longitudinal section (text-fig. 54) the case
showed an oval contour, and it was nearly completely filled by a
plug of matter with the following constitution :—The matrix, so to
speak, of the no doubt fluid contents—fluid, that is to say, during life
—was formed of granules of various sizes, which have not absorbed
the borax-carmine with which the entire spermatophore had been _
stained. The spermatophore was not submitted for more than
half an hour to the staining fluid, but in that time the sperma-
tozoa within the case had been deeply tinted. But,as I have
remarked, the granular matter was not so stained, and is therefore

Text-fig. 54.

WWist Matsey
ae ss Soon,

Section through apex of spermatophoral case of Polytoreutus kenyaensis,
highly magnified.

a, 6, two layers of chitinous case; S, sperm-ropes imbedded in granular matter.

evidently to be regarded as a different substance from the imbedded
spermatozoa. It is not, for example, composed of nucleated cells ;
or so at least it might be inferred from its non-staining qualities.
The nature of this substance seems to me to be probably identical
with that of the substance forming the walls of the spermatophore.
I shall deal with the two together. Imbedded in this granular
mags are the spermatozoa. These are not, however, loose and free
from each other as in the case of the contents of some other
spermatophores—for example, those of the genus Stuhlmannia.
They consist of the regular bundles of spermatozoa which I have
already referred to as “spermatophores.” In sections these were

204 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON [June 17,

seen to be cut across in various directions, and it is plain there-
fore that they he irregularly within the cavity of the spermato-
phore-case. The heads of the spermatozoa, where they are
attached to the granular core, show a deep staining. The core
itself is unstained. These sperm-ropes have no connection with
the walls of the case which contains them. The latter hardly
shows a definite structure in its walls, which appear from their
hardness to be of a chitinous consistency. The region of the case
which lies furthest away from the external orifice of the sperma-
thecal sac has a, relatively speaking, thin wall which is divisible
into two layers. The outermost layer is apparently softer than
the inner layer and is darkly stained; it has a granular appear-
ance. ‘The inner layer is stratified longitudinally, in a direction,
that is to say, parallel to the long axis of the case. It is but
slightly stained, but it has a granular aspect ; and here and there
are darkly stained particles sania its walls. At the base, the
part which corresponds to the “cup” of the acorn, the walls are
very thick indeed, so much so as to leave the barest chink in the
way of a lumen leading to the exterior of the case. At the
opposite extremity, I should say, the case is perfectly closed, and
has no communication with the interior of the spermathecal sac.
Where the walls are thick the process of cutting the sperm-case
into sections has broken up the walls here and there into parallel
strips running parallel again to the long axis of the case.

So much for the structure of the spermatophores and the
enclosed sperm-ropes in Polytoreutws kenyaensis. In the allied
P. montis-kenye the conditions were different. In none of the
specimens which I examined—and these were numerous, though
not so numerous as of P. kenyaensis—did I observe any large
spermatophore lying within the spermathecal sac at the mouth.
On the other hand, the interior of the spermathecal sac near to
its blind end was occupied by a large number of spermatophores
of the type already stated to exist in the species Polytoreutus
violaceus and P. hindei. These spermatophores, that is to say, are
of the same form as in P. kenyaensis and P. magilensis, but are
larger and thicker, the increased size being mainly due to the fact
that the heads of the spermatozoa are covered externally with a
refracting and non-staining chitinous coat, which is absent in the
more slender sperm-ropes of the other two species. I think that
it will be convenient to retain the term sperm-ropes for the
agglutinated spermatozoa of P. kenyaensis and P. magilensis, and
to call spermatophores these more thoroughly finished off struc-
tures in P. violaceus, P. hindei, and P. montis-kenyew. lt seems
to me also that the use of these different terms will serve to
emphasize an essential difference between these two kinds of
masses of agglutinated spermatozoa. In P. montis-kenyw each
mass of spermatozoa has its own chitinous case; in P. kenyaensis
a large number of sperm-masses are enclosed within the same case.
There is an analogy here with the cocoons of the Oligocheta. In
some forms the cocoon contains but a single egg; in others a

1902. ] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS, 205

considerable number are to be found in the same cocoon. Whether
future investigation will show that P. magilensis has a large
spermatophore like P. montis-kenye remains to be seen; but in
the meantime I may point out that that species agrees with
P. kenyaensis in the very conspicuous character of the spermathecal
pore ; while in those species with numerous and small spermato-
phores the external orifice of the sperm-sac is not so conspicuous.

Ina former paper dealing with the spermatophores of this genus },
I found myself unable to suggest the place of origin of these
structures. I believe that I am now able to fix this with some
probability. Werethe spermatophores or sperm-ropes constructed
by the activity of the spermiducal glands, the spermathecal sacs
would only contain spermatophores or sperm-ropes already fully
formed. This, however, is not the-case; there are abundant and
free spermatozoa, as I have already mentioned, in the diverticula
of the oviduct and along the course of the latter up to and in the
spermathecal sac itself. In my description of Polytoreutus
magilensis | pointed out that free spermatozoa were to be found at
the distal end of the spermathecal sac and not near to its mouth”.
I have met with precisely the same thing in the present species.
At the blind end of the spermathecal sac are numerous masses of
free spermatozoa, generally in contact with a quantity of the
granular matter which fills the pouch.

The facts lend themselves, indeed, to the hypothesis that the
sperm from another individual gains access to the spermathecal
sac, not by direct transference through the mouth of that sac, but
through the oviducts, whose external pores are after all large and
conspicuous, and quite as marked as are the external apertures of
the spermathece in many other Oligocheeta. At present, however,
this view is not in the least pressed, for we are totally ignorant of
the mode of copulation in these creatures. Again, if the sperma-
thecal sac were a mere storage-house for the spermatophores, we
should hardly expect it to be lined with the kind of epithelium
which actually forms the lining of that chamber. The cells are
long and granular, and at their free ends give off a loose granular
secretion, into which indeed they appear to break up. In the
spermathecal sac of an example of Polytoreutus kenyaensis, in
which the mouth of the sac was plugged by no spermatophore,
the sac was much occupied by actual cells which had wandered off
from the lining epithelium. I take it that these later break down
to form the granular matter already referred to. This granular
matter in P. montis-kenye was seen to close round the spermato-
phores, and its appearance was quite indistinguishable from the
chitinous (2) case of the small spermatophores. In some instances
no demarcation could be drawn between the granular matter
filling the pouch and that portion of it immediately surrounding

1 “On some Harthworms from British East Africa; and on the Spermato-
phores of Polytoreutus and Stuhlmannia,’ P. Z.S. 1901, vol. i. p. 340.

2 “Two new Genera and some new Species of Earthworms,”’ Quart. Journ,
Mier. Sci. vol. xxxiv. (n. s.) p. 252,

206 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [June 17,

the mass of spermatozoa and forming the wall of the spermato-
phore. I cannot but think that the sac-secretion is responsible
for the formation of the large case in which the sperm-ropes of
Polytoreutus kenyaensis are contained. In support of this view,
I may further cite the observations of Nasse', who found in
Tubifex that the epithelium lining the spermatheca breaks down
into a fluid or semi-fluid matter which may very possibly give
rise to the coat of the spermatophore. I may finally point out
that the existence of the large spermatophore of P. montis- kenyee
is on the whole not unlike the spermatophore of Stuhlmannia, the
only other genus of Hudrilide in which up to the pr esent
sper matophores have been described. There are differences in
detail, but in both the case is thicker at its open end, which les
next to the orifice of the spermathecal pouch, and the walls show
a granular structure, suggestive of their origin from the breaking-
down of the cells which constitute the lining membrane of the
spermathecal sac.

Note on the Ovaries of Polytoreutus.

Although the ovaries in this genus have been already dis-
covered by Michaelsen, there remain «i few points connected with
their relation to the efferent apparatus which have not yet been
cleared up; at any rate, the descriptions of Dr. Michaelsen do
not quite apply to the species which I have studied. The observa-
tions which I now record were made upon immature examples of
Polytoreutus montis-kenye ov of P. kenyaensis. In any case, the
examples were collected with these two species and preserved in
the same bottle with them. The possibility exists that they are
the young of another species. I am not aware that this point can
be settled. The earliest suggestion of the position of the ovary
proves to have been wrong. Michaelsen * located it in the end of
the diverticulum of the spermathecal sac, where the latter com-
municates with the oviduct. The next description of this part
of the reproductive system was by myself*, and is, as I now
believe, not wholly correct. In P. violaceus some “ small rounded
cells” were noted ina sac attached to the spermathecal pouch
where it comes into contact with the septum dividing segments
xill./xiv. As none of the cells were mature, it was impossible for
me to be certain that this heap of cells was really the gonad ; and
I did not succeed in obser ving any connection of the sac inv ‘olving
the ovary with other regions of the egg-conducting apparatus,
The small sac, containing what were presumed to be germinal
cells, was connected with “the septum by a strand of fibrous tissue.
So far, therefore, the description was in agreement with that of

1 “ Beitriige zur Anat. der Tubificiden.” Tnaug.-Diss., Bonn, 1882.

2 “ Beschreibung der von Herm Dr. Fr. Stuhlmann auf Sansibar und dem
a Festlande gesammelten Terricolen,’ JB. Hamb. wiss. Anst. ix.
(1) p

3 aN ‘Contribution to our Knowledge of the Oligochzta of Tropical Eastern
Africa,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxxvi. (ns Ss.) p. 235.

1902. ] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 207

Michaelsen *, save that the gonad cells, instead of being within the
spermathecal sac, were 1n a special sac closely adpr essed to its
walls. The next description of this gonad is by Michaelsen. In
an account of several new species of the genus, Michaelsen has
put on record certain facts about the ovary and its relations to
other parts of the generative system. This paper contains the
first positive and undoubted description of the ovary itself. In
P. usindjaensis there is a sac (‘ Ovarialblase”) attached to the
loop of the oviduct, which Michaelsen has termed the ‘“ Kitrichter-
blase”; in the cavity of this are germinal cells, some of which are
nearly mature ova. This is plainly shown in his figure *. As to
the connections of this sac, the author expresses himself as
follows :—‘ Das durch das Ovarium fast ganz erfiillte Lumen der
Ovarialblase setzt sich in einen Kanal fort, iiber dessen inneres
Ende ich mich nicht ganz genau orientiren kénnte. Entweder
tritt der Ovarialkanal in das Lumen der Eitrichterblase ein, nahe
der Stelle, an der auch der Kanal des Receptaculum ovorum in
dasselbe einmiindet, oder veremt sich auch direkt mit diesem
letzteren Kanal.” It should be added that Dr. Michaelsen also
figures a strand of connective tissue, as he has already done in
Jz) coeruleus, attaching the ovarian sac to the parietes. In P. kiri-
maensis the conditions appear to be a little different. The ovary
is contained in a harrow sac, which communicates by a narrow
duct with the branches right and left of the spermathecal sac, near
to where the oviduct also opens into that sac.

P. arningi is again different. In this species*® there are
apparently huge ovarian sacs which communicate medianly with
each other. These narrow towards the septum xii./xiil., and it is
here that Michaelsen would place the ovaries, though he was
unable to bring forward any exact evidence of the existence of
these gonads. No communication was traced between the ovarian
sacs and any other part of the egg-conducting sacs and ducts.

Tt appears, therefore, that there are some differences between
the various species of this genus Polytoreutus in respect of the
relation of the ovaries to the rest of the female generative system.
These differences may be possibly referred to two categories; and
if so, it may be ultimately desirable to subdivide the genus. For
in the species which possess a bursa copulatrix one arrangement
prevails, and in the rest, as it appears to me, another. It is
especially to the latter that I wish to draw attention in the present
communication, I! find that im the species examined by myself,
the gonads and the ducts are probably to be compared exactly with
the species P. violaceus, P. ceruleus, and P. usindjaensis. If this
be so, then the ovary has not, up to the present, been discovered
in those species. I have examined two stages in the development
of the gonads and their ducts in Polytoreutus, one of which is

1 “Die Regenwitirmer Ost-Afrikas,” in ° Deutsch-Ost-Afrika,’ p. 16 &e.
2 Loe. cit. pl. 1. fig. 10. ;
3 “Neue und wenig bekannte afrikanische Terricolen,” JB. Hamb. wiss. Anst.
X1v. p. 56,

208 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [June 17,

much younger than the other, though outwardly no differences
were to be detected. In the youngest stage the ovaries are plain,
and completely fill two sacs situated on either side of the nerve-
cord and at some little distance from it. These sacs are evidently
those which Michaelsen discovered in P. kirimaensis. They also
correspond exactly to the similar sacs in Hudrilus, in some young
stages of which the sacs ia question are closed sacs and have no
outlet ; later, of course, as is well known, they communicate with
the spermathecal sac. Furthermore, these ovarian sacs, as they
may be conveniently termed, correspond exactly to sacs involving
the testis of each side in segment xi. I shall deal more at length
with the points of likeness presently. Into each sae opens the
oviduct by a conspicuous funnel, which has precisely the relations
to the ovarian sac that the sperm-duct funnel has to the testicular
sac (seminal sacs, sperm-reservoirs) in the same worm. Moreover,
the course of the oviduct, which in this young stage has not
reached the exterior, is exactly similar to the course of the sperm-
duct. In both cases the funnel opens into the sac towards the
centre of the body, and the duct bends sharply upwards and
ceases at the body-wall at a precisely corresponding spot. The
ovarian sac is not only continuous with the funnel of the oviduct.
Its lumen is perfectly continuous with that of the spermathecal
sac; the latter, however, in this very young specimen, is in a state
of immaturity. It consists of a median sae as usual which
contains no lumen; it is of inconspicuous dimensions, and runs
for a short way beneath the nerve-cord. Its lateral branches, as
has been said, open into the ovarian sac, and these branches have
therefore for a certain distance a lumen. The development of the
spermathecal sac is then, as it appears, from before backwards.
I could find no trace of a receptaculum ovorum as distinct from
the chambers of a ccelom already mentioned; and in any case the
packing of the ovarian sac with a plug of germinal cells and
developing ova shows that the time for the transference of the
latter to a receptaculum was not yet ripe, and none of the ova
were approaching maturity.

The existence of but one funnel seems to show that the exist-
ence of the funnels in the adult is simply a question of the
division and pulling out of one branch of the single funnel.
Furthermore, the fact that the ovarian sac communicates freely
with the spermathecal sac, and that the receptaculum ovorum is
formed later, shows that the communication in the adult between
the ovarian sac and the one or the other of these two sacs is only
a difference of secondary importance due to the different times at
which the several cavities cease to communicate with each other.
In the older stage, the relations of the various parts of the
egg-conducting apparatus were further advanced and naturally
different. The ovarian sac contained no ova or germinal cells at
all; these are transferred en masse to the receptaculum, probably
as the latter is formed. But the sac itself is quite evident, and
communicates by a narrow chink, not at: all conspicuous, with the

1902.] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 209

ege-sac. There is also an outgrowth of the ovarian sac into the
thick muscular walls of the oviduct, to form a cavity which 1s that
figured by Michaelsen in P. usindjaensis ', and which is therefore,
as I think, not the “ Ovarialblase.” This sac does not in its turn
communicate with either the receptaculum or the spermathecal
sac. I take it, however, to be—but this is purely theoretical—the
part of the originally single cavity which is in communication
with the spermathecal sac, the communication being cut off as the
latter grows. There is in addition another comparison that may
be made. In the case of the male organs the testicular sacs
(seminal reservoirs) are, as I have mentioned, the exact homo-
logues of the ovarian sacs, and both of them communicate with
each other. The long sperm-sacs arise as an outgrowth of the
septum, and their cavity communicates, not with the general
ceelom of segment xi., but with the interior of the seminal
reservoirs, Which at that point are in contact with the posterior
wall of their segment. The orifice of communication is a minute
one, and immediately median of it is an ingrowth of the testicular
sac into the thickness of the very thick septum which divides
segments xi. and xi1.. The appearance of this prolongation of the
testicular sac is exactly that of the prolongation of the ovarian
sac just referred to; and I cannot help considering that both
cavities are homologous. It would then possibly be a vestige of
the spermathecal apparatus appended to the female system, the
receptaculum of the latter being of course represented by the
sperm-sacs. I would reiterate, however, that this is merely a
suggestion. But that there is the actual likeness is a fact.
Dr. Michaelsen* has figured a strand of ‘“ connective tissue,”
attaching the thickened muscular walls of the oviduct to the
parietes of segment xiii. This structure exists in the worm
examined by myself, but it traverses the wall of the xiiith segment
and is attached to the posterior wall of segment xii.

It is not, as it might be supposed to be, a vestige of the canal
connecting the cavity of the ovarian sac with that of the other
parts of the egg-conducting apparatus. It is simply a thickening
in the muscular attachments of the oviduct to the septa, com-
parable—I take it—to the “tendons” which tie the septa of this
and other earthworms to the parietes: the muscular and heavy
oviduct requires apparently some such fixed point. I may remark
that in the worm whose immature reproductive organs I have just
dealt with were germinal cells some way down the spermathecal
sac, thus showing that there must have been in this specimen a
communication between the ovarian sac and the spermathecal sac
such as exists in younger stages. A final point to which I desire
to draw attention is the fact that in the young stages the median
spermathecal sac has two lateral branches, one on each side, into
which the oviducts open on the one part. In the adult worm, as
I have already mentioned, the spermathecal sac has no branches,

1 “ Regenwtirmer,” in ‘ Deutsch Ost-Afrika,’ pl. 1. fig. 19.
2 Tbid. pl. ii. fig. 20 bis.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou. We INOPXGDV): 14

210 MISS I. B. J. SOLLAS ON THE | June 17,

but the oviducts open one on each side of the single median sae.
The arrangement with lateral branches is the most common one
among the species of the genus Polytoreutus ; and it is interesting
to find them reeapitulated in the young of Polytoreutws montis-
kenye, whose adults have not the branches in question.

7. On the Sponges collected during the “Skeat Hxpe-
dition’? to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By
Icerna B. J. Souuas,’ B.Sc. (Lond.), Bathurst Student,
Newnham College, Cambridge,

[ Received May 15, 1902. |
(Plates XTV. & XYV.°)

These Sponges were kindly entrusted to me for description by
Dr. 8S. F. Harmer, F.R.S. They were obtained by Mx. R. Evans, of
Oxford, by shore-collecting in two localities :—“ (i) Pulau Bidang,
one of the Nine Islands group, off the coast of Kedah on the west
coast of the Malay Peninsula, running N.E. from the Island of
Penang; (ii) Great Redang coral islands off the coast of Treng-
ganu State (S. of 5° 50’ N.), which again is 8. of Kelantan, the
largest of the East-coast States.” Thus, being a shore collection,
the majority of the species represented in it belong to the group
Monaxonida; the remainder are Tetraxonia and Keratosa.

In dealing with the representatives of the simpler Monaxonida
I have contented myself with mere description, leaving the
species undetermined. In the present state of classification of
these species this seems to be the only satisfactory course open to
any worker not prepared to make an exhaustive study of all the
species of a genus.

MONAXONIDA.

1. Renrpra sp. (Plate XIV. fig. 5.)

Sponge growing on the back of a crab, of which it conceals
completely the dorsal view.

Consistency gelatinous. Measuring from | to 2 cm. across.

Spicules slightly bent oxeas, 0:075—0:090 x 0:003—0:004 mm.

Spongin abundant at the nodes of the spicular network. The
mesh is square. Single spicules project vertically from the dermal
membrane.

Tn one of the two specimens in the collection, but not in the
other, there are a few multispicular strands in the otherwise very
regular unispicular meshwork.

Pulau Bidang and Great Redang.

2. RENIERA sp. (Plate XV_ fig. 11.)

Sponge encrusting, growing on an encrusting Polyzoon and
- forming a thin sheet from 1—2 mm. im thickness. Oscula
1 Communicated by Dr. 8. F. Harmer, F.Z.S.

2 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 221.
6

ZS). WOR oll UL EL Siw

Ldwin Wilson, Camb ridge.

SPONGES FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA.

2 ZS. IOS. wall UL Pil, Oy

Edwin Wilson,Cambridge.
SPONGES FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA.

Diy

1902. ] SPONGES OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 211

numerous, with raised margins, almost regularly arranged at dis-
tances of 5 mm. from one another. Pores large, conspicuous.

Skeleton composed of multispicular main fibres connected by
a unispicular network. The main fibres run vertically, and their
projecting distal ends raise the dermal membrane into small
prominences.

Spicules, oxeas with gradually tapering ends or with rounded
end from which a short point projects, 0:12-0:13 x 0:007—
0-008 mm.

Great Redang.

3. RENIERA sp.

A pink sponge forming irregular encrusting lobes, Oscula
about 1°5-2 mm. in diameter.

Skeletal network with one or two spicules tothe mesh. Dermal
membrane smooth, pores fairly conspicuous.

Oxeas 0°10—-0°11 x 0:0056 mm.

Embryos are present in the basal parts of the sponge, having a
skeleton of scattered fine oxeate spicules.

Pulau Bidang.

4. RENIERA Sp.

Sponge ear-shaped, encrusting, thickest in the neighbourhood
of the single large osculum, which is marginal. Compact, brittle.
Colour, when fresh, grey.

Dermal membrane smooth. Pores visible, largely in rows.
Main fibres multispiculate ; spongin fairly plentiful.

Oxeas 0:098 x 0°002 mm. to 0°13 x 0-007 mm.

Pulau Bidang.

5. RENIERA sp. (Plate XV. fig. 3.)

Two small fragments of a sponge of gelatinous consistency.
Colour pinkish grey. Oscula from 1-3mm. in diameter. Surface
smooth, pores not obvious.

Spongi in abundant, forming considerable swellings at the nodes
of the unispicular mesh and occasionally completely enveloping
the spicules along their whole length.

“ Reniera filaments” and “ chaplets” are present.

Spicules slender oxeas with somewhat blunt points, 0:08-6:09 x
0-003 mm.

Great Redang.

6. RENIERA sp.

Sponge consisting of creeping branches attached at intervals,
sometimes 5 mm, thick, sometimes forming quite a thin crust.
Texture compact and resistant. Oscula 2 mm. in diameter with
slightly raised thin margins.

Mesh unispicular, with some stout multispicular strands, having
as many as 8-10 spicules on a cross section, Dermal membrane
smooth, rather easily detached.

Oxeas bent, stout, 0:87-0:94 x 0:005 mm.

Pulau Bidang.

212 MISS I. B. J. SOLLAS ON THE [June hs

The specimen is bottled with two specimens (¢ & @2) of a
decapod crustacean without remark, presumably they were found
sheltering under it.

7. RENIERA sp.

Sponge tubular, creeping, branching and again anastomosing,
swollen at intervals where it bears oscula of about 2 mm. in
diameter. Pores large, conspicuous, and fairly evenly distributed.

The skeleton is rather irregular, with multispicular strands
connected by a network which is not at all uniform, being either
uni- di- or tri-spicular. The multispicular fibres raise the dermal
membrane into minute conull.

The tissues are permeated with black pigment-containing cells,
which have a number of refractive granules over their surfaces.

Oxeas 0°14 x 0007 mm.

Pulau Bidang.

8. GELLIUS CENTRANGULATUS, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 6.)

Sponge massive, fragile, attached by a broad surface. Dermal
membrane easily removed. Oscula (?) in rows.

Skeleton a regular unispicular network with rather abundant
yellow-brown spongin at the nodes. The spongin occasionally
completely invests the spicules of the net. Here and there multi-
spicular strands occur.

The interest of the species lies in its microscleres : besides sigmata
of the usual form it possesses others with a central bend giving
them an appearance very like that of a centractinate sigma that
may perhaps be termed centrangulate (Pl. XV. fig. 6). These
curious bow-like sigmata recur in Gt. sagittarius (Pl. XV. fig. 7)1.

Oxeas 0°22 x 0-007 mm. The oxeas show frequent abnormality
in that they bear lateral branches.

' Sigmata 0:016—0-0195 mm. Centrangulate sigmata 0:0195 mm.

Great Redang.

9. GEELIUS SAGITTARIUS, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 7.)

Sponge attached, consisting of a more dense basal part and of
numerous slender tubes arising from this.

In one specimen these tubes anastomose; in the second they are
broken off and show no indication of how they were arranged.

Skeleton a more or less irregular network of oxeas, becoming
especially so in the lower part of the sponge, where the arrange-
ment of spicules is almost halichondroid.

Oxeas 0°3—-0°35 x 0:01—0:013 mm.

Abnormalities among the oxeas are striking by their frequency.
They consist in the possession of small branches at one end of the
spicule, sometimes a single one is borne laterally, or there may be

3 or 4 or more pointing in various directions or forming a regular
tuft.

1 Since this paper was read the translation of Lundbeck’s essay on the Sponges
of the Danish Ingolf Expedition has appeared. Similar sigmata are there figured
and described in Gellius luridus, n. sp.

ee ome

1902. ] SPONGES OF THE ‘‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 213

Sigmata 0-012—0:016 mm.; centrangulated sigmata 0-016 mm.
Toxa : arms 0°025, 0:016; length 0°049 mm.
Pulau Bidang.

10. EsPERELLA SULEVOIDEA, n. sp. (Plate XIV. figs. 8 & 9 and
Plate XV. fig. 10.)

Sponge creeping, attached at intervals, the attached parts
forming thin disks.

The skeleton consists of short stout fibres of styles rising from
the surface of support and almost at once breaking up into 3 or
4 compact branches which run to the dermal membrane, through
which they pass, their ends forming little hispid patches on the
surface which are visible to the naked eye. The dermal mem-
brane contains a network formed of compact multispicular fibres.
In the meshes of this main framework le the various forms of
microscleres. The rosettes of anisochele are mostly confined to
the superficial parts of the sponge.

Spicules :—

Tylostyles, with but slightly marked head, and with a peculiar
undulating outline: 0°360 x 0-012 and 0°360 x 0-006 mi.

Sigmata 0-06—0-08 x 0-006 mm.

Toxa 0°5—0:14 mm.

Anisochele in rosettes, 0°05—0:06 mm.

Anisochele scattered, 0°033 mm.; 0°012 mm.

11. Bremma pDEMocratTica, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 9.)

Sponge growing on a Lamellibranch shell and forming very
thin encrusting sheets. The microscleres are in striking pre-
dominance over the megascleres, which might almost pass un-
noticed. The microscleres are sigmata of many sizes, ranging
from 0:01 to 0:08 mm. ; they are frequently fascicled, and in this
case they may be either linear or, as is more commonly the case,
they may be of the same thickness as solitary sigmata of the same
length. The few megascleres are tylostyles often bent rather
sharply just below the head, or sometimes with a second swelling
immediately succeeding the head.

Tylostyles 0-18 x 00025, head -005; 0°26 x 0-06, thickness of
head -008; 0:56 x 0-006 mm., thickness of head 0-009 mm,

Sigmata 0:08 x 0-003 mm. to 0:01 linear.

I have included this species in the genus Biemma with some
hesitation. Possibly it ought to form the type of a new genus.

Pulau Bidang.

12. DEsMACELLA Fortts Topsent.

Desmacella fortis Topsent, Revue Suisse de Zoologie, iv. 1896-7.

With this species from the Red Sea and Bay of Amboina are
identified two specimens differing somewhat in external features.
Each is greyish in spirit, but has coloured the spirit in one case
violet, in the other pink. i

The chief difference between the specimens is in the size and
position of the oscula. In the violet-coloured specimen (which is

214 MISS I. B. J. SOLLAS ON THE [June 17,

also the larger, measuring 8 cm. in height and 26 cm. in cireum-
ference, while the pink sponge is 7 cm. in height and 10 cm. in
circumference) the oscula agree with Topsent’s description. They
are large—3—6 mm. in diameter, —confined to the upper surface
of the sponge, and sometimes at the end of chimney-like pro-
jections which only need to fuse laterally with one another in
order to give Topsent’s dorsal crest. In the pink sponge the
oscula are no more than 2 mm. in diameter, and are scattered on
all the free faces of the sponge and he quite level with the general
surface.

Both specimens seem to have incorporated in themselves any
foreign bodies lying on them. The canals of both are inhabited
by 6- -rayed Ophiuroidea in various stages of fission, or rather of
regener: ation following fission, one half of the disk and three arms
being of much smaller size than the remaining three’.

Styles 1:0-1:3 mm. x 0-04-0-047 mm. at their widest parts.

Sigmata 0:01-0:11 x 0:0055 mm., with many (10-12 were
measured) intermediate sizes, differing in this latter particular
from Topsent’s description.

Trichodragmata 0°140 mm.

DESMACELLA sp.

Sponge about 15 mm. x 6 mm.

Probably a young specimen of D. fortis Tops.

Styles 1-05 x 0° 03; ; 0°608 x 0-005 mi.

Sigmata 0:016—0:089 x 0:006 mm., with a few intermediates.
Trichodragmata 0°133 mm.

. CIOCALYPTA MELICHLORA, n. sp. (Plate XIV. fig. 1 and
Plate XV. fig. 8.)

The single specimen of this species is broken into about 20
pieces. It must have measured about 20 cm. in breadth and as
much in height, and have consisted of a massive basal part
breaking up distally into many flattened processes. Fortunately
two of these processes have been preserved separately and are in
a better condition. They show that the sponge possesses the
structure formerly considered to be one of the diagnostic characters
of the genus (for Thielé’s views see Abh. Senckenb. Ges. xxy.
1900, p. 17); it has a central axis, in which the spicules run
longitudinally ; from this arise short columns containing spicules
placed at right angles to the central axis and supporting the
dermal membrane above a spacious subdermal cavity.

Colour in spirit whitish.

Spicules :-—

Oxeas in great variety of size and form (Pl. XV. fig. 8), often
Inequiactinate, the large oxeas very broad in the middle and
tapering gradually to fine points. They may be bent once or
twice.

1 See Bateson, ‘Materials for the Study of Variation,’ p. 483; avd Lutken, Ann.
& Mag. N. H. 1873. ser. 4, vol. xii. p. 323 (quoted by Bateson).

1902.] SPONGES OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 915

Oxeas 0°94 x 0:04 to 0°35 x 0:03 mm.; oxeas bent twice, 0:28 x
0:06 mm.

Styles 0:70 x 0°34 mm., occasional.

Still rarer are tornotes 0°88 x 0:032 and 0°56 x 0:02 mm.

Both the stoutest and the slenderest spicules are confined to
the axis.

Pulau Bidang.

14, CIlocALYPTA RUTILA, n. sp. (Plate XIV. fig. 7.)

Sponge small, 25x8 mm.; very fragile, transparent, of a
golden-brown colour.

Like that of C. melichlora just described, the structure is
that typical of the genus in its narrower sense (Ridley & Dendy,
Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ vol. xx. p. 173).

The axial column is of very light build, spongy and cavernous.
The dermal membrane like that of C. hyaloderma (Ridley &
Dendy, loc. cit. p. 174) is marked with little stars where the
pillars of supporting spicules meet it.

Oxeas, with a few styles, 0°98 x 0:02 mm.

Pulau Bidang.

15, Teruya INGALLI Bowerb.

Tethya ingalli Sollas, Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ vol. xxv.
p. 431, pl. xliv.

Sponge spherical, attached, surface even. Cortex fibrous
throughout, about 1 mm. thick, without intercortical cavities.
Pores leading into narrow canals. Oscula similar to the pores.

Megascleres: Strongyloxeas 1:76 0-035; 1:40x0-03 mm. ;
0°32 mm. ; slender, abundant.

Microscleres : Spherasters 0°060—0:012 mm. Chiasters variable,
0-012 mm. Oxyasters 0:030—-0:024 mm.

Kirkpatrick (P. Z.S. 1900) compares the spicule measurements
of Christmas Island, Fremantle, and ‘Challenger’ specimens
thus :-—

Strongyloxea. Spheraster. Chiaster. Oxyaster.

Christmas I. ...... 1°36 0°'024 0°:070 0°012 0°018-0:024
Fremantle ......... 1°47 X0°035 0:070 0012 0°036
1 > 16-17 X “ORR_1*02% : : “025_1:

‘Challenger’ ...... { crore -orpgg, (0085-0085 01012-01016 0035-01043

to which we may add

Skeaticcmeurecsa38: ‘ 0:03-0°035 0°060-0°012 0°012 0°024—0:030

The specimen is gemmiferous, bearing several very young
gemmules and one comparatively advanced (8 mm. in diam.), sunk
in the parent tissues. In this gemmule microscleres resembling
those of the adult are absent, but a number of globules are
present—varying in size, the largest being 0°02 mm. in diameter.
The largest globules are thus a little smaller than the centrum of
the largest spheraster of the adult, and I supposed that the
globule was the young stage of a spheraster. Since coming to

216 MISS I. B. J. SOLLAS ON THE [June 17,

this conclusion I have seen Maas’s paper (SB. Akad. Wiss.
Miinchen, 1900, pp. 553-569). Maas describes the origin of
spherasters from a pair of small calthrops, and I am hence at a
loss to account for the globules unless we may suggest that the
spherasters have more than one mode of origin.

Great Redang.
16. Trernya MAZA Sel.

Tethya maza Selenka, Zeitschyr. f. wiss. Zool. xxxii. p. 472,
pl. xxviii. (1879); Sollas, Voy. H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ vol. xxv. p. 440.

Sponge hemispherical. -The curved surface is raised into low,
more or less hexagonal bosses. In the depression between the
raised areas are the pores leading into extensive, very regularly
arranged, intercortical cavities.

The cortex is fibrous only in its inner part. Oscula absent o1
not distinguishable from the pores. Colour in spirit greyish white.
Diameter of circular base 12 mm. The specimen is not gemmiferous.

Megascleres: Strongyloxeas 1°20 x 0°025 ; 0°8 x 0:013 mm.

Microscleres : Spherasters of many sizes, the maximum diameter
is 0:°056 ; centrum 0025 mm.

Chiasters abundant in the dermal membrane and occurring also
in the choanosome, 0:009—0°012 mm.

Oxyasters 0°025—0:031 mm. ; actines slender, beset with spines so
low as to be mere roughenings. These microscleres often have only
6 rays lying in 3 axes at right angles ; in this case one pair of rays
is longer than the other two pairs, which are equal to one another.

Pulau Bidang.

17. HyMEDESMIA HALLEZI Topsent.

Hymedesmia hallexi Topsent, Arch. de Zool. Exp. (3) t. viii.
Palo (L900):

Sponge growing on a lamellibranch shell together with Samus
anonymus.

Besides the spicules of the vertical bundles which rest with
their oval heads in contact with the surface of support, other
more slender tylostyles lie horizontally. The microscleres are
distributed uniformly. They are asters of which the slender rays
are swollen at the tips. There is a distinct centrum somewhat
sharply marked off from the rays. They thus differ to a certain
extent from those of the type; but as Topsent mentions that the
rays of the spherasters of H. hallezi sometimes end in a “ petit
bouton non élargi,” this difference is probably unimportant.

Vertical tylostyles 0°6—0°88 x 0-01 mm.

Horizontal tylostyles 0°50 x 0:002-0:003 and 0°56 x 0-007.

Pulau Bidang.

18. SPIRASTRELLA INconsTANS Dendy. (Plate XIV. fig. 3.)

Spirastrella inconstans Thiele, Studien iiber pacifische Spongien,
Zoologica, xxiv. 11. p. 10, pls. 1 & 5.

A single specimen with the note: “a grey sponge from between
the stones between tide-marks. Zoc. Pulau Bidang, &. Lvans.”

1902. ] SPONGES OF THE ‘‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 217

The identification has been made on the evidence of spicules alone.
If it should be correct, the specimen affords yet another example
of the extraordimary variety in outward form of this species.
The sponge is a simple tube attached below to a small pebble,
with the single osculum at its free end. The surface is even.

The skeleton is formed of stout fibres of tylostyles running
obliquely to smaller tylostyles projecting vertically to the surface.
In the ectosome spirasters are sparsely distributed: they are not
present in the interior of the sponge.

Tylostyles of the main skeleton 0°570 x 0-025 to 0°30 x 0-01 mm.

Tylostyles of the ectosome 0°24 x 0:01 mm.

Spirasters: length 0:02-0:03 mm. ; average number of bends 3;
number of spines to each bend 3-5.

Pulau Bidang.

19. SUBERITES LAXOSUBERITES, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 4.)

Sponge encrusting, 1-4 mm. in thickness. Oscula not visible.
Colour in spirit whitish. Surface even, slightly hispid.

The skeleton consists of short ascending and diverging fibres of
styles and of small styles in the ectosome projecting at the surface.

Thus this species combines the fibrous arrangement of the styles of
the main skeleton—an arrangement characteristic of Laxosuberites
Topsent (Arch. de Zool. Exp. sér. 3, t. vill. p. 184)—with the
possession of an ectosomal skeleton of small styles like that of
Suberites. Occasional tylostyles are to be found among the styles
of the main skeleton.

Styles 0°70 x 0026 to 1:12x0:04 mm., the breadth measured
being the greatest breadth.

Styles of the ectosome 0°25 x 0004 mm.

Tylostyles 0°70 x 0:02; breadth of head 0:01] mm.

Pulau Bidang.
oO

20. PsEUDOSUBERITES CAVA, n. sp. (Plate XIV. fig. 6.)

Sponge encrusting, with a few outlying free lobes ; transparent ;
rusty-brown in spirit.

The subdermal cavities are large, and as the sponge forms only
a thin crust, they traverse almost its whole thickness ; the sponge
thus consists of two lamellae, one attached to the substratum, the
other being the dermal membrane, while columns containing
bundles of spicules stretch vertically between them.

The spicules in the dermal membrane lie parallel to the surface,
those in the columns on reaching the surface spread out and just
extend beyond the dermal membrane.

Spicules: Styles (not tylote as in the other species of the
genus), the largest measuring 0°54 x 0-012 mm.

21. Terpros rueAx Duchassaing & Michelotti.

Terpios fugax Keller, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. lii. p. 319 ; Topsent,
Arch. de Zool. Exp. (3) viii. p. 193.

Sponge growing on a lamellibranch shell together with dAmor-
phina sp. and Hymedesmia hallezi.

218 MISS I. B. J. SOLLAS ON THE [June 17,

TETRAXONIA.
CARNOSA.

22. DErcrtrus PLicatus Topsent.

Dercitus plicatus Topsent, Arch. de Zool. Exp. (3) i. p. 493
(1895).

Sponge growing on a valve of lamellibranch shell. Pinkish.
Surface uneven.

Spicules calthrops-like microtrienes and spined microxeas ;
microdichotriznes absent.

The spicules have a somewhat wider range of size than those
of Topsent’s specimens.

Orthotriznes, cladus 0°10—0°24 x 0°015—0:027 mm.

Microxeas 0:012—0:025 x 0:002-0°003 mm., including the spines.

Great Redang.

23. DERCITUS PAUPER, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 1.)

Sponge pink, encrusting. The specimen is growing on a piece
of dead coral skeleton; it forms a long narrow band about
50x 5 mm. and 1 or 2 mm. thick. Surface smooth and shining.
No oscula visible.

The megascleres are small dichotrienes or simple calthrops-like
microtrienes (the latter spicule rare). The megascleres are
sparsely distributed, contrasting with the interlocking spicules in
D. plicatus.

Dichotrizne, protocladus 0:05-0:06 x 0-01 ; deuterocladus 0:03 ;
rhabdome 0:08 mim.

Orthotrizne, cladus 0:06-0:07 x 0:003 mm.

Spined microxeas 0:015—0-02 x 0:001 mm.

Great Redang.

24. SAMUS ANONYMA Gray.

Is anonym Gray, P.Z.S. 1867, p.526; Carter, A. M. N. H.
ser. 5, vol. i. p. 350 (1879); Sollas, Voy. of HH. MS. * Challenger,’
vol. Xxv. p. o@.

Sponge growing on a lamellibranch shell in company with
Terpios fugax and Hymedesmia hallezi.

The measurements of the spicules agree with those given in
the ‘ Challenger’ Monograph.

Pulau Bidang.

TETRACTINELLIDA.
25, 'TEVILLA RIDLEYI Sollas.
Tetilla ridleyi Sollas, ‘Challenger’ Monograph, xxv. p. 48.
Sponge hemispherical; surface rough; oscula few, small, with
slightly raised rims, forming an interrupted ring round the sponge.
Diameter of base about 16 mm.

Oxeas 2°16 x 0°026 mm.
Protriznes, cladus 0-037—0'14 mm.

1902. | SPONGES OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 219

Anatriznes, cladus 0°015—0:08 mm.

The cladi when as short as 0015 mm. are also very thick.

Sigmata 0-011 mm.

The skeleton of the walls of the oscular tubes consists of strands
of the more slender protriznes and prodiznes, oxeas being absent
in these parts.

The ciliated chambers are 0°02 mm. in diameter. In their
present state they have very distinct ‘ Sollas’ membranes.”

Pulau Bidang.

26. CINACHYRA MALACCENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XIV. fig. 2 and
Plate XV. fig. 5.)

Since the description of the type species, C. barbatus Sollas
(Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ vol. xxv. p. 23, pls. 111. & xxxix.),
four new species have been added to the genus; v. Lendenfeld
when he states (Abh. Senck. Ges. xxi. p. 107, 1897) that his
C. voeltzkowi from Zanzibar is the only species found since the
type, overlooks the three species described by Keller (Zeit. f. wiss.
Zool. lii. p. 336, pl. xix., 1891).

The genus as now known contains the following species :—

A. Pores confined to the porocalyces.
a. Porocalyces rough with fine hispidating protriznes.
a. With rooting spicules, with cortical oxeas, with projecting ridges on the
surface of the porocalyces ...............6..s2 sees C. barbata Soll.
b. Without the three characters mentioned as occurring in C. barbata. With
rhabdodragmas scattered throughout the tissues. C. ewrystoma Keller.
Red Sea.
&. Porocalyces without hispidating spicules. Microxeas throughout the tissues.
a. Porocalyces with an even surface. Sponge spherical with smooth surface.
C. schulzet Keller.
Coast of Aden and Mozambiqne Channel.
b. Porocalyces with a network of projecting ridges. Sponge conical.
C. trochiformis Keller.
Red Seae
B. Pores not confined to the porocalyces, which latter are without hispidating
SPICULES een abe eos aesen caete ea aoen eee ier ceabrdaultecispoe sae C. voeltzkowi Lendenfeld.
Zanzibar.

The present specimens agree with C. voeltzkowi in possessing
scattered pores in addition to those of the porocalyces. The surface
of the latter structures is raised into a network of fine ridges, but
lacks hispidating spicules. The sigmata are smaller than in any
hitherto described species.

The sponge approaches a hemispherical form; one specimen
having become attached laterally is almost bracket-shaped ; in the
other the curved surface occupies more than a hemisphere, while
the basal membrane is folded and forms a conical surface concave
to the exterior.

The porocalyces are either cup-shaped or shell-shaped, in the
latter case as much as 3 mm. in diameter.

The cortex is a uniform fibrous collenchyma; canals passing
through it from the scattered pores are clearly marked by the
abundant sigmata in their walls. The ciliated chambers are
small—from 0-:015-0:018 mm. in diameter, and composed of only

220 ON THE SPONGES OF THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [June 17,

a few cells, for the most part about 9 cells may be seen on a cross
section.

Oxeas 1:4 x 0°016 to 3°2 x 0-048 mm.

Protrienes 2-3 mm. long; cladus 0:03-0:18 mm.

Anatriznes 2°2 mm. long; cladus 0:04-0:08 mm.

Sigmata 0:008—0:009 mm.

Pulau Bidang off the coast of Kedah.

KERATOSA.
27. KUSPONGIA OFFICINALIS 2? var. ROTUNDA.

It is fairly evident that a small piece of sponge separately
preserved has been cut off from one of two lar ge specimens,
though there is no note to that effect. In this more carefully
treated piece the ectosome is preserved, while in the whole sponges
very little of it remains and the surface consequently has a honey-
combed appearance.

Sponge about 50 mm. high, forming a massive circular wall
round a small central hollow.

Oscula numerous, 2-6 mm. in diameter.

Conuli 0°88-1°5 mm. apart and about 0°5 mm. high.

Main fibres 0°04—0-°08 mm. thick and on an average *8 mm.
apart.

Secondary fibres 0-01—0-03 mm. thick, the most common thick-
ness being 0°02 min.

Ciliated chambers 0:02-0:03 mm. in diameter.

Aphodal canals 0-015 mm. broad and 0:02—0-03 mm. long.

Colour, in spirit, dark grey externally and pinkish buff within.

Great Redang.

28. STELOSPONGIA sp.

A small sponge growing on a piece of dead coral.

Surface very smooth, with sparse low. conuli.

The skeleton is irregular, conspicuously closer-meshed in parts,
but it is somewhat difficult to speak of definite fascicles. These
smaller meshes measure from 0°3-0°5 mm., while the large ones
are about 1-0 mm.

The main fibres measure 0:08—-0-12 mm. and have as a rule a
dense core of foreign spicules. Occasionally there are large sand-
grains at the nodes of the skeleton.

The secondary fibres have a slender axial thread or line of
foreign spicules, or sometimes are quite free of spicules.

Great Redang.

29. SPONGELIA DIGITATA, sp. n. (Plate XIV. fig. 4 and
Plate XV. fig. 2.)

Sponge attached by a thin encrusting base to a rod-shaped
piece of dead coral. From this it rises as a long ridge (50 mm.
long) which breaks up distally into flattened, bluntly ending
processes, measuring 25 x 3-10 mm.

“SINDWOUD< a Welaieiat SiKSstshy'st G UNGUNDNSE SHAUSteb yet TL

‘dunt sorg ute pucyy “HLF ‘Tep weeny ¢

TUK eI TRE GOGL SZ et

“SIGLSDY GULERSEL GUN TIONED) @ E SOLVIEVT S eleny SIL :
-durt sorg uae guy WEN 30) [SIS eSe85) fP

‘WAX Id 11°84 ¢O6G1L S Za See

1902. | ON FISHES FROM EAST AFRICA. 221

Surface covered with low conuli 1-2 mm. apart and 0:2—0-4 mm.
in height.

Oscula (¢) minute, inconspicuous near the tips of the lobes.

The skeleton consists of a network of very thin fibres, which are
not distinguishable into main and secondary, and are uniformly
areniferous. They form for the most part square meshes about
0-64 mm. in breadth.

Fibres 0:03-0:06 mm. thick. .

The ectosome is a thin layer of cystenchyma, thickest at the
tips of the lobes. Only in this layer are spongoblasts obvious.

Spermatozoa are present In various stages and in great
abundance.

The ciliated chambers measure ‘07 x -04 mm. on an average.

The whole choanosome is permeated by a filamentous alga
(? Oscillaria spongelic).

Great Redang.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PratEe XIV.

. One of the digitiform processes of Ciocalypta melichlora, p. 214. Nat. size.
. Cinachyra malaccensis (p. 219), slightly larger than nat. size.

. Spirastrella inconstans (p. 216), attached to a fragment of stone. Nat. size.
Spongelia digitata (p. 220), attached to a branch of dead coral. Nat. size.
Reniera sp. 1 (p. 210), growing ona crab. X 2.

A section of Pseudosuberites cava (p.217). X 15.

. Ciocalypta rutila (p. 215), almost the entire specimen. X %.

. Esperella sulevoidea (p. 213), m section. X 20.

. H. sulevoidea (p. 213), eutire specimen. X 3.

Fis

CO ONT > OVE 09 LO

Phare XV.

. Microcalthrops and spined microxea of Dercitus pauper, p. 218.

. One complete mesh of the skeleton of Spongelia digitata, p. 220.

. Reniera sp. 5 (p. 211). a, node of the skeletal network; 6, egg; c, ciliated
chamber; d, isolated spicule; e, piece of fibre with chaplet-cells ; f, isolated
chaplet-cell ; f’, its segment of fibre.

. Spicules of Suberites laxosuberites, p. 217.

Megascleres of Cinachyra malaccensis, p. 219.

. Sigmata and centrangulate sigmata of Gellius centrangulatus, p. 212.

. Sigmata, toxa, and centrangulate sigmata of Glellius sagittarius, p. 212.

. Spicules of Ciocalypta melichlora, p. 214.

. Spicules of Biemma democratica, p. 213.

. Spicules of Hsperella sulevoidea, p. 213.

. Spicules of Reniera sp. 2, p. 210.

Fig.

BSomtane

8. On the Fishes collected by Mr. 8. L. Hinde in the
Kenya District, Hast Africa, with Descriptions of Four
new Species. By G. A. BouLencsr, F.R.S.

(Received May 30, 1902. ]
(Plates XVI. & XVII")

The zoological collection recently made by Mr. S. L. Hinde in
British Hast Africa contains a series of Fishes from the Mathoiya
River, in the Kenya district, which usefully supplement our

1 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 224.

222 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [June 17,

knowledge of the faunaof the Tana system, for the first information
on which we are indebted to Dr. J. W. Gregory."

A striking feature in the composition of this fauna is the presence
of several species of the Cyprinid genus barbus, agreeing in the
large scales and the position and structure of the dorsal fin,
the last simple ray of which is very large, osseous, and non-serrated,
yet differing strikingly in the buccal characters. Two of these
species had been described by Dr. Giinther as Barbus tanensis
and B. intermedius (Riippell); three are here added, and although
evidently nearly related they would have to be referred to as
many genera, viz.: Barbus, Labeobarbus, and Capoéta. Labeo-
barbus has already been relegated to the synonymy of Barbus by
Giinther *, and I now feel compelled to do the same with Capoéta,
with all the more confidence, since new forms recently discovered
in Morocco support the same conclusion *,

CYPRINIDA.

1. LABEO FORSKALIL Riipp.

_ Lasso (TyLoGNatHus) MontANus Gthr.

3. Barsus TANENSIS Gthr.

4, BARBUS HINDI, sp.n. (Plate XVI. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 24 to 33 times in total length, length of head
4 to 41 times. Snout rounded, feebly projecting beyond the
mouth, 13 to 14 times as long as the eye, the diameter of which
is 4 to 42 times in the length of the head and 1} to twice in
the interocular width; width of the mouth about half that of
the head; lips feebly developed; two pairs of barbels, the first
as long as the eye or a little longer, the second a little longer
than the first but not more than 12 the diameter of the eye.
Dorsal IV 9-10, fourth ray very strong, straight, bony, not
serrated, as long as the head or longer; the fin is notched and
originates above the first rays of the ventral, at equal distance
from the end of the snout and the root of the caudal or a little
nearer the former. Anal III 5; longest ray ? to £ the length of
the head and narrowly separated from the root of the caudal.
Pectoral pointed, nearly as long as the head, not reaching the
ventral. Caudal deeply forked. Caudal peduncle 14 to 1% as
long as deep. Scales 25-29 ae 2 between the lateral line and
the root of the ventral. Olive-brown above, silvery below ; fins
greyish.

Yotal length 240 milim.

Several specimens.

Distinguished from 4. tanensis by the shorter barbels.

1 Gf. Giinther, “‘ Report on the Collection of Reptiles and Fishes made by Dr. J.
“W. Gregory during his Expedition to Mount Kenya,” P. Z. 8. 1894, pp. 84-91,
pls. viii.—xi.

2 Cat. Fish. vil. p. 84.

3 Cf. Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) 1x. 1902, p. 124.

1902. ] FISHES FROM EAST AFRICA, DO

5. Barpus (CAPOETA) PERPLEXICANS, sp,n. (Plate XVI. fig. 2.)

Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 4 times.
Snout rounded, slightly concave in front of the nostrils, feebly
projecting beyond the mouth, 13 as long as the eye, the diameter
of which is 4 times in the length of the head and 12 in the inter-
ocular width ; width of mouth about half that of the head; lips
feebly developed; lower jaw with a strong, transverse, horny
cutting-edge; two pairs of barbels, subequal, and as long as
the eye. Dorsal IV 10, fourth ray very strong, straight, bony,
not serrated, as long as the head; the fin is notched and
originates slightly in advance of the vertical of the first ray of
the ventral, a little nearer the end of the snout than the root
of the caudal. Anal III 5; longest ray + the length of the head
and narrowly separated from the root of the caudal. Pectoral
pointed, nearly as long as the head, narrowly separated from the
ventral. Caudal deeply forked. Caudal peduncle 14 as long as

deep. Scales 26—30 a 2 between the lateral line and the root of
the ventral. Olive-brown above, silvery below ; fins whitish.

Total length 175 millim.

Two specimens.

Although unquestionably referable to the genus Capoéta as
defined by Giinther, this species is so closely related to the
preceding that I have felt some hesitation in separating it.
However it differs, in addition to having a cutting horny edge
on the lower jaw, in the shape of the snout, the shorter posterior
barbel, and the origin of the dorsal fin slightly more anterior.

6. Barsus (LABEOBARBUS) LABIATUS, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 1.)

Depth of body a little greater than length of head, 34 times in
total length. Snout obtusely pointed, not projecting beyond the
mouth, twice as long as the eye, the diameter of which is 54 times
in the length of the head and twice in the interocular width; width
of the mouth about half that of the head; lips extremely developed,
each produced into a long triangular flap; two pairs of barbels, the
first as long as the eye, the second slightly longer. Dorsal TV 9 ;
fourth ray very strong, curved, bony, not serrated, 2? the length
of the head; the fin is notched and originates above the first rays
of the ventral, at equal distance from the nostrils and the root of
the caudal. Anal JIT 5; longest ray the length of the head
and narrowly separated from the root of the caudal. Pectoral
pointed, nearly as long as the head, reaching the base of the
ventral. Caudal deeply forked. Caudal peduncle 14 as long as
deep. Scales 28-29 a 2 between the lateral line and the root
of the ventral. Dark olive-brown above, whitish beneath; fins
grey.

Total length 270 millim,

A single specimen.

The larger scales and the longer pectoral fin distinguish this
fish from the one referred by Giinther to B. intermedius of Riippell,

224 ON FISHES FROM EAST ANRICA. [June 17,

and which has 8 or 9 branched rays to the dorsal fin and three
series of scales between the lateral line and the ventral fin.

The Barbus described by Riippell from Lake Tsana, under the
names of Barbus intermedius, B. affinis, B. elongatus, and Labeo-
barbus nedgia, the type-specimens of which have been kindly
entrusted to me by the Directors of the Senckenberg Museum,
agree with the Tana species in the large scales and the very
strong fourth dorsal ray. All have 8 branched rays in the dorsal
fin and 3 series of scales between the lateral line and the ventral
fin.

SILURIDA,
7. CHILOGLANIS BREVIBARBIS, sp. n. (Plate XVII. fig. 2.)

Body slightly depressed, its depth 6 times in total length.
Head strongly depressed, 14 as long as broad, its length 3 times
in total length. Hye dir ected upwards, in the second half of the
head, its diameter 53 times in length of head and 1 in interorbital
W idth ; anterior nostril equally distinct from the end of the snout
and the eye, posterior separated from the eye by a space equal to
the diameter of the latter ; premaxillary teeth wide apart, in two
large oval groups, forming 4 or 5 transverse series; ; 6 rather strong
mandibular teeth ; maxillary barbel scarcely longer than the eye,
lower labials shorter than the eye. Dorsal T 5; spine not
serrated, half the length of the head. Adipose fin half as long as
its distance from the rayed dorsal. Anal III 7. Pectoral spine
3 the length of the head. Ventral extending to the origin of the
anal. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle nearly twice as long as
deep. Pale brownish above, with four irregular dark cross- -bands
connected by a dark lateral stri ipe, whitish beneath; two dark
bars across the anal; a dark bar at the base of the caudal, another
across each lobe of the fin, and a dark streak along the lower lobe.

Total length 55 millim.

A single specimen,

This species differs from C. deckeni Ptrs. and C. niloticus Bler.
in the shorter barbels and the stronger mandibular teeth.

ANGUILLIDA.
8, ANGUILLA BENGALENSIS Gray.

Anguilla labiata Ptrs. is not separable from this species.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prate XVI.

Fig. 5 ees hindii, p. 222, reduced 2
» perplexicans, p. 223, meeteed Bo

Prate XVII.
Fig.l. Barbus labiatus, p. 223, reduced +.
2. Chiloglanis brevibarbis, p. 224, nat. size.
2a. uy si upper view of head, X 2.
2 6b. Fs fe mouth, X 3.

PZ.5. 1902 vol le aie

Nantern Bros.amp.

J.Smit del. etlith.

NASALIS LARVATUS, JR.

1902. ] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE.

bo
bo
Or

November 4, 1902.

G. A. Bouuencsr, Hsq., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made
to the Society's Menagerie during the months of June, July,
August, and September, 1902 :—

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of June was 286, of which 44 were by presen-
tation, 13 by birth, 10 by purchase, and 217 were received on
deposit and 2 in exchange. The number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 156.

Amongst these special attention may be drawn to :—

1. A young male Brindled Gnu (Connochetes tawrinws), born
in the Gardens on June 10th, being the second specimen of this
Antelope bred by the Society (see P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 771, pl. xlviii.).

2. A Sepoy Finch (Hematospiza sipahi) from India, received
in exchange June 10th, being of a species new to the Society’s
Collection.

3. A male Great Bird of Paradise (Paradisea apoda), received
in exchange from the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta, on June 15th.
This bird, lodged at present in the Insect-house, is doing well,
and having moulted, is now acquiring its fresh dress.

4, A young male Proboscis Monkey (Wasalis larvatus), obtained
by purchase on June 30th, being the first specimen of this
remarkable Monkey ever received alive by the Society. A
water-colour drawing of it, prepared by Mr. J. Smit (Pl. XVIIL.),
is exhibited. The animal unfortunately died quite suddenly on
September 6th.

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of July was 292, of which 68 were acquired by
presentation, 19 by birth, 18 by purchase, and 187 were received
on deposit. The number of departures during the same period,
by death and removals, was 207.

Among these special attention may be drawn to :—

1. A young female of the Racket-tailed Parrot of Celebes
(Prioniturus platurus), purchased July 4th, new to the Collection.

2. A pair of young Giraffes (Giraffa camelopardalis), from
Kordofan, presented by Col. B. Mahon, C.B., D.S.O., as already
announced to the Society (see P. Z.S. 1901, vol. ii. p. 471), which
had arrived on July 19th in excellent condition.

3. Two female Grévy’s Zebras (Zquus grevyi), from Southern
Abyssinia, These animals were presented to H.M. The King by
the Emperor Menelek, and were placed under the Society’s care
by His Majesty’s orders on July 12th.

4, A fine young hybrid, believed to have been bred between a
stallion Pony and a female Burchell’s Zebra (Zquws burchelli) in
the Transvaal Colony, presented by His Majesty The King on
July 19th.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou. II. No. XV. 15

226 MR. SCLATER ON A PERSIAN IBEX. [ Nov. 4,

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of August were 141 innumber. Of these 62 were acquired
by presentation, 2 by purchase, 8 were born in the Gardens, and
64 were received on deposit and 5 in exchange. The number of
departures during the same period, by death and removals,
was 160.

The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of September was 125, of which 67 were by
presentation, 1 by purchase, 6 were born in the Gardens, and 51
were received on deposit. The number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 138.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a photograph of a Persian Ibex (text-
fig. 55), obtained in the hills not far from Shiraz (and probably

Text-fig. 55.

Persian Ibex. (Taken from a photograph.)

1902. ] SIR H. H. HOWORTH ON MALFORMED DEER’S ANTLERS. DOH

referable to Capra cgagrus), which had been sent to him by
Mr. B. T. Ffinch. It was said to have been taken on board the
s.s. ‘Scharlachberger’ in Karachee Harbour, and was the indi-
vidual referred to by Mr. J. Strip in his letter to ‘The Field’ of
Aug. 6th, 1898 (vol. xcii. p. 274). The length of the left horn
was said to be no less than 553 inches, and the right, which was
slightly broken, 503 inches.

Mr. Sclater exhibited some photographs of the Rocky Mountain
Goats in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of Philadelphia,
and read the following extracts from Mr. A. E. Browun’s letter
concerning them :—

““ When I saw you in April, you expressed a desire to have a
photograph of our Rocky Mountain Goat (Haplocerus montanus).
T now send you one, taken a few days ago by Mr. Carson of this
Society.

“The male was born about May 15th, 1901, in the Canadian
Rocky Mountains, near Field, British Columbia, on the Canadian
Pacific Railway. The mother was killed on May 29th by a Swiss
guide, who captured the kid, raised it by hand, and brought it to
the Gardens October Ist. At that time it was 2 feet in height
at the shoulder, and weighed 55 Ibs. Its horns were 14 inches
long on the anterior face. It now weighs 96 lbs., height
30 inches, length of horns 6} inches, circumference at base
4 inches.

“The female was presented to the Society on Dec. 22, 1901.
Jt came from Central Idaho and was evidently bred in the
previous year, but I was not able to secure any exact information
about it. It is now 28 inches in height ; weight 74 pounds; length
of horns 7? inches, which are more slender than in the male.
Both these animals have remained in uniformly good health, but
have not yet had to encounter a long period of great heat, the
effects of which I fear; but on Saturday last the thermometer
rose to 93° Fahr., from which they did not seem to suffer distress.”

Dr. Giinther exhibited living tadpoles of the North-American
Bull-frog (Rana mugiens) bred in Surrey. They were the off-
spring of specimens introduced by the Hon. Charles Ellis, F.Z.8.
Although a great number of these tadpoles had been reared
this year in the ponds near Mr. Ellis’s residence, the majority
attaining to their full size, none of them had been observed
to complete their metamorphosis. They were therefore obliged to
hibernate, like many of the tadpoles of Rana esculenta var.
ridibunda, which have been acclimatized in the same locality.

Sir Henry H. Howorth, K.C.LE., F.R.S., exhibited and made
remarks upon the head of a Virginian Deer (Cariacus virginianus)
shot by an experienced old hunter in the mountains of New

15%

228 DR. C. W. ANDREWS ON FOSSIL [Nov. 4,

Mexico. It was interesting from the fact that its horns instead
of having grown naturally had become crumpled into a mass of
spongy matter still covered with the velvet, and exhibited
the morbid growths into which the horns of deer often develop
when the animal’s genitals are injured. In such cases, not only
does the deer cease to shed its horns annually, but they often
cease to bear horns at all. Sir Henry suggested that some expe-
riments might be made to try and discover a little more closely
the physiological cause of the aborted horns; this might perhaps
throw some light on the apparently anomalous fact that in the
various races of Reindeer both sexes have horns,

Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited and made remarks upon the lower
jaw of a Highland Ram in which the last molar tooth was re-
duplicated on both sides, and called attention to a curious outward
deflection of the coronoid process and its projection beyond the
condyle, and the consequent alteration of the sigmoid curve and
adjacent parts, the last molar being also pushed out of its normal
position by the persistent growth of the reduplicated tooth.
Mr. Holding was under the impression that these variations in
the form of the jaw were attributable to alterations in its move-
ment to accommodate the supplementary molars.

The following extract from a letter addressed to the Secretary by
the Rev. Francis C. R. Jourdain, of Clifton Vicarage, Ashbourne,
Derbyshire, was read :—

“In the P. Z. 8. for 1901 (vol. 11. p. 216) there appeared an
article by Mr. J. G. Millais, F.Z.8., on the (supposed) second
occurrence of Bechstein’s Bat in England.

“This, of course, was an error, as two specimens of this Bat were
taken by my friend Mr. E. W. H. Blagg, of Cheadle, Stafford-
shire, in the New Forest in 1886, and identified at the British
Museum (see ‘Zoologist,’ 1888, p. 260). How Mr. Lydekker came
to overlook this in writing his ‘Handbook of British Mammals’
I cannot understand, as Mr. Blagg’s specimens passed through
the hands of Mr. Oldfield Thomas. I wrote at the time to
Mr. Millais, who expressed his intention of making the correction.
As he has not done so, I beg to be allowed to point it out.”

Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.Z.8., exhibited specimens and lantern-
slides illustrating a collection of fossil vertebrates obtained from
the Fayum district of Upper Egypt during the last winter.

The most interesting of the new forms here brought to light
was Arsinoitherium zitteli, an extraordinary Ungulate discovered
by Mr. H. J. L. Beadnell last year. This animal was chiefly
remarkable for the enormous bifid bony horn borne on the nasal
region; there was also a pair of small conical horns oyer the

1902. ] VERTEBRATES FROM UPPER EGYPT. 229

orbits. The teeth were of a very remarkable type; each of
the molars consisting of two transverse ridges united internally
with the continuous inner wall of the tooth, so that the molar as
a whole somewhat resembled a reversed molar of a Rhinoceros
The dental formula seemed to have been I.1, Pm. 3, M. 3, in
both upper and lower jaws. The affinities of this animal were
quite uncertain, but the limb-bones which seemed to belong to it
indicated relationship with the Proboscidea, of which it may have
been an early but highly specialized offshoot.

Another peculiar mammal was Phiomia serridens, of which
the anterior part of the mandible was the type. In this animal
there was a single pair of very large procumbent incisors with
a peculiarly serrated outer edge; behind this there was a long
edentulous diastema, much as in the Rodents, then came a small
premolar and a large molar similar to the carnassial of some of
the Carnivora. The relationships of this creature were likewise
quite uncertain: it had been suggested that it might be a peculiarly
modified Creodont, but it possessed some characters that seemed
to point to the Diprotodont Marsupials, and even to the Multi-
tuberculata. Further material would be necessary before the
question could be settled. An early member of the Hyracoidea
and a gigantic land-tortoise allied to Zestudo perpiniana, also
found by Mr. Beadnell, were likewise referred to.

The further remains of Meritherium and Paleomastodon
collected fully confirmed the position ascribed to these genera as
early forms of the Proboscidea. Of Palwomastodon the upper
and lower dentitions were now fully known, with the exception of

the front teeth of the upper jaw. The dental formula for the

3 ¢ : 3 5 ite
cheek-teeth was :—Pm. > M. a The single lower pair of incisors

were procumbent and in contact in the middle line; anteriorly
they wore to a sharp edge. The upper incisors seemed to have
been compressed, downwardly-directed tusks, with enamel on one
face only. In the skull the jugal bone was large and extended
on to the face, not being merely a small bar of bone in the middle
of the zygomatic arch as in the Elephantide.

Dr. Andrews pointed out the great differences between the
Middle Kocene Meritheriwm and the Upper Kocene Palco-
mastodon, and suggested that the more rapid rate at which
evolution seemed to have proceeded in the earlier stages of
development of many groups of mammals might perhaps in some
cases be accounted for as follows :—

‘¢ Among the Ungulates, at least, the earlier members of a group
“are usually of small size, and as specialization advances an
“increase in bulk also takes place ; a well-marked instance of this
‘‘may be seen in the line of descent of the Horse, and there are
““many other cases. This increase in bulk must, in most cases,
“involve a lengthening of the individual life, which is often
‘indicated in the gradually increasing hypseledonty of the teeth,
“implying an increased period of efficiency. When the length

230 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4,

“of the individual life becomes greater, a proportionately smaller
“number of generations will succeed one another in a given time,

“and therefore the rate of change that the stock will undergo will

‘“‘be lowered. The same cause may have brought about the ex-:
“tinction of many of the bulky, highly specialized, and presumably

~w‘slow-breeding groups of animals, such as the Titanotheres, which

“have been unable to undergo sufficiently rapid modification

“to enable them to keep in harmony with a changing en-

“vironment.”

The following papers were read :—

1. Observations on some Mimetie Insects and Spiders
from Borneo and Singapore. By R. SHEetrorp, M.A.,
C.M.Z.S., Curator of the Sarawak Museum. With
Appendices containing Descriptions of new Species
by R. Saetrorp, Dr. Kart Jorpan, C. J. Ganay, the
Rev. H. 8. Gorwam, and Dr. A. Smnna.

{ Received November 13, 1901. }
(Plates XIX.-X XIII.)
e been

The theory of mimicry having originated and having
further elaborated chiefly from a study of South American
insects, it is but natural that these should figure largely in all
works relating to the subject. This paper, a brief abstract of
which, arranged by Professor Poulton, appeared in the British
Association Reports, 1900, p. 795, is an attempt to bring into
greater notice the richness of the Malayan sub-region in similar
mimetic species—nearly all the examples here described and dis-
cussed having been captured within the last four years in a
circumscribed area of 10 mile radius, with Kuching, the capital
of Sarawak, as its centre.+ A recent collecting-trip of three
weeks’ duration to Mt. Penrissen (about 50 miles inland) was
productive of several new examples; and I feel convinced that a
similar reward awaits the collector on other mountains of the
island and on those of Sumatra, Celebes, and other numerous
islands of the great Archipelago, many of which are still virgin
ground to the entomologist.

In order to summarize as much as possible our knowledge of
the mimetic insects of Borneo, I have drawn up tables of the
mimetic Longicorn Beetles and of the Lepidoptera; the latter is
a modification of a somewhat similar list given by Haase in his
‘Researches on Mimicry’ (English translation), Stuttgart, 1896,
but I have found it necessary to question certain conclusions and
to make a few additions.

! For explanation of the Plates, see page 281.

PU Z SOP Erol MIP Ode.

Horace Knight del. et lth, Mintern Bros. Chromo.
MIME TIC BORNEAN INSECTS AND THEIR MODELS.

PZ O02 <oleillpallan Oran

Horace Knight del.et lth. Mantern Bros.Chromo.
MIMETIC BORNEAN COLEOPTERA AND THEIR MODELS.

pie *
ee

ts g

ents

H. Knight del.etlith, Is 14

Mintern Bros.Chromo.
MIMETIC BORNEAN CHALCOSID MOTHS AND THEIR MODELS.

P25) LP scellil Pl YOu.

Montern Bros,Chromo,

EH Knight delet lith.

err

air
Ly
es

MIMETIC BORNEAN DIPTERA AND THEIR MOD

55 61

54
Horace Keg del.et hth, Mantern Bros. Chromo.
MULLERIAN MIMICRY IN GROUPS OF BORNEAN INSECTS.

:
i

Hye leg

1902.] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 251

It is frequently possible to pair a mimicking species with a
definite specific model, but perhaps more frequently the mimic
(either a Batesian or a Miillerian mimic) in its general appear-
ance resembles a whole group of known distasteful insects; or, in
other words, the general appearance of the mimic is typical of a
distasteful group, rather than exactly similar to one definite
species; and in these tables of mimetic Longicorns and their
models I have by no means included all, but merely typical
models.

The diagrammatic tables of convergent groups of pseud-
aposematic and synaposematic insects at the end of the paper
include, however, all the known distasteful insects which serve as
models in the respective groups.

In the Appendices are described a new species of Butterfly, a
new Moth, two new genera and several species of Longicorn Beetles,
two new Clerids, and two new Brenthids. I owe the descrip-
tion of all except the first-mentioned species to the kindness of
Dr. Karl Jordan, Mr. C. J. Gahan, the Rev. H. 8. Gorham, and
Dr. A. Senna.

Professor K. B. Poulton, F.R.S., has added some interesting
and suggestive remarks on my observations: these are scattered
throughout the paper, but in all cases his initials are affixed.

My task, in the absence of a large library and of named col-
lections for comparison and reference, has not been easy, but I
have received the most valuable and generous aid from Professor
Poulton, whom I feel that I can never sufficiently thank. It is not
too much to say that had it not been for his help this paper could
not have been written. Most of the specimens here described
and figured are now deposited in the Hope Museum, Oxford,
where they can be seen by all students of the subject. JI am
much indebted to Mr. H. N. Ridley, Director of the Botanic
Gardens, Singapore, for directing my attention to some interesting
cases of mimicry observed by him and for some valuable notes
thereon. Mr. Gilbert J. Arrow, Monsieur Jules Bourgeois,
Mr. Malcolm Burr, Sir G. Hampson, Dr. F. A. Dixey, Dr. R.
Gestro, the Rev. O. Pickard-Cambridge, F.R.S., Mr. R. McLachlan,
F.R.S., Mr. W. L. Distant, Mr. C. J. Gahan, Dr. Senna, Mr. M.
Jacoby, Col. Bingham, Mr. E. HE. Austen, Mr. C. O. Waterhouse,
Dr. Brunner von Wattenwyl, and Col. Yerbury have rendered
much kind assistance in identifying many of the species noted in
this paper, and to these gentlemen I tender my grateful thanks.

I. ORTHOPTERA AS MIMICS.
i. Mimic. Larva of Hymenopus bicornis (Stoll).
Plate SXGWNe nies salig ds LOS Sc.

Model. Larva of Hulyes amena (Fab.).
Plate XIX. figs. 16 & 18. x 2.

The newly-hatched larvee of Hymenopus bicornis, one of the

232 MR. R, SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4,

Harpagid Mantide, mimic the young larve of the Reduviid bug,
Hulyes ameana, not only in coloration, but also in the peculiar
habit of walking about with the abdomen curled over the back
(compare figs. 16 & 17). When the young Mantides first emerge
from the ootheca they are of a brilliant red colour, the head, basal
jouit of the antenne, apices of the femora, and the tibie alone
being jet-black. A similar arrangement of colours is exhibited
by the young of H. amena: in these the head, apices of the
femora, bases of the tibie, the wing-rudiments, and some spots on
the dorsal surface of the abdomen are black, whilst all the rest
is vermilion (compare figs. 18 & 19). The newly-hatched larve
of the bug are very much smaller than the corresponding stage
of the Mantis, but after the second moult the size of the
former is almost the same as that of their mimics when newly-
hatched. The brilliant coloration of the bug is essentially a
warning signal, being correlated with an objectionable smell and
presumably a still more objectionable taste, judging from the
expressions of disgust manifested by two tame monkeys (Macacus
cynomolgus) after tasting the specimens I offered them. The
young Hymenopus they had eaten with the utmost sangfroid
a few days before, from which one may justly conclude that in
this case the coloration is deceptively warning or pseudapose-
matic (truly mimetic). Itis unfortunate that I was unable to rear,
or even to keep alive for a few days longer, the young Mantides ;
but they are notoriously difficult insects to rear, and all my speci-
mens died before I was able to obtain the young of Hulyes amena.
The pupa and adult of this species of Mantis are floral simulators :
the former resembles a pink Melastoma; the latter, which is
cream-coloured varied with brown, resembles the flower of an
orchid of fairly common occurrence; and I have also seen a young
larva which bore a striking resemblance to a small pink flower of
an order not known tome. I have had this insect in various
stages of its life-history frequently under observation, and can
confirm in almost every detail Mr. Annandale’s recently pub-
lished account of the habits of the pupa (ef. P. Z.S. 1900, pp. 839
et seg.). That the insect should mimic in the youngest stage of
its life-history a distasteful and conspicuously-coloured bug is a
fact of some interest.

|The late Mr. L. de Nicéville states, in a letter to Prof. Poulton,
that he had reared some species of Mantide; one species when
newly hatched was remarkably like a small black ant, the de-
ceptive resemblance being so close that a careful scrutiny was
necessary to determine the exact nature of the insect. Mr. de
Nicéville also remarks :—“‘ A Mantis of fair size does not often
move but waits for its prey to come to it, but these young ones
yan about incessantly looking for their prey, just like the ants
they mimicked.” |

1902. ] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. OB

i. Mimic. Condylodera tricondyloides (Westw.).
Plate XIX. figs. 2,4, & 6.
Models. Cicindelidw. Plate XIX. figs. 1, 3, & 5.

I was fortunate enough to discover in Sarawak the remarkable
Locustid, Condylodera tricondyloides, originally described in 1837
by Westwood from Java (Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xviii. p. 409);
the type specimen was at first placed by Westwood in his col-
lection of Cicindelide, “regarding it as an immature Colliurus
or Lricondyla” (1. c. p. 419). Another Javan specimen was
actually given the MS. name of 7'ricondyla rufipes by Duponchel,
so close is the resemblance of this highly deceptive Locustid to a
Tiger-beetle. Both these historical specimens are now in the
Hope Collection at Oxford, and have been compared with the
Sarawak specimens by Mr. Malcolm Burr.

My first specimen, which is somewhat larger than the type,
was found in jungle in the neighbourhood of Kuching, running
about on the ground amongst dead leaves and other vegetable
débris, an environment much frequented by a large Tiger-beetle,
Tricondyla cyanea (Dej.) var. wallacei (Thoms.), with which this
Locustid is almost identical in appearance (compare Plate XIX.
figs. 1 & 2). The shape, size, coloration, and even the gait of the
mimic so closely resembled the corresponding traits of its model,
that I did not suspect the importance of my find till a careful
examination of the collecting-box had been made some hours
after the time of capture. The colour of the head, thorax, and
abdomen of the Condylodera is a dark shining blue, the femora
of all the legs are red, the hind femora (which are only slightly
swollen) having in addition a proximal black band. The head
with its large prominent eyes, somewhat flattened face, and
conspicuous jaws, is very Cicindelid in appearance. The antenne
are of extreme tenuity and are about 24 to 3 times as long as
the body. The densely-punctured prothorax is globosely swollen
about its middle, the swelling being marked off from the elevated
anterior border and posterior portion by broad constrictions.
The tegminal and wing rudiments lie very closely adpressed
to the body and do not disturb the even contour of the dorsal
aspect. The abdomen, though hardly so bottle-shaped as are
the elytra and abdomen of the model, is not widely different in
appearance, and the intersegmental membranes are quite con-
cealed except on the ventral surface, where the scuta are small,
as is usual in this group of insects.

The model is so common and so well known a species that it is
unnecessary to describe its general appearance; the above brief
description of its mimic will suftice to show in how many super-
ficial points the two insects agree, and superficiality of resem-
blance is the key-note of mimicry.

Another specimen of this mimetic Locustid of the same size was
obtained a few months Jater in the same locality ; and both these

254 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4,

are pronounced to be fully adult by that well-known authority on
the Orthoptera, Mr. Malcolm Burr.

Bearing in mind the errors made by Westwood and Duponchel
with regard to this insect, | made a careful search through the
Sarawak Museum collection of Cicindelide, and was rewar ded by
finding yet another example of this remarkable mimic placed
amongst specimens of Zricondyla gibba (Chaud.), which it most
closely resembles as regards size, coloration, &e. The specimen
was smaller than those described above and is evidently a younger
stage, but it differs in hardly any other way; and 7’. gibba,
the model, also differs from 7’. cyanea var. wallacei principally
in size (compare Plate XIX. figs. 3 & 4).

A fourth specimen, of a very early stage, was taken in Kuching
on the flowers of a flowering tree, frequented also by numerous
insects of all orders, amongst others being the Cicindelid, Collyris
sarawakensis (Thoms.), which serves as a model to the young
Condylodera (Plate XIX. figs.5 & 6). At this stage, the insect is
entirely dark blue, except the legs which are dark brown, and the
greater part of the long antenne which are ochreous, the four
basal joints only being blue. The prothorax shows no trace of the
conspicuous puncturation of the adult, nor is it swollen as in the
later stages, but more or less cylindrical like that of its model;
the wing-rudiments are not yet visible, and the auditory organ
on the fore-tibie can only be distinguished with difficulty. The
model is somewhat larger, of a uniform dark blue with the legs
dark brown. It is somewhat curious that the young Condylodera
does not mimic Collyris emarginata (Macl.), a smaller species with
red legs, especially since in the later stages it is red-legged species
of Cicindelide that are mimicked; C. emarginata is, ‘however, of
a much more brilliant blue than any other Bornean members
of the genus, or than the species of Zricondyla. This case of
mimicry appears to me to be of exceptional interest and without
a parallel. I have shown that Hymenopus bicornis, a floral
simulator throughout the greater part of its life, mimics in
its young stages the larve “oi a bug; but I know of no ameta-
bolous insect, except Condylodera iricondyloides, which mimics
different species of one family during the successive periods of its
growth.

il. Mimic. Gryllacris n. sp. vicinissima nigrate (Br.).
Plate XIX. fig. 8.
Model. Pheropsophus agnatus (Chaud.). Plate XIX. fig. 7.

The model in this instance is one of the ‘“‘ Bombardier Beetles,”
and discharges, when seized or irritated, a jet of formic acid
vapour quite powerful enough to scorch the skin of the finger
severely and to leave an indelible brown stain on paper or cloth.
The insect is quite conspicuous, being black with orange spots on
the dorsal surface of the thorax and tegmina; the legs and
antenne are entirely orange. The Locustid is somewhat larger,

1902.) SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 235

and though the markings do not correspond accurately with those
of the model, a general resemblance is produced. ‘The head is
orange, the prothorax is black with large orange blotches, the
tegmina are black with an orange spot at the base of each,
corresponding to a similar spot at the base of each elytron of the
beetle, and with an orange fascia about the middle, corresponding
to a broad orange spot in a similar position on each elytron of
the beetle. The legs are banded with orange and black (compare
Plate XIX. figs. 7& 8). The mimic is met with amongst herbage in
jungle, and all the examples of the somewhat common ‘“ Bombar-
dier” that I have met with were taken in the same environment.
The powerful jaws of the larger Gryllacrides furnish possibly an
efficient protection against the attacks of vertebrate enemies,
such as small birds, lizards, and frogs, but in so small a species as
this the resemblance toa beetle capable of discharging a scorching
jet of formic acid vapour must be a far more efficient means of
protection.

iv. Mimic. Nov. gen., nov. sp. vicinissima Gammarotettigi.
Plate XXIII. fig. 34. ;
Model. Coccinellide. Plate XXIII. fig. 30.

In February 1901 the Museum collectors brought in a small
Locustid of a brilliant vermilion colour spotted with black. When
the insect was resting the head was bent downwards and almost
concealed by the large prothoracic shield, the abdomen was
strongly curved downwards and the legs were drawn close up
to the body, the long hind tibie being bent up under their
femora: in this attitude the resemblance of the insect to a black-
spotted red “ladybird” of a convex shape, e. g. Caria dilatata
(Fab.), was most striking (compare Plate XXIII. figs. 30 & 34).
The eyes are intense black; the large prothoracic shield has three
black spots, one central, the others lateral; the segments of the
abdomen bear each a small dorsal black spot, decreasing in size
posteriorly ; the fore- and mid-femora bear outwardly one con-
spicuous spot, whilst the hind-femora have two such spots.

When touched, this little Locustid did not leap away, as might
have been expected, but kept perfectly still, and if further
irritated it simply rolled off the surface on which it was resting
and assumed a death-like attitude on the ground below, thus
simulating very perfectly the habits of a Coccinellid.

I have to thank the distinguished orthopterist Brunner v.
Wattenwyl for reporting on this Locustid and the Gryllacris.

II. NEUROPTERA AS MIMICS.
1. Mimic. Mantispa simulairix (McLachl.). Plate XIX. fig. 23.
Model. Bracon sp. Plate XIX. fig. 22.

This case offers an instance of the distastefulness of the
Hymencptera Parasitica, a group mimicked also by insects

236 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [Nov. 4

belonging to the most diverse orders, such as Hemiptera, Diptera,
Lepidoptera, and Coleoptera.

The model is one of those reddish-ochraceous Braconids, of
which there are many representatives in Borneo, all being more
or less common. This particular species, with a conspicuous black
stigma on the fore wing, is eminently a mountain form, as the
numerous specimens in the Sarawak Museum bear witness.
Mt. Matang at any elevation above 1500 feet is its favourite
haunt, but I have never taken it below that altitude. The mimic,
which was recently described’ by Mr. McLachlan, was captured
in the month of August also on Mt. Matang, at an altitude of
2500-2800 feet. It, too, is reddish-ochraceous, whilst each wing
bears a black stigma, those on the fore-wings being slightly more
conspicuous than those on the hind-wings; the sides and ventral
surface of the abdomen are pure white (in the fresh condition), so
that when the insect is seen in profile its somewhat bulky body
appears to be reduced approximately to the size of the body of
its model; as, further, the model also has the ventral surface
of the abdomen coloured white, the resemblance between the two
insects 1s still greater (compare Plate XIX. figs. 22 & 23). This
method of producing a thin-bodied or wasp-waisted effect by white
patches is by no means uncommon amongst insects; I shall be
able to give further examples of it in this paper (vide infra,
pp- 258, 241), and at present need only refer to the well-known
Noudaness Locustid Myrmecophana fallax (Br. ) mimicking an ant,
and to the Moth Pseudosphex hyalina which mimics a Sphex.

ii. Mimic. Mantispa sp. Plate XIX. fig. 27.
Model. Polistes sagittarius (Sauss.). Plate XIX. fig. 26.

The Wasp, P. sagittarius, is an extremely common species and
is rendered highly conspicuous by reason of a red band on the
second abdominal segment; the rest of the body is black, varied
on the head and howe with a rich red-brown; the wings are
fuscous, becoming flavo-hyaline outwardly. The mimic is black
with the second ‘and third abdominal segments red, the width of
these two segments closely corresponding with the large second
abdominal segment of the wasp; the wings are hyaline, but largely
shaded with fuscous at the base and along the costal margins and
flavo-hyaline at the apex (compare figs. 26 & 27). A closely allied
species from Assam is in the Hope Collection at Oxford, with the
MS. name of M7. nodosa (Westw.). The specimen belonged to the
Cantor Collection.

i. Mimic. JJantispa sp. Plate XIX. fig. 25.
Model. Polistes sp. near diabolicus (Sauss.). Plate XIX. fig. 24.
The general colour of the Wasp is reddish-brown, the abdomen
is covered with a fine silky pubescence golden in colour; this

1 Ent. Month. Mag. (ser. 2) vol. x1. 1900, pp. 127-128,

1902. ] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 237

pubescence is denser at the apices of the segments, forming here
narrow yellow bands; the wings are flavo-hyaline, sometimes with
a brown stigma.

The mimic is of a reddish hue, the abdomen is a little paler,
correspon ling to the red-brown seen through the golden pubescence
of the wasp’s abdomen; the apex of each Segment is narrowly
banded with yellow. The wings are broadly hyaline along the
costal margins and there is a brown stigma. A closely allied
species from Celebes is unnamed in the British Museum.

Both this and the preceding Wantispa were referred to Mr. R.
McLachlan, who pronounced them to be undescribed species.

iv. Mimic. Mantispa ? cora (Newm.).
Model. Mesostenus sp.

A small black-and-yellow banded Mantispa was caught on the
hill, Bukit Timah, at Singapore amongst short undergrowth, and
at the same time I took also several specimens of a common
Ichneumon-fly verysimilarly coloured. The Mantispa wasextremely
active on the wing and at first sight almost indistinguishable from
its model. I append some colour notes on the two insects:

Mantispa.—Ground-colour of head, thorax, and abdomen black,
the following bands bright yellow—two vertical on the face, one
transverse on the vertex, an anterior transverse and three longi-
tudinal on the prothorax, one transverse on both meso- and
metathorax, which are ventrally blotched with yellow ; abdomen
alternately banded black and yellow. Anterior legs yellow
blotched with black, mid- and posterior femora broadly banded
black and yellow. Bases of wings yellow and a distinct black
stigma on the fore wings.

Mesostenus sp.—Head yellow; prothorax black bordered with
yellow and with two central yellow stripes; mesothorax yellow
with a central black spot; metathorax posteriorly yellow ; abdomen
banded alternately black and yellow. Legs yellow blotched with
black. Anterior wings with a conspicuous stigma.

T subsequently found the same species of Mantispa or a close
ally in Borneo, frequenting the blossoms of a Hibiscus; the plant
was also visited in considerable numbers by a small yellow-and-
black Jcaria and by a similarly coloured ichneumon-fly ; a some-
what careful scrutiny was needed to distinguish these insects one
from the other.

Ill. COLEOPTERA AS MIMICS.

I wish especially to acknowledge the kind assistance received
from Mr. C. J. Gahan in working out this section of my paper.

Most of my examples are taken from the Longicornia, and I
have drawn up tables of the mimetic species of the group occurring
in Borneo. I have made these as complete as possible, but there
are a few described species which I have not seen and which have

238 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4,

never been figured, Such species have been included in the
appended tables, when their descriptions have shown that they do
not differ in characters of mimetic importance from the closely
allied species with which I am acquainted; in every case these
are marked with an asterisk. I have not included a large
concourse of species belonging to the subfamilies Mesosine and
Apomecynine, which present in their general facies a marked
resemblance to the Rhynchophora, for, although the tyro in
entomology might readily mistake many of these longicorns for
Rhynchophorous species, I have, nevertheless, found it quite
impossible to pair any one given species with a definite model.
The resemblance is in fact, as is so frequently the case, general
and indefinite, not special as, for example, in the species of the
subfamilies Astatheine and Saperdine, which mimic for the most
part definite species of the Phytophaga. It will therefore suffice
if I simply enumerate here those genera of the Mesosinw and
Apomecynine which present most markedly Rhynchophorous
features :—

Subfam. Mesosine :—Anancylus, Planodes, Hreis, Cacia, Mnemea,

Sorbia.

All these Coleoptera, more especially Hreis anthriboides (Pasc.),
have a general resemblance to Anthribidee.

Subfam. Apomecynine :—Cenodocus, Synelasma, Ktaxalus,

Phesates, Praonetha, Sybra, Ropica.
These bear a general resemblance to Curculionide.

Nores on Tasie I.—Longicorns mimicking Hymenoptera.

The subfamily Phyteciine furnishes ten and probably more
species belonging to three genera which mimic the Braconide.
The models can be divided into two sections :—(1) species with
dark red head and thorax and black abdomen and wings (genus
Myosoma); (2) veddish-ochreous species (genus [p/iawlax), one
of which has already been shown to be mimicked by JMJantispa
simulatrix. Scytasis nitida (Pasc.) and four species of Oberea
are coloured in identically the same way as their models, the
ved-and-black Braconids. Furthermore, S. nitida and three out of
the four species of Oberea (the exception being O. rubetra (Pasc.))
are marked with a large white patch of pubescence on the sides
of the first and second abdominal segments, which patches, when
the beetle is seen in profile, give an impression of a wasp-like
waist, from the posterior end of which the abdomen appears
gradually to swell in size. This effect is shown in Plate XIX.
figs. 13, 14, & 15, representing respectively Oberea strigosa (Pasc.)
var., O. brevicollis (Pasc.), and Oberea probably n. sp. near strigosa
(Pasc.). The thin waist of the model is not seen from above when
the insect is at rest, being hidden by the laid-back wings, and
consequently this obviates the necessity of dorsal white patches
on the mimic as in the African Locustid Myrmecophana fallax,
whose model is a wingless ant with an abdominal peduncle plainly

SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE.

1902.]

“SyILy
‘pnp nuodiyayyr

‘ds purosoh pyr

*(ULQ) snuapeyguD as

(‘ssuvg) snjnowen mrurubh pr
“(Iguyy) snaoitaso.inn snayng

“(uIr) vsoumnaed nwopoph yy
f

‘xpynprydy
snuas ay Jo
Kp loowlg, snosyoo-ysippory

“pucosoh yy
snus 9} Fo
Kp Mloowlg Yoepq-puv-poyy

"S[OPOPL

A cee aches oe te (ueyey) SNIPIAU Lague snadoyj0 NT

“"" y (SULOYT,) Sasuaynanuns

(‘qQeyT) srtagdiuay veou ds v:

(Yto4v Ay) srwuadymosnf a6

“""(oseg) ~poompsam snjjagh)g
sree" COstg) Seulofiwaja aujney

CSuloyL) sesuasodvbhurs viundar

ee CoRyRy) srwuadiaasg vpruasg

a ‘Dury d.Lowojuy,

‘ds su ‘nysasdiu yy

‘ds ‘tt
‘Daupnquasuos O iqeqord
‘(Osuq) vaunjuasuoa

*‘(Coseq) pynjosiur

"Wr Jo wtog v ATGuqoad puw Coseg) vugagne avau “ds

“Cosud) sympuna = <1quqoad) (-oseg) $27]09100Lg HaLaqg

“(oseq) wugaqgne
“IVA (OSeq) vsobutqs

(ose) vsohiis pur (osvg) nzuapavu udemgaq ‘ds ‘tt

*(OStq) y Pp srsnghog *T

“SOTULLTAL

‘pundouauhpy Huryovur SULONHUOT—T TTA,

do asnoonoadabauoauDD (oseg) aUuIsadr NeUa)

““

"61 “UURTGUG

‘ST

“LLL aurpophoa sr
| “URGE

19s)

eT)

ae)

VL | -aunuoryorppng
WRT

‘eL)

“GL

“1

‘OL

‘L ‘DULLIDINY |

‘9 metcenrnars

€

\ 0 CIOAT WY 19

“ULB AT

TOCILW VT.

| “ULB

240 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4,

visible both in a dorsal and a profile view. A species of Oberea
near rubetra (6), and probably a form of it, is really intermediate
in character between these two sets of mimics, the elytra being
brown anteriorly (basally) and black posteriorly. The remaining
species of Oberea mentioned in the table mimic the reddish-
ochraceous Braconids. 0. insoluta and the species of Nupserha
have a pale golden pubescence on the basal abdominal segments,
and Q. sp. (10) has a similarly situated greyish pubescence: in
every case this coloration is not so effective as the white patches
of O. brevicollis, &c.; but these unicolorous Obereas are so much
more active on the wing, so much more Hymenoptera-like in
their actions when resting on a leaf or twig, that when they are
alive one is much more apt to mistake them for their models than
their bicolorous congeners. In other words, these unicolorous
Obereas compensate for the imperfection (from a mimetic point
of view) of their coloration by their close approximation to the
actions of their models. 0. consentanea (8 & 9), O. sp. near
rubetra (6), and O. n. sp. (10) have the elytra clothed with a
delicate silky-grey pubescence, especially in the posterior two-
thirds, the appearance varying according to the position in which
the insect is held; and these species mimic Braconids with the
outer third of the wings pale fuscous, the varying reflections of
the elytra giving a similar impression to that produced by the
semitransparent fuscous parts of the model’s wings.

Glenea iresine (Pasc.) is a small blue species; the middle third
of the elytra is brown, shading anteriorly into blue, posteriorly
into greyish white; the model is a small blue Hylotoma, and
when the wings are laid back the resemblance between the two
species is striking; the blue anterior third of the beetle’s elytra
corresponds to the posterior part of the Hylotoma’s thorax, the
brown portion to the abdomen with the superposed wings, the
greyish posterior third to the tips of the wings of the model,
which project beyond the end of the abdomen.

Turning to the family Cerambycide, we find that the sub-
families Callichromine and Necydaline present in the reduction
of the elytra a marked Hymenopterous appearance. Vothopeus
fasciatipennis (C. O. Waterh.) bas already been figured and
described (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 369, pl. x.). Nothopeus sp.
near hemipterus (Fab.) is a large black species with entirely
fuscous wings, and is an admirable mimic of a formidable
wasp, Mygnimia anthracinus (Sm.), which occurs commonly
on Mt. Matang. The buzzing flight and other movements of
these two Wothopei are remarkably wasp-like and so completely
deceived the Museum collectors that they employed the greatest
precautions in transferring the specimens from the net to the
killing-bottle.

A magnificent new species, described by Mr. Gahan in Appen-
dix II. as Wothopeus intermedius (Plate XIX. fig. 21), was
captured near the summit of Mt. Penrissen together with several
of its models, Salius aurosericeus (Guer.) (Plate XIX. fig. 20).

1902. | SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE, 241

The general colour of the beetle is reddish ochreous, the prothorax
is clothed with a fine golden pubescence ; the prominent black
eyes, the somewhat flattened antenne, and long hind legs closely
correspond with the same organs of the Salius; further, the
elytra, though not shortened, are much reduced in width, rapidly
narrowing from a breadth of 3°5 mm. at the base to 1 mm. at the
apex, So that the clear golden wings are very imperfectly hidden
and add not a little to the general wasp-like appearance. When
seized, this beetle curved down its abdomen in the most charac-
teristic wasp-like manner, and it was only with the greatest
reluctance and most careful precautions that my Dyak collectors,
to whom I pointed out the insect, captured it. Asin the Obereas,

no representatation has here been made in dorsal view of the
wasp-waist of the model, and for the same reason, namely, that
this is hidden, when the Saline settles, by its wings, and it is
only at such periods of rest that the full effect of the deceptive

resemblance can be appreciated; that part, however, of the first
abdominal segment of the Vothopeus which is visible from the side
and below is clothed with a golden-grey pubescence, which produces
the same effect as in the Obereas.

It is possible that this species of Wothopeus is itself distasteful
hke the mimicked genera Chloridolum and Leontium (see later),
but I could distinguish no pungent odour like that emitted by
those genera, and I am inclined to think that its mimetic resem-
blance is its sole defence.

I have lately become acquainted with a mimetic species
belonging to the subfamily Weeydaline (Plate XIX. fig. 12, no. 16
in Table it ), deseribed in Appendix IT. as Psebena br evipennis, and
I therefore add some details of its habits and of the mode in which
the mimetic resemblance is attained. The species in question
mimics with a remarkable degree of accuracy one of the common
red-and-black Braconide: these Hymenoptera, as already shown,
serve as models to a considerable number of species of Oberea,
but in none of these latter is a Hymenopterous appearance so
admirably borne as in this, a member of a subfamily for the most
part characterized by a reduction of the elytra. The head and
prothorax are of an Indian red, the wings are purplish-black, the
two anterior pairs of legs are testaceous, the long slender posterior
pair black with the bases of the femora white; the body is so
slender that the necessity of producing a wasp-waisted effect by

- means of lateral white patches, as in some of the above-noted Overeas,
can be dispensed with.

Most of the life of this beetle, as in all Longicorns with reduced
elytra, is spent on the wing, when it is simply indistinguishable
from its model; when it comes to rest the resemblance is still
remarkably exact, and its quick restless movements and habit of
flickering the antenne in all directions are very Bracon-like.
No specimen at all resembling this remarkable species has hitherto
existed in the British Museum.

Of the Mecydalinw, one species Hpania singaporensis (Plate
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou. IT. No. XVI. 16

[Nov. 4,

MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND

im}!
ion

“WH AIONT "GT SB [apout aureg
“We *‘(YOH) seucoorssnf avau “ds saoauozecy
‘(a.n0g) suynhunjnov snihdwvjagy |
‘ds woprunpe”
‘WAIN NAATVY) *(A[eq) ¢vanpsr0g vsoydoonny
“UL “ALU

Ajouwwa sdvyteog ‘2oynou xeon "ds vaayz11yp

“HW AITTANTIOOO(/) “ULB

“BA (OUP) Sepvaidy vapr0rdga [IT

"C QR) P2VIYIIp DILMD “Sa “prffaULoo0_

‘WY CGIHINGAY EY
“ULE

Pe eee eee eee eee (‘astq) psounf (73
sen enooosece s+ (RASA) DPIML07 ce
beeen nee ere (‘oseg) ppiaur aps vl

(‘oseq) vgpjoud

(OStq) VIMaININD DIvIWAY

wane nee wee posses (Cais30)) PUDUWDY ¢
. Bond Seer ae (ase gq) natagdor ee
=" Cosuq) Zaavjz7pm avau “ds *u fs

(omg) ponvph sadojaquay

*“(BUUg) srupajis “

“(CANqSAA\) Sravdrowop —
“(BUtLag) apwofjoys — “
*(BULAg) sUvazhs snandy

‘CYPy) suaoseyap snyoukyshivg

(osu) uophjponop snuahoazy

‘© CINOITAONAL “WRT

“(QRy) sngppnuvsh snjpodig

(ose) snsowod snospuhy
(OSeq) 1aL00W YISOIDIIGL
py reessousssesue (ose) szubisue sidoudohny

BOORnncaeys (2 v.LOYL]

vere’ COosed) Depnunwbh nj0IShYODAT,

LT)

“OT

‘ST

ua!

‘eT | ‘wmpuadng
‘SI ULeIGNY

“Teil

‘Or

S20) “DUrvUl pr

oy “URN

a2 |

x) saursdodde py
Gc i “ULE TUG

QL wuruorpva.wog

‘WAIMOANWOGNG “UR

“= CuRD) purjamoyjnds 1720j/aF

(oseg) vuwauos vaja lar

6 J “UBF UG
6 | *DUIsosa WT

r uRTqnyg
lee)

Wan vT

"SOTWTDY

‘pagdoajog) bay20

Hwy susonbuoy—]] aiav y,

ian)
=H
a

1902.]

“© AITAANIOI/Y)
“UR

“WATT A TAY “WRT

“E CIONT
“WRT

SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORS.

“EH CIAAT/) “Oe iT

“EK CIONTAT YY)
“ULB

“muh |
‘sadvupha “iva “(‘pneyg) 0qqeh wjpipuoawy jo (A1019) snumwup sn.ty2a706 ‘oe } eee le
fi E
smurehysa i
‘ds sauhy709 % (OSV) 2aLevp.L09Dn] sapowh pio) °G e} aig. ie
_ en a ee |] an 2
*(A4.19q) Suuuad vans snsa00U0LL | = CaeyRy) seuuadipiua snayjhiug F 2
)
| E
*(Yraqe AA *O) «odsrp w ee Cos) sniuixa sagsathT *e DUrgsauh fe)
*"(CAOVAA “C) WYISery snyoUhys1orspa Tl (uryRxy) sngvordveq cs Ze “uregqug S
re se ss (uRyRg) s2ypU.127s we Te | es]
6 3 6c teen ee een eee eee (ueyey) Supjoorpunzo.t 6“ ‘0g .
*‘Cdumog) 10.19sah snwopsooh'T rt caren (ose) sngvjnoidn sniyjghuy 6% |
wurungd: |
“(CIAqR AA “—) Wyasury snyouhyssoviga yy meee CogB aT) szttooigpyep saryday ‘ea } vances |
“(‘YIOKN)) snznUaQnD ce ye ae Sa coer a : spunavghy
(YAO) snpjag sneawevy | § (ose) vyayajnd nisrydoqy “1% UNE
“CqRy) Suuoaragn) nLoydoaniny (a8eg) mpign} se 9% )
“(Aqeq) 7H) avo “ds Pepin ‘ds -u “pusouvalyy °GZ
“IBA (‘[[]) Lojoown puospydopy |r (Oseq) vprunaa srsa00LyaQ) “HZ
*(oBp) seppordy neprorgayy | sae ost) Logojnurs ndozowrdouy, *8% -wunayqngs =
*(pot svu.o019g)p xhuosojdpy |" ‘oseq) vwagdo7zpa os Wad en Ete :
‘(ATeq) yoynow noayjuenp |r (‘quq) vpypuajds sf IZ be 2
‘(oRpe) sappumwmopqn He pages ive Seana} suuuaninyl Os 0S fel |
“IVA CiTy) phir Aquqoard ce cette eee tee eee tne aee (; stwuoq],) sopworgsod “ec ‘61 g
‘ds pydajuy jo (ose g) Lojoavun sayjn7zsK “8T_) |

244 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4;

XXIII. fig. 40, no. 17 in Table I.), with its swollen pedunculate
posterior femora and white-tipped wings, resembles very closely
the common little Dammar-bee JJelipona vidua (Lepel.) (Plate
XXIII. fig. 41); it is remarkably active on the wing and has
doubtless often been passed over by collectors, the least important
of its foes. #. sarawakensis (18) Wallace found crawling on
timber, and stated “that they were remarkably ant-like”; in
this species the posterior femora are not swollen.

Of the Zillomorphine, Clytellus westwoodi (20) and Halme
cleriformis (19) are almost indistinguishable from ants.

Nores on TABLE I1.—ZLongicorns mimicking other Coleoptera.
g g }

Excluding, for reasons already mentioned, the subfamilies
Mesosine and Apomecynine, it will be seen that the Saperdine
and Astatheine are essentially the mimetic subfamilies in this
section. Most of the species are extremely common and highly
conspicuous, and I have little doubt but that all are distasteful,
and therefore furnish examples of synaposematic coloration
(Miillerian mimicry). All the species of the genus Hntelopes are
mimetic. . glauca (Guér.), red with black spots (Plate XXITT,
fig. 32), is quite Coccinellid im appearance (compare fig. 30),
though more by virtue of its markings than of its shape. This
association of red colour with black spots 1s so typically a warning
coloration, as exemplified by scores of species of Coccinellidee,
that it is impossible to regard the same pattern on a Longicorn
as anything but pseudaposematic or synaposematic. Hntelopes
n. sp. near wallacei (Pasc.), an entirely reddish-fulvous species,
has as its model similarly coloured species of the family Galeru-
cide, Metrioidea apicalis (compare figs. 13 & 14, Plate XX.),
which, as will be seen, serves also as model for two species of the
Astatheine. Entelopes ioptera (Pasc.), with its yellow prothorax
and blue elytra, and Hntelopes amana (Plate XX. fig. 26), with
reddish prothorax and blue elytra, also find parallels amongst the
distasteful Galerucidee (see the accompanying Table, pp. 242, 243 ;
also Plate XX. fig. 25). Serixia modesta (Pasc.) and S. lychnura
(Pase.) are unlike any distasteful species with which I am ac-
quainted ; the closely-alled S. prolata (Plate XX. fig. 12) and
S. aurulenta (Pasc.) mimic a small reddish-fulvous Galerucid,
Anidia sp. (Plate XX. fig. 11). The genus Yyaste is interesting
as it mimics beetles of quite a different nature—the Lycide,
whose distastefulness I have proved by repeated trials with various
small mammals and birds. Yyaste is generically separated from
Serixia by the thickened and pilose basal joints of the antenne ;
the remaining joints, being of exceeding fineness, are more or
less inconspicuous; and it is by this means that the thickened,
flabellate, and short antenne of the Lycide are simulated, whilst
Ephies dilaticornis (Plate XXIII. fig. 18) and Hrythrus apicw-
latus vay. (Plate XXIIT. fig. 8), also mimetic of Lycide, have the
antenne shortened and dilated in almost the same manner as their

1902.] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 245,

models. Xyaste invida (Plate XXIII. fig. 26) and Y. fumosa
(Plate XXIIT. fig. 25) are black with the basal half of the elytra
reddish; a similarly coloured Lycid model, Melampyrus acutan-
gulus (Bourg.) (Plate X XIII. fig. 23), is common round Kuching.
X. torrida (Pase.) is brownish-testaceous with a corresponding
brownish-testaceous model—Ditoneces sp. (Plate XXIII. fig. 29).
Of the Astatheine, Astathes wnicolor (Pasc.) (=coccinea Pasc.), a
large species with purplish reflections on the elytra (Plate XX.
fig. 18), has unmistakable models in similarly coloured Galerucids
—Antipha sp. and Ochralea nigripes (Plate XX. fig. 17). The
next three species—A. posticalis (Plate XX. fig. 22), dA. flavi-
ventris (Pasc.), A. splendida (Plate XX. fig. 20)—all closely
resemble each other, being dark shining blue anteriorly, red
posteriorly ; flaviventris, as its name signifies, has a yellow ab-
domen, whilst splendida has a red head and prothorax. The
latter species mimics an equally resplendent Galerucid—Caritheca
mouhoti (Plate XX. fig. 19), and the slight differences between
A. flaviventris and A. posticalis are paralleled in two closely-allied
Galerucidee—Antipha abdominalis (Jac.) and A. ?nigra (Alld.)
var. (Plate XX. fig. 21), the former of which alone has a yellow
abdomen. A. caloptera (Pasc.), a blue species, finds a model in
Haplosonyx albicornis (Wied.) (compare figs. 23 & 24, Plate XX.,
and see explanation of this Plate for afew further examples given
in Table II. but not again mentioned in the text).

The remaining genera of the subfamily, as represented in
Borneo, have corresponding models, also among the Galerucide,
the resemblance between Ochrocesis evanida (Pasc.) and its model,
Hoplasoma wnicolor (Ill.) var. ventralis (Baly), being very
exact. All these genera—Tvropimetopa, Chreonoma, and Ochro-
cesis—are unicolorous, and form with the unicolorous Saperdine
and numerous’ Galerucide and Halticide a large group of
similarly coloured beetles, all of which I consider to be dis-
tasteful.

The subfamily Hippopsine contains four species, each mimetic
of a species of the Rhynchophorous family Brenthide. The first,
Alibora sp., mimics Baryrrhynchus dehiscens (Sch.) (compare
fig. 3 with 1 & 2, Plate XX.). The general colour of both model
and mimic is a rich chestnut-brown, variegated on the elytra
with bright yellow streaks and spots; the three basal joints of
the antenne of the Longicorn are clothed biramously with long
and close-set hairs. In the natural attitude the elongated scapes
are closely pressed together, the remaining joints gradually
diverging, the result being a remarkable resemblance to the
head with its elongated rostrum and shorter antenne of the
Brenthid, which only a closer examination proves to be deceptive ;
the short legs of the mimic add still further to the resemblance.

All the other three species of Hippopsine mimic extremely
common species of the Brenthid genus Diwrus (Plate XX,

1 T have not included in the table all the unicolorous Galerucid» and Halticidx
with which I am acquainted ; those that are included are merely typical examples.

246 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. A,

figs. 4,5, 6). The Brenthids are extremely variable in both sexes,
in the matter of size, in the shape and length of the terminal
processes of the elytra, and in the amount of scaling on the
head and antenne. The three species here noted range in
length from -75 in. to 1:5 in.; and it is of exceptional interest
that three mimetic Longicorns of sizes corresponding closely to
these forms should be found in a more or less closely circum-
scribed area, and all belonging to the same subfamily.

In the first couple Diurus sylvanus (Senna) (a female) measures
1°5 in, in length, and the mimic #goprepis insignis (Pasc.) is of
corresponding length (compare figs. 4 & 7 on Plate XX.). Both
species are dark brown, relieved with pale ochreous streaks and
spots; the Brenthid has the prothorax and elytra densely and
deeply punctured, the punctures on the elytra being arranged in
close-set rows. Both on the prothorax and elytra each puncture
is occupied by a peculiar scale, lenticular in shape and pale
ochreous in colour; these produce the pale ochreous streaks
characteristic of the beetle (fig. 4a). The head and antennee
are covered by similar scales, more closely set and not imbedded
in punctures; each elytron terminates in a somewhat sharp
point, the homologues of the long, narrow, terminal processes of
the male.

The mimic has the ground-colour of the prothorax and elytra
black, and their dorsal surfaces are covered with tufts of a fine
pale ochreous pubescence (fig. 7a); these represent very well the
seales of the Brenthid, and a very similar mottled appearance is
thus produced in both species by totally different means. The
elytra of the Longicorn do not terminate in sharp points correspond-
ing to the points of the Brenthid’s elytra, as in the two species
mentioned below. The rostrum of the model is slightly longer
thanin Laryrhynchus dehiscens, but the antenne are shorter and
thicker; and similarly we find that the antenne of the mimic,
which, when carried in the natural attitude (¢. e., poimting
forward and closely apposed), simulate the rostrum and antennze
of the Brenthid, are plumose for a greater part of their length
than in Alibora sp., whilst the free portion is short and thick,
not long and setaceous as in the Alibora. Both model and mimic
were taken on a fallen log close together.

Fictatosia moorei (Pasc.) is a mimic of D. shelfordi (Senna) ( @ ),
a species of medium size, 1 inch in length (compare fig. 10 with 6
and 10a with 4a on Plate XX.). The simulation is as perfectly
carried out and by the same means as in Wgoprepis insignis,
with this addition, that the elytra terminate in sharp points
corresponding to the same points in the Brenthid. The length
of the mimic from elytra tips to termination of the plumosity of
the antennz is approximately the same as the length of the model
from elytra tips to tip of the rostrum.

Another and a smaller species, Dymascus porosus (Pasc.)
(Plate XX. fig. 9), mimics—again by the same means—a small
Diurus forcipatus (Westw.) measuring only °75 inch in total length

1902. ] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. QAT

(fig. 5). The model may be a male or female, as in such small-
sized specimens the male does not bear the long elytral processes
characteristic of large or medium-sized varieties, the elytra are
merely produced into 5 short points ; these short points are mimicked
by the Longicorn very exactly.

Stegenus dactylon (Pasc.) of the subfamily Agniine is also a fair
mimic of a large-sized Diwrus sy ylvanus (compare figs. 8 & 4 on
Plate XX.). As in Mgoprepis insignis, the body is blackish-
brown streaked with a pale ochreous pubescence (fig. 8a); the
basal two-thirds of the antenne are clothed with a dense black
plumosity ; the remaining joints are ochreous and pale in colour.

Llelea concinna (Pasc.), one of the Mesosine, also mimics in the
same manner a small Brenthid, Arrhenodes sp., as previously
noted by Wallace, who remarks that it carried its antenne
“straight and close nope union: ip peaiaing hike a Brenthid.”
seribed by
Mr. Gahan in Appendix L to this memoir)—mimics an Endo-
mychid, a species of Spathomeles near turritus (Gerst.) (compare
figs. 57 & 56, Plate XXIIT.). The model, which is not represented
in the British Museum collections, 1s pitchy-black with two
reddish spots on each elytron; springing from each elytron is
a stout spine directed somewhat forwards, forming a very
efficient defence against the attacks of enemies. It is not
improbable, moreover, that this beetle is still further protected
by some distasteful properties, which, at any rate, are possessed
by the species of the genus Humorphus of the same family,
an assemblage of black or purplish insects with conspicuous
yellow spots. All of these possess a very pungent though not
altogether disagreeable odour, whilst many exude a yellowish
acid fluid when seized. The mimic of the Spathomeles is
coloured in much the same way as its model: on each elytron
there is a mamilliform prominence, from which springs a pointed
tuft of delicate hairs, which is curved slightly forwards. ‘These
tufts so closely resemble the for midable spines of the model that
a near inspection with lens and finger is necessary to reveal the
deception. Another Endomychid beetle, Amphisternus mucro-
natus (Gerst.), is also a probable model of the same species of
Longicorn.

The aberrant Trachystola granulosa (Pasc.), which was placed
provisionally in the subfamily Dorcadionine, with its deeply
punctured and granulate elytra, presents the general appearance
of a large black Curculionid, such as Sipalus granulatus (Fab.),
without, however, exhibiting any very highly modified mimetic
characteristics, as in the species previously discussed.

Daphisia prulchella (Pasc.) is a highly conspicuous little beetle
of the subfamily Phytcectine, and is almost indistinguishable from
two species of Clerid of the genus Callimerus (compare fig. 55
with figs. 53 & 54 on Plate NONGILT: ).

[The resemblance of the Cleride as a group to widely different
Coleoptera and to insects of other orders is well known. Looking

248 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4,

through the fine collection in the Hope Department, two chief
types of deceptive coloration were seen to be predominant, viz.,
that of Mutillide and Cantharide. While the constant repetition
of a single very distinctive Hymenopterous type is remarkable, it
must not be forgotten that the Cantharid appearance, orange
with black transverse bands, is furthermore strongly suggestive of
one of the commonest and most conspicuous types of colouring in
the Hymenoptera Aculeata. In addition to these predominant
types other deceptive resemblances were common, viz., to Phyto-
phaga, Lycide, ants, and apparently, in the case of certain
Australian species, to Cetoniide. All the species of the interesting
genus Allochotes (Westw.) were Coccinelliform. The interesting
question arises as to whether these resemblances are Batesian
(pseudaposematic) or Miillerian (synaposematic). The latter
interpretation is strongly supported by the interesting discovery
by Mr. Shelford of the mimicry by the Longicorn Daphisia of two
species of the Clerid genus Callimerus, possessing an independent
warning coloration. The conspicuous appearance, abundance,
and habits of the species of this genus are entirely consistent
with the explanation of their colours and pattern as aposematic.
Fig. 49 on Plate XXIII. shows a Clerid, Tillicera sp., resembling
a Mutillid, near Urania (Sm.) (fig. 48); fig. 52a Clerid, Tenerus
sulcipennis (Gahan), resembling a Lycid, Metriorrhynchus atro-
fuscus (fig. 50 & 51); while figs. 53 and 54 show the Clerid species
of Callimerus resembled by the Longicorn. The whole group was
obtained by Mr. Shelford from the vicinity of Kuching, and it
strongly suggests that the Clerid mimics (figs. 49 & 52) are really
synaposematic.—H. B. P.}

In the Cerambycide, Collyrodes lacordairei (Pasc.) is the most
remarkable mimic of the Cicindelan genus Collyris. Sclethrus
amenus (Gory) is also remarkably like the genera Tricondyla and
Collyris with its dark blue body and bright red legs, of which the
hind pair are considerably elongated (compare fig. 11 with 5
and 3 on Plate XTX.). It is much less common than its model,
but is found in the same situations and always tries to escape its
captor by running swiftly just like the Zvricondyla. 'The other
five species mentioned in this section of the table, Hphies dilati-
corinis (Pasc.), the three species of Hrythrus, and Pyrestes eximius
(Pasc.), mimic species of the Lycidz (see group of figs. 4 to 8,
12,19, Plate XXIIT.). P. eximius with its elongated prothorax
is perhaps less Lycid in appearance than the other species.

Erythrus viridipennis, with black head, red thorax, and green
elytra, is a mimic of one of the Melyride, similarly coloured,
Prionocerus ceruleipennis (Perty) (Plate XXIII. figs. 58 & 59).
All these species of Hrythrus were taken in great abundance on
Mt. Matang, and I am strongly of opinion that the entire sub-
family Pyrestine is a distasteful one: the mimicry in this case
is therefore Millerian. Hphies dilaticornis, on the other hand, I
am inclined to regard as a Batesian mimic; it is rare, a closer
mimic, and belongs to an essentially mimetic subfamily (ef.
Table IIT.).

249

SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE.

1902.]

‘purujh) 9
“URL Gny

“DULWONYIU IPD
“UBF QUG

wurjhyg
“Uqug

"DUMUOL Y1)) 9)
“URI GQ Ug

munh)y)
“UTR IQUG

J
(

:
:
l

*“(COSUT) Dla eNUowMacE

(OSU) Vjaqsnu xnUuowacy
*(osed) sugpsoovap snyaatqophyr

‘(Coseq) srihuui wnjopr1ozy)
‘ds wnjopr..opy9

"yr wou “ds a (osu) wosmoy? wnjopr1ojyO

“qr ava ‘ds a (‘oseg) 2wosmoy, wnjopr.Lojy aD

“ (73 ce
*(-10X) a “deury) saseaugnuns snygungh)] yD

“(OSUT) DLlaaIa KYUOWaCT
"(Coseg) srinpruwp snioydowolyy)

he
[

SUq) SLinjnuun (snyjunjh) yD) snr.voydo1oly)
(osu) s2ugsapad snyaasjoph x7

‘ds snyqunjhyg
*STSPOTAL

‘susonbuoy Buryorur

‘SOTUITAL

SULONHUOT TT] STAY,

Heinitan aaeantiveemepO eG reer ‘ 2 ‘wuighonnpy \
% (seq) saprojhjo vprydhjog or} "ULB ICTS
be
B
Stet ee eee eee ‘ds (73 PL) -
poo COsRd) vaUoLtsry rea “ds tf rey | ‘puringdaT Ss
“URTGUG eel
° so ds tu Apquqoad wungdaT ‘ey ia
=
: a
ane fameuaateangh cig a ; *DULIUAISIU st
x (OSRq) vInaQh) YYO YIUYIYS| “TT } svete E
By
See Egon Dae ae Q “DULLULy :
(Osvq) vauwoha]y YLaI0UShH “OT } Ene
pe gar et ae x (OSU) S2PLULa SYUMSIL0]Y) “6
sygp rapes oegecgsouoce no (Casta) SAHOO TD SUMiitgy %} ee
aa seenpeopanmeesls - (Aasay() wamUmoniD siuossc “), EAT eD IN al
DOCECICICECICIOISICIOn CIO nic nC ICnC ICCC nnn CI i nnn near) ‘ds ce 9 WUBIQNS les]
ge sens “ds pisiydnq °G I
3
ie ERE ee ‘purpwadng
d'ds pue g‘uay “Pp ; “uRIYNG 5
ql Awe "ds a (‘osUq) szewoo a eg “DUT E>
Daa “(oseq) srathawad snuodaupuryjhy °% tURTqug
*DUIULIOYIUDI Fr
Se 2 en Coseg) vurghja vedo. *T } een b

250 MR. R, SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4,

In the Cerambycide, the antenne present great diversity of
form—flabellate in Cyriopalus, thickened in Hpipedocera and
Ephies, short in Demonax, Clytus, and many other genera,
enormously elongate in Veocerambyx eneas ; and we find, perhaps
as a consequence of this plasticity of the antennal form, a close
resemblance in structure and external appearance between the
antenne of the mimetic Cerambycide and their models (¢.¢.,
compare antenne of Wothopeus intermedius and Hphies dilati-
coriis (Pasc.) with the antenne of Salius aurosericeus and the
Lycid Metriorrhynchus kirschi (C. Waterh.) respectively) : whereas
in the family Lamiide, nearly all the members of which are
characterized by setaceous or linear antenne, the simulation of
the differently constructed antenne of their models, if attaimed
at all, is not brought about by actual resemblances in form, but
by such devices as pilosities, modes of holding, or the thinning
away of a portion of the length until it becomes almost invisible
in comparison with a specially thickened portion (compare the
antenne of Alibora, Hyoprepis, &ec., and of Xyaste invida with
those of their respective models).

Notes on Tape [11.—Longicorns mimicking Longicorns.

The only two subfamilies of the Longicornia which serve as
models to the other subfamilies are the Callichromine, a group of
metallic-green beetles protected by a powerful odour, which is
produced by glands behind the metasternum opening to the
exterior by two pores, and the Clytinw. This latter subfamily
includes the well-known Clytus arietis (.), mentioned in many
works on natural history as mimetic of a wasp. Whether this
is a case of Miillerian or of Batesian mimicry can only be
proved by experiment, but I am quite confident that the Bornean
representatives of the group are all highly distasteful. The
extremely conspicuous and strikingly coloured Chlorophorus
(Clytanthus) annularis (Plate XX. fig. 31) was the commonest
beetle on Mt. Penrissen at all elevations: some shrubs simply
swarmed with it, while its movements and its very presence in
such numbers spoke eloquently of some protective characteristic.
Species of the genus Demonax were almost equally common on
the mountain, whilst around Kuching the species Clytanthus
sumatrensis (Plate XX. fig. 37) and Demonax viverra (Plate XX.
fig. 35) are amongst the commonest Longicorns met with. Such
few experiments as I have conducted have yielded negative
results. During my collecting expedition to Mt. Penrissen I
naturally had no tame animals with me, and therefore was unabie
to experiment with Chlorophorus annularis, whilst in Kuching
the species of Demonax and Clytanthus, though common enough,
are never obtainable in large enough quantities at one time, a very
necessary consideration when one experiments with that most in-
quisitive of animals, the common Macaque (J/acacus cynomolgus),

1902. ] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 251

which will devour a single specimen of beetle or butterfly entirely
for the sake of curiosity, only manifesting disgust or the reverse
wl en that curiosity is fully satisfied.

Of the mimicking species it is not necessary to say much, their
resemblances to their models being in every case most obvious.

Amongst the Lamiide, the Phyteciime again yield the majority
of mimetic species (a newly-discovered Daphisia, yellow in colour,
is banded with black in almost identically the same manner as
C. annularis) (compare figs. 34 & 31 on Plate XX.) ; ; and amongst
the Cerambycide, the Lepturi ine are also fruitful in this respect.
One species of Leptwra, with reddish head and prothorax and
yellow black-banded elytra, is closely similar to Demonax mustela
(compare figs. 40 & 39, Plate XX.): another species allied to
Leptura histrionica (Pasc.), black with cream-coloured bands, is
not readily distinguishable from Xylotrechus decoratus (compare
figs. 42 & 41) and one or two species of Demonax. Plate XX.
and its explanation should be consulted for the representation of
other examples given in Table III. but not further indicated
in the text. Polyphida clytoides (Pasc.), Psalanta chalybeata
(Pasce.), and Chlorisanis viridis (Pasc.) I have never seen, but
good figures of them are published in Pascoe’s paper on the
Longicornia Malayana (Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. iii.). The
remaining mimics of the iridescent green C Giiichn ominc, Viz.
Nos. (4), (10), and (12) in Table ITI., are shown in figs. 47, 48,
and 44 on Plate XX. and their anoilals in figs. 45, 46, and 43.

[The mimetic resemblance to the Clytinew exhibited by so namy
species of distantly related Bornean Longicorns is of extreme
interest. The widespread species of this dominant group have
developed, ina great majority of cases, a black and yellow or black
and orange transverse banding, which superficially resembles the
characteristic appearance of wasps and hornets. This rough
resemblance is further heightened by the active movements of the
living beetle, which suggest those of a Hymenopterous rather
than a Coleopterous insect. Such an appearance is found in
Clytine of many species from the whole Palearctic and Nearctic
belt, from Mexico, Malaya, Australia, and probably many other
countries. An Australian species, Aridwus thoracicus (Donovan),
has the deep brownish-orange colour of the alternate stripes, as well
as the comparatively few broad black bands which are character-
istic of wasps from the same region. Clytanthus sex-guttatus
(Lucas) from Morocco suggests the appearance of a Mutillid or
perhaps a Clerid with a Mutillid form of colouring. The
Bornean Sclethrus amenus (Gory) mimics the aggressive Coleo-
pterous Zricondyla (Cicindelide), while species of the Tillo-
morphine, allied to the Clytine, mimic ants, e. g., Muderces
picipes (Fab.) of N. America and Clytellus w estwoods (Pasc.) of
Borneo. Thus we witness within the limits of one large group
of Coleoptera a great development of mimicry of aggressive
specially protected forms. Such mimicry has been hitherto
assumed to be Batesian (pseudaposematic), although the dominance

252 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND | Nov. 4,

of the group in which it is manifest, the abundance and wide
range of individuals in the species as well as of the species them-
selves, together with the remarkable predominance of mimetic
resemblances among them—all tended to create a strong suspicion
that the mimicry is Miillerian (synaposematic). This suspicion
is now justified. The discovery of many Bornean Longicorn
mimics of Clytine renders it in every way probable that the
group is specially defended by some unpalatable quality, and
sometimes develops warning colours of its own which are decep-
tively resembled by other beetles, although it usually makes use
of warning’ colours which are common to more aggressive and
even more highly-protected insects. Thus the conclusions which
were found to hold in the case of the Cleride (p. 248) also apply,
with equal probability, to the Clytine. Since the above was
written Mr. Gahan has shown me a beautiful example of Batesian
or Miillerian mimicry within the group of Clytine, the common
Demonax walkeri (Pasc.) being resembled in the closest manner
by the rarer Perissus myops (Chev.). Both beetles had come to
the British Museum in a single consignment from Ceylon.
There is similarly a very remarkable resemblance, probably
Miillerian, between Xylotrechus pedestris and Demonax viverra

(compare figs. 29 & 35 on Plate XX.).—HE. B. Pe

CoLEOPTERA OTHER THAN LONGICORNS AS MImiIcs.

Mimic. TZillicera sp., near bibalteata (Gorh.) (Fam. Cleride).
Plate XXIII. fig. 49.

Model. Mutilla sp. near wrania (Sm.). Plate XXIII. fig. 48.

The Mutilla has a red head and thorax and black abdomen,
the second abdominal segment bears a white spot, the third
segment is covered with a creamy white pubescence. In the
beetle, the eyes and front of head are black, the vertex of the head
and the prothorax are red; the elytra are black with one white
band replacing the white spot and another sub-apical band
paralleling the white abdominal segment of the M/utilla. Curiously
enough, the male of this species of Mutilla bears a white band in
place of a white spot, and hence the beetle more closely approaches
the male than the female in its markings: still there is no question
as to which sex serves as the model in this case.

Several specimens of the same species of Villicera and of a
closely-allied one are in the Hope Collection, Oxford, all collected
by Dr. A. R. Wallace in Sarawak.

IV. LEPIDOPTERA AS MIMICS.

So much has been written, by abler pens than mine, on mimicry
amongst the Hastern Lepidoptera inter se, that I have confined
myself to drawing up merely a table of such mimetic species as
occur in Borneo, with the addition of a few notes on the bionomics
of certain species. Three remarkable examples of lepidopterous

1902.] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE, IS)

mimics which came under my observation—namely,a sphingid larva
mimicking a snake, a noctuid larva mimicking an ant, a moth
mimicking a plant-bug-——deserve, however, further notice and are
here described at length.

i. Mimic. Larva of Cherocampa mydon (Walk.).
Model. A Snake, e. g. Dendrophis picta (Gm.).

T must confess that I have always hitherto regarded as somewhat
fanciful those recorded cases of lepidopterous larvee mimicking
snakes and other vertebrate animals, though experiments have
shown that the resemblances, even when imperfect, serve to
rouse respectful curiosity, if not actual terror, in prospective
enemies. I was therefore singularly delighted to secure a larva
whose resemblance to a snake was so startlingly accurate that I
was for a moment completely deceived.

The general colour was a dark olive-brown, becoming lighter
anteriorly: the head, the first and second and the dorsal surface
of the third and fourth segments were pinkish; at the junction
of the third and fourth segments on each side was an ocellus, not
a huge black disc, out of all proportion to the mimicked head, as
in all the recorded similar examples, but of very nearly the exact
size of the eye in such a snake as Dendrophis picta: the lower
border of this was margined with bright gold (the colour of the
iris in many snakes), giving an upward look and a most malevolent
cast to the countenance; the black of the ocellus was so intense
and glossy that an idea of depth was given, and it was difficult to
believe that one was not looking through a cornea into a. pupil.
Running through the ocellus on each side was a broad black
stripe exactly as in Dendrophis picta, while a wrinkled fold on
each side of the lower half of the second, third, and fourth
segments gave an admirable impression of the division between
the upper and lower jaws of a snake. Not the least remarkable
of these extraordinary devices was the flatness of the area bounded
by the two “eye-stripes” on the dorsal surface of the third and
fourth segments; this area together with the first and second
segments were pink, reticulated with fine brown lines and strokes,
giving an impression of the scutes on a snake’s head; they were
particularly well-marked on the first and second segments, being
there more distant and distinct, and looking extremely like the
divisions between internasal and przefrontal shields.

When the larva was moving about with the anterior segments
well expanded, the resemblance to a snake was not so startling,
but directly 1t was touched the terrifying attitude was assumed,
the anterior segments being drawn in and the front of the body
turned towards the aggressor; when, at the same time, the
posterior part of the body was hidden by leaves the deception
became complete, and if effective enough to deceive, even
temporarily, a human being, it must surely be equally effective
in deterring less highly organized and more timid foes.

254 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4,

Unfortunately I was unable to test the efficacy of the disguise
for fear of losing the larva, which I was anxious to rear for the
purpose of identification.

ii. Mimic. Larva of a Noctuid Moth (¢?Genus Tinolius).
Model. An Ant, Weophylla smaragdina (Fab.).

Tn Jan. 1900 a curious Noctuid larva of the subfamily Quadri-
fine was pointed out to me by Mr. H. N. Ridley in the Botanic
Gardens, Singapore, resting on a leaf of a tree much frequented
by the common red ant Weophylla smaragdina.

Nearly all the segments of the body are furnished with fragile
tentacle-like processes which are capable of quivering movements,
and so loosely attached that very careful handling was necessary
to secure a perfect specimen.

The arrangement of these tentacles is as follows :-—

Segment 1. 3 pairs: 1 pair lateral, 2 pairs dorsal pointing
forwards.

3 pairs: 1 pair lateral, 1 pair sub-lateral, 1 pair
dorsal.

3. 2 pairs lateral.

4. Unprovided with tentacles,

,, 0-10. Each with 1 lateral pair.

11. 2 lateral pairs.

12. 1 lateral pair.

13. 2 lateral pairs, the mostanterior being very delicate,

the most posterior strong and curved backwards.

Segment 8 is dorsally produced into a sharp-edged prominence.
The anal prolegs are somewhat disproportionately large and can be
widely divaricated ; just above each is a prominent black spot :
the colour of the body is brown of the exact shade of the
(Ecophylla, with a narrow yellow line on each side. When
the larva is irritated, the posterior part of the body is immediately
reared in the air, the anal prolegs are thrown widely apart and
the tentacles, especially the most posterior pair, are violently
agitated. When the caterpillar is seen in an end-on position or
whentheanterior two-thirds of the body are hidden, the resemblance
to the ant is positively startling: the black eye-spots represent
the eyes, the widely-diverging anal prolegs, the gaping jaws and
the tentacles,-the antenne and legs of the model; the posterior
pair of tentacles are so curved that they represent very accurately
the elbowed antenne of the ant.

It might be thought essential, in cases of mimetic lepidopterous
larve such as the two examples just described, that the greater
part of the body should be concealed in order perfectly to deceive
prospective enemies: for example, in the sphinx-moth larva it is
only the head of the snake that is copied, but is it necessary for
the larva, in order to obtain immunity, that it should conceal its
disproportionate shortness of body, thus arguing for it a degree

1902.] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 25d.

of appreciation of its shortcomings with which such lowly organisms
are not usually credited? It seems to me more reasonable to
compare such mimetic examples to the pictures of a painter, who
strives not to make an exact copy of a scene or object, but to give
an essential idea or impression of it, unintelligible perhaps to
many, but full of significance to those for whom a picture is more
than a mere photograph in colours.

[It is not necessary to adopt the improbable view that the
caterpillar has any “appreciation” of the situation, even if we
may reasonably believe that the mimetic resemblance is aided by
partial concealment. A larva living among leaves is apt to be
partially concealed by them and to be protected by the conceal-
ment. The appropriate attitude would arise through natural
selection without the intervention of intelligence on the part of
the larva.—E. B. P.|

The Geophylla, one would imagine, has firmly established a
reputation for ferocity, and consequently the mimicking Geometer
larva can the more easily deceive its enemies, in spite of its too
elongate body. Only two specimens were found, both were walking
on leaves and were readily distinguishable ; but the violently
threatening attitude each assumed when irritated was unmistakable,
and the resemblance of the elevated posterior end to the ant so
striking, that it is difficult to imagine how a lizard or frog with a
previous experience of the ant could fail to be deterred.

I shall have later to draw attention to a Spider which mimics
the same ant, but this is a case with a different significance, viz.,
that the mimic may be enabled to prey undisturbed on its model.

Itis a curious coincidence that, in both the larva and the spider,
it is the posterior end that mimics the head of the ant—a
coincidence which possibly has its meaning.

ii. Mimic, Phauda limbata (Wilngrn.). Plate XXIII. fig. 3.
Model. Serinetha abdominalis (Fab.). Plate XXIII. fig. 2.

The head, thorax, and coriaceous part of the elytra are, in this
Hemipteron, of a bright vermilion-red, whilst the membranous
part of the elytra, the legs, and antenne are black. The moth
has the head, thorax, costal margin, and basal half of the fore
wings also vermilion, with the remaining portion black, the hind
wings are coloured in the same way. I had long been familiar
with the moth from cabinet specimens, but until I went to
Singapore and saw the insect alive I had not suspected the
significance of this very striking coloration. When the moth is in
a state of repose, resting, for example, on a plant-stem, the wings
are laid back and overlap in the characteristic moth-like manner,
and in this attitude the resemblance to the bug is very striking
(compare figs. 3 & 2, Plate XXIII.). The hind wings, although
entirely hidden, nevertheless serve the purpose of giving an
impression of complete opacity to the fore wings, the red and
black areas of which in this attitude overlap the similar areas of

Nov. 4,

[

MR. R, SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND

256

*§ pppLLgS wisawn))M)

“P 97N1A9S MISAULY)) VA)
‘pauphiogns wojpadwog

*(uep.0 ¢)

> “ |

]

- § 8070280109 snxopyind ‘dog eae & sep) syrah sp

DP sajoisaja7 snxoppind ‘dy

“uospmay rtagns "dog

s1siug vaojdnamrzy §
“pyphy pisawy | Bn |
c|
~& PLuY|NIVUL DPLYYST | ope 4 |
Ke

“CHRypg-10 Hy)
soproprtard ppLvgsy

| £ suaasagin) piuosayda
FY) D2 Ye

)

“snaanUDd 20Yj0INA) *T
*saployjoona) “ABA

*& sajowsaja, snxopnind “J
*SNSSMAL “ABA

‘& sapaisajaz snxopnind * J

‘srysitponu snatnanu ‘dog

*P wuassapap oyrdog
snvbau orpdog

& ysassajap onrdvg

“sisuaaudog spruwhy) or

“*$UAISAIN) spruuh) pp

rdsu ‘youn spruuh
if A

*P sev) spruwhy py

& pypuoun souurjodh yy
*SNAUWOWDUULO “ABA
‘+ sasuaygepoy sndiingy

"P wppuoun spumryodhyy

+5 snddisyw souwrjodiry

“ D sasuaygupy sndringy

‘| orgeuresodeus |

DUNSOIPOY “WBIGNS

‘/oryeutosoduuss |

Duar “WRGug |
|

fy x a _ Z
forjwutasodepnasd Ayanqo |

auuoyidyg “wRIqus

‘[oryemosodepnesd |

aunuuhy py “WeZQng

‘foryemmasodepnoesd ¢ |
auynyduhr “wejygug

ce oe

KS
Plagrojnu sroryorsdan 7,

WSAIUJOUBUW DOU T

DIDUOS DOU T

diappnos nupbipy

Mauna DHUOLT,

while LOWUDAD FT

pssu.tn) ponpyy |

pisvdsp nLoyng

"S2U0r1dqUaqdas DIVUNLUT,
esnddashiys spuury |

ress nanaanl puapory |

Cee suipbyna DUEPDY

StS 070 sesdoapT

‘DUIDUYT “WeIqng i

*SOLUITIAL

“sTOpoTl

‘piagdoprdaTy

unauwog fo sasedy oynuasodnuky pun ojnuasodnpnesy o%— AY TI],

SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE,

1902. |

| |

“$n802.0)6 saauaung ielelelviolatelerrlelinet te HOGHONOOUDOU DUODOOOCG noogoarordono0DDG0C | eee tte ees eeeeeeene “ pgapdaaqns puayosngr

| “WATALANOTY “Ue

epitninbijgo pisn1a7 iy eA ggs tia es seeks lj tee sees nasdiy pisoyjag | saprortadsay vuahiqowog

‘ECILSIUVOY “We f

*MOUMIUt oud ng er eee e eee eee ee | pre eer ee ree nee tee POO NSSOUDHO KN RIO ourdng

‘snwiga.tla Gy Wars UOUMAUL oe poo cobnonon0 WOOoOd-=- = I) = noo odoe seen renee poeeenene COOL ourdog

*& snasoyg saghjod ourdvog Ro wmryoorojsean ovedvg

‘murnourdng “weyqng

*SISUAILDQOIW “TF

*SNSN]OUL 0JLDGST
IVS SYL4AT,

11) dUL0d S2LOU0tA | Sener ewe eee eee eee ee eer cee nee eresecace eee eee eee eer eee eee | eeeree pindpnyburs svyaq

“(HTBMA) Sapt0 satehcnoreneune (eae setae RECS pee eccee antes natesenenee Smne aye ¥
~prsard pisawnq09 pinyzns spriaqr

‘pynynunssyp wyavgs—T | raieaieh Giouiooe bonoag G00 Gon doo hiafpob spruuhy gy see uGGDen Benosddun vareRiernreas pin by svar

‘pruapund 4.4098T noo nag ooq0oR UK pdido0n%o00 600090000000 powodo600000000000 goquppudeanoconacd—- ~ _ |llooan “ muapund svyeqr

| ‘Muisar1g “wRiqug
‘1.1auntd “TE JO) aso} SB Sfepour oulBs ji snydhbo pruunsy

Bae SOntOd saprow)dna ‘IA iesece ge G
‘4 sasuayzypy sndaingy S |

On psa fiafd “rer Theta
‘4 sastoyyn] vy ha Nara | P 1am0) ndasmincy

‘enyquous aegis ; ppebocnamadangongn
pp vy eee & xppuam snunvo orpdog

“PP xppuaw snunpo orpdog UE oe aed ;

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902,"Vou. II. No. XVI.

258 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4,

the hind wings. Both mimic and model were taken in daytime

in the Botanic Gardens, Singapore, and both were equally con-

spicuous ; subsequently both species were found in Sarawak *.
The following species are discussed below :—

Mimics. Models.
Symbrenthia hippoclus
Gene with the mountain forms. ( Yellow-and-black Neptis,
Nae S. hypatia var. hippocrene { e.g. NV. hordonia, N. tiga Se.
yg i and S. hypselis var. balunda.
AthyMmd@ Spp. ..ccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeees White-and-black Neptis.
Thea TRVIL JAMA ..veveverccrererriceees Hoxylides tharis.
eae Poritia platent............-.. 0 ; Drupadia boisduvalii var. atra.
2 Alparonas UegaidhdS ccossoesness 3) Biduanda thesmia.

Notes on Taste LY.

The females of Huripus halitherses (D. & H.) are extremely
variable, in fact no two specimens of the fine series of this species
in the Sarawak Museum collection are exactly alike, and almost
every specimen deserves a varietal name of its own, as has been
done to a certain extent for the mimetic Papilio paradoxus
telesicles (Feld.) by Rothschild & Jordan (Nov. Zool. vol. ii.).

It is possible, however, to distinguish three main groups. One,
almost entirely dark blue, isa mimic of 7’repsichrois mulciber (Cr.),
and approximates to ZL. cimnamomeus (Wood-Mason). Another is
dark brown with a blue gloss and an oblique discal white fascia
on the fore wings and some white streaks on the hind wings, and
is a close mimic of Danisepa lowei (Butl.) 3 ; this group is
nearest to H. pfeiffere (Feld.). The third group, near /. euplaeoides
(Feld.), corresponds closely in coloration and markings with
Danisepa lowei 2. A considerable number of variations of this
highly variable species have been separated into distinct species,
but I prefer to regard these as merely varietal names.

The females of Danisepa rhadamanthus (Fab.) (the continental
form of Danisepa lowe) have much more white on the upper side
and are readily distinguishable from the Bornean representatives,
though the males are practically indistinguishable. Im accordance
with this, the continental forms of Huripus halitherses 2 of the
eupleoides type have larger white markings on the upper side
than the insular forms; I have not seen continental forms of
Tsbarta rhadamanthus (Fab.) or of Papilio caunus (Westw.),
but I expect that a parallel variation will be found in these. It
is curious that the almost identical males of D. rhadamanthus and
D. lowei are extremely common in their respective localities, whilst,
on the other hand, the female of D. lowei is very rare, and the
very different female of D. rhadamanthus is as common as its male.

Hypolimnas anomala (Wall.) is very Eupleine in its flight as
well as in appearance; it is not an uncommon species and the

1 [A closely similar example of Millerian mimicry was sent for exhibition to the
Entomological Society in 1894 by Mr. G. A. J. Rothney (see Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond.
1894, p. xv). The species Phauda flammans (Walk.) and Serinetha augur (Fab.)

were observed in abundance on roots and trunks of trees in Mysore in Nov. 1893 by
Mr. Rothney.—E. B. P.]

1902. ] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 959

resemblance is possibly synaposematic. There are,at any rate, some
good grounds for supposing that H. misippus (L.) is a Miillerian
mimic of Zimnas chrysippus (L.). (See Poulton: “ Mimicry in
Butterflies of the Genus Hypolimnas,” Proc. Am. Assoc. Ady. Sci.
1897, vol. xlvi. p. 242.)

Elymnias nigrescens (Butl.) and allied species are in India and
elsewhere mimics of Huplaine; no Hupleine serving as models
to H. nigrescens occur in Borneo, though the species is common
enough. The subfamily Hlymniine is an interesting one, as
affording examples of species endowed with a double means of
protection against the attacks of their enemies. The majority of
the Bornean species are on the upper side good mimics of EKuploeine
or Pierine models, whilst on the under side they are mottled with
erey and brown, so that when at rest they are indistinguishable
from their surroundings.

Elymnias lais (Cr.) occurred on Mt. Penrissen, and I had
ample opportunities of observing something of its habits. The
male is black above with green streaks, a common type of colora-
tion amongst the Danaine (e. g., Radena vulgaris (Butl.), Caduga
larissa (Feld.), Parantica eryx (Fab.), &e., &e.), whilst the under
side is mottled.. The female is a mimic of 7'repsichrois muleiber
(Cr.) 2, but I have never seen this sex alive. The green-and-
black Danaines Caduga larissa (Feld.) and Parantica crowleyr

Jenner Weir) were abundant on Mt. Penrissen, so much so,
indeed, that after two days’ collecting they were left in peace.
Their flight was leisurely and flaunting, so that they were always
readily distinguishable. Their mimic, the Hlymmnias, flew more
rapidly, but even then attracted one’s attention as being remark-
ably similar to its models. By the time one had realized the true
nature of the insect, it had flown past and a critical moment was
gone. If the butterfly was followed up, it would be seen to settle
on some twig or stalk with the wings closed, but on coming up to
close quarters one might search for it in vain; any sudden move-
ment would cause it to dart away, displaying once again its
Danaine coloration, to some other resting-place, and so the hunt
would be continued ad nausean.

Elymnias godferyi (Dist.) mimics Delias aglaia (Linn.), and
has on the under side some appropriate yellow and red markings,
which are, however, somewhat obscured by mottlings of brown.
We have here, in fact, a species which is beginning to discard a
uniform mottled under side in favour of brighter mimetic colora-
tion, such as is seen in some species from New Guinea and the
neighbouring islands, which mimic very closely on both surfaces
of the wings Eupleineand Pierine butterflies, and have discarded
entirely a protective coloration.

Elymnias aroa, sp. n., is described in Appendix I. to this
paper: only two specimens were captured. It is a fairly good
mimic of Z'ronga crameri (Lucas), which occurred with it.

The common day-flying moths the Agaristid Serobigera hes-
perioides (W!k.) and the Chalcosid Hterusia obliquiaria (WIk.) are

17*

260 MR. R, SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS’ AND | Nov. 4,

closely similar in wing pattern and colour (compare figs. 7 & 8,
Plate XXI.); their coloration recalls that of Heliconius clysonymus
(Latr.) and /Z. ricini (L.) of 8S. America and of the common
Oriental Cethosia hypsea.

{The majority of the Chaleosid synaposemes named in Table IV.
are shown on Plate XXI., together with their Euplceine, Pierine,
and Agaristid models. The resemblance tothe Pierine is so much
more striking and the patterns so much more detailed and varied on
the under sides of the wings, that this aspect is alone represented
in the case of both Pierine models and their Miillerian mimics
(figs. 1 to 6, Plate XXI.). Delias cathara (Grose-Smith) is very
rare, whilst its mimic Callamesia pieridoides (W1k.) (compare figs.
5 & 6) is comparatively common,a fact which supports the Millerian
interpretation. A comparison of the whole series of Chalcosid
mimics and their models leaves no doubt that the moth is the
mimic and the butterfly the model, even though the former be
common and the latter rare—E. B. P.]

The species of Symbrenthia and of Athyma have a close resem-
blance to the Neptides, all of which are highly distasteful. The
association in this case is probably Miillerian.

The extremely common Lyceenide Hoxylides tharis, Drupadia
boisduvalii, and Biduanda thesmia are mimicked by Vhrix gama,
by Araotes lapithis, and by Poritia plateni. In this case the
mimicry is -Batesian. Mr. de Nicéville, in_his ‘ Butterflies of
India,’ vol. in. p. 11, gives a list of mimetic Lyczenidze compiled
by Doherty, but he informs me that Doherty conducted no
experiments to prove the correctness of his association of the
various species in mimetic examples. I am, however, quite
certain that HL. tharis, D. boisduvalii, and B. thesmia are distaste-
ful species, whilst the great rarity of the mimicking species
points to the conclusion that they are Batesian mimics.

V. DIPTERA AS MIMICS.

A complete list of the mimetic flies of Borneo would comprise
at least one-third of the total number of species, but masmuch as
the literature on the Malayan Diptera and their Hymenopterous
models is both scanty and scattered, I think it advisable to post-
pone the compilation and discussion ‘of such a list until our know-
ledge of these two orders as represented in the Kast 1s increased
and more systematized. I therefore select for special notice and
description eight species only, each of which exhibits some note-
worthy modifications of structure and habit, produced in the
attainment of a likeness to its respective mimic.

Mimic. Zaphria sp. near terminalis (v.d. Wulp). Plate XXII.
fig. 10.
Model. Salius sericosoma (Smith). Plate XXII. fig. 9

This large and handsome fly is not infrequently met with in
the neighbourhood of Kuching, and the immunity which it

1902. ] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 261

enjoys is doubtless due to the closeness of its resemblance to an
equally conspicuous Saliws, an ally of which has already been
noted as the model of a Longicorn beetle. The fore wing of the
Laphria is large, almost as broad as both fore and hind wing
together of the Saliws and of the same clear golden-brown. The
thorax, as in the wasp, is covered dorsally with a golden pubes-
cence, whilst the abdomen, like that of the model, is black, and
terminates in a sharp tufted point very suggestive of a sting.
All the tibie and tarsi are ochreous, but the black and thickened
femora are very unlike those of the Saliws. No attempt at
mimicking the long ochreous antennz of the wasp is made, as in
some other Diptera shortly to be described (compare figs. 9 & 10,
Plate XXII.). The buzzing, noisy flight of this fly is very like
that of its model.

[In the natural attitude of rest it is probable that the black
femora of the fly are held upright and near to the body, so that
the ochreous parts of the legs would alone be conspicuous. It is
noteworthy that the wnder sides of the anterior femora are
ochreous, suggesting that the anterior limbs may in certain
attitudes be raised, or, at any rate, that they are held so that this
part is more conspicuous than any other femoral surface. It is
probable that this special colouring 1s directed to meet a view
from the front. It is to be hoped that future observations will
be specially directed to these points. This fly belongs to the
family of the Asilide (subfamily Laphrin), the most formidable
and predaceous of Diptera, and it is quite possible that the
resemblance to a wasp is Miillerian (synaposematic) rather than
Batesian (pseudaposematic).—KE,. B. P.]

ii. Mimic. Hyperechia fera (v.d. Wulp). Plate XXII. fig. 2.
Model. Xylocopu latipes (Drury). Plate XXIT. fig. 1.

No more remarkable proof of the plasticity of the Dipterous
form could be advanced than this remarkable insect. The large,
clumsy Xylocopa, with its bronzy wings and thick furry legs,
would seem to be an eminently unsuitable and difficult model to
copy; and it would be most instructive, if only it were possible, to
trace the steps by which this fly has arrived at what at first sight
appears to be the pitch of mimetic perfection. As a matter of
fact the fly is extremely rare, and one can only conclude that the
mimicry, exact though it seems, has failed to preserve the species
as a dominant one.

The head is characteristically Dipterous; the thorax is of
shining blue-black, clothed with a fine dense pubescence, coarser
and longer on the sides ; the broad, flattened abdomen is laterally
bordered with a fringe of long hairs exactly as is the case with
the Xylocopa, and terminates in a fine tufted process suggesting
a sting. As in X. latipes, all the legs are remarkably hairy and
sturdy, particularly the last pair, and are of much the same
length. The wings are of a bluish-bronze hue: the downwardly-

262 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [Nov. 4,

curved submedian vein in the wing of the fly represents the
junction between the fore and hind wings of the bee, and the areo-
let of the hind-wing of the bee also finds its parallel m the
alula of the fly. The halteres are quite concealed amongst the
hairs on the sides of the thorax. I have only seen one solitary
specimen of this fly (Kuching, Feb. 1899), and have nothing to
record of its habits beyond stating that both on the wing and at
rest it was exceedingly difficult to distinguish from the common
X. latipes (compare figs. 1 & 2, Plate XXII).

[It is possible that the fly is constantly mistaken for a Xylocopid,
and that it is not nearly so rare as it appears to be. The genus
is widespread, and Mr. G. A. K. Marshall has sent me an equally
beautiful example from Mashonaland. In this case the insect
is unique (it has been recently described as Hyperechia marshalli
(Austen)), but Mr. Marshall’s notes clearly indicate the reason of its
varity. It must be remembered also that the extreme perfection
of the resemblance is aided by the rapid flight and alertness of the
fly. Hyperechia belongs to the same family and subfamily as the
species last described, and here, too, the Miillerian interpretation
must be taken into account. In fact Mr. Roland Trimen, to
whom I showed the African specimen, expressed the opinion, from
his experience of its allies, that it is a far more formidable insect
than its model. The strengthening and curvature of the sub-
median vein in the fly’s wing, which apparently represents the
junction between the bee’s fore and hind wings, is an instance of
the attainment of a detail in the resemblance by a very slight
alteration of form ; for the vein in the last-described species of fly
pursues nearly the same curved direction, although the line of
junction of the wings of its model is nearly straight. In both
species of fly there is a slight break in the even contour of the
margin at the point where this vein reaches it, which is very
suggestive of a junction between fore and hind wings, while the
curve of the margin is changed on either side of the break in such
a manner as further to promote the resemblance.—H. B. P.]

iii. Mimic. IMilesia vespoides (Wlk.). Plate XXII. fig. 14.
Model. Vespa cincta (Fab.). Plate XXII. fig. 13.

The large wasp, black with a broad red band on the second
abdominal segment, is closely mimicked by an equally large fly
with the distal half of the second segment and the proximal half
of the third segment coloured red. This red band, though
actually occupying a different position from that of the wasp, is
separated from the thorax by a black interspace nearly equal in
breadth to the wasp’s first abdominal segment, which is also black.
The wings are similarly coloured in both species (compare figs. 13
& 14, Plate X XIT.).

iv. Mimic. dfidas,n.sp. (Fam. Midaidze.) Plate XXII. fig. 12.
Model. JJacromeris violacea (Lep.). Plate XXII. fig. 11.

Macromeris violacea, a dark blue fossorial wasp, with dark blue

1902. ] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 263

wings resplendent with metallic blue sheen, occurs commonly on
the mountains near Kuching. On Mt. Santubong a fly was
recently captured affording a close resemblance to the wasp.
The body and legs are exactly of the same shade of colour as are
those of the wasp; the wings, though somewhat browner, are
more opaque and possess a blue metallic sheen sufficiently
deceptive. Their size is large (larger than the fore wing alone of,
the wasp), and it is interesting to note the same downward curve
of the submedian vein as was found in Hyperechia fera, suggesting
the line of junction between a fore and a hind wing. The
antenne are fairly long, though far shorter than those of the
wasp. I have not seen this species in the living state, but even
as a cabinet specimen it is a remarkable case of deceptive resem-
blance (compare figs. 11 & 12, Plate XXIT.).

Specimens of this fly from the Philippines and Tenasserim are
in the British Museum collection of Diptera.

v. Mimic. Physocephala sp. (Fam. Conopide.)
Model. J/schnogaster micans (Sauss.).

This example has been selected at hazard from a large number
of similar thin-waisted flies, chiefly Syrphide and Conopide, as
typical of the method by which the similarly built Humenidee and
Vespide are mimicked. The first abdominal segment is much
attenuated and drawn out, those following are thickened; the
transparent wings are shaded with fuscous on their anterior
borders, in accordance with a similar arrangement in the wasp ;
the head is the only part which exhibits any of the yellow
colouring of the model.

vi. Mimic. Gen. et sp.? (Fam. Stratiomyide, subfam. Raphio-
cerimne.) Plate XXII. fig. 6.

Model. JMJesostenus sp. near pictus (Smith). Plate XXII. fig. 5.

Both species were taken on Mt. Penrissen on the same day,
and the similarity of their external appearance was equalled by
the similarity of their method of flight and action when at rest.
The Ichneumon-fly was common enough, and was frequently seen
to hover over a plant for a few minutes, then suddenly drop
down and pitch on to a leaf, over which it would walk, moving its
white-banded antenne up and down with a quick flickering
movement. The fly, of which only one specimen was caught,
behaved in exactly the same manner; it would hover, then
suddenly settle and walk over a leaf on its mid and hind pairs of
legs, waving rapidly up and down its long front legs, the tibiee of
which being black and the tarsi white, most closely resembled
the antenne of the Ichneumon-fly. The femora were kept more
or less pressed against the ventral surface of the head, so that the
sham antenne seamed actually to arise from the correct position.
This method of bringing about a resemblance to long antenne is

264 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [Nov. 4,

also made use of by several species of Calobata and allied genera,
but in the case here described the mimicry of an Ichneumon-fly
is carried still further, inasmuch as the coloration is almost
identical in both species, viz., black with yellow spots on the head
and thorax, with alternate yellow bands on the abdomen, while
the legs are ochreous with a black band at the apex of the
femora and tibis. Furthermore, the ample clear wings are very
similar in both mimic and model (compare figs. 5 & 6, Plate XXII).
The nearest allies of this remarkable fly occur in 8. America,

vil. Mimic. ? Yylophagus sp. (Fam. Leptide.) Plate XXII. fig. 8.
Model. Wesostenus sp. Plate XXII. fig. 7.

This example is remarkable for the great elongation of the
antenne of the fly. In the previous case it was seen that the
long antenne of the model were represented by the fore legs of
the mimic, but here there is an actual copy produced by means
of a very unusual modification amongst the Diptera. The
mimicry is so perfect that it will almost bear a close scrutiny
through a lens; the large eyes, prominent clypeus, and maxillary
palps of the fly give the head, even when thus closely examined,
a characteristic Hymenopterous appearance. For the rest, the
coloration is almost identical in both species: black with yellow
spots and bands (compare figs. 7 & 8, Plate XXIT.). The larva of
the fly was found in decayed wood and presented no very extra-
ordinary features.

vil. Mimic. Sepedon sp. near javanicus (Desv.). (Fam. Scio-
myzide.) Plate XXII. fig. 4.
Model. Collyris emarginata (Macl.). Plate XXII. fig. 3.

It is not usual to find amongst the Diptera species which
mimic any other order of insects than the Hymenoptera. This
example and a species of Celyphus, which only very doubtfully
can be considered as mimicking a small bug, are the only cases
known to me.

Both of the species now under discussion were caught together
on the wing on Mt. Serambu, Sarawak, and when seen alive and
actively moving about were not readily distinguishable. As
cabinet specimens they furnish an instance of the importance of
field-work in the study of mimicry, and of the unreliability of
dead impaled insects or mere figures unless, indeed, both are
prepared with reference to careful observations of the living
forms. The fly when alive was of a very brilliant blue like that
of the Collyris, but the colour has now faded to a dusky indigo,
while the abdomen being much shrunk detracts considerably
from the previous resemblance. The legs are brilliant red, and
constituted one of the most conspicuous features of both fly and

beetle (compare figs. 3 & 4, Plate XXII.).

1902. ] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 265

VI. RHYNCHOTA AS MIMICS.

a. Rhynchota Hemiptera.
i. Mimic. A eduviid, sp.
Model. Sracon, sp.

The bug has the elytra, wings, and dorsal surface of the body
reddish ochraceous as in certain common Braconid ; the abdomen
beneath is white; the apex of the coriaceous part of the elytra
is black, thus resembling the black stigma on the fore wing of
the model; while both elytra and wings are suffused with fuscous
as in the model. So perfect is the resemblance between the two
species that the bug was placed in a cabinet together with several
other Hymenoptera, and the mistake was only discovered quite
recently whilst attempting to arrange the museum collection of
Braconide.

Another species, probably of the same genus of bug, mimics
another similarly coloured species of Bracon in the same manner
as above described.

[See also under section Convergent Groups for other examples
of mimetic Hemiptera. |

(6. Rhynchota Homoptera.

i. Mimic. J/ssus bruchoides (Wl1k.). Plate XIX. fig. 10.
Model. Alcides, sp. (Curculionide.) Plate XIX. fig. 9.

This remarkable little Homopteron, one example only of which
is in the British Museum from Sumatra, occurs not uncommonly
at Kuching on fallen logs or on living wood, whilst the Weevil
is frequently found beneath the bark of fallen logs, sometimes in
the very logs on the surface of which is found the mimic.

The whole appearance of the mimic with its hard convex elytra
and deceptively powerful legs is very weevil-like, and the resem-
blance was evidently noted by the deseriber. The fore legs are
much flattened and in side-view correspond closely in appearance
to the powerful fore legs of the Alcides (compare figs. 9 & 10,
Plate XIX.).

VII. SPIDERS' AS MIMICS.
1. Mimic. Cyrtarachne conica (O. Pickard-Cambridge).
Model. A mollusc.

The abdomen of this Spider is many times larger than the
cephalothorax and is dorsally produced into a cone, which appears
as if tilted backwards. The colour of the abdomen is creamy or
yellowish white, marked with fine black and greenish lines and
mottlings, arranged in a somewhat concentric manner so as to

1 The Spiders here noted were described in P. Z.S. 1901, i. p. 11 e¢- seq. pl. vy.
Cyrtarachne conica was wrongly recorded as occurring in Singapore.

266 MR. R, SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECIS AND [ Nov. 4,

represent very closely the whorls of a spirally coiled snail-shell,
such as Helix.

The spider occurs in Kuching, and is generally found resting on
leaves, sometimes with the cephalothorax turned right under the
abdomen, in which position it is readily mistaken for a snail-
shell, or with the cephalothorax in the normal position. In the
latter case, if disturbed, this part of the body is immediately
doubled under the abdomen and the animal usually rolls off the
leaf, especially if a small one, and becomes lost in the decaying
vegetation carpeting the ground below. I have been unable to
discover any web, nor have I seen the manner in which the
animal hunts or seizes its prey, but it seems probable that this
is an example of one of those doubly significant devices whereby
an animal is enabled not only to avoid its foes (in this case pre-
datory wasps) but also to approach its own prey unobserved.

[It is possible that this resemblance is cryptic rather than
mimetic. The former interpretation seems to be valid in the
case of the British larva Aspilates gilvaria, which also resembles a

snail-shell.—E. B. P.]

ii. Mimic. Amycica lineatipes (Pickard-Cambridge).
Model. Weophylla smaragdina (Fab.).

T am indebted to Mr. H. N. Ridley for leave to incorporate in
this paper the observations which he has made on this mimetic
species, which as yet I have failed to find in Borneo. The-ant
under notice is an extremely common and ferocious species,
chiefly remarkable for its nest-building habits. Mx. Ridley has
described these habits in the Journal of the Asiatic Society,
Straits Branch, 1890, No. 22, p. 345. The spider is of the same
colour as the ant (reddish brown), and bears on the posterior part
of the rather acutely pointed abdomen a pair of black eye-lke
spots, so that it is the abdomen of the spider which corresponds
to the head, the cephalothorax to the abdomen of the ant. Both
mimic and model are found together near the nest of the latter,
and so close is the resemblance between the two that the spider
is able to prey with impunity on the ants: I have taken a speci-
men of a spider with the body of an ant sucked nearly dry in
its Jaws; and Mr, Ridley has seen an individual pounce on an ant
and then dropping from its foot-hold on a leaf, hang suspended
by a silk thread in order to complete its meal in safety.
No web is spun by the spider, but a round dise of silk, probably
the egg-cocoon of this species, was found on the under surface
of a leaf much frequented by the spider and its models.

iii. Mimic. Saléicus attenwatus (Pickard-Cambridge).
Model. An Ant.

Mr. Ridley also sent me from Singapore a remarkable little
Attid with a well-marked constriction about the middle of the

akute
“oq hats

1902. ] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 267

cephalothorax and a slender abdominal peduncle, so that the
triple division of the insect-body is well imitated. The abdominal
peduncle appears to bear a small scale and the abdomen is
elongated ; the elbowed antenne of an ant are mimicked by the
anterior pair of legs of the spider. I have not been informed
whether this species, like the preceding, lives in company with
its models.

VIII. CONVERGENT GROUPS.

There are certain combinations of colours in distasteful or
otherwise specially protected insects which may be considered as
warning: such are, black with yellow bands, black with one broad
red band, black with white tips to the wings, yellow or red with
black spots, red elytra or wings more or less broadly tipped with
black; and we find insects, belonging to the most diverse orders,
with one or other of these combinations of colours converging to
a central form, a typical distasteful insect. Some of these con-
verging forms may be non-immune and pseudaposematic (examples
of Batesian mimicry); others may be distasteful themselves and
synaposematic (examples of Miillerian mimicry). For example,
all the Lycide are strongly distasteful, as I have proved by
repeated experiments, and large numbers of them show the same
type of coloration, the anterior third or two-thirds of the elytra
being red, the posterior two-thirds or third black, whilst the head
and thorax are black or red. Resembling the members of this
group are ten species of Longicorns, belonging to four subfamilies,
one Clerid, two Hispids, two Elaters, one Rhipidocerid, one
Kucnemid, or seventeen Coleoptera in all, one moth and several
Hemiptera. The Lycide, then, may be considered as distasteful
insects which are characterized by a definite type of warning
coloration, whilst the coloration of the insects which resemble alan
so closely can hardly be looked on as essentially typical of the
groups to which the insects belong. The conspicuous Lycid,
Lycostomus gestrot 2 , is mimicked by three Longicorns—LHrythrus
apiculatus var., LE. rotundicollis and sternalis, and by Hurycephalus
lundi, by a moth, Phauda limbata, by at least four bugs, of which
Ketatops rubiaceus and Serinetha abdominalis alone have been
identified.

The arrangement of colours in the Lycid Metriorrhynchus
kirschi, in the Longicorns Hphies dilaticornis and Hrythrus biapi-
catus, in the Hispid Gonophora wallacei var., and in a Clerid of
the genus Zenerus (4 sulcipennis (Gahan)) is almost identical.
Calochromus di ispar is mimicked by the Longicorns Pyrestes eximius
and P. virgata, by a Rhipidocerid of the genus Hnnomates, and by
an unidentified Hucnemid. The Lycids Ditoneces sp. near fusci-
cornis and Taphes brevicollis, the Lamiid Longicorn Xyaste torrida,

1 A strong vitality is correlated with this distastefulness; I have seen a Lycid
beetle walk away apparently uninjured after it had been well *pecked by two or three

fowls. The distasteful Endomychide are also difficult to kill (cf. also vitality of
Danaine, Acréing, and Heliconine noted by various authors).

268 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4,

and the Hispid Gonophora wallacei are much alike in their
general appearance; and so too are the Lycids Cautires excellens
and Metriorrhynchus acutangulus, the Elaters Agonischius pecto-
ralis and A.(?) sanguineipennis, the Longicorns Yyaste fumosa
and X. imvida, and a Reduyiid bug.

The association of these species in one convergent group is
represented in a diagrammatic way in Table V. (p. 269): the species
other than Lycide which I consider to be distasteful are indicated
by an asterisk, but it is not improbable that others may hereafter
be proved to be Miillerian rather than Batesian mimics.

{The prevalent types of Lycid coloration are very simple,
being uniform red or ochreous or one of these colours combined
with black. The same patterns have an immense range corre-
sponding with the wide distribution of the family over the
warmer parts of the world. Hence this beautiful group of
Bornean insects of many orders which adopt a colouring charac-
teristic of the Lycide could no doubt be paralleled in many
countries. Examples of Lycoid American moths belonging to
distasteful groups are given in Journ. Linn. Soe. (Zool.) vol. Xxvi.

. 569. Mr. G. A. K. Marshall has sent me a wonderful group
belonging to this type, the ground-colour being ochreous, from
Salisbury, Rhodesia. The central type 1s provided by seven

species of lLycide, and it is resembled by a Telephorid, a
Melyrid, two Phytophaga, three Cantharide, three Longicorns,
many species of Hymenoptera Aculeata, several Hemiptera, a fly
(x iphocerus), & Zygenid moth, and an Arctiid Moth. This group
is briefly mentioned in the Report of the British Association
(Section D), Bradford Meeting, 1900, p. 793.—E. B. P.]

A second group may be formed out of Coccinellid-like insects.
All the well-known Coccinellide with red or yellow elytra spotted
with black are the central figures of the group, with perhaps an
excessively common Cassid, Prioptera octopunctata ; mimicking
these are a Longicorn, Butelopes glauca (Pasc.), two species of
Lema and a Cur culio, the remarkable new Locustid of a genus
near Gammarotettic, a Pentatomid bug of the subfam. Asopine,
Biachia ducalis (Wlk.), and a spider with large red abdomen
spotted with black. The association is indicated diagrammati-
vally in Table VI. (p. 270); the mimics of Coccinellide, which
are believed to be Miillerian, are indicated by asterisks. Nearly
the whole of the species here mentioned are figured on Plate
XXIII. figs. 30 to 36. The Lema figured (ZL. quadripunctata) is
a less perfect mimic than ZL. femorata.

The httle Dammar-bee Jf elipona vidua (Lep.), black with white-
tipped wings, is an extremely common insect in Borneo, and, though
stingless, is protected by its ferocious biting and social habits’.

1 A certain tree in the jungle near the Sarawak Museum was known to harbour a
nest of this species; when the bees swarmed it was impossible to approach the
tree without attracting a large number which settled on one’s hair and face and bit
so fiercely that a hasty retreat had to be made. A tame monkey, secured by a
chain and sliding ring to a bamboo pole which contained a nest of another species of

Melipona, refused after two attempts to scale the pole when the bees were swarming
round the mouth of the nest.

1902. ] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 269
TABLE V.
Convergent Group 1.
(Lycoid pattern.)
HEMIPTERA. ee aie
Serinetha Baty
abdominalis * 2 J wes
mal LYCIDA. Subfam. Erythrus
Hetatops a meu Pyrestine. rotundicollis. *
rubiaceus* =~ Erythrus
SS TS = ¥
and others. Lxcostoxus piculatus* var. oe Subfam.
y anes ~ Subfam, Ruryphagine.
Ve Pyrestine. Eurycephal
7 WA J; SY B Jurycephalus
LEPIDOPTERA. / S Hrythrus lundi. *

Phauda sternalis, *
limbata. *

COLEOPTERA. COLEOPTERA,

; | Subfam.
Fam. Fam. CaALOCHROMUS _ Pyrestine.
Eucnemide. Rhipidoceride. — —_-DISPAR. Pyrestes
Genus & Ennomates exvmius and
sp. ? sp. IBS virgata.
COLEOPTERA.
Fain. Subfam.
Cleride. Merriorruyn- _————s éPyrestine.
ii Tenerus CHUS Hrythrus
COLEOPTERA. sulcipennis. * KIRSCHI._ biapicatus. *
Fam. ‘ NC
Hispide. U, BSS Subfam.
Gonophora ™ Lepturine.
wallacei, var. * Eiphies
| dilaticornis.
CAaUTIRES
HEMIPTERA. EXCELLENS
wa “ Reduviid. * and
a ”—~METRIORRHYN-
ey CHUS \
ACUTANGULUS. Subfam.
4 “a yi, Saperdine.
COLEOPTERA. COLEOPTERA. , ,
/ \ yaste
Fam. Fam. / Sunosa
Elateride. Elateride. ye and
A gonischius A ischi X. invida.
? Son aiincnsennis ee Diente
; Eng : sp. near
FUSCICORNIS
and el
TAPHES
BREVICOLLIS. Pe Subfam.
COLEOPTERA. s DepeMtROed:
rR Xyaste
chen torrida.
Hispide.
Gonophora

wallacei. *

The species mentioned in this table are figured, almost
without exception, on Plate XXIII. figs. 1 to 29.

‘VINUOOIDNOT—VUALIOATOV

270 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4,
TABLE Vil:

Convergent Group 2.

(Coccinellid pattern.)

ARACHNIDA.
Genus
&
sp. ?
ORTHOPTERA. | bt
Genus COLEOPTERA. HEMIPTERA.
near i Fam. Blachia
Gammarotettia. CoccINnELLID#, ducalis *.
e.g. CARTA
DILATATA, ~
|
We AS
if \ ~Longicornia.
AY Entelopes
\ glauca
je X Yan pate
J /
Phytophaga. Curculionide.
Lema y Apoderus
femorata * ~—~___ Casside. — gavanicus.
and ; Prioptera—

L. quadripunctata *. 8-punctuta *.

COLEOPTERA.

There are two species of Protoanthidium coloured in the same
way; and there is a large concourse of insects of different orders
mimicking this type of coloration, viz.: four Hymenoptera; three
species of Bracon, one with very hairy hind femora and _tibize
simulating the dilated tibie of its model, and a Chalcid, Megalo-
colus notator (Walk.); a Longicorn, Epania singaporensis (Pasc.) ;
a plume moth ; a Capsid, a Reduviid, and an obscure Homopterous
insect; two flies, Holocephala near hirsuta (v. d. Wulp), and
Toxophora near javana(Wied.). The resemblances between these
mimics and the JJelipona are in some cases remarkably exact ;
the Longicorn and the Holocephala were taken in the company of
the bees; all the mimicking Hymenoptera are indistinguishable
from their model whilst on the wing. In this group I consider
the Melipona to be the central typical warningly coloured and
specially protected insect. Asterisks indicate the convergent
species which are probably synaposematic in the following dia-
grammatic arrangement represented in Table VIT. (p. 271). The
whole of the species are shown in Plate XXIII. figs. 37 to 47.

1902. ] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 271
TasLe VII.
Convergent Group 3.
(Melipona-like pattern.)
HYMENOPTERA.
SS
i SK
Ve y sp.* \ INN
Vf. |
Ye ‘
Ye \
Yf
sf \.
Megalocolus Bracon
notator *. sp. *
\ }
\ y
\ / Toxophora
\ / sp. near
/ Javand. \ a,
COLEOPTERA. / \ \ "2,
Tape HYMENOPTERA. x We
singaporensis. —— MELIPONA \ | 2
VIDUA Holocephala \ 7
and two sp. near \
species of hirsuta. |
PROTOANTHIDIUM,
th ‘ j) BE
LEPIDOPTERA. i) Reduviid x.
Plume: = \
moth. / \
Homoptera. \
Genus ur. :
Brivia. Copsiiix: 4
a ee eee pe Beas

HEMIPTERA.

A fourth group is characterized by the following combination
of colours: black head, red thorax, and iridescent green elytra.
This type of coloration is well illustrated by a Melyrid, Prionocerus
ceruleipennis (Perty), a Longicorn, Lrythrus viridipennis (Gahan),
an Krotylid, a Hispid, Botryonopa cyanipennis (Baly), and a Clerid.
It is probable that the whole of these species are synaposematic, as
is Indicated in the accompanying Table VIII. Group 4 (p. 272).
Four of the species are represented on Plate X XIIT. figs. 58 to 61.

A fifth group has a broad red band across the middle of the
abdomen; into this will fall two common wasps, Vespa cincta
and Polistes sagittarius, and their mimics, a Sesiid moth, a fly,
and a Mantispa. There is at present no reason for considering
any of the convergent species shown in Table VIII. Group 5 as
other than pseudaposematic. The Mantispa and Polistes are
shown in figs. 27 & 26 on Plate XIX., the Vespa and Milesia on
figs. 13 & 14 on Plate XXII.

Convergent Group 4. Convergent Group 5.
(Probably modified Lycoid pattern.) (Red-girdled aculeate pattern.)
Fam. DIPTERA. LEPIDOPTERA.
Longicornia. Hispide. Malesia Resin
Hrythrus Botryonopa vespoides. sp.
viridipennis, * cyani- \ /
\ pennis *. \ ff
\ | /
/ /
\ / \
\ | \
\ |
Me ; VESPA
us CINCTA.
MELYRIDS. PoLIsTES
PRIONOCERUS SAGITTARIUS.
C@RULEI- |
PENNIS.

\
/ \
/
Fam. Fam.
Cleride,

gen. et sp.?*

MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND

4Vaveiors) YOUU,

Tetralanguria

pyramidata.*

|
|
|
|
Hrotylide.

[ Nov. 4,

NEUROPTERA.
Mantispa
sp.

There isa considerable assemblage of uniformly-coloured ochreous
species of Phytophaga of the families Halticide, Galerucide, etc.,
and of mimicking Longicorns of the subfamilies Saperdine and
Astatheine ; these, however, are not included in the table, as
sufficient examples have been given clearly to illustrate the wide
distribution of a characteristic type of warning coloration.

APPENDIX I.

1. LeprporTrEeRA RuoParocera, by R. SHELFORD.

ELYMNIAS AROA, sp. n.

3d. Dark fuscous brown, with the following cream-white
markings :— Upper side: fore wing, a submarginal series of spots
commencing from below the discoidal nervule, the last one
double; some indistinct notching at the external angle; the
external margin is somewhat irregularly scalloped: hind wing, a
sub-discal series of internervular spots and dashes, one of each to
each interspace, the last interspace but one carrying a double

1902.] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. Nike

set, the last a single streak; a series of large submarginal
spots, the last of which fuses with the above-mentioned streak,
the others partially or completely distinct ; some marginal
irregular mottlings. Wing rather deeply scalloped and sub-
caudate. Under side pale fuscous; fore wing, costal area black
barred with white, some basal white mottlings, submarginal spots
more distinct than on the upper side; hind wing, some basal
white spots, one below the first subcostal nervule, another just
below the cell, the subdiscal series very indistinct, the sub-
marginal series of large spots distinct, a marginal mottled band
of transverse streaks far more pronounced than on the upper
side, inner margin blackish barred with white. Cilia white and
fuscous alternately. Hxpanse 80 mm.

2. Upper side paler fuscous, markings as in the male ; wnder side
as in the male but the markings more diffuse. Hxpanse 93 mm.

Hab. Mt. Penrissen, Sarawak.

Types in the Sarawak Museum.

The nearest ally of the species appears to be H, lutescens (Butl.).

2. CorEOPTERA LoneicoRNta, by C. J. GAHAN.

Zeota, gen. nov. (Wesosinarwm).

Head deeply concave between the divergent antenniferous
tubers; front slightly convex, narrowed between the eyes; gene
long and somewhat swollen; eyes divided, rather finely facetted.
Antenne of the male scarcely longer than the body ; scape stout,
subelavate, furnished at its apex with a short spine behind and a
narrow cicatrix in front, the latter completely bounded by a
projecting rim; third joint slender, slightly curved, nearly twice
as long as the first or fourth, armed at the apex with a sharp
spine; 5th to 11th joints very short, together scarcely longer
than the 4th; last five or six joints thickly fringed with long
hairs underneath, the remaining joints being sparsely ciliate.
Prothorax transverse, rounded and unarmed at the sides. Meso-
notum without stridulating area, arcuately emarginate in front.
Elytra but little longer than their conjoined width, prominent at
the shoulders, broadly rounded at the apex; each furnished a
little behind the base with a very prominent ridge, surmounted
by a tuft of long hairs tapering to a point in imitation of a spine.
Prosternum strongly arched, almost vertically sloped behind.
Mesosternum short and horizontal behind, subvertical in front.
Legs subequal in length ; femora fusiform; middle tibize without
notch on outer margin; claws of tarsi divergent.

This new genus comes near Cacia (Pasc.) in the group or sub-
family Mesosine ; andin the same section with it should be placed
the genera Planodes (Newm.) and Calymmophis (Thoms.), which
Lacordaire, on insufficient grounds, withdrew from the J/esosine,
assigning them a place in his “groupe” Monohammides. The

enus Hreis (Pasc.), which was treated by him in the same way,
should also be restored to the Mesosine, finding a place near the
genus J/esosa.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou. II. No. XVIII. 18

274 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4

ZELOTA SPATHOMELINA, Sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 57.)

Nigro-cyanea ; capite fere nigro, in fronte subnitido, utrinque
pone oculum inferiorem macula rufo-fulvescente notato ;
prothorace transverso, lateraliter rotundato, antice transversim
sulcato, tenuissime griseo-pubescente ; elytris sat dense
punctulatis, nigro-cyaneis aut violaceis, utrisque maculis
duabus aut tribus rufo-fulvis notatis—una communi paullo
pone scutellum, secunda ad marginem externam paullo pone
basin, tertia fere ad medium diser; pedibus nigro-cyaneis aut
violaceis, sparse ciliatis ; tibiis extus in medio albo-cinereis.

Long. T- 8: lat. 34-4 mm.

Hab. Sarawak. 1 3 in Brit. Mus., 2 ¢ ¢ from Kuching,
Sarawak (2. Shelford), in the Hope Mceumn, Oxford.

In the two ¢ specimens in the Hope Waneenren there is a small
spot of reddish pubescence just under the anterior part of the
lower lobe of each eye, in addition to the somewhat larger rounded
spot of the same kind behind the lobe. In these specimens also
the third reddish spot of each elytron—that placed a short distance
behind the base of the large tufted tubercle, but a little more
externally—is present and distinct, and there is a cinereous patch
crossing the elytra a little in front of the apex.

APPENDIX IL.

Descriptions of additional Species mentioned and figured tr
the accompanying pauper.
[Received January 5, 1903. |
1. LepiporTrEeERA HutErocera, by Kart Jorpan.

MIMEUPLGA TRISTIS, sp.n. (Plate X XI. fig. 12, 9.)

3. Body olive-black, with a rather feeble greenish-blue gloss ;
under side white-spotted as in I. rhadamantha. Wings mummy-
brown above and below, not distinctly metallic, except costal
margin of fore wing below and a small dot at base of fore wing
above. Fore wing, upper side: a series of broad creamy-white
streaks from costal margin to SM”*, separated by the brown veins,
the upper ones reaching from margin halfway to cell, the posterior
ones shorter and not quite touching margin. A series of streaks
also on hind wing, but here thin, submarginal. The streaks
present on under side of both wings, broader than above, all
reaching margin.

©. Similar to ¢; streaks of fore wing vestigial and narrow
above, the five posterior ones ending proximally in a small white
spot, streak M’-M* much longer than the two above and the one
below it; streaks of under side of fore wing broader than above,
but thinner than in male and much more clayish. No streaks on
hind wing above, but vestiges of them present on underside.
(Neuration of this specimen abnormal on right fore wing.)

Length of fore wing: ¢ 32, 9 36 mm.

1902. ] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 275

Hab. North Borneo: ¢ from Sandakan, June 28, 1894 (D.
Cator, in the Tring Museum); 9 from Kuching, Oct. 1895
(Sarawak Museum, Kuching).

Neuration similar to that of IZ. rhadamantha.

9. GCoLtEoPTERA LONGICORNIDA, by C. J. GAHAN.

ERYTHRUS ROTUNDICOLLIS, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 6, o 5)

Niger, elytris a basi usque paullo pone medium rufis: antennis
guam corpore & quarta parte brevioribus, articulis 5° ad 10“™
ad apicem antice dentates ; prothorace lateraliter rotundato,
latitudine maximo ad medium, disco tuberculis duobus parvis
nigro-pilosis vie ante medium positis instructo ; elytris postice
rotundatim attenuatis, utrisque ad suturam breviter dentatis.

Long. 17; lat. 4 mm.

Hab. Mt. Santubong, 2600 ft., February 4,1900. One male
specimen.

Black, with rather more than the basal half of the elytra red.
Antenne about three-fourths the length of the body, with the
joints from the fifth to the tenth produced into a tooth at the
antero-distal angle. Prothorax rather strongly rounded at the
sides and widest about the middle; the disk with two small
velvety tubercles placed barely in front of the middle. Elytra
slightly widening from the base up to about the posterior third
or fourth, and thence narrowing towards the apex, where each
ends in a small sutural spine; the disk of each with a rather
feeble costa extending from the base to a little beyond the middle.

This species most resembles L. atricollis Pasc., but in the latter
the dark apical area of the elytra is less extensive ; the prothorax
is less rounded, is widest behind the middle, and on the disk has
but a single median cariniform tubercle.

ERYTHRUS STERNALIS, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. Og S's)

Niger, elytris a basi usque pone medium rufis : prothoracis disco
tuberculo mediano inter medium basinque, et utringue tuberculo
parvo paullo ante basin posito, instructo ; elytris postice
rotundatim attenuatis, utrisque ad suturam sat valde spinosis ;

prosterno inter coxds tuberculato, mesosterno postice MUNUS
fortiter tuberculato.

Long. 20; lat. 45 mm.

Hab. Mt. Matang, 3600 ft., June 1900. Two male specimens ;
in British Museum and Hope Collection, Oxford.

Black, with basal three-fifths of the elytra red. Antenne
about three-fourths the length of the body; fifth jomt angulate,
each of the succeeding joints up to the tenth strongly toothed in
front at the apex. Prothorax strongly and thickly punctured,
with a median cariniform tubercle between the middle and the
base, and a small blunt tubercle on each side of the disk nearer to
the base. Elytra rather strongly punctured ; the disk of each
with a well-marked costa reaching from the base to within about

18*

276 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4,

one-fifth from the apex. Prosternum rather strongly tuberculate
between the cox; the mesosternum with a smaller tubercle on
its hinder half.

This is the only species of the genus known to me in which the
sternal processes are distinctly tuberculate.

ERYTHRUS BIAPICATUS, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 19, 9.)

Niger, prothoracis disco et elytrorum basi rufis, nigro-vittatis :
prothorace ruguloso-punctato, sine tuberculis distinctis ;
elytris dense granulatis, postice divaricatis, utrisque in spinam
parvam ternunantibus.

Long. 154; lat. 34 mm.

Hab. Kuching, Mt. Matang, 3600 ft., June 1900. One female
example.

Black, with the disk of the prothorax and the basal third of
the elytra partly red, the red of the prothorax being interrupted
by two black bands extending from the front margin, and by a
small median spot near the base, while the red on the base of the
elytra is divided by a narrow band along the suture, and two
wider bands on each side extending forwards and gradually
narrowing from the posterior black area. Prothorax rugulose
punctate, and showing traces only of the tubercles present in most
of the other species. LHlytra very densely granulate, the granules
bearing very minute black setze, which are scarcely evident except
on the rufous areas near the base. Metasternum somewhat
similarly granulate to the elytra, and the abdomen much more
finely so. Antenne of the female about half the length of the
body, with the joints from the fifth to the tenth rather broad, and
angulate at the apex on the anterior side.

The divergence of the elytra from the suture behind and the
granulation of thei surface serve to distinguish this species from
all those hitherto described belonging to the genus.

ERYTHRUS VIRIDIPENNIS, sp.n. (Plate X XIII. fig. 58.)

Niger, prothorace toto rufo, elytris viridescentibus aut viridi-
cyaneis et opacis,; antennis (3) quam corpore paullo brevi-
oribus, (2) medium elyirorum vin superantibus, articulis
5° ad 10" modice dilatatis ad apicem dentatis ; prothorace
obsolete punctato, supra leviter quadri-nodoso ; elytris cre-
berrime ruguloso-punctatis, apice subsinuatis ad suturam
breviter spinosis.

Long. 12-16 ; lat. 23-3 mm.

Hab. Mount Matang, near Kuching in Sarawak (3600 ft. alt.),
June 1900. Five examples; in the British Museum and Hope
Collection, Oxford.

Prothorax red above and below, elytra of a dull green or bluish-
green colour, all the rest of the body together with the legs and
antenne being black. Prothorax indistinctly punctured, fur-
nished with four feeble nodules on the disk, two being near the
middle and two, more widely separated from each other, near

1902.4 SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 207

the base. Elytra very closely rugulose-punctate, gradually
widening from the base backwards, broadly rounded and slightly
sinuate at the apex, with a short spine on each at the suture.

NoTHOPEUS INTERMEDIUS, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 21, 3.)

Corpore supra, capite toto, pedibus antennisque fulvis, his versus
apicem infuscatis ; thorace subtus et abdomine nigro-cyaneis,
sed prosterno mesosternoque medio, maculis duabus metasternt
et segmento primo abdominis fulvis, hoc argenteo-sericeo ;
elytris (quod attinet ad hoc genus) perelongatis, apicem
abdominis fere attingentibus.

Long. 27; lat. (pone humeros) 7 mm.

Hab. Sarawak, Mt. Penrissen, May 1899. One male example ;

in the Sarawak Museum, Kuching.

Head, antennz (except the last four joints, which are brownish),
disk of prothorax, and elytra tawny red; body underneath bluish
black, but with the prosternum, mesosternum, a spot on each side
of the metasternum, and the whole of the first abdominal seg-
ment tawny, the latter being covered with a silky pubescence
giving silvery reflexions in certain lights. The elytra, though
unusually long for this genus, extending nearly to the apex of
the abdomen, are considerably narrowed from a little behind the
shoulders, and each in its posterior half is scarcely half as broad
as itis at the base. The hind tibie of the male are thickened
and subeylindrical, narrowed towards the base and very slightly
also towards the distal end.

This species comes nearest in structural characters to Aphro-
disium tibiale Rits., from Assam, but differs from it in having
the elytra still more attenuated behind and the front of the head
narrower. Ritsema placed his species in Aphrodisiwm as an
aberrant member of that genus; but considering the reduction
in the size of the elytra and the peculiar form of the male hind
tibie, I believe it to be better placed in Wothopeus, though
undoubtedly showing strong affinities with Aphrodisiwm. His
species and the one here described are both extremely interesting
as showing the gradual progress of that modification leading to
the very shortened elytra and the strongly mimetic forms charac-
teristic of the genus Vothopeus.

PSEBENA, gen. nov.

Head short, as broad as the prothorax; eyes finely facetted,
deeply emarginate, with the lower lobes rounded, the upper very
narrow; palpi short and slender. Antenne (@) a little longer
than the body, slender, filiform; 3rd, 4th, and 5th joints sub-
equal to one another, each twice as long asthe Ist; 6th distinctly
shorter than the 5th; the succeeding joints gradually dimin-
ishing in length. Prothorax subcylindrical, as broad as it is
long. Elytra short, squamiform, not reaching beyond the apex
of the first abdominal sternite. Prosternum narrowed behind ;
front coxe prominent, their acetabula angulate ontwards and

278 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [Nov. 4,

open behind. Mesosternum much broader than the prosternum ;
acetabula of middle coxe open to the epimera. Metathoracic
episterna rather broad in front, narrowed behind. Femora
pedunculate at base, gradually thickened into a fusiform club
towards the distal end. Hind legs much longer than either of
the anterior pairs; first joint of hind tarsi longer than the three
succeeding joints together. Abdomen normal, its intercoxal
process rather broad, and obtuse in front.

This genus, which I was at first inclined to refer to Lacordaire’s
group Psebiine, seems to me, on fuller consideration of its
characters, to be better placed in the Wecydaline, although it
differs from other members of this group in having no anterior
prolongation of the head, the front from the interantennary ridge
to the clypeal suture being relatively very short, and the clypeus
scarcely broader than the labium. The Psebiine have certain
characters, wanting to the present genus, which point to an affinity
with the Auwesine and Methiine, and, through those groups, with
the Hnune.

PSEBENA BREVIPENNIS, sp. n. (Plate XIX. fig. 12, 9.)

Capite, prothorace, elytris ad basin, articulo primo antennarum
et pedibus quatuor anterioribus rufo-testaceis ; metasterno
medio testaceo, lateraliter fusco ; abdomine medio et pedun-
culis femorwm posticorum pallide testaceis ; ceteris nigro-fuscis
aut nigris.

Long. 13-16 mm.

Hab. Kuching in Sarawak, Sept. 29 and Dec. 4, 1899. Two

female examples; in British Museum and Hope Collection, Oxford.

Head, prothorax, first joint of the antenne, the four anterior

legs, and the base of the elytra testaceous red. Metasternum
testaceous in the middle, dark brown at the sides. Abdomen
pale testaceous along the ventral surface from the base to the last
segment, this segment and the lateral borders being, like the
upper side, brownish black. Hind legs also black, with the
femoral stalks pale testaceous or nearly white. The head and
prothorax are covered with a very faint reddish pubescence, but
the prothorax has two slightly raised areas on each side bare of
pubescence. The inner portion of each elytron near the base is
very closely punctulate and covered with a faint pubescence, the
outer and apical parts being sparsely punctulate and more glossy.

3. COLEOPTERA: Cleride, by the Rev. H. 8. Goruam
and C. J. GAHAN.

CALLIMERUS CATENATUS (Gorham). (Plate XXIII. fig. 54.)

Nigro-subceruleus, squamis albis ornatus ; capite creberrime
subtiliter, prothorace elytrisque parce distincte punctatis ;
prothorace nitido, oblongo, lateribus parum ampliatis, utringue
uni-impressis, cum marginibus anticis et posticis albo-
squamosis ; elytris opacis, apicibus oblique truncatis, lunulis

1902. | SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 279

duabus in singulo, externe apertis, albis ; pectore albo ; ore,
antennis, palpis pedibusque testaceis.

Long. 9 mm.

Mas? Tibtis posticis juxta apicem denticulo acuto externe

munitis.

Hab. N.W. Borneo, Kuching.

Allied to and somewhat resembling C. mirabilis Gorh. Narrow,
elongate, and rather smaller than the unique type of that species ;
clothed (including the legs) with very fine hairs. The white
markings are (as in other species of this genus) composed of
snow-white scales. The pattern is different from that of C. mira-
bilis in that there are on each elytron but two white lunules
unconnected ; each pair form an oblong X, but are scarcely joined
at the suture. The apex is truncate, as in C. mirabilis.

A single example, apparently a male, collected Oct. 6, 1899.

TENERUS SULCIPENNIS (Gahan).

Niger ; prothorace lateraliter nigro-viridescente, dimidio basali
elytrorum et plaga sub-semicirculare ad basin pronoti pube
rufo-velutina obtectis, dimidio apicali elytrorum atro-pubescente.
Antennis articulis 3° ad 10" antice valde dilatatis, articulo
3° quam 4° paullo angustiore ; pronoto ad medium basis
paullo gibboso ; elytris utrisque quadri-sulcatis, interstitiis sat
latis, leviter convexis.

Long. 11; lat. 232 mm.

Hab. Kuching (March 1900). Two examples; in British

Museum and Hope Collection, Oxford.

This species seems nearest allied to 7’. cingalensis White and
T. parryanus Gorh., but differs from these and from all other
known species of the genus in having the third joint of the
antenne almost as strongly dilated as the fourth, and the elytra
impressed with longitudinal grooves,

4. CoLEOPTERA: RuyncnorpHora, Lrenthide,
by Dr. A. SENNa.

DivRUS SHELFORDI Senna. (Plate XX. fig. 6, 9.)

Moderately elongate, stoutish, black, provided with whitish
scales of differing size sunk in the punctures; the head and the
metarostrum with punctiform close-set scales, the joints of the
antennee clothed with long acecumbent scales.

6. Head slightly longer than broad, with the sides almost
straight and a fovea between the eyes, which are prominent; the
metarostrum is twice as long as the head and hardly narrowed
betore the antennz ; the prorostrum is short, naked, dark reddish
brown. The antennz are inserted near the apex of the rostrum :
the 3rd joint is longer than the 4th, the 4th a little longer than
the 5th, the 7th and 8th subequal; the three apical joints are
distinct, slightly thickened and finely pubescent.

The prothorax is similarly shaped as in D. furcillatus (Gylh.),
but comparatively broader; its upper surface is covered with

280 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [ Nov. 4,
large irregular punctures, and marked on each side with a longi-
tudinal line of rounded white scales, and in the middle with a line
of small scales; moreover, punctiform scales are sunk in the
punctures.

The elytra are slightly broader at the base than the prothorax
in the middle, the sides are parallel, the apex is normally
narrowed ; they have above three narrow longitudinal cost, the
interstices between which are punctateand provided with rounded
seales; the sides are foveate, each fovea shows a setiform scale ;
moreover, a line of rounded scales is present along the lateral
margin; the outer angles of the elytra at the apex are simply
toothed.

The metasternum and the base of the abdomen are covered
with rounded scales; the rostrum beneath and the legs are
scattered with scale-like sete. The 3rd abdominal segment is
short and contracted in the middle.

©. Agrees with the male in all respects except the follow-
ing :—The body is broader; the head short, nearly square ; the
metarostrum is shorter, as long as the head; the prorostrum
much more elongate, longer than the metarostrum ; the antennze
are inserted between the middle of the rostrum and its base ; they
are comparatively shorter and stouter; the 3rd abdominal
seement is longer and not contracted.

Length 17-23 mm.

Hab. Kuching (N.W. Borneo).

Allied to D. furcillatus (Gylh.), but the new species has the
head shorter and the eyes more prominent; the prorostrum is
shorter; the joints of the antenne are longer, the three apical
ones more distinct; the apex of the elytra are broader and slightly
toothed ; the body is shorter and stouter. The female of the new
species is, moreover, distinguished by the metarostrum which is
shorter, and by the antenne which are inserted before the middle
of the rostrum.

I have named this species in honour of Mr. R. Shelford, who has
kindly presented an interesting collection of Bornean Brenthids
to the Oxford University Museum.

DiuRUS SILVANUS Senna. (Plate XX. fig. 4, 2.)

The female of this species being hitherto undescribed, I give a
short description of 1t :—

The head is nearly square, with a fovea between the eyes;
the metarostrum is short, hardly so long as the head, channelled
above, and slightly narrowed before the antenne ; the prorostrum
is slender, glossy, finely punctured, as long as the head and
metarostrum taken together. The antenne, which are conse-
quently more approximate to the base than to the apex of the
rostrum, are rather stout, with the 3rd joint longer than the 4th,
the 6th and 7th subequal, the 8th a little shorter, the three
apical joints well distinct and separate. The prothorax is strongly
contracted anteriorly, the sides towards the middle are almost

1902.] SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 281

parallel. The elytra are longer than twice the prothorax,
narrowed at and sloping rapidly to the apex; the tails are more
approximate than those of D. furcillatus (Gylh.) ; moreover, they
are short and almost straight.

This species, by the shape of the elytra at the apex, is allied to
D. erythropus (Rits.), but easily distinguished by the longer pro-
rostrum, by the insertion of the antenne being more approxi-
mate to the base of the rostrum, and by the three apical joints
being well distinct and separated.

Length 30 mm. (the tails excluded).

Hab. Matang (Borneo).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PrarEe XIX.
Figures 16 to 19 are about twice the natural size: the remainder
about £ of the natural size.

Fig. 1. Tricondyla cyanea (Lep.), var. wallacei (Thoms.). Kuching, Feb. 1899.
2. Condylodera tricondyloides (Westw.), mature Kuching, March 2, 1900.

individual.

3. Tricondyla gibba (Chaud.). Matang, Aug. 1899.

4. Condylodera tricondyloides (Westw.),immature Kuching, Dec. 12, 1899.

individual.

5. Collyris sarawakensis (Thoms.). Kuching, May 14, 1900.

6. Condylodera tricondyloides (Westw.), very young Kuching, July 18, 1900.

individual.

7. Pheropsophus agnatus (Chaud.). Kuching, Aug. 20, 1897.

8. Gryllacris, n. sp. Vicinissima nigrate (Br.). Sarawak.

9. Alcides sp. Kuching, April 20, 1900.
10. Issuws bruchoides (Walk.). Kuching, Sept. 14, 1899.
11. Sclethrus amenus (Gory). Kuching, May 14, 1900.
12. Psebena brevipennis (Gahan). Kuching, Dec. 4, 1899.
13. Oberea strigosa (Pase.), var., from left side. Kuching, July 26, 1899.
14. Oberea brevicollis (Pasc.), from left side. Kuching, March 15, 1899.
15. Oberea, probably n. sp. near strigosa (Pase.), from Matang, March 14, 1898.

left side.

16. Larva of Eulyes amena (Fab.), from right side. Kuching, probably 1899.
17. Larva of Hymenopus bicornis (Stoll), from right Kuching, probably 1899.

side.
18. Larva of Hulyes amcna (Fab.), dorsal view. Kuching, probably 1899.
19. Larva of Hymenopus bicornis, dorsal view. Kuching, probably 1899.
20. Salius awrosericeus (Guér.). Kuching, July 3, 1899.
21. Nothopeus intermedius (Gahan), @. Penrissen, May 1899.
22. Bracon sp. Matang, Aug. 1899.
23. Mantispa simulatrix (McLachl.). Matang, Aug. 1899.
24. Polistes sp. near diabolicus (Sauss.). Kuching, July 27, 1899.
25. Mantispa sp. Kuching, July 12, 1900.
26. Polistes sagittarius (Sauss.). Kuching, July 2, 1898.
27. Mantispa sp. Matang, 3600 ft., June

1900.

Pr ATE EXeX.

Figures 4a, 7a, 8a, and 10a are about 4 times the natural size:
the remainder about ;°, of the natural size.

Fig. 1. Baryrhynchus dehiscens (Sch.), ¢. Matang, Aug. 1899.
2. Baryrhynchus dehiscens (Sch.), 2. Kuching, 1899.
3. Alibora sp. Kuching, Aug. 10, 1899.
4. Diwrus silvanus (Senna), 2. Matang, Aug. 1899.
4a. Left elytron of above. Dorsal view of
apex, x 4.
5. Diurus forcipatus (Westw.), 3. Kuching, Sept. 14, 1899.

6. Diurus shelfordi (Senna), 2. Kuching, Nov. 2, 1899.

282 MR. R. SHELFORD ON MIMETIC INSECTS AND [Nov. 4,
Fig. 7. Algoprepis insignis (Pasc.).
7a. Lett elytron of above. Dorsal view of
apex, x 4.
8. Stegenus dactylon (Pasc.).
8a. Left elytron of above.
apex, 4.

Matang, Aug. 1899.

Kuching, Oct. 31, 1900.
Dorsal view of

9. Dymascus porosus (Pasc.).
10. Eectatosia mocrei (Pasc.).

Kuching, July 9, 1900.
Kuching, April 3, 1900.

10a. Left elytron of above. Dorsal view of

apex, X 4.

11. Anidia sp. Kuching, Feb. 1899.
12. Serixia prolata (Pasc.). Kuching, Sept. 20, 1899.

. Metrioidea apicalis (Jac.), var.

Kuching, Aug. 1, 1899.

14, Entelopes, n. sp. near wallacei (Pasc.). Sarawak.

15. Aulacophora luteicornis (Bab.), var. Sarawak.

16. Tropimetopa simulator (Pasc.). Kuching, Aug. 4, 1897.
17. Ochralea nigripes (Oliv.), var. Kuching, March 28, 1900.
18. Astathesunicolor (Pasc.)=coccinea (Pasc.). Kuching, Aug. 17, 1898.

. Caritheca mouhoti (Baly).

Kuching, Aug. 8, 1899.

20. Astathes splendida (Fab.). Kuching, Aug. 1899.
Q1. Antipha ? nigra (Alld.), var. Kuching, Aug. 11, 1899.

. Astathes posticalis (Thoms.).
. Haplosonyx albicornis (Wied.).

. Astathes caloptera (Pasc.) = eyanipennis

Kuching, Aug. 15, 1899.

Brit. N. Borneo, Sandakan,
about 1895-6. A. L. Cook.

Brit. N. Borneo, Sandakan,

(Thoms.). about 1895-6. A. L. Cook.
25. Aulacophora boisduvali (Baly). Kuching, Sept. 13, 1899.
26. Entelopes amcena (Pasc.). Matang, Dec. 1898.

. Anidia sp. near leta (Baly).

Penrissen, May 1899.

28. Chreonoma, ? Nn. sp. Penrissen, May 1899.

29. Xylotrechus pedestris (Pasc.). Kuching, March 28, 1900.
30. Cylindrepomus peregrinus (Pasc.). Kuching, March 28, 1900.
31. Chlorophorus annularis (Pasc.). Pankalan Ampat, 5-6000 ft.,

base of Penrissen, May i899

32. Cylindrepomus comis (Pasc.). Kuching, March 29, 1900.
33. Cylindrepomus ? form of comis (Pasc.). Matang, Aug. 1899.

34. Daphisia sp. 9. Matang, 3600 ft., June 1900.
35. Demonax viverra (Pasc.). Penrissen, 4500ft., May 17,1899.
36. Daphisia sp. Kuching, Aug. 4, 1897.

37. Clytanthus sumatrensis (Lap. & Gor.). Trusan.

. Cryllis clytoides (Pasc.).
. Demonax mustela (Pasc.).

. Leptura sp.
. Xylotrechus decoratus (Pasc.).
. Leptura sp. near histrionica (Pasc.).

. Chloridolum cinnyris (Pasc.).
. Leptura, ?n. sp.
. Chloridolum sp. near thomsoni (Pasc.).

Kuching, July 17, 1899.

Pankalan Ampat, 5—6000 ft.,
base of Penrissen, May 1899.

Penrissen, May 1899.

Penrissen, 4200-4500 ft., May
1899.

Penrissen, May 1899.

Matang, Aug. 1899.

Penrissen, May 1899.

46. Chloridolam thomsoni (Pasc.). Kuching, July 20, 1900.
47. Saperdides, ? gen. ? sp. Matang, March 13, 1898.

. Xystrocera alcyonea (Pasc.).

PLATE XXII.

Kuching, Sept. 7, 1897.

The figures are rather over 3 of the natural size.

Fig. 1. Delias pandemia (Wallace), 6. Borneo.
2. Isbarta pandemia (Rothsch.). Kina Balu Mt., Borneo, about
1896.
3. Delias aglaia (Linn.), 9. Brit. N. Borneo. Pryer, 1878-98.
4. Isbarta dissimulata (Walk.). Sarawak. Wallace.
5. Delias cathara (Grose-Smith). Penrissen, 3500 ft., May 19,
1899.
6. Callamesia (Cyclosia) pieridoides (Walk.). Penrissen, 8500 ft., May 19,

. Serobigera hesperoides (Walk.).

1899.
Limbang River, N. of Sarawak,
April 1895. EH. Bartlett.

COPECO NO) ee

SPIDERS FROM BORNEO AND SINGAPORE. 283

8. Hterusia obliquiaria (Walk.).

- Danisepa lowei (Butl.).

. Mimeuplea rhadamantha (Butl.), 3.
. Penoa menetriesii (Feld.).

. Mimeuplea tristis (Jordan), 2.

. Lrepsichrois mulciber (Cram.).

. Pompelon marginata (Guér.).

Prare XXII.

Saribas, 100 miles N.E. Kuching,
Nov. 1900.

Brit. N. Borneo, Sandakan,
about 1895-6. A. L. Cook.

Kuching, Nov. 1895.

Borneo.

Kuching, Oct. 1895.

Brit. N. Borneo, Sandakan,
about 1895-6. A. Li. Cook.

Sarawak. Wallace.

Figures 1 and 2 are about # of the natural size: the remainder
about £ of the natural size.

AXylocopa latipes (Drury).

Hyperechia fera (v. d. Wulp).

Collyris emarginata (Macl.).

Sepedon sp. near javanicus (Desv.).

Mesostenus sp. near pictus (Smith).

Gen. et sp. ? Fam. Stratiomyide, Subfam.
Raphiocerine.

Mesostenus sp.

? XYylophagus sp.

. Salius sericosoma (Smith).

. Laphria sp. near terminalis (v. d. Wulp).
. Macromeris violacea (Lep.).

. Midas n. sp.

Vespa cincta (Fab.).

. Milesia vespoides (Walk.).

Prate XXIII.

Matang, March 1898.
Kuching, Feb. 1899.
Mt. Serambu, Dec. 1898.
Mt. Serambu, Dec. 1898.
Penrissen, May 1899.
Penrissen, May 1899.

Pankalan Ampat, 5-6000 ft.,
base of Penrissen, May 1899.
Penrissen, May 1899.
Kuching, Feb. 2, 1898.
Kuching, July 29, 1899.
Matang, March 13, 1898.
Mt. Santubong, Aug. 1900.
Matang, 3600 tt., June 1898.
Kuching, April 2 1900.

The figures are slightly reduced.

. Ectatops rubiaceus (A. & 8.).
. Serinetha abdominalis (Fab.).

. Phauda limbata (Wllern.).

|. Lycostomus gestroi (Bourg 5 o
. Lycostomus gestroi (Bourg.), ¢

. Lrythrus rotundicollis (Gahan), 3.
Erythrus sternalis (Gahan), ¢

. Erythrus apiculatus (Pase.), var.

thipidoceride, ? gen. Hnnomates.

. Eucnemide, ? gen. ? sp.
. Calochromus (Iicrouyehus) dispar (C.

Waterh.), 2.

2. Pyresthes virgata (Pasc.).

. Hurycephalus lundi (Kab.).

. Tenerus sulcipennis (Gahan).

. Gonophora wallacei (Baly), var.

. Metriorrhynchus kirschi (C. Watern.), o.

» (C.Waterh.), 3.

. Ephies dilaticornis (Pase.), var. 3.
. Hrythrus biapicatus (Gahan), 2.

. Agonischius ? sanguineipennis (Cand.).
. Agonischius pectoralis (Cand.).

. Reduviid sp.

. Melampyrus acutangulus (Bourg.), 3

. Cautires excellens (C. Waterh.), 2.

Matang, Dec. 1897.

Botanic Gardens, Singapore,
Jan. 1899.

Kuching, July 12, 1899.

Mt. Santubong, 2600 ft.,
Feb. 4, 1900.

Matang, 3600 ft., June
1900.

Matang, Aug. 1899.

Matang, Dec. 1898.

Kuching, July 2, 1900.

Matang, Aug. 1899.

Matang, 3600 feet, June
1900.

Kuching, May 7, 1900.

Kuching, March 14, 1900.

Kuching, May 28, 1900.

Kuching, Aug. 15, 1899.

Kuching, May 28, 1900.

Matang, 3600 ft., June
1900.

Kuching, May 16, 1900.

Kuching. May 16, 1900.

Sarawak.

Matang, Aug. 1899.

Kuching, Sept. 6, 1899

2. On the Classification of the Fishes of the

their osteology, which I have made.

MR. C. TATE REGAN ON

7. Pterophorid,

5. Myaste fumosa (Pasc.).

. Xyaste invida (Pasce.).

27. Gonophora wallacei (Baly).

. Taphes brevicollis (C. Waterh.), 9.

. Ditoneces sp. near fuscicornis (Gorh.).
. Caria dilatata (Kab.).

. Prioptera octopunctata (Fab.).

. Entelopes glauca (Guér.).

3. Blachia ducalis (Walk.).
4. Locustid of new genus near Gammarotettix.

. Lema quadripunctata (Oliv.).
. Apoderus javanicus (Jekel).

. Bracon sp.

9. Homopteron of genus probably near Brivia.

. Hpania singaporensis (Thoms.).

probably near genus Coremaguia.

. Melipona vidua (Lepel.).

2. Capsid sp.

3. Holocephala ® hirsuta (v. d. Wulp).

. Megalocolus notator (Waik.).

. Reduvid sp.

. Loxophora, n. sp. near javana (Wied.).

. Bracon sp.

8. Mutilla sp. near wrania (Smith).

. Villicera, n. sp.? near T. bibalteata (Gorh.).
). Cladophorus atrofuscus (C. Waterh.), 2.

oe (C. Waterh.), 9.

2. Tenerus sulcipennis (Gahan).
. Callimerus bellus (Gorh.).
. Callimerus catenatus (Gorh.).

. Daphisia pulchella (Pasc.).

. Spathomeles, n. sp. near S. turritus (Gerst.).

. Zelota spathomelina (Gahan).
. Erythrus viridipennis (Gahan).

. Prionocerus cceruleipennis (Perty).
. Tetralanguria pyranidata (Fab.).
. Botryonopa cyanipennis (Baly).

[ Nov. 4,

Kuching, March 23, 1900.
Kuching, July 10, 1899.
Kuching, Aug. 1897.
Kuching, Jan. 24. 1900.
Kuching, Sept. 6, 1899.
Matang, March 18, 1898.
Sarawak.
Penrissen. May 1899.
Kuching, Dec. 13, 1900.
Kuching, Feb. 2, 1901.
Kuching, Oct. 12, 1899.
Kuching, April 4, 1900.
Kuching, Jan. 16, 1901.
Kuching, April 24, 1900.
Kuching, Jan. 17, 1901.
Penrissen, May 1899.
Kuching, May 8, 1900.
Kuching, June 22, 1900.
Kuching, May 3, 1900.
Kuching, April 24, 1900.
Kuching, Sept. 16, 1899.
Kuching, May 16, 1900.
Kuching, Aug. 11, 1900.
Kuching, July 17, 1899.
Kuching, Aug. 1899.
Kuching, March 15, 1900.
Kuching, April 14, 1900.
Kuching, March 30, 1900.
Kuching, Dec. 13, 1899.
Kuching, Oct. 6, 1899.
Kuching, June 19, 1900.
Kuching, Oct. 15, 1897.
Kuching, Dec. 12, 1899.
Matang, 3600 ft., June
1900.
Kuching, May 4, 1900.
Kuching, Dec. 8, 1899.
Kuching, Feb. 24, 1899.

Suborder

Plectognathi ; with Notes and Descriptions of new
Species from Specimens in the British Museum Collec-

tion.

By C. Tats Ruean, B.A.*

[Received September

26, 1902.]

(Plates XXIV. & XXV.* and Text-figures 56-59.)
Part [.—CLASSI FICATION.

In the systematic account which follows are embodied the
results of a study of the Plectognathous fishes, and especially of

The numerous characters

of importance which have hitherto been overlooked or misunder-
stood by ichthyologists will serve as an apology for the present
My sincere thanks are due to Mr. Boulenger for criticism _
and suggestions, which his wide experience has arene invaluable.
The Plectognathi are here treated of as a distinct suborder, as

1 Communicated by G. A. BounENGER, V.P.Z.S.
2 Wor explanation of the Plates, see p. 303.

paper.

*"S

P.Z.S.1902;vol.1]. Pl. XXIV.

MinternBros. Chromo.

J.Green del.et lth.

2. TETRODON PLEUROGRAMMA.

1.PSEUDOMONACANTHUS DEGENI

3.TETRODON BORNEENSIS.

ai
any

mys e

PZ.) IOP soll Ul PL LOW

J.Green del.et lth. IL Mantern Bros.imp.

1.PSEUDOMONACANTHUS MULTIMACULATUS.

2.PSEUDOMONACANTHUS PUNCTULATUS.

insets nin

Feri

Can 8's
Os (Kane #

1902. ] PLECTOGNATIUOUS FISHES. 985

although there can be no question as to the close relationship of
the less specialized forms to the Acanthuride, their differences
from that family are sufficiently great to admit of a definition
which separates them from the Acanthopterygii, and at the same
time includes the more aberrant and specialized forms.

The feature of most importance in diagnosing the suborder
Plectognathi is the absence of ribs, although in some well-ossified
epipleurals are present which have been mistaken for ribs. Two
divisions are recognized, for which the names Sclerodermi and
Gymnodontes, originally proposed by Cuvier, are retained. The
Triodontide, however, are removed from the latter division and
placed in the former, the structure of their pectoral arch and
vertebral column, as well as the presence of a pelvis and of well-
ossified epipleurals, indicating their close relationship to the
Tyriacanthide and Balistide; whilst the coalescence of the teeth
in the jaws is a feature of little importance, and has, as probably
as not, originated independently in these fishes and in the
Gymnodontes.

The Ostraciontidee do not seem to me to differ sufficiently from
the Sclerodermi to rank as another division—Ostracodermi. Their
very close relationship to the Balistide is apparent in their
physiognomy and in the structure of their skeleton; whilst the
absence of epipleurals and of the pelvis is obviously due to
the development of the exoskeleton, which, however, is not very
different from that of Balistes, many species of which have
exoskeletal plates distinctly hexagonal in certain areas. I have
snserted notes after the diagnoses, explaining the omission of
characters before used or the addition of those now used for the
first time.

Suborder PLECTOGNATHI.

Similar to the Acanthopterygii, but without ribs ; with the post-
temporal short, simple, and completely united by suture to the
squamosal, and the pelvic bones, if present, more or less com-
pletely co-ossified. Branchial apertures very restricted. Pre-
maxillavies and maxillaries often firmly united, opercular boncs
more or less reduced, and scales usually osseous or spinate.

Cuvier characterized the Plectognathi as having no ribs, but
other systematists have generally agreed that ribs are present 1
Balistes, Triacanthus, Triodon, &e. 1 find that the so-called ribs of
the Triacanthide and Balistide are epipleuxals, which are attached
to the anterior caudal vertebre as well as to the precaudals
(text-fig. 56, p. 286), and are intermuscular bones, not bordering
the abdominal cavity. I have unfortunately had no opportunity
of examining the skeleton of Triodon, but have had to rely on
the memoirs of Hollard! and Dareste?; but I think Iam justified
in supposing that in Z’riodon, as in Balistes and Triacanthus,

1 Ann. Sci. Nat. (3) xx. 1853, p. 71; (4) vill. 1857, p. 275, and (4) xiil. 1860, p. 1.
2 Ann, Sci. Nat. (8) xii. 1849, p. 68, and (8) xiv. 1890, p. 10d.

286 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON [Nov. 4,

which it so closely resembles in other skeletal characters, the so-
called ribs are epipleurals.

In the Plectognathi the post-temporal is more reduced and
more intimately connected with the skull than in the Acanthuride,
in which family it is attached by its proximal and distal ends, but
separated from the skull by a foramen for most of its length.

The co-ossification of the pelvic bones is more complete in these
fishes than in the Acanthuride.

Text-fig. 56.

Precaudal and anterior caudal vertebra, with epipleurals, of Balistes aculeatus.

In Dr. Gill’s diagnosis of the Plectognathi occur the words:
“The elements of the lower jaw consolidated into two pieces
representing the rami,” this applies very well to the Sclerodermi,
but in the Gymnodontes the suture between dentary and arti-
culare is quite evident, and in Wola at any rate these bones can
scarcely be described as consolidated. Another character used by
Gill to define the Plectognathi is ‘‘ Interoperculum detached from
the other opercular bones, reduced and more or less rod-like in
form.” I find that in the Sclerodermi this bone is rod-like
anteriorly, and posteriorly expanded and attached to the sub-
operculum, this posterior portion being in some cases, e. g. Tria-
canthus, strongly ossified, in others, e. g. Ostracion, almost entirely
membranous. In the Gymnodontes it 1s rod-like, but only in the
Tetrodontide is it unconnected posteriorly with the suboperculum.

Division 1. SCLERODERMI'!.

Supraclavicle vertical; pterygials (pectoral basalia) not enlarged,
movably attached by ligament to the scapula and coracoid, three
to the former and one to the latter. All the vertebre with the
neural arches forming a single spine. Sasis cranii more or less
distinctly double. Dentary and articulare completely co-ossified.

1 Trachycephalus De Vis (nee Tschudi), described as a Scleroderm in Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S.W. viil. 1883, p. 455, is evidently not a Plectognath.

1902. ] PLECTOGNATHOUS FISHES. 287

Spinous dorsal, if present, of few rays; no anal spines; ventrals,
if present, each represented by a spine (rarely with the addition
of one or two rudimentary soft rays). Caudal rays in small
number, ten to eighteen.

Four families: Triacanthide, Triodontide, Balistide, and
Ostraciontide.

In the fishes of this division the pectoral arch is very similar
to that of the Acanthuride, except that the post-temporal is
completely united suturally to the squamosal. The vertebral
column also is like that of Perciform fishes; and although Dareste
has ascribed to Z7iodon diapophyses on the posterior preecaudal
and most of the caudal vertebree, it is evident, from studying his
figure and comparing with skeletons of 7riacanthus and Balistes,
that he is referring to the prezygapophyses, which are somewhat
enlarged in this region in all these fishes.

Family 1. TrIAcaANTHIDs,

Preecaudal vertebrae with parapophyses from the third or fourth
to the last ; epipleurals present. Przeorbital not ossified ; ethmoid
region high, a large nasal cavity bounded by ethmoid and pre-
frontal ; palatine arch firmly united to the skull; premaxillaries
protractile, free from the maxillaries; teeth in the jaws separate,
conical or incisor-like ; palate toothless ; fourth upper pharyngeals
toothed ; lower pharyngeals separate; opercular bones reduced,
but with their normal relations. Pelvis present, firmly united to
the pectoral arch. Two nostrils on each side. Four gills, a slit
behind the fourth ; pseudobranchie present ; six branchiostegals.
Scales small, sometimes spinate or osseous. Spinous dorsal with
two to six spines; soft dorsal and anal of moderate length or
rather short ; ventrals each represented by a strong spine, with
an inner basal knob which locks it when everted, rarely with the
addition of one or two rudimentary soft rays. Air-bladder
present.

Genera.

1. TriacantHus' Cuv.—Body compressed, caudal peduncle
long and slender. Scales small, rough. Lateral line present.
D. IV-V, 22-25; A. 16-20. Ventrals without soft rays.
Caudal forked, with 12 rays. A series of incisors in each jaw,
with a few inner rounded teeth. Twenty vertebra.

2. TriAcANTHopES * Bleeker. — Body compressed, caudal
peduncle short. Scales small, juxtaposed. No distinct lateral

1 The Oligocene genus Acanthopleurus Agassiz has a rounded caudal, but in
other respects seems scarcely different from Triacanthus.

2 Spinacanthus Agassiz, from the Eocene of Monte Bolea, may belong to this
family. It resembles Triacanthodes in its dorsal, anal, and caudal fins, except that
the six dorsal spines are very long and strong. The eye is placed high, below the
first dorsal spine, and the teeth are stout and conical. The pelvis and ventral fins
were apparently not strongly developed, and Gill considers this fish to be the type of
a separate family.

288 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON [ Nov. 4,

line. Dorsal with V—-VI spines. Soft dorsal and anal rather
shorter than in Triacanthus ; ventrals usually with one or two
rudimentary soft rays; caudal rounded. Jaws with a series of
conical teeth, and usually a few inner teeth. Hollardia Poey
seems not distinct from this genus.

3. Harimocurrurcus Alcock.—Body low, compressed, with
short caudal peduncle. Scales small, spinate. No lateral line.
Snout much produced, lower jaw projecting. D. IE keys cua
Ventrals without soft rays. Caudal rounded. Teeth very small,
conical, in a single series.

Family 2. TRIopONTIDE.

Precaudal vertebre without parapophyses ; epipleurals well-
developed. Premaxillaries not protractile, firmly united to the
maxillaries; teeth in the jaws coalescent. Pelvis represented by
a single long bone, movably attached to the pectoral arch. No
spinous dorsal ; soft ‘dorsaland anal short; no ventrals. Abdomen
with a dilatable sac, kept expanded by the movable pelvis; lower
part of sac a flap of skin into which the air does not enter. In
other characters like the Triacanthidee.

Genus.

Trropon.— Body compressed, caudal peduncle long and slender.
Scales osseous. Caudal forked, with 18 rays. Twenty vertebre.

Although unable to examine a skeleton of this genus, a study
of the figures and descriptions published has convinced me that
the skull, vertebral column, and pectoral arch are extremely like
those of Zriacanthus, whilst the scales, movable pelvis, ventral
sac and flap are similar to those of the Balistide. The only
features which link this family to the Tetrodontide, in the
neighbourhood of which it has generally been placed, are the
comparatively unimportant characters of the coalesced teeth and
absent spinous dorsal. It would be interesting to know whether
the fourth upper pharyngeals are well-developed and toothed, as
in Triacanthus, or rudimentary and toothless, as in Balisies.

Family 3. BALisTip#&.

Precaudal vertebrae with well-developed parapophyses to which
epipleurals are attached. Preorbital more or less ossified.
Ethmoid region long, without distinct nasal cavities. Palatine
movably articulated with ectopterygoid, or else entirely free from
it. Premaxillaries not protractile, frmly united to the
maxillaries. Fourth upper pharyngeals rudimentary, not toothed.
Tncisor-like teeth in the jaws. Pelvis long, movable. Spinous
dorsal with one to three spines, the first, if strong, followed by a
second which locks it when erected. Soft dorsal and anal long or
of moderate length. Ventrals, if present, represented by a single

1902.] PLECTOGNATHOUS FISHES. 289

short rough spine at the end of the pelvis. Most of the pre-
caudal interneurals co-ossified to form a bony trough, attached to
the skull, and receiving the retracted dorsal spines. In other
characters similar to the two preceding families.

Genera.

1. Bauistes Linn.'—Body compressed, caudal peduncle short.
Scales moderate or large, juxtaposed, osseous. Jaws usually even
in front. Gill-openings behind the eyes. Dorsal usually with
3 spines—the first strong and just behind the eye, the second
locking it when erected, the third, if present, remote from them.
Soft dorsal with 23-35 rays. Anal with 20-30. Caudal rounded
or truncate, the outer rays often more or less produced. Pelvis
projecting. Ventrals represented by a short, rough, movable spine.
The movable pelvis, abdominal sac, and ventral flap are very
similar to those of Zriodon, but much less developed. Palatine
T-shaped, the cross-piece articulating with ethmoid and maxillary,
the vertical limb with the ectopterygoid. Vertebre 18.

2. Monacantuus Cuv.—Differs from Balistes in that the scales
are smaller; the palatine is a straight rod attached to maxillary
and ethmoid, having lost the lower vertical hmb which in alistes
articulates with the ectopterygoid; the third dorsal spine is
always absent and the caudal always rounded. The first dorsal
spine is above the eye, and if it has distinct barbs these are
usually arranged in two series. The gill-openings are often below
the posterior part of the eye. There are 18 vertebra.

In this genus are included all those species of J/onacanthus, as
understood by Giinther, with a movable ventral spine.

The transition is perfect from those with a rough dorsal spine
without distinct barbs, to those with a series of minute barbs on
each side, and so to those with barbs strongly developed.

M. penicilligerus Cuv. belongs to this genus, the ventral spine
being movable, and the barbs on the dorsal spine exactly similar
to those of the closely-allied JZ. tomentosus, although their regular
arrangement is obscured by the well-developed fleshy filaments.
In the development of the ventral sac and flap, some species of
this genus almost rival Zriodon.

3. PaRALUTERES Bleeker.—Differs from Monacanthus in that
the single dorsal spine is weak, not fully erectile, and the ventral
spine is absent, or small and fixed.

4, PSEUDALUTERES Bleeker.—Differs from M/onacanthus in that
the dorsal spine is in advance of the orbit, the ventral spine is
absent, and the pelvis is entirely concealed.

5. PseuDoMOoNACANTHUS Bleeker.— Differs from Monacanthus in
that the ventral spine is immovable, ankylosed to the pelvis, and

1 The Oligocene genus Acanthoderma Agassiz is scarcely distinguishable from
Balistes.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou. II. No. XIX. 19

250 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON [ Nov. 4

the barbs of the dorsal spine, if distinct, are usually in four series.
There are 19 or 20 vertebre. In this genus the gradation is
perfect from those species without barbs to those with four equi-
distant series of strong barbs.

6. ALuTERA Cuv.—Differs from Pseudomonacanthus in that the
dorsal spine is feeble, the ventral spine is absent, the pelvis is
entirely concealed, and the dorsal and anal rays usually in greater
number. The lower jaw is projecting, the gill-openings oblique
and below the eye, and the vertebree number 21.

7. PstLocepHaLus Swainson.— Differs from Alutera in its more
elongate body, very feeble dorsal spine, lower jaw with a barbel,
gill-openings in advance of the eye, and vertebre numbering
29-30.

This family has well-defined characters, and the relations of
the various genera are very clear ; its division into subfamilies is -
without value, and if Balistes and Psilocephalus are to rank as
distinct families, J/onacanthus, Alutera, Paraluteres, and Psewd-
aluteres should receive the same treatment, and the Balistidee (as
here understood) be raised to the rank of a division.

Some authors have stated that the symplectic is not ossified in
the fishes of this and the next family. I find that in all cases it
is present as a small but distinct ossification attached to the lower
margin of the metapterygoid between stylo-hyal and quadrate ;
the stylo-hyal has shifted its attachment forwards from the hyo-
mandibular to the anterior part of the lower margin of the
metapterygoid, and has, as it were, pushed the symplectic in
front of it.

Family 4. OstTRACIONTIDS.

Closely allied to the Balistide, but with feeble papiponneees
no epipleurals, preeorbital not ossified, palatine immovable, pelvis
absent, no spinous dorsal, no emia. soft dorsal and sane short.
Clavicles, coracoids, and post-clavicles much expanded. Scales
represented by large, juxtaposed, bony plates, mostly hexagonal
and immovably united.

Genera.

1. Aracana Gray.—Body ovate or orbicular. Carapace ceasing
before the dorsal and anal fins, with more or less distinct longi-
tudinal ridges, 3 on each side, and often a dorsal and ventral
ridge ; some isolated plates on the caudal peduncle. D. 10-12.
A. 10-12. Caudal truncate or rounded. Sixteen vertebree, not
elongate, subequal in length except the two preceding the square
hypural, which are shortened.

2. Ostracion Linn.—Body 4- or 5-sided; carapace extending
beyond and closed behind the anal fin, with two prominent ridges
on each side and often a dorsal ridge. Caudal peduncle naked.
D. 9-10. A. 9-10. Caudal truncate or rounded. Sixteen

1902. ] PLECTOGNATHOUS FISHES. 291

vertebre, not elongate, subequal in length except the three
preceding the square hypural, which are extremely shortened.

3. LActopHrys Swainson.—Body 3-sided ; carapace with three
prominent ridges, a dorsal and two ventro-lateral. Vertebre
fourteen, the first eight elongate, the four preceding the oblong
hypural shortened. In other characters like Ostracion.

Division 2. GYMNODONTES.

Supraclavicle oblique, sometimes nearly horizontal ; lower three
pterygials enlarged and immovably united to the coraco-scapular
cartilage; upper pterygial small, suturally united to the scapula
(see text-fig. 57). Anterior vertebree with bifid divergent neural
spines. Basis cranii simple. Suture between dentary and articu-
lare evident. Pelvis absent. No spinous dorsal; no anal spines ;
no ventrals; caudal rays, if present, ten to twelve in number,

Three families: Tetrodontide, Diodontide, Molide.

T cannot find that the true interpretation of the bones of the
pectoral arch in these fishes has been previously published. On
a superficial examination there appears to be no scapula, and the
pectoral fin to be supported by a series of four enlarged pterygials.
In fact, the united upper pterygial and scapula together resemble
one of the enlarged pterygials, both in size and shape, whilst the

Text-fig. 57.

Right half (inner side) of pectoral arches of (A) Diodon punctulatus and
(B) Batistes verrucosus.

scl., supraclavicle ; cl., clavicle; pel., postclavicle; sc., scapula ;
cor., coracoid ; pti., pterygials.

scapular foramen corresponds to one of the series of interspaces
between them. The feature of the pterygials being immovably
attached to the scapula and coracoid, either directly or synchon-
drosially, is worth notice. The pectoral arch is so strikingly
similar in all three families, that Siebenrock’s suggestion that in
Mola the bone which attaches the clavicle to the skull is the post-
temporal, and not the supraclayicle as in Tetrodontide, cannot
be accepted.
ois

292 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON [Nov. 4,

It has been asserted that the term spina bifida is not correctly
applied to the neural spine of the anterior vertebre in these
fishes, because the neural canal is closed; but in the Molide this
is not the case, and in the Diodontide the neural canal is open
above in the posterior precaudal region; the anterior bifid spines
are in all cases obviously homologous and forming one series with
the single neural spines which succeed them, and when the
neural canal is closed by a bony roof this must be regarded as a
secondary feature, due to the meeting of outgrowths from the
base of the neural spine of each side after they have separated.

Family 1. TErropontTip&.

Precaudal vertebree without parapophyses, the first four or five
with bifid neural spine and closed neural arch; no epipleurals.
Preorbital not ossified; palatine firmly united to the skull; no
distinct bony nasal cavity ; premaxillaries not protractile, united to
maxillaries; teeth in the jaws coalescent, in each forming a beak
with median suture; palate toothless; fourth upper pharyngeals
present, toothed ; lower pharyngeals separate ; interoperculum a
long rod, attached to inner face of preeoperculum, sometimes
connected with operculum, never with suboperculum. Nostrils
various. Four branchial arches, the fourth not bearing a gill,
not followed by a slit; pseudobranchie present; six branchio-
stegals, the first a broad plate. Skin naked, usually with movable
spines, rarely with bony plates. Caudal peduncle normal.
Skeleton well-ossified. Belly very inflatable. Air-bladder present.

Many authors have failed to understand the evolution of the
nasal organs in this family, as is shown by the wording of their
diagnoses, such phrases as “nostrils represented by two solid
tentacles on each side,” “ nostril with a tube,” &c. being quite mis-
leading. In the more primitive forms (Lagocephalus) there are
two nostrils on each side, situated in an oval nasal area, which
overlies an internal nasal sac, exactly as in Balistes, Triacanthus,
&c. From these we pass to fishes (Spheroides) in which the nasal
area is raised up into a more or less prominent tubular papilla
bearing the two nostrils, whilst the nasal sac is scarcely sunk below
the level of the skin, and is in great part represented by the interior
of the papilla, on the walls of which are the terminations of the
olfactory nerve. By the absorption of the septum between
the nostrils at the end of the papilla they become confluent, and
we get a circular tube produced terminally into two more or less
distinct lips or tentacles, in the more specialized of which the
circular tube is short and constricted, so that we have two
tentacles, on the inner surface of which are the terminations of
the olfactory nerve, united basally. Thus when the nostrils
become confluent the interior of the nasal sac is exposed, and in
some species of Zetrodon it may be said to be raised above the
level of the skin. In Tropidichthys the circular tube has de-
generated to an imconspicuous rim with a minute aperture. In

1902.] PLECTOGNATHOUS FISHES. 293

Xenopterus and Chonerhinus, on the contrary, it has become
excessively developed.

Dr. Gill (Proc. U.S. N. M. xiv. pp. 705-720, pl. xxxiv. (1890))
has arranged the fishes which I here include in the family Tetro-
dontide in three families: Tetrodontide, Chonerhinide, and
Canthigasteride, which are chiefly distinguished by supposed
cranial differences. In the Canthigasteride and Chonerhinide
the post-frontals are said to meet in the middle line, thus sepa-
rating the frontals from the supraoccipital. An examination of
the skeletons has convinced me that in these fishes the post-
frontals are confined to the sides, and that the frontals are in
contact with the supraoccipital. The erroneous statements and
figures of Hollard have met with too ready an acceptance, that
author haying mistaken ridges on and fissures in the frontal
bones for sutures between them and the post-frontals. The
Canthigasteride are also defined as having a long prominent

A. Skull of Tetrodon sceleratus, seen from above (on the right the postero-
lateral process of the frontal has been removed).
B. Skull of Tropidichthys papua, seen from above.

C. ” ”

pm., premaxillary ; m., maxillary; pal., palatine; eth., ethmoid; pxf., prefrontal ;
Ff. frontal ; ptf., postfrontal ; sq., squamosal ; par., parietal; ev., exoccipital ;
so., supraoccipital,

rr side view.

294 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON [ Nov. 4,
ethmoid, in opposition to the Tetrodontide, with short or narrow
ethmoid, not prominent. I find that in TZetrodon lagocephalus,
scleratus, levigatus, &c. the ethmoid is long, by no means narrow,
and at least as prominent as in any species of the so-called
Canthigasteride. The Chonerhinide are also separated on account
of the increased number of vertebre and dorsal and anal rays, but
asin the Tetrodontide the vertebre vary from 17 to 22 in number,
and the dorsal rays from 6 to 19, it is scarcely logical to separate
from them Chonerhinus, with 24 vertebre and 25-26 dorsal rays,
nor Xenopterus with 29 vertebre and 32-38 dorsal rays, on that
account alone.

The question as to how many genera it is convenient or useful
to recognize in this family is a very vexed one. Perhaps, on
account of the many strange and abnormal features which unite
the Tetrodontide and distinguish them from more typical fishes,
one is rather apt to overlook the differences which exist among
them ; nevertheless, it 1s very evident that many of the so-called
genera are incapable of definition and cannot be maintained.

The genera Hphippion, Tropidichthys, Chonerhinus, and Xeno-
pterus can be easily defined; but I am inclined to unite the
remaining species in a single genus Zetrodon, as the differences
in the structure of the skull and of the nasal organ show so many
gradations that they can hardly be used for generic diagnoses.

In Zetrodon psittacus Bl. Schn. I find that the frontals extend
to the orbital margins, therefore Colomesus Gill, if a valid genus,
has not been correctly diagnosed.

Genera.

1. Terropon Linn.—Body oblong or elongate, broad or some-
what compressed, prickly or smooth. D. 6-19. A. 6-17.
Vertebre 17-22. Prefrontals, frontals, and post-frontals with
lateral expansions which form the orbital root. Nostrils either
separate or confluent.

2. Kpuiprion Bibr.—Differs in having the body armed with
bony plates. Nostrils confluent. Skeleton unknown.

3. TropipicutHys Bleeker.—Body compressed. D. 8-10.
A. 8-10. Vertebre 18. Nostrils confluent, a single small
aperture on each side. KHthmoid long, narrowed forwards. Pos-
terior part of frontals with paired lateral crests.

4, CuonerHINuUS Bleeker.— Differs from Tetrodon in that the
dorsal and anal fin-rays are in increased number, as are the
vertebre (D. 25-26. A. 23-25. Vertebre 24). The prefrontals
small, without lateral expansions. The nasal organs are very
similar to those of 7’. patoca, but developed into a large funnel-
shaped rim.

5. XeNopreRvs Hollard.—Differs from Chonerhinus in having
more vertebre and dorsal and anal rays (Vertebree 29. D. 32-38.

1902.] PLECTOGNATHOUS FISHES. 295

A. 28-32), whilst the frontals have large postero-lateral expan-
sions, completely roofing-in the post-frontals, which are invisible
from above.

[Since the reading of this paper I have been in communication
with Dr. Pellegrin of the Paris Museum, who has examined the
skeleton of Xenopterus bellangeri described by Hollard, and also
the spirit-specimens referred to that species. These latter he is
unable to distinguish from X. naritus Richardson; but the skull
figured by Hollard differs considerably from that of X. naritus,
and, unless these differences should prove to be sexual, must be
regarded as belonging to a distinct species, although the number
of vertebra (29) and of fin-rays (D. 34, A. 29) are the same in
each case.

In X. bellangeri the frontals are scarcely thickened, they show
lines resembling sutures, corresponding to similar lines in Chone-
rhinus modestus Bleeker, and due to the texture of the bone, and

a eo ple.
UN

Skulls of (A) Chonerhinus modestus, (B) Xenopterus bellangeri, and (C) Xenopterus
naritus, seen from above; in the latter the left postero-lateral extension of the
frontal has been cut away. Lettering as in text-fig. 58.

their postero-lateral expansions do not extend over the parietals
and squamosals. X. naritus differs in having very thick frontals,
without any trace of lines of ossification and even the median
suture obscure, and with strong postero-lateral expansions roofing-
in parietals and squamosals.

Through the kindness of Dr. Pellegrin, to whom I take this
opportunity of expressing my gratitude for the trouble he has
taken, | am enabled to reproduce a drawing of the skull of
X. bellangeri already figured by Hollard, for comparison with
those of X. naritusand Chonerhinus modestus. Hollard’s skeleton
must be regarded as the type of X. bellangeri; it is 280 mm. in
total length.—Dec. 20, 1902.]

296 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON [ Noy. 4,

Family 2. Diopontip”&.

All the precaudal vertebre with bifid neural spine; anterior
caudals with bifid divergent hemal spines instead of closed
hemal arch. Behind the dorsal and anal fins the neural and
hemal spines are single, but bifurcate distally. Teeth in the
jaws coalescent, forming a beak without median suture ; internal
dentigerous plates well-developed. Interoperculum rod-like,
attached posteriorly to the rod-like anterior limb of the sub-
operculum. In other characters essentially similar to the
Tetrodontide, but with a less strongly ossified skeleton and larger
dermal spines.

I am inclined to think that only two genera are capable of
clear definition: Diopon, corresponding to Diodon, Chilomycterus,
Dicotylichthys, and Atopomycterus of Giinther’s Catalogue, of
which Yrichodiodon and Trichocyclus are probably young forms ;
and LyosPpH@RA.

The skeleton is in all exactly similar, and the differences in
the nasal organs are not well marked, as although some species
have a tubular papilla with two nostrils, others a two-lipped tube,
in many of the former the septum between the nostrils is so easily
and so often torn that the condition in the latter results. Also
those species with two-rooted movable spines are connected with
those with three-rooted fixed spmes by a series of species with
both sorts of spines in varying proportions.

Genera.

1. Diopon Linn.—Body stout, with strong spines. Nostrils
in a tubular papilla, sometimes confluent. D. 10-15. <A. 10-15.
Vertebree 21 or 22. Frontals much expanded. Post-frontals in
contact with supraoccipital, separating parietals and frontals.

2. LyospH#ra Evermann & Kendall.—Body oblong ovoid,
covered with feeble spines attached to papery plates. Caudal
peduncle very short. Two nostrils in a tubular papilla. D. 11.
A. 4,

Family 3. Moni.

Preecaudal vertebrae without parapophyses ; anterior preecaudals
with divergent bifid neural spines and neural canal not roofed in ;
no epipleurals. Preorbital not ossified; no distinct bony nasal
cavity ; palatine firmly united to the skull; preemaxillaries not
protractile, firmly united to the maxillaries; teeth in the jaws
coalescent, forming a beak without median suture ; palate tooth-
less ; fourth upper pharyngeals present, toothed ; lower pharyngeals
separate; interoperculum rod-like, attached posteriorly to the
rod-like anterior limb of the suboperculum. Two nostrils on each
side. Gills four, a slit behind the fourth; pseudobranchie
present +; six branchiostegals, the first not enlarged. Skin

1 The “accessory opercular gill” of so many authors is only a well-developed
pseudobranch,

1902. ] PLECTOGNATHOUS FISHES. 297

rough or tessellated. Body truncate posteriorly, without caudal
peduncle. Caudal fin absent, the dorsal and anal fins confluent
posteriorly, Skeleton moderately ossified. Air-bladder absent,

Genera.

1. Mota Cuv.—Body ovate, compressed ; skin thick, rough.
Vertebre 17.

2. Ranzanta Nardo.—Seems chiefly different from Mola in
having the body covered with small hexagonal juxtaposed plates.

Part IT.

Notes on some Plectognathous Fishes, and Descriptions of some
new species in the British Museum Collection.

In these descriptions the length of head is measured from the
tip of the snout to the upper end of the gill-opening, the depth
of body at the level of the vent, the movable pelvis or inflatable
belly making the measurement of the greatest depth uncertain.

BALISTES NAUFRAGIUM Jordan & Starks.

In descriptions of this species a feature of some importance
has been overlooked, 7. ¢. that the scales on the cheeks are
arranged in parallel horizontal series, with naked lines inter-
vening between those in front of the pectoral, and although
closely allied to Balistes capriscus Linn. it is still closer to
B. flavimarginatus Riipp., and should have been placed in the
genus Lanthichthys recognized by the authors who named it.

Incidentally this species demonstrates of what little value are
genera based on features so trivial as those supposed to separate
Balistes from Xanthichthys.

BALISTES CASTANEUS Richardson.

This species, described by Richardson in the ‘Voyage of the
Sulphur, Fishes’ (p. 126, pl. 59), has been included by Giinther
in the synonymy of Balistes capriscus Linn., from which it differs
in many ways, and I therefore take the opportunity of redescribing
Richardson’s type specimen.

Depth of body twice in total length, length of head 3 times.
Snout 3 times as long as the eye-diameter, which is 2 of the
interorbital width, which is less than + the length of head and
equal to the length of the gill-opening. A groove below the
nostrils; 2 or 3 enlarged plates behind the gill-opening. JD. III,
28. A. 26. The first dorsal spine above the gill-opening, with
about 8 vertical rows of minute tubercles anteriorly, somewhat
curved, its length 13 times in the length of head; second and
third spines prominent; soft dorsal somewhat elevated anteriorly,
the fifth ray the longest, longer than the first dorsal spine. Anal
similar, but not so deep. Caudal truncate, with the outer rays
slightly produced. Scales on the cheeks in oblique series without
naked lines intervening, on the caudal peduncle not bearing

298 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON [Nov. 4,

spines or tubercles. About 70 in a longitudinal series from the
gill-opening to the caudal, about 20 in an oblique series from
the base of the pectoral to the vent, and about 50 in an oblique
series from the origin of the dorsal to the ventral spine.

Yellowish-brown, with darker dots and points on the body and
fins. Lips white, with a semicircular white fold behind them on
each side.

Pacific. Total length 185 mm.

Balistes capriscus has rather larger scales, and in a specimen
of the same size the eye-diameter is about 3% times in the length
of snout, 1? times in the interorbital width, and there are also
other differences.

PSEUDOMONACANTHUS PUNCTULATUS, n. sp. (Plate X XV. fig. 2.)

Depth of body 23 times in the total length, length of head
3 times. Snout nearly straight, but very slightly concave, about
A times as long as the eye-diameter, which is % of the interorbital
width. Gill-opening 1? times as long as the eye-diameter, its
upper and lower ends below the posterior and anterior margin of
the eye respectively. D. II, 36. A.32. Dorsal spine slightly in
advance of the middle of the eye, with vertical rows of moderate-
sized granules or tubercles anteriorly, the two rows on each side
of the median row enlarged, but not forming distinct barbs;
each lateral posterior edge with a row of conical tubercles (barbs)
in its lower half; the length of the spine 12 times in the length
of head. Second ray of spinous dorsal not prominent. Soft
dorsal and anal similar, rounded, the longest ray 2 the length of
head. Pectoral as long as the gill-opening. Caudal rounded,
half the length of head. Caudal peduncle deeper than long, with
two pairs of small curved spines with points directed forward on
each side. Ventral spine moderate, barbed. Scales represented
by minute osseous granules.

Brown, with traces of numerous small darker spots on the
sides. Caudal brownish, other fins immaculate.

Closely allied to Pseudomonacanthus pardalis Riipp., which
has a somewhat more declivous concave snout, tubercles on dorsal
spine minute, slightly shorter head, narrower gill-opening,
narrower interorbital space, &e.

A single specimen, 190 mm. in length, from Tahiti.

PsEUDOMONACANTHUS MULTIMACULATUS, n. sp. (Plate XXV.
fig. 1.)

Depth of body 24 times in the total length, length of head
3 times. Snout slightly concave, about 32 times as long as the
eye-diameter, which is $ of the interorbital width. Gill-opening
14 times as long as the eye-diameter, its upper and lower ends
below the posterior and anterior margins of the eye respectively.
D. II, 36. A. 32. Dorsal spine in advance of the middle of the
eye, 1} times in the length of head, armed almost exactly as in
the preceding species, but with the anterior double row of

1902.] PLECTOGNATHOUS FISHES. 299

enlarged tubercles more prominent. Soft dorsal and anal similar,
rounded, their longest ray half as long as the dorsal spine.
Pectoral scarcely longer than the gill-opening. Caudal rounded.
Caudal peduncle deeper than long, with two pairs of barbs on
each side as in the preceding species. Ventral spine moderate,
barbed. Scales as minute granules.

Greyish, with rounded lighter (? light blue) spots on the sides
of head and body. Upper part of head and body, above a line
from the tip of snout to the eye and thence to the last dorsal ray,
brown. Lower part of the body with a similar brown area. Fins
immaculate.

A single specimen from Tahiti, 175 mm. in total length.

Very closely allied to the preceding species, differing chiefly in
the more concave snout, more strongly armed dorsal spine, and
colour.

PsEUDOMONACANTHUS DEGENI, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1.)

Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 times in the total
length. Snout slightly convex, about 33 times as long as the eye-
diameter, which is equal to the interorbital width. Gull-opening
about equal in length to 3 the eye-diameter, its upper end below
the hind margin of the eye. D. II, 34. A. 33. Dorsal spine
above the hind margin of the eye, without barbs, its length 22
in that of the head ; second spine scarcely visible. Soft dorsal and
anal similar, rather elevated anteriorly, the rays increasing in
length to the eighth or ninth, which is the longest and equal to
half the length of the head, thence decreasing to about the
twentieth, the rest subequal. Pectoral almost as long as the
dorsal spine. Caudal rounded, more than half the length of head.
Caudal peduncle longer than deep. Scales minute, shagreen-like.
Ventral spine small.

Greyish, with blue spots on the sides of the head and anterior
part of the body, and on the caudal peduncle. Some faint oblique
blue lines on the sides between dorsal and anal fins. Fins green.

A single specimen, 190 mm. in total length, from Melbourne
Market, Australia. Mr. Degen sent with the fish a drawing
showing the colours when fresh.

This species is closely allied to Psewdomonacanthus modestus,
Gthr., ayraudi Gthr., and septentrionalis Gthr., which it re-
sembles in physiognomy and in the shape of the fins, but all
these have distinct barbs on the dorsal spine.

TETRODON INERMIS Schlegel.

This species was considered by Giinther to be a variety of the
Atlantic 7’. levigatus, and the descriptions of Schlegel and Day
(Fishes of India, p. 701, pl. clxxx.) have not sufficiently pointed
out the features which distinguish it from that species, the most
noticeable of which are as follows:—In JZ’. inermis the body is
much broader and deeper in proportion to its length, there is no
distinct lateral fold in the abdominal region, and the spines on

300 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON [Nov. 4,

the belly are reduced to rows of granules; also the interorbital
space is distinctly narrower, and the lateral line in that region
much nearer to the supraorbital margin than in 7’, levigatus.

TETRODON HYPSELOGENION Bleeker.

With this species Giinther has confounded a quite distinct
species from Australia, and Day another very different species
from the Indian Ocean, both of which are described below.

TETRODON PLEUROGRAMMA, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. fig. 2.)

Tetrodon hypselogenion (part), Giinther, Cat. viii. p. 277 (1870).

A moderately developed lateral fold on the posterior part of the
body. Nasal papilla moderately elevated, with 2 nostrils. Body
rather broader than deep; the length of head about 3 times in
the total length; snout as long as wide, about 2} times in the
length of head, eye-diameter 44-53 times, interorbital width
6-7 times. The width of the ethmoid almost equal to that of
the interorbital space, which is distinctly concave. The jaws
subequal in height, with slightly concave cutting-edges, without
distinct ridges at the sides of the median groove. Spines rather
strong, thick-set, extending from the nostrils to the level of the
hind margin of the pectorals on the back and sides, and from
below the eye nearly to the vent on the abdomen. D. 9-11.
A. 8-10, pointed, subequal in height, their longest rays about
the length of head. Caudal truncate.

Dark brown above, with irregular white spots; a golden band
on the sides usually bearing one or two longitudinal dark stripes
and separated from the colour of the back by a dark longitudinal
stripe, that of each side being connected across the back by two
rather indistinct dark cross-bands, one behind the pectorals, the
other through the base of the dorsal; 5 or 6 subvertical dark
stripes on the cheeks; abdomen white; fins immaculate.

Australia. Total length 135 mm.

This species differs entirely from 7’. hypselogenion Bleeker in
the colour, in the stronger and more numerous spines with a
more restricted distribution, in the interorbital space being con-
cave instead of nearly flat, and in the more elevated dorsal and
anal fins with the rays in greater number (usually D. 10, A. 9,
in 7’. plewrogramma, and D.8, A. 7 in 7. hypselogenion).

TETRODON BREVIPINNIS, Nn. Sp.

Tetrodon hypselogenion, Day, Fishes of India, p. 702, pl. clxxxiil.

Body with very indistinct lateral fold. Nasal papilla mode-
rately elevated, with 2 nostrils. Body considerably deeper than
broad; length of head 24 times in total length; length of snout
about 21 times in the length of head, width of snout 34 times,
eye-diameter 4 times, interorbital width 9 times and equal to the
width of ethmoid. Upper jaw smaller than lower, without
distinct ridges at side of median groove, with slightly concave
cutting-edges. Spines of moderate strength, rather wide set, on

1902. | PLECTOGNATHOUS FISHES. 301

all parts of the head, and on the body extending nearly to the
dorsal fin on the back and to the vent on the abdomen and
almost as far on the sides. D. 8, A. 7, pointed, with very short
bases, the length of the base of the dorsal about 3 times in its
height. Caudal weakly lunate.

Above, a dark brown network enclosing lighter rounded areas,
sides yellow, abdomen white; some vertical stripes on the cheeks.
Dorsal with about 4 obscure cross-bands. Caudal with about
7 vertical bands most distinct in its upper lobe.

Indian Ocean. Total length of the specimen described, from
Celebes, 55 mm.

This species is easily distinguishable from 7’. hypselogenion
Bleeker by the colour and the much more compressed body and
narrower snout, and especially by the shortness of the bases of
the dorsal and anal fins.

TETRODON OCELLATUS Linn.

To the synonymy of this species Giinther has added Tetrodon
fasciatus McClelland and Zetrodon bimaculatus Richardson, both
of which I find to be quite distinct species, and I therefore give
diagnostic descriptions of both. The specimen of Tetrodon ocel-
latus in the British Museum Collection, described as a variety
with white annular and vermiculated markings on the back, is
correctly referred to this species, as in every other character it 1s
exactly similar to the more normal specimens, such as are figured

by Richardson, Zool. Sulphur, Fishes, pl. 58.

TETRODON MACCLELLANDI, Ni. Sp.

Tetrodon fasciatus McClell. Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 1844,
p. 412, pl. xxi.

An indistinct lateral fold on the caudal peduncle. Nasal
papilla rather short, with 2 nostrils. Body considerably deeper
than broad; the length of head about 3 times in the total length ;
snout wider than long, its length about 24 times in the length of
head, eye-diameter 6-8 times, interorbital width 21 (adult) to
3} (young) times, and 22-3} times as wide as the ethmoid. Jaws
subequal in height, without distinct ridges at the sides of the
median groove, with slightly concave cutting-edges. Spines very
small, close-set, extending from between the nostrils to the base
of the dorsal on the back, and from below the level of the eye to
the vent on the abdomen, these groups being connected by two
bands of spines (sometimes incomplete), behind the eye and
behind the pectoral. D. 17-19. A. 15-17, pointed, subequal in
height, the longest ray more than half the length of head;
caudal truncate.

In the young, alternate broad and narrow light cross-bands on
the head and back in front of the dorsal, about 6 or 7 in number ;
the last dark band extending back horizontally on the caudal
peduncle. During growth the light bands break up into spots
and finally disappear. At all ages a dark ocellated spot at the

392 . MR. C. TATE REGAN ON [ Nov. 4,

base of the dorsal, another on each side above the pectoral,
and sometimes an obscure one at the base of the pectoral. Vins
immaculate.

Shanghai, Chusan, and Ningpo. Total length 280 mm.

Tetrodon ocellatus is easily distinguished by its coloration, and
by its much narrower ethmoid, fewer dorsal and anal rays
(D. 14-15. A. 12-13), and by the spines extending forward
only to between the eyes.

The name fasciatus is preoccupied by Tetrodon fasciatus Bl.
Schn., founded on a short description and obviously ieorrect
figure of Seba, and not since recognized.

TETRODON BIMACULATUS Richardson.

Body without distinct lateral fold. Nasal papilla moderately
elevated, with 2 nostrils. Body nearly as broad as deep; the
length of head nearly 3 times in the total length; length of snout
about 24 times in the length of head, its breadth less than twice,
eye-diameter about 7 times, interorbital width 27 times, and
about 3 times as wide as the ethmoid. Jaws subequal in height,
without well-marked ridges at the sides of the median groove,
and with slightly concave cutting-edges. Spines moderately
strong, close-set, extending on the back from between the eyes
nearly to the dorsal, and on the abdomen from below the level of
the eyes to the vent; the snout, sides of head and body, and
caudal peduncle naked. D. 13-14. A. 11-12, pointed, subequal
in height, their longest ray nearly half the length of head.
Caudal truncate.

Greyish above, white below; 11 or 12 dark transverse stripes
on the head and back before the dorsal, the posterior ones
becoming horizontal and running back on the caudal peduncle.
A blackish spot on each side covered by the upper part of the
pectoral, and another on the base of the pectoral.

Estuaries of Chinese rivers. Total length 140 mm.

This species is quite distinct from the preceding, with which
Richardson considered it to be identical; and from 7”. ocellatus it
is easily separated by its colour and by its much broader snout
and ethmoid. Richardson’s figure (Zool. Sulphur, Fishes, pl. 57)
is excellent.

TETRODON PLEUROSTICUS Giinther.

To the synonymy of this species should be added Tetrodon
fasciatus Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. ii. 1878, p. 365, pl. x.
The three dark spots on the sides described by Giinther terminate
the quite distinct dark transverse bands on the back noted by
Macleay, and the cross band between the eyes is also present.

TETRODON FLUVIATILIS Ham. Buch.

To the synonymy of this species should be added Tetrodon
waandersii Bleeker, Nat. T. Ned. Ind. v. 1853, p. 194 (Arothron
waandersii Blky., Leiodon waandersii Blkr.). A comparison of

1902. | PLECTOGNATHOUS FISHES. 303

small specimens of this species with Bleeker’s type specimen has
convinced me of their specific identity. The supposed difference
in the nasal organs is non-existent, they might impartially be
described either as a short tube with two terminal lips, or as two
tentacles united basally, although the former phrase is more
applicable to the smaller specimens, the latter to the larger, as
might be expected from what we know of the evolution of these
organs.

TETRODON PUSTULATUS Murray.

The nasal organs in this species are almost exactly similar to
those of the closely allied Tetrodon patoca, which has been placed
in a different section on account of supposed differences in these
organs.

TETRODON BORNEENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XXIV. fig. 3.)

Nasal organ an elevated tube, very indistinctly two-lipped,
with a single terminal aperture. Body rather compressed, with
dorsal keel more or less distinct, the caudal peduncle twice as
deep as broad and not longer than deep. Length of head about
2? times in the total length; snout not longer than broad, half
the length of head ; nese organs midway between eye and end
of snout : eye- diameter 3 34-45 times in the length of head, inter-
orbital width about 21 times; ethmoid very narrow. Jaws sub-
equal in height, the upper somewhat projecting, with fairly
well-marked ridges on each side of the median groove; cutting-
edges concave. Spines small, numerous, extending on the head
and body from the level of the nostrils to that of the vent. D.11.
A.10, rounded, not elevated. Caudal rounded.

Dark brown above, lighter below. A light cross-band between
the eyes is continued forward on each side from the eye through
the nasal organ to the end of the snout, and a broader band runs
back on each side from the eye to meet its fellow in the mid-
dorsal line. Sometimes irregular bands or reticulations on the
sides and caudal fin. Dorsal and anal immaculate.

Sarawak. ‘Total length 70 mm.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PratTEe XXIV.
r. 1. Pseudomonacanthus degeni (natural size), p. 299.
2. Tetrodon pleurogramma (natural size), p. 300.
3, » borneensis (natural size), p. 303.

is fe}

PLATE XXV.

. 1. Pseudomonacanthus multimaculatus (reduced to ,7,), p. 298.

2. Bs punctulatus (reduced to ;7;), p. 298.

le}

304 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON [Nov. 4,

3. On the Transformations of Papilio dardunus Brown and
Philampelus megera; and on two new Species of
South-African Heterocera. By Lt.-Col. J. Matcoum

FAWCETT.
[Received August 8, 1902.)

(Plate XX VI.")
1. Papmio DARDANUS. (Plate XXVI. figs. 6, 7, larva; 8, 9,
10, pupa; 11, head of larva; 12,13, female forms of imago bred.)

Papilio dardanus Brown, Il. Zool. p. 52, t. 22 (1776).
db =merope Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. ii. p. 87, pl. cli. figs. A, B

Lee).

ae ae Stoll, Suppl. Cramer, p. 134, pl. xxix. figs 1, la
Clg @ iy).

Q@ =a variety of hippocoon Fabricius, Ent. Syst. in. 1, p. 38
(1793).

Descrietion.—Larva, early stage. Head greyish green, body
dark chocolate-brown dorsally, abdomen, legs and claspers greyish
green; broad white lateral stripes above the spiracles, meeting
across the back on the 2nd, 5th and 6th, and 10th somites.
On lst somite a pair of long filamentous horns or tentacles
minutely serrated with very short bristles, a pair of very short
horns on 11th somite, and on the 12th somite a pair of similar
horns to those on Ist somite but shorter, all greyish green
in colour. The larva presents, in this stage, a great resemblance
to the droppings of a small bird.

Final stage. Head green, body pale bluish green dorsally,
abdomen, legs and claspers greyish white. On first somite a pair
of short yellow tubercles from between which the Y-like organ
(which is crimson paling to grey at the tips) 1s protruded when
the larva is alarmed. On anal somite a pair of paler yellow
tubercles; on 3rd somite a pair of black “ eye-spots” surrounded
by a white iris, subdorsally; a dorsal series of pale blue spots
on 3rd to 6th somites, one on each somite. A yellowish-white
subspiracular line from 4th somite to the tubercles at the anal
extremity; spiracles reddish.

The larva in this stage is very limaciform, the divisions of the
somites being very indistinct, and the body being very smooth and
velvety.

Feeds on Zoddalia lanceolata Lamarck, nat. ord. Rutacee. The
larva feeds very low down on the plant, almost on the ground.
It is always on the old leaves, and is very difficult to find.

Pupa. Pale yellowish green dorsally, darker green along the
abdomen and wing-cases, and being almost flat and much ex-
panded laterally, it looks exactly like one of the leaves of the food-
plant. The palpi-covers, instead of being divergent as in other
species of Papilio, converge to form a point, thus simulating the

1 Wor explanation of the Plate, see p. 307.

JE, i Si, NOVA Noll IL. IAL SOLOW.

JM.Fawcett del. E.C. Knight lith. West,Newman imp.

SOUTH AFRICAN LEPIDOPTERA.

iN tee

1902.] SOUTH-AFRICAN LEPIDOPTERA, 305

point of a leaf; the lateral margins form a yellowish ridge from
head to anal extremity, and are much expanded laterally at the
point where the wing-covers are broadest; a thin raised median
line dorsally and ventrally helps to complete the resemblance, by
its likeness to the midrib of a leaf.

Mr, G. F. Leigh, F.E.S., has given me the following informa-
tion, and is, I believe, the only person who has bred P. dardanus
from ova in Natal.

A specimen of the common form of the female in Natal (P. cenea,
Pl. XX VI. fig. 12) was captured and placed in confinement,
and laid 42 eggs, 37 of which pupated and produced 17 male
and 20 female insects. The eggs are white, and are generally
laid on the underside of a leaf, not more than two eggs being
deposited on one branch; the larval stages occupied one month,
and the pupal stage fourteen days.

The species is double-brooded, larve having been found in
February and in May, and probably they may be found in other
months as well.

It will be seen from this that the female (from which Mr. Leigh
bred his specimens from the egg) was one of the form which
was described by Stoll as P. cenea, this being the form of the
female most commonly met with in the Durban district, and
that which appears to mimic Amauris echeria Stoll. Among the
female imagines that resulted, there were, besides this form,
also specimens of a form of female near the form described by
Fabricius as P. hippocoon, this being a rarer form of the female in
Natal (Plate XX VI. fig. 13); this form differs from the typical
form of P. hippocoon from West Africa mainly in having a larger
area of white on the hind wing than the latter, being modified in
imitation of its model Amauris dominicanus Trimen (a local race
of the West-African Amauris niavius Linnus), which is also
distinguished from the West-African form by having a larger area
of white on the hind wing.

The males also differ from West-African specimens of P. dar-
danus in having the black discal spots and the marginal lunules
on the upperside of the hind wing coalesced into continuous
black discal fasci#, and in the discal band on the underside of
the hind wing being tinged with rust-colour instead of fuscous ;
they were also, as a general rule, a good deal smaller.

Mr. R. Trimen records the South-African form as a distinct
species under the name of P. cenea Stoll (South-African Butter-
flies, ill. p. 243. n. 313), while Professor Aurivillius (Rhopalocera
ANthiopica, p. 465. n. 8) considers P. cenea to be a “forma
geographica” of P. dardanus.

The species is subject to almost endless variation, the differ-
ences given above between the South- and West-African races
being by no means constant, and it appears to the writer impos-
sible to divide them except as subspecies or local races.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1892, Vor. II, No. XX, 20

306 -LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON [ Nov. 4,

Family SpHiIncip#.

2. PHILAMPELUS MEGHRA. (Plate XXVI. figs. 3, 4, larva;
5, pupa.)

Sphinx megera Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 492. n. 19 (1758) ;
Mus, Ulr. p. 358 (1764); id. Clerck, Icones, t. 47. fig. 2 (1759).

Philampelus megera Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. B.M. viii. p. 179.
n. 11 (1856).

Huchloron megera Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. Hét. 1. p. 214
(1875).

Description.—Larva. Head green, body pale yellowish green,
irrorated with minute black spots and strige; an indistinct pale
subdorsal line, defined on the Ist, 2nd, and 38rd somites by
fuscous lines, and on the remaining somites to the 11th by paired
black spots at the junctions of the somites, and on the 11th
somite by three triangular fuscous spots situated at the base of
the horn. On 4th somite a pale greenish-white ‘“ eye-spot”
defined outwardly by a black circle; a dorsal fuscous line from
head becoming obsolescent on 5th somite; horn short and yellow ;
legs and claspers concolorous with the rest of the body; spi-
racles fuscous.

Before pupating the larva assumes a pinkish-brown hue (as
shown in Pl. XX VI. fig. 4).

Feeds on common vine,

Pupa. Dark red-brown, profusely mottled with fuscous spots
and strige, formed amongst leaves on the surface of the ground
in a Similar manner to those of species of Cherocampa.

The various larval stages are completed in about one month,
and in February and March only fourteen days are passed in the
pupal stage.

Mr. J. F. Quekett, Curator of the Durban Museum, who has
reared examples of this species, and to whom I am indebted
for these observations, informs me that the species is probably
single-brooded, as he has never heard of, or come across, a second
brood.

The perfect insect is not commonly met with at Durban, but
may, perhaps, be sometimes overlooked owing to its superficial
resemblance to the common Cherocampa idricus Drury, although
the latter is a much smaller species.

Family Huprerotip2.

3. RABDOSIA CLIO, n. sp. (Plate XX VI. fig. 2.)

Description.— Wale. Head and thorax reddish brown; ab-
domen and wings pale ochreous brown: fore wing crossed by a
broad dark postmedial fascia; veins whitish, defined inferiorly
by some black irrorations; a marginal series of pale wedge-shaped
(cuneiform) lunules formed by the junction of the pale lines
defining the veins, their apices reaching the margin of the wing;

1902.15 | SOUTH-AFRICAN LEPIDOPTERA, 307

the extremity of the wing is darker beyond these lunules, and
also near the base between veins | and 2: hind wing with mar-
ginal lunules: similar to those on the fore wing but paler and more
indistinct. Cilia red-brown.

The specimen figured was reared from a larva in Pieter-
maritzburg in 1899, but the notes on its transformations were

subsequently lost.

Family Nocrur2.
Subfamily QuADRIFINA.

4, DERMALEIPA DASEIA, n. sp. (Plate XX VI. fig. 1.)

Description.—J/ale. Head and thorax reddish brown ; abdomen
searlet below, fuscous above. Fore wing reddish purple-brown,
much irrorated with darker brown especially along the costal
margin; a short subbasal dark line; a straight outwardly oblique
antemedial line defined with dark fuscous outwardly ; reniform
large and dark, ringed with fuscous; an outwardly oblique post-
medial line defined outwardly by a dark fuscous line; an irre-
gular submarginal line of minute black spots between the veins.
Hind wing apically and outwardly scarlet, inwardly black, the
abdominal margin being fringed with a lateral tuft of long
ochreous hairs. Underside scarlet, reniform black.

Female. Fore wing similar to that of the male but paler;
hind wing with the black inner area divided into a median patch
and a short submarginal fascia, the latter not reaching the outer
margin of the wing near the anal angle, as in the male; no
lateral tufts of long hairs on the abdominal margins. Underside
as in the male.

This species presents considerable analogy to the well-known
Indian species Lagoptera juno Dalman; the coloration being
somewhat similar, and the lateral tufts of long hairs on the hind
wing of the male being identical. This moth is a day-flier, and
the writer has taken both sexes flying in brilliant sunshine in
the covert known as “the Town Bush” near Pietermaritzburg,
Natal, at about 3000 feet elevation in January.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI.

. Dermaleipa daseia, male, p. 307.

. Rabdosia clic, male, p. 306.

Philampelus megera, larva, second last skin, p. 306.
Ditto. Full-fed, just betore pupating.

Ditto. Pupa.

Papilio dardanus, larva, early stage, p. 304.

. Ditto. Larva, full-fed.

. Ditto. Pupa, dorsal view.

Ditto. Pupa, ventral view.

Ditto. Pupa, side view.

. Ditto. Head of larva with tentacles protruded.

. Ditto. Female form bred = cenea Stoll.

. Ditto. Female form bred = var, of P. hippocoon Fabricius,

SO OATH OV Go to

oe
Ts

Co bo

20"

308 _MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Nov. 4,

4. On a Collection of Mammals from Abyssinia, including
some from Lake Tsana, collected by Mr. Edward Degen.

By Ouprietp THomas, F.R.S.
[Received October 27, 1902. |

By the generosity of a gentleman interested in Abyssinia,
Mr. Edward Degen was enabled, during the first half of the
present year, to make a collecting expedition to Abyssinia, the
resulting specimens being all presented to the National Museum.
While in Abyssinia Mr. Degen was able to go to the little-known
Lake Tsana, in the centre of the country, where, so far as I can
ascertain, no mammals have ever been collected since the time of
hiippell.

As might have been expected, the mammals obtained at. this
locality prove to be of the greatest interest, quite a number of
them being new, notably the fine Otter, the large Mungoose, and
the Hare, while others, only hitherto obtained by Riippell, form
most valuable accessions to the Museum. The most noteworthy
of these latter is the little “ Mus imberbis Riipp.,” for which I
have found it necessary to propose a new genus.

The donor is to be congratulated on the highly satisfactory
results of Mr. Degen’s trip, so far as the mammals are concerned,
the more so as this group had of necessity to receive only secondary
attention as compared with the magnificent collection of Fishes,
from which Mr. Boulenger has described so many novelties,

—

. COLOBUS ABYSSINICUS POLIURUS Thos.
3. Dodgit, W. Shoa. 26 June, 1902.
2. Papio poGupRA Puch.

¢. Ahouillet, Kutai. 21 June.

3. MEGADERMA Cor Peters.

Dried specimen. Dhar- Ala, Danakil Country. 25 January.
“ Round in this condition in a cave.’

4. ScororHiLus NiIGRITA Schr.

6 @. Harar. 10 January.

5. CROCIDURA DORIANA Dobs.
, 292 inskin, and g in spirit. Addis Ababa. March and
April.
“Caught in Legation Garden.”
6. GENETTA, sp. ine. (near G. dongolana H. & E.).
o. Bijo. 16 January.
7. HERPESTES ICHNEUMON L.

é. Billen, near the Hawash Riverin Adalcountry, 31 January,

1902:) MAMMALS FROM ABYSSINIA, 309

8. HERPESTES GALERA MITIS, subsp. n.
3. Zegi, Lake Tsana, 4000 feet.

A small-toothed Abyssinian representative of H. galera.

Fur long and coarse. General colour dark chocolate-brown all
over, above and below, almost without annulations, some of the
hairs only having a faint and scarcely distinguishable whitish
subterminal ring. Head, feet, and tail darker even than the
body, the last-named gradually becoming black terminally. A
few wholly white hairs mixed with the fur of the fore-quarters.

Skull about the size of that of the true Southern H. galera, there-
fore considerably smaller than in the Central and Hast- African
subspecies robustus. General form similar, but the posterior
palate decidedly narrower, and the bullae much lower and less
prominent. Teeth smaller throughout, especially the last pre-
molars above and below and the first molars.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 600 mm.; tail 330; hind foot (c.) 100.

Skull—basal length 95; condylar length (basal length of
P.Z.S. 1882, p. 65) 100; zygomatic breadth 62°5; interorbital
breadth 21; breadth of brain-case 38; mastoid breadth 40:5 ;
palate length from gnathion 56; breadth of posterior palate 8.

Teeth— greatest horizontal diameter of p* 10°8, m* 9-1, m? 5:8;
of p, 7:5, m, 86, m, 5-9.

Type. 'The specimen above recorded. B.M. No. 2.9.9.6.

This fine Mungoose is of about the same size as the true
Cape Herpestes galera, though with smaller teeth, the large
HT, galera robustus of Hast Africa and the Upper Nile separating
the two. No Mungoose of this group appears to have been
hitherto recorded from Abyssinia.

9. Ictonyx, sp. inc.
©. Addis Ababa, 8000 feet. 26 March.

10. Lurra CAPENSIS MENELEKI, subsp. n.
3. Zegi, Lake Tsana, 4000 feet.

The Abyssinian representative of the Cape Clawless Otter.

Size very large; colour very strong and dark, deep chocolate-
brown on the back, darkening anteriorly almost to black on the
nape and crown, where it is indistinctly grizzled with white.
Muzzle greyish white. Lips, cheek, and sides of neck sharply
contrasted white. Ears brown, with prominently white edges.
Chin and throat dull yellowish white; belly brown, little paler
than the upper surface. Limbs and tail dark brown as usual.

Underfur of body all over, and notably of back, silvery white,
the extreme tips only of the hairs brown, In true L. capensis
the underfur is almost entirely brown.

Skull very broad and massive, larger and heavier in every way
than a fine adult male skull from West Africa. Interorbital,

310 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Nov. 4,

postorbital, and mastoid breadths all greater than in the allied
skull, but the height of the skull scarcely greater, so that its
flattened shape is unusually marked even for this group. Nasal
opening broader than high, the converse being the case in the
other forms. Pterygoid processes larger than in the West- African
form, bulle lower and flatter, mastoid and paroccipital processes
larger, the last-named more distant from the condyles (10 instead
of 6 mm.). These comparisons are all made with a skull dis-
tinctly older than the typical skull of the new form.

Dentition apparently quite as in true L. capensis.

Dimensions of the type RCHSLEED in skin) :—

Head and body 900 mm.; tail 670; hind foot —; ear 25.

Skull—basal length 131; zygomatic breadth 106; mastoid
breadth 102; interorbital breadth 35; tip to tip of interorbital
processes 51 ; intertemporal breadth 28:5 ; palate length exclusive
of median spine 66°5; breadth of posterior palate 16°5. Greatest
diameter of m’ 19°5.

Type. B.M. No. 2.9.9.13.

This magnificent Otter, which I have named in honour of His
Majesty the Emperor Menelek, represents in Abyssinia the claw-
less species, J. capensis, of Southern and Western Africa, just as
Herr Oscar Neumann’s L. concolor, from Addis Ababa, represents
the clawed one, Z. maculicollis. Whether it is confined to Lake
Tsana, or ranges into the rivers surrounding the slopes of the
high grounds, remains to be proved.

As a subspecies it is recognizable by its broad low skull, broad
nasal opening, dark colour, and silvery underfur.

it is possibly to this large Otter that Heuglin’s references‘ to
a Tsana Manatee are traceable, for the Otters which he mentions
as such” are quite small ones—‘‘ Kaum die Grosse der Genet-
Katze,” and native accounts of this large form might have led him
to believe that the “ Aila” or “ Auli” was “‘ wohl ein Manatus ?”

11. Scrurvus MuLricoLor Riipp.
6 36 Q. Zegi, Lake Tsana, 4500 feet. 14-22 May.
The female has 1-2 = 6 mamme.

12. XeErRuS ruTILUS Cretzschm.
©. Gildessa, Somali.

As Mr. de Winton has shown’, the names XY. daba all Heugl.
and X. flavus M.-Kdw. are synonymous with X. ratilus, while the
darker, more northern form should standas X. brachyotus Hempr.
& Ehr. (syn. X. fuscus Huet).

13. TarerA, sp. (probably murina Sund.).
3: Lake Zuai. 10 March.

1 Reise N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 187 (1877). 2 T. ¢. p. 38.
3 P. ZS. 1898, p. 765,

i 902.] MAMMALS FROM ABYSSINIA. 311

14, OTOMYS DEGENI, sp. n.

3 (skin). Gombitchu, Shoa, 8000 feet. 16 April. Type.

2 © (in spirit). Moncorar, Mietcha, Godjam, 9000 feet.

One deep and one shallow groove in each upper, and two deep
=e
ar

Fur comparatively thin and poor, very different from the deep
rich fur of O. jacksoni; shorter hairs of back about 13 mm. in
length. General colour strongly lined pale brown, between raw
umber and isabella of Ridgway, without marked metallic sheen.
Sides rather more buffy. Under surface but little lighter, the
hairs broadly slaty basally, dull buffy terminally. Head like
body, inconspicuous yellowish patches above and below eye and
round ear. Backs of ears brown, edges and inner surfaces
yellowish. Hands and feet dull greyish. Tail brown above, dull
greyish on sides and below.

Skull large and heavily built, conspicuously stouter than in
O. jacksoni. Nasals very broad, as much expanded in front as in
O. irroratus. Posterior palate ending about level with the sixth
lamina of m’.

Incisors very broad, the upper ones with one deep sharp groove
dividing off the outer third of the tooth, and the front of the
inner part faintly and indistinctly concave. On the extreme
inner angle of the tooth there is also a third minute shallow and
almost imperceptible groove. Lower incisors with two deep and
equal grooves, dividing each tooth into three equal portions.
Molars broad; the posterior one above with eight lamine, the
anterior lower with four.

Dimensions of a female specimen in spirit, not the type :—

Head and body 161 mm.; tail 90; hind foot (s. u.) 28°5 ;
ear 22 x 21.

Skull of type—upper length from back of interparietal 36:2 ;
greatest breadth 19-7 ; nasals 16°5 x 7-5 ; interorbital breadth 4:4;
interparietal 4:7 x9; diastema 9; palate length 17:8; palatal
foramina 7:3; length of upper molar series (crowns) 8°2.

This Otomys might have been supposed to be Heuglin’s
““Oreomys typus,’* described from the mountains of Simien, but
that animal is distinctly said to have three sharp and deep grooves on
both the upper and lower incisors, so that O. degeni, with two deep
ones below and one deep and two indistinct ones above, can hardly
be the same, whatever allowance for error ought to be made.

O. jacksoni Thos., from Mt. Elgon, is otherwise the nearest
species, and that is smaller, with a more delicately built skull,
with only 7 lamine in m’, and, though the number of the incisor
grooves is practically the same, their spacing is different.
Externally O. jacksoni is a much darker-coloured and thicker-
furred animal.

grooves in each lower incisor. Lamina formula of molars

1 Reise N.O.-Afr. ii. p. 76 (1877). Since the above was written, Dr. K. Lampert
of Stuttgart has kindly sent me some further particulars about the typical skull of
O. typus, Which conclusively prove that O. degeni is distinct from it.

312 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Nov. 4,

IT have much pleasure in naming this distinct species after
Mr. Degen, the collector of the present interesting series.

15. Mus aupipees Riipp.
23,1 9. Addis Ababa. March, April.

This species is readily distinguished by its long tail from the
other members of the group. Mr. Pease also obtained two
specimens of it at Lake Zuai.

16. Mus spp.

33,3 2. Addis Ababa. February to March.
2 $6. Hawash R. March.

3. Gubre, Godjam, 6000 feet. 9 May.

6. Abulie, Kutai. June.

Besides the long-tailed, long-skulled J. albipes, there appear to
be more than one species of the difficult macrolepis-lateralis group
in the collection, but without further material, with flesh-
measurements, it is impossible to distinguish them or make out
what names they should bear. Several of Heuglin’s names appear
to belong to this group.

17. LecGaADA MAHOMET Rhoads.
3. Addis Ababa. 5 April.

18. ARVICANTHIS ABYSSINICUS Riipp.

$6 9. Addis Ababa. March.

36 @. Yah-Yah, Shoa. April,

4g. Lake Tsana. May and June.

36 2. Hawash R. February and March.

@. Lake Zuai. March.

For all these Abyssinian Arvicanthes I provisionally use
Riippell’s name of abyssinicus, with typical specimens of which
some of them entirely agree. But on the one hand there may be
more than one definable form among them, and on the other
identification has to be made of quite a number of other names
which have been given to members of the group. Thus MJeriones
lacernatus Riipp. and Mus ochropus and M. rufidorsalis Heugl.
are all evidently forms of Arvicanthis, and will have to be iden-
tified when further material is available. But the North Somali
Arvicanthis, which has been identified with the Hast-African
A. neumanni Matsch., is clearly distinct and is now described ’.

1 ARVICANTHIS SOMALICUS, sp. n.

A small pale species allied to A. neumanni.

Size markedly less than in the other members of the group. General colour pale
sandy buff lined with brown, becoming more “ pinkish buff” on the rump. No trace
of a spinal dark line. Head paler, almost whitish, eye-rings and ears sandy fulvous.
Under surface dull whitish, the hairs dark basally. Upper surface of hands and feet
buffy white. Tail blackish above, dull fulvous on the sides and below.

Skull small, strongly built, with strongly-ridged supraorbital region.

1902.] MAMMALS FROM ABYSSINIA, 313

19. PELOMYS HARRINGTONI, sp. n.
6. Katchisa, Kutai, W.Shoa. 23 June.

General appearance of P. dembeensis above, but belly with three
bright buffy lines.

Size about as in P. dembeensis, smaller than in P. fallax. Fur
rather crisp; general hairs of back about 12 mm. in length, the
longer hairs overtopping them by about 5-6 mm. General colour
dark lined olivaceous, more distinctly greenish than in P. fallax.
Sides paler, more fulvous and more heavily lined. Under surface
white (the hairs white nearly to their roots), with three bright
buffy yellow lines running down it, one median on the chest and
upper belly, and two lateral, bordering the dark colour of the sides
the whole length of the animal, from the upper hp down the neck,
body, and front of hind limbs to the ankles. Head like body,
indistinct yellowish spots above and below eyes. Kars brown,
their basal hairs yellowish. Fore limbs grizzled olive externally,
darkening to brown on the hands; white on the inner surface.
Hind legs olive externally, white edged with yellow internally;
feet grizzled fulvous and brown. ‘Tail thinly haired, blackish
above, dull yellowish below.

Skull comparatively small and slender; interorbital region
narrow, finely beaded. Palatal foramina well open, not markedly
narrowed posteriorly, their hinder end level with the anterior
root of m’*; posterior edge of palate level with the middle of m’.

Incisors narrower than in ?. fallax and much less distinctly
grooved, the groove in fact almost obsolete. Molars smaller and
more delicate than in P. fallax, but with the same essential
distinctions from those of Golunda. Inner tubercle of each lamina
throughout larger, and middle one smaller than in P. fallax, so
that the inner one is about three-fourths the size of the middle
one or more, while in P. fallax the middle tubercle is always twice
the breadth of the inner one.

Dimensions of the type, taken on the skin :—

Head and body 140 mm.; tail 90+ — (imperfect); hind foot
(s.u.) (wet) 27:3; ear (dry) 15.

Skull—tip of nasals to back of frontals 25; greatest breadth
14:5; nasals 12°5 x 38; interorbital breadth 4:1; palate length
from henselion 13:3; diastema 8°5; palatal foramina 6:6 x 2°2;
length of upper molar series 6.

UOfG, Ges 18 Wl, WO, AOBss.

The only described species allied to P. harringtoni is Riippell’s
Mus dembeensis, considered by Mr. de Winton * (although with

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 133 mm.; tail 104; hind foot (s.u.) 23; ear 16.

Skull—greatest length 30; basilar length 26; greatest breadth 16; interorbital
breadth 5; length of upper molar series 5°9.

Hab. Northern Somali-land. Type from Shuk, alt. 4000 feet.

Type. Old male. B.M. No. 97.12.3.9. Collected and presented by HE. Lort
Phillips, Esq. Many specimens examined.

1 P.Z.S. 1901, p- 81.

314 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON | Nov. 4,

remarks on its molar differences) as an Arvicanthis, but which I
think is also more nearly allied to Pelomys. From that species
P. harringtoni differs by its striped belly and smaller molars.

IT have named this handsome and remarkable species, which 1s
distinguished from all its allies by the brilliant striping of its
under surface, in honour of Col. Harrington, the British Resident
at Addis Ababa, to whose assistance all British travellers in
Abyssinia are so much indebted.

With regard to the use of the name Pelomys, a genus of recent
years synonymized with the Indian Golunda, I have come to the
conclusion that after all the two forms may well be considered
as generically distinct. Like as they are in external characters,
and in skull and incisor structure, the molars of the two groups
show such differences in detail that, combined with the different
geographical distribution, | think it would be best to keep them
apart. While the molars of Pelomys are of fairly normal murine
structure, with subequal anterior accessory tubercles, m*° and m*
of Golunda have their antero-internal tubercles hypertrophied
and their antero-external ones minute or obsolete, so as to give a
peculiar oblique appearance tothe teeth. In outline the latter are
also broader, shorter, and less narrowed posteriorly. The teeth
of Golunda have been well figured by Blanford* and those of
Pelomys by Peters”.

Even after the removal of Golunda it is by no means certain
that Pelomys dombeensis and P. harringtoni, with their almost
ungrooved incisors, ought to be considered as congeneric with
P. fallax, but I do not care to separate them without seeing what
representative forms occur in the intermediate countries.

920. LopHUROMYS FLAVOPUNCTATUS Thos.

26,29. Addis Ababa, 8000 feet. February and March.

6. Yah-Yah, Shoa. 18 April.

The type of this species, which was discovered by Sir W. C.
Harris during his Mission to Shoa in 1843, was probably obtained
at Ankober, about 100 miles N.E. of Addis Ababa.

As is usual in this genus, the bellies of these specimens vary
considerably in the intensity of their yellowish suffusion, the two
females being the most strongly coloured. The upper surfaces
are also by no means uniform in tone.

21. MuricuLus IMBERBIS Riipp.
o. Zige, Lake Tsana, 4000 feet. 1 June.

MURICULUS, gen. nov.

Size very small; proportions about as in Lophuromys. Hind
feet with the fifth digit short, though not quite so short as the
hallux. Claws small, not markedly elongated.

1 Mamm. Ind. p. 427 (1891).
2 Reise Mossamb., Mamm. pl. xxxv. fig. 9 (1852).

1902.] MAMMALS FROM ABYSSINIA. 315

Fur thick, close, and rather crisp, some of the hairs flattened,
though not to be called spiny. Back lineated in the type species.
Tail short, closely but finely hairy.

Skull stoutly built, rather hke that of a small short-headed
Lophuromys. Palatal foramina very long; posterior palate con-
tinued some way backward behind molars. Incisors narrow,
smooth in front, markedly thrown forwards, so that even the tips
of the upper ones do not curve backwards towards the throat.
Molars strictly murine, without any marked characteristics.
m° and m’° each with a large antero-internal accessory cusp, and
the former only with a small antero-external one.

Type. Mus imberbis Riipp.

Some years ago, by the kindness of the authorities of the
Senckenberg Museum, I had the opportunity of examining
the type of Riippell’s Aus imberbis, and saw at once that it could
not be assigned to any known genus. Now that a specimen has
been secured by Mr. Degen I venture to give it a generic name.

In a general way Muriculus imberbis looks lke a pigmy
Arvicanthis or Lophuromys, and, while clearly not assignable to
any known genus, 1s somewhat lacking in definitive generic
characters, its projecting incisors being its most marked feature.
Its whiskers are as abundant as usual, Riippell’s specimen having
no doubt lost them accidentally, and it has a distinct dorsal black
stripe down the posterior half of the spine. This stripe is not
mentioned by Riippell, but is present in the type, as I have
personally noted.

In some ways this is the most interesting of Mr. Degen’s
captures, and fills an important lacuna in the National Collection
of Muride.

22. PECTINATOR SPEKEI Blyth.
o. Las Mahan, Somali.

23. LEPUS, sp. inc.
3. Marmasa, N.K. of Mt. Asebot. 25 January.
o. Miessa, S. of Mt. Asebot. 23 July.

Long-eared Desert Hares of the Z. wthiopicus type, not satis-
factorily determinable without further material.

24, LEPUS FAGANI, sp. n.

3. Zegi, Lake Tsana, 4000 feet. 28 May.
“In scrub.” —K. D.

A remarkably dark-coloured Hare, quite unlike any of the pale
N. African species.

Size medium. General colour very dark for an African Hare,
the general tone of the back approaching Ridgway’s ‘‘ mummy-
brown”; the underfur with pale slaty greyish bases and buffy
tips, the long hairs light for their basal and black for their

316 ON MAMMALS FROM ABYSSINIA. [ Nov. 4,

terminal halves, with a buffy or dark isabelline subterminal
band. Under surface mostly dull sandy or buffy, with but little
white; not sharply defined from the upper surface. Crown of
head grizzled mummy-brown, like back, a large area round each
eye whitish buffy. Ears of only medium length, their outer
surface dark grizzled brown, with an inconspicuous patch of dull
black behind their tips; fringe of long hairs on lower part of
anterior edge, of shorter hairs along the posterior edge, dull
sandy ; inner surface brown proximally, sandy terminally. Nape-
patch rather paler than ‘“ cinnamon-rufous.” Fore lmbs like
nape-patch at elbows, becoming sandy buffy on the hands; feet
also dull sandy buffy. ‘Tail unfortunately wanting in the only
specimen.

Skull stoutly built, with a long heavy muzzle; supraorbital
wings unusually small and weak; anterior shoulders of zygomata
large and prominent, the breadth across them exceeding the
posterior zygomatic breadth ; palatal bridge of medium breadth ;
bulle decidedly small.

Upper incisors each with a deep but simple enamel inden-
tation, corresponding about to no. xii. of the series figured by
Dr. Major’; the groove entirely filled up with cement.

Dimensions of the type, measured in skin :—

Head and body 510 mm. ; hind foot 102; ear-opening (wet) 90.

Skull—greatest length 90°5; basilar length 68°8; zygomatic
breadth 40:3; nasals, length diagonally 41, breadth 20; inter-
orbital breadth 21, breadth across supraorbital wings 21°7;
intertemporal breadth 10°7; palatal foramina 22 x 8:5; palatal
bridge 7-4; antero-posterior diameter of bulle 10:2.

Type. The specimen recorded above. B.M. No. 2.9.9.54.

This very interesting Hare differs widely from ail the pale
long-eared N. African Desert Hares, and is apparently the
representative in Abyssinia of the Z. whytei group of Nyasa and
Central Africa, with which it somewhat agrees in cranial characters
and in the proportions of its ears.

I have named it in honour of my friend, Mr. Charles E. Fagan,
Assistant Secretary of the Museum, to whom Mr. Degen, like all
other collectors making expeditions for the benefit of the National
Museum, has been much indebted for assistance.

95. PROCAVIA BRUCEI SOMALICA Thos.
Adult ¢ & young. Bijo. 16 January.

26. ORYCTEROPUS AFER EZTHIOPICUS Sund.
Andota. May.

1 Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. vii. p. 468 (1899).

Oo
I
“I

1902.| THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE,

5. Note on Alces bedfordie.
By Hon. Watter Rotuscaiip, M.P., F.Z.8.
| Received July 1, 1902. |

At the scientific meeting of this Society on June 17th a
communication was read from Mr. H. J. Elwes, taking to task
Mr. Lydekker for describing a new Elk from insufficient material
(see P. Z.S. 1902, vol. i. p. 104). I wish to point out to the Society
that the characters by which species and subspecies of vertebrate
animals are distinguished are much more constant as a rule than
those of the Invertebrata, the study of which probably induced
Mr. Elwes to make this communication. Therefore Mr. Lydekker,
to my mind, was justified in describing Alces bedfordie, though I
personally would only have given the new form subspecific rank.
In support of the validity of this new Elk, I may say I knew of
its existence eight years before Mr. Lydekker described it. I
have in the Tring Museum a good series of this form in addition
to the two types. Mr. Carl Hagenbeck has received considerable
numbers of these horns, and many pairs have passed through the
London horn- and feather-merchants’ hands, which, being of the
same type, prove the recently described form to be fully worthy
of a name.

November 18, 1902.

Prof. G. B. Howes, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of October 1902 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of October were 169 in number. Of these 66 were acquired
by presentation and 1 by purchase, 89 were received on deposit,
and 13 in exchange. The total number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 140.

Amongst these special attention may be drawn to :—

1. A specimen of the Galapagan Barn-Owl (Strix punctatissima),
deposited Oct. 11th, probably the first example of this rare Owl
that has reached Europe alive.

2. Seven living examples of the Galapagan Land-Iguana (Cono-
lophus subcristatus) from Seymour Island, Galapagos, deposited
Oct. 11th.

The Barn-Owl and Iguanas were brought from the Galapagos
along with a collection of Gigantic Tortoises, and deposited by
the Hon. Walter Rothschild, M.P., F.Z.S.

3. A specimen of the Fringed Gecko (Uroplates fimbriatus)
from Madagascar, deposited Oct. 25th by the Hon. Walter

Rothschild, M.P., F.Z.S.

318: MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON HYBRID DUCKS. | Nov. 18,

Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S., exhibited photographs of two
Stags’ heads and read the following extract from a letter written
concerning them by Mr. D. Russell, Hon. Sec. of the Otago
Acclimatization Society :—‘‘ The stag-heads will give you an idea
of how the Red Deer of Europe (Cervus elaphus) thrive here.
The herd that these heads are from numbers from four to five
thousand, and has resulted from the turning out of six hinds and
two stags in 1868. Of course, the country is in every way suitable
for them, and they have lots of room in front of them to populate.
Some of the carcases weigh from five to six hundred pounds.
There are similar herds in several other parts of New Zealand as
well as in our district.”

Dr. Woodward also read the following abstract from the
Annual Report of the Otago Acclimatization Society for the season
ending March 31, 1902, on the same subject :—“The herd of
Red Deer on the Morven Hills and adjacent districts is doing
remarkably well. We are much indebted to Mr. C. Turnbull for
a very valuable report on the herd from personal observations
made by him in April of this year. Mr. Turnbull informs us
that the deer have greatly increased in numbers and spread far
afield since he saw them last some seven years ago, and that the
food in the Deer-country has greatly improved of late years owing,
to the rabbits being much less numerous than formerly. Mr. A.
E. Leatham, a visitor from the Home country, has also kindly
sent to the Council a report on the deer in the Hunter Valley
Mr. Leatham spent a month in the district, and found deer
fairly numerous in all the valleys running into the Hunter
Valley, some of the valleys being ten and twelve miles long.
Thirty miles up the Hunter Valley, Mr. Leatham shot stags, and
observed their tracks going still further afield. The outer fringes
of the herd will now probably be on the slopes of the West Coast,
where they will have unlimited scope to spread unmolested, and
will afford good deer-stalking for any number of sportsmen in
the future. Owing to the mild winter and early spring the stags
this season were in fine condition and carried good antlers.
Several were shot with carcases weighing from five to six hundred
pounds each, and quite a number of the heads obtained had
antlers from 40 to 46 inches long from tip to base, with a width of
span up to 41 inches. Mr. Quin, of Tapanui, procured this year
four young hinds and two stags from Mr. Chirnside of Victoria.
These have been put down on the upper reaches of the Pomahaka
River, where the country is suitable for their requirements.”

Mr. J. L. Bonhote exhibited and made some remarks on four
hybrid Ducks which he had bred in his aviaries during the
past summer. The first specimen exhibited was that of a cross
between the Indian Spot-billed (Anas pacilorhyncha) and the
Wild Duck (A. boschas), the male parent being a hybrid between
these two species, and the female a pure-bred Wild Duck. The
remaining three specimens from two broods represented a cross

1902.] MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE BONGO ANTELOPE, 319

between three species, viz., the Indian Spot-billed, the Wild Duck,
and the Pintail (Dajila acuta); in each case both the parents
being hybrids. Im one instance the drake was a Spot-billed
Mallard, and the duck a Pintail Mallard, and in the second
instance the sexes were reversed.

In pointing out in what manner these crosses partook of their
parent forms, Mr. Bonhote drew attention to the fact of the great
tendency they showed to become white on the underparts, which
he was inclined to believe was a sign of reversion to an earlier
form, having regard to the numerous species of water-birds in
which light-coloured underparts were a constant feature.

A water-colour drawing of a male Spot-billed and Mallard
hybrid in eclipse plumage was also shown ; and it was pointed out
that in the winter plumage this individual closely resembled the
Mallard, while in the eclipse plumage it showed greater evidence
of the other parent.

Mr. Bonhote drew the following conclusions from his experi-
ments, so far as they had at present been carried :—

(i) Hybridism between three species of surface-feeding Ducks
is comparatively easy of attainment; hybrids between two
species showing no evidence of sterility.

(ii) There is a marked tendency in the produce towards wuite
underparts.

(iii) So far as can be judged, the Pintail is sightly dominant
over the Mallard, and the Mallard over the Spot-hbill.

(iv) The chestnut breast and spotted billare the most dominant
features of their respective species.

(v) In a hybrid one species may be dominant in the winter
plumage, and the other parent in the eclipse plumage.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited a mounted male, and a female
skull of the East African representative of the Bongo Antelope,
recently described by him as Boocercus ewryceros isaaci* on these
specimens, which had been obtained by Mr. F. W. Isaac in the
deep forest of the Eldoma Ravine, British E. Africa, and presented
by him to the National Museum.

Mr. Thomas drew special attention to the horns of the female,
which, in proportion to the size of the animal, were longer than
those of the male. The measurements had been given in the
paper describing the subspecies.

This was no doubt the animal to which reference had been
made by Mr. F. J. Jackson in a letter read before the Society in
1897 *, when the horns of a female were exhibited at the Meeting
and figured in the ‘ Proceedings,’ although at that date the native
statement that they belonged to a female was not credited, and
they were supposed to be those of a male Bushbuck allied to the
Inyala (Zragelaphus angasi).

1 Amn. Mag. N. H, (7) x. p. 810 (1902).
2 P. Z.S. 1897, p. 455.

320 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [Nov. 18,

No other member of the Tragelaphine, except the Eland, had
horns in the female; and it was on this character that it was
thought that the Bongo should constitute a genus—Boocercus '—
distinct from Z'ragelaphus, in which the females were hornless.

It still remained to be verified that the true Bongo of West
Africa had also horns in the female, no members of that sex
having as yet come to Europe. But the males from the two
localities were so similar that it seemed highly improbable that
the females should differ in so important a character.

Mr. O. Thomas, F.R.S., exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Lydekker
(who was unable to attend), the mounted skin of an adult male
of the Peking Deer (Cervus | Pseudaxis| hortulorum), recently
presented by the President and the Duchess of Bedford to the
British Museum. Mr. Lydekker believed that an adult specimen
of this fine stag had not hitherto been figured, and he therefore
thought that a figure of the example now exhibited would be
desirable in the Society’s ‘Proceedings.’ The specimen was in the
summer dress.

Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., gave an account of some exca-
vations for the discovery of early Phocene mammalian remains
which he had recently made near Concud, in the province of
Teruel, Spain. The bones had proved to be very abundant in a
bed of freshwater marl, but they were in a much more frag-
mentary condition than those found at Pikermi, in Greece. He
had discovered evidence of the former existence of species of the
genera Hipparion, Rhinoceros, and Mastodon, and of several small
antelopes, and exhibited some jaws of the first of these genera.

Mr. F. E. Beddard, F.R.S., remarked as follows upon the birth
of an Indian Elephant in the Society’s Gardens :—

The birth of an Elephant in a menagerie is so rare an event
that some notice of the circumstances attending the birth of an
Indian Elephant in the Society’s Gardens in August last may
prove acceptable to the Fellows. During the history of the
Society there has been no other instance of an Elephant having
been born in the Gardens; and in other menageries such
occurrences are extremely rave. A note in the ‘ Field’ newspaper
of Oct. 25th last sums up the few births in menageries which
have been recorded, and they are only two. The Elephant, which
has lately given birth to a calf, was deposited in the Gardens on
Sept. 19th, 1901, by Messrs. John Sanger & Sons. The Elephant
was believed to be in young; but the exact date of impregnation
was not known. ‘There were reasons for believing that this took
place in April 1900, and in that case the birth might have been
expected to have occurred in January or February 1902. Mr.
Arthur Thomson, the Society’s Assistant Superintendent, reports

1 Buryceros Gray nec Lesson.

1902. ] BIRTH OF AN ELEPHANT. 321

that he examined the mother before she reached the Society’s
Gardens, and noticed some swelling of the breasts, but no other
signs of approaching maternity. During the stay of the animal
in the Gardens no further increase of size in the mamme was
observable; and, as there was no apparent increase of bulk in
the abdominal region, the idea of pregnancy was abandoned.
Dr. Thomas Stevens, of Guy’s Hospital, wasso good as to examine
the animal; but he was unable to detect any obvious signs of
pregnancy. However, on Sunday morning, the 31st of August,
the animal produced a calf, the exact circumstances concerning
the birth of which I subjoin from Mr. 'Thomson’s report upon the
matter :—

“On my arrival at the Hlephant-house about 9.15 I stopped to
look at the Elephant. I could see at once by the way she was
walking about the den, sometimes forward and sometimes back-
ward, and every now and then stooping with her hind legs and

Text-fig. 60.

Newly-born dead Indian Elephant, 9.
(From a photograph by Mr. W. P. Dando, F.Z.S.)

straining very much, that a young Hlephant would soon be
born. The keepers had all gone (as is usual on Sunday mornings),
and I left the house to seek assistance and to send for the
keepers. On my return about 9.45 a.m. the young Elephant had
been born, and was lying dead in the middle of the den, JI had
the mother chained up, and then with the greatest care removed
the dead animal, with the placenta, just as I found it, to the
dead-house. The mother was very quiet, and did not in any way

Proc, Zoor, Soc,— 1902, Vou, Il, No. X XI, 21

322 ON THE BIRTH OF AN ELEPHANT. [ Nov. 18,

attempt to interfere swith the keepers whilst they were removing
the dead young one.’

Mr. Thomson came at once to my house and informed me of
the fact. Unfortunately it was Sunday, and my assistant was
away upon his annual holiday. I was therefore obliged to
abandon the idea of taking out the fresh brain, which saonl have
been of the greatest use. Mr. Thomson made the useful
suggestion that the young animal should be photographed, and
Mr. Dando, F.Z.S., accordingly took an excellent photograph
of it, which is exhibited herewith (text-fig. 60, p. 321). I

Text-fig. 61.

Placenta of newlv-born Indian Elephant, 2.

A. General view of placenta (p) and membranes; #, umbilical cord.
B. “Subcircular body.”

communicated with Dr. Stevens, who kindly came up to my
laboratory, and we together examined the placenta, and also
ascertained that the calf had been born dead; that 1t had never
breathed was shown by the absence of air in the lungs, which
sank in water. The measurements of the calf were as follows :—
From front of forehead to root of tail 3 ft. 9 in.; height at
centre of back 2 ft, 11 in.; angle of mouth to tip of trunk

Ieee os soll IN Je OVI.

west

J. Smit del.et lth.

CAPRA FALCONERI MEGACEROS.

Mint ern Bros.imp.

1902. ] MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE MARKHOR OF CABUL. 323

1 ft. 10 in.; circumference of fore foot 1 ft. 8in. The calf was
a female, and the most noticeable external characteristic was the
large amount of hair upon the body, particularly upon the limbs.
The macroscopic features of the Elephant’s placenta are known ;
but the following notes with which Dr. Stevens has furnished me
are of value, since the opportunities of studying this organ have
not been many :—

1. It is typically zonary, consisting of a belt of placental
structure, approximately 10 inches in breadth on an average,
Some parts were wider than others, and in places, being torn,
there was a difficulty of estimation. The belt was divided into
three chief masses as shown in the rough diagram (see text-
fig. 61, A, p. 322). The greatest thickness of the placental tissue
was 13 inches.

2. The placental tissue was somewhat broken up into cotyledons,
as one finds in the human placenta.

3. The cord, 40 inches long, was inserted mainly into one
placental mass, and from this point large vessels radiated under
the amnion to the other placental masses.

4, There were two arteries and one vein in the umbilical cord.
No obvious Wharton’s jelly was present, only a dense connective
tissue around the vessels and not much of that.

5. The membranes were torn at one end, where the fcetus
escaped, but the other end of the amniotic cylinder was intact.

6. Scattered all over the membranes and in the substance of
the amnion were the ‘“‘subcircular bodies” (Owen) (text-fig. 61, B,
p- 322)—most numerous near the placenta, least so at the
extremities of the amniotic cylinder. ‘These bodies are somewhat
like buttons in appearance, with an elevated rim and a depressed
centre. Microscopically they consist of fibrous tissue devoid of
structure, and showing no nuclei or cellular contents.

The following papers were read :—

1. Note on the Markhor of Cabul. By R. LypExxer.
[Received October 10, 1902.1
(Plate XX VIL.)

In my work entitled the ‘Wild Oxen, Sheep, and Goats of
All Lands,’ I was unable to give any description of the Cabul
race of the Markhor (Capra falconeri megaceros), save such as
may be gathered from the skull and horns, for the very sufficient
reason that I had never seen any other part of the animal.
Recently the British Museum has acquired the skin, in the
winter coat, of a remarkably fine male of this race, shot by a
British officer in Chitral. The horns are essentially those of the

Cabul race, being intermediate in form between the Pir-Panjal
Ga es

324 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Nov. 18,

and the Suleman types. In size the animal is fully equal to the
typical Astor race of the species. The general colour is, however,
decidedly darker, the tips of the hairs being blackish brown
instead of a kind of blotting-paper colour. The throat-fringe
seems also to be somewhat darker; and the under-parts show a
decided difference from those of the Astor race, being at least as
dark as, if not actually darker than, the back, instead of distinctly
lighter. The resemblance between the two animals is, however,
so close as to indicate without doubt that they are races rather
than species.

It may be worth mention that the rocks of Chitral are gneiss,
and these present a spotted black-and-white coloration very
similar to that of the Cabul race of the Markhor, the name
Chitra’ itself not improbably being derived from these spotted
rocks.

2. Second Account of the Fishes collected by Dr. W. J.
Ansorge in the Niger Delta. By G. A. BouLencEr,
Bone Seal. ZS.

[Received October 15, 1902. ]
(Plates XX VILL. & XXIX.*)

In January 1901° I had the honour of reporting on a small
collection of freshwater fishes made by Dr. Ansorge in Southern
Nigeria. Small as it was, that collection proved to be of considerable
interest, six species being new and one deserving to become the
type of a new family (Phractolemide). Encouraged by these
results, Dr. Ansorge has continued to collect in the same district,
and has enabled me to draw up the following list of 56 species
not represented in his former collection; these, added to the
24 species enumerated in the previous list, make a total of 80.
Four species are now described as new.

As on the previous occasion, the difficulty of procuring spirit in
sufficient quantity has prevented Dr. Ansorge from preserving
any but small specimens. ‘The fishes here enumerated are either
small species or are represented merely by young specimens. In
the case of the Polypteri, which have already been described in
these ‘ Proceedings’ *, there was no occasion to regret the course
imposed on Dr. Ansorge by the circumstances.

POLYPTERID.
1. PoLyPrERUS LAPRADII Stdr.—Assay,

2. POLYPTERUS ENDLICHERI Heck.—Abo.

or explanation of the Plates, see p. 330,
Z.S. 1901, i. p. 4.

1F
2 PZ,
3 P. ZS, 1902, i. p. 121,

SWS INECURSUGED ING “SIOKSRSN Skt Wrst) SIND SMM IWilskehal DOS Gitel G “SINGH OGUININ SMLSNS lO LOSE“ T
-duar soug us6e7 ur “UAT 38 Tap wsesy‘p

ae aT

TMUMOS Te WI Ce a. Za

PZ) WSO, sell ll IP CRUX,

Mintern Bros imp

J.Green del.ethth. f

1.SYNODONTIS MELANOPTERUS. 2.PELMATOCHROMIS PELLEGRINI.
3. MASTACEMBELUS LOENNBERGI.

«hid

an Mae
a ae ate

i
Bh ie : } Pyle

1902. ] FISHES FROM THE NIGER DELTA. 325

3. PoLYPTERUS SENEGALUS Cuv.—Assay, Abo.

The young specimens of these three species obtained by
Dr. Ansorge have been described and figured in P. Z. 8. 1902, i.
p. 4, pls. x. & xi.

LEPIDOSIRENID.

4, PROTOPTERUS ANNECTENS Owen. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 1.)

Three young specimens, 160 to 215 millim. long. The limbs
are longer than in specimens of P. ethiopicus and P. dolloi of
corresponding size, the fore limb extending to the vent, or beyond.
Head 33 to 4 times in distance from end of snout to vent; eye 7
to 8 times in length of head, 1} to 2 in interorbital width.
50 scales in a longitudinal series from gill-opening to vent, 38
round the middle of the body. The longest external gills
measure 3 the length of the head. Vent on the left side in two
specimens, on the right in the third.

The following are the measurements of the largest specimen :—

Total length 215 millim.; head 24; head to vent 70; head to
origin of dorsal 30; fore limb 80; hind limb 56.

MormMyRiD&.
5. Mormyrops DELicrosus Leach.—Agberi, Assay.
6. PrrRocEPHALUS simus Sauv.—Agberi.

7. PETROCEPHALUS ANSORGII, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 2.)

Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 44. Head
slightly longer than deep; snout rounded, + length of head ; mouth
situated below the eye, its width 1 length of head ; teeth bicuspid,
10. in the upper jaw, 20 in the lower; nostrils close together,
close to the eye, a little above the level of its lower border; eye
large, twice as long as the snout, 13 interorbital width.
Dorsal 33, originating above 9th ray of anal, its length 14 in its
distance from head. Anal 39, equally distant from base of
ventral and from base of caudal. Pectoral pointed, ? length of
head, twice as long as ventral and extending beyond base of
latter. Caudal with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 3 times as

long as deep, $ length of head. 45 scales in the lateral line,
a in a transverse series on the body, = in a transverse series

between dorsal and anal, 8 round caudal peduncle. Silvery,
brownish on the back and on the anterior rays of the dorsal.

Total length 105 millim.

A single specimen from Agberi.

This species is well distinguished from all others of the same
genus in having only 8 scales round the caudal peduncle. It
approaches P. bane Lacép. in the number of dorsal and anal
rays, but differs in the larger eye and the fewer teeth.

8. MARCUSENIUS BRACHYHISTIUS Gill.—A gberi.

326 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON [Nov. 18,

9. GNATHONEMUS CypRINorDES L.—Agberi.
10. GNATHONEMUS PETERSII Gthr.—Oguta.

11. Mormyrus MAcropHTHALMUS Gthr.—Agberi.

The type specimen of this species, registered as from “ West
Africa,” came no doubt from the Niger, as I now find out through
the association of the examples of other species received along
with it.

12. HyPEROPISUS BEBE Lacép.—Abo.

13. GYMNARCHUS NILOTICUS Cuv.—Oguta.

NOoTOPTERID.

14. XENoMySTUS NiGRI Gthr.—Oguta.

CLUPEIDA.

15. PELLonULA vorax Gthr.—Agberi.

CHARACINID&.
16. Hyprocyon FrorsKALIT Cuv.—Assay.
17, ALESTES NURSE Rupp.—Agberi.
18. ALESTES MACROLEPIDOTUS Cuv.— Agberi.

19. MICRALESTES ACUTIDENS Ptrs.—Agberi.

This species, described from Mozambique by Peters, has since
been found in the Upper Niger by Dr. Christy, in the Ubanghi
by Capt. Royaux, and in the White Nile by Mr. Loat.

20. NANN#ZTPHIOPS UNITANIATUS Gthr.—Abo.

21. DistIcHODUS BREVIPINNIS Gthr.—A gberi.

22. DisticHopus rostratus Gthr.—Agberi, Abo.

23. DIsTICHODUS ENGYCEPHALUS Gthr.—Agberi, Abo.

24, CITHARIDIUM ANSoRGII Blgr.—Abo.

This remarkable new generic type was described and figured in
Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) ix. 1902, p. 144, pl. iii.

25, CITHARINUS GEOFFROyI Cuv.—Agberi.

CyPRINIDA,
26. LaBro sett1 C. & V.—Agberi, Abo.

27, LABEO SENEGALENSIS C. & V.—Abo.

1902.] FISHES FROM THE NIGER DELTA, 327

28. BARBUS NIGERIENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 3.)

Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total length.
Snout rounded, projecting very slightly beyond the mouth, as
long as the eye, 37 times in length of head; interorbital width
25 in length of head; lips indistinct; two pairs of barbels, the
posterior as long as the eye, the anterior a little shorter.
Dorsal III 8, last simple ray slender, flexible, a little shorter
than the head; the fin, the border of which is scarcely emar-
ginate, originates anteriorly to the base of the ventral and is
nearer the occiput than the root of the caudal. Anal IIT 5
its longest ray = length of head. Pectoral a little shorter than
head, not reaching ventral. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle 14

as long as deep. Scales 25 ae 24 between lateral line and ventral,

12 round caudal peduncle. Silvery, brownish on the back.

Total length 48 millim.

A single specimen from Agberi.

Allied to &. camptacanthus Blkr., but snout shorter, eye
larger, and dorsal more forward in position.

29. BaRiLrus NILOTICUS Joannis.
Was obtained in the Upper Niger by Dr. Christy.

SILURIDA.
30. CLARIAS LAZERA C. & V.—Agberi, Abo.
31. GYMNALLABES TyPuS Gthr.—Ossomari.
32, HETEROBRANCHUS SENEGALENSIS C. & V.—Agberi.
33. EuTRoPius NILOTICUS Riipp.—Ossomari.
34, SCHILBE SENEGALENSIS C. & V.—Abo.
35. PARAILIA CconGiIcA Bler.—Abo.
36, CHRYSICHTHYS BUETTIKOFERI Stdr.— Assay.
37, CLAROTES LATICEPS Riipp.—Oguta, Abo.

38. AUCHENOGLANIS OCCIDENTALIS C. & V.—Agberi, Assay,
Oguta, Abo.

39, SYNODONTIS GAMBIENSIS Gthr.—Assay.

40. SyNopontis RoBBIANUS J. A. Smith.—Oguta, Abo, Osso-
mari.

41, SYNODONTIS MELANOPTERUS, sp.n. (Plate X XIX. fig. 1.)

Premaxillary teeth in several irregular series, forming a broad
band; mandibular teeth 35 to 40, measuring about 2 the “diameter
of the eye. Depth of body 34 times in total length, length of
head 33 or 32. Head a little ‘longer than broad, convex on the

328 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON [ Noy. 18,

occiput ; snout obtusely conical, a little less than 3 length of head ;
eye supero-lateral, 52 times in length of head, 2 in interorbital
width ; upper surface of head evanulate and pitted from between
the eyes. Occipito-nuchal shield as long as broad, simply convex,
terminating in two pointed processes. Gill-cleft not extending
below base of pectoral. Maxillary barbel distinctly fringed at the
base, as long as the head; mandibular barbels with rather short,
simple branches, the outer barbels twice as long as the inner and
measuring = length of head. Lips rather “feebly developed.
Humeral | process granulate and feebly keeled, acutely pointed,
extending as far as occipito-nuchal shield. Dorsal I17; spine
strong, shorter than the head, serrated behind. Adipose fin 33
times as long as deep, as long as the head, 3 times as long as its
distance from the rayed dorsal. Anal IIS. Pectoral spine
slightly shorter than the head, strongly serrated on the outer
edge, more strongly still on the inner. Ventral reaching, or
near reaching anal. Caudal deeply forked, with pointed lobes.
Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Skin of body smooth. Dark
brown above and beneath ; fins black, with some light cross-bands
in the young.
Total length 110 millim.
Two specimens from Oguta.

42. SYNODONTIS MEMBRANACEUS Geoffr.—Assay, Abo.

43, PHRACTURA ANSORGIL Blgr.—Agberi.
12); “Aso USO, til, jo, O28}, joll, xooxwinl, ime, Ll.

CYPRINODONTIDA.
44, HAPLOCHILUS SPILAUCHEN A. Dum.—Degama.

45, FunbDuLus GuLARIS Blgr.—Agberi.
P.Z.8, 1901, i. p. 623, pl. xxxvii. figs. 2 & 3.

POLYNEMID.

46. PoLyNEeMuUS QuADRIFILIS L.—Munanhor.

SERRANIDA.

47, Lares nitoticus L.—Agberi.

CICHLID&.

48, PELMATOCHROMIS PELLEGRINI, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 2.)

Teeth in 2 or 3 series in each jaw. Depth of body 23 to 22
times in total length, length of head 2% to 22. Snout with
straight profile, 13 ‘to 12 diameter of eye, “pinch | is contained 33°
to 4 times in length of head, and equals or nearly equals ince?
orbital width; maxillary extending to about midway between

1902. ] FISHES FROM THE NIGER DELTA. 329

nostril and eye; 4 or 5 series of scales on the cheek; large scales
on the opercle. Gull-rakers short and broad, 14 or 15 on lower
part of anteriorarch. Dorsal XVI—X VII 9-11 ; spines increasing
in length to the last, which measures 3 length of head ; angele
soft rays more or less produced, 2 2 to4 length of head. Anal III 7,
third spine a lttle shorter than the last dorsal, median soft rays
produced like the dorsals. Pectoral about #? length of head, not
reaching origin of anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle as
long as ee or a little deeper than long. Scales not ciliated,

28-29 2 lat. 1. 2 Dark olive-brown above, yellowish beneath ;
a black opercular spot, followed by a rather indistinct dark band,
extending to the root of the caudal; fins dark grey, spinous
dorsal sometimes with a series of round black spots near the base.

Total length 135 millim.

Three specimens from Sapelle and one from Ossomari.

I have much pleasure in naming this fish after Dr. Pellegrin, of
the Paris Museum, who is at present engaged on a monograph of
the Cichlide, and who has pointed out to me the specific distinct-
ness of this Pelmatochromis from P. guenthert Sauv., to which I
had first referred it. The latter differs in the shorter posterior
dorsal spines and the more truncate caudal fin.

49, TrnaprA nrtoricA L.—Abo.

50, TILAPIA GALILEA Hasselq.—Agberi, Abo.

PLEURONECTID&.
51, CrrHaARICHTHYS SPILOPTERUS Gthr.—Degama.

52. CYNOGLOSSUS SENEGALENSIS Kaup.—Degama.

GoBIID.
53. Gosius niert Gthr.—Degama.
54, Gosrus scHLEGELI Gthr.—Agberi, Degama.

55, GoBIUSs GUINEENSIS Peters.—Agberi, Assay, Abo.

G. eneofuscus, var. guineensis Peters, Mon. Berl, Ac. 1876,
p. 248.

This is a smaller fish than the East-African 6". wneofuscus,
growing toa length of 75 millim. only. The interorbital space
is narrower.

Recorded from the Cameroon River by Peters; obtained by
Miss Kingsley at Kondo-Kondo, Ogowé ; by Mr. G. L. Bates in
the Benito River, Gaboon.

MASTACEMBELID&.

56. MASTACEMBELUS LOENNBERGI Blgr. (Plate X XIX. fig. 3.)
—Agberi, Abo, Oguta, Gregani.

330 DR. A. GUNTHER ON - [Nov. 18,

Several specimens of this species, originally described from
Cameroon. The largest measures 190 millim.

Depth of body 14 to 17 times in total length, length of head
84 or 9 times. Length of head 4 to 43 times in distance from
snout to vent, 14 to twice as great as its distance from
first dorsal spine; a preorbital and 2 or 3 preopercular spines.
Dorsal XX VITI-XXXI, 110-130; anal II, 110-130. The
coloration varles: some specimens are nearly uniform brown,
with an ill-defined darker lateral band, others are spotted with
darker or with lighter; a series of alternating dark and lght
bars may be present at the base of the anal fin.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pratt XXVIII.
.1. Protopterus annectens, young, p. 325.
2. Petrocephalus ansorgii, p. 325.
3. Barbus nigeriensis, p. 327.

Pratt XXIX.

. Synodontis melanopterus, p. 327.
. Pelmatochromis pellegrini, p. 328.
. Mastacembelus loennbergii, p. 329.

Cobo

3. Last Account of Fishes collected by Mr. R. B. N. Walker,
C.M.Z.8., on the Gold Coast. By Dr. A. GinrueEr,
ID JeSoy WlewAns\s
[Received November 7, 1902. ]

(Plates XXX.-X XXIII! & Text-fig. 62.)

Shortly after the publication of my previous paper on Fishes
from the Gold Coast (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, pp. 716-732),
Mr. Walker paid another visit to that district. On this occasion
he travelled into Ashantee, visited Lake Busum-chi, and followed
the River Enon on a portion of his return journey. He did not
long survive the fatigues of this, his last, voyage.

It was his intention to supply me with full particulars as
regards the stopping-places at which he obtained the fishes ; and
T was all the more anxious to obtain this information, as some of
the places are small and not important enough to be shown on
any of the most recent maps of the country. Fortunately he was
careful in labelling the bottles with the names and sometimes
with the positions of the localities, although not always in a very
legible manner; and supplementing this source of information
with what I can gather from his letters, 1 am able to supply the
following list :—

1. River Atesu,

2. River Ibbi, and

1 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 389,

“SONVNOSNE SINOUYHD

‘du sorguite PUT “WAILI2 Top weedy ¢

OSC Ne We” COGI S Z a

‘

Gave
va)

1,
nudes

ie ma . | y ‘ y 119

\ i Ds A 1 x ae Vy yieeg Theta } he een he Rabid : '
ed yp eo ee OD Saw eth he a

SAE ULAR RY Cups cant | a |

“SO.LVIOSVHILTIAN SINOUHDO

‘duar soug uaaquyyy ‘WIL Fe Tep weezy ¢

POO. Mal WWIE* GUI SZ al

‘dar: soag WTA VAI

TOGO Tel WS EUG "SZ el

Teas TvVM WNIidINvVISOLON

ya ye

‘Tep waaay p

Pay
An AI)
re

Tae ivan OAV the
‘dunt sorq ULB FUT \ Wat 4° [ep UAady Ie

MPO Ocal 1 SIGUiGil ss) 4a

Croat

Nalin
met

Aha A
en aa ae
Ne ae

‘yin ahs
a

1902. | FISHES FROM THE GOLD COAST. 331

3. Bokitsa Mine—are two small rivers and a locality in the
Wasa district.

4. Ingogosu is described on the label as a village in the mining
centre of Kinkiankwa.

5. Infoan, a small place on a tributary of the River Offim.

6. Dunkwa, a place on the River Offim or on one of its
tributaries. Mr. Walker speaks of it sometimes as a place and
sometimes as a river. There is another place with the same
name north and inland of Cape Coast Castle.

7. Odumasi, a place on the upper part of the River Enon, east
of Koumassi.

8. Lake Busum-chi.

9. Nyankoma, a place on the River Enon.

10. Town of Akropon.

Mr. Walker’s connection with commercial affairs on the West
Coast of Africa extended over a period of more than forty years,
the greater part of which he resided in the country. It seems
that the late Mr. T. Moore, Curator of the Liverpool Museum,
was the first to interest him in making collections of Reptiles
and Fishes. He retained this interest to the end of his life, much
advancing our knowledge of the fauna of the Gaboon country and
the Gold Coast; and there is no doubt that he would have
accomplished still more if circumstances had permitted us to supply
him with more ample means than were at his disposal, while,
moreover, the primary objects of his pursuits demanded nearly all
his time and energy.

CHROMIS OGOWENSIS.

Chromis ogowensis Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1896, xvi.
p- 271; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 717.

This species is not to be united with C. latus, to which it has
been referred by Boulenger (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 125). Ina
smaller specimen of C. latus the anterior maxillary teeth are
absolutely larger than, and the anterior mandibulary teeth as
large as, the corresponding teeth of larger specimens of
C. ogowensis*. The pectoral fin may be rather shorter or
rather longer than the head; it generally does not reach the
anal.

Mr. Walker’s latest collection contains several additional

1 Tn treating of the species of Chromis in the Congo, Mr. Boulenger (Poiss. du
Congo, p. 453) states that for specific discrimination no reliance is to be placed on
the number of teeth in the outer premavxillary series : first, because it varies “ selon
les individus,” and secondly, because as a rule the teeth are relatively smaller and
more numerous in adult than in young specimens. The first statement is opposed
to my experience. There are broad-toothed and narrow-toothed species; but, of
course, there is some variation even in the former, and the limits of variation widen
in species characterized by small and numerous teeth, in which case it is not even
desirable or useful to attempt to state the number of teeth. That young individuals
have a smaller number than adult is true, as I also have already stated in Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1896, p. 217, but this dental development cannot be called variation; with
the advancing growth of the jaws more teeth are added laterally. I continue to

332 DR. A. GUNTHER ON [ Nov. 18,

specimens of this species; he collected them on the River
Dunkwa, and at Nyankoma, R. Enon.

Some of these specimens differ in certain points, as the height
of the spinous dorsal fin, the form of the cheeks, &c., from those
previously received and among themselves. However, I regard
these differences as merely individual variations; they are
indicated in the following table, in which measurements are
given in millimetres; the teeth are counted on one side of the
upper jaw only :—

a :
de : : é
a ‘ <q
SBS secret ae be
leaks a | SS 2 a zg | 3 a
| 3s) a oy es 5 a e 3 a
= so) 6 6 6 2 s d $
a ot ot 2 3 ahd a) a
Pe ss fe fe la th BB |)
| 3 a B “D 5 2 =I se iS
E SS eta pe | oS |e la
Ch. ogowensis : = R A Ui]
1. Lambarene, type ...) 170 47 ig) jj) ae 12 28 |11+3/ *
2. Kotehwah R.......... | 164 | sy | 16 ) | WW | eB | Wlss %
SupPrahye ne ee a|) 142 Mea S6) alba 8 | 10 | 27 |12+4 x
AlaPrahyR tae ces i el40n | soeallalG 8 | 10 | 26 |11+4 %
| |
5. Kakum R. cpsnsn0995e°|| 162 42 20 | 10 13 29 | 12+5 %
6. Kakum R.............| 140 35 18 7 11 25 |138+4) x
7, Kakum R. ............| 117 30 16 6 9 25 |12+4 %
Sh Dunlkwa Re eee 130 | 382 17 7 10 25 | 11+4 %
See uniewaykemeceee | 125 | SB) Mey | IO) Ba Re
10. Nyankoma............) 182 33 | 16 7 10 24 | 11+3 *
11. Nyankoma............| 129 | 33 1G} 8 11 26 | 12+5 *
12. Ch. latus, type ...... 112 28 | 13 6 9 19 9+3 *

CHROMIS DISCOLOR, sp. Nn.
D.13. A.2. I, lat. 29-30. LL. transv. 3/11.

Nineteen or twenty teeth on each side of the upper jaw.
Maxillary rather short, not extending to the vertical from the
front margin of the eye. Upper profile of the snout straight ;
interorbital space flat, wider than the orbit, which is nearly one
fourth of the length of the head. Three series of scales on the

regard the size and number of teeth as a valuable specific character which should
always be taken into consideration, combined with a statement of the size of the
specimens to which the statement of the dental number applies.

Therefore I must demur to Mr. Boulenger’s statement that in C. ogowensis the
teeth “vary ” from 15 to 30 on each side (/.c. p. 466). The typical specimen, from
which alone my original description is taken, is 170 millim. long, and probably
mature. The collector put into the same bottle two young specimens, 62 and
66 millim. long, which presumably may belong to the same species. I say presum-
ably, for I confess that the uncertainty and difficulties attending the determination
and specific discrimination of the young of closely-allied species of Chromis are too
great to allow me to offer a categorical opinion upon them.

1902. ] FISHES FROM THE GOLD COAST. 333

cheek. Form of the body rather oblong, its depth being con-
tained 23 or 24 in its length (without caudal), and more than the
length of the head. Gill-rakers of the outer arch twelve (448).
Pectoral fin as long as, or even slightly longer than, the head,
extending to the vent or origin of the anal. Ventral produced
into a filament which may reach beyond the origin of the anal.
The eighth dorsal spine is contained 23 or 23 in the length of the
head. Caudal fin truncate, with the corners pointed. Scales
eycloid. Colour variable: the whole fish may be brownish-black,
the vertical and ventral fins and the base of each scale being deep
black; or it may be of a uniform light colour, with some
irregular black blotches on the opercle and throat.

Three specimens from Lake Busum-chi, measuring from 100
to 125 millim.

_ CHROMIS BUSUMANUS, sp.n. (Plate XXX.)
Deo ep Se Loe alate 29—30.) Ii, transv. 3/11.

Scales cycloid, those on the cheek in three (two!) series. Teeth
small, a few notched, in several series, from 24 to 28 on each
side of the upper Jaw; those of the lower jaw minute. Mouth
rather small, the maxillary scarcely reaching the vertical from
the anterior border of the eye. The depth of the body is two
Jifths of the total length (without caudal), the length of the head
one third. Hye one fourth of the length of the head, two thirds
of that of the snout, and rather less than the width of the inter-
orbital space. Nape of the neck more or less elevated, rendering
the upper profile of the head slightly concave. Pectoral fin as long
as the head, extending nearly to, and sometimes even to, the
origin of the anal. Caudal fin truncate or scarcely emarginate,
with the corners rounded, or with the upper angular and the
lower rounded, scaly at the base. The spinous dorsal fin rather
low, the length of the eighth spine being about one third of that
of the head. Gill-rakers of the outer branchial arch from 15 to
17 on the whole arch, or from 11 to 12 on its lower portion.
Coloration uniform, or with six very indistinct cross-bands ;
operculum and dorsal fin with the usual black spot.

Total length 135 millim.

Several specimens from Lake Busum-chi.

CHROMIS MULTIFASCIATUS, sp. n. (Plate XX XI.)
Alhed to C. macrocephalus Bleek.
Decne Aeon Ee tobe alaty 28: i transv._3/11.
Scales cycloid, those on the cheek in two series. Teeth very
small, in several series, notched, about 36 or 34 on one side of the
upper jaw*; those of the lower jaw minute. Mouth small,
transverse, the maxillary terminating at some distance in advance

| Three series in three species, in two others the third series is rednced to a single
scale.

* Young specimens of about 70 millim. in length have a smaller number, viz. 28
or 30,

334 DR. A. GUNTHER ON [Nov. 18,

of the orbit. The depth of the body is contained 23 times in the
total length (without caudal), the length of the head 23 or 2%
times. Hye one fourth of the length of the head, and rather
more than two thirds of that of the snout and of the width of the
interorbital space; it is therefore a little nearer to the end of the
snout than to the end of the opercle. Interorbital space trans-
versely somewhat convex; upper profile of the head nearly
straight. Pectoral fin as long as the head, extending to or
beyond the origin of the anal fin. Caudal fin truncated, scaly at
the base. Gill-rakers of the outer branchial arch from 24 to 26
on the whole arch, or from 19—22 on its lower portion’. Body
with well-marked black cross-bands, eight or nine in number in
young individuals, alternately deeper in colour and broader in
width, the foremost (if distinct) being above the root of the
pectoral fin, the second opposite to the fifth or sixth dorsal spine.
In mature individuals the narrower cross-bands disappear, only
five remaining, the last beimg across the root of the caudal. A
large black opercular spot; sometimes a rounded blackish spot
behind the last dorsal spine.

Motalelenethy nec jcewemas-tesceeeenee 143 millim.
ao without caudal ... 112 ,,
Length of eighth dorsal spine . LO ans

Several examples from Lake Boca

CLARIAS KINGSLEY, sp. 0.
ID, (S50. a. OS, 12, 1/9,

Vomerine teeth villiform, forming a _horseshoe-like band,
narrowed in the middle, its broadest part being as broad as the
intermaxillary band; each half of the latter is not quite twice as
wide as it 1s broad, and laterally scarcely extends as far outwards
as the vomerine band. Head covered above with thick skin, two
elevenths of the total length (without caudal), or nearly twice the
distance from the origin of the dorsal fin. The width of the
interorbital space is nearly one half of the length of the head.
Barbels moderately long; the nasal nearly reaching to the gill-
opening, the maxillary nearly to the origin of the dorsal fin,
which is somewhat behind the end of the pectoral. Anal fin not
low. No free space separating the caudal from the other vertical
fins. Coloration uniform.

Total length 280 millim.

One specimen from Odumasi, another from Infoan on the

R. Offim.
HETEROBRANCHUS ISOPTERUS Blkr.
Two specimens from Nyankoma and Infoan.

1 As the branchial arch is in many of the species a segment of a more or less
perfect circle, it is difficult to fix the boundary between its “ lower,” posterior or
upper portion, and therefore it appears to be safer to count the gill- rakers of the
whole arch, and not of a portion alone,

1902. ] FISHES FROM THE GOLD COAST. 335

EUTROPIUS MENTALIS.

Hutropius congensis Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 730.

Hutropius mentalis Bouleng. Poiss. Congo, 1901, p. 269.

ae dozen young specimens (5-7 in. long) were collected by

. Walker on the R. Offim. I believe them to be the same as

NS of much larger size from the Prah River which,
although it had its fin-spines mutilated, I referred to Z. con-
gensis. These young specimens do not quite agree among them-
selves as regards the comparative length of the barbels, but all
have the nasal barbel considerably shorter than the maxillary or
outer mandibulary one; and therefore I hesitate to refer them
to Hutropius mandibularis*. The amount of variation in the
length of the barbels within the limits of a species, and any
change in this character dependent on growth, are quite unknown
at present.

CHRYSICHTHYS WALKERI.

Chrysichthys walkeri Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 720.
One specimen, R. Offim.

CHRYSICHTHYS LAGOENSIS. (Text-fig. 62, p. 336.)

Chrysichthys lagoensis Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 725.

One specimen, Nyankoma.

This specimen is a male 177 millim. long. It presents a
peculiar modification of the integument of the buccal cavity,
which I have also observed in other specimens of this genus, in
which, however, the excrescences were collapsed and indistinct
owing to the less perfect state of preservation. On the palate
(text-fig. 62, A) the mucous membrane is raised into two fringed
ridges divergent towards the pharynx; the upper part of the
pharynx is occupied by a pair of large, elliptic, soft, cushion-like
pads, into which the pharyngeal denticles are sunk, and in front
of each of which two long papille are suspended from the roof of
the pharynx. Below (text-fig. 62, B), in the median line between
the roots of the anterior branchial arches, a high, short ridge rises,
with a fringed flap dependent on each side; finally each branchial
arch is provided with two rows of soft papilliform gill-rakers.

There are two functions which may be ascribed to this smgular
structure. It may serve as an organ of taste by which the fish is
able to distinguish in muddy water between nutritive and
uneatable substances: or, as many Cat-fishes carry their ova and
young in the mouth, it may assist in the lodgment or, perhaps,

1 Unfortunately I am unable to re-examine the type of H. mandibularis. The
majority of the specimens described in the paper quoted were lent to me for descrip-
tion by my friend, the late Mr. T. Moore, Curator of the Free Public Museum,
Liverpool, with the under standing that all unique types should be returned to him.
This was done, and the safe arrival of the specimens acknowledged by him. How-
ever, none of them can now be found by Mr. Moore’s successor, Dr. J. O. Forbes,
who, at my request, kindly instituted a search for them.

336 DR. A. GUNTHER ON | Nov. 18,

in the nutrition of the fry. In a female 377 millim. long the
structure is but little developed.

Text-fig. 62.

Mouth of Chrysichthys lagoensis.

A, palatal view; B, lower view.

AMPHILIUS PLATYCHIR Gthr.

This species varies somewhat in the relative proportions of the
dorsal fins. In well-nourished and well-preserved examples the
adipose fin rises along a greater extent of the dorsal profile, thus
approaching nearer to the rayed fin: a condition not rarely
observed in other Siluroids with a long adipose fin. ‘The barbels
are distinctly compressed. The back of these Gold Coast speci-
mens is marbled; dorsal and caudal fins with a black band across
the base and another across the middle.

The specimens were collected on the River Atesu, and are
probably young, being 23 inches long. The occurrence of these

specimens at no great “distance from the mouth of the river proves
that Amphilius is not confined to mountain-streams *.

NoroGLANIDIUM, g

Head broad, depressed, covered with thick skin; eyes small,
without free orbital margin, situated at the upper side of the
head; posterior nostrils in a pit rather nearer to the eye than to
the end of the snout, anterior in the upper lip, terminating in a
short tube pointing downwards. Snout broad, with rather wide
mouth and three pairs of barbels. Teeth minutely villiform, none
on the palate. Gill-membranes attached to the isthmus without

1 The typical specimens are stated to be from Sierra Leone, and there is no reason
to doubt the correctness of the statement (see Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1898,
i. p. 254). They were given to me on the occasion of a visit to Fort Pitt Museum in

1862 by one cf the Army surgeons, who had brought them from Sierra Leone where
he had been stationed,

1902. ] FISHES FROM THE GOLD CoAsT. 337

a free central portion. Anterior dorsal rather long, with more
than seven rays and with a pungent spine; adipose fin low and
long; ventrals six-rayed, below the posterior third of the dorsal.

NoroGhANIDIUM WALKERI, sp.n. (Plate XXXII.)
De wideta As Te. TT. Vv. 6.

Body moderately elongate, of nearly the same depth in its
whole length, the tail being strongly compressed. Head depressed,
much broader than deep, two-sevenths of the total length (without
caudal); the very small eye entirely in the anterior half of the
head; snout broad, depressed, two fifths of the length of the head,
nearly twice as long as the interorbital space is long. Mouth
anterior, with the upper jaw rather larger, surrounded by fleshy
lips; all the barbels are rather thick near their base: the
maxillary extending to the middle of the operculum, the outer
mandibulary to the base of the pectoral fin ; the mner mandibulary
rather shorter than the maxillary. The maxillary patch of teeth
is single, oblong, small, but wider than long; the mandibulary
patches separated in the middle, smaller than, but similar in
outline to, the maxillary.

Pectoral fins short, not longer than ventral, with a strong
spine, which, however, is enveloped in thick skin, only its point
being free. Dorsal fin very low, only about half as high as the
body, with a singularly short spine, not quite half as long as the
snout. Adipose fin long, low, commencing shortly behind the
dorsal and subcontinuous with the caudal. Caudal rounded.

Reddish-brown, darker on the back, body, dorsal and caudal
fins, with scattered round black spots, the spots on the caudal fin
being the more numerous and smaller.

Total length 122 millim.

Two specimens from the River Tbbi (Apollonia).

SyNODONTIS ROBBIANUS J. A. Smith.

Several young specimens (3-6 in. long) from the R. Offim.

On comparing these specimens with the single young specimen
of S. robbianus, I find that they have the interorbital space a
little broader than the Old Calabar fish. This does not seem to
me to constitute a distinctive specific cbaracter.

MALAPTERURUS ELECTRICUS L.
A young specimen from the R. Offim.

BaRBus CAMPTACANTHUS Bleek.

Many specimens were collected at Infoan, at the town of
Akropon, and on the River Atesu.

BARBUS TRISPILUS Bleek.

Many specimens from Infoan, Akropon, and Ingogosu, a village
in the mining centre of Kinkiankwa.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou. II. No. XXII.» 22

338 ON FISHES FROM THE GOLD COAST. [Nov. 18,

LABEO WALKERI sp. n. (Plate XX XIII.)
Closely allied to LZ. brachypoma.
IDs Wb NG Wo) Iie leis SS 1b, agains, 44/0,

Mouth broad. Lips very thick, with a distinct inner fold in
their entire circumference ; lower lip fringed along its anterior
and posterior margins. Snout thick, produced, much projecting
beyond the lower jaw, with a broad lobe on each side; the
terminal portion of the snout is rather contracted and turned
upwards ; maxillary barbel small, hidden in the lateral groove.
Hye lateral, immediately below the upper profile, about as large
as the exposed portion of a scale, situated entirely in the posterior
half of the head. Head small and thick, a little less than one
fourth of the total length (without caudal); the width of the flat
interorbital space one half of the length of the head. Gill-cover
very short. There are three longitudinal series of scales between
the lateral line (which is indistinct) and the ventral fin. The free
portion of the scales much higher than long. Dorsal fin high,
with the upper margin straight, equidistant from the root of the
caudal and the front margin of the orbit ; anal extending to the
root of the caudal, at least in our largest example; caudal forked.
Pectoral fin not reaching the base of the ventral; ventral inserted
in front of the vertical from the last dorsal ray. Body moderately
elongate, tail strongly compressed; the height of the body is not
quite one fourth of the total length (without caudal); free portion
of the tail as deep as long, its greatest depth being two thirds of
the length of the head. Coloration uniform.

Snout covered with tubercles in mature specimens.

Several specimens from Nyankoma, the largest measuring
205 millim.

HAPLOCHILUS SPILAUCHEN Dum.
Town of Akropon, and Infoan (a village on a tributary of the

Oftim R.).

HAPLOCHILUS INFRA-FASCIATUS Gthr.
Bokitsa Mine (Wasa district); R. Atesu.
ALESTES LONGIPINNIS Gthr.

Alestes chaperi Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vii. 1882,
[De AU) Tolle aye saved, 8,

From the examination of a long series of specimens, including
types of A. longipinnis and A. chaperi, 1 come to the conclusion
that the two forms should not be specifically separated. A. longi-
pins was described as having the origin of the dorsal fin nearer
to the end of the snout than to the root of the caudal, A. chapert
being distinguished by a more backward position of that fin.
However, in some of the specimens before me the first dorsal ray
is exactly midway between those two points; and I am unable to
find any other specific differences.

1902.] ON A SPECIMEN OF THE OKAPI. 339

ALESTES MACROLEPIDOTUS C. V.
R. Offim and R. Enon, village of Nyankoma.

PETERSIUS OCCIDENTALIS Gthr.
Many specimens from Akropon and Infoan.

Hyprocyon LInEAtus Schleg.
R. Offim and R. Enon, Nyankoma.

SARCODACES ODOE BI.
R. Enon, Nyankoma.

NANNOCHARAX FASCIATUS Gthr.
Town of Akropon.

Mormyrus ussHerti Gthr.
R. Offim.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XXX.
Chromis busumanus, p. 333.

PuaTE XXXI.
Chromis multifasciatus, p. 333.

Prate XXXII.
Notoglanidium walkeri, p. 337.

PratE XXXIII.
Labeo walkeri, p. 338.

4. On a Specimen of the Okapi lately received at Brussels.

By C. I. Forsyrta Masor, F.Z.8.
[Received November 18, 1902. }
(With Text-figures 63-67.)

Last month the Authorities of the Congo Independent State
received the skin of an Okapi which was at first supposed to have
been obtained by a missionary stationed at or near Stanley Pool,
but which subsequently proved to have been forwarded by the
Commandant Sillye, “chef de la zéne du Haut-Ituri.” Though
it was apparently of an adult individual, the skin shows no traces
of horns.

The examination and comparison of the two Brussels skins,
of which photographs are exhibited, show first of all that in
the pattern of the striping, especially of the hind-quarters, some
variation occurs between one side and the other; this warns us

not to attach too much importance to similar variations when
22*

340 DR. C, I, FORSYTH MAJOR ON [Nov. 18,

occurring in different specimens. Also, when pointing out the
differences in this respect between the horned Tervueren and
the London specimen’, I have taken care to state in a general
manner that the latter differs from the former in the predomi-
nance of the white over the black in the fore legs, and in the con-
verse condition in the hind legs. The general coloration of the
Tervueren skins is dark brown, as opposed to the rich red-brown
colour of the specimen in the Natural History Museum, which
shows a darker dorsal stripe; the dorsal stripe in the former
being lighter than the general coloration. The lateral parts of
the face, which are creamy white in the London specimen, are
greyish in the mounted individual of Tervueren. In all these
features excepting the dorsal stripe, which I have omitted to
verify, the newly-arrived skin agrees with the Tervueren
Specimen.

The last mail, which arrived at Antwerp the 4th of this month,
brought the skeleton of the specimen to which belongs the skin
received a few weeks before.

The animals are apparently skinned by the natives on the spot
where they are killed, which may be situated at a considerable
distance from the nearest post; their invariable custom in
skinning the animal seems to be to cut away the generative
organs, so that the Belgian officials have to rely on the informa-
tion of the natives as to the sex of an individual. In the case
of the London specimen and the one arrived the other day, there
was no information whatever in this respect. The first skin
received at Brussels was stated to be that of a female, and, as I
had at the time no reason to doubt this statement, I described ”
the adult female of the Okapi as being provided with horns like
the male.

The skull recently received is that of a quite adult individual ;
the teeth are well worn and the coronal suture is obliterated.
The two bumps rising from the posterior region of the frontals
show about the same degree of development as in the larger of
the two skulls in the Natural History Museum, but the diffuse
swelling of the surrounding region, produced by a greater de-
velopment of the underlying air-sinuses, makes them appear less
prominent,

There are no traces whatever of horns. Apart from this, the
skull exhibits the same characters which I have pointed out as
being of specific value in the horned skull; it is narrower still than
the latter, the absence of horns sufficiently accounting for this
difference; the maximum of width is situated behind the orbits,
therefore further back than in the London skull; the parietal
region and the zygoma are shorter; and the maxillary region
above the cheek-teeth lower, both absolutely and relatively. The
last character appears to acquire more weight from the circum-
stance that the London skull is not adult, because the vertical

1 ‘La Belgique Coloniale,’ Nov. 9th, 1902, p. 582.
2 ‘Ta Belgique Coloniale,’ May 25th, 1902, p. 245; P. Z.S. 1902, ii. p. 77.

1902.] A SPECIMEN OF THE OKAPI. 34]

diameter of the maxillary increases with age in the Ungulates
generally and in the Giraffe in particular.

Another feature which seems to be of specific value and which
is rather striking, is the difference in the shape of the orbits.
Professor Lankester has described the orbits of the London speci-
men as rectangular, whereas in the two specimens of the Tervueren
Museum they are circular as in the Giraffe. I was at first in-
clined to ascribe this disagreement to a difference of age; but on
closer inspection I do not see how by further growth this change
of form could be brought about. In the Ruminants generally
it is precisely in the young that the orbit is more regularly
circular.

Considering the agreement of the two skulls and the two skins,
I have not hesitated to ascribe the specimen lately arrived to
the same species as the skeleton of the one and the skin of the
other of the two individuals formerly received by the Tervueren
Museum.

The absence of horns in this adult specimen is, in my opinion,
a sexual character; the hornless skull being besides slenderer, as
is the case generally in female Ruminants. This conclusion
as to the sex was arrived at before the pelvis belonging to the
same skeleton as the hornless skull had been examined; the pelvis
having been sent to London, I have been able to compare it with
the one belonging to the horned skull. There cannot remain the
slightest doubt that the former is that of a female, the latter
that of a male individual.

It follows that not only the skeleton, of which the horned
skull forms part, is that of a male—and about this I have never
had any doubt—but also that the mounted skin of the Tervueren
Museum, which also exhibits horns, is of the male sex. The
difference in size and the slight differences in shape of the two
pairs of horns are due to the skin being that of a younger speci-
men, as is evident from the non-fusion of its ossicusps with the
frontal.

At present the exact locality of the specimen last arrived is
unknown. According to information received by the Congo
State authorities, it results that the Okapi is not restricted to the
region inhabited by the Wambutti dwarfs. Five years ago, in
1897, an agent of the Congo State forwarded to his superiors the
description of a beast which he believed to be an antelope and
which is called Vdumbe by the Momvus, a tribe bordering to
the south of the Mangbattu country (lat. 3° N., long, 28° E.),
whence the skins exhibited to a former meeting by Mr. Boulenger
were obtained. The description of the “ Antilope ndumbe” is
clearly that of an Okapi:—“ De taille supérieure au bufile, téte
noire, le cou et le corps brun marron; arriére-train zébré par
des raies noires et blanches. Ces raies forment des anneaux sur
les quatre membres. La queue est longue de 50 centimétres et
terminée par une touffe de poils. lle a les formes gracieuses et
arrondies du zébre, Sa chair est excellente.”

DR. CG. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON

Text-fig. 63.

it ate iy

a
carsee
eee

Fe a
=

AED,

Fee

Sa
soa

Se ww a ee

EEE

Congo State Museum at Tervueren, near Brussels.

[Nov. 18,

Upper view of skull of Okapia liebrechtsi, adult 9. % nat. size.

1902.] A SPECIMEN OF THE OKAPI.

Text-fig. 64,

BS iy War il
NTR
SSRN NMI
/\ <h Wy |

Wraps oN A/
UNG

WO iil Wi
AION AY jib

Ya,

wl! Wins

Rese

Upper view of skull of Okapia liebrechtsi, adult 3. ¥ Nat. size.

(From the same specimen as that figured in side view above, p. 73 (text-fig. 7),
Congo State Museum at Tervueren.)

344 DR. C, I, FORSYTH MAJOR ON [Nov. 18,

Lieutenant Leoni, who forwarded to Brussels the first spe-
cimens, also writes that the Okapi is called W’dumbe by the
Momvus, between the rivers Nepoko and Adjamu, and on the
Rubi, and that he himself had met with two herds on the Nepoko.
He mentions besides two other names of the Okapi: in the
country of the Mokumus it is called J/’Boote, and in the Kiu-
vuailia country Kenghe. I have not been able to find these two
districts marked on the maps.

There are already quite as many native denominations known
as there are binomial names for the Okapi, but it does not follow
that each tribe enjoys the possession of a distinct form. To
return fora moment to the question of different species: from
what I have said, it may be seen that the new material rather
confirms my view as to the specific distinctness of the Brussels
specimens, although speaking generally I am @ priori more in
sympathy with uniting than with dividing species, and have
come to consider new specific names as being in many cases an
evil, although a necessary one.

Personally I esteem it a more fascinating and a more important
task to investigate the relations of the Okapi with the Giraffe on
the one hand, and its fossil relatives on the other. This investi-
gation culminates in the question, to which I have already
endeavoured to give an answer’, whether the main characters in
which the Okapi differs from the Giraffe are generalized characters,
or whether it is the reduced, degenerate survivor of a series, ‘ the
most modern and most modest member of a tribe which has
flourished in bygone times,” as it has been put *. I hope to show
that a similar inquiry is not ‘‘a fruitless amusement.”

The importance of the discovery of the Okapi from a scientific
point of view consists, of course, in the quite unhoped-for addition
of a second living genus to a family of Ruminants which was
hitherto represented in the recent fauna by the isolated and
aberrant type of the Giraffe alone.

One important point upon which the Brussels material has
thrown light is the mode of development of the horns. The
horn-cones which had remained attached to the first skin received
in Brussels having been macerated, it became clear that, as in
the Giraffe, the horns of the Okapi are composed of two parts:
(1) of the tuberosities or bumps of the cranial bones—the frontal
alone in the case of the Okapi—which increase with age; and
(2) of the sort of epiphysis, termed ossicusp by Prof. Lankester,
which in the younger animal is separated from the underlying
frontal by a stratum of fibrous structure, but finally co-ossifies
with the frontal, without any trace of a suture remaining in
the old animal.

Apart from the circumstance that in the Giraffe this “ ossicusp”
is placed on two bones, the parietal and the frontal, we have this
other difference, that the tips of the horns present a polished

1 ‘La Belgique Coloniale,’ May 25th, 1902, p. 245; P. Z.S, 1902, ii. p. 79,
2 P.Z.S, 1892, ii. p. 214,

A SPECIMEN OF THE OKAPI,

1902.]

SH AG oy ur Soureg jo oussorpy, todd wo.y ‘TBUISLIQ

‘ozis ‘yeu +S ype “dazsszog wnircayzouwy Jo [NAS dJO[CULOOUT JO AOIA Opig

ORR LZ,

7
AAS

{

"G9 “oF 9X0,

346 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON [Nov. 18,

appearance in the Okapi, suggesting that they had not been covered
by skin. This would imply that very probably the tips of the
horns are shed. As this question will doubtless very soon be
resolved by the arrival of new material, I find it safer to leave it
open for the present, the polishing being possibly due to some
other cause.

I have classed the characters of the Okapi, cranial and others,
first of all into four categories, according to their agreement with
or disagreement from, the nearest related fossil forms, Paleotragus
(= Samotherium) on the one hand, and the Giraffe on the other ;
a fifth category gives the characters according to which it holds
an intermediate position.

I. The characters which the Okapi shares with Palewotragus,
besides those which both have in common with the Giraffe, are
the following :—

1 & 2. Proportionate length of the limbs and of the neck. I
have formerly stated’ that in this respect the Okapi closely agrees
with the fossils.

3. One pair of horns only, situated on the frontal bones alone,
and presumably present only in the male sex (see text-figs. 63-66).

4, Elongated and horizontal parietal region.

5. Lower contour of mandible convex (almost horizontal in the
Giraffe), anterior portion of mandible turned upwards and more
massive than in the latter; for characters 5 and 6 compare the
text-figs. 6 (Samotherium) and 7 (Okapia) on p. 73 of my former
paper with text-figs. 11 and 12 (Giraga) on p. 76.

6. Lower contour of premaxillaries and of adjoining anterior
portion of maxilla horizontal (bent downwards in the adult
Giraffe).

II. Characters in which the Okapi differs from Palceotragus.

1. Smaller size of incisors and canine, a feature pointed out
already by Prof. Lankester.

2. Cheek-teeth more brachyodont, at any rate more so than in
the larger fossil form, Samotherium boissiert.

3. Air-sinuses of the cranial bones much more developed,
extending even to the basis craniv.

4, Narrow frontal region, orbits not telescopic (compare text-
figs. 63 and 64 with text-figs. 65 and 66).

5. Orbits situated more forward in relation to the cheek-teeth
series.

6. Horns placed farther backward and comparatively smaller.

7. Mandibular angulus more produced backward.

8. Five tarsal bones—cuboid ; scaphoid ; cuneiforms 1, 2, & 3—
are fused into one bone (in Palwotragus into three, as in the great
majority of Ruminants).

1 ‘La Belgique Coloniale,’ May 25th, 1902, p. 245; P, Z,S, 1902, ii. p. 78.

1902. | A SPECIMEN OF THE OKAPI. 347

III. Characters which the Okapt has in common with the Giraffe.
Those characters mentioned in paragraph I. which are equally
shared by all three animals, together with the following :-—

1. Horns covered by the skin; their mode of growth in the
main identical.

2. Extensive air sinuses of the cranial bones.

3. Shape of the mandibular angulus of the Okapi approaching
the Giraffe, though somewhat intermediate between the form in
the latter and that of Palwotragus.

4, Fusion of the five tarsal bones mentioned—this takes place
in the two known skeletons of the Okapi; it is not the general
rule in the Giraffe.

IV. Characters in which the Okapi differs from the Giraffe.

1. Smaller size.

2. The differential characters of the skins.

3. All those features which, apart from the family characters,
the Okapi has in common with Paleotraqus.

4, Cranial air-sinuses less developed in the Okapi, with the
exception of those in the bony palate, which are conversely much
more developed in the Okapi than in the Giraffe.

5. Narrow frontal region ; orbits not telescopic (compare text-
figs. 63 and 64 with text-fig. 67).

6. More anterior position of the orbits.

7. Tympanic bullee and ears larger.

8. Apparent later development of the horns, which remain
smaller.

V. The Okapi holds an intermediate position between Paleo-
tragus and the Giraffe in the following characters :—

1. Degree of development of the air-sinuses in the cranial
roof-bones.

2. Position occupied by the paired horns (compare text-fig. 7
(p. 73) with text-fig. 6 (same page) and text-figs. 11 and 12 (p. 76).

3. Conformation of the mandibular angulus, which is more
produced backward than in Palewotragus, but less so than in the
Giraffe. See the side views of the crania on pp. 73 and 76.

VI. A very few features are common to the Giraffe and to
Paleotragus, to the exclusion of the Okapi.

1. Large incisors and canine.

2. Backward situation of the orbits in relation to the tooth-
series.

3. Broad frontal region ; orbits telescopic.

Almost all the characters in which the Okapi differs from the
Giraffe are more primitive features. The exceptions are the
large air-sinuses in the bony palate of the Okapi, and presumably
also the large size of the ears. As pointed out, the Okapi shares
a great part of these primitive features with the fossil Giraffide

348 DR, C, I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON [Nov. 18,

Upper view of the posterior portion of the skull of Samotherium boissieri,
adult 2. 4% nat. size.

Upper Miocene of Samos. Same specimen as that figured in side view above, p. 74
(text-fig. 9). Barbey Collection, Valleyres (Switzerland), No. 16.

sc. = coronal suture,

1902.] A SPECIMEN OF THE OKAPT. 349

Text-fig. 67,

Upper view of the skull of Giraffa camelopardalis, adult §. } nat. size,

From Guas ’Ngishu Plateau on Mt. Elgon, Brit. E. Afr—B. M.

350 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Dec. 2,

here considered. There are several, however, by which it appears
to be even more generalized than Paleotragus; namely, the narrow
frontal region with its non-telescopic orbits, the anterior position
of the latter, the smaller size of the horns, and the more brachyo-
dont condition of the cheek-teeth (as compared with the large
fossil species Samotheriwm boissieri). In one feature only, the
large extension of the air-sinuses in the bony palate, the Okapi
has conversely progressed further than the Giraffe.

Paleotragus, finally, is more generalized than the Okapi—and,
as a matter of course, more so than the Giraffe—in the non-fusion
of the five tarsal bones into one, in the comparatively very slight
extension of cranial air-sinuses, and in the anterior position of
the horns.

To sum up the state of our present knowledge of the Okapi.—In
the species preserved at Tervueren (Okapia liebrechtsi) the male
is provided with horns, but the same will presumably prove to
be the case in the species represented in the Natural History
Museum also.

The mode of formation of the horns of the Okapi is the same
as in the Giraffe. In the present state of our knowledge they are
limited to the male alone of the former, so that the Okapi is in
this respect on the same level as Palwotragus, the Giraffe having
progressed farther.

Besides the last-mentioned some further features which the
Okapi shares with Palcotragus, and all of them of a more gene-
ralized character as compared with the Giraffe, have been added
to those formerly pointed out.

One feature has been added to those formerly mentioned, in
which the Okapi occupies an intermediate position between Palco-
tragus and the Giraffe.

And, lastly, we have been able to adduce some characters
in which the Okapi appears to be even more generalized than
Paleotragus. It is this last category especially which adds
weight to the assumption that Africa was the original home of
the Giraflidee.

December 2, 1902.
Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the aglditions to the
Society's Menagerie during the month of November 1902 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of November 1902 were 68 in number. Of these 41 were
acquired by presentation and 1 by purchase, 1 was born in the
Gardens, 21 were received on deposit and 4 in exchange. The
total number of departures during the same period, by death and
removals, was 115.

Amongst the additions special attention may be called to a fine

1902.] DR. HANS GADOW’S RECENT EXPEDITION TO 8. MEXICO, 351

adult female of the Equine Antelope (Hippotragus equinus), from
Bechuanaland, presented by Major Charles Frederick Minchin,
D.S.0. No specimen of this Antelope has been received in the
Society’s Gardens since 1878, and it is now becoming very scarce
in South Africa. sear

Mr. Sclater called attention to the specimen of the Greater
Bird of Paradise (Paradisea apoda), now living in the Society’s
Gardens, which had been received from the Zoological Gardens,
Calcutta, on the 15th June, when it was in full dress. It had
begun to moult at the end of June, and had shed all its plumes
in three nights. (The bird was not observed to cast any plumes
during the day.) The bird did not commence to cast its flight-
feathers till the beginning of August, and it cast about two
feathers per week up to the beginning of November. The new
plumes began to show about the last week in August. The bird
had now completed its moult, and was in fine health and con-
dition. It was very tame and lively, and came readily to be fed
by hand. It was fed upon boiled rice, boiled potatoes, boiled
carrots, boiled eggs, bread, maw-seed, and German paste, also on
bananas, grapes, pears, and nuts. It has one raw fresh egg per
week, a fresh-killed mouse occasionally, and had all the damaged
moths in the Insect-house. Of the last-named the bird was par-
ticularly fond, as also of small pieces of sweet biscuits.

Mr. F. E. Beddard, F.R.S., exhibited the lower jaw of a
Wombat which had died in the Society’s Gardens, apparently
from peritonitis. The molar teeth on both sides of the jaw had
grown inwards so as to confine the tongue below them. Though
it was possible to free the tongue by bending it sideways and then
pulling it out, it seemed doubtful whether this could have been
done by the animal itself during life, or, if so, whether it could
have been replaced as it was found after death. The uselessness
of the tongue as an aid to mastication must not be assumed from
the conditions observable in this specimen, since it is quite con-
ceivable that the organ may have been paralyzed, and thus
rendered it possible for the teeth to close in above it. The
animal was old, having been acquired in 1885,

Dr. Hans Gadow, F.R.8., gave an account (illustrated by
lantern-slides) of his recent expedition to Southern Mexico. He
described the Valley of Mexico, and discussed the question of the
Axolotls and their metamorphosis. He also gave an account of
his ascent of the Volcano of Orizaba—on which he camped for
several weeks at various high altitudes,—and of the two types of
tierra caliente met with on the Atlantic and Pacific slopes, and
pointed out the various phases of animal life seen by him in these
different districts.

352 DR. E. LONNBERG ON THE [ Dec. 2,

The following papers were read :— —

1. On the Variation of the Elk (Alces alces).
By Dr. Eryar Lonnzerc, C.M.Z.8.

[Received November 4, 1902.]
(With Text-figures 68-76.)

In Sweden it is not uncommon to hear professional elk-hunters
talk of “two kinds of Elk,” distinguished as follows:—The one
is dark blackish-brown in colour, short-legged, and provided with
broadly palmated antlers. It is also said to be less shy and more
apt to “make a stand” against dogs when hunted than the other,
and, as a rule, is fatter and more fleshy. The second is said to
be a longer-legged and more slenderly built animal, of a lighter
colour, more especially on the legs, which are described as almost
whitish. Itis usually more shy, and thus more difficult to approach
with dogs when hunted. The antlers are deeply cleft, with little or
no palmation, and end in long rounded tines. In some districts
hunters distinguish these two forms by distinct names, as, for
instance, “ grass-elk” and “ mountain-elk,” and report that they
frequent different localities ; but the statements on this point are
rather vague and contradictory, and it is questionable to how
much reliance they are entitled.

To some extent, at any rate, the above-mentioned variations
may be due to difference of age—an old bull, for instance, being

more apt to resist dogs than a younger animal. ‘The difference
in colour might also be attributed to the same cause; and the
statements about longer or shorter legs are of no value unless sup-
ported by exact measurements, a fat and bulky individual appearing
shorter-legged than a more slender animal with limbs of the same
length. Sportsmen, on the other hand,who concentrate their interest
on the trophies they carry home, devote special attention to the
antlers; and it has accordingly become a custom among them to
speak about ‘“‘cervine” as opposed to “palmate” antlers in Elk.
Antlers of both types, as well as intermediate forms, have been
shown at several exhibitions, and may also be seen in private
collections in Sweden. In the Baltic Provinces especially, sports-
men have noticed the variation of Elk, and in the ‘ Baltische
Waldmannsblitter’ for 1901 the question has been raised whether
there are one or two kinds (‘“‘races” or “species” ) of Elk in these
countries ; some writers maintaining that there are certainly two
forms—the one with broad shovels (palmations) to the antlers, the
other without palmation to these appendages, which terminate in
long simple tines. The Elk with palmated antlers is said to be
somewhat earlier in rutting and cleaning and shedding its antlers
than the other. Some sportsmen believe that the non-palmated
Elk has immigrated from the north-east into Estland and Livonia ;
others, however, deny the immigration theory, and consider the

1902.] VARIATION OF THE ELK, 353

non-palmated Elks to be degenerate stags. The latter theory
accounts both for the difference in exter nal appear: ance and for the
difference in the breeding-time, We. ; an elk in its prime being always
earlier than a degenerate animal in rutting and shedding. From
the department of Grodnis, Elk with and without pahnation, as well
as intermediate forms, have also been reported, Some ellk- antlers
from the Ural are said to be fully palmated, while others are of
the intermediate type.

The interest in regard to the variation of the Elk has, however,
been intensified during the present year, owing to the circumstance
that Mr. Lydekker (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1902, vol. i. p. 107) has nained
a new species (Alces bedfordiw) from Siberia, the chief character-
istic of which is the non-palmated antlers. Knowing how much
the Swedish Elk varies in regard to its antlers, it has seemed to me
that the type of antler displayed by Alces bedfordie falls within
the range of variation of the common Elk, and I have therefore
contributed the following notes to the Society. They are based
on the study of a large number of elk-antlers from different parts
of Sweden; and I have this autumn specially studied no less than
32 elk-heads sent to Mr. G. Kolthoff’s establishment in Upsala to be
mounted. From these I have selected nine, figures of which are
here photographically reproduced on the same scale. Three of
these pairs belong to the true * palmate” type, three to the “ cer-
vine” type, and two to the intermediate, while one is anomalous.
The “palmate” and “cervine” antlers have been so selected
as to form two series, each of the three Specimens representing
different ages. The two “intermediate” specimens belong to adult
annals which ought to have their characteristics fully developed.
All the heads belonged to Elk shot this autumn in the eastern
part of Central Sweden within the following limits: namely, from
the central district of Gestrikland in the north, to northern
Oster gdtland in the south and to Nevike in the we st! ; all being
thus within a small area for such a w idely distributed animal as the
Elk. Climatic and other physical conditions do not vary much
within the area in question; and the variation in the different
specimens is therefore all the more striking.

The palmated series 1s represented by text-figs. 68-70. 'Text-
fig. 68 shows the youngest pair, which has not developed more than
three tines to each antler, but displays, nevertheless, a rather
broad palmation for such an early stage. This pair is from Upland.
Text-fig. 69 represents a somewhat older pair from Finspaing in
Nor thern Oster gdtland. The posterior or upper palmation is well
developed, with four points on the right and five on the left. The
anterior branch displays two points and an incipient palmation
on the right side, but only a strong tine on the left. Text-fig. 70
(p. 355) shows the antlers of a still older and better developed stag,
with large posterior as well as anterior palmations. The latter have

1 These limits may also be expressed in the following way :—Northern limit 60°
40’ N.; Southern 59° 30’ N.; Western about 15° E. (Greenwich).

Proa. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou. Il. No. XXIII. 23

304 DR. E. LONNBERG ON THE [ Dee. 2,

four points on either side, the former four points on the right and
five on the left side. This Elk was shot near Sandriken’s 1ron-
works in Gestrikland.

Text-fig. 68.

Antlers, of the palmated type, of young Elk from Upland.

Text-fig. 69.

Antlers of a somewhat older Elk than that shown in text-fig. 68,
from Finspang, Ostergotland.

The non-palmated or “ cervine” series 1s represented by text-figs.
71-73. Text-fig. 71 shows three symmetrical points, viz., an upper
or posterior fork, and an anterior simple tine, on each side, but no
palnation ; it may be compared with text-fig. 68 as being probably
of the sameage. It is taken from an Elk shot in the central part
of Ostergétland, Text-fig. 72 displays four points on each side.
viz., an upper and an anterior fork; it is from Gimo in Eastern
Upland. Text-fig. 73 (p. 856) shows the ‘‘cervine” type of antlers
of an old stag shot at Krusenberg in Upland, not far from Upsala.
‘The upper or posterior portion of the left antler has three, and that
of the right four large points. The anterior portion of both antlers
is formed by a greatly developed fork, the long median branches
of which are, however, not fully shown in consequence of their
inclination towards the camera. The intermediate forms repre-
sented by text-figs. 74 & 75 speak for themselves. Text-fig. 74 might

1902.] VARIATION OF THE ELK, 35!

Text-fig. 70.

Fully-developed antlers, of the palmated type, of adult Elk from Gestrikland.

Text-fig. 71.

Antlers, of the “cervine” type, of young Elk from Ostergotland.

Text-fig. 72.

Antlers of a somewhat older Elk than that shown in text-fig. 71,

from Gimo, Upland.
Dox
aed

356 DR. E. LONNBERG ON THE [ Dee. 2,

almations narrow ; it is from the neighbourhood of Katrineholm
n Sédermanland. Text-fig. 75 (p. 357) displays on the right antler
2 narrow posterior palmation, with three long points, and a still
narrower anterior palmation with two points. The left antler
has the same number of points, but is rather more “ cervine” in

perhaps be termed palmated, but the points are very long and the

Text-fig. 73.

Antlers, of “cervine” type, of adult Elk from Krusenberg, Upland.

Text-fig. 74.

Antlers, of intermediate type, of young Elk from Katrineholm, Sédermanland.

appearance. This specimen is from Vretstorp in Nerike. Text-
fig. 76 (p. 357) is still more interesting, because while the right
antler is palmated, although not much so, and carries rather long
tines—three on the posterior palmation and one anteriorly _the
left antler is perfectly “cervine,” with three long rounded tines and
no palmation. This Elk was shot in Vestmanland at Fellingsbro.
Another pair that I have seen does not properly belong to any
of these types, since the left antler is anomalous, and ‘shows a
tendency to what Nitsche* calls ‘‘ Stangentheilung.” It affords
however, a further proof of the great variability of elk-antlers,

1 Studien tber Hirsche, Hft. i. (Leipzig, 1898).

1902. VARIATION OF THE ELK. 357

The variability of the antlers is not fully elucidated by these
nine specimens; and a number of other variations might be
shown, scarcely any two Elk having antlers of precisely the same
shape. It must, however, suffice to mention only a few more.
An Elk from Karlsboga shows broad palmations, with seven

Antlers of somewhat older Elk than that shown in text-fig. 74,
from Vretstorp, Nerike.

Text-fig. 76.

Antlers of Elk from Vestmanland, Fellingsbro, showing palmated type in
right and cervine type in left antler.

almost equal and undivided tines in the posterior and anterior
portions. In another Elk, from Kolsva in Vestmanland, on the
contrary, the antlers are divided into an anterior and a posterior
palmation ; both of the same breadth, 14-15 em., and with three
points each, Occasionally, although not often, it happens that

398 DR. E, LONNBERG ON THE | Dee. 2,

the anterior palmation is larger than the posterior. Sometimes,
again, the anterior portion of the antler is bent so as to form
more or less nearly a right angle with the posterior palnation ;
and occasionally the two points of a fork do not lie in the same
frontal plane, but one behind the other.

These instances must suffice to show the great variability im
the form of elk-antlers, and at the same time to indicate that im
Sweden no division into subspecies or races can be founded on
such differences, at any rate for the present. It is true that
sometimes in a particular district most of the Elk display antlers
of the same type; but this is easily explained by the close relation-
ship of the individuals, ‘so that only family groups are formed,
and no greater differentiation is indicated.

In order to show the dimensions of the antlers, and to mdicate
that these also vary greatly, the following table has been drawn
up, the heads measured being enumerated in the same order as
deseribed above :—

|
Frontal breadth) Circumference Distance Greatest width
| | between the | of the antlers | between the between the
| burr ofthe | just above the uppermost two most dis-
antlers. burr. tines. tant points.
min. mim. | mm. mn.
INO: ieee cr 194. 152 920 995
| Dey £05 209 180 870 1105
| By ard 182 182 850 1040
dy rem age 187 145 890 1020
Dulertsen 179 175 905 965
6. 205 215 1135 1330
ee 194: 156 975 1100
Sy eraasete 177 165 860 1035
Oar kenny: 80440 } 180 870 1105
LOE 165 1752 | 905 965

From these measurements it will be seen that the dimensions
of skull and antlers are subject to a comparatively great variation,
and that, for instance, a smaller frontal width may be united with
large antlers, and vice versd. It is also apparent that the antlers
of the “cervine” or “intermediate” types reach dimensions
approximately equal to, and sometimes indeed superseding, those
of the “palmated” type. The “cervine” and “intermediate”
types cannot therefore be said to be the result of degeneration in
the strict meaning of that word. By this I do not intend to imply
that there are no degenerate elk-antlers to be found in Sweden,
since such small and degenerate antlers frequently occur. These,
however, include “ palmated,” ‘“ intermediate,” and “ non-pal-
mated” types, although the latter may be the more numerous.

From the more southern provinces especially (such as Smiiland),

1 A teratological continuation from the burr of the right side covers a good deal
of the frontal. The distance from the left burr to the median line is about 80 mm. :

if normal the breadth should thus have been 160 mm.
2 On the normal side.

1902.] VARIATION OF THE ELK. 359

I have seen many antlers which might be termed degenerate.
The cause of this degeneration may in some cases be insufficient
food and poor pasture, but oftener still in-breeding and excessive
hunting, or inadequate game-laws. Frequently all the adult stags
are shot, so that young males are allowed to breed, which naturally
results In weak offspring. In some places it is permitted to kill
hinds during the shooting-season, although unlawful to harm
the fawns, despite the fact that a fawn of which the mother
has been killed will be weak and degenerate. There is thus little
wonder that a degenerate stock with small antlers is produced
in such districts. This, however, is quite different from claiming
all “cervine” and “intermediate” antlers as degenerate. Such a
statement is at once disproved by the measurements given above.

The “cervine” and “intermediate” antlers may rightly be

_termed products of spontaneous variation (not of deg generation),and
a glance at many of them reveals the fact that this variation, in a
certain sense at least, has gone in a particular direction. The
antlers of the Elk are chiefly used as weapons against rivals during
the rutting-season. It is therefore apparent that the long sharp
tines of the “ cervine” and ‘intermediate ” types will be more
useful for fighting than the comparatively short points of the
extremely palmated type. The bayonet-like and forwardly-
directed anterior tines of the former are especially formidable ; and
it will be evident that the best-armed animal will be victorious,
and that when the form of the antlers becomes hereditary in certain
localities, Elk with ‘cervine” antlers must dominate over those
with “ intermediate” antlers. At the last exhibition in Stockholm
(1902) of antlers, from the period 1897-1901, this was proved by a
collection of thirteen pairs of heads from eastern Upland, twelve
of which were perfectly ‘“ cervine,”: although the thirteenth
was broadly palmated. From Wesunanlrnd again, there was a
collection of antlers, chiefly of the “ inter mediate ” type, with
narrow palmation and long poimts. If such family groups live
isolated through many generations, it is possible that their
characteristics would become constant, but as yet they are not ;
and since Elk, especially when disturbed, often wander from one
tract to another, isolation cannot be effected in districts where
they are not yet too scarce’. The Swedish Elk with all its
variations thus constitutes only one species, although possibilities
seem to exist for the origin of different racial types.

Considering the nature of the “cervine” type of elk-antlers,
it might in a certain sense be said that it is atavistic, since
rounded tines are more primitive than a broad palmation. But,
on the other hand, the antlers classed above as ‘ cervine” may
be regarded as forming a continuous and direct development of
the immature type displayed by the young elk, which in its
third year normally carries only a fork on each side. It is also
important to note that Elk show a strong tendency to continue

1 At present Elkare fairly numerous in Sweden, as may be gathered from the faet
that last year during the shooting-season more than 2400 were killed.

360 MR. LYDEKKER ON A | Dec. 2,

with their antlers in this forked stage. The antlers, in such
cases, only become heavier each year, and show longer tines
without developing new points. A similar tendency to remain in
the three-pointed stage is also apparent. The forked and three-
pointed stages are indeed the starting-points from which the
palmated and non-palmated antlers diverge and develop in different
directions. The forked stage of the immature antler with rounded
tines may to a certain extent be regarded as a repetition of the
phylogenetic development, so that in this way the “ cervine ” elk-
antler, whether it be called a development of the young stage or
a reversion, displays primitive characteristics in its rounded tines.
This must not, however, be understood to mean that I infer that
the nearest ancestors of the common Elk had antlers of exactly
the same type as those here termed “ cervine.”

Finally, I will only remark that an Elk with the antlers so well
developed as text-fig. 73 (p. 356) is still at its most vigorous age,
as a glance at its dentition is sufficient to indicate. The incisors
are not so worn but that they form a continuous edge, with the
outer broad ends fully in contact with each other, In the same
way the molars do not look much worn, the accessory columns of
the upper ones being perfectly intact.

2. Note on a Reindeer Skull from Novaia Zemlia.
By R. LypEKKER.

| Received November 15, 1902.

(Text-figure 77.)

71
|

By the courtesy of Mr. H. J. Pearson, F.Z.8., of Brameote,
Notts, in whose possession is the specimen, I am enabled to bring
to the notice of the Society a Reimdeer’s skull, with a remarkably
fine pair of antlers, obtained by that gentleman from the top of a
Samoyed’s hut in Novaia Zemlia in 1895. The specimen has
already been figured, with a brief description, by the owner in
tis ‘ Beyond Petsora Eastward’ (1899); but its interest is such
that I have no hesitation in bringing it more prominently into
notice. :

The antlers are characterized by the great development and
palmation of both the brow- and bez-tines, which are, however
(unlike the majority of American Reindeer), not very unequal in
size. The beam is of medium length and carries a very large
back-tine ; above the latter there is a large palmation, most
developed on the left side, terminating in a number of irregular
snags. The length of the antlers, from base to tip, along the
curve is 49 inches ; the palmation of the larger of the two brow-
tines has a vertical depth of 16 inches, its fellow T14 inches.

That these antlers are quite unlike those of the Scandinavian
Reindeer (or, at least, any that have come under my own observa-
tion) is apparent at a glance, They are less unlike those of

1902. | REINDEER SKULL FROM NOVAIA ZEMLIA. 36]

the Spitzbergen Reindeer, of which a head is figured in Murray’s
‘Geographical Distribution of Mammals,’ p. 154, fig. 9". In that
race the antlers are smaller and lighter, usually with less palmation
of the brow-tine, and with the bez-tine simple. The summit of
the antler is, moreover, devoid of palmation.

Tn the Siberian Reindeer (angifer tarandus sibiricus) as typi-
fied by the heads figured in Murray’s ‘Geographical Distribution
of Mammals,’ p. 153, the palmation of the brow- and bez-tines
is less marked than in the present specimen, and in one case at
least. these tines are unsymmetrical, The same condition obtains
in the antlers of a Reindeer skull in the British Museum from
“ Siberia” which approximates to the American woodland race.

Tuming to American Reindeer, or Caribou, of which a great
number of local phases are now recognized, the Novaia Zemlian
specimen seems to me to come nearest as regards relative length
of antlers to forms like the Alaskan Rangifer tarandus stoner’,
intermediate between the true woodland and the true barren-
ground type. The present antlers differ, however, markedly from
those of the Alaskan race by the much greater palmation of the
summit, the much more developed back-tine, and the greater
symmetry between the brow- and bez-tines of opposite sides.
From 2. ¢. osborni*®, of the Cassiar Mountains—another of the
intermediate types—they differ by the smaller length of beam,
as well as in the greater palmation, although both show a large
back-tine. From 2. ¢. montanus ', which more closely resembles
the woodland type, as well as from the true woodland, the New-
foundland, and the barren-ground races, the Novaia Zemlian form
is markedly distinct, although it is decidedly nearer to the wood-
land than to the barren-ground type.

On these grounds, coupled with its insular habitat, I feel little
hesitation in regarding the Novaia Zemlian Reindeer as forming
a distinct local race (American naturalists would probably consider
it a species) ; and I propose to call it Rangifer tarandus pearsont,
after the owner of the type specimen here figured. It may be
briefly characterized as distinguished from other Old World forms
of Reindeer by the symmetry of the antlers and the excessive
palmation of both their brow- and bez-tines and their summits.
Timay add that Baron Nordenskiéld has suggested that the Novaia
Zemlia Reindeer reach that island from more northern lands by
crossing the ice.

I regret to say that Mr. Pearson is at present unwilling to part
with the type specimen ; but it may be hoped that he will make
arrangements whereby it will eventually come to the National
collection.

Mr. Pearson informs me that the animal to which the type
skull belonged was killed in the winter of 1894-95, near the hut

1 The antlers figured by Camerano, Mem. Ac. Torino, vol. li. pl. 11. (1901), are
stated by Winge (Meddelelser om Gronland, vol. xxi. p. 457) to come from Greenland,

2 See J. A. Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. vol. xiv. p. 145 (1901).

8 Allen, op. cit. vol. xvi. p. 149 (1902). 4 Allen, loc. cit,

362 ON A REINDEER SKULL FROM NOYAIA ZEMLIA. [ Dee. 2,

where he found the latter. He believes that in Novaia Zemlia,
where they will probably ere long be exterminated, Reindeer do
not lose the velvet from their antlers until about the time
navigation closes, so that sportsmen from the south have no
opportunity of shooting them in proper condition unless by

Text-fig. 77.

Skull and antlers of male Novaia Zemlian Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus
pearsoni), from the type specimen in the possession of Mr. Pearson.

wintering on the island. Mr. Pearson adds that in 1897 he saw
on the east side of Novaia Zemlia one or two pairs of cast antlers
with brow- and bez-tines nearlv as large as those of the type
specimen,

pe! me re

Lowa

G
4.0 | i

; ar ‘
1

PZS. 1902. vol. TI. Pl. XXXIV.

Ldwin Wilson, Ca mbrid ge

PENINSULA.

Wr
L

E MALA

CRUSTACEANS FROM TH

PZS 1902,vol Tl Pl XXXV.

Edwin Wilson, Cambridge.

CRUSTACEANS FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA.

1902. | ON THE CRUSTACEA OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 363

On the Crustacea collected during the “ Skeat Expedi-
tion” to the Malay Peninsula. By W. F. LAncuester,
“M.A., King’s College, Cambridge ’.

[Received October 14, 1902. |
(Plates XXXIV. & XXXV.*)

Parr I1..—ANOMURA, CIRRIPEDIA, ano ISOPODA.

The species represented in the above-mentioned groups, in this
collection, number 35 (not including the land Isopods), comprised
in 20 genera; of these 6 species are described as new, 2 among
the Anomura and 4 among the Cirripedia ; in addition to which
I have given names, among the Anomura, to one colour-variety,
and, among the Cirripedia, to one subspecies and a colour- variety
of that subspecies. In the latter case it will be seen that a single
form has been burdened with four names, a proceeding sien
will not, I fear, find favour with many systematists; I have,
however, given my reasons for so doing under the description of
the form in question, and will only say here that I have not
acted under any preconceived ideas on the general question of a
quadrinomial nomenclature, but rather from the exigencies of
the special case before me.

Besides the marine Jsopods herein described, there are in the
collection some 10 species of land Isopods; many of these appeared
to me, on examination, to be as yet undescribed. At the same
time it seemed to me advisable to have the opinion of a specialist
in this difficult group, and I therefore applied to M. Budde-Lund,
of Copenhagen, who very kindly undertook to examine the
specimens, and who tells me that ‘several of them are not de-
scribed, but I have the descriptions and drawings laying by from
other collections.” These species, then, will be included by
M. Budde-Lund ina more general account of the land Isopods
of the Malay Peninsula, to be published later on in these
‘ Proceedings.’

A. ANOMURA.
J. Genus PErrouistHEs Stimpson.

1. PrETROLISTHES SPECIOSUS Dana.

ad en speciosa Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 417, pl. xxvi.
r, 8 (1852).
ace -olisthes speciosus Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vi. p. 262
(1892).
Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang. A female.
1 Communicated by Dr. S. F. Harmer, F.Z.S.

2 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 381.
3 For Part I. see P. ZS. 1901, vol. ii. p. 534.

364 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 2,

2. PETROLISTHES Boscir Aud.

Porcellana boscit (Aud.), Sav. Descr. de Egypte, Crust. pl. vii.
fig. 2 (1819).

Petrolisthes boscii de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 217 (1888).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang. A male.

II. Genus PorRcELLANELLA White.

3. PoRCELLANELLA PricTa Stimpson.

Porcellanella picta Stm. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 243
(1858) ; de Man, Mergui Crust. p. 220 (1888).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang. Two specimens.

III. Genus Anicutus Dana.

4, ANICULUS ANICULUS Fabr.

Pagurus aniculus Faby, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 411 (1798).
Aniculus typicus Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 461, pl. xxix. fig. 1
(1852).

Loc. Kelantan. ‘Two specimens.

TV. Genus SprropaGuRusS Stimpson.

5, SPIROPAGURUS SPIRIGER de Haan.

Pagurus spiriger de Haan, Crust. Japon, p. 206 (1839).
Loc. -——?% A female.

V. Genus Pagurus Fabr.

6. PaGuRus HESSII Miers.

Pagurus hess Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 264 (1884); Henderson,
Trans, Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. v. p. 419 (1893).

Pagurus similimanus id. ‘ Challenger’ Anomura, p. 59 (1886).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang.

One from Strombus, with an anemone fixed in the mouth of
the shell, one from Vatica (both these shells with Balanus eneas,
vide infra), two from Murex.

Loe. 2 One from Ranella.

The antennular peduncles are just longer than the eye-stalks,
as stated by Henderson.

7. PAGURUS PUNCTULATUS Olivier.

Pagurus punctulatus Oliv. Encycl. Méth. viii. p. 641 (1811);
Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vi. p. 286 (1892).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang. One large specimen.

Loc. Kota Bharu, Kelantan. A small specimen from Conus.

1902. ] CRUSTACEA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 365

VI. Genus Evpaqgurus Brandt.
8. EKUPAGURUS LACERTOSUS var. NANA @ Henderson.

Hupagurus lacertosus var. nana Hend. ‘ Challenger’ Anomura,
p. 64, pl. vu. fig. 1 (1886).

An ovigerous female, from 7rochus.

The absence of the chelipedes in this specimen makes its iden-
tification a little uncertain. But the frontal, ocular, and antennal
regions have exactly the structure of Henderson’s variety, though
the ambulatory legs are without the spines on the carpal joints.

VII. Genus CuiBanarius Dana.

9, CLIBANARIUS CORALLINUS Milne-Kdw.

Pagurus corallinus M.-K. Ann, Sci. Nat. (3) x. p. 63 (1848) ;
Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vi. p. 292 (1892).

Loc. Kota Bharu, Kelantan. Two small specimens.

10. CLIBANARIUS SQUABILIS var. MERGUIENSIS de Man.

Clibanarius equabilis var. merguiensis de Man, Mergui Crust.
p. 247 (1888).
Loe. 2 'Two specimens.

11. CLIBANARIUS LONGITARSIS de Haan.

Pagurus longitarsis de Haan, Crust. Japon. p. 211, pl. 1. fig. 3
(1839); de Man, Arch. f. Naturg. li. p. 441 (1887),

Loe. ? 'Two specimens, from Z'elescopiwm.
11 @, CLIBANARIUS LONGITARSIS, Var, TRIVITTATA Noy,
Loe. 2 A male,

This form agrees so entirely in structural peculiarities with the
above-mentioned species that it can only be considered as a colour-
variety. On the posterior surfaces of the legs there are three broad
white bands (broader than in C. striolatws), and three slightly nar-
rower red bands; on the anterior surfaces there are two white and
two red bands, the banding, however, being much less definite.

12. CLIBANARIUS STRIOLATUS Dana.

Clibanarius striolatus Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 463, pl. xxix.
fig. 3 (1852); Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vi. p. 290 (1892).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang. A female, from Strombus.

Loe. 2 Seven specimens from Cerithiwm.

Loc. Patani. One specimen from Murex with Balanus am-
phitrite.

VILL. Genus Diocengs Dana.
13. DIoGENES PLANIMANUS Henderson.

Diogenes planimanus Henderson, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) v. p. 416,
pl. xxxix. fig. 5 (1893).
Loe. ? Three specimens from J/wrex, with anemones.

366 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 2,

Loc. Patani. Five specimens from Watica, with anemones.
The flagella of the antenne are fringed along their whole
length with longish hairs; this point is nol noticed by Henderson

in his descr iption or figure.

14. DioGENes RECTIMANUS Miers.

Diogenes rectimanus Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p, 262, pl. xxvil.
fig. C (1884).

Loe. @ One small specimen from J/wrex, and several,
very small, from shells of Zissoa, Gibbula, and Neritina.

The largest specimen has the carapace only 43 mm. long, and
large chelipede only 9 mm. long: to their small size it is probably
due that the spines on the lower border of the hand of the larger
chelipede are scarcely prominent, while the arrangement of the
granules on this leg is more obscure.

15. DroGENEs sENEX Heller.

Diogenes senex Heller, ‘ Novara’ Reise, Crust. p. 85, pl. vii.
fig. 3 (1865).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang. <A female, with ova, from J/urea:.

T cannot discover the ophthalmic process in this specimen, but
it is probably safer to consider it as having been accidentally
broken off, for otherwise the resemblance of the specimen to
Heller's description and figure is complete; the hands only of
the larger chelipede and the ambulatory legs would seem to be
even more densely hairy than as shown in his figure.

16. DI0GENES DESIPIENS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 1, 1a.)

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang. A male, from Cancellaria.

This species 1s characterized at first sight by its extremely
short, broad ophthalmic process, and the great hairiness of the
legs and under surface of the body.

The anterior portion of the carapace just behind the front
(which is raised into a smooth distinct ridge) is covered with
large, coarse, somewhat scattered granules over a small area ;
behind this area is a deep, transversely-placed groove, convex
towards the front and not continued towards the lateral margins,
behind which groove the carapace is smooth, except for the very
narrow portion enclosed within the groove, which is coarsely
punctate. The sides of this part of the carapace are thickly
hairy, and rough granulate (almost rugose posteriorly) beneath
the hairs; the Sheamvonel regions are somewhat swollen, smooth,
with a few longish hairs; the V- shaped suture of the gastric
region is distinct. The rostrum is bluntly pointed, triangular,
with a broad base, and reaches as forward as the lateral teeth ;
between these and the rostrum the front is concave.

The ophthalmic scales are longer than broad, and rounded
distally where they carry some long hairs; the ophth: almic process
is short and broad, re: aching bar ely he alfway along the scales, with
its anterior edge ‘microscopically denticulate. Ocular peduncles

1902. | CRUSTACEA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 367

long and slender, as long as antennular, much longer than
antennal, peduncles. The antenna is very short, the peduncle
(armed with long hairs) a little longer than half the eye, the
flagellum only overreaching the eye by half its own length, thinly
ciliated. The antennal scale is a broadish ovoid plate, fringed
with long hairs, and falling short of the end of the antennal
peduncle by some little distance.

The chelipedes are subequal, the right being slightly the larger ;
in other respects they are quite similar. The whole leg is very
hairy, except on the inner surface, and a part of the outer sur-
face, of the merus, the hair being very dense on the outer surfaces
of the carpus, hand, and fingers, slightly less so on their inner
joints. In the merus, the outer surface bears a few separate
granules, the inner is smooth ; both lower and outer margins are
denticulate, the lower more distinctly so. The carpus carries a
row of four large teeth on its upper margin, of which the 3rd,
counting proximo-distally, bears a secondary tooth at its base
internally ; on its outer surface is a row of 5—6 teeth of varying
size: between these two rows the carpus is somewhat hollowed
proximally, and distally it bears, close to the joint, a small patch
of low teeth. The hand is slant and very swollen, especially on
its inner surface, not longer than the fingers; its outer surface
and upper and lower margins carry a few tubercular spines in
three irregular rows, the row on the outer surface being the
least definite: the fingers are everywhere (except their inner
edges) covered with coarse, large granules, the tips corneous,
faintly excavate. The ambulatory legs are densely hairy on their
upper and lower margins, otherwise smooth; the dactyli a little
longer than the penultimate joint.

17.. DIoGENES MIXTUS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 2-2 b.)

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang. Numerous examples from WVatica,
Murex, and other shells.

Loc. Patani. One from J/urex.

This species is closely allied to YD. miles Fabr., ). merguiensis
de Man, and JP. intermedius de Man; and it has seemed to me
best to arrange the main points in which these species agree or
differ in tabular form :—

D. miles. D. merguiensis. D. intermedius. D. mivtus.
a. Merus of 3rd legs.
Numerous large Spines less nume- Spiues absent. As in D. miles.
spines on upper rous and smaller.
border.

b. Outer surface of joints of 31d legs.
Numerous small Less numerous, Searcely granular. As in DD. inter-

piliferous gran- larger, and more Merus nearly medius, but 2 row
ules. piliferous gran- smooth. of piliferous gran-
ules. ules a little below

the upper margin
of penultimate
joint.

368 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 2,

D. miles. D. merguiensis. D. intermedius. D. mixtus.

c. Hand and Carpus.

Much as in D. mer-
guiensis, but

Two rows of 11-12 As in D. inter-
evanules, and less medius, but, on

Two rows of 11-12
eranules, and

tubercles less pro- numerous pili- numerous gran- the carpus, the
minent and more ferous acute ules, with 1-2 two rows number
thickly placed. tubercles on. hairs at bases 14-15 each, and
Two rows as In carpus. Palm only, on carpus. on the palm 10-

D. merguiensis.

similar, but the
two rows number
8 externally, 5
internally.

On palm the two
rows number 25--
27 externally, 10—
11 internally.

11 each.

d. Fingers.
30 granules in the
external row.

16-17 granules. 25-27 granules. 24 ovanules.

(P) The row of gran- Row of granules As in D. mergui-

ules on the under extends partly on ensis.
margin of the to the hand.
immobile finger
extends as far as
the carpal joint.

e. Antennal scales.

The inner process Inner process ex- Inner process ex- As in D. inter-

extends as far as tends a little be- tends to the an- medius.

the middle of yond the penulti- terior + of the
the penultimate mate joint. penultimate
joint. joint.

From this table it may be seen that D. miatus combines some
of the characters of the other three species with characters of its
own in such a way that it is difficult to regard it as a variety of
any one of the other species, and necessary to regard it as a
distinct, though closely allied form.

TX. Genus Canosira Latr.

18. Canopita compressus M.-EKdw.

Cenobita compressus M.-E. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 241 (1837);
Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vi. p. 318 (1892).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang. One specimen from Doliwm, two
from Murex, one from Purpura, and numerous other individuals.

Ortmann’s diagnosis is deceptive in so far as the outer surface
of the 3rd left leg is not quite smooth in large individuals, but,
like the cephalothorax, finely granulated or tuberculated; the
short stiff hairs springing from these tubercles in front at the
base; the tubercles themselves bemg sometimes corneous at
the tips. The same remark holds good also for some large speci-
mens, in the Cambridge Museum, of C. rugosus from Torres

Straits. On the last joint, however, in both species, the granu-
lation is confined to the proximal j or t of the joint. Further,

the ridge on the outer surface of the penultimate joimt becomes
rounder, the larger the mdividual. No doubt these characters
are correlated with age.

19. GasnopirA RuGOosUS M.-Edw.

Cenobita rugosus M.-K. Hist. Nat. Crust. i. p. 241 (1837);
Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. vi. p. 317 (1892).

1902. ] CRUSTACEA OF THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 369

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang. Two females, one with ova. Also
another female, from Weris, with a small Ascidian attached to
the left sides of the 2nd and 3rd abdominal segments.

20. Ca@nosiTA PERLATUS M.-Edw.

Cenobita perlatus M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 242 (1837);
Miers, ‘ Alert’ Crust. p. 555 (1884).

Loe. —? Three females, from Jurex.

Miers has noted (J. c. supra) the fact that in this species “ there
is an oblique row of somewhat more elongated tubercles on the
upper surface of the palm, occupying the place of the series of
oblique ridges in C. rugosa”; such an arrangement I find in
these three specimens. But the specimens in question being
somewhat small, the tubercles on the legs are noticeably less
prominent and less pearly than in typical examples; the carapace
also is less rugose.

B. CIRRIPEDIA.
X. Genus BALANuS da Costa.
21. BALANUS AMPHITRITE Darwin.

Balanus amphitrite Darwin, ‘ Balanide,’ p. 240, pl. v. (1854).

Loc. Patani. On pieces of wood, var communis; on Murex,
var. obscurus; on Lamellibranch shells, var. nivers.

Loc. Singora. On Lamellibranch shells, var. obscurus, and
var. niveus.

22. BALANUS AMARYLLIS DISSIMILIS, subsp. nov. (Plate XXXIV.
figs. 3-3 c.)

? Balanus amaryllis var.¢ Weltner, Arch. f. Naturg. Ixii. 1,
p. 270 (1897).

Cf. Balanus amaryllis Darwin, ‘ Balanide,’ p. 279, pl. vii. fig. 6
(1854); Hoek, ‘Challenger’ Cirripedia, p. 153 (1883).

Loc. Kota Bharu, Kelantan.

This subspecies is represented here by two distinct forms: one,
the subspecies itself, of which there are seven large examples ;
the other a colour-variety, of which there are several smaller
examples, attached to pieces of a Gorgonian. These two forms
well illustrate the difficulty, which must sometimes arise, of
finding a satisfactory place in the binomial system of nomen-
clature for certain divergent forms. Thus, in the present instance,
No. L., though closely allied to the species B. amaryllis, yet
shows sufficiently divergent structural characteristics to be ranked
as a distinct variety, if considered alone. But the presence of
No. IL. necessitates some sort of modification of this conception ;
for, while exhibiting the same structural divergence, it also
differs in colour arrangement: thus it becomes incumbent to
form either a subvariety for No. IL., or a subspecies for No. I.
And in view of the fairly numerous instances in which Darwin
has considered colour differences as of varietal worth (vide, e. g.,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou, Il. No. XXIV. 24

370 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [Dec. 2,

B. amaryllis, wmphitrite, improvisus), I have been content to
follow him in this respect, and to consider No. II. as a colour-
variety of No. I., the latter being then necessarily regarded as a
subspecies of B. amaryllis. For my justification in separating
this form from B. amaryllis, I must refer to the differences about
to be described.

No. I. =the subspecies.

This form agrees with B. amaryllis in all characteristics, whether
in structure of shell or structure of body, except those of the
opercular valves. These latter, although agreeing in general shape
with those of B wmaryllis, present the following differences :-—

(a) The scutwm.—Articular ridge prominent, with a very slight
tendency to be reflexed to the tergal margin (this is better seen
in the large specimens of the subspecies than in the smaller speci-
mens of the variety); adductor crest prominent. These differ-
ences have been already noted by Dr. Weltner in his useful
Catalogue of recent Cirripede species (J. c. supra).

(6) The tergum.—Depressor crests well developed; spur, only
half its own width from the basiscutal angle.

I think there is no doubt that, apart from No. II., these
differences would entitle No. I. to be considered as a variety
of the species, and as such I should have classed it, did I not,
as I have said, follow Darwin in considering colour difference
of varietal worth, so that these differences must be considered as
subspecific.

No. I1.=var. clarovitiata.

Presents the same structural distinctions as the subspecies, and
differs in the shell being white with rather closely placed longi-
tudinal hyaline lines.

In one specimen of this variety the basal margin of the tergum
is very concave between the spur and the basicarinal angle, while
the basiscutal angle is sharp, almost tooth-like; and the basal
margin of the scutum presents a broad, shallow notch not far
from its basi-occludent angle.

The large specimens are about 1} in. in greatest diameter of
base, and about 13 in. high; the small barely 4 in. across the
base, and 2 in. high,

23. BALANUS ZNEAS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 4-40.)

Loe. @

Shell white, smooth, not very tall, internally longitudinally
ribbed ; orifice toothed, but not deeply, large and rhomboidal.
Radii reduced and very narrow; basis porous, parietes solid.
Scutum with the lines of growth distant, not prominent; articular
ridge prominent, extending about halfway down the tergal
margin; adductor ridge not prominent. Tergum broad, without
any beak; spur short, a quarter of the width of the whole basal
margin, placed about two-thirds of its own width from the basi-
scutal angle, its apex rounded.

1902.] CRUSTACEA OF THE “‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 371

Mouth: labrum with 2 teeth on each side of the central notch;
mandible with 4 large teeth, of which the first is sharper than,
and distant from, the others, and 3 small teeth, of which two are
situated at the bases of the 3rd and 4th larger teeth respectively,
while the third is close to the lower angle; maxille with a
straight edge and 7 teeth, of which the two upper and the two
lower are a little longer than the others.

XI. Genus CuetonosiA Leach.

24. CHELONOBIA TESTUDINARIA.

Lepas testudinaria Linn. Syst. Nat. (1767). ‘

Chelonobia testudinaria Darwin, ‘ Balanide, p. 392, pl. xiv.
fig. 1 (1854).

Loc. Kota Bharu, Kelantan. Nine specimens.

XII. Genus Piuarytepas Gray.

25. PLATYLEPAS OPHIOPHILUS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXYV. figs.
5-5 6.) ;

2 Platylepas —— ®% Darwin, ‘ Balanide,’ p. 430 (1854).

Loe. 2

Hab. Embedded, not very deeply, in the skin of the sea-snake,
Enhydris curtus.

Shell depressed, orifice large and ovoid.

Parietes, probably aporous, externally marked with longitudinal
ribs which are crossed by transverse grooves, at least in the
upper half, giving rise to a beaded appearance; in the lower
half the ribs are less obviously broken into beads and project
beyond the lower line of the compartment, to the number of three
or four on each side of the midrib; they are, however, more
pointed than, and not nearly so prominent as, the latter. The
midribs of the rostrum and carina are a little shorter than those
of the lateral compartments. Internally, the longitudinal ribs
are visible in the lower half of the compartment, but in the
upper half the shell has thickened considerably, growing inwards
nearly to the level of the inner edge of the midrib. Basis only
moderately convex. Scuta with the rostral ends narrower than
the tergal, rounded, and the outer margins lightly concave; the
rostral ends not curved inwards. Terga with the outer margins
strongly convex towards the carinal end, these ends being
truncate and bent inwards, so as to lie with their margins nearly
parallel; scutal ends a little broader than the carinal.

The mouth-parts conform to the characters of the genus and
present no specific differences. The rami of the Ist cirri are
unequal, but not very much so, the inner exceeding the outer
only by its last joint. The penis is long, in one instance twice as
long as the whole body from the anterior end of the prosoma to
the origin of the penis itself; it gradually tapers to its bluntly

truncate apex, the terminal half only with a few scattered,
24*

3/2 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dee. 2,

longish, stiff hairs, the apex with the usual bundle of short
bristles.

This species, which Mr. F. F. Laidlaw kindly brought to my
notice on an Hnhydris which he was examining, is possibly
identical with one of which Darwin had only a single young and
imperfect specimen, taken off Borneo, from the skin of a sea-
snake. It agrees in the presence of the “two or three very
distinct ridges on each side of the midrib” internally; but I have
been unable to satisfy myself, in these small specimens, of the
existence of any pores in the parietes, so that an identification
with Darwin’s form must remain a matter of doubt.

It is clearly marked off from the other two species described by
Darwin—(a) from P. bissealobata by the subequality of the rami
of the Ist cirrus, and (6) from P. decorate by the very moderate
convexity of the basis. Moreover, to judge from Darwin’s
figures, the shell and opercular valves would seem to be consider-
ably thinner in our species.

XIII. Genus Ista Leach.

26. IBLA QUADRIVALVIS Cuvier.

Anatifa quadrivalvis Cuv. Mém. pour servir ... Mollusq.
figs. 15-16 (1817).

Ibla quadrivalvis Darwin, ‘ Lepadide,’ p. 203, pl. iv. fig. 9
(1851).

Loc. Pulau Bidan, Penang. Numerous specimens.

XIV. Genus Lepas Linn.
27. LEPAS ANSERIFERA Linn.

Lepas anservfera Linn. Syst. Nat. (1767); Darwin, ‘ Lepadidee,’
p. 81, pl. i. fig. 4 (1851).
Loc. Patani. Two specimens.

XV. Genus DicuEtaspis Gray.

The following key to the species of this genus is partly based
on that given by Hoek in the Report on the Cirripedia col-
lected by the ‘Challenger,’ and amplified by Stebbing in the
‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ (6) xv. p. 21 (1895);
but I have modified it somewhat in Group B, owing to the

relatively larger number, namely eight, of new species which now
have to be included in that group.

A. Carina terminating in a disk.
Basal segment of scutum narrower than occludent.
Tergum axe-shaped.
MeN CrEN ALE) ol ase: Sans huss vic dodo che Een.

D. grayii Darwin.
Edge smooth

Gnu EUCuaHOHE See badnaonctdce AbeAES D. pellucida Darwin.

( D. warwickii Darwin.
Basal segment thrice as broad as occludent.

Tergum narrowing anteriorly ...................... D. antigue Stebbing.
Tergum widening anteriorly .............cecce cece D. hoeki Stebbing.

1902.] CRUSTACEA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 373

B. Carina terminating in a fork.
Terga absent.
Basal segment broader than occludent and of

the same length .......... D. cor Auriv.
Basal secment narrower ‘than “oceludent and
shor ter.
Basal at right angles to occludent ......... D. aperta Auriv.

Basal at obtuse angle to occludent, then

parallel to fork of carina...................... D. euneata Auriv.
Basal segment absent ..........0000...0:sseeeeee ee D. angulata Auriv.
Terga present.
Basal segment broader than occludent.
Terzum with three teeth ....... D. alata Auriv.

Tergum pete like a horse’s head and
neck ....... wee. D. equina, sp. n.
Basal segment narrower x than ‘occludent.
Basal half as long as occludent, or less.

Tergum tr iangular Sacer D. aymonini Lessona.
Tergum with carinal edge ‘rounded,
scutal edge with 2 lateral teeth...... D. neptuni Macdonald.

Basal more than half as long as occludent.
Tergum with 2 teeth.

“Teeth nearly equal .. ...... D. sinuata Auriv.

Teeth very dispr oportionate tides D. trigona Auriv.
Tergum hook-shaped, handle broad.

Hook large and blunt................ D. lowei Darwin.

Hook small and sharp ............ D. darwinii Filippi.

C. Carina terminating in a cup.
Scutum in two distinct segments.
Basal narrower than occludent, tergum with

5 unequal teeth.. D. orthogonia Darwin.
Basal broader than. ‘occludent, ‘tergum | ‘with
3 teeth ........ D. occlusa, sp. n.
Scutum with a notch only and dl indistinetly d divided. D. sessilis Hoek.
D. Carina absent... Sa A D. bullata Auriv.

28. DICHELASPIS OCCLUSA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXYV, figs. 6-6 c.)

Loc. Kelantan; Trengganu.

Hab. Mouth-parts of Thenus orientalis.

The valves in this species are all very closely apposed, much
more than in any other Species of the genus. The carina extends
between the terga by quite 3 of its own length, is rather strongly
curved, and has its anterior end expanded, cup-shaped, and
embedded in the peduncle, The scutum consists of two seguenenoe,
of which the occludent is longer than the basal by bar ely & of its
own length, has its tergal margin bluntly rounded, and is united
at its rostral end to the basal segment by a narrow br idge of non-
calcified tissue; while the basal is 24 times the breadth of the
occludent and separated from it only by a very narrow mem-
branous interspace, and is faintly hollowed on its curved carinal
margin close to its tergal angle for the reception of the tip of a
strong tooth on the tergum. Between this latter tooth and its
occludent angle, the tergum is deeply hollowed where it fits round
the end of the occludent segment of the scutum; the scutal
margin thus appears tridentate.

The capitulum is rather flattened from side to side; the
peduncle differs in appearance in the adult and young forms,
being in the former swollen, a little shorter than the capitulum,
and brown in colour; and in the latter not swollen, a little longer

374 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dee. 2,

than the capitulum, white and semi-transparent; in both, how-
ever, it is thickly studded with minute chitimous papille (as in
D. warwickii).

The 1st cirrus is only 3 of the length of the 6th, is distant by
the thickness of its own pedicel from the 2nd, and has its rami
equal; the rami also of the other cirri are equal. The caudal
appendage is exactly as long as the pedicel of the 6th cirrus, but
appears longer to the naked eye owing to the presence, at its tip,
of numerous hairs as long as the joint itself.

As regards the mouth-parts, the outer maxille are ovoid, with
their inner sides folded over outwardly and their outer surfaces
covered with longish hairs; the inner maxille each present an
incision on their border by which are formed two low step-like
projections, the inner being the smaller, and each bears 13 spines,
of which the one at the inner angle is much stouter than the
rest. The mandibles have 5 teeth, the strongest of which forms
the inner angle. The palpi are bluntly conical, with hairs along
their outer edges.

The penis is rather thick, and only begins to taper just before
its distal end; along its length are several exceedingly short hairs.

This species seems to me to bridge over the narrow gap between
the genera Dichelaspis and Pecilasma, in relation on the one side
with the Dichelaspids generally, and on the other side with
Pecilasma tridens Auriv. in particular. My grounds for placing
it in the former of the two genera are (a) the connection between
the two portions of the scutum, and (6) the extension of the
carina between the terga; these two points clearly bring it
within Darwin’s definition of his genus. At the same time, the
bridge of tissue connecting the two parts of the scutum is
extremely narrow, so that I was, for some time, for considering
the two portions as separate valves and for referring the species
to the genus Pecilasma; while, on the other hand, the carina
in Pecilasma tridens also extends between the terga, though
only by } of its length. This species, moreover, has a point in
common with those of Pecilasma, and differing from those of
Dichelaspis, namely, the close apposition of the valves.

But its relationship with both these genera is clearly shown, on
the one hand, by the yet present connection between the two
parts of the scutum and the extension of the carina between the
terga; and, on the other hand, by the almost complete severance of
the scutal segments and the close apposition of the valves. And
though its possibly closer relationship to one of these genera
relieves me of the responsibility of uniting two genera which
Darwin separated after the study of a greater number of species,
still I feel that there can be little doubt but that the tie between
these genera is exceedingly close.

There are also some specimens taken from the extreme base of
the chelipedes and from the long epipodite of the 3rd maxillipeds
of Neptunus gladiator. On the same crab were the specimens of
the species next described.

1902.] CRUSTACEA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 375

29. DICHELASPIS EQUINA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXYV. figs. 7-7 d.)

Loc. Trengganu.

Hab. Bases of antennules, antenne and legs, and posterior
border of carapace of Veptunus (Amphitrite) gladnator.

The carina in this species is formed of two pieces—a quite
short basal portion, and a much longer tergal portion, each of
which abuts closely on the other by a small median tooth ; these
two pieces can be separated readily by caustic potash. In the
basal portion the base, embedded in the peduncle, is somewhat
widened and forked, but the prongs of the fork are not very
prominent; the tergal portion, quite narrow where it abuts on
the basal, gradually widens towards its distal end which is squarely
rounded.

The scutum consists, as usual, of two parts, connected by a
bridge of tissue semicalcified on its occludent side, completely
calcified on its basal side (fig. 7d). The occludent segment is
nearly twice as long as the basal (= 5°25 mm.: 3 mm.) and has
its apex rounded; the basal segment is twice as broad as the
occludent at the middle of its length, three times as broad along
its basal margin, and is produced at its rostral angle into a blunt,
almost tooth-like process, forming the half-bridge of calcified
tissue mentioned above. General shape subtriangular, with
rounded angles; its basal and tergo-lateral margins are somewhat
convex, the oceludent somewhat concave.

The tergum has rather the shape of the head and neck of a
horse with forwardly-directed ears (whence the specific name)—
the base of the neck lying between the apices of the occludent
segment of the scutum of the carina ; the top of the head forming
the upper, the back of the neck the lower carinal margin; and
the snout forming a strong tooth projecting in the direction of
the scutum, and the forehead forming the occludent margin.

The Ist cirrus lies close to the 2nd, but yet a little more distant
than the rest are from each other; the rami of each of all the
cirri are equal; the lst cirrus is only a little more than half the
length of the 6th. The caudal appendage is as long as the
Ist joint of the pedicel of the 6th cirrus; it carries hairs at its
apex, of which the longest are about half the length of the joint,
and also distant bundles of 2-3 longish hairs along the outer
margin. The penis is just shorter than the 6th cirrus, thick, but
tapering suddenly at the tip, with an excavation at the base, at
the distal angle of which excavation is a blunt tooth-like promi-
nence, nearly as high as the excavation is deep; this prominence
is set within a shallow hollow within the excavation. The penis
also, besides the hairs at its tip, bears along its length scattered
hairs, some short and stiff, others long and more flexible; rings
very distinct.

The palpi are bluntly conical, with longish hairs at the tip.
The mandible has five teeth, the one at the inner angle being the
strongest, and the one at the outer angle very small and blunt,
lying close to the 4th tooth at its outer base.

376 MR, W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 2,

The outer maxilla has a deep incision in its edge, at the bottom
of which is a spine, externally to it three spines, and internally
seven spines; the inner maxilla is ovoid, with long hairs on its
outer surface.

The peduncle is equal to, or sometimes a little shorter than,
the capitulum in length.

VARIATIONS.

This species is very variable in external appearance, one or two
of the specimens appearing at first sight to be specifically distinct ;
but I have no doubt, from a comparison of all the specimens here
present, that they are all of one species. These variations are
connected with differences in the structure of the membrane, and
the form and shape of the valves.

(i) The Membrane.

The membrane varies, both in the peduncle and capitulum,
from the one extreme, in which it is thin, whitish, and trans-
lucent, to the other, in which it is thick, brown (in formol), and
opaque, with the valves almost invisible; transitional stages
connect these two extremes.

(ii) The Valves.

The tergum is generally shaped like the head and neck of a
horse, as described, and formed of a single piece, but varies to
the extreme shown in fig. 76. In two young forms also, with
transparent membrane, the head proper is reduced and the neck
thickened, giving an appearance as in fig. 7c. In one specimen
the base of the neck is formed of a very small separate double
piece.

The scutum is generally as described; but the basal segment,
generally as high as wide, issometimes less developed, and is then
much wider than it is high. The basal segment is also very
variable in the number of pieces of which it is formed, thus :—

Individual specimens: basal segment of seutum :

(a) Very small, calcified separate portions are present—one at
the baso-lateral, and two others at the tergal, angles.

(6) Formed of two pieces—a small umbonal, and a large distal
(tergal).

(c) Formed of three distinct pieces—(1) a relatively small piece
round the umbo of the valve; (2) a large piece, including the
basal, and a little more than half of the tergo-lateral, margins ;
(3) a piece, intermediate in size, including the rest of the tergo-
lateral, and the whole of the occludent, margins. The line of the
tergo-lateral margin is markedly irregular.

(d) On the right side (in relation to the animal) of three pieces
as in ¢; on the left side of two pieces, a large umbonal and
somewhat smaller distal (tergal), the suture between them running
irregularly from the middle of the tergo-lateral, to the middle of
the occludent, margins. The carina is constantly formed of two

1902. | CRUSTACEA OF THE “‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 377

pieces, of which the distal (tergal) broadens to the blunt distal
end.

A ffinities.—This species is certainly closely allied to Dichelaspis
warwickii Gray. The general external appearance is much the
same, making allowance for its variability in this species, and the
mouth-parts appear to agree essentially with the description of
D. warwickii given by Darwin (Lep. pp. 121-122). But it
differs in the fact that the valves are not thin and translucent,
but thick and opaque; in the distal broadening, and division into
two parts, of the carina; in the shape of the tergum (despite its
variability); and in the fact that the Ist cirrus is not “ far
removed from the 2nd,’ and that the rami of the 2nd are not
unequal.

Although the shape and fission of the carina is the most
constant external feature, I have found it difficult to fix that fact
satisfactorily in the specific name; words such as bicarinata, fissi-
carinata, or others suggesting rather a reduplication of the carina
than a single carina formed of two pieces.

I have, therefore, fixed on the horse-like shape of the tergum,
which, though not constant, still evidently represents the typical
form of that valve in the species, by which to designate the
species ; hence the specific name equina.

C. ISOPODA.
XVI. Genus Cymotuoa Fabr.

30. CyMOTHOA sTROMATEI Bleeker.

Cymothoa stromatet Blkr. Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Néerland. ii. p. 35,
pl. il. fig. 13 (1857).

Loe. ? Hab. “ Mouth-parts of fish, chiefly of Ikan dalam.”
Six females and a small male.

31. CyMorHOA PULCHRUM, sp.nov. (Plate XXXYV. figs. 8-8 a.)

Loc. Pulau Bidan. One female.

Eyes invisible, lateral prolongations of the Ist thoracic segment
reaching very nearly to the level of the front, which is rounded
acuminate. Cephalic segment ? as long as broad (4°5: 6 mm.),
superiorly depressed so as to form a shallow pit; Ist thoracic
segment the longest, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th a little shorter and sub-
equal, 5th, 6th, and 7th gradually becoming shorter, the 5th not
abruptly shorter than the 4th; segments 1-6 rugose, the rugosities
becoming gradually less marked on the hinder segments, the 7th
smooth ; the lateral prolongations of the Ist segment smooth,
curved forwards and inwards, bluntly pointed in front. Abdomen
abruptly narrower than thorax, the segments gradually increasing
in width to the 5th, which is as wide as the last thoracic, and the
6th, which is as wide as the penultimate thoracic, segments. 6th
abdominal segment about twice as wide as long (15: 7 mm.),
somewhat excavate in the anterior median line, and slightly

378 MR. W. F. LANCHESTER ON THE [ Dec. 2,

swollen and coarsely reticulate laterally ; uropods just shorter
than the 6th segment; rami equal, inwardly curved, and narrow,
the outer being a little broader than the inner. Distal end of
the crest on the last four thoracic legs increasing gradually in
height from before backwards; ungues of all the legs curved,
moderately long, and increasing in size backwards but only very
gradually, so that those of the last pair are only a little longer
than those of the first pair.
Length 35 mm.; breadth 17 mm.

XVII. Genus MervertiA Stebbing.

32. MEINERTIA CARINATA Schiddte & Meinert.

Ceratothoa carinata Sch. & Mein. Naturhist. Tidsskr. in. 13,
p. 327 (1883).

Loc. Great Redangs. Several specimens.

XVIII. Genus Nerociua.

33. NeRociLA SUNDAICA Bleeker.

Nerocila sundaica Blkr. Crust. Ind. Arch. i. p. 26, fig. 4; Sch.
& Mein. Naturhist. Tidsskr. 111. 13, p. 9 (1881).

Loe. ? A single female.

Although the anal segment and uropods are much damaged,
there is no doubt in my mind that this specimen belongs to the
above species, presenting as it does three very characteristic
features: namely, the swollen basal joints of the first antenne, the
pectination of the 3rd and 6th—7th legs, and the constriction of
the ungues of the other legs. In two points, however, it differs ;
for the median concavity in the anterior margin of the first
segment is slightly deeper (not shallower) than the lateral, and
the first four abdominal segments are all subequal, the fifth being
only very slightly longer.

XIX. Genus Roctneta Leach.

34. RocINELA MUNDANA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV. figs. 9-9a.).

Tale Sab. “ From the gills of a freshwater skate.”

Flagellum of Ist antenne 4-articulate, of 2nd antenne
12-articulate; eyes distant, reniform, with the anterior end trun-
cate; ocelli fairly large, numerous.

Front bluntly triangular, projecting in front of the eyes, and
only just concealing the base of the Ist antenna; Ist thoracic
segment longer than the rest, which are subequal, its anterior
border trisinuate; epimera small, increasing in size backwards,
the last just overlapping, with its blunt point, the posterior angle
of the last segment; 1st abdominal segment partly concealed,
distinctly shorter than the rest ; its posterior border sinuate, those
of the rest becoming straighter towards the telson.

Telson with a transverse swelling at the base on each side of

1902, | CRUSTACEA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 379

the middle line; these swellings just meet at the middle line, and
from their junction proceeds a very short longitudinal median
swelling; the rest of the upper surface smooth and slightly
convex. Tip of telson extremely blunt. Uropods with ciliate
margin; outer rami as long as telson, inner just longer, and
twice as broad as the outer.

Anterior legs without teeth, but with a few short cilia;
posterior legs with a few short spines along the lower border of
the 3rd to the 6th joints; ungues short.

XX. Genus SpH#rRomMA Latr.

35, SPHEZROMA FELIX, sp. nov. (Plate XXXYV. fig. 10.)

Loe. ? Thirteen specimens.

Body gradually widening from the head to the abdomen, the
telsonic portion of which narrows suddenly at the level of the
base of the uropods, and thence rather more gradually to the
posterior end. Eyes conspicuous, but small. The posterior
portion of each of the thoracic segments is marked off from the
anterior portion as a raised, broadish, transversely- grooved ridge ;
the anterior portion, which is smooth, slides, in extension, under
the raised portion, which is finely, but rather widely, eranulate,
as is also the cephalic segment. On the abdomen, and the upper
surface of the inner rami of the uropods, the granules are larger,
placed more thickly, and concealed under a rather dense, but very
short, pubescence, The telson, from the base of the uropods, is
bluntly triangular, with its margin non-granulate and reflexed
upwards ; the inner ramus of the uropods is a little longer than
the telson, the outer a little longer than the inner, with its upper
surface smooth, and its outer edge fringed with short hairs and
bearing 8 small teeth.

A List of the Terrestrial Isopods.
By M. Gustav Bupps-Lunp.

1. Ligia exotica Roux.—Several specimens; Kamlon, Singapore.

2. Trichoniscus antennatus, n. sp.—A few specimens of this
little species (cirea 5 mm. long), without information as to the
locality. Distinguished by the very long and slender antenne,
which have a long flagellum, 15-articulate; the antennz also,
especially the first joint, are proportionally long. The uropods
have the basal joint, and the exopodite, long and thick, the endo-
podite very thin.

3. Philoscia truncatella, n. sp.—Two specimens, both with
damaged antennz and uropods, from Gunong Inas, Perak, 5000 ft.
Sten to be allied to P. truncata Dollf., from Celebes aad Flores,
but the last segment of the truncus is obliquely truncate only on
the inside of the epimere ; also the transverse line on the epistome
is a little sinuate, forwardly, in the middle. Another small,

380 ON THE CRUSTACEA OF THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [ Dec. 2,

damaged, specimen, from rotten wood at Ajenz (? Aring, W. F. 1D) 4
Kelantan, perhaps also belongs here.

4. Philoscia incurva, n. sp—Only one specimen, without the
uropods and with damaged antenne, from Patalung. Differs
from the other Asiatic species in the proportionally well-developed
epimera of the caudal segments, which are acute and produced
outwardly and backwardly; the last segment of the truncus has
the hind margin very deeply incurvated,

5. Alloniscus brevis B.-L.—Many specimens from Patalung; a
single specimen from Pulau Bidan, Penang.

6. Alloniscus sp.— Only one specimen of a little Oniscoid
Isopod taken at Bukit Besar. It is without the uropods, and
seems to be akin to the Alloniscus albus Dollf. from Sumatra.

7. Metoponorthus pruinosus Brandt.—Kight specimens among
specimens of Armadillo murinus Br. from Patani.

8. Lyprobius sp.—Only one specimen from Patani. This
species is perhaps not different from J. cristatus, a species which
is found in most tropical parts. I think also that Porcellio sun-
daicus Vollf., from Sumatra, Java, and Celebes, belongs here ;
and that P. pallidipennis Dollf. from Flores, and P. modestus
Dollf. from Saleyer, should certainly also be included in this sub-
genus.

9. Toradjia conglobator, n. sp.—Three specimens from rotten
wood at Ajenz (? Aring, W. F. L.), Kelantan. I know several
species of this genus, in which M. Dollfus has included three
species—7’. celebensis Df., 7. gorgona Df., and 7. cephalica Df.
The Perysciphus weberi Df. may be placed here, and 7’. conglo-
bator is most nearly allied to this latter species, the first segment
of the truncus not being split in the posterior edges, and the
epistome being plain, The antenne are shorter than in 7. webert,
with the flagellum short, white, and basal joint very short.

10. Armadillo murinus Brandt. — Several specimens from
Patani.

11. Armadillo infuscatus, n. sp.—Several specimens from Goah
Janat. This species and the next belong to the group of which
A. murinus is the type, having the epimera of the truncus without
folds in the hind margin of the first segment. This species is
rather larger than A. murinus, and has the endopodite of the
uropods much longer than in that species. The colour is a dirty
pale yellow.

12. Armadillo pallidus, n. sp.—Six specimens from Bukit
Besar. Very like A. infuscatus, but well separated by the form
of the telson, which is not so strongly narrowed in the middle,
and has the apex much longer than the basis; the basal joint also
of the uropods is narrower.

13. Spherillo grisescens, n. sp.Several specimens from Aring,
Kelantan. This little species (5 mm. long) is remote from all

1902.] ON THE DRAGONFLIES OF THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 381

hitherto described species, but allied to several new species I have
seen. It has some affinity with S. ambitiosus B.-L., but has a
little fold in the hind edge of the first segment of the truncus:
the apex of the telson is quadrangular, not narrowed in the
middle, and the exopodite of the uropods scarcely visible.

[I have slightly modified, or occasionally condensed, the
language of these descriptions kindly supplied me by M. Budde-
Lund.— W. F. L.]

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XXXIV.

. Diogenes desipiens (p. 366). Antennal region. 1¢. Left chela.

. Diogenes mixtus (p. 367). Antennal region. 2a. Chela. 26. 3rd left leg.
. Balanus amaryllis dissimilis (p. 369). 3-3a. Scutum. 3b-c. Tergum.

. Balanus eneas (p. 370). From above. 4a. Scutum. 44. Tergum.

PLatTE XXXV.

.5. Platylepas ophiophilus (p. 371). From above. 5a. From below. 55. A
lateral compartment, seen from the inside.

6. Dichelaspis occlusa (p. 373). From the side. 6a. Tergum. 6b. Carina.
6c. Scutum.

7. Dichelaspis equina (p.375). Carina. 7a. Tergum, typical form. 7b-e. Two

> CO bo

different forms of the tergum. 7d. Scutum.
Cymothoa pulchrum (p. 377). From above. 8a. From the side.
9. Rocinela mundana (p. 378). From above. 9a. Posterior leg.
10. Spheroma felix (p. 379). From above.

4. On a Collection of Dragonflies made by the Members of
the “Skeat Expedition” in the Malay Peninsula in

1899-1900. By F. F. Larpiaw, B.A.
[Received November 18, 1902.}

Part II.’
C@NAGRIONINA.

In dealing with the last of the subfamilies represented in this
collection, I have attempted as before to give a complete list of
species hitherto recorded from the Peninsula. This list will
shortly prove to be incomplete, for I have in my hands awaiting
examination a fine collection of Odonata, made by Mr. Annandale,
who has revisited the Peninsula; and, from a casual inspection of
his specimens, it is evident that it includes a number of species
which are, if not new to science, at any rate new to the Peninsula.
Further, I am informed by Dr. Foerster, to whom Tam much
indebted for kind assistance and courtesy, that he has recently
received a large consignment of Odonata from the same locality,
including new and remarkable forms. |

I venture to hope, however, that the present list may none the
less be of some service.

I take the opportunity of correcting two or three errors, of
which I find I have been guilty in the first part of this account.

1 Part I., see P. Z.S. 1902, i. p. 63.

382 MR. F. F, LAIDLAW ON THE [ Dec. 2,

Firstly, in dealing with the sexual characters of Tetrathemis,
I was not acquainted with a paper of Dr. Foerster’s published
in the ‘Természetrajki Fiizetek’ (1900, pp. 81-108), where, in
describing two new species of this genus from New Guinea, he
calls attention to the peculiar differences between the armature
of the femurs of the two sexes. Secondly, he has pointed out in
a letter that the forms which I identified as Gynacantha rosen-
bergi Brauer probably do not belong to that species, which does
not occur west of Banda. My specimens are perhaps referable
to G. basiguttata, but I have not had the opportunity of re-

examining them.
Lastly, in my description of Gomphus consobrinus* (P. Z.8.

1902, vol. i. p. 80), “Type A of Selys” should read “Type B of
Selys,” whilst cho tricolor Kriiger, on page 85, should be altered

to £. tricolor Kriiger.
(Species marked with an asterisk are not included in our

collection.)
Legion LEstTEs,

LEsTES RIDLEYI Laidlaw.
Lestes ridley Laidlaw, P. Z.S. 1902, p. 92.
One male from Gunong Inas.

LESTES PREMORSA.

Lestes premorsa Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 162; Kriiger, Stett.
ent. Zeit. 1898, p. 130.

A number of specimens from Kwala Aring.

Concerning this species, I find the following notes in my diary :—
Aug. 20th (1899): “I found to-day large numbers of a species of
Dragonfly over a pond ; I caught several pairs.”

Aug. 28th (1899): “TI noticed that the species which I had
seen so abundantly near the pond had disappeared almost entirely.
I have only found it in this one spot.”

Legion PopaGRrion.

* PODOLESTES ORIENTALIS Selys.

Podolestes orientalis Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 126; Kriger, Stett.
ent. Zeit. 1899, p. 98.

Recorded from Malacca.

* AMPHILESTES MACROCEPHALA Selys.
Malacca.

AMPHILESTES MIMA Karsch.

Amphilestes mima Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xvii. (1891) p. 242;
Kriiger, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1898, p. 100.
1 Mr. Calvert has pointed out to me, since this paper was read, that this name is

pre-occupied by Gomphus consobrinus Walsh = G. externa Selys (see Kirby, Cat.
Odonata, p. 66). Accordingly, I propose to alter the name to G. Bea ee.

1902.] DRAGONFLIES OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 383

A very beautiful and striking species. I believe that the
female has not as yet been described ; it differs markedly from
the male and is fully as brightly coloured. I append a short
description of it :—-

@. Head, prothorax, and thorax nearly as in the male, the
yellow rather less vivid, and the black stripes on the upper lip
and epistome continuous with the black markings near the base
of the antenne.

The abdomen is chestnut-brown above, but the first segment is
yellowish green. Segments 2-6 each with a black apical ring
feebly developed on the second segment. Immediately before the
apical ring there is on each of these segments a dorsal yellowish-
green mark, extending forward in 2-3 for about one-half, and in
4-6 for about one-third, of the total length of the segment. This
mark is divided longitudinally in each segment by a thin brown
line on the mid-dorsal carina.

In segments 3-6 the black apical ring sends forward on either
side of the segment a black line, extending nearly the whole
length of the segment.

In the seventh segment the anterior half is black, and the
yellowish-green marking here is divided into two parts, well
separated from each other and diverging posteriorly, the space
between them being occupied by a triangular extension forward
from the apical ring, which also sends forward, as in the preceding
segments, a lateral mark on either side. Segment 8 is black
dorsally, with a yellowish-green band either side, and beyond
these again black lateral lines. Segments 9-10 are black, 9 with
a small and 10 with a minute pair of yellowish spots. Under
surfaces yellowish brown. Appendages short, yellow, with black
tips.

Mises of abdomen 30 mm., of hind wing 24 mm.

Several pairs from a stream near Kwala Aring.

Legion PROTONEURA.

PROTOSTICTA FOERSTER], Sp. n.

One female from Gunong Inas, Perak.

Lower lip rounded, with short lobes. A small supplementary
basal postcostal nerve present, lying at a level between the base
of the wings and the first antenodal costal nerve. Pterostigma
trapezoid, dark brown in colour, surmounting a single cell, its
anterior margin shorter than its posterior; followed by a single
row of cells. Sectors of the arculus united from their commence-
ment for a short distance. Upper sector of the quadrilateral
ending against the hind margin of the fore wing at the level of
the first postnodal costal nerve; that of the hind wing one cell
lower. Wo trace of the lower sector of the quadrilateral. The median
sector starts from the nodal vein, the subnodal a little beyond it.

Head black; upper lip and rhinarium bluish white, the former
with a black margin ; antenne yellowish.

384 MR, F, F. LAIDLAW ON THE [Dee. 2,

Prothorax dull yellow, a pair of black spots on either side of
the mid-dorsal line on the median and posterior lobes.

Thorax bronze-black above, sides dull brownish yellow, with an
indistinct black line along the second lateral suture.

Abdomen black, segments 3-7 with a pale yellow basal ring.

Hinder dorsal half of segment 9 yellow. Segments 2-6 with
an indistinct wide yellowish-brown ring lying behind the middle
of each segment, save in segment 2 where it occupies the greater
part of the segment.

Appendages black.

Legs yellow with long yellow spines, 6-7 pairs of these on the
third pair of tibias, directed almost laterally.

Length of hind wing 17-5 mm., of abdomen 30 mm.

This species is the smallest member of its genus. It is of
interest geographically, as the other species are recorded from the
Celebes and Philippines. It is also of interest because, having
its median and subnodal sectors arranged as in those species, it
tends to prove that the genus is a natural one and not derived
polyphyletically from Platysticta.

*PLATYSTICTA QUADRATA Selys.

Singapore.

*DISPARONEURA ANALIS Selys.
Sumatra. Malacca.

*D, InTERRUPTA Selys.
Sumatra. Banca. Singapore.

D. HUMERALIS Selys.

Disparoneura humeralis Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 134.

25,1 Q from Kwala Aring.

In one of the males there is no trace of the lower sector of the
quadrilateral on the hinder wings.

@. Pterostigmata nearly black, paler round the edges. Upper
lip and gene yellowish brown; a stripe of the same colour runs
across the vertex. The prothorax has a pair of lateral yellow
marks continuous with antehumeral lines of the same colour on
the thorax.

Abdomen with the mid-dorsal crest of segments 2-3 yellow.
3-6 with a pair of small lateral yellowish-white spots at their
bases. All these markings are on a black ground.

DISPARONEURA COLLARIS Selys.
A single male from Kwala Aring.

CACONEURA GRACILLIMA (Selys) 2

A single male from Kwala Aring, very immature, shrivelled,
and without segments 7-10 of the abdomen.

1902. ] DRAGONFLIES OF THE ‘‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 385

No supplementary basal postcostal nerve. Lower lip with short,
rounded lobes. Lower sector of quadrilateral entirely absent.

Very slender body. Basal postcostal nerve lying between the
level of the two costal antenodal nerves. Upper sector of the
quadrilateral of the fore wings not reaching to the first trans-
verse nerve after the quadrilateral; in the hind wing it extends
one cell further. 14 postcostal nerves on the fore wing,

Certainly closely allied to C. gracillima as described by
de Selys, but with the following points of difference :—Upper
lip entirely black. Segments 2, 3 of abdomen without a pale
dorsal stripe.

C. gracillima is said by Selys to come probably from the
Celebes or possibly from Borneo. Kriiger (Stett. ent. Zeit.
1898) remarks that the species known hitherto belonging to the
“ gracillima” section of the genus all came from Borneo. He
describes a new species belonging to this section from Sumatra.
The present specimen is in all probability a representative form
of C. gracillima, and when better known will most likely require
naming as a distinct species.

Legion PLATYCNEMIS.

*TRICHOCNEMIS MEMBRANIPES (Rambur).

Singapore. Malacca.

*TRICHOCNEMIS OCTOGESIMA Selys.

Singapore.

TRICHOCNEMIS BORNEENSIS Selys.

Caliecia borneensis Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 128.

13,4 2 from Kwala Aring belong, I believe, to this species.
Mr. Annandale’s collection includes a fine series of insects belong-
ing to this genus; accordingly I prefer to leave these specimens
without comment for the present.

*COPERA VITTATA (Selys),.
Malacca.

CoPERA MARGINIPES (Ramb.).

Copera marginipes Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 129.

Psilocnemis marginipes Kriiger, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1898, p. 101.

Four males and a female from Kwala Aring, Sept. 1899.

These agree closely with Selys’s description, but the males have
the epistome and genz largely yellow. The posterior pair of
tibias of the males are strongly dilated, and the upper anal
appendages are only one-fourth the length of the lower pair.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1902, Vor. II No. XXV. 25

586 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON THE | Deer 2;

CoPERA ATOMARIA (Selys).

Copera atomaria Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 129.

Three females and a male, all immature, from Kwala Aring, in
September.

The upper anal appendages of the male are fully one-half the
length of the lower pair. The second pair of tibias are not
dilated, the third pair are unfortunately lost.

Legion Canacrion. (Agrion of Selys.)

PERICNEMIS STICT:CA Selys.

Pericnemis stictica Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 158 ; Kriger, Stett.
ent. Zeit. 1898, p. 125.
One male from the foot of Gunong Inas.

Length of abdomen (without appendages)... 55 mm.
a INTACT AWABOVES TY Bragaocaeobtoecoce ndsaneooc D2PO s
5 appendages (upper pait')............ 1 Wigs

This species is one of the largest and in some respects the most
remarkable member of the “legion.” It has previously been
recorded from Java and Sumatra, but apparently the appendages
of the male have not hitherto been described. These, it will be
seen, bear a closer resemblance to those of species belonging to the
genus Amphicnemis than to those of species of Teinobasis.

The most striking peculiarity of the species, apart from its large
size and extremely slender proportions, is the pentagonal shape of
the pterostigma, most: marked in the fore wing. The pterostigma
is brownish black with a lighter margin, the whole surrounded
by a thick black nerve.

Another remarkable feature is the curious “horn” curving
upwards and a little forward from the middle of the hinder
margin of the prothorax.

The upper pair of appendages of the male are rather slender ;
they curve inwards and a little downwards. They are black at
the base, but for the greater part of their length dull yellow.
Each bears rather beyond its middle a small tooth on its upper
inner surface.

The lower pairs are shorter and much slenderer; they run
nearly straight back, converging slightly. Each at its extremity
meets the extremity of the upper appendage of its own side.
Coloration similar to that of the upper pair. Both pairs are
black at the tip.

TEINOBASIS KIRBYI, sp. n.

A single male, unfortunately much damaged, from Gunong
Inas. As it is quite distinct from any described species, it is
well, I think, to describe it in spite of its mutilated condition.

Length of hind wings 25 mm.

Wings petiolated to the level of the commencement of the
quadrilateral. Claws smooth, without teeth. Inner margin of

1902. | ~~" DRAGONFLIES OF THE ‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 387

the pterostigma more oblique than the outer. Pterostigma black,
with pale margin, enclosed by a very thick black nerve Median
and subnodal sectors united by a common stalk from ayes origin
as far as the first transverse nerve they encounter (on the right
fore wing beyond it fora short distance). Posterior tibias with
four pairs of black spines.

Upper surface of the head dark green, upper lip dull bronze,
nasus black, antennz: brown, postocular surface dirty white.
Prothorax dull brown, dor sel surface of thorax bronze-green,
sides and under surface greyish white, pruinose.

Abdomen (segments 1—7 only) bronze-black above, dull dark
brown below.

Allied to 7’. superba from the Celebes and Moluccas. It differs
in details of coloration and in having only four spines on the
posterior tibias.

*TEINOBASIS RUFICOLLIS (Selys).
* ARCHIBASIS MELANOCYANA (Selys).

ARGIOCNEMIS RUBEOLA Selys.

Argiocnemis rubeola Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 153.
Race sumatrana ? Kriger, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1898, p. 126.

1 $ from Khota Baru, Kelantan.

ARGIOCNEMIS NIGRICANS Selys ?

Argiocnemis nigricans Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 158; Kriiger,
Stett. ent. Zeit. 1898, p. 126..

4 g,1 2 from Khota Baru, Kelantan.

Like Kvriiger’s specimen, mine are rather larger than Selys’s,

Length of hind wing, ¢ 15, 9 16 mm.

Pe abdomen, ? o1'27,°2 26) 5;

Postnodal nerves from 9 to 18 on the fore wing. The middle
lobe of the prothorax rather truncate, not rounded.

The males differ from Selys’s description in having segments
8-9 of the abdomen of a dull-brown colour (probably blue in the
living insect), whereas in the male described by Selys there is a
trilobed blue mark on the eighth segment. Otherwise the agree-
ment is fairly close. It should’ be remarked, however, that the
colour-pattern of my four male specimens shows no variation.
The female is exactly like that described by Selys as the female
of A. nigricans. I am disposed to think that the female described
by Selys as belonging to nigricans did not belong to the same
species as the male. His measurements suggest this. They
are -—

Length of abdomen, <¢ 22, 2 25-28 mm.

hind wing, 6) 15, 2 17-19 .,,

Tf Tam right, then, in taking this view, it follows that the
female of the true A. nigricans 18 as yet unknown, whilst my
specimens belong to a distinct species, diftering from 4. nigricans,

25%

388 ON THE DRAGONFLIES OF THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [Dec. 2,

so far as the male is concerned, in being somewhat larger, in
having segments 8-9 of the sneloanen ime. or brownish blue, aml
in afetision having a black epistome, and no black carina on
segment 1.

Tt i is, however, scarcely advisable to name this supposed new
species until definite evidence as to the female of the typical
A. nigricans is forthcoming.

See also Selys, Ann. Mus. Gen. (2) x. 1890, and Ris, Arch, f.
Naturg., Jahr. 66, Bd. i. p. 200.

* AGRIOCNEMIS MINIMA Selys.

Agriocnemis minima Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 151; Kriger,
Stett. ent. Zeit. 1898, p. 126.

Collected by Dohrn in Penang.

AGRIOCNEMIS 1NcISA Hagen.

A griocnenis feminina Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 158.

Agriocnemis imeisa Kriiger, Stett. ent. Teit. 1898, p. 127; Ras,
Arch. f. Naturg., Jahr. 66, Ba. i. p- 200, pl. x. fig. 19 (1900).

Two males ond a female of the orange variety from Khota
Baru, Kelantan.

The rose-colour of the latter only extends to the fifth abdominal
segment.

AGRIOCNEMIS PULVYERULANS Selys.

Agriocnemis pulverulans Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 158; Kriiger,
Stett. ent. Zeit. 1898, p. 127.

4 $ from Khota Baru, Kelantan.

The members of the above genus are the smallest known
Odonates. The length of the hind wing of a male of A. incisa
is 9 mm. and of the abdomen 16 mm. Both this and the
preceding genus (Argiocnemis), as well as the two following, are
found, so far as my experience goes, chiefly in cultivated low-
lying land near the coast. Certainly I never saw specimens of
any of them “ up-country,” whilst in the big rice-fields about
Kelantan and Tringganu they are the only Ceenagrions that are
at all abundant.

*ONYCHARGIA ATROCYANA Selys.

Singapore.

*ONYCHARGIA VITTIGERA Selys.

Singapore.

PSEUDAGRION MICROCEPHALUM Ramb.

Pseudagrion microcephalum Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 153.

3 ¢ from Tringganu.

CERIAGRION CERINORUBELLUM (Brauer).
Penang. Sumatra. Ceylon,

1902. ] ON A NEW MARINE SPIDER. 389

CERIAGRION ERUBESCENS Selys.

Ceriagrion erubescens Kriiger, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1898, p. 127.

Ceriagrion coromandelianum, race erubescens Selys, Ann. Mus.
Gen. (2) x. 1890.

3 ¢, 1 2 from Khota Baru, Kelantan. Recorded from
Sumatra and Burmah.

5. On a new Species of Marine Spider of the Genus Desis
from Zanzibar. By R. I. Pococn, F.Z.8.
[Received November 18, 1902. |
(Text-figure 78.)

In a monograph of the marine Spiders of the genus Desis, pub-
lished in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1902, vol. 11. pp. 98-106,
I drew attention to the fact that, so far as was then known, these
Spiders existed only upon the coasts of Cape Colony and of the
countries of Austro-Malaya, and commented upon the absence of
any record of their occurrence along the miles of coast-line that
intervene between Durban and Singapore.

While this paper was in the press I received from Mr. Cyril
Crossland the news that he had discovered a Spider beneath
stones between tide-marks while hunting for other marine objects
at Zanzibar. It was with great satisfaction that I undertook to
determine the Spiders from this new and interesting locality,
naturally expecting them to show close affinity to the two known
forms from Cape Colony. Much to my astonishment, they proved
to be nearly related to the species of the Austro-Malayan type,
not even tending in any respect to bridge over the structural
interval that separates the 8. African from the Malaysian species.

In the paper already referred to, I pointed out that the inter-
mediate form between the two groups of species, namely, the
Paradesis-group from Cape Colony and the Desis-group, in
the strict sense of the word, from Austro-Malaya, is represented
in Australia by Desis kenyone ; and this fact I suggested furnished
evidence in favour of the view that 8. Africa had received its
representatives of marine Spiders from Australia by means of a
trans-oceanic land-connection to the south of the Indian Ocean.
This conclusion is in no sense invalidated by Mr. Crossland’s
discovery of the genus at Zanzibar, because, as already stated,
the Zanzibar form stands no nearer to the South-African forms
in specific structural features than do those inhabiting the
Malaysian seas. The discovery shows conclusively, however, that
the North-eastern coast of Africa has received its representatives
of Desis from the same source whence the Austro-Malayan forms
emanated, and renders almost certain the existence of the genus
in suitable localities along the shores of Southern Asia westwards
of Singapore.

390 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON A [Dee 2;

These considerations point to the conclusion that the African
species of Desis made their way into the country by two routes,
one lying to the north, the other to the south of the Indian
Ocean.

DEsIs CROSSLANDI, sp. n. (Text-fig. 78.)

2. Colouring like that of the other species of the genus, the
mandibles and cephalic region of the carapace deep castaneous ;
sternum and mouth-parts a little or considerably paler ; legs pale
ochre, with scopular hairs on tarsi and protarsi fuscous ; abdomen
testaceous.

Text-fig. 78.

Desis crosslandi.

A. Eyes from above. B. Distal extremity of right mandible
from below. C. Vulva.

Carapace about as long as tarsus + protarsus, rather longer than
patella+tibia of 4th leg; a little shorter than patella-+tibia of
lst and as long as protarsus+4 the tarsus of this appendage.
Eyes (text-fig. 78, A) of the posterior line slightly procurved, sub-
equally spaced, the medians only a little farther apart than either
is from the lateral, the medians about 2 diameters apart and
perhaps 13 diameters from the laterals; anterior median eyes
about a diameter apart and about two diameters from the anterior
laterals (in other specimens the eyes appear to be larger and the
distances between them consequently less).

Mandibles (text-fig. 78, B): of the two teeth on the postaxial
(posterior or outer) border of the fang-groove the distal is much the
larger, the space between the two being equal to about three or
four times the length of the proximal, and only a little less than
the space between the distal and the base of the fang; teeth of
the preaxial or inner side of the fang-groove normally seven in
number, the first, situated opposite the interval between the two
teeth of the outer (postaxial) row, smaller than the second, third,
or fourth, which are large and progressively but only slightly

1902. | NEW MARINE SPIDER. 391

decrease in size towards the proximal end of the mandible; all
the teeth evenly spaced.

Legs 1, 4, 2, 3 in length. Ist leg with a superior basal spine
on femur, the remaining segments unspined: 2nd leg with
superior basal and anterior apical femoral spine, three inferior
apical protarsal spines (sometimes one median inferior protarsal
spine as well), and one inferior median tarsal spine: 3rd leg with

one superior basal and three apical spines on femur, one superior,

two or one anterior and two or one posterior, and two inferior

apical spines on tibia ; one superior, two anterior, two posterior,
and five inferior, of which three are apical, on the protarsus, and
six inferior spines on the tarsus: 4th leg with one superior basal
and one posterior apical spine on femur, two or three posterior,
three inferior spines, of which two are apical, on the tibia, and about
twelve spines on the protarsus somewhat irregularly arranged as
follows—two above, two behind, two in front, and three pairs
beneath ; the tarsus armed with about six spines: the protarsi of
the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th legs furnished beneath with a pad of
greyish hairs.

Vulva (text-fig. 78, C) formed upon the same plan as in the
other species of the genus, the median excavation very shallow,
the lateral teeth distinct and projecting inwards and downwards,
the posterior median angle forming a rounded, smooth, sub-
vertical prominence showing a shallow basal constriction.

Measurements in mm.:—Total length 10, carapace 5; Ist leg 15,
Ind leg 11, 3rd leg 13, 4th leg SP.

Loc. Zanzibar. “ Under stones at low tide” (Cyril Crossland).

Tn a young specimen (about 2mm. in length) the eyes have
the same arrangement as in the adults, but are relatively much
larger and consequently closer together; the mandibles are less

rominent, and armed below with one outer and four inner teeth ;
the trochanter of the palp is small, not elongate ; the maxillary
processes are parallel-sided, lightly convergent, and obtusely
rounded at the apex; and the labium is wider than long and
almost semicircularly rounded marginally.

In the spacing of its eyes and the spine-armature of its legs
this species is allied to D. mawillosa, vorax, martenst, and marina,
which constitute a group hitherto believed to be restricted in
range to the coasts lying between Singapore and New Zealand.
Of these four species, the only two known to me are D. martenst
from Singapore and D. marina from New Zealand and Australia.
From both of these D. crosslandi differs in the form of the vulva
and the closer spacing of the eyes. It resembles D. marina in
the size and spacing of the two teeth on the posterior or outer
side of the fang-groove of the mandible; but in D. marina the
first tooth of the inner row is separated by a relatively wider
space from the second than is the case in D. crosslandt.

Of the other two species, namely, D. vorax from Upolu and
D. mazillosa from New Guinea, &c., I can only speak with

392 MR. R. I. PECOCK ON SOME [ Dee. 2,

hesitation, knowing them merely from the published figures and
description. D. crosslandi apparently differs from both in the
dentition of the mandible, the two outer teeth of the fang-groove
being apparently equal and widely spaced in D. vorax, and close
together and unequal in D. mazillosa, whereas in D. crosslandi
they are unequal as in D. mazillosa and widely spaced as in
D. vorax. No doubt other differences will be discovered when
examples of the three species are compared side by side.

6. On some new Harvest-Spiders of the Order Opiliones
from the Southern Continents. By R. I. Pocock,
F.Z.S.

(Text-figures 79-84.)

[Received November 18, 1902. |

The species described in the following pages are based upon
specimens in the British Museum. Perhaps the most interesting
part of the paper is the section devoted to the Insidiatores, where
considerable additions to our knowledge of this group are to be
found. The genera known up to the present time are confined to
the southern continents—Dvzasia occurring in Chili, Trienonyx in
Chili and the Fiji Islands, Vuneta being from Stephen’s Island,
New Zealand, Zriwnobunus from Kastern Australia, Acwmontia
from Madagascar, Larifuga from Cape Colony, and Addewm from
Cape Colony and Stephen’s Isl., New Zealand. To these I have
added Lomanella from Tasmania and Sérensenella from New
Zealand. It is also my good fortune to be able to point out the
extension of the genus 7riwnobunus to Tasmania, and of T'ricen-
onyx to New Zealand and Australia, and to be able to add eight
new species to the twelve already described.

It seems superfluous to point out the evidence, supplied by the
geographical data quoted above, for the former existence of a land-
connection between South Africa and Austro-Zelandia on the one
hand, and South America and Austro-Zelandia on the other. The
former is attested by the existence of the genus Adewwm both in
South Africa and New Zealand ; the latter by that of 7ri@nonyx in
Chili and Austro-Zelandia. Up to the present time, however, this
group of Opiliones supplies no proof of a direct connection between
South America and South Africa by means of an antarctic trans-
atlantic extension of land.

Suborder PLAGIOSTETHI.
Fam. PHALANGIIDZ.
Genus PHALANGIUM Linn.
PHALANGIUM LEPPANA, Sp. n.

Ovlour variable: greyish brown, often marbled with darker

1902. ] NEW HARVEST-SPIDERS. 393

patches forming a series of spots suggesting the median dorsal
band of P. opilio; palpi pale, with darker brown stripes on the
femur and patella; legs indistinctly annulated, with femora dark
brown, the spines white; patella dark below, tibia with an
indistinet broad dark band.

3. Dorsal integument closely granular: carapace with a
cluster composed of nearly twenty long and strong or shorter
and weaker spines in front of the ocular tubercle; some marginal
spines as well; one spine on each side near the tubercle, a trans-
verse row of longer and shorter spines behind the tubercle, and
a corresponding row on the posterior segment of the carapace
and on the five following fused tergal plates; some additional
scattered spines on the terga, especially towards the middle line.

Ocular tubercle armed with four pairs of long and strong spines,
unequally or subequally spaced, the first rising slightly above the
level of the last.

Basal segment of mandible shorter than the oculiferous segment
of the carapace, reaching as far forwards as the base of the
femur of the palp; armed above with some seta-tipped tubercles
and externally with about half a dozen strong curved spines ;
second segment unspined, subparallel when viewed from the
front. Palp with femur rather strongly tubercular below ;
tarsus long and arcuate, as long as patella + tibia and perhaps
a little longer than the femur. Legs with coxe distally tubercular ;
trochanters spined externally and internally; femora studded
with serially arranged sharp spiniform tubercles; patelle apically
spined above ; tibize unspined, with flattened dorsal, ventral, and
lateral surfaces, the angles being mostly rounded and hairy, not
so sharply angular as in P. opilio for example.

@. Larger than ¢; the spines on the carapace (but not on the
tubercle’), abdomen, and appendages noticeably weaker. Mandibles
smaller, the basal segment without external spikes or spines.

Measurements in mm.:—<d. Total length 5; length of cheli-
cera 3, of palp 6; femur of Ist leg 5, of 4th leg 6.

@. Total length 9; chelicera 3, palp 5; femur of Ist leg 4, of
Ath leg 6.

Loc. 8. Africa: Teafontein near Grahamstown (Miss L. Leppan).
Also the young of the same or an allied species from Port Elizabeth
(Dr. R.. Broom).

This species apparently differs from P. capense Loman (Zool.
Jahrb., Syst. x1. p. 518, 1898), from Matjesfontein, in possessing
normally not less than four pairs of ocular spines, instead of
three ; in having the tarsus of the palp as long as its patella and
tibia taken together, instead of only about as long as the tibia;
and apparently in the greater length of the legs—7. e. the type of
P. capense, measuring 8 mm. long, has a second leg of nearly

1 The number of ocular spines is variable; 4+ 4 seems to be the normal, but
sometimes an extra small spine is added below in front or behind, so that there are
not uncommonly five spines at least on one side. In one example there are six
spines on one side and three on the other.

394 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SOME [ Dec. 2,

24 mm., whereas a female of P. leppanw measuring 9 mm. has a
second leg of 33 mm. in length.

The female of this new species isa genuine Phalangiwm, whereas
the male approaches Rhampsinitus.

The genus Rhampsinitus Simon (CR. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1879,
p-. lxxil) appears to me to rest upon an insecure foundation.
The species I have described below as Phalangiwm (hampsinitus)
telifrons and spenceri differ from P. leppanw only in the greater
length of the mandibles and the greater size of the inferior spines
of their basal segment in the male. It is permitted to doubt
whether such a character should be granted generic rank.

PHALANGIUM (RHAMPSINITUS) SPENCERI, sp.n. (Text-fig. 79, A.)

Colour of trunk light olive-grey above, with a paler yellowish
median longitudinal line, 1 mm. wide, extending from the ocular
tubercle with a sinuous darker line external to it; chelicere
yellowish brown, indistinctly banded longitudinally, the spines on
the basal segment black-tipped above, second segment mottled
with darker spots without and within; legs yellowish red, darker
apically; coxee clouded with chalky white; abdominal sterna
whitish.

Text-fig. 79.

Phalangium (Rhampsinitus) spenceri, , and P. (Rh.) telifrons.

A. Carapace and mandible of male P. (Rh.) spenceri, and
B. Carapace of P. (Rh.) telifrons.

Upperside of body finely and closely granular; carapace (text-
fig. 79, A) with two pairs of spiniform teeth on each side of the
tubercle, a few marginal by Krohn’s stigmata, and many on the
ante-ocular portion, that on the middle of the front border being
conspicuous; the tubercle with four pairs of sharp spiniform
teeth; a deepish transverse groove, followed by a row of spicules,
running to the base of the 3rd leg behind the ocular tubercle ;
this is followed by six transverse segmental rows of sharp spicules,

1902.] NEW HARVEST-SPIDERS, 395

the first of which runs to the base of the 4th leg; the remaining
four terga without spicules.

Mandibles (text-fig. 79, A) with basal segment arcuate, thickly
and strongly spicular above and internally, armed below, both
externally and internally, with many long, strong, close-set spines ;
second segment stout, smooth except for some smallish spicules
on the inner side at the base; the digits each with two larger
spaced teeth and some smaller ones.

Palpi with a sharp spine at the base of the maxillary process,
studded with short, stiff bristles ; tarsus long, much longer than
tibia + patella, at least as long as femur. Legs with femora,
and to a lesser degree the trochanters, studded with numerous
conical tubercles or spicules; a few also on the patella of the 3rd
and 4th legs.

Measurements in mm. :—Total length 6°5; mandible about 9;
palp 13; Ist leg 19, 2nd 29, 3rd 18, 4th 29 (approx.).

Loc. Natal (7. A. Spencer).

This species is evidently nearly related to 2. crassws Loman
(Zool. Jahrb. xi. Syst. p. 520, pl. 31. figs. 7-9) from the Cape
Colony (loc. ?), but apparently differs in the much smaller number
of spicules in front of the ocular tubercle, the disposition of the
spines on the ocular tubercle, the anterior and posterior rising at
the same level and both on a level with the eye, and the absence
of an angular projection on the base of the second segment of the
mandibles.

PHALANGIUM (RHAMPSINITUS) TELIFRONS, sp.n. (Text-fig. 79, B.)

3. Colour yellowish brown, finely mottled with darker median
dorsal band.

Dorsal integument closely granular; abdomen with transverse
segmental series of sharp tubercles. Ocular twhercle longer than
high, more than its own diameter from the anterior border of the
carapace (text-fig. 79, B), armed with two rows of 5-6 conical
tubercles, the largest on the summit subequal to the diameter
of the eye; three denticles on the sides of the carapace between
the ocular tubercle and the lateral impression, an oblique row
external to them, frontal area furnished on each side with a
cluster of about a dozen larger and smaller teeth; the middle
of the anterior border with a longish, subcylindrical, horizontally
directed spine.

Mandibles a little longer than the body; basal segment studded
above with numerous sharp tubercles, smooth at the proximal and
distal extremities ; armed below, externally and internally, with a
partially double series of about seventeen or, more longer and
shorter, mostly curved short spines, decreasing in length towards
the distal end of the segment and more or less clustered together
at its proximal end; second segment quite smooth except for a
few small low tubercles on the upper inner angle, subcylindrical,
a little wider at its widest than the second segment. Palpi simple,
hairy; tarsus longer than femur, which is itself longer than

396 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SOME (Ween.

patella and tibia ; a few low tubercles on the trochanter. Coxe
of Ist and 2nd legs with a few low tubercles; trochanters of Ist,
2nd, and 3rd legs with a few spines.

Measurements in mm.:—Total length 8; length of carapace
(from anterior border to second groove behind tubercle) 2; basal
segment of mandible 3:5, second segment 5, width of latter 1°6;
length of palp 9.

Loc. Cape Colony: Jansenville (Miss Leppan).

Differs from R. spenceri and crassus, to which it is newly
related, by the presence of a long porrect frontal spine, &e.

PHALANGIUM (RHAMPSINITUS) LEIGHI, sp.n. (Text-fig. 80.)

3. Colour uniformly blackish brown throughout.

Dorsal integument finely and closely granular ; carapace (text-
fig. 80, A) with an oblique row of small tubercles on its lateral
slope, a few marginal and a small one in the middle of the
anterior border. Ocular twbercle about 14 times its diameter from
the anterior border, very high, surmounted by three long subequal,
subequally spaced spines, the anterior and the posterior rising at
nearly the same level and above the centre of the eye. Dorsal
scute of abdomen with segmental rows of sharp tubercles.
Mandibles (text-fig. 80, A) long, but variable in length, and

Text-fig. 80.

Phalangium (Rhampsinitus) leighi, $9.
A. Carapace and mandible of male. B. Mandible of female.

slender, like those of Macropsalis, studded with spicules, which
are larger, more numerous, and closer-set on the 2nd than on the
Ist segment. Palpi unarmed, shortly hairy, femur subequal to the
patella+ tibia; tarsus rather longer. Legs with spicular femora.

@. A little larger than 3, yellowish white below. Mandibles
quite small and smooth, except for a few apical tubercles on the
basal segment (text-fig. 80, B).

1902.] NEW HARVEST-SPIDERS. 397

Measurements in mm.:—(d¢ type). Total length 6; length of
carapace 2°3; basal segment of mandible 4, second segment 6 ;
palp about 8; femur of Ist leg 10, of 2nd 16, of 4th 12:5.

Loc. Durban (G@. F. Leigh).

Resembling &. minor Loman, from Lower Illovo, Natal, in the
presence of three pairs of spines on the ocular tubercle, but
differing entirely in its much longer and strongly spicular
mandibles.

PHALANGIUM (GURUIA) PALMATIMANUS, Sp. n. (Text-fig. 81.)

3. Colour of trunk blackish brown in the middle, pale at the
sides; mandibles infuscate; palpi and legs yellowish, partially
infuscate; trunk finely granular and segmentally spicular as in
P. (&.) spenceri. Ocular tubercle higher, armed with three long
spines on each side; only two or three small spicules on the ante-
ocular area, no prominent one in the middle, one spicule external
to the tubercle, three beyond it and some at the margin.

Text-fig. 81.

Phalangium (Guruia) palmatimanus, 6.

A. Carapace and mandible of male. B. Anterior view of mandible of the same.

Mandibles (text-fig. 81, A & B) with basal segment sub-
cylindrical, tubercularly spinous above, externally and below, the
tubercles thicker and smaller below; second segment very large,
subglobose, spicular, except internally; fingers long, widely
separated, each with two large teeth and some smaller near the
apex. Palpt with trochanter directed transversely, spicular ;
femur arcuate, with convexity external, spicular at apex above;
patella tubercular above, with one external distal spicule, and an
internal distal rounded projection, covered with short hairs; tibia
a little longer than patella, tarsus longer than the sum of the two,
with a small.claw. Legs with coxee, femora, and patell spicular ;

398 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SOME [ Dee. 2,

tibia and protarsus of Ist also spicular, of 2nd, 3rd, and 4th scarcely
so; tarsi of 3rd and 4th scopulate below, of Ist and 2nd less so.

Measurements in mm. :—Total length 6; mandible 9; palp 10;
Ist leg 23, 2nd 43, 3rd 25, 4th 36.

Loc. East Africa: Mombasa (D. J. Wilson).

This species appears to fall into the genus Gurwia of Loman
(Zool. Jahrb. xvi. pt. 2, p. 172, 1902), judging by the form of the
mandible, and the presence of three ocular spines. But the ocular
tubercle is only separated from the anterior border of the carapace
(text fig. 81, A) by a space equalling its own long diameter. It
further differs from G. frigescens from Gurui in the larger size of
the ocular spines, its longer legs, and in having the tarsus of the
palp longer than the femur. It is also longer-legged than G. levis
from Zanzibar, and further differs in the form of the mandible.

To distinguish Guruia from Rhampsinitus, Loman gives :—Legs
shorter; palpi very slender, much weaker than the legs, partly
concealed. by the large mandibles ; mandibles of male much longer
than the body, with the second segment thickened and oval ; ocular
tubercle in the posterior part of the carapace, a little longer than
high, armed above with three dissimilar denticles.

In P. (G.) palmatimanus the legs are much longer than in
P. (R.) spenceri, and the palpi relatively shorter and slightly more
robust. In neither are they partly concealed by the mandibles.
In both the posterior slope of the tubercle rises on a level with
the groove lying just in front of the first transverse row of tubercles
en the carapace; and the frontal area of the carapace is relatively
a little longer in P. (R.) spenceri than in P. (G.) palmatimanus,
and the ocular tubercle is lower. The relative length of the
mandibles in the two is about the same.

Genus MAcRopsALIS Sorens.

MACROPSALIS HOGGI, sp. n.

@. Colour yellowish brown, marbled with darker richer brown
and spotted with white; palpi and mandibles pale, clouded with
brown ; legs pale, distinctly banded with brown.

Carapace with numerous scattered denticles hefore, behind, and
beside the tubercle, a few more externally ; tubercle with at least
two rows of spicules.

Mandibles densely covered with spicules ; fingers not crossing
when closed. Palpi with patella shorter than tibia and without
process. Trochanters of legs spinous in front ; femora spinous,
especially the anterior above and beneath; patellee of Ist, 3rd, and
4th spinous above and below, especially that of Ist leg, of 2nd
with two apical spicules above ; tibia of lst thickly spimous, of
the rest smooth, that of the 2nd with spurious articulations.

6. Differs from @ in having the second segment of the
mandible much more sparsely and strongly denticulated in front,
and the distal extremity of the patella of the palpus produced

1902.] NEW HARVEST-SPIDERS. 399

into a process which is about one-fourth the length of the segment ;
4th leg smooth.

Measurements in mm.:—@. Length of carapace 2; of basal
segment of mandible 6, second segment 7.

Loc. Macedon, in Victoria (7. 2. Hogg).

The male specimen, which is unfortunately somewhat damaged,
differs from that of the type of J. serritarsus (Sérensen) in the
smaller size of the patellar apophysis of the palp.

Genus PANTOPSALIS Sim.

PANTOPSALIS ALBIPALPIS, Sp. Nn.

3. Colour a tolerably uniform brown; palpi pale yellowish
white.

Carapace with a few small spicules in front of the tubercle,
and a few on the posterior slope of the latter.

Mandibles twice as long as the carapace, slender except for
the club-like expansion of the distal end of the 2nd segment;
spicular and tubercular all over. Palpi unarmed, patella and tibia
subequal. Legs with trochanters unarmed ; femora sparsely and
weakly spicular, remaining segments unarmed except for some
terminal spicules above on the patellee.

Measurements in mm.:—Length of carapace 2°5; length of
basal segment of mandible 11-5, distal segment 13.

foc. New Zealand: Maungatua, 8. of Dunedin (J. J.
Jennings).

Whether or not this species is based on the male of P. listeri
White (P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 6, and Simon, CR. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxii.
p. xxii, 1879) from the Middle Island, New Zealand, Iam unable
to say. The British Museum has two examples that I refer to
P. listert White, ticketed New Zealand (‘Samarang’), and Grey-
mouth, N. Zealand. In both, asin P. albipalpis, the palpi are pale
as described by Simon, and the mandibles are much shorter and
thicker than in the type of P. albipalpis. I infer that these
examples are females on account of the resemblance in the
structure of the mandible that they present to the female speci-
men referred to below as the female of P. nigripalpis.

PANTOPSALIS NIGRIPALPIS, sp. n. (Typical form.)

3. Colour deep blackish brown; palpi as dark as the legs.
Further differing from the preceding species in having the terminal
portion of the second segment of the mandibles much less clavate,
and the tubercles on the mandibles fewer and sharper.

Measurements in mm. :—Length of carapace 2; Ist segment of
mandible 9, 2nd 10.

Loc. New Zealand : Dunedin (@. IZ. Thomson).

Subspecies SPICULOSA, nov.
¢. Coloured like the typical P. nigripalpis, from which it

400 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SOME [ Dec. 2,

differs, as also it does from P. albipalpis, in having the ocular
tubercle and the area of the carapace in front of and at the sides
of it much more thickly and strongly denticulated.

Measurements in mm. :—Length of carapace 2; of lst segment
of mandible 10, of 2nd 11.

Loc. New Zealand: West Taieri Bush, Otago (J. V. Jennings).

One male example without its legs.

There is also in the British Museum a female example with the
mandibles much shorter and thicker than in the above described
males, which may represent the female sex of either of the forms
of P. nigripalpis. It was collected in Maungatua by Mr. J. V.
Jennings.

Suborder MECOSTETHI.
Group [NsrDIATORES.
Family TRI#NOBUNIDS.
Genus TRLENOBUNUS Sorens.

TRIZNOBUNUS PECTINATUS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 84, C, p. 410.)

Colour blackish ; legs variegated with yellow.

Dorsal scute depressed, ornamented with a network of granular
ridges separated by smooth interspaces and showing a segmental
arrangement behind the cephalic constriction, forming four trans-
verse rows which pass between the five rows of tubercles; of
these tubercles the median are the largest and recurved (text-
fig. 84, C). Ocular tubercle directed upwards and forwards, long,
spiniform, armed above with smaller procurved spimiform tubercles,
below with one, and on each side with three long spines, the first
close to its base, the third with its fellow giving a tridentate
appearance to the tubercle ; on each side of the tubercle there are
five long strong spines. The first and second free tergites granular
and armed, like the posterior border of the scute, with seven
strong spines, one being median; the third tergite less regularly,
but not less strongly spined; the fourth (anal) tubercular.
Sterna with a transverse series of tubercles.

Mandibles weakly tubercular. Palpi shortish, not very strong,
shorter than the dorsal scute; the femur with some hair-tipped
tubercles above and three long spines below; tibia with two,
tarsus with three pairs of interior spines.

Legs with coarsely granular coxe, that of 1st shortly spined in
front, of 2nd and 4th strongly spined above externally; tro-
chanters and femora also spined, especially the femur of the Ist,
which is armed with long, stout, close-set spines, those on the
dorsal side forming a series, ten in number; patelle and tibice
tubercular, tubercles on the Ist leg more spiniform than those on
the others; constricted portion of protarsus subconical; tarsal
segments of Ist 3, of 2nd 6, of 3rd and 4th 4; ultimate segment
of 3rd and 4th tarsus longer than the antepenultimate (second),

1902.] NEW HARVEST-SPIDERS. 401

Measurements in mm. :—Total length 5; palpi 2°5; Ist leg 5,
2nd 9, 3rd 6, 4th 9.

Loc. Tasmania. A single specimen received from Mr. G. W.
Peckham.

Certainly differing from 7. bicarinatus Sdrens. (Arachn.
Austral., Opiliones, 1886, p. 60), from Sydney, in the strong spine-
armature of the legs of the Ist pair. Sorensen, moreover, gives
the tarsal segments as 3, 5, 3, 3.

Family ADAIDA.

Genus ADa&um Karsch.

Karsch, Zeits. ges. Naturw. liii. p. 403 (1880); Loman, Zool.
Jahrb. xi. Syst. p. 525 (1898).

ADZUM AREOLATUM, Sp. 0.

3. Colour yellowish brown, generally obscured by the mud or
mould adhering to the granules. Dorsal scute with anterior
border convexly rounded and thickly beset with cylindrical
papille ; ocular tubercle thickly granular, convexly rounded on
the summit; behind the tubercle are two parallel rows of tubercles
extending to the posterior border of the scute and forming seg-
mental excrescences; midway between these and the lateral
border is another irregular band of granules extending from the
antero-lateral angle; there are also narrow transverse rows of
granules extending across the scute from side to side and passing
between the submedian granular excrescences; the interspaces
between and defined by the bands of granules form subquadrate
smooth depressed areas. The posterior border of the scute and of
the three following tergites with a row of papilliform tubercles ;
the rest of the tergal plates thickly granular. Sterna granular
anteriorly. Coxe thickly granularly papillate. Genital sternum
with seven long hair-tipped papille. Sternwm of cephalothorax,
the adjacent area of the 3rd coxa and the maxillary process of
the 2nd coxa forming a smooth and shining depression flanked on
each side by the papille arising from the coxe.

Mandibles with basal segment granularly tubercular above, with
one or two longer papillz distally ; second also with some sharp
tubercles in front. Palpi thicker than the legs, thickly granular ;
the femur at the base on the inner side with four strong spines
and one more distal, and beneath with one smaller and three
strong spines, and one strong spine on the inner side inferiorly ;
tibia, patella, and tarsus subequal in length; the tibia without
distinct and large paired spines beneath ; tarsus with three pairs
of longer spines in addition to the tubercles ; claw short.

' Legs tubercular and granular, unspined, even the femur of the
lst hardly spined below; some longish cylindrical papille on the
outer side of the 2nd and 4th coxe; tarsal segments 4, 11, 4, 4.

Q. Differs from ¢ in that the papille on the anterior border

of the carapace are shorter and form a median angular projection ;

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1902, Vou. II. No. XX VI. 26

402 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON SOME [ Dee. 2,

the spines on the base of the inner side of the femur of the palp
are much smaller, and the tibia is armed internally with longer
hair-tipped papille.

Measurements in mm.:—(<¢) Total length 7:5; palpus 5;
Ist leg 8, 2nd 13, 3rd 9, 4th 12.

Loc. Grahamstown in 8. Africa (Dr. Schénland).

This species at least differs from A. obtectwm and A. lutens
Loman, from Knysna, in having the ocular tubercle rounded on
the summit instead of angularly acuminate, and also in the
armature, at least of the femur of the palp, and apparently of the
first leg, since Loman gives the presence of spines beneath the
femur of this appendage as a generic feature. With A. asperatum
Karsch, which was probably from Port Elizabeth, where Mr. I. L.
Drége resides, it is not possible to make any comparison.

Genus LAriruGsA Loman.

PHALANGIUM RUGOsUM Guér. (Icon. Reg. Anim. i. Arachn.
p. 12, pl. iv. fig. 4 (nec 4a—45), 1829-1843"; also Gervais, Ins. Apt.
ili. p. 128, 1844), the type of which was in Keyserling’s Collection
and is now preserved in the British Museum, belongs to the genus
Larifuga Loman, but seems to approach rather nearer the genus
Adewm than does the typical species L. webert, since the sternum
is apparently less sharply angular and therefore not so markedly
pentagonal in shape. It further differs in that the ocular tubercle
is not apically acuminate, but bears 4-5 tubercles on the summit ;
the dorsal scute is granular, with smooth transverse segmental
areas separated by bands of granules arranged in 2-3 rows, each
of the segments being marked by at least one pair of small sub-
median tubercles, those of the last being m line with a transverse
row of coarse tubercles, while those of the first are almost lost
amid the granules that lie behind the ocular tubercle—the
tubercles, in fact, are practically the same in number and position
asin LZ, webert; anteriorly the carapace has one median porrect
tooth and five large subvertical teeth above the anterior border.
The three anterior free terga have a row of coarse tubercles, the
first of them having as well a row of granules; the anal tergite
has smaller, more scattered tubercles; there is a transverse
row of granules on the sterna. Coxe beset with scattered
granules. The basal segment of the mandible with a distal row
of fine tubercular teeth, the external the smallest. |Trochanter
of palp with three strong spines below ; femur with about five,
the two basal the largest but unequal.

1 In Guérin’s original description, reference is made to pl. iv. fig. 4b, which pur-
ports to represent the ventral surface of the specimen numbered 4. It is evident,
however, that this drawing of the ventral surface is taken from some species of
Phalangiide and not from the specimen shown in fig. 4. This is clearly proved by
the difference in the size of the palpi of the two. Fig. 46 probably represents the

eee of the European Phalangium, the ocular tubercle of which is shown by
g. 4a.

1 902.] NEW HARVEST-SPIDERS. 403

Family TRL£NONYCHID#.

The principal characters of the genera of this family in its
restricted sense may be tabulated as follows :—

@. Ocular tubercle very high... ............ccsccesseeveceececensessesecessse ACumontia.
6. Ocular tubercle low.
«, Ocular tubercle upon or close to the anterior margin of the °

carapace.
a*, Anterior area of dorsal scute shorter than the rest of its [Nuneia.
components taken together.. sas . Prienonya &
b2, Anterior area of dorsal scute as long 2 as the rest of its
components taken together.. . Diasia.

. Ocular tubercle some distance behind the anterior border of
the carapace.
a3, Anteocular portion of carapace horizontal; palpi
strongly spined; claw of 3rd (Pof 4th) leg strongly
Trav ced aes keane ter tee treaty eee erent i Serpent ated a Sorensenella.
63, Anteocular portion of carapace sloped downwards and
forwards; palpi weakly spined; claws of 38rd and 4th
legs weakly branched .....).......cececgadeesseeeeceses-ecs-csees. —Lomanella,

Genus TRL#NONYX Sorens.

TRIHNONYX CORIACEA, Sp. n. (Text-fig. 83, B & C, p. 408.)

Q. Colowr deep brownish; legs yellow, clouded with black ;
mandibles and femur of palp black.

Dorsal surface (text-fig. 83, B & C) coriaceous, the segments of
the carapace and abdomen each marked by an ill-defined series of
low tubercles. Ocwlar tubercle conical, bluntly rounded, neither
spinous, tubercular, nor granular. Abdominal sterna smooth.

Mandibles smooth above, basal segment a little longer than
wide, with one apical tubercle above, second segment with a
few granules. Palpi moderately robust, the trochanter with a
pair of tubercles below; femur with a pair below the base and
one near the distal end, about four, whereof two are spiniform,
above and two or three internally; patella with one on the inner
side beneath ; tibia with three pairs of variously sized spines or
tubercles ; tarsus with two inner and three outer spines.

Coxa of Ist leg without spines or long tubercles, simply tubercular
like that of the 2nd leg below; that of 3rd less tubercular, that
of 4th nearly smooth below, some strong tubercles on the posterior
side of the 2nd and anterior side of the 4th; groove between
coxe of 3rd and 4th tubercular; trochanters of Ist, 2nd, and 3rd
weakly tubercular, femora of the same and tibia of Ist and 2nd
also weakly tubercular; tarsus of 1st with three segments, of 2nd
with eight, of 5rd and 4th with four; a pair of spines at the
distal end of the protarsus of Ist, 3rd, and 4th; three distal seg-
ments of 3rd tarsus subequal in length, antepenultimate segment
of 4th tarsus shorter than the sum of the two distal segments
but longer than either.

6. Differs from ? in having a strong cephalic constriction and
the posterior portion of the body more elevated; the ocular

tubercle triangular, more sharply pointed; the maxillary pro-
26*

404 MR, R. I, POCOCK ON SOME [Dec. 2,

cesses of the second pair of legs longer and more pointed, and the
spines on the palpi stronger.

Measurements in mm.:—(@) Total length 5°5; palpus 4; Ist
leg 7, 2nd 10, 3rd 6, 4th 10. ;

‘Loc. New Zealand: Auckland (D. A. Steel).

TRIENONYX ASPERA, Sp. 0.

Colour (dry) paler than 7. coriacea. Shape of body much like
that of the female of that species, the dorsal surface somewhat
sparsely but coarsely granular. Ocular tubercle low, granular ;
free tergites with a row of subequal tubercles and some granules
as well. “

Mandibles with spine on basal segment, and spiniform tubercles
on second segment.

Palpi much stronger and more strongly spined than in 7’. cort-
acea; femur convex above, and armed with about four spines
and some tubercles, some tubercles externally, three long spines
beneath externally and one smaller mternally, two on the inner
side distally ; patella with one or two tubercles, and one internal
and one external spine; tibia about one-fourth or one-third
longer than the patella, smoother, armed with three pairs of
strong spines and a smaller proximal one on the outer side;
tarsus with four pairs of spines. Legs longer, femur of Ist armed
above and below with strong tuberculiform spines, a few on the
tibia also; tarsal segments 3, 13, 4,4; the distal portion of the
protarsus constricted to form a short spherical or nodular piece,
quite different from the elongate subconical piece of 7’. coriacea.

Measurements in mm.:—Total length 5; of palpus 5; Ist
leg 8, 3rd 7:5, 4th 12.

Loc. Australia.

TRIENONYX SUBLEVIS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 84, D, p. 410.)

Colour brownish ; legs variegated with yellow.

Shape of body in profile intermediate between the male and
female of Z'. coriacea, but the ocular eminence not so far forward
its anterior surface sloping backwards and upwards from a little
behind the anterior edge of the carapace. Dorsal scute and tergites
almost smooth, minutely coriaceous but with scarcely a trace of
segmental tubercles or granules; no tubercles near the fore part
of the cephalic area, merely the normal median spines. Sterna
with.the transverse row of tubercles nearly obsolete.

Mandibles with basal segment very long, subcylindrical, at
least four times as long as broad, with a small posterior dorsal
distal tubercle ; second segment with a series of tubercles ending
in one longer spine in front.

Palpi long and powerful; trochanter with a few short spines
above and one long spine below; femur convex above, armed above
and internally with dentiform tubercles, one on the inner side
being spiniform, beneath with one long basal spine and some
smaller spines or tubercles; patella with one inner spine; tibia

1902. ] NEW HARVEST-SPIDERS. 405

one-third longer than patella, with three long internal and two
long external spines in addition to some smaller ones between and
beyond the latter ; tarsus with three internal and three external
spines, the proximal external small; claw longish and slightly
eurved. Coaxa of palp and of Ist leg bispinate in front; coxa
of Ist and 2nd legs tubercular, the latter externally spinate ;
remaining coxe nearly smooth, some tubercles on the posterior
border of 3rd and 4th. Maxillary process of 2nd leg (text-
fig. 84, D) double, consisting of a large quadrate tubercular
process in addition to the normal process. Remaining segments
of Jegs not spined, femora of Ist and 2nd at most tubercular ;
tarsal segments 3, 10 or 11, 4, 4; distal extremity of protarsi
elongate, subconical.

Measurements in mm.:—Total length 6; palp 8; Ist leg 10,
4th 14.

Loc. West Taieri Bush, Otago, New Zealand (J. V. Jennings).

In a young specimen of this species (3-5 mm. long) the tarsus
of the Ist leg is bisegmented, that of the 2nd bisegmented with
merely indications of subsegmentation, those of the 3rd and 4th
trisegmented, the distal segment of the 4th showing faint signs of
subdivision ; the sternum is more like that of Ade@wm in shape.

The known species of the genus from the Australian Region
may be tabulated as follows :—

a. Dorsal scute furnished posteriorly with transversely and meta-
merically disposed series of granules and with one pair of
SPUNTLOnMMGt WDE CLES meas tenaecee eee ees acer cercncseniece eeteta eenaee eenesenes rapax.
6. Dorsal scute without metamerically disposed rows of granules
and no paired spinitorm tubercles.
a, Dorsal scute granular or coarsely coriaceous.
a?, Dorsal scute coriaceous; distal portion of protarsal segment
of legs elongate, pyramidal ..................cceseeceseeseessseeseess COPUACEM.
62. Dorsal scute coarsely and sparsely granular; distal portion
of protarsus spherical and nodular.................cce0ccees eens USpEra.
51. Dorsal scute neither granular nor coarsely coriaceous ............ sublevis.

The species from Stephen’s Isl., New Zealand, recently described
by Loman (Zool. Jahrb., Syst. xvi. 1902, p. 214) as Vuncra sperata,
is said to differ generically from Zrienonyx in having the ocular
tubercle large, convex and unarmed.

Genus AcumontiA Loman.
Zool. Jahrb., Syst. x1. p. 528 (1898).

ACUMONTIA ROSTRATA, Sp. n. (Text-fig. 82, p. 406.)

3. Colour a uniform blackish brown.

Dorsal scute with lightly sinuous sides, granular, elevated
posteriorly ; armed in front on each side with three suberect
spines in addition to the three, one median and one on either side,
which project forwards between and externally to the mandibles
(text-fig. 82, A). Ocular tubercle very high, armed with a few

406 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON SOME | Dec. 2,

tubercular spines and surmounted by a long pointed smooth
process; the eye about the middle of the tubercular portion.
The posterior elevated area armed with two pairs of long,
suberect, divergent spines; a few scattered tubercles elsewhere,
and a row of tubercles, of which one towards the lateral margin
is larger, along the posterior border. First free éergite with one
long spine midway between the middle and the lateral border,
and one short submarginal spine; second with two shortish sub-
marginal spines and one long submedian spine on each side; third
with one long submedian spine on each side; for the rest the
plates show a row of tubercles; anal tergite with a pair of
subcentral, larger tubercles, a posterior median cluster, and some
marginal tubercles. Sterna with a row of tubercles each.

Text-fig. 82.

Acumontia rostrata, g 2.

A. Lateral view of dorsal surface and palpus of male.
B. ” » 39 ” of female.

Mandibles large, as thick as the palpi; basal segment with one
superior spine, second segment with about half a dozen tubercular
spines of varying size.

Palpi (text-fig. 82, A) very long and strong; trochanter with
one large upper and under spine, a smaller external spine as well ;
femur arcuate, armed below with five spines, three of which are
proximal, above with a series of four and one more internal, and
internally with two; patella with one infero-external and two

1902. ] NEW HARVEST-SPIDERS, 407

internal tubercular spines; tibia and tarsus with three pairs of
long and strong spines.

Legs with coxe tubercular, that of the lst with about three
strong blunt spines; coxe of 2nd and 4th pairs tubercular above ;
trochanter tubercularly spinous, that of the 4th with two longish
superior spines; femur of lst with three spines in its proximal
half below, of the 3rd with spinous tubercles posteriorly. Tarsal
segments of Ist leg 5, of 2nd 13-15, of 3rd and 4th 4.

Q. Smaller and more thickly granular; ocular tubercle less
tubercular ; dorsal scute without the anterior three pairs of spines,
the long spines shorter than in the male and preceded by a pair
of low tubercular spines; no long spines on the free tergites, but
the tubercles all longer and more spiniform than in the male
(text-fig. 82, B). Palpi shorter, but otherwise similar to those of
male. Distal protarsal segment of 1s¢ deg thickened but strongly
excavated below.

Measurements in mm.:— ¢. Total length of body 7; of palp
about 12; Ist leg about 15, of 2nd about 25, of 3rd 27, of
4th 24,

Loe. Madagascar: Ambohimitombo, in the Tanala district (C. J.
Forsyth Major, type 3); also Betsileo (Deans Cowan).

The specimens from Betsileo are three in number, an adult and
two subadult females, the latter differing from the former in the
absence of the emargination at the extremity of the protarsus of
the lst leg. They are distinguished from the typical examples
from Ambohimitombo by the shortness of the dorsal spines and
tubercles, which are only about half as long as those of the female
of the typical form of A. rostrata. I propose therefore to regard
the Betsileo form as a subspecies which may be called A. rostrata
subsp. cowant nov.

A. rostrata certainly differs from A. armata Loman in the
spine-armature of the dorsal surface, the dissimilarity between
the sexes with regard to spine-armature, &c.

It is noticeable that Loman makes no mention of the modifi-
cation of the distal end of the protarsus of the Ist leg in either
of the sexes of A. armata.

Judging, too, by the measurements given of the appendages,
A, armata is a much shorter-legged form than either of the
species here described. The following are the leg-lengths in
millim. of A. armata:—I1st leg 7°5, 2nd 11, 3rd 8°5, 4th 12.

ACUMONTIA MAJORI, sp. n. (Text-fig. 83, A, p. 408.)

3% Colour more ruddy brown than the foregoing.

Dorsal scute sparsely granular; ocular tubercle as high as in
A. rostrata, but thicker at the base and less tubercular than in
the male of that species; a pair of small spines on each side
of the carapace near its fore border, in addition to the three
projecting between and outside the mandibles ; posterior area
less elevated than in A. rostrata, and armed with two pairs of
spines, the posterior long, the anterior short, directed obliquely

408 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SOME [ Dee. 2,

upwards and backwards, parallel, not diverging from each other
(text-fig. 83, A, A’). A row of tubercles in front of the posterior
border of the scute and of the free tergites; a submedian pair on
the 2nd and 3rd of the latter larger than the rest. Sterna with
a series of small tubercles.

Text-fig. 83.
B

Acumontia majori, 2 ?, and Trienonys coriacea, §.

A. Lateral view of dorsal surface; A!. Spines of the scute from above; and
A’. Extremity of protarsus of 1st leg of female Acwmontia majori. B. Lateral
view of dorsal surface of female; and C. Lateral view of dorsal scute of male
Trienonyx coriacea.

Mandibles with basal segment longer than in A. rostrata ;
second segment with a few antero-interior spiniform tubercles.
Palpi similar to those of A. rostrata, but shorter; spines much
the same except that the external spines on the tibia are short,
tubercular, and much shorter than the internal which are very
strong; tibia granular below ; tarsus with four pairs of spines, the
apical small.

Coxa of Ist leg strongly spined, of 2nd tubercular internally,
of 3rd with one tubercle near the middle line, of 2nd and 4th

1902. ] NEW HARVEST-SPIDERS, 409

spinous above; trochanters not spiny; femur of lst with some
weak inferior spines, of the rest not spmy. ‘Tarsus of Ist with 5,
of 2nd with 12, of 3rd and 4th with 4 segments.

2 (2). With ‘three small tubercular spines on each side of the
head-shield in front. Palpi a little larger, no spine on the dorsal
side of the trochanter; femur with fhree strong dorsal spines,
the distal one represented in the other sex obsolete, and one strong
median internal spine. Distal end of protarsus of Ist leg
inerassate, with the inferior distal half of the thickened area
strongly emarginate.

Size about the same as that of A. rostrata.

Loc. Madagascar ; Ambohimitombo (C. J. Forsyth Major).

The specimen I have described as the male of this species is
probably not quite adult. It is smaller than the other, and in
the spine-armature of the palpi much more nearly resembles both
sexes of A. rostrata. The other specimen I regard as the adult
female, on account of the peculiar modification of the extremity
of the protarsus of the 1st leg (text-fig. 83, A*), which also obtains
in the specimen considered to be the female of A. rostrata.

The following is a key to the known species of Acwmontia :—

Males.

a. Free abdominal tergites furnished with a few very long spines ...... rostrata.
6. Free abdominal tergites furnished with tubercles or short tuberculi-
form spines.
a}, Antero-lateral tubercles on the carapace very small, the posterior
pair of spines on the dorsal scute close together, contiguous

basall Befcpia ties secant eee onseltecer” Gy ORC:
bi. Antero-lateral tubercles lar; ee ; : posterior dorsal spines shorter and
widely separated basally ...............06.ccc cece cee tee eee eeeteeereceeee rata.
Females.
a. Two pairs of long subequal spines on posterior poren of dorsal
scute ; antero-lateral spines absent ......... cddescunconcue | (RESARUIALE
b. Posterior two pairs of spines unequal, ‘the anterior short.
a. Posterior spines basally contiguous............................0cccceeees majori.
51. Posterior spines basally widely separated .......................0..0-55 armata.

Genus SoRENSENELLA, nov.

Distinguishable from Triwnonyx, &e. by the situation of the
ocular tubercle in the centre of the cephalic scute and behind its
anterior margin. Lateral branches of claws of 3rd (probably also
of 4th) leg considerably longer than the median branch—hence
the tarsus appears to be three-clawed.

Type, S. prehensor.

SoRENSENELLA PREHENSOR, sp. n. (Text-fig. 84, A, p. 410.)

Colour uniformly brownish.

Dorsal surface (text-fig. 84, A) tolerably smooth; anterior
border of cephalic scute mesially tridentate; three lateral spines
on each side, the inner the largest, the posterior lying far back

410 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SOME [ Dec. 2,

above the basal articulation of the third leg; ocular eminence
low, transverse, with a dentiform tubercle on its summit.
Behind the ocular eminence the median and to a less extent
the lateral area of the dorsal scute is segmentally tubercular, a

Text-fig. 84.

Sorensenella prehensor, Lomanella raniceps, Trienobunus pectinatus, and
Trienonyx sublevis.

A. Lateral view of dorsal scute and palpus; and A’. Claw of 3rd leg of Sorensenella
prehensor. B. Lateral view of dorsal surface and palpus of Lomanella
raniceps. C. Lateral view of dorsal surface ; and C’. Anterior end of carapace,
from above, of Trienobunus pectinatus. D. Maxillary lobes of 2nd pair of
legs of Trienonyx sublevis.

row of tubercles running before its posterior border and before
that of the two following free tergites. Sterna nearly smooth,
with a nearly obsolete row of tubercles.

1902.] NEW HARVEST-SPIDERS. 41]

Mandibles (largely hidden from view) with a small tubercle on
the basal segment, a much larger one on the proximal end of the
second.

Palpi (text-fig. 84, A) very powerful; trochanter with short
superior and a long inferior spine; femur robust, convex dorsally,
and armed with four or five spines, externally furnished with a few
tubercles, armed below externally with six long spines, its imner
surface with about six longer and shorter spines; patella strongly
constricted, with one short external and two long internal spines ;
tibia longer than patella, armed externally with three long spines
and a basal tubercular spine, internally with four spines, the
distal short; tarsus long, armed with three pairs of long spines,
a pair of distal, and one proximal external tubercular spine.

Coxe of legs granular; of 1st spined in front, of 2nd and 4th
with one external spine; the rest of the segments unspined,
nearly smooth; femur of Ist weakly tubercular below. Tarsal
segments 3, 10, 4 (fractured on 4th leg); first and second segments
of first tarsus subequal, the sum of them rather longer than the
first or proximal segment; on the third tarsus the first segment
as long as the sum of the other three, the second and fourth sub-
equal, and either of them longer than the second.

Measurements in mm.:—Total length 3°5; palp about 6; of
Ath leg 8°5.

Loc. New Zealand (Dr. Richardson).

There is in the British Museum a second well-marked species of
this genus represented by a damaged specimen without indication
of locality, which, for these reasons, I refrain from naming.

Genus LOMANELLA, nov.

Distinguished from the hitherto described genera of Triznony-
chide, with the exception of Sorensenella, by the position of the
ocular tubercle some distance behind the anterior border of the
dorsal scute; the area in front of the tubercle, however, falls
obliquely downwards and forwards. Spiracles conspicuous, on a
level with the middle of the distal half of the 4th coxa, which is
not enlarged. Palpi weakly spined.

Type, L. raniceps.

LoMANELLA RANICEPS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 84, B.)

Colour blackish, dorsal surface (text-fig. 84, B) ornamented
mesially with transverse yellow stripes, a large yellow patch above
the bases of the 3rd and 4th legs; legs and palpi variegated
yellow and black ; sterna longitudinally banded black and yellow.

Dorsal surface ‘closely, finely, and evenly granular all over, the
fused and free terga indicated by transverse series of coarser’
granules ; anter ior border of scute evenly convex, with a process
arising above the base of the 2nd leg, concave above the 3rd and
4th legs, then evenly convex to the middle line posteriorly.

Mandibles small, basal segment unarmed above, its distal end

412 MR. R, I. POCOCK ON SOME | Dec. 2,

forming a low rounded elevation ; second segment scarcely tuber-
cular.

Palpi (text-fig. 84, B) long and robust ; femur strongly convex
above, with a setiferous tubercle at the base below, and a smaller
one near the middle of the inner surface; patella without tubercles;
tibia convex below, one-third longer than the patella, armed
beneath beyond the middle witha pair of setiferous tubercles ;
tarsus armed with three pairs of setiferous tubercles, the distal
the smallest.

Coxe of legs granular like the dorsal surface, some larger gra-
nules on the posterior border of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th legs ; rest of
the leg-segments without spines; femur of 1st tubercular beneath.
Tarsal segments 3, 5, 4, 4; those of the Ist leg subequal, the
second segment only slightly shorter ; of 3rd leg the first tarsal is
about as long as the second and third, the third and fourth bemg
subequal and slightly shorter than the second; much the same
proportion of segments prevails on the tarsus of the 4th leg.

Measurements in mm. :—Total length 2°5; palp 3; 2nd leg 7,
Ath 6.

Loc. Tasmania. Specimen received from Mr. G. W. Peckham.

Group LANIATORES.
Family Hinzuanip&.

Genus Hiyzuanus (Karsch) Loman.

HINZUANUS LEIGHI, sp. 0.

Colour of trunk and legs yellow, thickly clouded with black,
the mandibles mostly yellow; femur and patella of palp yellow,
distal segments infuscate, a pale ring round the femora and tibie
of the legs.

Trunk thickly granular above and below; no spiniform
processes on the fore border of the carapace. yes large, distance
between them much greater than that between either and the
fore border of the carapace. A deep groove behind the carapace ;
abdomen elevated, convex, its third and fourth segments with
a pair of sharp submedian tubercular spines; a row of large
tubercles along the posterior border of the dorsal scute and of the
following three tergal plates; the anterior four tergites subequal
in length. Femur of palp with a setiferous tubercle beneath ;
patella with apical spine, tibia and tarsus with two pairs of spines.
Tarsus of Ist leg with three, of 2nd to 4th with five tarsal
segments.

Measurements in mm. :—Total length 4; width 2; height 2;
[st leg 7, 2nd 11, 3rd 8°5, 4th 12:5.

Loc. 8. Africa: Natal (G. Ff. Leigh).

Distinguishable by the presence of the spiniform tubercles on
the third and fourth tergites, a character suggestive of what
occurs in the genus Lacurbs. Since Hinzwanus, according

1 902.| NEW HARVEST-SPIDERS. 413

to Loman, supersedes Diantes, the family name should be
Hinzuanide,

Family ONcopopIp#&.

Genus Pr.itnus, Thor.
PELITNUS PULYVILLATUS, Sp. n.

Colour a tolerably rich reddish brown, the dorsal side of the
body sometimes infuscate and contrasting with the paler appen-
dages, the latter very indistinctly banded.

Differs from P. annulipes Poc. in the following particulars :—
Body wider, the abdominal portion being almost as wide as long;
its upper side more convex longitudinally, the first free tergite
rising somewhat abruptly higher than the dorsal surface of the
carapace, the third tergite the highest point of the body, excluding
the ocular tubercle. Ocular tubercle erect, slender apically,
separated from the posterior sulcus of the carapace by a space
which at least equals its own basal diameter, its anterior border
vertical. The Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th sterna with their posterior
half covered, except laterally, with a thick carpet of short, close-
set hairs.

Palpus with its femur dorsally more tumid and more convex
on the inner side; spine on lower side of trochanter of palp
smaller than that on the femur, which is large and triangular ;
all the segments of the legs and palpi relatively shorter and
stouter,

Measurements in min. :—Total length 6; width 4:2; of Ist
leg 8, 2nd 12, 3rd 9, 4th 13.

Loc. Malay Peninsula: Selangore. “In cave” (1. WV. Ridley).

PELITNUS PILIGER, sp, 1.

Nearly allied to P. pulvillatus, but with the upper side of the
trunk blackish and contrasting strongly with the paler appendages,
the mandibles and palpi being clear reddish yellow, without trace
of infuscation; femora and tibizee of the legs infuscate. Body
and appendages of the same relative size and form as in
P. pulvillatus, but the postocular area of the carapace sloping
upwards from the groove to the tubercle not horizontal, the
tubercle itself wider than high, with a bluntly rounded summit.
Spine on trochanter of palp longer, cylindrical, smaller than that
ot the femur, which is also cylindrical and curved forwards.

Measurements in mm.:—Total length 6; width 4:2; Ist
leg 8, 2nd 12, 3rd 9, 4th 137,

Loc. Malay Peninsula: Bukit Besar, 2500 feet alt. ‘“ Under
bark of fallen tree” (Annandale and Robinson).

These two species differ from the previously described members
of the genus in the presence of the transverse bands of coarse
pubescence upon the abdominal sterna.

1 Tn this and other cases the measurements of the legs do not include the coxie.

414 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS, [ Dee. 2,

7. On the Australasian Spiders of the Subfamily
Sparassine. By H. R. Hoae, M.A., F.ZS.

[Received November 4, 1902. |
(Text-figures 85-104.)

The members of this subfamily are abundant in all tropical
and subtropical countries. Their large size and hairy appearance
enable them to inspire a sentiment of fear out of all proportion
to their really timid nature and defenceless character. This has
no doubt acted as a means of protection to them.

Living originally about the trunks and under the loose bark
of trees, they have adapted themselves readily to the shelter
afforded by the houses of mankind, and find a congenial habitat
under the eaves of most dwelling-houses. In fact, wherever an
undisturbed dry and darkish receptacle is available they are sure
to be discovered, and where allowed to settle prove valuable
assistants in keeping down the numbers of the house-flies—the
pest of all hot countries.

As members of the family Clubionide, they are furnished with
ungual tufts, two well pectinated tarsal claws, scopule along both
tarsi and metatarsi, and have the surface of the maxille convex,
without any median depression.

The eyes, always eight in number, are disposed in two more or
less parallel transverse rows of four each, without much variation
in size or relative position.

In Australia the indigenous species have developed a distinctly
characteristic type of genital organ. In by far the larger number
the stylus in the male palp is produced into a flagellum of re-
markable length, sometimes more than twice the length of the
cephalothorax ; this, for its protection, is curled spirally round a
specially grooved drum, and this again has been formed by the
yolling up of a riband-like elongation of a projection which, in
the Heteropoda of a short columnar form only, has had its use
as a feeler.

The two parts are quite separate and detachable and can be
unrolled. This particular development is unique and, so far as
I am aware, entirely confined to the Australian region. The
flagellum part of it may be seen more or less developed in other
forms such as Pandercetes, Clastes, and many of the Thomiside,
and several earlier stages of the more perfect form can be seen,
as will be described below.

From their habit of living between the bark and hard surface of
trees, nearly the whole subfamily has had the position of the legs
so modified as to move horizontally, thus enabling its members
to shuffle along without raising the joints. They can thus
obtain prey and shelter in narrow interstices where many of

1902. | MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 415

their smaller fellows could not follow. In some instances both
cephalothorax and abdomen have likewise become abnormally
flattened, accompanied in the more pronounced forms such as
Delena by a lateral extension of the eyes.

L. Koch originally included in this group the Hemiclwine, in
consequence of a similar and even more exaggerated flattening
of the whole body clearly arising from the same habits; but as
they are an offshoot of another family, the Drasside, they have
been rightly separated by M. Simon, and I do not include them
in the present paper.

The Australasian genera may be grouped as follows :—

A. Median eyes of the front row distinctly smaller than the
laterals, being about three-fifths the diameter of the latter ;
the area of the four median eyes longer than broad. The
highest part of the cephalothorax in the posterior one-third,
thence sloping anteriorly; generally no flagellum in the
male palp, or, if present, no spiral drum.

a, Rear row of eyes recurved ; laterals protuberant ............ HETEROPODES.
a Rear row of eyes straight or procurved; lateral eyes
CSET) Se aa ART Sor iGition See BARU ese ere en aoe eee oe PALYSTES.

B. Median eyes of the front row larger than, equal to, or only

slightly smaller (about one-fifth of diameter) than laterals

of same. The median-eye square not longer than broad

(except in Pediana). The stylus of the male palp produced

into a flagellum, coiled round a supporting drum, which is

_ spirally grooved for its reception. Cephalothorax either

quite flat above or highest in front half, thence sloping
IS HeIMO Ny gare etn sere ats ee <ciconcecsacbedaneccitaseredretddeseaaa! DELENT AS,

Group HETEROPODES.

The members of this group found in Australia at the preseng
“time, although probably more like the original type, from which
the large bulk of the laterigrade spiders now inhabiting the
continent must have been specialized, would seem to be of com-
paratively recent importation.

The species are all either to be found themselves or have near
relatives in the islands to the North and East.

Entering evidently from Cape York, they are most numerous
along the coast of Queensland and New South Wales, while a
few isolated specimens have been recorded as far as the centre of
Victoria, from Adelaide, and from Central Australia.

They show scant signs of compression, and the distance between
the two rows of eyes is greater than in the more widely-spread
indigenous types, while they are without the spiral conductor
and generally without any elongated stylus in the male palp.

The genera may be distinguished as follows :—

A. Rear row of eyes only slightly recurved; median pair of
same nearly as far apart as they are distant from the
SIU OAS tack Soo ba coc act Ee ae ED ROU BERBER OETA Ae nt ce: Aen Re eae

B. Rear row of eyes strongly recurved. Rear middle eyes
about four times as far from the side eyes as from one
another, (seGmliWoGh)) peat. an-scecce ieee eee tee...) Pandercetes Iu. Koch.

Heteropoda Laty.

416 MR. H. R, HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [ Dec. 2,

Genus Herrropopa Latr.

Heteropoda Latreille, Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxiv. 1804, p. 135,

Sarotes Sund. Consp. Arach. 1833, p. 28.

Ocypete C. Koch, Uebersicht des Arach. Syst. 1837, p. 27 (ad

art. ).
: ae L. Koch, Ar. Aust. 1875, p. 659.

Heteropoda Latr., Thorell, Rag. Mal. vol. 1. 1877, p. 145 et al.

Heteropoda Latr., H. Simon, Hist. Nat. des Ar. 1897, vol. 11. p. 54,

L. Koch (loc. cit. p. 709 et seg.) described a good many species
under the title of Heteropoda, none of which, as both Dr. Thorell
and M. Simon have shown, conform to Latreille’s genus, and they
have been removed by M. Simon to Sparassws Walck. Further-
more, the species placed by L. Koch under Sarotes Sund. really
belong to Heteropoda Latr., where they are now recorded. To
these is added H. lycodes, described by Thorell from Cape York
under its correct title.

[Wote.—L. Koch had two species, described as Sarotes badius
L. Koch (Ar. Austr. p. 662) and Heteropoda badia L. Koch (2. ¢.
p. 712), both from the Island of Boeroe near New Guinea; as also
Heteropoda hemorrhoidalis L. Koch (i. c. p. 726). Thorell also
described Sparassus hemorroidahs Thor.

To avoid confusion, I may point out that

Sarotes badius L. K. becomes Heteropoda badia L. K.
2= 8. malayanus Dol. (Thor. l. c.p. 277). .
Heteropoda badia L. K. becomes Sparassus badius L. K.
2= 8. mygalinus Dol. (Thor. l.¢. vol. 1. p. 189).
Heteropoda hemorrhoidalis L. K. becomes Sparassus hemor-
rhoidalis L. K.
Sparassus hemorrhoidalis Thor, would therefore require a new
name if not Veosparassus punctatus L. K. (see Thor. 1. c.
vol. ill. p. 259).
From Thorell’s description S. mygalinus may belong to Veospa-
rassus, nov. gen.|
The species may be distinguished as follows :—
A. Abdomen underneath whole-coloured, without any dis-
tinguishing markings.
@. Spines above on tibia ii. and iv.
a2. On tibia ii. three spines, two on tibia iv. (sec.
Li. Koch) «20-10-22 ee guguilans Va, 1
62. On tibia iii. and iv. two spines (sec. L. K.) ...... longipes Li. K.
1. No spines above on tibia iv. :
a, The median sulcus of cephalothorax short, not
reaching down the rear slope (sec. L. Koch) ...... suspiciosus L. K.
63, The median sulcus very long and reaching down
the rear slope.
a4, The front and rear middle eyes of equal size... procerus L. K.
b4, The rear middle eyes larger than the front
TPOVGIGN oe6 cgscce sen sete soacss nan ceaehacorcoacdanes c= lycodes Thor.
B. The abdomen with distinct markings on the underside.
a>, Two white stripes on a black shield .................. cerving Li. K.
6°. No black shield.
a6, Four narrow dark longitudinal lines; a two-
toothed tibial spur on male palp .................. regia Faby.
26, A brown longitudinal stripe below genital fold... keyserlingi, nov. sp.

1902.] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. AIT

HETEROPODA JUGULANS (LL. Koch).

Sarotes jugulans L.. Koch, Die Arach. Austr. p. 852 (1876).
Heteropoda jugulans L. Koch, Hi. Simon, Rev. Spar. 1880, p. 49.
Peak Downs, Queensland. d.

H2rTEROPODA LoneiPEs (LL. Koch).

Sarotes longipes L. Koch, Die Arach. Austr. p. 660 (1875).

Heteropoda longipes (Lu. Koch), H. Simon, J. ¢. p. 49.

Sarotes longipes L. Koch, H. R. Hogg in Horn Exped. pt. ii,
Zool. p. 339.

Sydney, N.S.W.; ¢ (Bradley). Victoria (EK. Simon Coll.).
Alice Springs, Central Australia (Horn Expedition); 9.

Hereropopa suspriciosa (li. Koch).

Sarotes suspiciosus L. Koch, f. ¢. p. 665.

Heteropoda suspiciosa L. Koch, H. Simon, J. ¢. p. 50.

Upolu (Z. Koch); Rockhampton (LZ. Koch); Newcastle (N.S.W.
Mus.); Victoria (7. Simon).

Hereropropa procera (L. Koch).

Ocypete procera Li. Koch, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, p. 205
(1869).

Sarotes procerus L. Koch, Die Arach. Austr. p. 667 (1875).

Sarotes procerus L. Koch, F. Kargsch in Zeitschr. ges. Nat.
1878, vol. li. p. 792.

Heteropoda procera L. Koch, EK. Simon, l. ¢. p. 50.

Bowen, Brisbane, Sydney (Z. Koch); Adelaide (Karsch).

HETrEROPODA LycoDEs Thor.

Heteropoda lycodes Dr. 'T. Thorell, Ragni Mal. vol. i. 1881,
p. 282.

Cape York.

The co-types in the British Museum of this and 1. cyanognaiha
Thor., from Yule Island, are not quite adult, but are undistin-
guishable from one another.

The measurements in millimetres are as follows :—

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 6 { : SLADE
Abdomen 3.2.3... 8 5
Mandibles......... 3 = front patella.

Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
2 7

A oe U4 8 Note aay ALE
he 4 9 (ie O
ae ay 6 7 Gua 4 Gaul
Arey 2 rh if (a eines

Pally Masts se os 1 24 24 34 = a

418 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [Dec. 2,

Hereroropa CERVINA (L. Koch).

Sarotes cervinus Lu. Koch, Die Arach. Austr. p. 673.

Heteropoda cervina 1. Koch, E. Simon, /. ¢. p. 50.

Rockhampton, Port Mackay, Bowen, Sydney (LZ. Koch); Peak
Downs (Keys.).

HErEROPODA REGIA (Fabr.).

Aranea venatoria Linn. Syst. Nat. edit. xii. p. 1035 (1758).

Aranea regia Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 408.

Heteropoda venatoria Linn., Dr. T. Thorell, Rag. Mal. u. 1878,
pp. 191, 205, ii. 1881, p. 274.

Heteropoda venatoria Linn., E. Simon, Rev. Spar. 1880, p. 48.

Heteropoda regia Fabr., E. Simon, Hist. Nat. des Ar. 1897,
p. 4.

All tropical and sub-tropical regions.

Text-fig. 85.*

Heteropoda keyserlingi.
A, eyes of female; B, profile; C, epigyne.

HEreROPODA KEYSERLINGI, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 85.)

The cephalothorax is a rich reddish brown, with a curved brown
patch around the rear slope; mandibles red-brown, with long
pale brown bristles. Lip and maxille paler reddish brown, with
dark brown hair on outer side of latter. Sternum orange with
brown hair. Legs and palpi bright yellow-brown underneath,
rather redder on upper side. Abdomen orange mottled with
brown, a brown irregular patch in front ; underneath paler orange,
with a well-defined brown stripe from below the genital fold
nearly to the spinnerets.

The cephalothorax is steep at the rear slope, thence runs in a
straight slope to the eyes, rather narrow in front.

The front row of eyes is slightly recurved, the median pair

%* The figures inserted in the diagrams of eyes represent tenths of millimetres.

1902. ] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 419

two-thirds diameter apart and one-third from the laterals, which
are one and a half times the diameter of the former. The rear
row, also recurved, has the median pair one diameter apart,
slightly larger than the front median, one and a quarter diameter
from laterals, which are as large as the front laterals, and about
the same distance from front median. The clypeus equals the
diameter of the front side-eyes.

There are four teeth on the lower edge of the falx-sheath and
three on the upper.

There are two spines on the upper side of metatarsi 11. and iv.,
and a scopula to the base of the metatarsi on all legs.

The abdomen is oval, sparsely covered with short thin down-
lying hair.

The epigyne is a chitinous oval frame, the median portion
narrow anteriorly and widening to the base, completely filled
with a long convex fold of tissue much larger than in L. Koch’s
drawing of H. cervina.

» The measurements in millimetres are as follows :—

yy
de

Long. Broad.
a: ephalothorax aes 8 | ae front.
a *Abdomen ...,..... 12 on
%@ Mandibles......... 4 (longer than patella 1.). 7g

Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

emai cack: oe 9 10 Oo esol ILE
A 2 a3 9 11 92 = 33
i F Seeatns 8 9 82 = 28t
* 4 3 9 9 9 = 30

TERI cone SAE LS 44 AL A= 15

Two females from Peak Downs, Queensland, in Keyserling
. Coll., Brit. Mus., marked H. cervina.
> "

Genus PANDERCETES.

‘ Panderceies L. Koch, Ar. Austr. 1875, p. 739; Thor., Ragni
Malesi, 1881, p. 309; HE. Simon, Hist. Nat. des Ar. vol. i. p. 56
(1897),

Type, P. gracilis L. Koch.

PANDERCETES GRACILIS L. Koch, loc. cit. p. 740.

Described by L. Koch from male from Port Mackay, Queens-
land.

Thorell doubtfully ascribes to this species a male from Cape
York (d’Albertis Coll.), and from same collection has two species—
P. isopus from N. Guinea, and P. longipes from Jobi Island, on
N. coast of same.

The male of Pandercetes gracilis L. K. has (see. L. Koch and
K. Simon) a long twisting flagellum on palp, but no supporting

stylus or drum.
20%

420 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [ Dec. 2)

Group PALYsTEs.
The group Palystec is represented by Palystes only.

Genus Patystes L. Koch.

Helicopis Lu. Koch, Die Avach. Austr. i. p. 495 (1874).

Palystes I. Koch, Die Arach. Austr. vol. ii. p. 701 (1875);
E. Simon, Rev. Spar. 1880, p. 42, et Hist. Nat. des Ar. vol. 11. -
p- 65 (1897).

Type species, Palystes castaneus (Latr.) (P. frenatus L. Koch).

Patysres tentcomus L. Koch (loc. cit.).

Deseribed from a female from New Ireland, east of N. Guinea.

In the British Museum are a male and female, brought by
Mr. A. Willey from New Britain (same locality), doubtless the
same as L. Koch’s, and a female (Keyserling Coll.) from Brisbane,
the latter not quite adult.

Of the former pair the female is much richer in colouring, pale
yellow stripes on darker ground down. the sides of the abdomen
and two round black spots on back, with pale yellow spot in
between. Underneath the deep orange femora are dark brown
stripes reaching from the anterior end two-thirds of the distance
to posterior end; a dark brown shield on the underside of
abdomen below the genital fold.

The male, which is smaller, is uniformly pale orange and
without any shield ; the legs are much thinner, but nearly as long
as those of the female.

In both specimens the front side-eyes are much larger than and
touch the middle pair, which are half their diameter apart. Hyes
all pale orange.

In the Brisbane specimen, which I first thought must be
different, the colouring is not so deep, the dark stripes underneath
femora are absent as in male above, and the abdominal shield
much fainter. The rear row of eyes also is slightly procurved, in
the others straight.

I append measurements (in millimetres) of all three :—

Female (N. Ireland).

Long. Broad. 3
Cephalothorax ... 12 { ree front.
Nocona ssonoocce 14 9
Mandibles ......... 4) =O,
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
Wess ek cnkes 1. 43 15 18 164 = 54
Dey Ad 15 Ive 15 = 514
By ae 113 123 Lis = ao
Abe Ak 133 133 133 = 444
Pallpitveecmanascer ier 2 5 5 4. = 162

1902. | MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS AD) |

Male.
Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... 8 é
Abdomen ......... 84 5
Mandibles ......... 32 =less than front pat.
Pat. & Metat.
: Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
PiesSiii5-ais sleere Let ees 143 183 17 = 6
(5, 133)
Dil bee 143 Ihe 17 = 511
Bay 8 11 11 10 = 35
4 3 13 133 13 = 42
Pallpitens.caueaseras ls 4) 5 A = las
Female (Brisbane).
Long. cece
Cephalothorax ... 12 | 10
Abdomen ......... 13 9
Mandibles......... 5
Pat. & Metat
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
TOSS ones sa see wee 144 184 18 OD
2 Te: 14 184 162 = GS}
Bye dal 11] 122 2, = xf
4 4. 133 144 145 = 462
Pallpieter saeccsace se. 2 4) 6 5 = Ig

Group DELENEZ.

I adopt Delena as the type genus of a group in preference to
leaving the Australian genera incorporated with M. Simon’s
Sparassee, because the former genus exhibits the most complete
type of differentiation both in its flattened form and in the
Australian type of male palp. By the latter point these genera
and WVeosparassus are, as far as we have seen the males, entirely
distinguishable from the type species of the genus Sparassus
Walck. (S. argelasius of Southern Hurope), so that for the
Australian members of that genus I have established the new
genus Veosparassus. To this, provisionally, I transfer those forms
recently classed as Sparassus, but, until all the males have been
proved to conform to it, its limits cannot be accurately defined,
and it further remains a moot point whether any boundary-line
can be drawn between it and Jsopeda. The species at present
associated with the genus will be those ascribed by L. Koch to
Heteropoda, as above stated, erroneously. Weosparassus diana
L. K. is a good representative of the genus. Through J. salacius
L. K. it runs very closely into /sopeda L. K.

The latter genus, while very constant in the respective sizes of

422 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [Dec. 2,

its eyes as well as in the form of the male palp and epigyne
of the female, has almost every intermediate gradation between
a moderately curved and quite flat cephalothorax. The two
undoubted species of Holconia Thor., H. immanis and H. insignis,
differ from /sopeda solely in being the extreme representatives
of the series in flatness of the cephalothorax, while in structural
features they are otherwise undistinguishable. In the only
specimens J can find to attribute to lL. Koch’s H. dolosa, the
cephalothorax is not even noticeably flat, and a northern species,
H, subdola Thorell, is only very doubtfully attributed by him
thereto. I have therefore amalgamated the genus with Jsopeda
L. K.

In all the genera except Pediana the median eye-area is at
least not longer than broad, generally distinctly broader, but in
the latter it is longer than broad. For this reason, although the
rear row of eyes is clearly procurved, it has been included by
M. Simon among the Heteropodew. Tsopeda horni mihi belongs
to this genus, and two new species from Western Australia bring
the number of its members to four. I have not been able to
obtain a male of any of my species; but the epigyne of the female
is so distinctly of the /sopeda type, that it appears more probable
than not that all the males will prove to be provided with a spiral
flagellum and drum, and this is the case in P. regina, the type
species, as described by Thorell. The first and second pairs of
legs are nearly equal in length, and in the larger species are
barely Laterigrade in mode of setting. The eye-space is raised
up all round, and, although worthy of a distinctive genus, where
it diverges from Jsopeda it does so almost more in the direction
of Mithurga Thor. than towards Heteropoda Latr.

Tis beard alone could hardly, I think, entitle Typostola K. Sim.
to rank as a separate genus, but the shortness of the palpal spiral
distinguishes it from all the species of Jsopeda, where the number
of turns is generally about ten, but here only three.

A primitive Delena from King’ s Island (Bass’s Straits), in
which the spiral is quite rudimentary, both stylus and con-
ductor making only a single turn, and the tibial. apophysis is’
single instead “of double, also necessitates a new genus. Except
in its smaller size, it is otherwise scarcely distinguishable from
Delena cancerides Walck., and clearly suggests the direction along
which the present modifi cation has been derived.

The genera may be separated as follows :—

A. The middle eyes of the front row much nearer to
one another than to the side-eyes, and clearly
larger than the latter. Cephalothor ax very flat
and low. Pars cephalica divided from the tho-
racie part by deep impressions, forming an acute
angle.
a, Spiral of male palp having about ten convo-
lutions. A double apophysis on anterior end
of tibial joint .. .. Delena Walck. (7)
a, Spiral of male palp ‘with ‘only | one ‘convolution.
opty at anterior end of tibial Joint single
only .. Uirsgeseeteenprerettecteerreqesesrrssenyeetas MOdelena, nov. gen. (6)

1902.] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 423

B. Eyes of front row differing slightly or not at all
in relative distance. The side-eyes generally not
smaller than the median.
bl. Median eye-space clearly longer than broad ... Pediana E.Sim. (2)
62. Median eye-space not longer than broad.
63, Cephalothorax clearly convex, generally set
on to the abdomen at an angle so that the
anterior portion is higher than the rear.
Clypeus at least as broad as the front middle
EXER achoasebn bee gan sdanonoobedeenbedu oc Pean ban Jae BnESES Neosparassus, noy. gen. (1)
64, Cephalothorax flat on the top or only slightly
convex, set on to the abdomen so that the
front and rear portions are about level.
Clypeus generally not so wide as front
middle eyes.
6°. Cephalothorax longer than broad............ Zachria. (8)
68, Cephalothorax not longer than broad.
67, Inner side of mandibles and outer side
of maxille covered with thick mat of
hairs, many of which are bifid ......... Typostola K. Sim. (5)
68, Having no special mat, but long hairs
thinly covering the whole surface of the
mandibles and maxille (except I.vasta). Isopeda Lu. Koch. (4)

Genus NEOSPARASSUS, nov.

Heteropoda L. Koch, Ar. Austr. 1875 (non Latr.).

Heteropoda F. Karsch, Zeitschr. f. ges. Naturwiss. 1878, p. 809,
ad partem HH. patellata.

Sparassus 'T. Thorell, Ragni Austro-Malesi, 1881, notes pp. 255,
274 (at least in part). j

Sparassus EK. Simon, Rev. Spar. (Actes Linn. Soc. Bordeaux,
1880); id. Hist. Nat. des Ar. vol. ii. p. 46 (1897) (in part).

Of the genera included in the group Deleneew the members of
this genus come nearest to Heteropoda Latr., with which they
were included by L. Koch. Neither the cephalothorax nor
abdomen show any signs of compression; the coloration and
patterns are often vividly bright and varied, and the patterns of
the female vulva are of rather diversified form, though roughly a
sunken area, more or less divided longitudinally by a wedge-shaped
ridge, enclosed in a chitinous frame. The male palps, however, in
all the species of which I have been able to obtain specimens, are
of the spiral conductor and flagellum type, more or less elaborated
and varying from two or three spirals in JV. calligaster Thor. and
NV. diana L. K., to nine or ten in WV. salacius L. K.

The cephalothorax is generally high, the highest point of the
curve being between the eye-space and middle of cephalothorax,
thence sloping posteriorly, and in this differs from Heteropoda
Latr., where L. Koch placed the species. Owing, however, to the
angle at which the cephalothorax is often set on to the abdomen,
the front part appears more prominent than it really is with
respect to the plane of its legs.

Besides the palpal difference from the type species of Sparassus,
they differ in having legs in order 2 1 4 3, instead of 4th longer

424

MR, H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS.

[ Dec. 2,

than lst, and in not having the cephalothorax highest in pos-

terior third.

the median, Until we know the males of

The front side-eyes are generally not larger than

all the species now

included provisionally, for which a good deal more collecting is
required, we cannot settle the whole of the species for certain.
The species may be distinguished as follows :—

A. Side-eyes of front row larger than median.
Abdomen above and below pale yellow, with very fine
B. Side-eyes of front row not larger than median.
a, Side-eyes of front row smaller than median.
a2, Abdomen underneath whole-coloured, without
special markings.
a3, Abdomen twice as long as broad, a longitudinal
median dark stripe the whole length of back
(sec. i. Koch)
£3, Abdomen at most 14 times as long as broad,
without the longitudinal median stripe above
(a3 hy VR@elN)). ooaskSonaee.. oc se0nsn socnao sao sooenanbo
62. Distinct markings on underside of abdomen.
a‘, Shield-pattern behind epigyne
a. black, with two white longitudinal stripes
nance (Gea, I, IROEM) coe ccn onpcnonsacosesaessne
65. reddish brown, darker anteriorly, bounded by
pale brown border all round. Cephalothorax
hishestyposvenlorhyaeeee see tence eeees
b4, No black shield behind epigyne,
a§, but an orange-yellow transverse stripe (sec.
sl faYe 0) Fa ie age ae ie ne ee at on chr
66, Underside of abdomen dark orange-yellow ;
in front of the spimnerets a broken trans-
verse band of yellowish-white hair ............
e6, Longitudinal brown median stripe on pale
yellow ground from middle of back to spin-
nerets; irregular small dark brown spots on
UN GENSIMe Rend net a Moat an aantenta et eteee eee
61. Hyes of front row of equal size.
a, Kyes of front row equidistant.
a8. Median sulcus wanting on cephalothorax
68. Median sulcus clearly defined.
a®, On the underside of abdomen no black field,
aw, but two brighter longitudinal stripes.........
610, four brighter longitudinal stripes ......
69. On the underside of abdomen a black field,
a. with two white longitudinal stripes or spots.
a, Inside the black field two white longi-
tudinal stripes and a black stripe at base
of abdomen on underside .................0.08
6!2. The two white longitudinal stripes, one
each side, but outside the black field ......
ou. AG eas spots accompanying the black
eld.
a8, The black field reaching two-thirds of
NV AVI CLOM AM latiie sce. cee a surcm ene mene
613, A straight black stripe halfway down on
orange ground (sec. Karsch) ...............
e}8, The black field broken in the middle
transversely, thus forming two ............
67, The front middle eyes farther from the side-eyes
than from one another.

@4, On the underside of the abdomen a black
longitudinal field reaching to the spinnerets,
but separated transversely in the middle (sec.
Wg ESO)’, sravsaddh 5o6 nme OnoUne

magareyt, NOV. Sp.

macilentus L. K.

pallidus lu. K.

pictus L. K.
thoracicus, NOV. sp.
preclarus L. K.

rutilus Li. K.

inframaculatus Hogg.
festivus L. K..
hemorrhoidalis L. K.

incomtus lu. K.

diana L. K.

? pictus Li. K., var., or

[n. sp.

calligaster L. K.
patellatus Karsch.

salacius Li. K.

conspicuus Li, K,

1902. ] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 495

b14. On the underside of the abdomen the black
field reaching only two-thirds of distance to
spinnerets, and bordered by two white lines (sec.

L. Koch).. .. punetatus L. K.
cl, Two white longitudinal stripes 0 on the underside,
without a black field (sec. L. Koch) .. a... nitellinus L, K.

Text-fig. 86.

(LUpPY
az, SLA

Neosparassus magareyt.

A, eyes; B, profile; C, epigyne.

NEOSPARASSUS MAGAREYI, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 86.)

Cephalothorax dull red-brown, darker in eye-space, light yellow
hair; mandibles black-brown, yellowish-white bristles; lip and
maxille dark red-brown, light red fringes; sternum orange-
brown, light orange hair; legs and palpi bright yellow-brown
darkening towards extremities, light yellowish bristly hair;
abdomen pale greenish yellow all over, rather thickly covered
above with stout pale yellow hair, underneath finer and yellower;
spinnerets yellow; epigyne brown; the femora underneath are
yellow mottled with brown spots; the tibia yellow and brown,
alternate bands.

The cephalothorax is 1 mm. broader than long, broad and trun-
cate anteriorly, rising from the eye-space to nearly halfway, thence
sloping posteriorly, the transverse section rises rather abruptly,
fovea slight. The mandibles are long and powerful, longer than

front patella, and thickly covered oak long hair.

426 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [Dee. 2,

The front row of eyes is slightly procurved, the medians one
diameter apart and slightly more from the side-eyes, the same
from the margin of the clypeus, and more still than that from
the rear median. The front side-eyes are clearly larger than the
median, The rear row of eyes are equal and a little smaller than
the front median, the middle pair two diameters apart and nearly
three from the side.

On the underside of the falx-sheath are two very large, one
median and one small tooth, one large and one small on upperside.

The legs are rather stout, and furnished with long and powerful
spines on tibia ili. and iv., one each.

The abdomen is ovate, broadest one-third distance from front
and tapering to spinnerets.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Oephalothorax ... 14 1 ae in front.
Abdomen ......... 15 12
Mandibles......... 7

Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.

WETS ese ree ssc 1 5 15 17 16.) 5s
2. 5 16 18 Lea Sat a
3. 4 13 13 12 ey
4, 44 14 14 1A ht Ge

TPnIF Or | wenahobedoucconoonsen 2 6 5 Sls

Numerous females, but no males, brought from the Northern
Territory of 8. Australia by Dr. Magarey in 1880. One female,
and one male not fully developed, in Brit. Mus. from Port Stephen.

NEOSPARASSUS THORACICUS, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 87.)

This powerful spider I provisionally include in this genus,
with which and with Thelcticopis and Isopeda it has analogies,
but differs in the shape of the cephalothorax; I think it ought to
have a new genus but that it partially links the others.

Thecephalothoraxisred-brown, black-brown in front; mandibles,
lip, and maxille black-brown, sternum and coxe bright red-brown ;
legs and palpi somewhat darker, with long brown hair; the
abdomert dark brown above and below.

The cephalothorax rises steeply from the sides, is highest
posteriorly and slopes forwards to the eye-space, it is 2 mm.
longer than broad and broadly truncate in front.

The front median eyes are about 13 diameters apart, rather
more from the rear median, one diameter from the laterals, which
are clearly smaller. The clypeus is wider than the front median
eyes. The rear row is procurved, the median eyes wider apart
than from the laterals, which are about the same size as the front
laterals, the median somewhat smaller,

1902. ] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 427

The mandibles are long and stout.

The abdomen is oval, but the specimen is dried and it is stuffed
with wool, and so the epigyne is destroyed. It is rather closely
covered with thick short hair.

The legs are very stout, and altogether it is a formidable species.

Text-fig. 87

@i2@ lo @ 123 ® = 58

Neosparassus thoracicus, 9.

A, eyes; B, profile.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... 18 { i :
IN bdomen eae. 22 17
Mandibles......... 8
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
IDEAS 8 Shaka sepe 1 6 Wy 22 20), «=e 65
2 6 18 23 il = 68
3 54 153 164 a 52
4. 54 16 ivy 17 = 554
(Palipig eit ore eases 34 7 84 6 = 25

One dried female in Brit. Mus. from N. Australia.

NEOSPARASSUS MACILENTUS (LL. Koch).

Heteropoda macilenta L. Koch, Arach. Austr. vol. i. p. 711.

One female from Bowen.

L. Koch thinks this should possibly be included in the genus
Isopeda.

NuospARAssus PALLIDUS (LL. Koch).

Heteropoda pallida L. Koch, loc. cit. p. 713,
One male from Peak Downs,

498 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. | Dee. 2,

Neosparassus pictus (L. Koch).

Heteropoda picta L. Koch, loc. cit. p. 714.

Australia (Z. Koch). %Var. Dimboola, Victoria (Hogg); Q.
? Adelaide and West Australia (Karsch).

NEOSPARASSUS PRACLARUS (L. Koch).

Heteropoda preclara Li. Koch, loc. cit. p. 723.

Rockhampton and Gayndah; ¢ & 9.

N&osPARASsUS RUTILUS (L. Koch).
Heteropoda rutila L. Koch, loc. cit. p. 729.
Bowen; @.

NEOSPARASSUS INFRAMACULATUS (Hogg).
Heteropoda inframaculata Hogg, Rep. Horn, Exp. vol. ii. Zool.
343,

Central Australia.

NEOSPARASSUS FESTIVUS (L. Koch).
Heteropoda festiva L. Koch, loc. cit. p. 710.
Sydney ; female undeveloped.

NEOSPARASSUS HAIMORRHOIDALIS (L. Koch).
Heteropoda hemorrhoidalis L. Koch, loc. cit. p. 726.
Sydney ; female undeveloped.

NEOSPARASSUS INComTUS (Li. Koch).
Heteropoda ineomta Li. Koch, loc. cit. p. 727.
Sydney; 9.

NEosPARAssus DIANA (LL. Koch).
Heteropoda diana L, Koch, loc. cit. p. 730.

The male palpal spiral has about three turns. For the type of
my new genus I have taken this very beautifully coloured species,
or at any rate the specimens in my collection which I identify as
NV. diana (i. Koch).

Macedon, Dimboola, Victoria; Adelaide; Perth.

Widely distributed over the whole of the southern half of
Australia.

NEOSPARASSUS CALLIGASTER (‘Thor.).

Heteropoda calligaster Thorell, Ar. nonnulle Nov. Holl., Ofv.
K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1870, no. 4, p. 385; L. Koch, Die Arach.
Aust. p. 734.

Peak Downs, Queensland; Sydney, N.S.W. (Koch); Dimboola,
Victoria (H. R. H.); Adelaide (Karsch).

1902.] MR, H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 429

NEOSPARASSUS PATELLATUS (Kaisch).

Heteropoda patellata F. Karsch, Zeit. ges. Naturw. Berlin,
vol. li. 1878, p. 809.

Sec. Karsch, near the above-named JV. calligaster (Thor.); but
without any special distinction is a little doubtful.

Loc. Tasmania.

Neosparassus sALActus (L. Koch).

Heteropoda salacia L. Koch, Die Arach. Aust. p. 737.

Sparassus salacius Thorell, Rag. Mal. vol. 111. 1881, p. 255.

This rather large species has a broad transverse black band in
front of spinnerets as well as shield behind genital fold. The
male palp flagellum has 10 spirals; and although the species is
brightly coloured (yellow and black) like a Sparassus, it has very
little to differentiate it from /sopeda.

Cape York; Rockhampton; Bowen; Peak Downs; Sydney ;
Upper Endeavour River, Queensland (Hogg).

Nerosparassus conspicua (L. Koch),

Heteropoda conspicua L. Koch, Die Arach. Aust. p. 717.
Bowen; @.

Nerosparassus punctatus (Li. Koch).

Sparassus punctatus L. Koch, Besch. n. Ar. & Myr., Verh. k.-k.-
zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1865, p. 872.

Heteropoda punctata LL. Koch, Die Arach. Aust. p. 719.

Sparassus punctatus Thor. Rag. Mal. vol. iii. 1881, p. 259.

Cape York (Zhor.); Bowen, Port Mackay, Wollongong,
Rockhampton, Peak Downs, Sydney (LZ. Koch); Dimboola,
Victoria, Central Australia (4ogq).

NEOSPARASSUS NITELLINUS (LL. Koch).
Heteropoda niteltina LL. Koch, Die Arach. Aust. p. 722.
Peak Downs; 9°.

Genus IsorpepA L. Koch.

Isopeda L. Koch, Die Arach. Austr. vol. ii. p. 678 (1875).

Vocona Thor. Aranee nonnulle Nov. Holl., in Ofv. Kongl.
Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1870, no. 4, p. 383.

Holconia Thor. Rag. Mal. e Pap. vol. i. 1877, note p. 145.

Isopoda Thor. Rag. Mal. e Pap. vol. iii. 1881, note p. 293.

LIsopoda K. Simon, Rey. Sparass. 1880.

Holconia K. Simon, Hist. Nat. des Ar. vol. u. p, 44.

Type species, /sopeda vasta L. Koch.

This genus, both in number of specimens as a whole as well as
of species (or subspecies), is by far the most largely represented
of the group in Australia. Its limitations are not very clearly
defined, but certainly include Thorell’s genus Holconia. It would

430 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [Dee. 2,

appear to have been developed in Australia proper, and few of its
members have strayed away thereform.

The whole of its species have the male palpal spiral in its most
fully developed form with about 10 spirals.

The cephalothoraz is set on straight with the body; in altitude
it is generally less than any member of the preceding genera,
and in profile varies from a continuous curve highest about the
middle to a flat surface. The latter form comprises two, or
perhaps three, species hitherto known as Holconia (Voconia) Thor.,
but which, except for the flatter cephalothorax and consequently
lower clypeus, differ in no particular from the rest of the Jsopeda.
Thorell himself was doubtful how to place his northern form,
H, subdola Thor.; and in the only specimens I have seen to
attribute to H. dolosa L. Koch, the cephalothorax is quite as
normally rounded as many other species of /sopeda.

In a few instances the eyes of the front row, which is straight
or slightly procurved, are all equal, but more generally the laterals
exceed the median in diameter in the proportion of about 5 to 4.
The rear row is also straight or slightly procurved, about a third
longer than the front row, the rear median eyes always smaller
than any of the others, and either rather nearer together than
they are from the lateral, or equidistant.

The median eye-square is broader than long.

The cephalothorax is as broad as or broader than long and
straight in front, where it is generally about two-thirds the greatest
width. The legs always in the proportion 2 14 3.

Norre.—The name Jsopeda L. Koch has given rise to some
discussion at various times in consequence of its being certainly
wrongly formed from the Greek. Thorell and Simon set it down
to a lapsus calami and boldly write Jsopoda, but L. Koch uses
his original form a score of times (and never any other) within a
few pages of Heteropoda, also used by him over and over again.
It certainly was no lapsus calam but deliberately intended. He
probably knowingly spelt it wrongly to avoid clashing with the
order of Crustacea /sopoda. The name is altogether a misnomer
as applied to this genus, for no two pairs of legs of any of the
species are alike in length.

The only species which had two pairs of legs (i. and ii.) of equal
length has been removed to anew genus (Pediana EH. Sim.), though
for other reasons.

Synopsis of Genus Isopeda L. Koch.

Females.
A. Sternum deep jet-black.
A}. Underside of abdomen whole-coloured, without any
transverse dark stripe behind the genital fold.
a. Eyes of front row equidistant.

a”, Distinguishable markings on back of abdomen.

a3, Three pairs of dark spots on whole-coloured

back of abdomen; coarse hair on abdomen,

rather coarse on cephalothorax ; peop
thorax longer than tibia i. ............... Srenchi, nov. sp.

1902. ] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN

63. No spots, dark brown median scolloped stripe
on back, fine hair on cephalothorax and abdo-
men ; cephalothorax equal tibia i. in length.

62. No distinguishable markings on whole-coloured
back of abdomen.

a4, No spines on upperside of tibia ii. or iv.

a4, A brown and yellow impressed shield-

pattern on underside of abdomen............

b'4. No shield pattern, darker and lighter
mottlings (sec. L. Koch) . “ore

b*. One spine on upper side of tibia. il., none
oniv.; no pattern on underside of abdomen.

b', Median eyes of front row nearer to side-eyes than
to one another.

a, Median eyes of rear row nearer to one another
than to laterals ; two spines on tibia iii. above,
GFAVENOTAN TALON IN osc gondlsc cena Goce SO GRBULOR RO SOE aE HoCaE

65, Eyes of rear row equidistant; one spine each
on tibia ii. and iv. (sec. L. Koch) ...............

Bl. A black transverse band behind the genital fold.
a6, Front median eyes less than their diameter from
those of rear row .....
6°, Front median eyes not less than their diameter
bation those of the rear row.
7, Hyes of front row equal and equidistant.

es Mandibles bare im front; one spine above on
tibia i.

68, Mandibles more or less ‘clothed with hair.

a, Dark spot in front of abdomen; one spine
Oi TOE Wb, QINOVE cooconcasooecas coo cossseoncate

69. A scolloped longitudinal stripe on back;
two spines on tibia 11. above, none on
tibia 1v.

ec. No pattern on back ; ‘two spines on tibia iii.
above, one on tibia i lv. Were iet aa cheaeaslepee die

7, Kyes of front row not equidistant.

Ae Median eyes of front row nearer to side than
to one another ; one spine above on tibia iii.

610, Median eyes of front row nearer to one
another than to side.

a, No spines on tibia iil. or iv. above;
four pairs of spots on back, median pairs
, ee ‘
. One spine 0 on tibia iii. i above, none on iv. 5
no marks on back .
B. oe red-brown or yellow- brown or at least not
ac
a2, Cephalothorax convex or at least slightly raised
behind the eye-space and sloping posteriorly.
ws, Median eyes of front row clearly farther from
the side-eyes than from one another.

a4, Front median eyes their diameter apart and
same distance from the rear median ............

64, Front median eyes } diameter apart and full
diameter from the rear median; three pairs
of spots on back, median ee a longitudinal
line ......

613, Front row of eyes ‘equidistant.

a, The geaalotons as long as tibia iv. yee:
L. Koch)...

The cephalothora ax < longer than tibia i iV.

bs On femur i. in front four spines ; cephalo-
thorax about 8 mm. long (sec. L. Koch) ...

616, On femur i. in front three spines at most.

al7, Abdomen above clothed with long, stitf,
bristly hair (spider very large) ............
b, Abdomen above clothed with fine hair
orally (Gap Ay TEGAN). coosdoooosontuneduespoaoue

SPIDERS.

leishmamni, nov. sp.

montana, NOV. sp.
conspersa L. K.

pococki, nov. sp.

teppert, NOV. sp.
flavida L. K.

leai, nov. sp.

vasta Li. KK.

pengellya, nov. sp.

saundersi, Nov. sp.

ardrossand, NOV. sp.

pessleri ? Thor.

villosa L. Kk.

tietZt, NOV. Sp.

robusta L. K

woodwardi, nov. sp.
hirsuta Li. K.
cordata L. K.

aurea Li. K.
flavibarbis L. K.

431

432 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN

612, Cephalothorax low, or if raised at sides, quite flat
above.
a8, Front row of eyes straight or slightly procurved ;
eyes about equidistant.

a9, A dark stripe reaching from front of abdomen
two-thirds of distance to rear; front and rear
middle eyes not more than the diameter of

front median apart ............cceceeeee ee eee tee

B19, No dark stripe on back of abdomen but
irregular darker transverse bands; front
lateral eyes larger than median, front and rear
median farther apart than diameter of front
GIES) cv cennte cove ab one esl bbaekbenesdeeceppansaabeN sjacucos
Doubtful species ... {oer ie

Males.
A. Sternum deep jet-black.
Al. No transverse black band behind genital fold.
a. Byes of front row equidistant, laterals larger
than median.
a2. No spines on tibia iil. Or 1V. .......eeeeevee seers
62, Spines on tibia iii. at least.
a3, Two spines on tibia iii. above, one on iv.
63, One spine on tibia iii. only; eyes black with
OPEWEEID TANTS) 355 56590860 s666 Hen d0n B50 000 -oAacece
b1, Median eyes of front row about twice as far apart
as they are distant from the laterals.
a‘. Median eyes of front row less than their dia-
meter apart; two spines above on tibia i.
EOE @WHl THOU) This conde pscaasade saeenaccenodeaas0n8d 20%
64. Median eyes of front row about one and a half
diameters apart; pale green with black rims.
One spine each on tibia iti. and iv. above ......
Bl. A transverse black band behind genital fold.
a>, Eyes of front row equidistant, equal in size;
mandibles bare in front. One spine on tibia 111.
BTL DON ICY. ee ioe Bos GAG GORD HAC Onbe akc SARE SE SEB EQG oe eSB on aadooc
65, Eyes of front row not equidistant. Median eyes
nearer to side-eyes than to one another.
a®, One spine above on tibia iii. and iv. ............
66. Two spines above on tibia iii., one on iv. ......

B. Sternum not black—red or yellow-brown. No spines
above on tibia ii. oriv. Front row of eyes equal and
equidistant ; front and rear median nearer to one
another than diameter of front.

Gil, INO BwAOD Gin [AOE “cootoboosasonesotossansotbocnbasope ost ace
7. Longitudinal stripe on back ...............:..ceeeeeeeeeee

sprpers. _[ Dec. 2,

immanis Li. K.

insignis Thor.

subdola Thor.

montana, NOV. Sp.
leishmanmi, NOV. Sp-

pococki, nov. sp.

tepperi, NOV. sp.

flavida L. K.

vasta L. K.
pessleri Thor.

tietzi, NOV. sp.

insignis Thor.
immanis Li. K.

IsopEDA InsteNis (Thor.). (Text-fig. 88, A—C.)
Voconia insignis Thorell, Av. nonnulle Nov. Holl., Ofv. Kongl.

Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1870, n. 4, p. 383.

Voconia insignis Thor., L. Koch, Arach. Austr. 1875, p. 645.
Holconia insignis Thor., E. Simon, Rev. Sparass. p. 25 (1880) ;

Hist. Nat. d. Ar. 1897, vol. ii. p. 44.

This fine species except in the flatter cephalothorax, differs in
no way from the rest of the /sopede, and therefore I find no use

for the genus Holconia Thor. as a distinction.

In the female the front lateral eyes are distinctly larger than
the median, which are distant from the rear median not less than
the breadth of their diameter, more often rather more. In the

1902. | MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 433

males the front row eyes are equal and equidistant, about half
their diameter apart, the median less than their diameter from
the rear median.

The abdomen is bright yellow-brown above, with fine darker
hair, sometimes forming a scolloped or transversely barred pattern ;
four pairs of muscle-spots not very clearly defined. The median
pairs sometimes conjoined by a dark line.

It ranges over the southern half of the continent.

The following measurements in millimetres are from South
Australian specimens :—

Female.
Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... 15 154
tiodomieny eee acees 24 17k
Mandibles......... 7 shorter than front patella.

Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.

NOS ee teas Nae) 18 8, 14 20 = 66
(22)
Dee 6 Dall 27 24 = 78
SO 16 16 16 = 54
A 16 16 16 — 54
Palipthece : descent 3 63 65 65 = 225
Male
Long Broad
Cephalothorax ... 12 112
Abdomen, Y..):..)., 114 x
Mandibles......... 4}
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
d Dreveasie rena ae Il 3 16 1g) 19 = 584
De 4 184 DP 2) = 66
3. 44 15 165 15 = 51
4. + 15 165 IGE) = 522
Palpoud hist ctetks 23 5 4. 4 = 152

Loc. New South Wales; Victoria; South Australia; West
Austraha.

IsopeDA mMANIS L, Koch. (Text-fig. 88, D, p. 434.)

Delena immanis L. Koch, Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 208 (1867).

Voconia immanis L. Koch, Ar. Austr. 1875, p. 642.

Holconia immanis K. Simon, Rev. Spar.. 1880, p. 26.

This is the northern form of the above, and, although Dr, Karsch
quotes it from South and West Australia, out of a considerable
number of specimens I have not myself seen one of J. ammanis
from the South, nor of J. insignis from the North of Australia.
This form has a very characteristic dark stripe on the back of the
abdomen, reaching from the front two-thirds of the distance to
the rear. In other respects the two species differ very little.
The distance between the front and rear median eyes in the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou. II, No. XXVIII. 28

434 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. | Dee. 2,

female is generally less than the diameter of the front median
(as in the male), sometimes equal; the diameter of the front
laterals varies from about equal to that of the median to 17 of
same. The colour of the back varies from yellow-brown to dark

grey.

Text-fig. 88.

OOOO

©) 7

Nie -O .

Isopeda insignis and I. immanis.
A, eyes of male; B, profile; C, eyes of female of TI. insignis.
D, eyes of female of I. immanis.
Female (J. J. Lister, S. Queensland).
Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 13 1 Me war ee:
Abdomen ......... 24 17
Mandlibles......... 6 = less than front patella.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
Legs iee..t Wega 163 21 AD eo
D, 6 19 Da 21 = 71
3 6 143 163 15 = 52
4 6 142 164 15 = 52
Palput’ fesoaw ane 23 5 5 oi eae

1902.] MR, H. R. HOGG-ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 435

Male (Keyserling Coll. in Brit. Mus.).

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... 13 13
Abdomen ......... 14 10
Mandibles......... 6
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &foem. tib. & tars.
Ge aS a tein en 1. 5 18 23 2 685
(7, 16)
2. 5 21 Ny 25 = 78
3. 5 14 18 oa 532
A 5 14 18 1 ee RR
Palliptt cen cctsesee 3 4) 5 lip ==) +20

Loc. Queensland and New South Wales.

IsopepDA DotosaA L. Koch.

Voconia dolosa L. Koch, Arach. Austr. 1875, p. 648.

L. Koch described this species from two dried specimens in
the Museum at Stuttgart, labelled “ Australia” only. The differ-
ences by which he says it may be distinguished from J. insignis
Thor., are that ‘the clearly smaller median eyes of the front row
are more than their diameter from the rear median,” and the
joining by a dark longitudinal marking of the two median pair
of muscle-spots on the back. The latter feature seems a by no
means uncommon variation in any species, whenever the back spots
are specially well developed, and the former is almost universally
the case with females of J. insignis Thor. I have therefore great
doubts as to it being really a separate species; if it is, the joining
of the back spots is its only distinctive character. The Horn
Expedition had several specimens from Central Australia, both
male and female, with back-markings as described, very flat
cephalothorax, but front row of eyes equal, and I have similar
from Victoria, otherwise the same as J. insignis.

IsoPEDA SUBDOLA Thor.

Holconia subdola Thorell, Rag. Mal. e Pap. vol. iii. 1881,
p. 304.

Thorell himself describes this as a doubtful species, the only
difference from Koch’s description of H. dolosa being in the
coloration of the back of the abdomen,

From Cape York, N. Queensland.

IsopepA consPersa L. Koch.

Isopeda conspersa L. Koch, Arach, Austr. 1875, p. 689.
From Cape York.

ISoPEDA FRENCHI, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 89, p. 436.)

Female.—The cephalothorax is red-brown with yellow hair, the
mandibles rather darker with bright red fringes. Lip and
maxille black-brown., Sternum jet-black, with velvety-black hair

28*

436

extending over nearly the whole of the coxe.

MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS.

[ Dee. 2,

The abdomen is

yellow-brown, somewhat lighter underneath, and three pairs of
dark spots visible on upperside; four impressed longitudinal lines

behind epigyne.

Legs.and palpi red-brown with yellow hair; a

nearly black spot on the underside of tibie i. and i1. anteriorly,

Scopule grey.

Text-fig. 89.

6 2 @ 10 @

remainder silvery.

QOOs@

Tsopeda frenchi.
A, eyes of female ;

B, profile.

The cephalothorax in front is two-thirds its greatest width.
The front row of eyes is equal and equidistant, half a diameter

from margin of clypeus.

median greater than the diameter of front eyes.

farther from’ the side-eyes than from one another.
On tibia iii. above are two spines, none on tibia tv,
The hair on the abdomen is somewhat coarse.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.
1 in front
Cephalothorax ... 11 fy me eoTH
Abdomen) ssa ses-e 14 ep
Mandibles ......... 5 = front patella.
: Pat. & Metat.-
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
eas (eta a) Ia 133 135) =
Del 5) 132” aglioet Meee
Seer oO 10 113 LO) =
4, 5 ial Mille: liv =
Pallptguuds ce. vets 2 4} 4} 7 =

Three females and one undeveloped

male from

The distance between front and rear
Rear median

Dimboola,

“Victoria, IT have named after Mr. C. French, Government Ento-
mologist of Victoria, from whom I received them.
Thee females in the South Australian Museum Collection from

1902.] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 437

Victoria have the same proportions, but there are no visible spots
on the back, the sternum and coxe are dark brown and not black,
the hair on the abdomen is rather finer, with wavy darker and
lighter streaks on the sides of the abdomen, and one spine only
instead of two on tibia iii. I do not think these differences are
sufficient to justify a new species.

Text-fig. 90.

| Gt) Qi7i.) - 37
GxO2@a) = 255

Ly
LN,
é NY

f y Wy ii Yi
Yj Y Wi
Minyf

LIsopeda leishmanni.
A, eyes; B, epigyne; C, male palp.

ISoPEDA LEISHMANNI, nov. sp, (Text-fig. 90.)

Female.—Cephalothorax and mandibles red-brown, with yel-
lowish-grey hair. Lip and maxille red-brown. Sterrum dark
brown, with nearly black hair. Abdomen dingy reddish brown
with greyish-yellow hair, lighter on the underside. A darker
brown median longitudinal stripe with scolloped pattern is just

438 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [ Dee. 2,

visible. Legs and palpi red-brown, with thin long greyish-yellow
hair; the coxee the same colour.

The cephalothoraz is slightly broader than long, and as long as
tibia i., in front not quite two-thirds its greatest width. The
thoracic fovea is deep and long, the divisions between the cephalic
part and thoracic scarcely visible; the cephalothorax sloping
gently from sides to middle, is rounded but not high.

The front row of eyes are equidistant, two-thirds the diameter
of the front median apart, the side larger than the median, which
are their diameter from the rear median and half that from
margin of the clypeus. The rear median are farther from the
laterals than from one another. The first tooth on inner side of
falx-sheath is larger than the other.

There is one spine above on tibia iii., none on iv.

The male has no distinguishable stripe on back; the front eyes
are equal and equidistant, rather more than half a diameter apart,
their diameter distant from the rear middle, which are farther
from the side than from one another.

Two spines above on tibia iii, and one on tibia iv.

Measurements in millimetres.

Female.
Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 9 | e

93
Abdomen meshes). iS) 10
Mandibles ......... 43 less than front patella.
Pat. & Metat
Coxe. Tr. & fem tib & tars
WLeos:i 56) tae <2 1 4 12 5, 84 Be = 42
(133)
2 A 1) 15 133 = 442
3 4 94 10 a 33
4 4 104 wat 11 = 362
Palptse.ivectane 2 4s 4 AS ee ee
Male
Long. etait
Cephalothorax ... 114 | 1 ii
Abdomen .......-- en ee &
Mandibles......... 63 = patella i.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
EGE eees use lato 16 64, 134 18 = 592
(20)
2 ives te 213 19 = 63
3. Os 14 15 133 pA
4, 54 14 16 Ib = 502
Pall scat sonegeree 24 Z 4 ema we 7/

1902.] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 439

Albany, King George’s Sound, W. Australia (Mfrs. Leishmann).
A male from Perth, W. Australia, is larger and legs slightly
longer in proportion, but otherwise not distinguishable (in Brit.
Mus. Coll., sent by Mr. H. W. J. Turner).

Text-fig. 91.

O- 1-@ 4 -O-" -O-e

()- 1-G)- 10-@- 1 AGS = 56

TIsopeda montana.

A, eyes of female; B, eyes of male ; C, profile (of female).

IsopEDA MONTANA, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 91.)

Male & Female.—Cephalothorax and mandibles red-brown, with
yellow-brown hair ; lip and maxille black-brown with pale front
edges. Sternum black-brown with dark brown hair, but not
extending over cox; the latter, legs and palpi light red-brown,
with pale brown upstanding hair. Abdomen dingy yellow-grey
above, somewhat mottled, rather thick, long, fine grey or yellow-
grey hair, with a dark brown spot in front, and three pairs of
muscle-spots. Underside greyish yellow, with brown circles
round gill-covers, and brown streaks forming a distinct shield-
pattern. White underneath patella and lower half of tibia 1.
and ii.

The cephalothorax slopes gradually from the sides, flat above ;
fovea long, divisions between thoracic and cephalic parts scarcely
distinguishable. Cephalothorax as long as tibia i.; mandibles
shorter than patella 1.

440 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [ Dec. 2,

The front row of eyes is straight, nearly equidistant, three-
fourths of a diameter apart, their diameter between front and rear
median; rear median farther from side than from one another in
male, equidistant in female. Clypeus one-third of front median.

The first tooth on inner side of falx-sheath large, two next
moderate, fourth very small.

There are no spines above on tibia iii. and iv. The metatarsal
joint of tibial palp of male is distinctly broad.

Measurements in millimetres.

Male.
Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... 10 ; tT
Abdomen ......... 112 83
Mandibles......... 5
Pat.& Metat.
Coxe. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
UES Sepelce 1 4 13 Spall Tey aos
(16)
2. 4 14 18 6)
a il 125 LL ae Oe
4, 4 1] 13 1225 ae
Palla esoee kee 2 42 1 Bie lds
Female (not fully developed).
Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... 83 | 2 1
(Aodoment se-.-ee- 94 6
Mandibles......... =
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
Wietieaactaseceor ee) 104 12 Le eos
Ziyi 14 15 Uline! si
Ou 9 10 = eek
4, 3 9 10 LOR ars 2
Lee) OY tar Wi tae id is 4 3 Aeneas

Loc. Macedon, Victoria.

ISOPEDA POCOCKI, nov.sp. (Text-fig. 92.)

Cephalothorax dark red-brown; mandibles, lip, maxille, and
sternum almost black-brown. Legs and palpi dark red-brown,
with brown hairsall over. Abdomen yellow-brown above, reddish
brown underneath; very thick, long, coarse hair; no pattern.

The cephalothorax is rather sloping at the sides, steep at rear,
convex above. A long fovea followed by a depression almost to
second row of eyes. Cephalic side-depressions clearly marked.

The front row of eyes is slightly procurved, equidistant ; side-

1902. ] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 44]

eyes larger than median, the latter slightly more than their dia-
meter from those of the rear row, which are nearer to one
another than to their laterals. Clypeus about equals diameter of
front median eyes.

One spine on tibia iii. above, none on tibia iv.

The metatarsal scopula only reaches halfway to base on i., il.,
and i11., one-fourth on iv.

Text-fig. 92.

LCi es
Ce. O@

LIsopeda pococki.

A, eyes; B, profile.

Measurements in millimetres.

Female.
Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... 14 1
ibd omen! sees 18 12
Mandibles......... 7 = front patella.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
We ssi see eecenn eG 16 (add i toa
(18)
Dimer Gy 18 19 19 = 62
See 16 15 ig = 49
AL at 15 105) ils) = 50
Bailie h toss aces 3 6 5 5 = 19
Male
Long Broad.
ah
Cephalothorax ... 2 { 1 9”
Mindoment! wesc 1

Mandibles......... 54 shorter than front patella.

442 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. Dse, 2

Pat. & Metat.

Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
ROSIN es cscre Les BU) 17 7,13 195 eA
(20)
Oke 5 19 23 21 = 68
oF 4 14 16 14 = 48
4, 4 15 16 16 = 51
Palpi sce 21 5 4 alee lt

Two dried specimens, Australia only, in Brit. Mus. Coll.
Text-fig. 93.

O 93 a: @) 2% Se, = 43)

_ GO:00 +»
7 ae

TIsopeda teppert.
A, eyes of female; B, profile.

IsOPEDA TEPPERI, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 93.)

This species differs very slightly from Thorell’s and L. Koch’s
description of Jsopeda pessleri Thor. But it has no transverse
stripe behind the genital fold. In the Adelaide specimens the front
side-eyes in the female, as in the male, are somewhat larger than
the median, and the latter nearer to the side than to one another,
Two spines above on tibia iii. and iv. instead of one. In the
Kangaroo Island female the front row eyes are all equal, and
tibia iv. has only one spine, which brings it still nearer to
I. pesslert.

The cephalothoraz is red-brown; the mandibles, lip, and sternum
black-brown with yellowish hair and bristles.

The sternum is black, with black hair extending over the two
front coxee and partially over the two rear.

The abdomen is yellowish-brown, with rather coarse matted
hair, three pairs of muscle-spots showing on the upper side, and a
slightly impressed shield-pattern on the under.

Measurements in nullimetres.

Female.
Long. Broad.
f6
| 9
Mbdomien’ eeeecere 11 8
Mandibles..:...... 4 shorter than pat. i.

Cephalothorax ... 9

1902.] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 443

Pat. & Metat.

Coxe. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
The gs aah Sassen Ale 4 10 41,7 103 = _ 36
(113)
2 4 Hy 13} 11 = 39
5 4 g a 8 = 30
4 4 93 93 9s = Feb
1 EN Cee ee SEs mY 4 3 3 — ls
Male.
Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax 9 2
doment ssecees 8 54
Mandibles......... As abe
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
IUGGS Saenonees le 4 ll 5, 9 ee Aly
(14)
2 4 12 143 ts ee
3 4 10 11 10 = 85
4, 4 103 ne he oie
Balliol crmanncs secteecee saat 2 34 3 3 = 13

Loc. 3 & 2, Adelaide (Woack); ? Kangaroo Island (Tepper).

IsopEDA FLAVIDA L. Koch.

Isopeda flavida L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1875, p. 686.

In the Keyserling Collection, British Museum, is a non-adult
male, and I have several females (all young) apparently the same
from Macedon, Victoria. The eyes are green on black rims.
On all (young) there is one spine above on tibia ili. but none on
tibia iv.

The measurements of Keyserling’s male are as follows :—

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... D D
IN SC CMNE MN Venonbnoon 4 3
Mandibles......... 2
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
LOGS) eaannercbe 1 2 64 84 Tay sin 24d
2 2 64
3 2 6 62 6) (ew 202
4 2 63 63 64. = 213
Bali sash so aetah caves Ls 2 2 3 = 83

Loc. Bowen, Sydney, Macedon.

TsopEDA vAsta L. Koch.

Isopeda vasia L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1875, p. 681.

In the Keyserling Collection is an adult male and subadult
female, both from Brisbane.

444 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [ Dee. 2,

The mandibles of both are smooth and broad, the female
remarkably rounded and kneed at base.

There is a black sloping streak at the base of femur i., and a
similar dark brown streak at base of tibia 1.

In both sexes a spine on tibia ill. above, none on 1v.

Measurements in nullimetres.

Female.
Long Broad
51
Cephalothorax ... 83 { 7
2
Abdomen ......... iis 84
Nilenare HOES Ssonddad 4 24
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib & tars.
TSS. Reha clocaned 1 9 43, 63 Os 33
(L)
2. OT a 11 = al
Bo 3 a 9 if = 26
4, 3 8 9 9 = 29
allio eso wase eee ete 2 32 3 3 = 113
Male.
Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... 7 7
Abdomen ......... 74 D3
Mandibles ......... 3 2) pale
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
Bieter se ane 1. 3 10 124 2 eee eS
2. 3 1) 143 14 = 434
3p 3 94 8 8 = 283
4. 3 10 84 10 = 314
Palltierres Bante ts certo <7, 2 4 24 ees

IsoPEDA PESSLERI Thor.

Isopeda pessleri Thor. Ar. non. Nov. Holl., Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad.
Forh. 1870, no. 4, p. 684.

Lsopeda pessleri L. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. 1875, p. 684.

Loc. Queensland and New South Wales. Some South (Adelaide

Mus.) and Central (Horn Exp.) Australian specimens are very
close to this, but larger, and probably not the same.

IsoPEDA vILLOSA L. Koch.

Lsopeda villosa L. Koch, Die Avachn. Austr. 1875, p, 687.

Loc. Sydney (L. K.). Specimens from Victoria and South
Australia I attribute to this—they have eight spots on back, two
middle pairs conjoined; also a female sent by Dr. Broom from
Muldiva, Queensland. The latter measures in millimetres :—

1902.] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 445

Long Broad.
Cephalothorox ... 123 | 1 : 1
Nbdomenya).ceeee 19 Tee
Mamcdiblesiaeeers 6

Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.

Meer goer ih 42 123 64,93 144 = 472
ie 8)
2 42 TALE VSP TUS ea sy peel ht
3 41 OMe to. TOL” ae Pinog
4 42 feat) a ee
ANP b. scons oceconoenen er 3 42 5 Ae es th

Text-fig. 94

Isopeda leai.
A, eyes of female; B, epigyne.

IsopEDA LEAI, noy. sp. (Text-fig. 94.)

Female.—The cephalothorax and mandibles are red-brown, the
latter with greyish-yellow bristles; the lip and maxille dark
brown ; sternum black-brown, the dark hair spreading over the
cox. The abdomen is pale brown, with a darker brown scolloped
longitudinal stripe above; yellow with brown irregular spots
below; a faint dark stripe behind epigyne. The legs and palpi
are reddish covered with fine silky brownish-yellow hair. The
underside of patella and middle of tibia i. and 11. silvery white,
brown each end; scopule dark grey.

The cephalothorax is rounded, moderately high, depression

446 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [ Dec. 2,

between cephalic and thoracic parts well marked, median sulcus
rather long.

The front row of eyes is straight, the laterals are larger than
the median, which are half their diameter apart and the same or
rather less from the side; the clypeus barely one-third their
diameter; the front and rear median are barely the diameter of
the latter apart, the diameter of the rear three-fourths of front;
rear row straight; middle eyes two diameters apart and slightly
more from the laterals.

The teeth on the inner falx-sheath are three large and one very
small.

One spine above on tibia iii., none on tibia iv.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... 9 3 in front,
Abdomen ......... 16 103
Mandibles......... 4 less than front patella.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
IWOES astosoeeoane 1. 34 10 43, 93 12 = 374
(12)
2 33 12 13 12 = 403
3 34 9 10 9 = 314
4. 33 95 10 10 = 33
IEE OI Goobonoogddsedcoopeer iss 4 34 3k = 123

One female from Adelaide, sent to Brit. Mus. by Rev. T.S.
Lea.

This species is rather close to J. frenchi, nov. sp., from Victoria,
and J. sawndersi, nov. sp., from West Australia, both of which
have the same deep velvety-black sternum, the colour extending
partly over the coxe. It differs from both in a rather smaller
cephalothorax, in the eyes of both front and rear rows being
nearer together, the side-eyes larger than median of front row,
and closer together than in the former.

IsOPEDA ARDROSSANA, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 95.)

Female.—The cephalothorax is red-brown; mandibles dark
red-brown with long pale yellow hair ; lipand maxille dark brown ;
sternum black-brown with long thick hair extending over coxe.
The abdomen is dingy yellow-brown above, paler below, with a
transverse black band behind the epigyne. The legs and palpi
are bright orange with long silky hair, darker bands on tibie 1.,
ii., and iii., silver in between and under patella; scopule dark

rey.

: The cephalothorax is flatter than in J. leat, to which also it
is rather close, but the front-row eyes are equal and equidistant,
two-thirds of their diameter apart; the medians rather more

1902.] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 447

than their diameter from those of the rear row, which are also
equidistant, more than twice the diameter of rear median apart,
these are three-fourths the diameter of front eyes; clypeus one-
half of front median.

There are two spines above on tibia iii, and one on tibia iv.,
of one leg only, the other having no mark.

Text-fig. 95.

SS ee

Oba)

Tsopeda ardrossana.

A, eyes of female; B, profile.

Measurements in millimetres.

1
Cephalothorax ... i 1 2
Abdomen ......... 16 rt
Mandibles......... 5 = front patella.

Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.

UBER Bouanance 300 ie 4 13 143 te = 442
2. 4 14 17 14 = 40
2. 4 Le ee Bip 10; = 38
4, 4 11d 13 12 = A402

[Pah OW ade asocoseodeanasnue 3 43 4 A ee

One female in South Australian Museum Collection, sent by
Mr. E. H. Cadd from Ardrossan, South Australia.

IsoPEDA PENGELLYA, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 96, p. 448.)

Female.—Cephalothorax bright red; mandibles, lip, and
maxille red-brown with greyish-yellow hair; sternum dark brown
with dark brown hair, paler in front. Abdomen brownish yellow
with dark brown spots in front, behind which darker brown with
brown hairs in thick transverse stripes; a dark brown stripe
reaches from the anterior end into the dark brown mass. Under-
side yellow-brown with irregular small brown spots, a narrow
dark transverse stripe behind genital fold, and a faint broad
shield-depression. Legs bright orange-brown above, duller under-
neath, thick yellowish upstanding hair; dark grey scopulee.

448 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [Dec. 2,

Cephalothorax somewhat high, sloping from sides and rear in
an almost continuous curve transversely and longitudinally. In
front two-thirds the greatest breadth.

Front row of eyes straight; laterals only slightly larger than
median, equidistant, three-quarters of diameter of median apart,
front and rear median the diameter of front side-eyes apart ;
clypeus half of front median; rear median eyes nearer to one
another than to the side-eyes.

On tibia iii. above is one spine, none on tibia iv.

Text-fig. 96.

Tsopeda pengellya.
A, eyes of female; B, profile,

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... ies U1 1
Abdomen: ....:5.06 14 Wty
Mamarbles sss 5 shorter than pat. 1.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
Tees oe eeeee We 43 133 64,10 14 = 483
(163)
2 43 15 18 15d = 53
3 42 12, 13 ls = 4]
4 43 IY iiss 13 = 42s
Path -2¢id.cn aieisasteeeei nD 5 A 4p = 16

One female from Pengelly, West Australia, and two from
Darling Ranges, West Australia, sent by Mr. B. H. Woodward.

IsoPEDA SAUNDERSI, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 97.)

Female.—Cephalothorax and mandibles dull red-brown ; lip and
maxille dark brown, fringes orange; mandibular bristles greyish
yellow; sternum black-brown, with thick matted hair extending
over coxe, Abdomen greyish yellow, with longitudinal scolloped

1902.] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 449

brown stripe, yellower underneath with short pale yellow hair ;
darker stripe behind epigyne, more or less developed in different
specimens. Legs and palpi dull reddish brown, pale yellow-grey
hairs; dark grey scopule.

The cephalothorax is moderately high, rounded rather broadly
in front. Mandibles short and broad, much rounded at base.

The eyes of the front row are nearly equal and equidistant,
three-fifths diameter apart and same distance from the margin
of the clypeus. The rear row is slightly procurved, the eyes are
equidistant, twice the diameter of their median apart, which
are four-fifths diameter of front. The front and rear medians are
distant one and a half times the diameter of the rear median.

The legs are short and stout. Two spines above on tibia iii.,
but where sometimes missing the mark of posterior spine is not
visible, none on tibia iv.

The scopula on metatarsus iv. thins off towards the base.

Text-fig. 97.

Isopeda saunderst.

A, eyes of female; B, profile.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

1
Cephalothorax ... 9 2
Abdomen. <..sssss: 15 11
Mandibles......... 4 = front patella.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
IWEES. cacensocdee 1 3 94 ait LOR ei tod:
2, 3 104 1 11 = 364
3 3 8 9 8 = 28
4, 3 8 gi gs = 30
Pallpb iso susan aeresate sess: 13 31 A 3 = 12

Two females from Chapman River, West Australia, were sent
to Brit. Mus. by Mr. W. Saunders.
Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1902, Vou. II. No. XXIX. 29

450 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. | Dec. 2,

Text-fig. 98.

82@27@3%

Gs>@Q7@™e28%

TIsopeda tietz.
A, eyes of female; B, eyes of male.

IsoPEDA TIETZI, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 98.)

Female. -Cephalothorax red-brown, covered with fine closely-
lying yellow hair; mandibles darker red-brown, long yellowish-grey
bristles; lip and maxille dark red-brown to black-brown ; sternum
black-brown, with thick velvety-black hair extending over the
coxe. Legs yellow-brown, with dingy yellow hair ; silvery-white
below the patella, brown at each end, and silvery-white in middle
underneath the tibia of first and second pairs, fainter on third
and fourth. Abdomen yellow-brown above and below, a dark
stripe behind the genital fold and impressed shield-pattern.

The males vary from the same colour as the females to lighter
yellow-brown and rather lighter mandibles, lip, and maxille. In
one specimen the eyes are yellow on distinct black rims, in the
others all yellow.

The cephalothorax is moderately high, and rounded some distance
from the sides, a deep and long fovea with faint side striz. The
front row of eyes is slightly procurved, the side larger than the
middle and only half the distance from them that the latter are
from one another. The rear row are equidistant, and the distance
between front and rear median greater than the diameter of the
front median. :

On tibia iii. in the females is one spine above, in the males two
on tibia iii, and one on tibia iv.

Measurements in nullimetres.
Female (largest).

Long. Broad.

nen
Cephalothorax ... 9 : 2 front.
Albdomien o.ccj-jcbrl 15 ‘Lit

Mandibles......... 43 shorter than front patella.

Coxe.

MR. H. R, HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS.

Pat. & Metat.

Tr. & fem. tib.

TCS eae eee 1, 3d 10 12 11
2, 34 i 13 114
3. 33 93 95 83
4, 34 10 10 10
aWIDY boss ct diaich Coenen 24 4 4 4
Male (largest).
Long Broad
Aa
Cephalothorax 8 3°
Abdomen 34-6 8 6
Mandibles......... of
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
Tiers beh io: i. 3 ll ils) 13
2. 3 13 14 14
3. 3 9 9 $)
A, 3 103 103 Ls
TP) | 0) era mee Ree Coe a 2 4 3 5

451

Males and females from Adelaide and environs sent to the South
Australian Museum by Mr. A. Tietz, and one male from Victoria

by Prof. Spencer.

@ 2

Text-fig. D

9S)

Tsopeda woodwardi.

A, eyes of female ;

TsOPEDA WOODWARDI, nov. sp.

B, epigyne; C, upperside of abdomen.

(Text-fig. 99.)

Female.—Cephalothorax red-brown, darker in front, yellowish
hair; mandibles, lip, and maxille black-brown, brown bristles,

29%

452 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [Dec. 2,

light red fringes; sternum red-brown, yellowish-brown hair,
Abdomen dingy yellow-brown above, brighter below ; three pairs
of dark spots on back, the anterior and posterior pairs being
round, and the median longitudinal lines as described by L. Koch
in his Z. dolosa and J. villosa; rather long downlying yellow hair ;
on the underside only a slightly darker coloured narrow transverse
stripe behind the genital fold, and a faint shield-pattern. The
legs and palpi are bright reddish brown, with long upstanding
brown hair, the scopule darker yellowish grey.

The cephalothorax is rather flat, rounded at sides and broad in
front ; clypeus low, with a long and deep median sulcus, but only
faint side striz.

The front row of eyes are equal in size, the median pair being
nearly two-thirds their diameter apart and nearly half as much
again from the laterals, the row being straight, they are their
diameter from the median of the rear row, which are two and a half
diameters apart (three-quarters of median) and three from their
laterals.

There are no spines on the upperside of tibia ili. or iv.

This is very like /sopeda villosa L. Koch, and the specimens
from Central Australia (Horn Exp. pt. 11., Zool. p. 339) which I
took to be J. dolosa L. Koch. It differs from the former in the
front eyes being equal instead of laterals largest, and the side-eyes
farther from middle than the latter are from one another, and the
rear median nearer together than their distance from the side;
the transverse stripe on the underside of the abdomen and the
sternum are not so dark. They also differ from the latter in
having the front row of eyes farther apart and not equidistant ;
legs longer in proportion, and cephalothorax not quite so flat.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long Boat
Cephalothorax ... 114 \ Wi
Aibdoment sae. 174 1 31
Mamndibles 22.2... 54
Pat.& Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
We ssn teem li 9) Lay. (op 17 1D) =O
(17)
2. 5 143 20 1 ee
3. 5 12 1] 10 > =) s388
4, Hy) 113 13 1S = ee
Pali nuiesesieeepeebe 3 24 5 A ene

2 162
One female from the interior of 8, Australia, sent to Brit. Mus.
by Mr. H. P. Woodward.
IsopEDA RoBusTA L. Koch.

Isopeda robusta Li. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr, 1875, p. 691.
Koch described this from a single female in the Vienna

1902. ] MR. H, R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 453

Collection. He says the rear middle eyes are 14 times as far
from the laterals as from one another. There are two dried
specimens (females) in the Brit. Mus. Collection, without localities,
which I refer to this—Koch’s specimen had no locality other than
Australia.

In those I have examined the eyes are black on yellow rims;
except in this, the want of black markings, and the longer distance
between median and side rear eyes, it 1s very near to my J. wood-
wardi, above.

IsopEDA CoRDATA Li. Koch.

Lsopeda cordata Lu. Koch, loc. cit. p. 694.

Koch described this from a non-adult female from Sydney and
distinguishes it by the rear row of eyes being slightly recurved
and having no scopula on metatarsus iv.

It has not been recorded since, and is a somewhat doubtful
species.

IsopeDA HIrsuTA L. Koch.

Lsopeda hirsuta L. Koch, loc. cit. p. 693.

A male from Bowen, Queensland; not recorded since.

Has a light-coloured sternum, flat cephalothorax, no spies on
tibia iii. or iv. above; front row of eyes equal and equidistant,
very near the margin of the clypeus. It only seems to differ
from J. insignis Thor. in having the front eyes farther apart.

IsopeDA AUREA L. Koch.

Isopeda aurea L. Koch, doc. cit. p. 696.

Koch described a male and female (both young and undeveloped)
from Port Mackay.

There is in the Brit. Mus. Collection a magnificent specimen
(female) which I take to be the full-grown of his species, from
Queensland also. It is red-brown, thickly covered with pale
yellow to orange hair, the femora with brown spots underneath.

The measurements are as follows :—

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax 164 see

eee B) 1 7
Abdomen), o<2---.. 16 14
Mandibles......... 9 = front patella.

Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.

MOSS) isenedae ue 1, 6 20 25 22 eats
2. 7 22 28 9A aah Bl
3. 6 17 19 LE t= sikes
4 7 18 Hi 1S b= 8 261

Bala casein. shtioneennaes as 8 8 Ce oe

454 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. | Dee. 2,

IsoPEDA FLAVIBARBIS L. Koch.

Described from a non-adult female from Sydney ; not recorded
since.

Genus Zacuria L. Koch.

Zachria a. Koch, Die Arach. Austr. vol. 11. p. 649.
Zachria Simon, Hist. Nat. des Ar. vol. il. p. 45.

Type, Z. flavicoma L. Koch.

As M. Simon remarks, this genus differs from Jsopeda L. Koch
in the somewhat longer cephalothorax.

The two distinguishable species may be diagnosed as follows :—

Abdomen brownish yellow all over, no stripe ...... ... jflavicoma L. Koch.

Abdomen brownish yellow, a darker brown stripe, widest
anteriorly and narrowing to rear, the whole length of
back from front to spinnerets .......s0sssceceereeeeeees oblonga L. Koch.

ZACHRIA FLAVICOMA L. Koch.

Zachria flavicoma L. Koch, Arach. Austr. vol. ii. p. 650.

Loc. King George’s Sound. Female only described. No record
since.

ZACHRIA OBLONGA L. Koch.

Zachria oblonga L. Koch, l. c. p. 651.

In the British Museum (Keyserling Collection) is a specimen
labelled Zachria oblonga L. Koch, from Sydney, a female, which
agrees with Koch’s description and is no doubt correctly named.

The eyes are in every respect those of an Jsopeda, the cephalo-
thorax flat above, rather steep at the sides and rear. The epigyne
agreed with Koch’s drawing, but the specimen was half-moulted,
and on removing the skin the new one underneath is of true
Isopeda form. ‘The mandibles are much kneed at base; three
teeth on outer and two on inner falx-sheath.

The measurements in millimetres are as follows :—

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 9 7 in front.
Aodomenyeeeesece 14 8
Mandibles......... 4 = front patella.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. & fem. tib. & tars.
Wessun cts 1 3 9 104 9 = Sle
Dien 10 i 10 = 35
La! if 9 ff = 26
ao 8 9 8 = 28
Palin sic.eseueeee Iles 34 32 Be 12

Koch described a Zachria hemorrhoidalis from Sydney from a
quite small, not adult female. Judging from his description it
appears to be a young specimen of Z. oblonga.

1902. | MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 455

Genus TypostoLa EK. Sim.

Typostola K. Sim. Hist. Nat. des Ar. vol. ii. p. 44.

Type species, 7’, barbata (i. Koch).

M. Simon removes this species from Jsopeda and makes it the
type of a new genus on the strength of the somewhat larger size of
the rear median eyes compared with the laterals, and the curious
development of a mass of very long and stout plumose bristles on
the inner side of the mandibles and the outer side of the maxille.

In the specimens in the British Museum (two females and
a male) the former point is not by any means clearly shown, but
in the male palp the spiral support and flagellum are only par-
tially developed, being in fact in the intermediate stage; it is
therefore, I think, a quite good genus. The outer mandibular
teeth are also five, instead of the four in /sopeda. The com-
parative nearness of the rear middle eyes in some cases makes
the eye-square longer than broad.

The female specimens in the British Museum differ from one
another in minor points, and considerably from the male. All
three, so far as can be judged, are different from L. Koch’s
T. barbata, but it must be remembered that they are all single
specimens. The Rev. O. P. Cambridge has a fine female agreeing
with the largest 7’. magnifica, which he was good enough to allow
me to inspect.

The following synopsis shows the chief points of difference. I
am not quite satisfied as to how far 7. major really differs from
T. barbata L. Koch, but his drawing of the epigyne, if correct
and from a fully adult specimen, should be conclusive.

A. Lip and maxille yellow-brown. Rear side-eyes longer
than the front laterals and clearly much larger than the
rear middle, at least in male. Gepbalrhors, shorter
than tibia iii. ...... ....... O700m2, NOV. sp.
B. Lip and maxille dark or “nearly ‘black-brown. Front
and rear laterals of equal diameter.
a, Lip and maxille scarcely any lighter at extremities.
Cephalothorax clearly longer than broad, as long as
tibia iv. and in front as wide as the mandibles are
LONE rie eee eee eee eee MaAgNIficd, NOV. Sp;
61, Lip and maxilla much lighter at extremities than in
the above. Cephalothorax as broad as long, clearly
longer than tibia iv., and wider in front than man-
dibles are long.
a’, The points of the chitinous oval of the epigyne
widely apart at base. Rear middle eyes more than
one and a half times their diameter apart... .. Major, NOV. sp.
62. Chitinous oval of epigyne closed at base (sec. Koch).

Rear middle eyes eel pee farther oS than
their diameter ..... ..... barbata L. Koch.

TYPOSTOLA BROOMI, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 100, p. 456.)

Cephalothorax, lip, and maxille orange-brown; mandibles the
same but darker; beard pale orange; sternum and coxe yellow
with pale yellow hair; legs somewhat darker ; scopule dark grey.
Abdomen dingy orange with yellowish-grey hair, both lighter on
underside, no signs of any pattern

456 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. (Deen2;

The cephalothorax very slightly longer than broad, narrowing
in front to half its width; fovea rather long and deep, with
clearly-marked depressions bordering the cephalic part.

The front row of eyes are equal in diameter, half of same from
margin of clypeus; the median are less than one-third of their
diameter apart and only half of the same distance from the
laterals, three-fourths of their diameter from the rear medians,
which are slightly less than that distance in diameter and slightly
farther apart. The rear row is straight, but the laterals are
larger than the front laterals and a little farther from their
median than the latter are apart, They bear to the latter in
diameter the proportion of 8 to 5.

Text-fig. 100,

Typostola broomi.
A, eyes; B, profile; C, support in male palp; D, flagellum of male palp.

There are no spines on tibia iii. and iv. above.

The scopulee extend thickly to the base of metatarsi 1., ii., & ii1.,
and there is further a thick coating of hair on the underside of
the tibia to the base of patella. The fourth pair of legs have been
reproduced from the coxa and are abnormally small. The under-
side of the palpi has a thick divided scopula to the base of the
femoral joint. The palpal flagellum and supporting-drum have

about three spirals only, the latter on account of its shortness
being cup-shaped,

1902.] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 457

The measurements in millimetres are as follows :—

Long. Exea
Cephalothorax ... 94 . cont:
Abdomen ......... fe 8
Mandibles......... 5 shorter than patella 1.
Pat.& Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
CRS etace ia ol I A 17 21 90 rigs BAG?
Dee A 18 23 22 Ore
3. 4 12 16 143 a =a AG
Ae 7 4 g 12 1 fee —— Ae
Balliol save cpere ert 24 5 4) A — eli

One male from Muldiva, N. Queensland, sent by Dr. Broom.

Text-fig. 101.

——

an : es
Nyy AVeny

Typostola magnijica.
A, eyes; B, profile; C, epigyne.
TyPosTOLA MAGNIFICA, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 101.)
Cephalothorax red-brown, somewhat darker about the eye-space ;
mandibles black-brown; lip and maxille dark red-brown, only
slightly paler at upper edges, beards pale orange. The sternum

and cox are bright orange, the front two pairs of the latter being
somewhat darker than the posterior, the hair and bristles pale

1 Abnormal.

458 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [Dec. 2,

yellow. The legs and palpi are red-brown above, paling to lighter
red below; general hair-covering yellow, but scopule dark grey.
The abdomen is a dingy greyish yellow above and below, three
pairs of darker spots on the upperside; epigyne dark brown
all over.

The cephalothoras is clearly broader than long, rounded at sides,
square in front, where it is as broad as the rather stout mandibles
are long. It is almost flat from the rear row of eyes to the rear
slope, but slopes rather gradually from the sides; the median
fovea is long and distinct.

The front row of eyes is slightly procurved, the laterals being
half their diameter from the margin of the clypeus; the medians,
which are a little smaller, being three-fourths. They are equi-
distant, less than one-third of their diameter. The rear row is
straight, the laterals the same diameter as front laterals. The
median pair are clearly smaller, four-fifths the diameter of front
median, from which they are distant rather more than their
diameter and the same distance apart, from their lateral they are
nearly two of their diameters distant. The median eye-square is
rather longer than broad.

The teeth on the mandibular sheath are large and powerful, on
the inner side four large and one smaller, on the outer one large
and one medium-sized.

The legs are long and powerful and somewhat cylindrical ; thick
scopule to base of metatarsi i., il., and ili., two-thirds of meta-
tarsus iv.; matted hair underneath the other joints except femur.

No spines above on tibia iii. or iv.

The abdomen is broadly ovate, covered with a thick mat of
downlying hair; on the underside four longitudinal impressed
lines form the indication of a shield. The epigyne is a broad
oval with wide chitinous margin, and well-formed longitudinal
median ridge dividing the inner portion, which is the same dark
colour as the outer.

The measurements in millimetres are as follows :—

Long. Broad.
Cephalothorax ... 172 Fe 7
iNbdomen Weresse 22 ie
Wlevacll MES 3555650 “9
Pat.& Metat
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
herent er toske eens 23 9, 22 28 88
(31)
2. -6 254 3D 29) i=s7 O53
nee 8 19 234 20 = 683
4 3G 20 7,173 HEROD cme i Fa
| (243)
Pallpi tic isge seer 4 Daye 9 82) (4 weds

The Rev. O. P. Cambridge has one female with slightly longer
legs than this one, sent by Mr. D. Le Souéf to the British
Museum; both are from Queensland.

1902.] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 459

TYPOSTOLA MAJOR, NOV. sp.

Cephalothorax red-brown, somewhat darker in front, clothed
with short yellow hair, nearly white between the eyes; mandibles
black-brown; beard red-brown; lip and maxille red-brown, pale
in front, fringes orange, beards pale yellow. Sternum and cox
orange, the front one of latter thickly covered with long yellow
hair, others bare. Legs bright reddish brown. Abdomen dark
brown with brown hair.

The cephalothorax is very slightly longer than broad, distinctly
longer than tibia iv., its square front is more than one-half its
greatest breadth, and clearly broader than the mandibles are
long. The median fovea and those at junction of cephalic part
rather indistinct.

Both rows of eyes are straight, the laterals equal; the eyes of
the front row are equidistant half the diamater of the median
which are four-fifths the diameter of side, and their diameter
distant from the rear median; the latter are more than once and
a half of their diameter apart, being three-fifths of laterals, and
more than twice their diameter from the latter. The median eye-
square is as broad as long.

The abdomen is ovate, truncate in front, thickly covered with
coarse downlying hair; three pairs of muscle-spots above and
four longitudinal hair-lines on underside as in 7’. magnifica. The
epigyne is white in the median area instead of dark-coloured as
in the last, and is flat without any median ridge, the points of
the horseshoe chitinous frame being well apart as in the Jsopeda
type generally.

The legs are comparatively rather shorter than the above and
thickly covered with downlying hair; the femora underneath
with long upstanding bristles. The palpi are thickly covered with
hair on all joints and, without the maxille joints, are fully once
and a half the length of the cephalothorax. L. Koch gives once
and one-third for his 7’. barbata.

There is only one spine above on tibia ii., instead of two as in
T. magnifica.

The measurements in millimetres are as follows :—

Long. Broad.
al
Cephalothorax .... 153 { ee
Abdomen s..-.ss4. 174 los
Mandibles......... 74 = front patella.

Pat. & Metat.

Coxe. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
WCBS 2S auccee 1 eae 20 25 234 = 744
Ms 6 22, 28 25 = 81
ee 6 7 19 18 = 60
AL eas 18 20 20 Be 64.
(6, 14)
Palipin. sauce cer 4 if 8 (i) es

One female from Queensland.

460 — MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS.. [ Dec. 2,

Genus Prep1iAna EH. Simon.

Heteropoda lu. Koch, Ar. Austr. 1875 (ad partim H. regina).

Pediana K. Simon, Rev. Spar. 1880, p. 38.

Polydamna Thor. Rag. Mal. e Pap. 1881, p. 299.

Pediana KE. Simon, Hist. Nat. des Ar. vol. ii. p. 56.

Type species, P. regina L. Koch.

This genus was formed by M. Simon in 1880 for L. Koch’s
Heteropoda regina from Queensland, and Thorell soon after picked
it out for a new genus which he called Polydamna, from Yule
Island, Torres Strait. Apparently the only male known is
described by the latter, and his description of the male palp with
four spirals confirms my belief that it belonged to this group and
not to the Heteropodez, to which it could be ascribed only by the
length of the median eye-space.

My Jsopeda horni (Horn Exp. vol. ii. Zool. p. 340) really be-
longs to this genus, and two more species in the British Museum
now bring up the number to four. The whole eye-space is
raised up on a low flat tubercular region. The legs are rather
short and thin, the two front pairs being of equal length. The
rear row of eyes is slightly procurved, the eyes being about equal
in size; the front row straight or recurved, with the eyes either
equal or the laterals slightly larger. The median eye-square is
clearly longer than broad.

The species can be distinguished as follows :-—

a. Front row of eyes equal in size.
a, On underside of abdomen a black lunate transverse
stripe behind epigyne and similar smaller stripe in

front of spinnerets; intermediate space bright
reddish brown. Cephalothorax 6 to’7 mm. in length.

One spine on tibia iii. and iv. above .............0...

Bb}, An ill-defined dark patch behind epigyne; no stripe
in front of spinnerets; intermediate space dull
yellow-brown, with irregular dark spots. Cephalo-
thorax about 10 mm. in length. No spine on tibia

MIS OT/ AV MAD OVE Rete Mearene hg skonescs ss /sn2 Se. f ce ede aROTNE HOSE.

6. Front lateral eyes larger than median. One spine

on tibia iii. and iv.

cl, On the underside of femora i. and ii. bright red
hair. Cephalothorax about 10 mm. long. Eyes
brishtyoran reine mat inten ol neem eure

d!, Underside of femora yellowish brown, dark, hairy.
Cephalothorax 6 to7mm.long. Eyes black. Three

teeth only on outer side of falx-sheath ...............

regina Li. K.

tenuis, NOV. sp.

occidentalis, nov. sp.

PEDIANA REGINA (L. Koch).

Heteropoda regina LL. Koch, Die Arachn. Austr. vol. ii. 1875,
p. 716.

Pediana regina L. Koch, BE. Simon, Rev. Sparass. 1880, p. 39.

Polydamna regina L. Koch, T. Thorell, Rag. Mal. e Pap. vol. iii.
1881, p. 300.

A female in the Keyserling Collection, Brit. Mus., has irregular
darker brown patches on a yellow-brown ground on the upper-
side of the abdomen; on the underside a transverse black spot

1902. ] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. VA Gi

close to the front margin, a broad lunate band behind the epigyne,
and a smaller black band in front of the spinnerets. Three larger
and one very small tooth on underside of falx-sheath, two on.
upperside.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 7 64
Abdomen ......... 9 64
Mandibles......... 34 = front patella.

Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.

Whe bay atte ppl 3 83 92 Si =e aoe
D 3 81 gi 8h = 291
3. 22 7 7 6 a
A, 3 8 8 8 a

Beil pte seen gs eeee Sra sells US 24 24 2 = 1

Loc. Yule Island (New Guinea); Cape York, N. Queensland;
Bowen, Gayndah, Peak Downs, Queensland.

Text-fig. 102.

Pediana occidentalis.

A, eyes; B, epigyne.
PEDIANA OCCIDENTALIS, noy. sp. (Text-fig. 102.)
This species is on the whole very like P. regina.
The cephalothorax and mandibles are dark red-brown, the
hairing pale yellow; lip and maxille rather darker; sternum

462 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [Dee"2;

dark orange; coxee, legs, and palpi bright orange. Abdomen
above rough dark brown skin with fine yellowish hairs; the
underside paler with a small dark lunate stripe behind epigyne,
but no others.

The cephalothoraa is rather longer than broad, rounded at sides,
a deep thin fovea enlarged at each end, shallow corrugations
along each side of thoracic part.

The eye-space is on a low flat quadrangle distinctly raised at the
rear as well as at the sides; the rear row is clearly procurved,
the rearmost point of lateral eyes reaching only to a line passing
through the middle of the medians; the eyes equidistant, equal in
size to one another and to the front median. These latter are half
their diameter apart and about half that distance from the laterals,
which are clearly larger than the median.

There are only three teeth on lower edge of falx-sheath, the
fourth, small one, of P. regina having disappeared. ‘The epigyne
of the female is much squarer and more open at the base than in
the latter.

Measurements in millimetres.

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 6 { 2
JALOCIOVMNEI S554c5e00 8 6
Mitnciiblest asses... 3 longer than pat. 1.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
HSS yea peiniene se 1 24 4 92 oS HD
2 24 84 94 oa cee 2
3 2 7 7 Ole) eee
4, 22 8 8 8 =) 96s
Pal suk cee eee se Le 24 22 2 = 87

Two females from Perth, West Australia, in Brit. Mus.

PEpIANA HorN1 Hogg.

Isopeda hornt Hogg, Rep. Horn Exp. vol. ii. Zool. 1896, p. 340.

The eyes of the front row are equal in size; epigyne oval like
that of P. regina; no spines on tibia ili. or iv.; the front and rear
legs are set on rather straight.

Loc. Oodnadatta, South Australia.

PEDIANA TENUIS, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 103.)

This species more closely resembles the preceding; they are
both larger and less brightly coloured than P. regina; the eyes
are set on a similar raised space.

The cephalothorax, legs, palpi, mandibles, sternum, lip, and
maxille are all black-brown with pale brown hair. The undersides
of the femora of front two pairs of legs are bright red spotted with
black; the abdomen above is yellowish grey, below reddish brown
hair; a black transverse area behind the epigyne is rather deeper
than in P. hori, almost a short pointed shield.

The eyes are bright orange; those of the front row, on a plane

1902. ] MR. H. R, HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 463

perpendicular to that of the cephalothorax, are straight, the side
clearly larger than the median, which are rather nearer to the
side than to one another; they are two diameters from the rear
median, which are smaller, the four eyes of that row, which is
slightly procurved, are equal in size, the median two diameters
apart, the laterals two and a half of same distance; clypeus three-
quarters diameter of front middle.

The legs are short and thin and set on rather straight.

Tibia iii. and iv. have one spine each on upperside.

The abdomen is widest near the front, tapering posteriorly. The
epigyne is nearly round, the frame-ends at the base not joined,
but rather close together.

Text-fig. 103.

Pediana tenuis.

A, eyes; B, profile; C, epigyne.

Measurements in millimetres.
Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 10 { 3 Hh Lec
Abdomen’ 22... 16 93
Mandibles......... 44 = front patella.
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib. & tars.
Hepes ic a eae i 4 11 13 1 Laie eS)
2. t Il 13 11 = a9
3. 4 9 9 8 = 30
4, 4 11 Jal Ls =a
Ballot. es .6 Aras cts ciaclec's 2 4 t 34 = 132

One female (dried specimen) from West Australia in Brit. Mus,

464 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. | Dee. 25

Genus EHoDELENA, nov.

This genus I have formed for two specimens, one a fully
developed male, the other not adult, sent to the British Museum
by Prof. Baldwin Spencer, of Melbourne, in 1888. They were
collected on King’s Island, Bass’s Straits, and, but for their smaller
size, in general appearance are scarcely distinguishable from Delena
cancerides Walck. On looking at the male palp, however, it is
seen that what should be a flagellum of ten spirals makes less
than one whole turn round the end of the conductor, which is
merely flattened and curls round far enough to be the shape of a
hook. As the palp does not develop by degrees, but comes out
fully formed after casting the skin at the last moult, this must
either be a reversion to an ancient form or a remanet. The fact
that the palpal development is so similar through different genera
indicates that it is an older development than that of the form. of
cephalothorax &e.; and as the flattened forms must almost of a
certainty succeed the unflattened, it is more likely to be a reversion
to the original type than to have remained on without alteration.
However, if such were thought likely, the hills (now islands in
Bass’s Straits) would be a not unlikely place for the ancestors to
remain. It is in any case an interesting instance of the repro-
duction of a missing link, and indicates the line along which the
specialization has taken place.

Type, Hodelena spencert.

EODELENA SPENCERI, nov. sp. (Text-fig. 104.)

This species differs in nowise in coloration and shape from
Delena cancerides, but has the important difference detailed above,
and the tibial apophysis of male palp is single instead of double.

In the front row of eyes the laterals are nearer to the medians
than in that species, being once and a half the distance between
the latter.

Measurements in millimetres.

Male.
Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 63 64
Abdomen ......... 63 ds
Mandibles......... 3
Pat. & Metat
Coxe. Tr. &fem. tib & tars
CSS Tes seana il. 24 8 104 94 = 304
2 25 10 13 i, = 374
3 2 i if if = 23
4 27 8 8 8 — 267
Palins ch se aainee 1 24 13 2 = fi

1902.] MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. 465

Text-fig. 104.

Eodelena spenceri.

A, eyes; B, male palp; C, flagellum and support.

Female (not fully adult).

Long. Broad.

Cephalothorax ... 63 64
Nibdame nts seen eer 9 7
Mandibles......... 3
Pat. & Metat.
Coxe. Tr.&fem. tib. & tars.
IDES -Gaoabencocs 1 24 84 9 CL = ue
2 24 8 84 8 = 27
3 24 7 a 7 = 237
4 24 84 84 84 = 28
TPNH ccoepoosnccdoncoboact

Genus Dretena Walck.
Delena Walck. Apt. tom. i. p. 490 (1837).

DELENA CANCERIDES Walck.

This is the only species of the genus found on the mainland of
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou. II, No. XXX. 30

466 MR. H. R. HOGG ON AUSTRALASIAN SPIDERS. [ Dec. 2.

Australia and has been recorded from wherever collections have
been made at all.

Walckenaer states that the first specimens were brought to
Europe from Tasmania by M. Péron (in 1804). The cephalothorax
and abdomen are more flattened than in any other species of the
family, while the typically laterigrade position of its legs enables
it to hide in very narrow crevices, but otherwise leaves it rather
helpless. It is somewhat remarkable that with its wide range
there should be very little variation in colour or form, this being
the only species in the Australasian region. The palpal spiral
has ten or eleven turns.

Loc. Australia, Tasmania.

I wish heartily to express my great indebtedness to Prof.
Stirling, F.R.S., of the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, for
providing me with much important material, and to Mr. R. I.
Pocock, of the British Museum, not only for placing at my
disposal the collection in his charge, but for his valuable advice,
freely given on the many occasions when doubts and difficulties
have presented themselves.

Aburria

aburri, 46.
Acanthoderma, 288.
Acanthopleurus, 287.
Accipiter

pileatus, 42.
Acestrura

mulsanti, 29.
Acomys

cahirinus, 11.

dimidiatus, 10, 11.

viator, 10,
Acontias

meleagris, 17.
Acumontia, 392, 403.

armata, 407, 409.

cowant, 407.

majori, 407, 408, 409.

rostrata, 40d, 406, 408,

409.

Adzum, 392.
areolatum, 401, 402.
lutens, 402.
obtectum, 402.

Adelomyia
-chlorospila, 26.
melanogenys, 25.

Adigama
scudderi, 256.

Aigialitis
alticola, 51.
collaris, 51.

Salklandica, 51.

nivosa, O2.

— occidentalis, 52.

occidentalis, 52.
/Eigoprepis, 250.

insignis, 242, 246, 247,
282.

/inidia

sp., 242, 248, 244, 282.

leta, 243, 282.
/firidezeus
thoracicus, 251.

INDEX.

Agama
aculeata, 16.
atricollis, 16.
kirki, 16.

Aganippe, 125, 126.
latior, 126, 142.
pulleinet, 126, 128,

142

smeatont, 126, 129,
142.
substriata, 126.
subtristis, 121, 142.
Agleeactis
castelnaudi, 59.
caumatonota, 25.
olivaceocauda, 25.
Agonischius
pectoralis, 268, 269,
283.

sanguinetpennis, 268,
269, 283.
Agyrtria
bartletti, 20.
Alces
alees, 352.
bedfordiea, 144, 317,
358.
Alcides
sp., 265, 281.
Alestes
chaperi, 338.
Sorskalit, 326.
longipinnis, 338.
macrolepidotus, 339.
nurse, 326.
Alibora, 250.

sp., 242, 245, 246, 281.

Allochotes, 248.
Allolobophora, 96.
Alloniscus

sp., 380.

albus, 380.

brevis, 380.

Alutera, 289, 290.

Amauris
dominicanus, 305,
echeria, 305.
miavius, BOD.

Amesia
hyala, 256.

Ammodromus
peruanus, 57.

Ammotragus
lervia, 13.

Amorphina
sp., 217.

Amphilestes
macrocephala, 382.
mina, 382.

Amphilius
platychir, 336.

Amphioxus
lunceolatus, 167.

Amphisternus
mucronatus, 247.

Amyciza
lineatipes, 266.

Anabazenops
rufosuperciliatus Ca-

banisi, 58, 60.

Aname
grisea, 141.
pallida, 141.
tasmanica, 140, 142.

Anancylus, 238.

Anas
boschas, 318.
cristata, 54.
pecilorhyncha, 318.

Anatifa
guadrivalvis, 372.

Andigena
hypoglaucus, 39.

Anguilla
bengalensis, 224.
labiata, 224.

Aniculus
aniculus, 364.

468

Aniculus

typicus, 364.
Anidiops, 125.

manstridget, 142.
Antilope

ndumbe, 341.
Antipha

sp., 248, 245.

abdominalis, 243, 245.

nigra, 243, 245, 282.
Antrostomus

ocellatus, 30.
Aparallactus

capensis, 18.

guentheri, 18.
Aphantochroa

gularis, 22.
Aphniolaus, gen. noy.,

117.

Aphrodisium

tibiale, 277.
Apoderus

javanicus, 270, 284.
Ara

militaris, 59.
Aracana, 290.
Aramides

cayanea chiricote, 49.

cayannensis, 4°).
Aranea

maxillosa, 100.

regia, 418.

venatoria, 418.
Araotes

lapithis, 253, 260.
Arbanitis, 125.

gilliesti, 142.
Arbelorhina

cerulea microrhyncha,

56.

Archibasis

melanocyaned, 387.
Argiocnemis

Jeminina, 388.

incisd, 388.

minima, 388.

nigricans, 387, 388.

pulverulans, 388.

rubeola, 387.

sumatrana, 387.
Argiolaus

Julius, 117, 121.

lukabas, 117, 121.

menas, 117, 121.

paneperata, 117, 121.

silas lalos, 1\7, 121.
Argyroneta, 186.

aquatica, 99.

marina, 101.
Armadillo

infuscata, 380,

INDEX.

Armadillo
murinus, 380.
pallidus, 380.
Ayothron
waandersii, 302.
Arrhenodes
sp., 242, 247.
Arrhenothrix
péenicilligera, 116.
Arsinoitherium
zitteli, 228.
Arvicanthis, 315.
abyssinicus, 312.
neumanni, 312.
somalicus, 312.
Aspilates
gilvaria, 266.
Astathes
caloptera, 243, 245,
282.
coccined, 245.
flaviventris, 243, 245.
posticalis, 243, 245,
282.
splendida, 243, 245,
282. .
unicolor, 243, 245,
282.
Athyma, 260.
sp., 258.
Atopomycterus, 296.
Attagis
gayt, 59.
Auchenoglanis
occidentalis, 327.
Aulacophora
boisduvali, 242, 282.
luteicornis, 248, 282.
Aulacorhamphus
atrogularis, 39.
ceruleo-cinctus, 39.
derbianus, 39.
Automolus
ochrolemus, 58.
striaticeps, 58.
subulatus, 59.

Bahora
aspasia, 256.
Balanus
eneas, 364, 370.
amaryllus, 869, 370.
— clarovittata, 370.
— dissimilis, 369, 381.
amphitrite, 365, 369,
370.
— communis, 369.
tmprovisus, 370.
Balistes, 285, 286, 287
288, 289, 290, 292.
aculeatus, 285.

Balistes
capriscus, 297.
castaneus, 297.
flavimarginatus, 297.
naufragium, 297.
verrucosus, 291.
Barbus
affinis, 224.
altianalis, 14.
bowkert, 14.
camptacanthus, 32/7,
337.
elongatus, 224.
hindit, 222, 224.
intermedius, 222, 223,
224,
labiatus, 224.
marequensis, 14.
nigeriensis, d27, 330.
perplexicans, 224.
rhodesianus, 14, 18.
tanensis, 222.
trimaculatus, 14.
trispilus, 357.
(Capoéta) perplexicans,
223.
(Labeobarbus) dabiatus,
223.
Barilius
miloticus, 327.
Baryrbynchus
dehiscens, 242, 245,
246, 281.
Basileuterus
tristriatus, 58.
uropygialis poliothria,
60.

Bernicla

melanoptera, 54.
Biduanda

thesinia, 258, 260.
Biemma

democratica, 213, 221.
Bison

americanus, 142.
Bitis

arietans, 18.
Blachia

ducalis, 268, 270, 284.
Blakistonia, gen. noy.,

121, 125, 131.

aurea, 132, 142.
Boissonneaua

mathewsi, 25.
Bolborhynchus

andicola, 40.
Boocercus

euryceros tsaact, 319.
Boodon

lineatus, 17.
Bos, 78.

Botryonopa
cyanipennis, 271, 272,
284.
Bourcieria
celigena, 23.
tnsectivora, 23.
Bracon

sp., 235, 270, 271, 281,
284

Branchiobdella, 96, 97.
Breviceps

mossambicus, 15.
Brixia, 271, 284.
Buarremon

mystacalis, 58.

poliophrys, 60.
Bubalis

caama, 142.
Bubo

virginianus

lanicus, 40.

Bucco

striolatus, 37.
Bufo

Jerboa, 190.

regularis, 15.
Buteo

erythronotus, 42.

pennsylvanicus, 42.
Buteola

brachyura, 42.

leucorrhoa, 42.
Buthraupis

cucullata cyanonota,60.
Buthus, 184.

magel-

Cacia, 238, 273.
Caconeura

gracillima, 384, 385.
Caduga

larissa, 256, 259.
Callamesia,

pieridoides, 257, 260,

282.

striata, 256.
Callimerus, 247, 248.

bellus, 243, 284.

catenatus, 243, 278,

284.

mirabilis, 279.
Calliphlox

amethystina, 28.
Calliste

argented, 56.

boliviana, 56.

chilensis, 56.

eyanicollis, 57.

fulvicerviz, 56.

gyroloides, 56.

melanotis, d7.

nigricincta, 56.

INDEX.

Calliste

nigriviridis berlepschi, |
56 |

parzudaki, 57.
pulchra, 56.
punctulata, 56.
schranki, 56.
xanthocephala, 57.
avanthogastra rostrata,
56.

Calobata, 264.

Calochromus
dispar, 267, 283.

Calospiza
argentea, 56.
boliviana, 56.
chilensis, 56.
cyanicollis, 57.
Sulvicerviz, 56.
gyrolotdes, 56.
melanotis, 57.
nigricincta, 56.
nigriviridis berlepschi,

56.

porzudaki, 57.
pulchra, 56.
punctulata, 56.
schranki, 56.
xanthocephala, 57.
canthogastra rostrata,

56.
Calymmophis, 273.
Campephilus
hematogaster, 59.
melanoleucus, 34.
pollens, 34.
tracheolopyrus, 59.
Candalides
absimilis, 119.
androdus, 119.
anita, 120.
ertnus, 120.
helenita, 119, 121.
margarita, 119.
subpallidus, 120.
Canerces
gloriosus, 257.
Canis
sp., 5.

Cantuaria, gen. nov., 123,
125.

Capellinia
capellinii, 64.
Capito
awrantiicollis, 59.
auratus, 59.
glaucogularis, 38, 60.
Capra
egagrus, 227.
faleonerit megaceros,
320.

469

Caprimulgus
ocellatus, 30.
Capsiempis
orbitalis, 58, 60.
Caria
dilatata, 235, 242, 270,
284.

Cariacus
virginianus, 227.
Caritheea

So, ZH
mouhott, 242, 243, 245,
282.
Catamblyrhynehus
diadema citrinifrons,

Cathartes

aura perniger, 41.
Catharus

Fuscater, 57.
Causus

defilippti, 18.

rhombeatus, 18.
Cautires

excellens, 268, 283.
Celyphus, 264.
Cenodocus, 238.
Centetes, 62.
Ceophleeus

lineatus, 34.
Ceratothoa

carinata, 378.
Cercopithecus

albogularis, 144.

albotorquatus, 144.

djamdjamensts, 145.

hilgerti, 143.

kolbi, 144.

matschiet, 144,
Ceriagrion

cerinorubellum, 389.

coromandelianum, 389.

erubescens, 389.

| Cervicapra

arundinum, 155.
fulvo-rufula, 155.
Cervus
bactrianus, 79.
canadensis asiaticus, 79.
— bactrianus, 79.
— songaricus, 79.
(Pseudaxis)hortulorum,
320.
Ceryle
amazona, 3).
americana, 39.
cabanisi, 35.
Cethosia
hypsea, 257, 260.
Cherocampa
idricus, 306.

470

Cheetura
rutila, 29.
sclatert, 29.
zonarts, 29.
Chalcostigma
olivaceus, 27.
ruficeps aureo-fasti-
gatum, 27.
stanleyt, 27
— vulcani, 27.
Chameleon
dilepis, 17.
Chamezepetes
rufiventris, 46.
Chameza
olivacea, 60.
Chelidoptera
tenebrosa, 38.
Chelonobia
testudinaria, 371.
Chenistonia
maculata, 122, 140.
teppert, 137, 142.
Chernes, 178.
Chiloglanis
brevibarbis, 224.
deckeni, 224.
niloticus, 224.
Chilomycterus, 296.
Chloéphaga
melanoptera, 54.
Chioridolum, 241.
sp., 249, 282.
cinnyris, 249, 282.
thomsont, 249, 282.
Chlorisanis
viridis, 249, 251.
Chlorochrysa
callipareda, 60.
Chloronerpes
canipileus, 32.
chrysogaster, 32, 60.
gularis, 32.
hilaris, 34.
leucolemus, 8 32,
rubiginosus, 32.
Chlorophis
natalensis, 17.
Chlorophonia
longipennis. 5G,
torrejunt, 56.
Chlorophorus

(Clytanthus) annwlaris,

249, 250, 251, 282.

Chloropipo

unicolor, 60.
Chlorospingus

auricularis, 60.

berlepschi, 58, 60.

chrysogaster, 60.

cinercocephalus, 60,

INDEX.

Chlorospingus
ignobilis, 58.
Chlorostilbon
daphne, 21.
prasinus, 20, 21.
— daphne, 20.
Cherocampa
mydon, 253.
Cheeropsis
liberiensis, 111.
minutus, 111.

Chonerhinus, 292, 295

294,
modestus, 294, 295.
Chreonoma, 245, 282.
sp., 243.
tabida, 243.
Chromis

busumanus, 330, 339.
discolor, 332.

latus, 33
macrocephalus, 333.

multifasciatus, 338,

339.
ogowensis, 331, 332.
Chr ysichthys
buettikoferi, 327
lagoensis, 339.
walkeri, 335.
Chrysotis
Sarinosa, 59,
mercenaria, 40.
Chrysuronia
Josephine, 20.
Cinachyra
barbata, 219.
eurystoma, 219.
mulaccensis,
schulzei, 219.
trochiformis, 219.
voeltzkowt, 219.
Cinclodes
palliatus, 58.
Cinnicerthia
peruana, 60.
Ciocalypta
hyaloderma, 215.
melichlor ae 214, B21.
rutila, 215, 221.
Circus
cinereus, 42.
Citharichthys
spilopterus, 329.
Citharidium |
ansorgit, 326.
geoffroy?, 326.
Cladophorus
atrofuscus, 284.
Clarias
gariepinus, 15.
kingsleye, 334.

219, 221,

Clarias
lazera, 327.
Clarotes
laticeps, 327.
Clastes, 414.
Clibanarius
equabilis merguiensis,
365.
corallinus, 365.
longitarsis, 360.
— trivittata, 360.
striolatus, 365.
Clytanthus, 250.
sp., 249.
sex-guitatus, 251.
sumatrensis, 249, 250,
282.
Clytellus
westwoodt, 239, 244,
251.
Clytus, 250.
arietis, 250.
Cnipolegus
anthracinus, 58.
Cobus
kob, 155,
leche, 155.
leucotis, 158.
senegamus, 159.
thomast, 155.
unetuosus, 155.
vardoni, 155.
Ceeliccia
borneensis, 380.
membranipes, 385.
silenta, 385.
Coenobita
compressus, 368.
perlatus, 369.
rugosus, 368, 369.

Colaptes
puna, 32.
Colibris

cyanotis, 21.
zolatus, 21.
Celliurus, 233.
Collyris, 248.
sp., 243.
emarginata, 234, 264,
283.
sarawakensis, 234, 281.
Collyrodes
lacordairet, 243, 248.
Colobus
abyssinicus poliurus,
308.
Colomesus, 294.
Columba
albilinea, 43.
albilineata, 48.
erythrothorax, 44.

Columba
plumbea, 43.
— bogotensis, 43.
— delicata, 44.
rufina, 43.
speciosa, 43.
vinacea, 43, 59.
Columbigallina
talpacoti, 44.
Condylodera, 234.
tricondyloides, 233, 234,
9)
Connocheetes
gnu, 154.
taurinus, 154, 225.
Conolophus
subcristatus, 317.
Conopophaga
castaneiceps brunnei-
nucha, 60.
Contopus
plehejus, 59.
Conurus
guianensis, 40.
leucophthalmus, 40.
lucyani, 59.
mitratus, 39.
rupicola, 40.
Copera
atomaria, 386.
marginipes, 385.
vittata, 335.
Coremaguia, 284.
Cossus
ligniperda, 2.
Creciscus
@nops, 50.
melanopheus, 49.
viridis, 49.
— subrufescens, 49.
Creurgops
verticalis, 8.
Crex
facialis, 49.
Crocidura
doriana, 308.
Crosslandia, gen. nov., 64.
Fusca, 68.
viridis, 64, 65, 66, 67,
72

— fusca, 72.
Crotophaga

ani, 38.
Cryllis

clytoides, 249, 282.
Cryptostemma, 179.
Crypturus

obsoletus, 46.

tataupa, 46.
Ctenodactylus

gundi, 11.

INDEX.

Ctenodactylus
vali, 11.
Cyanerpes
cerulea
chus, 56.
Cyanolesbia
mocoa, 27.
— smaragdina, 27.
Cyanotis
rubrigastra alticola,

microrhyn-

Cylindrepomus
comis, 249, 282.
peregrinus, 249, 232.

Cymbilanius
lineatus, 59.

Cymothoa
pulchrum, 377, 381.
stromaté, 377.

Cynanthus
mocoa, 27.

Cynoglossus
senegalensis, 329.

Cyphorinus
thorucicus, 59,

Cypseloides
brunneitorques, 29.

Cypselus
montivagus, 59.

Cyriopalus, 250.

Cyrtarachne
conica, 265.

Dafila
acuta, 319.
spinicauda, 54,
Dandridgia, 98, 99.
dysderoides, 99, 101.
Danis
macleayi, 119.
Danisepa :
lowet, 257, 258, 283.
rhadamanthus, 258.
Daphisia, 248, 251.
sp., 249, 282.
pulchella, 243, 247,
284.

Dasypeltis
scabra, 17.
Dekana, gen. noy., 122,
138.
diversicolor, 138, 139.
Delena, 421, 422, 465.
cancerides, 422, 464,
465.
immanis, 433.
Delias
aglaia, 257, 282.

cathara, 257, 260, 282.

pandemia, 257, 282.

471

Delias
singhapura, 257.
Demonax, 250, 251.
mustela, 249, 251, 222.
viverra, 249, 250, 252,
282,
walkert, 252,
Dendrobates
Sumigatus, 33.
hematostigma, 34.
— hilaris, 34.
malherbei, 33.
— pectoralis, 33, 60.
migriceps, 33.
valdizant, 33, 60.
Dendrohyrax
crawshayi, 143.
stuh/manni, 143.
Dendrophis
picta, 253.
Dercitus
pauper, 218, 221.
plicatus, 218.
Dermaleipa
daseia, 307.
Desis, 98, 99.
crosslandi, 390, 391,
392.
dysderoides, 99, 100.
formidabilis, 104, 105,
105.
kenyone, 101, 102, 104,
105, 106, 389.
marina, 101, 105, 106,
as)ll.
martenst, 99, 105, 106,
3s
maxillosa,
391, 392.
robsoni, 101.
tubicola, 104, 105.
vorax, 101, 105, 391,
392,
Desmacella
sp., 214.
fortis, 213, 214.
Diasia, 392, 403.
Dichelaspis
alata, 373.
angulata, 313.
antique, 372.
aperta, 373.
aymonini, 373.
bullata, 373.
cor, 3did-
cuneata, 373.
darwiniti, 373.

equina, 373, 375, 377,
asl.

100, 108,

grayit, 372.
hoeki, 372.

472

Dichelaspis
lowet, 373.

neptuni, 373.
occlusa, 373, 381.
orthogonia, 373.
pellucida, 372.

sessilis, 373.

sinuata, 373.
trigona, 373.
warwicki, 372,

377.

Dicotylichthys, 296.

Dieynodon

374,

latifrons, 86, 87, 88.

leoniceps, 88.
tigriceps, 88.

Diglossa

pectoralis, 60.

sittoides, 58.
Diodon, 296.

punctulatus, 291.

Diogenes

desipiens, 366, 381.
intermedius, 867, 368.
merguiensis, 307, 368.

miles, 367.
MUXtUS,

38.

planimanus, 365.
rectimanius, 366.

senex, 366.
Dipodillus
amenus, 8.

campestris, 7, 8.
dodsoni, 7, 8.

367, 368,

quadrimaculatus, 8.

vivax, 3, 8.
Dipus

minutus, 8.
Disparoneura

analis, 384.

collaris, 384.
humeralis, 384.
interrupta, 384.

Dispholidus
typus, 18.
Distichodus

brevipinnis, 326.
engycephalus, 326.
rostratus, 326.

Ditoneces

sp., 242, 245, 267,

284.

fuscicornis, 242,

284.
Diurus, 245.

erythropus, 281.
forcipatus, 242,

281.
Sfurcillatus,
281.

267,

INDEX,

Diurus
shelfordi, 242, 246,
279, 281.
sylvanus, 242, 246, 247,
280, 281.
Docimastes
ensifer, 24.
Doliornis
sclateri, 58, 60.
Doryfera
ludovicie, 19.
rectirostris, 19.
Driopea
clytina, 249.
Drupadia
boisduvalti, 260.
— atra, 258.
Dubusia
stictocephala, 60.
Dunga, gen. nov., 63.
nodulosa, 63.
Dyarcyops, gen. nov.,
IPA I a0,
andrewsi, 130, 132,
142.
Dymascus
parosus, 242, 246, 282.
Dysithamnus
ardesiacus, 58.
dubius, 60.

Echo
tricolor, 382.
tricolor, 382.
Eictatops
rubiaceus, 267, 269,
283.
Ketatosia
moore, 242, 246, 282.
Klelea
concinna, 242, 247.
Elymnias
aroa, 256, 259, 272.
borneensis, 256.
godferyt, 257, 259.
lais, 256, 259.
lutescens, 256.
nigrescens, 259.
Empidochanes
olivus, 59.
Enhydrictis
galictoides, 111.
Enhydris
curtus, 371.
Ennomates, 267, 269,
283.
Entelopes
n. sp., 242, 244, 282.
amena, 242, 244, 282.
glauca, 242, 244, 268,
+ 270, 284.

Entelopes
doptera, 242, 244.
wallacet, 242, 244,
282.
Entomodestes
leucotis, 55, 60.
Hodelena, gen. nov., 422,
464.
spencert, 464, 465.
Hoxylides
tharis, 258, 260.
Epamera
bellina, 117.
mermis, 117, 121.
sappirus, 117, 121.
sidus, 118.
Hpania
sarawakensis, 239, 244.
singaporensis, 239, 241,
270, 271, 284.
Ephebopus
murinus, 172.
Ephies, 250.
dilaticornis, 243, 244,
248, 250, 267, 269,
288.
Ephippion, 294.
Hpipedocera, 250.
Equus
asinus, 149,
burchelli, 225.
grevyi, 225.
johnstoni, 72.
onager, 157.
Kreis, 238, 273.
anthriboides, 238.
Hriocnemis
luciant, 25.
sapphiropygia, 25, 60.
Hriodon
formidabile, 121.
Erismatura
Serruginea, 54.
Hrythrus
apiculatus, 243, 244,
267, 269, 283.
atricollis, 275.
biapicatus, 248, 267,
269, 276, 283.
rotundicollis, 243, 267,
269, 275, 283.
sternalis, 243, 267, 269,
275, 283.
viridipennis, 243, 248,
271, 272, 276, 284.
Hsperella
sulevoidea, 213, 221.
Ktaxalus, 238.
Kterusia
obliquiaria, 257, 259,
283.

Euchloron

megera, 306.
Hucyrtops, 125.
Euderces

preipes, 251.
Eudrilus, 89-97.

eugenia, 91.
Eulyes

amena, 2381, 282,

281. :

Eumorphus, 247.
Eunectes

noteus, 142,
Eupagurus

lacertosus nana, 365.
Huripus

cinnamomeus, 258.

ewpleoides, 258.

halitherses, 256, 258.

— cinnamomeus, 256.

— eupleoides, 257.

— pfeiffere, 257.

pfeiffere, 258.
Hurycephalus

lundi, 267, 269, 283.
Euryceros, 520.
Eurypyga

major, 50.

— meridionalis, 50.
Kuscarthmus

rufigularis, 59, 60.
EKuschema

subrepleta, 257.
Euspongia

officinalis

220.

Eutoxeres

condaminet, 19, 20.

— gracilis, 19, 60.
Eutropius

congensts, 330.

mandibularis, 335.

mentalis, 330.

niloticus, 327.

rotunda,

Falco
cassini, d9.
Felis
leo, 159.
pardus, 155.
Fulica
ardesiaca, 50.
atra, 50.
gigantea, 50.
Fundulus
gularis, 328.

Galago
garnetti, 160.

INDEX.

Galbula
chalcothoraz, 59.
tombacea, 37.

— cyanescens, 37.
Galeodes, 176, 178, 179.
Gallinago

andina, 53.

Jamesont, 53.

paraguae, 53.
Gallinula

galeata, 50.
Gamasus, 176.
Gammarotettix, 268, 284.
Garypus, 177, 179.
Gazella

dorcas, 13.
Gellius

centrangulatus, 212,

221.

luridus, 212.

sagittarius, 212, 221.
Genetta

sp., 308.

dongolana, 308.
Geositta

saxicolina, 60.
Geotrygon

frenata, 44.

montana, 44,
Geranoaétus

melanoleucus, 42.
Gerbillus

andersom, 6.

campestris, 8.

deserti, 7.

eatoni, 3, 6.

gerbii, 8.

gerbillus, 5, 6.

hirtipes, 6, 7.

pygargus, 9.

pyramidun, 3, 5.

— tarabuli, 5, 6.

schousboei, 9.

simon, 7.
Gerrbosaurus

flavigularis, 17.
Giraffa, 75, 346.

camelopardalis, 225,

349.

— capensis, 76, 77, 78.

reticulata, 76, 78.
Glaucidium

brasiliensis, 40.

Feroz, 40.

jardinet, 41.
Glauconia

nigricans, 17.
Glenea

iresine, 239, 240.
Gnathonemus

cyprinoides, 326.

Gnathonemus

petersti, 326.
Gobius

encofuscus, 329.

— guineensis, 329.

nigri, 329.

schlegelti, 329.
Golunda, 314.
Gomphus

consobrinus, 382.
Gonophora

wallacet, 267, 268, 269,

283, 284.

Gryllacris

sp., 284, 281.
Guruia

Frigescens, 898.

levis, 398.
Gymuallakes

typus, 327.
Gyimnarchus

miloticus, 326.
Gymnopelia

anais, 44.

erythrothorax, 44.
Gynacantha

basiguttata, 382.

rosenbergt, 382.

Hadronyche
cerbered, 122.
meridiana, 122.
Hadrostomus
audax, 59, 60.
Hematospiza
stpahi, 225,
Halme
cleriformis, 239, 244.
Halimochirurgus, 258.
Hapalemur
griseus, 158-163.
Hapalocerus
montanus, 227.
Haplochilus
infrafasciatus, 338.
spilauchen, 328, 338.

Haplosonyx
albicornis, 245, 245,
282.
Harpagus
bidentatus, 45.
Harpyhaliaétus
coronatus, 59.
Heliangelus
amethysticollis, 26.
Helianthea

dichroura, 25.
osculans, 23.
Heliconius
clysonymus, 260.
ricint, 260,

474

Helicopis, 420.
Heliodoxa
leadbeatert, 23.
otero, 23.
Heliodrilus, 94, 95.
Heliothrix
auriculatus,
auritus, 28.
phaniolema, 29.
Helix, 266.
Helladotherium, 74.
duvernoyt, 78.
Helodromas
solitarius, 52.
Hercdias
egretta, 47.
Herpestes
galera, 309.
— nitis, 309.
ichneumon, 308.
robustus, 309.
Herpsilochmus
motacilloides, 60.
rufimarginatus, 59.
Heterobranchus
isopterus, 334.
senegalensis, 327.
Hieteromigas, gen. nov., |
122, 128.
dovei, 123.

UB,

Heteropoda, 414, 415,
416, 421, 428, 460.
badia, 416.
calligaster, 428.
cervina, 416, 417,
419.

conspicua, 429.
cyanognatha, 417.
diana, 428.
Festiva, 428.
hemorrhoidalis, 416,
428.
incomta, 428
inframaculata, 428.
jugulans, 416, 417.
keyserlingi, 416, 418.
longupes, 416, 417.
lycodes, 416, 417.
mactlenta, 427,
nitellina, 429,
pallida, 427.
patellata, 423, 429.
picta, 428.
preclava, 428.
procera, 416, 417.
punctata, 429.
regia, 416, 418, 460.
rutila, 428.

salacia, 429.
suspiciosus, 416, 417. |
venatoria, 418.

INDEX.

Heteropygia
maculata, 52.
Himantopus
mexicanus, O2.
Hinzuanus
leighi, 412.
Hipparion, 320.
Hippopotamus
amphibius, 107,
109.
liberiensis, 108, 111.
minutus, 108, 109, 110,
Wii, iT
pentlandi, 108.
sivalensis, 108, 111.
Hippotragus
equinus, 78, 154, 350.
niger, 154.
Holconia, 429.
dolosa, 422. 430.
tmmanis, 422.
insignis, 422, 432.
subdola, 422, 480, 435.

108,

| Hollardia, 287.

Holocephala

sp., 270, 271.

hirsuta, 270, 271, 284.
Holochila

androdus, 119.

anita, 119, 120.

erinus, 120.

helenita, 119.

hyacinthina, 119, 120.

marginata, 119.
Homopus

darlingi, 15, 18.

signatus, 16.
Hoplasoma

wnicolor, 243, 245,

— ventralis, 245.
Horaga

amethystus, 118, 121.
Hyena

hyena, 4.
Hydrocyon

Jorskalii, 326.

lineatus, 339.
Hydropsalis

climacocercus, 31.

Jurcifera, 30.

lyra, 59.

segmentata, 31.

torguata, 30.

trifurcata, 3).
Hylophilus

Serrugineifrons, 58.

Alaviventris, 59, 60.
Hylotoma, 240.

pruinosa, 239.

| Hymedesmia

hallezi, 216, 217, 218.

Hymenopus

bicornis, 231, 234, 281.
Hyperechia, 262.

Jera, 261, 263, 283.

marshalli, 262.
Hyperopisus

bebe, 326.
Hypochrysops

epicletus, 113.

rex, 118.

— brunnea, 113.

rovena, 113.
Hypoenemis

myiotherina, 59.

theres, 59.
Hypoctonus

JSormosus, 169, 177, 183,

184.

Hypolimnas

anomala, 256, 258.

musippus, 256, 259.
Hypotriorchis

Suscocerulescens, 43.
Hypoxanthus

rivolit brevirostris, 32.
Hyrax

alpimi, 148.

wroratus luteogaster,

Talmenus, 119.
clementi, 120, 121.
ddmeli, 119, 120, 121. —
eichornt, 120, 121.
ictenus, 120.
illidgei, 120.
imous, 120.
atonus, 120.

ibla
quadrivalvis, 372.

Ibycter
americanus, 42.

Tearia, 237.

Ichnotropis
capensis, 17.
longipes, 17, 18.

Tetinia
plumbea, 43.

Ictonyx
sp., 809.

Ideopsis
daos, 256.

Idiosoma, 125.
sigillatum, 142.

Tolema
schreibersi, 59.

Tolaus
mermeros, 118.
trimeni, 118.

Iphiaulax, 238, 239,

Tvidornis
Jjelskit, 60.
reinhardti, 60.
Tsamia
egyptus, 257.
Isbarta
dissimulata, 257, 282.
énclusus, 257.
macularia, 256.
pandemia, 257, 282.
pieridoides, 256.
rhadamanthus, 258.
Ischnogaster
micans, 263.
Tsopeda, 421, 422, 423,
429, 430, 454, 455.
ardrossana, 431.
aurea, 451, 4538.
conspersa, 431, 435.
cordata, 431, 453.
dolosa, 432, 485, 452.
jlavibarbis, 431, 454.
jlavida, 431, 432, 443.
JSrenchi, 430, 435, 436,
446.
hirsuta, 431, 453.
horni, 422, 460.
wmmanis, 482,
434.
insignis, 432, 433, 434.
leat, 431, 445.
leishmanni, 431, 432,
437.
montana, 431, 432, 439.
pengellya, 431.
pessleri, 431, 432, 442,
444.
pococki, 432, 440, 441.
robusta, 431, 452.
saundersi, 431, 448,
449,
subdola, 432, 485.
teppert, 431, 432, 442,
tictzt, 431, 482, 450.
vasta, 431, 432, 443.
villosa, 431, 444, 452.
woodwardi, 431, 451,
453.
Issus
bruchotdes, 265, 281.
Ixalus
larutensis, 189.
vermiculatus, 189,

433,

Jaculus
gerboa, 11.
jaculus, 11.

Jamides
bochus, 115.
phaseli, 114.

INDEX.

Klais
guimeti, 29.
— merritti, 29.

Labeo

brachypoma, 338.

cylindricus, 14.

darlingt, 13, 18.

Sorskalii, 222.

selti, 326.

senegalensis, 326.

walkeri, 338, 339.

Tylognathus) mon-

ee 222.
Labeobarbus

nedgia, 224,
Lactophrys, 290.
Lacurbs, 412.
Lafresnayea,

gayi, 24.

saul, 24.

— rectirostris, 24, 60.
Lagocephalus, 292.
Lagoptera

Juno, 307.
Lampides

dubiosa, 119.

phaselt, 114.
Lampornis

nigricollis, 22.

violicauda, 22.
Lampraster

branickii, 22, 60.
Lampropygia

celigena, 24.

columbiana, 23.

— obscura, 23, 60.
Lanio

versicolor, 59.
Laphria

sp., 260, 283.

terminalis, 260, 283.
Larifuga, 392.

webert, 402.

Larus

serranus, 53.
Lates

niloticus, 328.
Leggada

makhomet, 312.
Leiodon

waandersii, 302.
Lema, 268.

Jemorata, 268, 270.

quadripunctata, 268,

270, 284.
Lemur

catta, 160.

Sulvus, 61.
Leontium, 241,

Lepas
anserifera, 372.
testudinaria, 371.
Leptasthenura
andecola, 58.
Leptobrachium
heteropus, 190.
pelodytoides, 188, 190.
Leptopogon
rufipectus, 60.
Leptoptila
ochroptera, 44.
rufaxilla, 44.
Leptosittaca
branickii, 39, 60.
Leptura, 251.
sp., 249, 282.
histrionica, 249, 251,
282.
Lepus
sp., 315.
ethiopicus, 12, 315.
Jagani, 315,
whitakeri, 12, 18.
whytei, 316.
Lesbia
julie, 28.
Lestes
premorsa, 382.
ridley, 382.
Leucippus
chionogaster, 20.
pallidus, 59, 60.
Leucophoyx
candidissima, 47.
Ligia
exotica, 319.
Limnas
chrysippus, 256, 259.
Timulus, 172.
Lipaugus
simplex, 59.
Lochmias
obscurata, 59.
Lomanella, gen. noy., 392,
403, 411.
raniceps, 410, 411,
Lophornis
delattrei, 29.
lophotes, 29.
regulus, 29,
Lophuromys
flavopunctatus, 314.
Lumbricus, 96.
Lurocalis
rufiventris, 31.
Lutra
capensis, 309, 310.
— meneleki, 309.
concolor, 310.
mutculicollis, 310.

476

Lybiodrilus, 95.
Lycxna

merens, 120.

sylvicola, 119.
Lyczenesthes

godeffroyt, 119.
Lycosa

ingens, 180.
Lycostomus

gestrot, 243, 267, 283.
Lygodactylus

capensis, 16.
Lygosoma

sundevalli, 17.
Lyosphera, 296.
Lyprobius

sp., 380.

cristatus, 380.

Mabuia
quingueteniata, 17.
striata, 17.
varia, 17.

Macacus
cynomolgus,

Macromeris
violacea, 262, 283.

Macropsalis
hoggi, 398.
kalinowski, 31, 60.
segmentata, 31.
serritarsus, 399.

Madrella
Jerruginea, 71.
JSerruginosa, 62, 71, 72.

Malacoptila
fulvigularis, 37.

— melanopogon, 31,
60

239

ave,

250.

fusca, 59.
Malapterurus
electricus, 337.
Mantispa, 271, 272.
sp., 236, 237, 281.
cora, 237.
nodosa, 236.
simulatriz, 235, 238,
281.
Maoriana, 123.
Marcusenius
brachyhistius, 325,
Massoutiera
mzabi, 11.
Mastacembelus
loennbergii, 329, 330.
Mastigoproctus
antillensis, 169, 184.
giganteus, 170, 173,
184.
Mastodon, 320.

INDEX.

Megaderma
cor, 308.
Megalocolus
notator,
284.
Megalophrys

montana, 188.
Megascops
choliba, 40, 41.
Meinertia
carinata, 378.
Melampyrus
acutangulus, 242, 245,
283.
Melanerpes
eruentatus, 32.
Melibe
fimbriata, 62, 68, 69,
70.
Melipona, 270.
vidua, 239, 244, 268,
271, 284.
Merganetta
Ieucogenys, 54.
Meriones
erythrurus, 9.
lacernatus, 312.
schousboei, 8, 9.
shawi, 8, 9.
Mesosa, 278.

270,

271,

Mesostenus
sp., 237, 263, 264, 283.
pictus, 263.

Metallura

eupogon, 26, 60.

jelskti, 26.

opaca jelskit, 60.

phebe, 26.

— gelskit, 26.

smaragdinicollis, 27.
Metoponorthus

pruinosus, 380.
Metrioidia

apicalis, 242, 248, 244, |

282.
Metriopelia
melanoptera, 44.
Metriorrhynchus
acutangulus, 268.
atrofuscus, 248.
dispar, 243.
kirschi, 243, 250, 267,
283.
Micralestes
acutidens, 326.
Micrastur
guvicollis, 59,
Microcereulus
bicolor, 58.
Microhyla
annectens, 189.

Microhyla
butleri, 189.
inornata, 189.
Microspingus
trifasciatus, 58.
Midas
sp., 262, 283.
Milesia, 271.
vespoides, 262, 272,
283.
Mimeuplea
rhadamantha,
274, 275, 283.
tristis, 256, 274, 283.
Mitharga, 422.
Mitua
mitu, 59.
Mnemea, 238.
Meeritherium, 229.
Mola, 286, 291, 296.
Momotus
equatorialis, 35.
— chlorolemus, 30.
bartletti, 36.
brasiliensis, 36.
— ignobilis, 36.
marti, 3d.
momota ignobilis, 36.
semirufus, 3D.
Monacanthus, 289, 290.
penicilligerus, 289.
tomentosus, 289.
Monasa
peruanda, 38.
Mormyrops
deliciosus, 325.
Mormyrus
macrophthalmus, 326.
usshert, 339.
Murex
niveus, 369.
obscurus, 369.
Muriculus, gen. noy.,
314.
imberbis, 314, 315.
Mus
sp., 312.
albipes, 312.
chameropsis, 8.
dembeensis, 313.
imberbis, 308, 315.
musculus orientalis,
10.
ochropus, 312.
rufidorsalis, 312.
Muscisaxicola
grisea, 58.
Mutilla
ap., 202, 284.
urama, 252, 284.
Mygale, 172, 182.

251,

Mygnimia
anthracinus, 289,
aviculus, 239.

Myiadestes
leucotis, 55.

Myiobius
erythrurus fulviguiaris,

fulvigularis, 57.
phenicurus, 59.
superciliaris, 58.
willosus, 58.
Myiodynastes
lutewentris, 59.
Myiospiza
peruana, 57.
Myosoma, 238, 289.
sp., 239.
Myrina
pallene, 117.
Myrmeciza
hemimelena, 58.
spodiogastra, 60.
Myrmecophana.
fallax, 236, 238.
Myrmotherula
atrogularis, 58.
cinereiventris, 59.
menetriest, 58.
sororia, 60.

Nacaduba
angusta, 113.
atromarginata, 115,

azureus, 114.

berenice, 119.

dubtosa, 119.
Naia

haie, 18.

— annulifera, 18.

nigricollis, 18.
Nannethiops

uniteniatus, 326.
Nannocharax

fasciatus, 339.
Nasalis

larvatus, 225.
Nectes

subasper, 188.
Nemertodrilus, 93, 95.
Nemosia

pectoralis, 58, 60.
Neocerambyx

e@neas, 250.
Neosparassus, gen. noy.,

416, 421, 428.
calligaster, 425, 424,
428.
conspicua, 424, 429.

INDEX.

Neosparassus
diana, 421, 428, 424,
428.
festivus, 424, 428.
hemorrhoidalis,
428.
incomtus, 424, 428.
inframaculatus, 424,
428.
macilentus, 424, 427.
magareyt, 424, 425.
nitellinus, 425, 429.
pallidus, 424, 427.
patellatus, 424, 429.
pictus, 424, 428.
preclarus, 424, 42°.
punctatus, 416, 425,
429.
rutilus, 424, 428.
salacius, 421, 423, 424,
429.
thoracicus, 424, 426,
427.
Nepheronia
lutescens, 256.
Neptis
hordonia, 258.
tiga, 258.
Neptunus
gladiator, 374.

424,

(Amphitrite) gladiator, |

375.
Nerocila
sundaica, 378.
Nettion
oxypterum, 54,
Nonnula
rujicapilla, 59.
Nothopeus, 241.
sp., 240.
Sfasciatipennis,
240.
hemipterus, 239, 240.
intermedius, 239, 240,
250, 277, 281.
Nothoprocta
branickit, 47, 60.
taczanowskii, 47, 60.

239,

Notoglanidium, gen. nov, |

walkert, 337, 339.
Nuncia, 392.

sperata, 405,
Nupserha, 240.

sp., 239.
Nycticorax

gardeni, 59.

nycticorax obscurus,

47,

Nyctidromus

albicollis, 80.

ATT

Oberea, 238, 240, 241.

sp., 238, 239, 240,
281.
brevicollis, 238, 239,

240, 281.
consentanea, 239, 240.
curialis, 289.
insoluta, 239, 240.
rubetra, 288, 239, 240.
strigosa, 238, 239,

281.

Obisium, 178.
Ochralea,

nigripes, 282.
Ochrocesis

avanida, 243, 245,
Ochthodieta

signata, 58, 60.
Ochtheeca

jelskit, 57.

— spodionota, 57.

pulchella, 57.

—- jelskii, 57.
Octochetus

multiporus, 95.
Ocypete, 416.

procera, 417.
Odontophorus

pachyrhynchus, 59.

speciosius, 46.
Cicophylla

smaragdina, 254, 266.
Okapia, 72, 78.

liebrechtst, 73, 342,

3438, 350.

Onychargia

atrocyana, 388.

vittigera, 388.
Orchilus

albiventris, 60.
Oreophilus

ruficollis, 51.
Oreotrochilus

melanogaster, 22, 60.
Ortalida

guttata, 45,
Ortalis

caracco, 46.

guttata adspersa, 45,
Orycteropus

afer ethiopicus, 316,
Oryx

beatria, 154,

beisa, 154.

gazella, 154,
Oscillaria

spongeli@, 221,
Ossonis

elytomina, 249.
Ostracion, 286, 290.
Otoeyon, 62.

478

Otomys
degeni, 311.
irroratus, dll.
jacksont, 311.
typus, dll,

Ovis
ammon, 80, 82, 85.
— hodgsoni, 82, 83.
— jubata, 83.
argali, 84.
borealis, 84.

_ canadensis, 84.
— borealis, 8d.
nivicola, 84, 85.
ophion, 111.
poli, 80, 82, 83.
— karelini, 82, 83.

sairensis, 80, 82, 83, 85.

— littledalei, 83, 89.

Pachydactylus
affinis, 16.
Pachyrhamphus
viridis, 58.
Pagurus
aniculus, 364.
corallinus, 36.
hessti, 364.
longitarsis, 365.
punctulatus, 364.
similimanus, 364.
spiriger, 304.
Palzomastodon, 229.
Paleotragus, 75, 73, 346,
347, 350.
rouentt, 74.
Palamnzeus, 180.
Palystes
castaneus, 420.
Srenatus, 420.
ignicomus, 420.
Pandercetes, 414, 415,
419.
gracilis, 419.
isopus, 419.
longipes, 419.
Pantopsalis
albipalpes, 399, 400.
listeri, 399.
nigripalpis, 899, 400.
— spiculosa, 399.
Papilio
avistolochie antiphus,
257.
caunus, 258.
— mendax, 257.
cenea, 304, 305, 307.
dardanus, 304, 805,
307.
delesserti, 256.
erebus, 257.

INDEX.

Papilio
erinus, 120.
halitherses eupleoides,
257.
— halitherses, 257.
hippocoon, 304, 305,
307.

leucothoe ramaceus, 256.

macareus macaristus,
256.

megarus, 256.

memnon, 257.

— erehinus, 257.

merope, 30+.

noctis, 257.

paradoxus
206,200:

telesicles,

— — leucothoides, 256.

— — russus, 256.

polytes theseus, 257.

sclateri hewitsoni, 256.
Papio

doguera, 308.
Paracesis, 98, 99.

formidabilis, 104.

tubicola, 99, 104.
Paradisea

apoda, 225, 331.
Parailia

congica, 327.
Paraluteres, 289, 290.
Parauntica

crowleyt, 259.

eryx, 256, 259.
Patagona

gigas, 20.
Pectinator

speket, 315.
Pediana, 422, 423.

horni, 460, 462.

occidentalis, 460), 461.

regina, 460, 462.

tenuis, 460, 462, 465.
Pelitnus

annulipes, 413.

piliger, 413.

pulvillatus, 413.
Pellonula

vorax, 326.
Pelmatochromus

guentheri, 329.

pellegrini, 328, 330.
Pelomys

dembeensis, 313, 314.

fallax, 313, 314.

harringtonit, 313, 314.
Penelope

boliviana, 44.

montagnit, 45.

selateri, 45.

— plumosa, 45.

Penoa
menetriesit, 256, 283.
zonata, 256.

Pericnemis
stictica, 386.

Perissus
myops, 2O2.

Perysciphus
weberi, 380.

Petasophora
anais, 21.
cyanotis, 21.

Petersius
occiaentalis, 339.
Petrocephalus

ansorgit, 325, 300.
bane, 325.
simus, 3205.
Petrodon, 294.
psittacus, 294.
Petrolisthes
boscit, 364.
speciosus, 363.
Pheolzma
equatorialis, 22.
cervinigularis, 22.
rubinoides, 22.
Phaéthornis
emilie, 19.
gayi emilie, 19.
nigricinctus, 19.
rufigaster, 19.
— longipennis, 19,
60.
stuartt, 19.
Phalacrocorax
vigua, 47.
Phalangium
capense, 393.
leppane, 392, 394.
opilio, 393.
rugosum, 402.
(Guruia) palmati-
manus, 397, 398.
(Rhampsinitus) leighi,
396.
(—) spencert, 394,
398.
(—) telifrons, 394,
395

Phaleobzenus
megalopterus, 42.
Pharomacrus

antisianus, 36.
auriceps, 36.
Phauda
flammus, 258.
limbata, 255, 267, 269,
283.
Phegornis
mitchelli, 59,

Pheretima
posthuma,
167, 168.
(Perichxta) posthuia,
164.

165, 166,

Pheropsophus
agnatus, 234, 281.
Phesates, 238.
Philampelus
megera, 306, 307.
* Philiris
digglesi, 116.
alias, 115, 116.
innotatus, 115.
intensa, 116.
Philoscia
ineurva, d80.
truncata, 379.
truncatella, 379.
Philothamnus
semivariegatus, 17.
Philydor
montanus, 58, 60.
Phiomia
serridens, 229,
Pheenicopterus
chilensis, 53.
ignipalliatus, 53.
ruber, 142.
Pheenicothraupis
peruvianus, 59.
Pholeoptynx
cunicularia, 41.
Phractura
ansorgii, 328.
Phrynobatrachus
natalensis, 15.
Phrynus, 171, 175, 176,
178, 181, 182, 186,
187.
Phyllomyias
cinereocapilla, 59, 60.
Physocephala
sp., 263.
Piaya
cayana nigricrissa,
38

rutila, 38.
Picumuus

jelskii, 34, 60.

punctifrons, 35, 60.
Pionus

menstruus, 40.

tumultuosus, 40.
Pipile

cumanensis, 59.
Pipilopsis

mystacalis, 60.

tricolor, 60.
Pipistrellus

deserti, 4.

INDEX.

Pipistrellus
kuhli, 4.
minuta, 4.

Pipra
comata, 60.

Pipreola
elegans, 60.

viridis intermedia, 60.

Pithys
albifrons peruviana,
58.
Pitylus
grossus, 59.
Planodes, 238, 273.
Platylepas
bissexlobata, 372.
decorata, 372
ophinphilus, 371, ost.
Platysaurus
guittatus, 16.
Platysticta
quadrata, 384.
Plegadis
ridqwayt, 47.
Podiceps
americanus, 5).
calipareus, 5d.
rollandi, 55.
taczanowskti, od.

_ Podolestes

orientalis, 382.
Pecilasma

tridens, 374.
Peecilothraupis

igniventris ignicrissa,

lacrymosa, 60.
Pogonotriccus
ophthalmicus, 58.
Polistes, 171.
sp., 236, 281.
diabolicus, 236.
sagittarius, 236, 271,
272, 281.
Poiydamma, 460.
regina, 460.
Polynemus
quadrifilis, 328.
Polyonymus
caroli, 23.
Polyphida
celytoides, 249, 251.
Polypterus
endlicheri, 324.
lapradit, 324,
senegalus, 325,
Polytoreutus
arningi, 196, 207.
bettonianus, 199, 200.
ceruleus, 191, 207.
gregorianus, 195,

479

| Polytoreutus

hindet, 201, 204.
kenyaensis, 191, 192,

193, 194, 195, 196,
197, 198, 200, 201,
202, 203, 204, 205,
206,

kirtmaensis, 207,
pad

magilensis, 200, 201,
204, 205.

montis-kenye@, 192,194,
195, 196, 198, 200,
201, 204, 205, 206,
210,

usindjaensis, 207, 209.

violaceus, 191,200,201,
204, 206, 207.

Pompelon
marginata, 2°
suhcyaned, 2563,

Poreellana
bosctt, 364.
speciosa, 363.

Porcellanella
picta, 364.

Porcellio

modestus, 380.

pallidipennis, 380.

sundaicus, 380.

Poritia
platent, 258, 260.

Porzana
cayennensis, 49.
viridis pileata, 49.

Praonetha, 238,

Prioneris
cornelia, 257.

Prionirhyuchus
platyrhynchus, 35.
— pyrrholemus, 35.

Prioniturus
platurus, 225

Prionocerus

ceruleipennis, 243, 248
271, 272, 284.

Prioptera

octopunctata, 268, 270,
284.

Procayia

abyssinica, 145,

alpini, 143.

brucet somalica, 316.

crawshayi, 143.

erlangert, 142.

Jerruginea, 143.

jackson, 143.

mackinderi, 143.

matschiei, 142.

meneliki, 143.

scioana, 143.

480

Procavia
(Dendrohyrax) ruwen-
zorit, 145.
(Heterohyrax) thomas,
142.
Prosotas, 114.
Prosymna
ambigua, 17.
Protoanthidium,
271.
Protopterus
ethiopicus, 325.
annectens, 325, 330.
dollot, 325.
Protosticta
Jfoerstert, 389.
Psalanta
chalybeata, 249, 251.
Psalidoprymna
julie, 28.
Psammomys
algiricus, 9.
elegans, 10.
minutus, 8.
obesus, 10.
roudairet, 10.
tripolitanus, 9.
Psammophis
sibilans, 18.
Psebena, gen. nov., 277.
brevipennis, 239, 241,
278, 281.
Pseudagrion
microcephalum, 388.
Pseudalmenus, gen. nov.,
116.
Pseudaluteres, 289, 290.
Pseudaspis
cana, 17.
Pseudochloris
chloris, 57.
lutea, 57.
sharpei, 60.
Pseudodipsas
eone, 116.
innotatus, 115.
Pseudomonacanthus,
289.
ayraudi, 299.
degeni, 299, 303.
modestus, 29%).
multimaculatus,
303.
pardalis, 298.
punctulatus, 298, 303.
septentrionalis, 299.
Pseudosphex
hyalina, 236.
Pseudosuberites
cava, 217, 221.
Psilocephalus, 289, 290.

270,

298,

INDEX.

Psilocnemis

marginipes, 380.
Pterophanes

temmincki, 24.
Ptiloscelis

resplendens, 51.
Pulsatrix

melanonota, 41.
Pyrestes

eximius, 243, 248, 267,

269.

virgata, 267, 269, 288.
Pyriglena

maura picea, 57.
Pyrrhura

rupicola, 40, 60.

Querquedula
puna, D4.
versicolor, 1.

Rabdosia

clio, 306, 307.

Radena
juventa, 256.

vulgaris, 256, 259.
Rallus

cayanensis, 49,

nigricans, 48.

— humilis, 48, 60.

rythirhynchus, 48.

viridis, 49.

Rana

adspersa, 15.

angolensis, 15.

darlingi, 15, 18.

dori@, 188, 189.

esculenta ridibunda,

227.

hascheana, 190.

jerboa, 188.

lateralis, 189.

laticeps, 190.

livida, 188.

signata, 188.
Rangifer

tarandus montanis,

361.

— oshorni, 361.

— pearsont, 361, 362.

— sibiricus, 361.

— stonei, 361.
Ranzania, 296.
Rappia

marmorata, 15.
Recurvirostra

andina, 52.
Regerhinus

megarhynchus, 43.
Reniera

sp., 210, 211, 212, 201.

Rhacophorus
bimaculatus, 188, 189.
Rhamphastos
ambiguus, 38.
cuviert, 59.
Rhamphomicron
microrhynchum, 59.
olivaceus, 27.
ruficeps, 27.
stanleyt, 27.
Rhampsinitus
crassus, 395, 396.
spencer, 396, 397.
Rhinoceros, 320.
Rhynchelmis, 96, 97.
Rhynchocyclus
Fulvipectus, 58.
peruvianus, 58,

| Robsonia, 98, 99.

Jormidabilis, 104.

marina, 99, 101.
Rocinela

mundana, 378, 381.
Ropica, 238.
Rupornis

magnirostris, 42.

natterert, 42,

Salius, 241, 261.

aurosericeus, 239, 240,

250, 281.

sericosoma, 260, 283.
Salticus

attenuatus, 266.
Samotherium

boissiert, 73, 74,75, 77,

345, 346, 348, 350.

Samus

anonymus, 216, 218.
Saperdides

sp., 282.
Sappho

caroli, 28.
Sarcodaces

odoé, 339.
Sarotes, 416.

badius, 416.

cervinus, 418.

Jugulans, 417.

longtpes, 417.

malayanus, 416.

procerus, 417.

suspiciosus, 417.
Schilbe

senegalensis, 327.
Schistes

geoffroyi, 59.
Schizceaca

palpebralis, 60.
Sciurus

multicolor, 310.

Sclerurus
olivascens, 59, 60.
Sclethrus
amenus, 243, 248, 251,
281.
Scorpio, 178, 182.
Scotophilus
nigrita, 308.
Scrobigera
hesperioides, 257, 259,
282.
Seytalopus
acuterostris, 60.
femoralis, 60.
Scytasis
nitida, 238, 239.
Selenidera
langsdorffi, 39.
Selenocosmia
stirlingi, 122, 136.
Selenotholus, gen. nov.,
134.
Foelschei, 135.
Sepedon
sp., 264, 285.
Jjavanicus, 264.
Serinetha
abdominalis, 255, 267,
269, 283.
augur, 258.
Serixia
aurulenta, 242, 244.
modesta, 244.
lychnura, 244,
prolata, 242, 244, 282.

Sipalus
granulatus, 242, 247.
Siptornis

albicapilla, 60.
graminicola, 60.
humilis, 60.
taczanowskit, 60,
virgata, 58, 60.
Sorbia, 238.
Sorensenella, gen. nov.,
392, 403, 409.
prehensor, A409, 410.
Sparassus
argelasius, 421,
badius, 416.
hemorrhoidalis, 416.
mygalinus, 416,
punctatus, 429.
salacius, 429.
Spathomeles
ap., 242, 284.
turritus, 242,
284.
Spathura
anne, 25, 60.
peruand, 25.

247,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1902, Vou. IT. No. XX XT.

INDEX.

Speotyto
cunicularia, 41.
— juninensis, 41.

Sphxroma
felix, 379, 381.

Spherillo
ambitiosus, 381.
grisescens, 381.

Spheroides, 292.

Sphinx
megera, 306.

Spinacanthus, 287.

Spinus
ictericus peruanus,

Spirastrella
inconstans, 216, 221.

Spiropagurus
sptiriger, 364.

Spongelia
digitata, 220, 221.

Steatornis
caripensis peruviand,

59:

Steganopus
tricolor, 53.

Stegenus
dactylon, 242,

282.

Stegodyphus
dumicola, 144.

Stelospongia
sp., 220.

Stenopsis
equicaudata, 59.
bifasciata, 30.
longirostris, 30.
ruficervia, 30.

Sternotherus
sinuatus, 15.

Strix
flanmea perlata, 41.
punctatissima, 317.

Stuhlmannia, 92.

Suberites
laxosuberites,

22).

Sybra, 238.

Symbrenthia, 260.
hippoclus, 258.
hypatia hippocrene,

258

247,

217,

hypselis balunda, 258.
Synallaxis

curtata, 58.
Synelasma, 238.
Synodontis

gambiensis, 827.

melanopterus, 327, 330.

membranaceus, 328.

robbianus, 827, 337.

481

Tajuria

thyia, 116.

— pallescens, 116.
Talaphorus

hypostictus, 59,
Talicada

ecaudata, 115.

nyseus khasia, 118.
Tapkes

brevicollis, 267, 284.
Tatera

sp., 310.

murina, 310.
Taurotragus

oryx, 78.
Teinobasis

kirbyi, 386.

ruficollis, 387.

superba, 387.
Tenerus, 248.

cingalensis, 279.

parryanus, 279.

sulcipennis, 248, 267,

269, 279, 283, 284.

Terenura

callinota, 58.
Tergipes

(Capellinia) dorie, 64.
Terias

nicobariensis, 257.

sari, 257.
Terpios

Sugax, 217, 218.
Testudo

perpiniana, 229.
Tethya

ingalli, 215,

maza, 216.
Tetilla

ridleyt, 218.
Tetralanguria

pyramidata, 272, 284,
Tetrathemis, 882.
Tetrodon, 292, 294.

bimaculatus, 801, 802.

borneensis, 303.

brevipinnis, 300.

fasciatus, 301, 302.

fluviatilis, 802.

hypselogenion, 800,

30].

inermis, 299.
levigatus, 293, 299.
lagocephalus, 293.
macclellandi, 301.
ocellatus, 801, 802.
patoca, 294, 303.
pleurogramma,
303.
pleurosticus, 302.
pustulatus, 808.

800,

482

Tetrodon
scleratus, 293.
waandersti, 302.
Thalurania
gelskit, 21.
nigrofasciata, 21.
tschudii, 21.
Thamnophilus
melanurus debilis, 60.
variegaticeps, 60.
Thecla
myrsilus, 117.
Theclinesthes
eremicola, 116.
Thelyphonus, 169, 170,
175, 176, 178, 179,
181, 182, 184, 185,
186, 187.
Thenus
orientalis, 373.
Theristicus
branicku, 47.
caudatus, 47.
Thinocorus
orbignyanus, 53.
Thripadectes
serutator, 60.
TVhrix
gama, 258, 260.
Thryothorus
cantator, 60.
Thysonotis
macleayt, 119.
taygetus, 119.
Tigrisoma
salmon, 48.
Tilapia
galilea, 329.
nilotica, 329.
Tillicera
sp., 248, 252, 284.
bibalteata, 252, 284.
Tinamotis
pentlandi, 59.
Tinamus
kicet, 46.
ruficeps, 59.
Zao, 46.
Tinnunculus
sparverius
minus, 43.
Tinolius, 254.
Tirumala
septentrionis, 256.
Titanodamon
johnstoni, 177, 186.
Toradjia
celebensis, 380.
cephalica, 380.
conglobator, 380.
gorgona, 380.

cinnamo-

INDEX.

Totanus
flavipes, 52.
melanoleucus, 52.
Toxophora
sp., 270, 284.
jJavana, 270, 284.
Trachycephalus, 286.
Trachystola
granulata, 242, 247.
Tragelaphus
angasi, 319.
Trepsichrois
muleiber, 256, 258, 259,
283.
Triacanthodes, 287.
Triacanthus, 289,
287, 288, 292.
Triznobunus, 392.
bicarinatus, 401.
pectinatus, 400, 410.
Triznonyx, 392, 403.
asper, 404, 405.
coriaceus, 403, 404, 408,
408.
rapax, 405.
sublevis, 404, 405,
410.
Trichocnemis
borneensis, a8).
membranipes, 380.
octogesima, 389.
Trichocyelus, 296.
Trichodiodon, 296.
Trichoniscus
antennatus, 379.
Trichothraupis
melanops, 58.
guadricolor, 58.
Tricondyla, 233, 234,
248, 251.
cyanea wallacet, 233,
234, 281.
gibba, 234, 281.
— cyanipes, 243.
rufipes, 238.
Trimerorhinus
triteniatus, 17.
Tringoides
macularius, 52.
Triodon, 285, 286, 288,
5}

286,

Troglodytes
Frater, 55, 56.
solstitialis, 55, 56.
— macrourus, 5d,

Trogon
collaris, 36.
meridionalis

anus, 37.
personatus, 36.

ramoni-

Tronga
cramert, 256, 259.
Tropidichthys, 292,
294.

papua, 293.
Tropimetopa, 245.

simulator, 243, 282.
Turdus

crotopezus, 57.

lewcops, 57.

pheopygus spodio-
lemus, 57, 60.
Typhlops

mucruso, 17.
schlegelt, 17.
Typostola, 422.
barbata, 455, 459.
broomi, 455, 456.

magnifica, 455, 45%,
459.
major, 455, 459.
Tyranniscus

cinereiceps, 58.
frontalis, 60.
nigricapillus, D8.
viridiflavus, 58, 60.

Udenodon

baint, 88.

gracilis, 88.
Una

purpurea, 114, 121.

usta, 114.
Upucerthia

pallida, 58, 60.

serrana, 60.
Urania, 248.
Uroplates

Junbriatus, 317.
Uroproctus

assamensis, 184.
Urospatha

martit, 36.
Utica

onycha, 116.

Vespa, 271.
cincta, 262, 271, 272,
283.
Vespertilio
marginatus, 4.
Vireo
flavoviridis, 59.
Vireolanius
chlorogaster, 59.
Voconia, 429.
dolosa, 435.
immanis, 433.
insignis, 432,

Vulpes
sp., 2.
egyptiaca, 3.

Waigeum
ceramicum, 115, 121,
subcerulewm, 115.

Xanthoura
jolyea, 60.
Xenomystus
nigri, 326.
Xenopterus, 292,
294, 295.
bellangeri, 294, 295.
naritus, 294, 295,
Xenopus
levis, 15, 79.
Xerus

brackyotus, 310.

293,

INDEX.
Xerus
dabagatla, 310.

flavus, 310.
Suscus, 310.
rutilus, 310.
Xiphocerus, 268.
Xiphocolaptes
pheopygus, 60.
Xyaste, 244.
JSumosa, 242, 245, 268,
269, 284.
tnvida, 242, 245, 250,
268, 269, 284.

torrida, 242, 267,
269.
Xylocopa
latipes, 261, 262, 285.
Xylophagus
sp., 264, 283.
Xylotrechus
decoratus, 249, 251,
282.
THE END.

483

Xylotrechus

pedestris, 249, 252,
282.

Xystrocera

aleyonea, 249, 282.

Zachria, 423, 454.
flavicoma, 454.
hemorrhoidalis, 454.
oblonga, 454.

Zatteria, gen. nov.,

62.
browni, 62, 72.
Zelota, gen.
273.
spathomelina, 242, 247,
274, 284.

Zenaida

maculata, 59.

nov.,

Printed by Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

av s * ’

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tats Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Rarrxes,

Mr. J. Sasinn, Mr. N. A. Vicgors, and other eminent Naturalists,

for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the

introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom,

and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829,

COUNCIL.
HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., President.

Grorck A. Boutenerr, Ese,
F.R.S., Vice-President.

Tue Kart or Crawrorp, K.T.,
E.RS:

Wiitram E. pe Winton, Ese.

Hersert Drocet, Kse., F.L.S:

Cuartes Drummonp, Ese.,
Treasurer.

Siz Joszpn Farner, Br., F.R.S.,
Vice-President.

Dr. Cuartes H. Garry, LL.D.

Dr. Atsert GinrHER, F.RS.,
Vice-President.

Carr. THe Marauis or Hamirton,
MEP:

Por. Goren B. Howns, D.Sc.,
LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Lz.-Cot. L. Howarp Irpy.

Srr Harry Jonnsron, G.C.M.G.,
K.C.B.

Sir Hue Low, G.C.M.G.

P, Caatmers Mtrcuect, Esa.,
M.A., D.Sc.

EK. Lorr Puittiirs, Ese.

Howarp Saunpers, Hsa., F.L.S.;
Vice-President.

Parr Lurtey Scrater, Esa,
M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.; Secretary.

Dr. Davin Suarp, F.R.S.

OxtprieLD Tuomas, Ese., F.R.S.

Dr. Hinry Woopwarp, LL.D.,
FE.R.S., Vice-President.

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the Bye-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock a.m.
till Sunset.

The Offices (3 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications
should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-
days, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.

The Library (3 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of
Mr. F. H. Wareruouss, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.m.,
on Saturdays to 2 p.t. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the
Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every
- month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice
a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and
October, at half-past Eight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Frritows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £35.

No person can become a Frtnow until his Admission Fee and
First Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments
have been compounded for.

Frrtows elected after the 30th of September @re not liable for
the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two
Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the
entrance gate.

Frxtows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders
every year. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on each
Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the Saturday

Orders are not available if the Frtnow shall have used his privilege

of personally introducing two companions on the same day.

Fertrows also receive every year Twenty Free Tickets (Green),
each valid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,
including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of
Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one
Adult’s. ‘These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are

available for following years.

Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday
Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. The Book
of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of
Twenty Tickets. These books must, however, be returned entire,

and the exchange can only be made during the year of their issue.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Fetrow on the
Ist of January in every year, on his filling up a form of Standing
Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what
address they should be sent. Forms for this purpose are supplied

on application.

The Wire of a Frrtow can exercise all these privileges in his

absence.

Fertitows have the privilege of receiving the Nociety’s Publications
on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every
year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of January and must
be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which
the privilege lapses. Fxrttows are likewise entitled to purchase the
Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.
less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of
25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued

prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.

Frttows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the
Ist July in each year, but this privilege is forfeited unless the
subscription be paid before the 1st of December following.

They may also obtain a TransFeRABLE Ivory Ticker admitting
Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds. —

Any Frtiow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of one year or more may, upon giving to the
Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the
+: dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of
his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Fettow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to
withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.

Persons who wish to become Fellows of the Society are requested
to communicate with the undersigned.

PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., D.8c., F.B.S,,

Secretary.
3 Hanover Square, London, W.,
October, 1902.
MEETINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
FOR

SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS,
(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W,)
Session 1902-1903.

1902.
Turspay, November 4and18 | ‘Tvxrspay, Decemper 2

1903.
Turspay, January 20 Turspay, Aprin .. 21

» Fesruary 3 and 17 a May: .... Wand
i Maren nS atu... 1s7 saya OUI ie 16 as

The Chair will be taken at half-past Hight o'clock in the Evening
precisely.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and “‘ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the ‘‘ Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the “‘ Proceedings”’ by
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured
plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of
the “ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-
able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a
living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,
on the first of the months of June, August, October, and
April, the part published in April completing the volume
for the last half of the preceding year. Commencing from
January 1901 they form two half-yearly volumes.

The ‘‘ Transactions” contain such of the more important
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.
They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise
entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per
cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A
further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of
Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of
five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the
Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1
(which includes delivery in the United Kingdom only),
payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege
is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the Ist of
December following.

The following is a complete list of the publications of
the Society already issued. They may be obtained at
the Society’s Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs.
Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.),
or through any bookseller.

| October, 1902. ]

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Ato. 15 vols. and Index. a Se

Vol. L., containing 59 Plates..., (1833-85) .... £3 138 6 .... £418 Of
5s mie s Tl) roe 1LS3a=41) S.A OO. 5 6 (Gh
ree a Sr as 63) eke (ee A OW i.e 1 OOo ee 411 Of
NE os 7 (epee sp Olsol—62)) |. ee torr Ore 8 2 6
At MAN ek aS Gio (IS62=60)) Pi 0 SI ee 6°199.0
ee AVE Cee G2 as CLS66-69)) Se OL 1a Ore 15 0 0
PELL in aes TS, PA ede A CLSOO (2) "she's ¢ Onan es One 13 12 0
PN AOU De oF SO NCLSI2=74), ssc 4) lope wens 12) ie@
ee le 55 OF eyes (LSLO—C0) aio «lee uae Ae)
xe. GO eens LOT. —00)) «'o.0 0) LOW Oummeae 13 7 0

Index, Vols. TER NS Beal Camis (i833=79) (ROE Ce 010 0
Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates.. (1880-85) .... 912 0. 12 16 0
5 xa oy) also eee (Gus hos [0) Mme Nay Pr) 0)" 7,40
ey sell Oe tanta, (TOOL OO): ci | 10 RO aoe coh EIN 0)
5p VOL PA ee eter (lOg6—00) a. Laat 5 ks Da Hom O)eU)
NG PrneOQ ay os os L8IS= 1901) . 515 6. 714 0
Rte aly tes Glee. PebrloOiy) a: OMe mors 14.0
55) Vile gee nas Oh Wc Atlas 1901) . wring iO) galales pees 015 0
Be NV ol lia, Oy oe WOet TIO) Cee Oe Ones dL cule)
i DOVE aA, ae pe. CAT OOD), e pumO ao mmClae 012 0
i ONO roles ye ts tS (OetrHQO2 ame m0 ites: tome 018 0
5 VL Se NOr Bil) a ae (Autor L902) 1s SO tion OMe ae)
ego NA NG Soe SPOR peer e oct nickcccn Os Oil d ious 015 0

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). frice to Price Goins
Panty le PkSa0soal.- Le vol. 8v0. is ..c. vests aan oe AS. Gd... i'. ats iy OBST
aris dese: MM Ai Nl HOW Glee Ge:

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. (First Series.)

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.
Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.f | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
Les 4. 5 4s. 6d. .. 6s. or X. 1842. 5 4s, 6d... | GS:
Py CULTS 30; 5 4s. 6d. .. 6s. Fi XI. 1843. 5 4s. 6d. .. 68.
sy UVERISSG: . 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » MIL 1844. a 4s, 6d. .. 6s.
5. Mar. 6 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » XII. 1845. ss 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
» VI. 1838. 5 AsiGditan! GS: yy =X IV. 1846. 93 4s. Gd. .. 68.F
» WII. 1889. x 4s. 6d. .. 6s.} XV. 1847, 5) 4s. 6d. .. 6s.
» VIII. 1840. of 4s. 6d. .. 68. Index 1830-184; 4s. 6d. .. 6s,
8vo. 18 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)
Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public, Fellows. Public.
Part XWVAL ISAS eval Svor4sGd.’ 3216s, Vadarons £008 eo
os XVII. 1849. AS ROG. * (Hise e650) ‘ald tena LO mas Loh Ge
or SS VALE S50: a AS GOs ivan OSs,» pale sgardne Lone Tea nOF
=p XIX. 1851. i ASHGAS Pictk AGSHY sons haces OI) fe
3 XX. 1852. a5 ASOD. 2.6. MOS I sclheeees 015 9 PL OF
es XXI. 1853. fp ARO. ie, {1 VICSUEN AD: | ea ae 018 0 LA OF
a XXII. 1854, op Ass Gaal hs. Gs 4 kines Bex 019 6 LNG OLOe
7 Seis o a. - ASO say AOS: ae aN ent aneee i 846 Lls) Gy
7) LV SoG. 66 AB AOG. oe) SOS... oe ae eels IPD) its 1 ie es:
2 XXV. 1857. ty ASGH, on OSe, Magumee ee ORS OG SG
5 XVI. 1858. op 4s. \6d.: 35 G8... oes A 1a 2G 2 ee Os
» AXVIL. 1859. AS. Od Ma) OSU ier Aeiaets UNG EG 2° 2 OF
5 XXVIIT. 1860. 35 BW aeAG i, aah AOSw le alan e nents Ep ea} 2 2 Ot
Index 1848-1860, es As, 6d. 6s.

i Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 80 vols. and 3 Indices.

Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public, Fellows. Public.
US GH se As Ode secre OSer sis Steins 9s. erste ls2.STame a BOs OG eee 40Sah
TS6QM As! Gas aCe Gena. 9s. shakote DELS Ne | ae 28 386% Clb coud Clay
USGByery. 48.1 GU see Ostia: setts 9s, RRO... Ealpeeernd BB Shh sooo uke
UE 6 MIG GHA Sooo Cee adoae SEF apoveue, LOSE Th as aretes 308, Od. 2... 403-f
We 46 2S Gt boc Gis Marr eievs 9s. Bey ay Sis ae. bony 33s. 9d. .... 45s.
USGG SPASM IGds ..5 a OSHEA encters Qs. Byte So Pats sans oboe Os. nee dose
SG (oem 0 coca Sta, Bon dealer er AR CM Nae Qs. vo DIE yo goan Seth CUh boon 4
MSGI eect rene anes eater eevateaersiorsy 9s. Sle tes cH Poe ae aes ee Bo Cl coon Gla.
ES} 39 Jase UR a Naan LG Aft | Qs. BATA S vege dt +15 ODS SL edo
MSO Oa SAU, hcraetereleieee acres Qs. fy ae ee eee SB Wh goon GR
index, TSGI=TS70) jee ke eee sre an Ok once 6s.
FS (RO er hae tvtecles troeadoiehee wicleh sven Qs. Sa LI eens i a SOWA aod Zee
SAY Be ics GER EUR CRE IGER: Oig Sree 9s. STN IESE AS oy ve SBE SUE Saco CIT
AS Ye CE RAC Banton ET Seu 9s. DRM RMD Sak vada. DSO Ue OSs
LG ELO TE See ne ote eee dts TUN poate 9s. Uso tes. COOS: Sooo Geen:
ASAD ES a LE RIE TE ee eae 9s. Ay SAS ee 36s. Seon 2
PS 7 Geary crnctstsy atl Gh «bar net nae a Titheses 9s. Shep Gnd 2S Me vee Ok Sooo Chk
USA kien steele saa Se CRORES eon AAR 9s. A eker phd WISN cae Sanne 36s. sono 44S
TESA uctriGatEnOR et GREECE SERS ERIC CL 9s. SR AN DAG TIE be BEES Fo 5660 - 4kSs,
SGI eek Ren cea ane telch ay ores PaO Ss Bees es AAS ie SO 36s. See AS se
MS SOM ey Gek oi Soa oe suka aehelate cece 9s. es el Oa 3Gs. Pea,
Index, 1871-1880 ........ avg’: (Gade anit: 6s.
EUS Sete a eee bok aka averre Rusksy cuute' oy 9s. Sine SO aes 36s. anon Usb:
IS SO meen enree vies Sekt ayea apse occeete ates laborers 9s, CROs Sh nl, 36s. Pes aye lek:
DSSS mere oarcvepeuenecaotereisrs Sect osieee y 9s. SAPS eee circray OSs soao. 4s.
SS Aree ee cP eye ctetstay tie xohocuedeasinte 9s. Ais weeny SReete ects 36s. Hue. tos
HSS Syed se rarest ig KAM a et Qs. be ai sae Ve. OS: S000 » Ae
NISSEN A ited Ses THN Lok of 9s. SO UID Se EELS TOS sooo. Ghekt
TBNSW 20 Bono re hc to IO EO 9s. ashes hy vids 36s. spoo. ask
LSSS PY Mash gins das OS NO Scio 9s. Ree OS. nates Se OOS. sono SSS:
TSS EE oa ao Ree Ronee 9s. Pere) Gl esa Smee 36s. ASS.
USO es Scene ee OO Ee eee 9s. HMC (OC Peana 36s oss
Index MISSIONS IO Sir. ates ee yece = As. 6d. GS
SIL eee RT aes wet rey en yah en eh even S11 RS IEICE CRIES CEASERS 36s. Joo ASR:
SOD MUR arn Ae ccrtsraoneny st FLOPS OL MERE or RERER OCA BR ce RCRD RRR 36s. — doe. ales
HES? SAS schoo Tee te Ooooh Oe OREO SER RE ET ee 36s. Sono 4k
SOAS HENNA Sid Go COTA OD ONL CORREO TEE nea 36s, Soon GYeK
TSO ate ce AB OL ADIAG oS DRG IOS Olas er ENTS Gi en eer ete 36s. Fiano ake,
IS OG a a co ere hs favor otebaea oie) CRE ee LAR a sl one ateceneud sawn, ahale ae 8 36s. soca AER
ASSL eRe er En aRG Pity raic iors eeatona cin Gpitie aS SC ee Ie ee ary eee 36s. bane. ksh
TUPSIO YS parhee eae ti ei Be Nese Vile soso CoO Cee aS eee 36s. Bie.o ro Gbee
WI) Soooe Ware eae ese TOR OR RT Taek kore aero pun bus aaers 36s. Hood CSS
ALSO ORR LEG RE Teh fe Oe Wie PE RD ER Nee a 36s. ose
Index) 1891-1900 0 Jn ee. ACIOUS oie. (GS

* No perfect copies in stock. t Out of%print.

PROCEEDINGS or tur GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or tute ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Svo. 38 vols.

Price to Price to the
Fellows, Public.
SOUR OLE OBR; bom. oo D6 O DOm Dre Hons 3.0 1cbe SEaeinmine cess NSSiaeaaacven 24s.
COCR Ree aR ae EL 8. Gen Tee 4 24s,
OM DMS able e aa aka tctolarn ara) vents, em aces) slela le elon n, ws. = ACA Cle PSSe Ree ae cose

if ein ND (ita Ui ate srelehatevcvets| ayavaval-ala yay oteia 3 = Dh cttia stelan atti Usuervarete 12s.

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) Cloth.
8vo. 1883. Price 3s. 6¢/,

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo.
1896. Price 4s. 6d.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1900. Thirty-seven
volumes. 8vo. Price £15, Net.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-first. Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1894. Edited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Sapp, Esq.,
M.A., F.RS., F.Z.S. London, 1895. 8vo. Price 10s:
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-second. Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1895. Kdited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, Esq.,
M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. London, 1896. 8vo. Price 10s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-third. Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1896. Edited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Smarp, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e. London, 1897. 8vo. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fourth. Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1897. Edited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Suarp, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1898. 8vo. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fifth. Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1898. Kdited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suaxp, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c. London, 1899. 8vo. Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-sixth. Being Records of
Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1899. Edited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A.,
F.RB.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1900. 8vaqe Price 30s.
The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-seventh. Being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1900.
Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp,
M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1901. 8vo. Price 30s.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.
(Fifth Edition.) Cloth, 8vo. 1902. Price 6s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrery’s Ortrcx
(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonemans’ (Paternoster Row,
E.C.), or through any bookseller.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

—_059500—-—

YHE object of the Zvotodicat Rucoxp ts to give, by meats of an
annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications
relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during
the year preceding the issue of thé Volume, together with full
information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such 4
manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all
parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory which will retaiti
its value for the Student in future years.

The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published for the Society by Messrs.
Gurney and Jackson at the price of 30s. per volume. But all
Members of the Zoological Society of London have the privilege
of receiving it, including the cost of delivery (within the United
Kingdom), at a subscription price of 20s: per annum. This Sub-
scription is due on the Ist of July in every year, and the privilege
of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the
Ist of December following:

The Zoological Society; havizg purchased the entire stock of
the ‘ Zoological Record,’ are able to supply complete sets. The
thirty-seven Volumes to the end of the nineteenth century, and the
Index-Volume in addition, will be supplied for £15. Volumes of
any single year (¢xclusive of the last five volumes and Vol. 6)
can likewise be supplied at 10s. per volume.

Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’
are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned
whet filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitata
the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also
furnished to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order,
when filled up and signed, should be sent to the Society’s office for
registration ; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein.

Learned Societies and Institutions and members of the former
Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the
‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of
the Zoological Society:

P; L. SCLATER,
Seeretary.
Octoher, 1902.
ZooLoGicaL SOciETY oF Lonpoy,
3 Hanover Souars, W.

LIST OF VOLUMES or tx ‘ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.’

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864. Volume First.
Edited by Arzzrr C. L. G. Ginruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.8., &e.
London, 1865. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1865. Volume Second.
Edited by Atsurr C. L. G. Giwrnnr, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z8., &e.
London, 1866. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1866. Volume Third.
Edited by Arzerr C. L. G. Ginrnex, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RS.,
F.Z.8., &e. London, 1867. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1867. Volume Fourth.
Edited by Atserr C. L. G. Guyrurr, M.A., M.D., Ph_D., F.RS.,
F.Z.8., &e. London, 1868. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1868. Volume Fifth.
Edited by Apert C. L. G. Ginrurr, M.A., M.D., Ph.D, HERESS
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1869. Price 10s.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869. Volume Sixth.
Edited by Ausert C. L. G. Ginrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.BS.,
F.Z.8., &e. London, 1870. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1870; being Volume Seventh of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newzon, M.A.,
ERS Hes, Web“. ce. London, 1671) sericea 0s:

The Zoological Record for 1871; being Volume Eighth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Newzon, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.1.S., V.P.Z.8., &&. London, 1873. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1872; being Volume Ninth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Atrrep Nuwron, M.A.,
F.RBS., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &. London, 1874. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1873; being Volume Tenth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Hdited by Epwarp CaLpweLt
Ryz, F.Z.8. London, 1875. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1874; being Volume Eleventh of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwer1
Rvs, F.Z.S., M.E.S. London, 1876. Price 108. .

The Zoological Record for 1875; being Volume Twelfth of the
Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwett Ryz,
¥.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1877. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1876; being Volume Thirteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpwEri
Ryez, F.Z.S., M.H.S. London, 1878. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1877; being Volume Fourteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpWELL
Rysz, F.Z.S., M.E.8. London, 1879. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1878; being Volume Fifteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CatpwrELh
Rye, F.Z.8., M.E.S. Londou, 1880. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1879; being Volume Sixteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catnwen
Rye, F.Z.S., M.E.8. Loudon, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1880 ; being Volume Seventeenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpwert1
Rye, F.Z.S., M.E.S. London, 1881. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1881; being Volume Eighteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpwELL
Rys, F.Z.S., M.E.S. London, 1882. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1882; being Volume Nineteenth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp CaLpweEL
Ryn, F.Z.8., M.E.S. London, 1883. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1883; being Volume Twenticth of
the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Epwarp Catpwetn
Rye, F.Z.8S., M.E.S. London, 1884. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1884; being Volume the Twenty-
first of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by F. Jerrrey
Bett, M.A. London, 1885. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1885; being Voiume the Twenty-
second of the Record of Zoological Literature. Hdited by F. Jurrruy
Bett, M.A. London, 1886. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1886; being Volume the Twenty-
third of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.S. London, 1887. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1887; being Volume the Twenty-
fourth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E,
Bspparp, M.A., F.Z.8. London, 1888. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1888; being Volume the Twenty-
fifth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Franx E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1889; being Volume the Twenty-
sixth of the Record of Zoological Literature. Kdited by Frank E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S. London, 1890. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record for 1890; being Volume the Twenty-
seventh of the Record of Zoological Literature. Edited by Frank
K. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.8. London, 1892. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Twenty-eighth; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1891.
by J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdter Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, C. Warburton, R. I. Pocock,
D. Sharp, E. A. Minchin, A. Willey, and 8. J. Hickson. Edited by
D. Saarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1892. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Twenty-ninth; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1892.
By J. A. Thomson, Rh. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, R. I. Pocock, D. Sharp, F. A.
Bather, Florence Buchanan, 8. J. Hickson, and R. Hanitsch. Edited
by D. Ssarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1893. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirtieth; being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1893. By J. A.
Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. A.
Herdman, B. B. Woodward, R. I. Pocock, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather,
Florence Buchanan, 8. J. Hickson, and R. Hanitsch. Edited by
D. SHarp, M.A., F.B.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1894. Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-first; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1894.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G, A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, Florence
Buchanan, and R. Hanitsch. Edited (for the Zoological Society of
London) by D. Smarr, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1895,
Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-second; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1895,
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, R. I. Pocock, D. Sharp, F. A.
Bather, Florence Buchanan, R. T. Giinther, R. von Lendenfeld,
W. F. Hume, and F, Chapman. Edited (for the Zoological Society
ot London) by D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1896.
Price 10s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-third; being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1896.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, B. B. Woodward, A, W. Brown, D. Sharp, Florence
Buchanan, R. T. Giinther, and R. von Lendenfeld. Edited (for
the Zoological Society of London) by Davip Suarp, M.A., F.R.S.,
F.Z.8., &c. London, 1897. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fourth; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1897.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekke1, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. ©. Crick, A. W.
Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, Florence Buchanan, and R. von
Lendenfeld. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davip
Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1898. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fifth ; being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1898, By J. A.
Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. A.
Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W. Brown,
D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, Florence Buchanan, R. T. Gunther, and
R. von Lendenfeld. Edited (for the Zoological Society of Londen) by
Davin Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1899. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirth-sixth ; being Records
of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to#@the year 1899. By
J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. Willey,
A. W. Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, and R. von Lendenfeld.
Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A.,
F.RS., F.Z.8., &e. London, 1900. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-seventh; being
Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1900.
By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,
W. A. Herdman, EH. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. Willey,
A. W. Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, and E. A. Minchin. Edited
(for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A.,
F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1901. Price 30s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrrry’s OF¥Ice
(3 Hanover Square, W.), of Messrs. Gurnry and Jackson (Later-
noster Low, E.C.), or through any bookseller.

LIST OF INSTITUTIONS

TO WHICH

COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED.

AFRICA.
The South-African Museum, Cape Town.
The South-African Philosophical Society, Cape Town.
The Museum, Durban, Natal.

AMERICA, SOUTH.
The National Museum, Buenos Ayres.
The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.
The Museum of La Plata, La Plata, Buenos Ayres,

AUSTRALASIA.
The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.
The Royal Society of Victoria, Melbourne.
The Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Melbourne,
The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.
The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.

AUSTRIA.
The Hungarian National Museum, Budapest.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.
The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.

BELGIUM.

The Belgian Society of Geology, Paleontology and Hydrology,
Brussels.

The Congo Free State Museum, Tervueren, Brussels,

The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.

The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.

BRITISH INDIA.
The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.
The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.
The Indian Museum, Calcutta.
CANADA (DOMINION OF),

The McGill College, Montreal.
The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.
The University of Toronto, Toronto.

CHINA.
The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.

EAST INDIES.
The Royal Society of the Dutch East Indies, Batavia.

FRANCE.

The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.

The Agricultural Society, Lyons.

The Entomological Society of France, Paris.
The Museum of Natural History, Paris.

The National Society of Acclimatization, Paris.
The Zoological Society of France, Paris.

GERMANY.

The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.

The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.

The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.

The Senckenbergian Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The New Zoological Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The Natural History Society, Freiburg-in-Breisgau.

The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.

The aaa Leopoldino-Carolinian Academy of Naturalists,
alle.

The Natural-History Society, Halle.

The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.

The Royal Biological Station, Heligoland.

The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.

The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.

The Union for Natural History of Wurtemberg, Stuttgardt.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IREJAND.
The Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society, Belfast.
The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.
The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.
The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.
The Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.
The Royal Society, Edinburgh.
The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.
The Athenzum Club, London.
The British Museum of Natural History, London.
The Entomological Society, London.
The Geological Society, London.
The King’s College Library, London.
The Linnean Society, London.
The London Institution.

The Royal College of Physicians, London.

The Royal College of Surgeons, London.

The Royal Geographical Society, London.

The Royal Institution, London.

The Royal Society, London.

The University College, London.

The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.
The Owens College, Manchester.

The Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

The Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-History
Society, Plymouth.

The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth.
The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.

HOLLAND.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam.
The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam.

The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.

The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.
The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.

ITALY.
The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.
The Civil Museum of Natural History, Genoa.
The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.
The Zoological Station, Naples.
The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.

JAPAN.
The Science College of the Imperial University, Tokyo.

RUSSIA.

The Society of Naturalists, Jurjeff (Dorpat).

The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.

The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.

The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.
The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.

SCANDINAVIA.

The Bergen Museum, Bergen.

The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania.
The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen.
The University Zoological Museum, Copenhagen.
The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.

SPAIN.
The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.

SWITZERLAND.
The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.
The Vaud Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne.
The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.
The Natural-History Society, Zurich.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
the Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.
The Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.
The Field Columbian Museum, Chicago.
The Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, Illinois.
The American Journal of Science; Newhaven.
The American Museum of Natural History, New York.
The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.
The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.
The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.
The Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.
The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.
The United States Fish Commission, Washington, D.C.
The United-States Geological Survéy, Washington, D.C.
The United-States National Museum, Washington, D.C.

WEST INDIES.

The Institute of Jamaica, Kingston.

The Publications (except in special cases)jare sent out direct as
soon as they are issued. It is requested “MRA they may be ac-
knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent with them,
in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.

Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed
to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that they may be
sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their transmission
through booksellers and in other ways.

By order of the Council,

P, L. SCLATER,

Secretary.
3 Hanover Savarz, Lonpon, W.,

October, 192.

—- co Ee

PROCEEDINGS”

OF THE |

|
|

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOULRTY.
OF LONDON.

1902, vol. IL.

PART I.
¢ CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MAY anv JUNE..

OCTOBER 1902.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER aan
LONDON : :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND co.
PATERNOSTER-ROW.

[Price Twelve Shillings.| Stes

LIST OF CONTENTS.

<97902.- Vou. LL.

Part I.

May 6, 1902.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in April 19D xcweeee

The Secretary. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Moth of the genus Cossws reared in
the Society’s Insect-house

1. On the Mammals collected during the Whitaker Ee to Tripoli. By OtpreLp
Maro Mass: CE baked) Spite sie i 6 5 + ono -cc,oces > osine mur cuoueseel ale uae cle URiGie ne etst pidehaeraabete

2. A List of the Fishes, Batrachians, and Reptiles collected by Mr. J. ffolliett Darling

in Mashonaland, with Deseriptions of new Species. se G. A. Boutencer, F.B.S.
(Plates IT.-LY.)

3. On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski in Central Peru. By Grar
Hans von Bertepscn and Jean SrouzMann

4. Note on the Presenee of an extra Pair of Molar Teeth in a Lemur fulvus. By

G. Exziot Suir, M.D., Professor of Anatomy, Egyptian Government Medieal
School $@airone secre cmadtyescices occace Gach e ine ohne nape emeremene Seen we ante fa, Sine ee eB

5. On some Nudibranchs from Zanzibar. By Sir Cuartzs Extor, K.C.M.G., Com-

missioner and Consul-General in the British East-Atrican Protectorate. (Plates
V.& VL).

e eG tM a bicolor Selo ete tanto

June 3, 1902.
Mr. W. L. Selater, F.Z.8. Remarks on the Zcological Museums of South Africa

ceacece

Mr. Boulenger. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a strap made from a skin of the Okapi.
®

Dr. C, I. Forsyth Major, F.Z.8. On the remains of the Okapi received by the Congo

Museum. iim, Brisselsape tials «fete ieistata oe ole ducers aheteieteree avajeretente Behe us casein Garnet
Mr. Edward J. Bles, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some pens tadpoles of
Aenopus levis

ce Oe ee ee ean Fe er Fe eH on te Pt etOF sce ee Heugseteseoece Sere este Gene ee ee

Mr. Lydekker. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted head of a Siberian Wapiti..

1, The Wild Sheep of the Upper Tli and Yana Valleys. By R. LypExKer. ae VII.
VILL) sw euie cahay ea wae be waeels ve cc Seen a nee &

2. Remarks on certain Differences in the Skulls of Dicynodonts, apparently due to Sex.
By R. Broom, M.D: BiS8e.,.\C:MiZ.8) 008. . 2, a eines Tab Rvoiel cia talactateliane tote! ciate eae

Page

~I
ng

I
LS)

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

ConTENTs (continued).
; June 3, 1902 (continued).

3. Note upon the Gonad Ducts and Nephridia of Earthworms of the Genus Eudrilus. By
Tuan E, Bupparp, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-Secretary and Prozector of the Society ...... 89

Page

4, On the Marine Spiders of the Genus Desis, with Description of a new Species. By R. I.
BoooCE, N.S.) / ian sineibeeitareWirdiclets s| st s/s s)sie.e'e ees @ glee elem othinisi alesis a. acai elm) ola 98

5. On the Bian Hippopotamus from the Pleistocene of Cyprus. By C. I. Forsyra
Mason, F.Z.S, (Plates IX. &X.) ...... Pee ate ein) ahs wiatcate Sccsalle'S Ge Ris wares eeu Lee

6. On some new and aiesenawed Butterflies of the Family Lycenide from the African,

Australian, and Oriental Hegre By Hamitron H. Drvcs, F.Z.S., F.E.S. pac
els, LD.) cs eek Sista aks ks Riaie lsat scky BeMieeteUaysysya) et ci's\ sa cla'etater ointete: mia otere efte ahem 112

7. On some anton to the Australian Sse of the Suborder pele .
H. RB. Hoge, M.A., F.Z.8. (Plate XIIL).. ictal : oie 121

June 17, 1902.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in May 1902........ 142
NA Pp Af 8 Y.

Mr. Oscar Neumann. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of Mammals obtained
during his recent journeys in North-east Africa ..............5. i fcielele® sells ajsie' sie wid 142

Mr, R. I. Pocock, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a nest of a Gregarious Spider
(Stegodyphus dumicola), from South Africa

eS io 8 MNS Abia BE Ais a eae 144
Mr. H. J. Elwes, F.R.S. Remarks on the supposed new species of Elk from Siberia for
which the name Alces bedfordie had been proposed ....c0.ccece essen eese cece 144
1. Certain Habits of Animals traced in the Arrangemcnt of their Hair. By Water
oir IME ID JSS too edi 6 8ldes 6b O06 OO Se COCO hog SADC FOND COCOR Ie eERCrICOEC Alartcrcersna” (35
2. On the Carpal Organ in the Female Hapalemur griseus. By Franx E. Bepparp, F.R.S.,
Vice-Secretary and Prosector of the Suciety ..........0+ceceeccscecesscecrcenees 158
8. On a new Celomic Organ in an Earthworm. By Franz E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.,
UNTO VA MEY ED) AIRED SeeE SP eet er OUR vo cia veins wesw Sclciaraisveler eid 0 6 os elelbiecien ca mareteds 164

4. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Alimentary and Nervous Systems of the
Arachnidan Suborder Pedipalpi. By R. I. Pococn, F.Z.8. ......0.+-..eeee00..-. 169

5. On Recent Additions to the Batrachian Fauna of the Malay Peninsula. By A. L.

Butinr, F.Z.S., Superintendent of the Sudan Game Preservation Department,
Khartoum

5 A ate ee dl en ier ane ecto RIAN Et cls 'c'aorw oe ante Mc alee laiute’e e\Giua a’e b> mart 188

6. On some new Species of Earthworms belonging to the Genus Po/ytoreutus, and on the
Spermatophores of that Genus. By Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A., F.RS. ............ 190

7. On the Sponges collected during the “‘ Skeat Expedition” to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-
1900. By Iamrna B. J. Soutas, B.Sc. (Lond.), Bathurst Student, Newnham College,
Cambridge. ae NOL) RAV) 9.01 ataerevan neta tahoie li tate gy Gale's, Sic Ja's'eia\ oje)"wae AGhtiae 210

8. On the Fishes collected by Mr. S. L. Hinde in the Kawa District, Hast Africa, with
Descriptions of Four new Species. By G. A. Bovtznenr, F.R.S. (Plates XVI. Sau) 221

Lish OF PLATES

1902.—VOL. IL

Poa Ld,
Plate x Page
Te 5 Dies ADM AIET, n0: Ss. se 3 «one's tno a hls rein eet ae eee meee 2
Il. 1. Labeo dartingi. 2. Barbus rhodesianus .......+.02+000-% anid
Til. 1. Rana darlingi. 2. Ichnotropis longipes .....+... cise Shae ete 13
LV, dfomopus dorklangt oi... se’ s'nawibin uel are | ose aes
oe i Wudibranechs from Zanzibar s,s 2. 6 iN un ocean aceon 62
VII. Fig. 1. Head of Ovis sairensis littledalei. Fig. 2. Head of Ovis
CETLS SAS) ak Oe RE AP WEE A inva wiv o's nme p wae sig eee 80

VIE Owes Camadensts Col CQUS shes.) oo ds Chae ee Rn ce eee eee

IX.
x } Hippopotamus minutus. (From the Pleistocene of Cyprus.) ..- 107

x \ New or little-known Butterflies of the Family Lycenide .... 112
» XIII. Eyes of Spiders of the Suborder Mygalomorphe....+......... 121
a } Sponges from the Malay Peninsula .............2ec0. aide 210
XVI. 1. Barbus hindii, 2. Barbus perplericans .....0ecsecceesens }22
XVII. 1. Barbus labiatus. 2. Chiloglanis brevibarbis .......... wala

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, forming two volumes,
as follows:—

VOL. I. :
Part I. containing papers read in January and February, in June.
II, ” 2 » March and April, in August.
VOL. Ii.

Part I. containing papers read in May and J une, in October.
IL, * ne » November and December, in April.

PROCEEDINGS

|
|
|
. OF THE e

. GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

| OF THE

| ZOOLOGICAL SOCLETY
, (RTONIGN =

1902, vol. II.

PART IT:
_ CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

NOVEMBER ann DECEMBER.

_ APRIL 1903.

PRINTED 'FOR THE S¢
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HA¥
LONDON ;

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND
i PATERNOSTER-RQW.

: [ie Cea) ees MES ee EEE Se eee : obs!
Stag teh _ [Price Twelve Shillings.]

and Sepeemue 1902. ; ‘ @lsle KVEIL) © Re RMAC GS; o's s biel Ve wile
Mr, P. L. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph of a Persian’

Mr. P. L. Sclater. Baa of, and remarks upon, some a of
MountarneGoatr si cate nc ct cats ate tale eves Siale)y ote cin iaccym teeters vie eiblelelalags

Dr. Ginther. Axhibities of, and jaws upon, some pine Tadpoles of t
American ae De ialel chs el eic(aln(s en Selig allay ial ol ge ane AMR es

seater eee wit malformed antlers Laledibrelate nae ele ter

Mr. RB. E. Holding. Exhibition of, and camanes upon, the ioe .
with abnormal dentition ......-+-. ++. sees ee eee tees

‘The Rev. Francis C. R. Agatdain: Letter from, « on eo
aia ee Rleeiaetce ne o)sGlsia.: in ce See

visit a the ayia District of oe Hon Bip e nae

ee the Rev. H. 8. Gola. and Dr. A. Pea os x =

2. On the Classification of the Fishes of the Suborder -
Descriptions of new Species from Specimens in the :
C. Tate Reaan, B.A. ee XXIV. & XXYV. We

two new Species of South-African Hetereceet By Lt. -Col. ane
(Plate XXVI.) oe ee

by Mr. Edward Degen. By Gioeais ie aie) EYRS oe ‘i

5. Note on Alces bed fordic. By Hon. Wattur Rornscuixp, MP.,’

November 18,1902,
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Say s Menagerie i i

Contents, (continued).

November 18, 1902 (continued).

’ fr. Lydekker. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a mounted skin of a Peking Deer (Cervus
a Picci Rordulorum) aoe ccrcccaccccceseccccsecsccssee ete e ence cece eeeeet es

"3 Pees malian remains ener a recent visit to Teruel, Spain... -......0.eeeeeeeeee ee ce

M r. F. E. Beddard, F.R.S. a on the birth of an Indian Elephant in the Society's
4 Menagerie ..-.-..-..- SPAR R MTR a des fo fatv cia fo ah ic! © of ssn Sfus'njs, sive @\ 910, wa wu v'ee ©.0/m) Byele's

1. Note on the Markhor of Cabul. By BR. Lypsxser. (Plate XXVIL.)

® Second Account of the Fishes collected by Dr. W. J. Ansorge in the Niger Delta. By
_ G. A. Bourenenr, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. (Plates XXVIII. & XXIX.) ........-.....-.-.

3 . Last Account of Fishes collected by Mr. R. B. N. Walker, C.M.Z.S., on the Gold Coast.
_ By Dr. A. Géwrunn, F.R.S., V.P.2Z8. ‘(Plates XXX.-XXXMIL) ...-- 00+ -e sees eee

On a Specimen of the Okapi lately food at Brussels, By C. I. Forsytu Mayor, ¥.Z.S8.

December 2, 1902.
“The Seéretary. Pur on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November 1902 ..

Mr. P. L. Sclater. Remarks on the specimen of the eee Bird of Paradise living in the
. Society's Gardens 2.22.0... cece cece cee reset tenet tee e ete eee eee ee ne eees

Mr. FE. Beddard, F.R.S. Exhibition of,and remarks upon, the lower jaw of a Wombat
| showing abnormal growth of teeth ......++-- ss seer eee este eee ee sete et ee ence cee

‘Dr. Hans Gadow, F.R.S. An account of his recent expedition to Southern Mexico ......
j 1. On the Variation of the Elk (Alces alces). By Dr. Ernar Lonnpere, C.M.ZS. ........
2. Note on a Reindeer Skull from Novaia Zemlia. By BR. LYDEKRER ....- 60.08 Sa cese ns
. On«the Crustacea collected during the “ Skeat Expedition” to the Malay Peninsula.

By W. F. Lancnesrer, M.A., King’s College, empridee: —Part II. (Plates XXXIV.
IRANONCNOV'))) cate} aio) ove atay auatahaeats pernererent cask < MET RUAEN cals mr csaaiay "Jefe clalsiae piain's oysie © elena

Malay Peninsula in 1899- 1900. —Part II. By F. E. Laipiaw, B. A.

D5. On a new Species of Marine Spider of the Genus Desis from Zanzibar. By R. I.
Pocock, F.Z.S8.

Per ee ee ay

By R. I. Pocock, F.Z.8. ....+-..--.-

7. On the Australasian Spiders of the Subfamily Sparassing. By H.R. Hoga, M.A., F.Z.S.

, Titlepage Rie Ma ere eles4 a2.) visys chaa eusiwiahaty ae Ee eos ae erin Aaa Play Went agra
¥ List of Council and Officers ....--- aes BLL EAN eM epee s .Ser ey! see at cotiae salen te
| List of Contents ....2--e eee ee eee ee eters AGRA AN eS hee ee etapaliate mi Pearce
"Alphabetical List of Contributors .......-.-- Baretta at) i Bea calite 0ne e ae
A Dist of Bates 2... -.-. oe es ee teat ee eee ee eeee ee A OW eee ‘egy eee
List of Textfigures Me sidtaa a: ee ay went Wee ak ohn Rap aa ael hal ones Acie Sew ol dieh

Page

520

Plate ee
XVIIL. Nasalis larvatus, jr:...... 4. De) Hate Bg ets:
XIX. ‘Mimetic Bornean Insects and their Models -
XX. Min their Mod
ee CCl
| 3G0E) Millerian mimicry in ase of Bornean I
XXIV. 1. Pseudomonacanthus degeni. 2. Tetrodon
3. Tetrodon borneensis ......+
XXV. 1. Pseudomonacanthus multimaculatis. ae

Ficcohe

coeur S thus punctulatus itteett cree ee sean ees
XXVI. South-African iepidopierte dia sietaecahae
XXVIL. Capra falconerit megaceros ..
XXVHOL 1. Protopterus annectens.

eR, aL Synodontis melanopterus. 2. | Pelmat
ae Be 3. Mastacembelus loennbergs ee oo
MAX: i Chromes fe ica melee ce Kaunas wal
OKT
XXXI1.
XXXITI.
XXXIV.

XXXV. ys Crustaceans som tna Malay Penins

NOTICE. _

. The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year a are. issued i in four part:
as follows :— ; ae
. VoL. A Reb Mia
Part I. containing papers read in a Je anuary and
Lae

Od hae
“pat L nt "5" Sea in ‘Mars

00847 2193

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London"

See other formats